Catalog MCCB Siemens PDF

Siemens AG 2011
Low-Voltage Power Distribution

and Electrical Installation
Technology
Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring Devices
Catalog LV 10.1 2011
Answers for infrastructure.
Siemens AG 2011
Related catalogs
Low-Voltage Power Distribution and
Electrical Installation Technology
Protection, Switching, Measuring and
Monitoring Devices
Order No.:
E86060-K8250-A101-A1-7600
Switchboards and Distribution Systems

Order No.:
E86060-K8260-A101-A1-7600
Contents
LV 10.1
LV 10.2
Switchboards SIVACON 8PS busbar trunking systems

SIVACON 8MC, 8MF Cubicle Systems SIVACON 8MR, 8ME
Cubicle Air-Conditioning Distribution Boards Terminal
blocks
GAMMA Building Management Systems ET G1

Order No.:
E86060-K8230-A101-B5-7600
ET D1
Display and control units Output devices Input devices

Combination devices Lighting Sun protection, anti-glare
protection, utilization of daylight Heating, cooling, ventilation,
air-conditioning Load management Safety Quick-assembly systems Gateways, interface converters Physical
sensors Control and automation devices System products
System accessories Counters Radio system - GAMMA wave
KNX-Radio Radio system - EnOcean
DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets

Order No.:
PDF only: (E86060-K8240-A101-B4-7600)
Air circuit breakers Molded case circuit breakers Miniature

circuit breakers Residual current protective devices Fuse
systems Overvoltage protection devices Switch
disconnectors Switching devices Transformers, Bells and
Socket Outlets Busbar Systems Measuring devices and
E-counters Monitoring devices Software
i-system DELTA line DELTA vita DELTA miro DELTA profil

DELTA style DELTA natur m-system Surface-mounting
product range Switching/pushbutton control/dimming
Motion detectors Shutter/blind controls Room temperature
controllers Data and communication systems Remote
control systems Smoke detectors GAMMA bus coupling
units
SIVACON S4
Power Distribution Boards
Order No.:
E80003-A10-R112-X-7600
LV 56
Power distribution boards Standard configurations Cubicles, supporting structure and enclosures Busbar system
Assembly kits for switching devices Covers, modular doors,
mounting plates, 19" rack Internal separation Air-conditioning products Accessories
SIVACON 8PS
Busbar Trunking Systems
CD-L, BD01, BD2 up to 1250 A
Order No.:
E86060-K1870-A101-A5-7600
LV 70
Busbar Trunking Systems, Overview CD-L System

(25 A ... 40 A) BD 01 System (40 A ... 160 A)
BD2 System (160 A ... 1250 A)
Interactive Catalog
Order No.:
E86060-D4001-A510-C9-7600
CA 01
All products of automation technology, drive technology,

low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation
technology, including those in the catalogs listed above
Industry Mall
Internet:
www.siemens.com/industrymall
All products of automation technology, drive technology,

low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation
technology, including those in the catalogs listed above
Catalog PDF
Internet:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/infomaterial
All catalogs for low-voltage power distribution and electrical

installation technology can be downloaded as PDF files.
Trademarks
Technical Support
All product designations may be registered trademarks or

product names of Siemens AG or other supplying companies.
Third parties using these trademarks or product names for their
own purposes may infringe upon the rights of the trademark
owners.
Expert advice on technical

questions with a wide range
of demand-optimized services for all our products and
systems.
Further information about low-voltage power distribution and

electrical installation is available on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/
lowvoltage/technical-support
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage
Siemens LV 10.1 2011
Siemens AG 2011
Low-Voltage Power Distribution

and Electrical Installation
Technology
Protection, Switching, Measuring
and Monitoring Devices
Air Circuit Breakers
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Miniature Circuit Breakers
Residual Current Protective Devices
Fuse Systems
Overvoltage Protection Devices
Switch Disconnectors
Switching Devices
Transformers, Bells and Socket Outlets
The products and

systems listed in this
catalog are developed
and manufactured in
accordance with a
VDE-certified quality
management system
complying with
EN ISO 9001:2000.
Busbar Systems
10
Measuring Devices and E-counters
11
Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of

this catalog
Monitoring Devices
12
The products in this catalog can also be found

in the interactive catalog CA 01.
Order No.:
E86060-D4001-A510-C9-7600
Software
13
Power Distribution Boards
14
SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems
15
SIVACON 8MC, 8MF Cubicle Systems
16
SIVACON 8MR, 8ME Cubicle

Air-Conditioning
17
Distribution Boards
18
Terminal Blocks
19
Appendix
20
Supersedes:
Catalog ET B1 2010
Catalog News ET B1 N November 2009
Catalog LV 1 2010
Siemens AG 2010
Contact your local Siemens sales office

for further information
Siemens AG 2011
Innovation is the key to success
Energy-efficiency and environmental

protection is our business principle
Customer focus as USP
We continue to invest heavily in the research and development of new technologies. We have our own experimental and
test laboratories where we carry out intensive basic research on the climate in
buildings and on fire, gas and explosion
protection. This gives us the experience
and the opportunity to create solutions
that continuously flow into our new products and systems. At special test premises,
such as airport buildings and hospital
premises, we test the interoperability of
the individual systems. This empirical data
is incorporated into industry-specific solutions that continually set new standards
and underscore our claim to technological
leadership.
And this business principle applies crosscompany and to each and every employee: We are committed to environmental protection and the careful use of resources. Since 1994, we have been
involved in more than 1300 energy efficiency projects, which have jointly contributed to the saving of around 1.5 billion
euro in energy costs and reduced the annual CO2 burden on the environment by
approx. 700 000 t. So, as you can see, intelligent solutions in technical infrastructures benefit not only the owners and operators of buildings, but also those who
have nothing to do with them.
This is not just a soundbite, we make every effort to ensure close customer relations. We have in-depth knowledge of
their business and involve them in the development of our innovations. Our skills
make us an expert provider of industryspecific solutions and services, a preferred
partner during the life cycle of a building and allow us to enjoy mutual growth with
our customers.
Siemens AG 2011
Answers for infrastructure
Siemens Industry meets the great challenges of our time

head on. With solutions for technical infrastructure in
industrial and non-residential buildings, residential
buildings and public facilities, Siemens ensures enhanced
comfort and energy efficiency in buildings, as well as the
protection and safety of persons, property and business
processes. As a longstanding and professional partner with
all-round expertise in the industry sector, we offer tailored
solutions that generate sustainable added value for our
customers.
Gain a competitive edge with integrated building solutions

Total Building Solutions means more innovation from a single source for enhanced functionality under one roof.
When it comes to delivering turnkey buildings equipped with cutting edge power
distribution, building automation and
safety and fire-protection equipment from
a single source, Siemens is in a league of
its own. And just to show that we are
more than just the sum of our parts, our
portfolio includes:
Low-voltage power distribution

Switchboards, busbar trunking
systems, distribution boards,
circuit breakers, switch disconnectors,
low-voltage circuit protection, building
management systems, switches and
socket outlets
Building automation
Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning controls, overall energy solutions
offering guaranteed savings
Safety solutions
Access control, video monitoring, burglar protection, alarm control centers,
operation of alarm control centers
Fire protection
Fire alarms, alerting, evacuation, extinction and complete fire protection
solutions
Take a closer look at all the options available from Siemens. Check out the opportunities our products provide and discover
how we can help you sustainably enhance
your competitive edge.
Siemens AG 2011
The right product for every need

Our portfolio comprises switchboards,
busbar trunking systems, distribution
boards, measuring devices, circuit
breakers and switch disconnectors, circuit
protection devices, building management
systems, switches and socket outlets. The
consistency, modularity and intelligence
of our components and systems offer you
numerous advantages throughout their
service life and wherever you are in the
world. We deliver trendsetting designs
and innovative functions in unique quality, developed in accordance with the
applicable international standards.
Siemens AG 2011
Consistent, safe and intelligent

power distribution
Whether in industrial plants or in buildings: Every technical
system depends on a reliable supply of electric power. Even a
short power failure may have serious consequences. For this
reason, you need products and systems which cope with every
eventuality and always keep you on the safe side. Our portfolio is
the broadest world-wide, covering everything from switchboards
to socket outlets.
We will be glad to provide you with extensive support from the
initial information to the operation. Convince yourself of the
possibilities we offer you.
Making efficient use of energy
Excellent support
Top quality standards world-wide
The consistent concept behind the

communication-capable components of
our low-voltage power distribution range
forms a sound basis for the measurement,
indication, evaluation and optimization of
power flows, thus enabling professional
energy management for more cost-effectiveness. At the same time our intelligent
building management systems, e.g. for
lighting and heating, help to remarkably
reduce power consumption.
As a competent and reliable partner we

offer you comprehensive support from
initial information, planning, configuration and ordering through to commissioning, operation and technical support. We
know the requirements to be met in your
area of work and day-to-day business. On
this basis we provide you with the type of
flexible and efficient help that allows you
to concentrate fully on your customers
and their needs.
Opting for us puts you on the safe side:

Whether it is our workmanship, the
materials we use or the operability and
functionality of our products
we guarantee top standards of quality
world-wide.
Siemens AG 2011
New developments
page 3/6
Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts with TEST button for miniature
circuit breakers
page 3/31
Busbar system according to UL 508
page 3/45
Auxiliary switches for miniature circuit breakers according to UL 489

page 3/52
Selective main miniature circuit breaker, SHU
page 3/56
SIQUENCE residual current protective devices, Type B+
5SL miniature circuit breakers
page 4/9
Siemens AG 2011
Compact fuse holders for motor starter combinations
page 5/24
page 5/64
3NJ62 switch disconnectors with fuses - fuse monitoring,

DC version
page 7/64
3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors
page 7/89
Light indicators with LEDs
page 8/14
DC isolators
page 8/20
SENTRON PAC 1500 E-counters
page11/6
Photovoltaic fuses
EFM10 and EFM20/25 electronic fuse monitors

page 7/65
Siemens AG 2011
Expansion modules for E-counters
page11/13
LAN couplers
page 11/21
SENTRON PAC 4200
page 11/28
SENTRON PAC 4DI/2DO expansion modules
page 11/31
SENTRON ATC5300
page 12/8
Residual current monitoring, RCM
page12/10
ALPHA SELECT V6.1project management software
page 13/7
SENTRON Powermanager
page13/16
Siemens AG 2011
Our added extra
Build on a sound basis
Low-voltage power distribution on the Web
With our basic and advanced courses, you can lay the foundations for your business success. Expert lecturers provide you
with the necessary theoretical and practical knowledge in our
modern training center in Regensburg. Dynamic and easy-tounderstand training with multimedia teaching equipment and
many practical examples. Available in German and English. If
required, we also provide training in-house or in one of our local Siemens branches.
Visit us on the Internet. You will find comprehensive information on our products SIVACON switchboards, busbar trunking systems, ALPHA distribution boards, SENTRON circuit
breakers and switch disconnectors, BETA low-voltage circuit
protection, GAMMA building management systems and
DELTA switches and socket outlets at:
The range of courses extends through low-voltage power distribution to electrical installation technology. You will get to know
our entire portfolio of products and their application. Step-bystep we will familiarize you with the entire spectrum of modern
installation options, thus opening up a whole new world of
business opportunities.
And by the way: in 1991, the training center in Regensburg
became the first certified training center in the world to offer
KNX courses, and it is the only manufacturer training center to
teach the entire range of KNX-certified courses in both German and English.
For details of our current range of courses, please visit our
website at:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/training
Comprehensive support
We can help you with all your requirements: contact us if you
have any queries regarding our products, the planning of your
electrical installation or how to obtain technical documentation.
Just give us a call:
Tel.: +49 (911) 895 7222
Fax: +49 (911) 895 7223
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/technical-support
Tender specification texts
For your support, we offer you a comprehensive range of
specification texts:
www.siemens.com/specifications
Siemens AG 2011
Much more
than a catalog.
The Industry Mall.
Selecting
Find your products in the structure tree, in the new "Bread-crumb"
navigation or with the integral search machine with expert functions.
Electronic configurators are also integrated into the Mall. Enter the
various characteristic values and the appropriate product will be displayed with the relevant order numbers. You can save configurations,
load them and reset them to their initial status.
You have a catalog in your hands that will serve

you well for selecting and ordering your products.
But have you heard of the electronic online catalog (the Industry Mall) and all its benefits? Take a
look around it sometime:
Ordering
You can load the products that you have selected in this way into the
shopping basket at a click of the mouse. You can create your own templates and you will be informed about the availability of the products
in your shopping cart. You can load the completed parts lists directly
into Excel or Word.
Delivery status
When you have sent the order, you will receive a short e-mail confirmation which you can print out or save. With a click on "Carrier", you
will be directly connected to the website of the carrier where you can
easily track the delivery status.
Added value due to additional information
So you have found your product and want more information about it?
In just a few clicks of the mouse, you will arrive at the image data base,
manuals and operating instructions. Create your own user documentation with My Documentation Manager.
Also available are FAQs, software downloads, certificates and technical data sheets as well as our training programs. In the image database
you will find, depending on the product, 2D/3D graphics, dimension
drawings and exploded drawings, characteristic curves or circuit
diagrams which you can download.
Convinced? We look forward to your visit!
10
Siemens AG 2011

1/2
Introduction
1/6
1/7
1/11
1/15
1/19
1/23
1/29
3WL Air Circuit Breakers/

Non-Automatic Air Circuit Breakers
up to 6300 A (AC)
Introduction
3-pole, fixed-mounted versions
3-pole, withdrawable versions
Options
Accessories and spare parts
1/51
1/52
3WL Non-Automatic Air Circuit

Breakers up to 4000 A (DC)
3- and 4-pole, fixed-mounted
versions
1/53
Ch.12
SENTRON Transfer Control

Devices for ATSE
1/50
Technical Information
can be found at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support
under Product List:
- Technical specifications
under Entry List:
- Updates
- Downloads
- FAQ
- Manuals
- Characteristic curves
- Certificates
and at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/
configurators
- Configurators
Siemens AG 2011

Introduction
Overview
Size I
Size III
Size II
Air circuit breakers

3WL air circuit breakers/non-automatic air circuit breakers
up to 6300 A (AC)
Size
Rated current In
Number of poles
Rated operational
voltage Ue
V AC
V DC
Rated ultimate
short-circuit breaking
capacity at 500 V AC
kA
Endurance
3WL non-automatic air circuit breakers

up to 4000 A (DC)
I, II, III
II
630, 800, 1000, 1250,

1600, 2000, 2500, 3200, 4000,
5000, 6300
1000, 2000, 4000
3-pole, 4-pole
3-pole, 4-pole
... 690/1000/1150
--
-... 1000
Size I
Size II
Size III
55/66
66/80/100
100/150 (3-pole),
130 (4-pole)
30/25/20
(at 300/600/1000 V DC)
15000
10000
15000
Operating 20000
cycles
Mounting position
30 30
30 30
NSE0_00062a
NSE0_00061a
Degree of protection
With cover
Without cover
(with door sealing frame)
30 30
30 30
NSE0_00061a
IP55
IP41
NSE0_00062a
IP55
IP41
Dimensions 3-/4-pole
460/590
704/914
460/590
434
291
434
291
434
291
434
291
Withdrawable
H mm
D mm
465.5
471
465.5
471
465.5
471
465.5
471
NSE0_01107a
NSE0_01108a
ETU15B1)
Type
NSE0_01109a
320/410
H mm
D mm
ETU25B
ETU27B
ETU45B
ETU76B
NSE0_01106a
NSS0_00535
W mm
Fixed
mounting
Rating Plug
NSE0_01111a
Electronic releases for SENTRON 3WL circuit breakers

Overload protection
Short-time delayed
short-circuit protection
--
Instantaneous
short-circuit protection
Neutral conductor protection
--
--
Ground-fault protection
--
--
Zone Selective Interlocking
--
--
--
LCD, 4-line
--
--
--
--
LCD, graphic
--
--
--
--
Communication through
PROFIBUS DP
--
--
--
Measurement function Plus
--
--
--
Selectable parameter sets
--
--
--
--
Parameters freely programmable
--
--
--
--
CubicleBUS
--
--
--
Standard
-- Not available
Optional
3WL air circuit breakers/non-automatic air circuit breakers

according to UL 489 up to 5000 A, see Catalog LV 16.
1)
SENTRON transfer control devices for ATSE, see chapter

"Monitoring Devices".
ETU15B cannot be used with 3WL circuit breakers, size III.
1/2
Siemens AG 2011

Introduction
Switching capacity
Size
II
Type
3WL11
3WL12
Switching capacity class
III
3WL13
C
3-pole
C
4-pole
Short-circuit breaking capacity

Rated operational voltage Ue
up to 415 V AC
Icu
kA
55
66
66
80
100
100
150
130
Ics
kA
55
66
66
80
100
100
150
130
Icm
kA
121
145
145
176
220
220
330
286
Icu
kA
55
66
66
80
100
100
150
130
Ics
kA
55
66
66
80
100
100
150
130
Icm
kA
121
145
145
176
220
220
330
286
Icu
kA
42
50
50
75
85
85
150
130
Ics
kA
42
50
50
75
85
85
150
130
Icm
kA
88
105
105
165
187
187
330
286
--
--
--
50
50
704)
704)

up to 500 V AC

up to 690 V AC

up to 1000 V/1150 V AC
kA
Icu
--
704)
Ics
kA
--
--
--
--
50
50
704)
Icm
kA
--
--
--
--
105
105
1544)
1544)
55
42
29.5
24
66
50
35
29
66
55
39
32
80
66
46
37
100
80
651)/702)
501)/652)
100
100
80
65
100
100
80
65
100
100
80
65
Rated short-time withstand current Icw

of the circuit breakers3)
0.5 s
1s
2s
3s
kA
kA
kA
kA
Short-circuit breaking capacity Icc

of the non-automatic air circuit breakers
Up to 500 V AC
kA
55
66
66
80
100
100
100
100
Up to 690 V AC
kA
42
50
50
75
85
85
100
100
Up to 1000 V /1150 V AC
kA
--
--
--
--
504)
504)
Size
II
Type
3WL12
Switching capacity class
DC
704)
704)
DC
Short-circuit breaking capacity

Up to 220 V DC
Up to 300 V DC
Up to 600 V DC
Up to 1000 V DC
Icc
Icc
Icc
Icc
kA
kA
kA
kA
35
30
25
20

0.5 s
1s
2s
3s
kA
kA
kA
kA
-355)/306)/257)/208)
---
Circuit breaker with ECO switching capacity N
Circuit breaker with standard switching capacity S
Circuit breaker with high switching capacity H
Circuit breakers with very high switching capacity C
DC
1)
Size II with In max 2500 A.
2)
Size II with In max = 3200 A and In max = 4000 A.
3)
At a rated voltage of 690 V the Icw value of the circuit breaker cannot be
greater than the Icu or Ics value at 690 V.
4)
Rated operational voltage Ue = 1150 V.
5)
At Ue = 220 V DC.
6)
At Ue = 300 V DC.
7)
At Ue = 600 V DC.
8)
At Ue = 1000 V DC.
Non-automatic air circuit breakers with DC switching

capacity
These breaking capacities are indicated in the corresponding tables by the symbols shown on orange backgrounds.
1/3
Siemens AG 2011

Introduction
SENTRON 3WL:
Superior individual products integrated into uniform power distribution systems - up to and including industry-specific industrial and infrastructure solutions
6
7
8
5
9
1
25
21
10
19
22
11
23
12
24
18
13
14
20
16
15
$
%
&
(
)
*
+
,
.
/
0
1
2
3
Guide frame (pages 1/30 to 1/33)

Main circuit connection front, flange, horizontal, vertical
(pages 1/28, 1/45 and 1/46)
Position signaling switch (pages 1/26 and 1/38)
Grounding contact, leading (page 1/42)
Shutters (pages 1/26 and 1/41)
COM15 PROFIBUS module or COM16 MODBUS module
(pages 1/26 and 1/44)
External CubicleBUS module (page 1/43)
Closing solenoid, auxiliary release (pages 1/23, 1/25 and 1/40)
Auxiliary cable connection system (pages 1/27 and 1/39)
Auxiliary switching block (pages 1/23 and 1/40)
Door sealing frame (pages 1/25 and 1/41)
Interlocking set for mechanical ON/OFF (page 1/35)
Transparent panel, function insert (page 1/35)
EMERGENCY-STOP pushbutton, key operated (page 1/38)
Motorized operating mechanism (pages 1/25 and 1/40)
1/4
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
;
<
=
Operating cycles counter (pages 1/25 and 1/38)

Breaker status sensor (BSS) (pages 1/26 and 1/44)
Protective device with device holder, electronic release (ETU)
(page 1/34)
Remote reset solenoid (pages 1/25 and 1/35)
Breaker data adapter (BDA) (page 1/43)
4-line display (page 1/34)
Ground-fault protection module (page 1/34)
Rated current module (pages 1/24 and 1/34)
Measurement function module (pages 1/26 and 1/34)
Circuit breaker (pages 1/7 to 1/22)
NSE0_01887b
17
Siemens AG 2011

Introduction
Communication-capable circuit breakers (with ETU45B or ETU76B electronic release)
21
Ethernet
19
20
PROFIBUS
14
22
15
16
18
CubicleBUS
10
1
17
11
12
3
NSE0_01105i
13
SENTRON 3VL
12 Electronic ETU release
Electronic LCD ETU release
13 Measurement function Plus
Electronic ETU release
14 ZSI module
COM10 PROFIBUS module complete with ZSI
15 Digital output module with relay contacts
COM20 PROFIBUS module1) complete with ZSI
16 Digital output module with relay contacts, configurable
Breaker Data Adapter (BDA)
17 Analog output module
BDA Plus with Ethernet interface
18 Digital input module
Browser-capable input and output device (e.g. notebook)
19 Switch ES Power on PC
SENTRON 3WL
20 PLC e.g. SIMATIC S7
10 COM15 PROFIBUS module2)
21 SIMATIC powerrate
11 Breaker Status Sensor (BSS)
22 SENTRON PAC
1)
2)
For a MODBUS connection the COM21 module is required.

For a MODBUS connection the COM16 module is required.
Features
Coordinated communication concept using the PROFIBUS DP
or MODBUS, ranging from 16 A to 6300 A with SENTRON 3VL
and SENTRON 3WL
The high level of modularity of circuit breakers and accessories
allows easy retrofitting of all communication components
Significant additional benefits for the switchboard due to the
possibility of linking up external input and output modules to
the circuit breaker-internal CubicleBUS of the SENTRON 3WL
Communication:
For air circuit breakers with optional communication function
(ETU45B or ETU76B electronic release) see pages 1/7 to 1/22.
For accessories see pages 1/43 and 1/44.
For more information see also chapters "Measuring Instruments and E-Counters" and "Software".
Innovative software products for parameterization, operation,

monitoring, and diagnostics of SENTRON circuit breakers,
both locally or via PROFIBUS DP, MODBUS or Ethernet/
Intranet/Internet
Complete integration of the SENTRON circuit breakers into the
Totally Integrated Power and Totally Integrated Automation
solutions
1/5
Siemens AG 2011

3WL Air Circuit Breakers/Non-Automatic Air Circuit Breakers up to 6300 A (AC)
Introduction
Fast and reliable parameterization
Timely information and response can prevent plant
stoppages
Effective diagnostics management
Measured values are the basis for efficient load management,
for drawing up power demand profiles and for assigning
energy to cost centers
Preventive maintenance reduces the risk of expansive plant
down-times
Benefits
Low space requirements
The SENTRON 3WL devices require very little space. Size I devices (up to 1600 A) fit into a 400 mm wide switchgear panel.
Size III devices (up to 6300 A) are the smallest of their kind and
with their construction width of 704 mm fit into a 800 mm wide
switchgear panel.
Modular design
Components like auxiliary releases, motorized operating mechanisms, electronic releases, current sensors, auxiliary circuit signaling switches, automatic reset devices, interlocks and engagement operating mechanisms can all be exchanged or
retrofitted at a later stage, thus allowing the circuit breaker to be
adapted to new, changing requirements.
The main contact elements can all be replaced in order to increase the endurance of the circuit breaker.
Applications
As incoming-feeder, distribution, tie, and outgoing-feeder circuit breakers in electrical installations.
For switching and protecting motors, capacitors, generators,
transformers, busbars and cables.
Due to the reinforced use of electronic control systems, the demands made on air circuit breakers in terms of operator control
and monitoring of network processes have increased.
Retrofittable modules for electronic releases

Modularity is one of the main features of the new SENTRON 3WL
circuit breakers.
Special LCDs, ground-fault modules, rated current modules and
communication modules for the electronic releases are available
for fast and easy retrofitting and adaptation to changing requirements.
The extensive, coordinated SENTRON range of devices covers

all applications between 16 A and 6300 A with compact and
open circuit breakers.
Communication
Standards
The use of modern communication-capable circuit breakers

opens up completely new possibilities in terms of start-up, parameterization, diagnostics, maintenance and operation. This allows many different ways of reducing costs and improving productivity in industrial plants, buildings and infrastructure projects
to be achieved.
SENTRON 3WL circuit breakers comply with:

IEC 60947-2
EN 60947-2
Climate-proof according to IEC 60068-2-30.
The AC devices are available as circuit breakers and non-automatic air circuit breakers. DC devices are only available as nonautomatic air circuit breakers.
Versions with UL 489 also available, see Catalog LV 16.

For further standards, see Appendix.
Conductor cross-sections
Size
Type
Permissible load
At rear horizontal main
connections
Up to 55 C (Cu bare)
Up to 60 C (Cu bare)1)
Up to 70 C (Cu black
painted)1)
Main conductor
minimum
cross-sections
Copper bars,
bare
Copper bars,
painted black
I
Up to
3WL11 10
A 1000
A 1000
A 1000
II
3WL11 12 3WL11 16 3WL12 08 3WL12 10 3WL12 12 3WL12 16 3WL12 20
1250
1250
1210
1600
1600
1490
800
800
800
1000
1000
1000
1250
1250
1250
1600
1600
1600
2000
2000
2000
Unit(s) 1
mm2 60 10
2
40 10
2
50 10
1
50 10
1
60 10
2
40 10
2
50 10
3
50 10
Unit(s) 1
mm2 60 10
2
40 10
2
50 10
1
50 10
1
60 10
2
40 10
2
50 10
3
50 10
Size
II
Type
3WL12 25 3WL12 32 3WL12 40 3WL13 40 3WL13 50 3WL13 63
Permissible load
Up to 55 C (Cu bare)
Up to 60 C (Cu bare)1)
Up to 70 C (Cu black
painted)1)
Main conductor
minimum
cross-sections
Copper bars,
bare
Copper bars,
painted black
A 2500
A 2500
A 2280
3200
3020
2870
3950
3810
3600
4000
4000
4000
5000
5000
5000
5920
5810
5500
Unit(s) 2
mm2 100 10
3
100 10
4
120 10
4x
100 x 10
6x
100 x 10
6x
120 x 10
Unit(s) 2
mm2 100 10
3
100 10
4
4
100 102) 100 10
6
100 10
6
120 10
1)
ETU76B with graphics display can be used up to max. 55 C.
2)
Minimum main conductor cross-sections for 4-pole withdrawable circuit

breakers: 4 120 10 mm.
1/6
III
Siemens AG 2011

Selection and ordering data

Size
Max. rated circuit breaker Rated current1)

current
In
In max.
Icu up to 55/66 kA at 500 V,

ECO switching capacity N
kA
DT
Order No.
For Order No. supplements,
see page 1/23
Basic
price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Horizontal main circuit connection

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
55
55
55
55
55
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-2@@32-....
3WL11 08-2@@32-....
3WL11 10-2@@32-....
3WL11 12-2@@32-....
3WL11 16-2@@32-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
43.000
43.000
43.000
43.000
43.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-2@@32-....
3WL12 10-2@@32-....
3WL12 12-2@@32-....
3WL12 16-2@@32-....
3WL12 20-2@@32-....
3WL12 25-2@@32-....
3WL12 32-2@@32-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
56.000
56.000
56.000
56.000
56.000
59.000
64.000
Vertical main circuit connection

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
55
55
55
55
55
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-2@@31-....
3WL11 08-2@@31-....
3WL11 10-2@@31-....
3WL11 12-2@@31-....
3WL11 16-2@@31-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
43.000
43.000
43.000
43.000
43.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-2@@31-....
3WL12 10-2@@31-....
3WL12 12-2@@31-....
3WL12 16-2@@31-....
3WL12 20-2@@31-....
3WL12 25-2@@31-....
3WL12 32-2@@31-....
3WL12 40-2@@31-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
56.000
56.000
56.000
56.000
56.000
59.000
64.000
85.000
Front main circuit connection, single hole

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
55
55
55
55
55
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-2@@33-....
3WL11 08-2@@33-....
3WL11 10-2@@33-....
3WL11 12-2@@33-....
3WL11 16-2@@33-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
43.000
43.000
43.000
43.000
43.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-2@@33-....
3WL12 10-2@@33-....
3WL12 12-2@@33-....
3WL12 16-2@@33-....
3WL12 20-2@@33-....
3WL12 25-2@@33-....
3WL12 32-2@@33-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
56.000
56.000
56.000
56.000
56.000
59.000
64.000
Front main circuit connection, double hole

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
55
55
55
55
55
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-2@@34-....
3WL11 08-2@@34-....
3WL11 10-2@@34-....
3WL11 12-2@@34-....
3WL11 16-2@@34-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
43.000
43.000
43.000
43.000
43.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-2@@34-....
3WL12 10-2@@34-....
3WL12 12-2@@34-....
3WL12 16-2@@34-....
3WL12 20-2@@34-....
3WL12 25-2@@34-....
3WL12 32-2@@34-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
56.000
56.000
56.000
56.000
56.000
59.000
64.000
Non-automatic air circuit breakers2)
Order No. supplements
Add. price
AA
None
Versions without ground-fault protection

ETU15B: Protection functions LI
ETU25B: Protection functions LSI
ETU45B: Protection functions LSIN3)
ETU45B: Protection functions LSIN3) with 4-line display
ETU76B: Protection functions LSIN3) with pixel graphics display
BB
CB
EB
FB
NB
Versions with ground-fault protection

ETU27B: Protection functions LSING4)
ETU45B: Protection functions LSING3)5)
ETU45B: Protection functions LSING3)5) with 4-line display
ETU76B: Protection functions LSING3)5) with pixel graphics display
DG
EG
FG
NG
Without electronic release
Electronic releases
Standard Order No. supplements (for further Order No. supplements, see page 1/23)
Manual operating mechanism with mechanical closing
Without 1st and 2nd auxiliary releases; auxiliary switch 2 NC + 2 NO
1AA2
None
Additional price
For footnotes see page 1/10.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
1/7
Siemens AG 2011

Size

In
current
In max.

standard switching capacity S
kA
DT
Order No.
see page 1/23
Basic
price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-3@@32-....
3WL11 08-3@@32-....
3WL11 10-3@@32-....
3WL11 12-3@@32-....
3WL11 16-3@@32-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
43.000
43.000
43.000
43.000
43.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-3@@32-....
3WL12 10-3@@32-....
3WL12 12-3@@32-....
3WL12 16-3@@32-....
3WL12 20-3@@32-....
3WL12 25-3@@32-....
3WL12 32-3@@32-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
56.000
56.000
56.000
56.000
56.000
59.000
64.000

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-3@@31-....
3WL11 08-3@@31-....
3WL11 10-3@@31-....
3WL11 12-3@@31-....
3WL11 16-3@@31-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
43.000
43.000
43.000
43.000
43.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-3@@31-....
3WL12 10-3@@31-....
3WL12 12-3@@31-....
3WL12 16-3@@31-....
3WL12 20-3@@31-....
3WL12 25-3@@31-....
3WL12 32-3@@31-....
3WL12 40-3@@31-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
56.000
56.000
56.000
56.000
56.000
59.000
64.000
85.000

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-3@@33-....
3WL11 08-3@@33-....
3WL11 10-3@@33-....
3WL11 12-3@@33-....
3WL11 16-3@@33-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
43.000
43.000
43.000
43.000
43.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-3@@33-....
3WL12 10-3@@33-....
3WL12 12-3@@33-....
3WL12 16-3@@33-....
3WL12 20-3@@33-....
3WL12 25-3@@33-....
3WL12 32-3@@33-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
56.000
56.000
56.000
56.000
56.000
59.000
64.000

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-3@@34-....
3WL11 08-3@@34-....
3WL11 10-3@@34-....
3WL11 12-3@@34-....
3WL11 16-3@@34-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
43.000
43.000
43.000
43.000
43.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-3@@34-....
3WL12 10-3@@34-....
3WL12 12-3@@34-....
3WL12 16-3@@34-....
3WL12 20-3@@34-....
3WL12 25-3@@34-....
3WL12 32-3@@34-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
56.000
56.000
56.000
56.000
56.000
59.000
64.000
Add. price
AA
None

BB
CB
EB
FB
NB

DG
EG
FG
NG
Electronic releases
1AA2
None
Additional price
1/8
Siemens AG 2011

Size

current
In
In max.
Icu up to 100 kA at 500 V,

high switching capacity H
kA
DT
Order No.
Order No. supplements,
see page 1/23
Basic
price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-4@@32-....
3WL12 10-4@@32-....
3WL12 12-4@@32-....
3WL12 16-4@@32-....
3WL12 20-4@@32-....
3WL12 25-4@@32-....
3WL12 32-4@@32-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
56.000
56.000
56.000
56.000
56.000
59.000
64.000
III
III
4000
5000
4000
5000
100 B
100 B
3WL13 40-4@@32-....
3WL13 50-4@@32-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
82.000
82.000

II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-4@@31-....
3WL12 10-4@@31-....
3WL12 12-4@@31-....
3WL12 16-4@@31-....
3WL12 20-4@@31-....
3WL12 25-4@@31-....
3WL12 32-4@@31-....
3WL12 40-4@@31-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
56.000
56.000
56.000
56.000
56.000
59.000
64.000
85.000
III
III
III
4000
5000
6300
4000
5000
6300
100 B
100 B
100 B
3WL13 40-4@@31-....
3WL13 50-4@@31-....
3WL13 63-4@@31-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
82.000
82.000
90.000

II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-4@@33-....
3WL12 10-4@@33-....
3WL12 12-4@@33-....
3WL12 16-4@@33-....
3WL12 20-4@@33-....
3WL12 25-4@@33-....
3WL12 32-4@@33-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
56.000
56.000
56.000
56.000
56.000
59.000
64.000
III
4000
4000
100 B
3WL13 40-4@@33-....
1 unit
103
82.000
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
56.000
56.000
56.000
56.000
56.000
59.000
64.000
1 unit
103
82.000

II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-4@@34-....
3WL12 10-4@@34-....
3WL12 12-4@@34-....
3WL12 16-4@@34-....
3WL12 20-4@@34-....
3WL12 25-4@@34-....
3WL12 32-4@@34-....
III
4000
4000
100 B
3WL13 40-4@@34-....
Add. price
AA
None

ETU15B: Protection functions LI6)
BB
CB
EB
FB
NB

DG
EG
FG
NG
Electronic releases
1AA2
None
Additional price
1/9
Siemens AG 2011

Size

current
In
In max.

very high switching capacity C
kA
Order No.
see page 1/23
C
Basic
price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
DT
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

III
III
4000
5000
4000
5000
150 B
150 B
3WL13 40-5@@32-....
3WL13 50-5@@32-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
82.000
82.000
4000
5000
6300
150 B
150 B
150 B
3WL13 40-5@@31-....
3WL13 50-5@@31-....
3WL13 63-5@@31-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
82.000
82.000
90.000

III
III
III
4000
5000
6300
Add. price
AA
None

CB
EB
FB
NB

DG
EG
FG
NG
Electronic releases
1AA2
None
Additional price
Footnotes for pages 1/7 to 1/10:
1)
The rated current is determined by the rated current module. For the standard version, the supplied module is equal to the maximum rated current.
If a lower rated current is required, adaptation by order code on page 1/24.
3)
Current transformers for protection of the N conductor and current transformers for detection of the ground-fault current in the grounded neutral
point of the transformer are to be ordered separately, see page 1/34.
2)
For permissible rated short-time current Icc and rated short-circuit making
capacity Icm for non-automatic air circuit breakers see page 1/3.
4)
Current transformers for protection of the N conductor are to be ordered

separately, see page 1/34.
5)
ETU45B and ETU76B with ground-fault protection module GFM AT (alarm

and tripping), see page 1/34.
6)
1/10
Siemens AG 2011


Size

In
current
In max.

kA
DT
Order No.
see page 1/23
Basic
price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Without guide frames

(for guide frames, see page 1/30 to 1/33)
I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
55
55
55
55
55
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-2@@35-....
3WL11 08-2@@35-....
3WL11 10-2@@35-....
3WL11 12-2@@35-....
3WL11 16-2@@35-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
45.000
45.000
45.000
45.000
45.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-2@@35-....
3WL12 10-2@@35-....
3WL12 12-2@@35-....
3WL12 16-2@@35-....
3WL12 20-2@@35-....
3WL12 25-2@@35-....
3WL12 32-2@@35-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
60.000
60.000
60.000
60.000
60.000
63.000
68.000
With guide frames, horizontal main circuit connection

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
55
55
55
55
55
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-2@@36-....
3WL11 08-2@@36-....
3WL11 10-2@@36-....
3WL11 12-2@@36-....
3WL11 16-2@@36-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
70.000
70.000
70.000
70.000
70.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-2@@36-....
3WL12 10-2@@36-....
3WL12 12-2@@36-....
3WL12 16-2@@36-....
3WL12 20-2@@36-....
3WL12 25-2@@36-....
3WL12 32-2@@36-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
91.000
91.000
91.000
91.000
91.000
102.000
113.000
With guide frames, vertical main circuit connection

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
55
55
55
55
55
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-2@@37-....
3WL11 08-2@@37-....
3WL11 10-2@@37-....
3WL11 12-2@@37-....
3WL11 16-2@@37-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
70.000
70.000
70.000
70.000
70.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-2@@37-....
3WL12 10-2@@37-....
3WL12 12-2@@37-....
3WL12 16-2@@37-....
3WL12 20-2@@37-....
3WL12 25-2@@37-....
3WL12 32-2@@37-....
3WL12 40-2@@37-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
91.000
91.000
91.000
91.000
91.000
102.000
113.000
121.000
With guide frames, connecting flanges

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
55
55
55
55
55
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-2@@38-....
3WL11 08-2@@38-....
3WL11 10-2@@38-....
3WL11 12-2@@38-....
3WL11 16-2@@38-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
70.000
70.000
70.000
70.000
70.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-2@@38-....
3WL12 10-2@@38-....
3WL12 12-2@@38-....
3WL12 16-2@@38-....
3WL12 20-2@@38-....
3WL12 25-2@@38-....
3WL12 32-2@@38-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
91.000
91.000
91.000
91.000
91.000
102.000
113.000
Add. price
AA
None

BB
CB
EB
FB
NB

DG
EG
FG
NG
Electronic releases
Standard Order No. supplements (for further Order No. supplements for circuit breakers and guide frames, see page 1/23)
Additional price
1AA2
None
1/11
Siemens AG 2011

Size

In
current
In max.

kA
DT
Order No.
see page 1/23
S
Basic
price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-3@@35-....
3WL11 08-3@@35-....
3WL11 10-3@@35-....
3WL11 12-3@@35-....
3WL11 16-3@@35-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
45.000
45.000
45.000
45.000
45.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-3@@35-....
3WL12 10-3@@35-....
3WL12 12-3@@35-....
3WL12 16-3@@35-....
3WL12 20-3@@35-....
3WL12 25-3@@35-....
3WL12 32-3@@35-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
60.000
60.000
60.000
60.000
60.000
63.000
68.000

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-3@@36-....
3WL11 08-3@@36-....
3WL11 10-3@@36-....
3WL11 12-3@@36-....
3WL11 16-3@@36-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
70.000
70.000
70.000
70.000
70.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-3@@36-....
3WL12 10-3@@36-....
3WL12 12-3@@36-....
3WL12 16-3@@36-....
3WL12 20-3@@36-....
3WL12 25-3@@36-....
3WL12 32-3@@36-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
91.000
91.000
91.000
91.000
91.000
102.000
113.000

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-3@@37-....
3WL11 08-3@@37-....
3WL11 10-3@@37-....
3WL11 12-3@@37-....
3WL11 16-3@@37-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
70.000
70.000
70.000
70.000
70.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-3@@37-....
3WL12 10-3@@37-....
3WL12 12-3@@37-....
3WL12 16-3@@37-....
3WL12 20-3@@37-....
3WL12 25-3@@37-....
3WL12 32-3@@37-....
3WL12 40-3@@37-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
91.000
91.000
91.000
91.000
91.000
102.000
113.000
121.000

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-3@@38-....
3WL11 08-3@@38-....
3WL11 10-3@@38-....
3WL11 12-3@@38-....
3WL11 16-3@@38-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
70.000
70.000
70.000
70.000
70.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-3@@38-....
3WL12 10-3@@38-....
3WL12 12-3@@38-....
3WL12 16-3@@38-....
3WL12 20-3@@38-....
3WL12 25-3@@38-....
3WL12 32-3@@38-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
91.000
91.000
91.000
91.000
91.000
102.000
113.000

Add. price
AA
None
BB
CB
EB
FB
NB
DG
EG
FG
NG
Electronic releases
1AA2
None
Additional price
1/12
Siemens AG 2011

Size

current
In
In max.

kA
DT
Order No.
see page 1/23
Basic
price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-4@@35-....
3WL12 10-4@@35-....
3WL12 12-4@@35-....
3WL12 16-4@@35-....
3WL12 20-4@@35-....
3WL12 25-4@@35-....
3WL12 32-4@@35-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
60.000
60.000
60.000
60.000
60.000
63.000
68.000
III
III
III
4000
5000
6300
4000
5000
6300
100 B
100 B
100 B
3WL13 40-4@@35-....
3WL13 50-4@@35-....
3WL13 63-4@@35-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
88.000
88.000
96.000

II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-4@@36-....
3WL12 10-4@@36-....
3WL12 12-4@@36-....
3WL12 16-4@@36-....
3WL12 20-4@@36-....
3WL12 25-4@@36-....
3WL12 32-4@@36-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
91.000
91.000
91.000
91.000
91.000
102.000
113.000
III
III
4000
5000
4000
5000
100 B
100 B
3WL13 40-4@@36-....
3WL13 50-4@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
148.000
148.000

II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-4@@37-....
3WL12 10-4@@37-....
3WL12 12-4@@37-....
3WL12 16-4@@37-....
3WL12 20-4@@37-....
3WL12 25-4@@37-....
3WL12 32-4@@37-....
3WL12 40-4@@37-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
91.000
91.000
91.000
91.000
91.000
102.000
113.000
121.000
III
III
III
4000
5000
6300
4000
5000
6300
100 B
100 B
100 B
3WL13 40-4@@37-....
3WL13 50-4@@37-....
3WL13 63-4@@37-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
148.000
148.000
166.000
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
91.000
91.000
91.000
91.000
91.000
102.000
113.000
1 unit
103
148.000

II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-4@@38-....
3WL12 10-4@@38-....
3WL12 12-4@@38-....
3WL12 16-4@@38-....
3WL12 20-4@@38-....
3WL12 25-4@@38-....
3WL12 32-4@@38-....
III
4000
4000
100 B
3WL13 40-4@@38-....
Non-automatic air circuit breakers 2)
Add. price
AA
None

BB
CB
EB
FB
NB

DG
EG
FG
NG
Electronic releases
1AA2
None
Additional price
1/13
Siemens AG 2011

Size

current
In
In max.

kA
Order No.
see page 1/23
C
Basic
price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
DT
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

III
III
III
4000
5000
6300
4000
5000
6300
150 B
150 B
150 B
3WL13 40-5@@35-....
3WL13 50-5@@35-....
3WL13 63-5@@35-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
88.000
88.000
96.000
150 B
150 B
3WL13 40-5@@36-....
3WL13 50-5@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
148.000
148.000
150 B
150 B
150 B
3WL13 40-5@@37-....
3WL13 50-5@@37-....
3WL13 63-5@@37-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
148.000
148.000
166.000

III
III
4000
5000
4000
5000

III
III
III
4000
5000
6300
4000
5000
6300
Add. price
AA
None

CB
EB
FB
NB

DG
EG
FG
NG
Electronic releases
1AA2
None
Additional price
1)
3)
point of the transformer are to be ordered separately, see page 1/34.
2)
4)

5)
ETU45B to ETU76B with ground-fault protection module GFM AT (alarm

6)
1/14
Siemens AG 2011


Size

In
current
In max.

kA
DT
Order No.
see page 1/23
Basic
price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
55
55
55
55
55
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-2@@42-....
3WL11 08-2@@42-....
3WL11 10-2@@42-....
3WL11 12-2@@42-....
3WL11 16-2@@42-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
50.000
50.000
50.000
50.000
50.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-2@@42-....
3WL12 10-2@@42-....
3WL12 12-2@@42-....
3WL12 16-2@@42-....
3WL12 20-2@@42-....
3WL12 25-2@@42-....
3WL12 32-2@@42-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
67.000
67.000
67.000
67.000
67.000
71.000
77.000

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
55
55
55
55
55
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-2@@41-....
3WL11 08-2@@41-....
3WL11 10-2@@41-....
3WL11 12-2@@41-....
3WL11 16-2@@41-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
50.000
50.000
50.000
50.000
50.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-2@@41-....
3WL12 10-2@@41-....
3WL12 12-2@@41-....
3WL12 16-2@@41-....
3WL12 20-2@@41-....
3WL12 25-2@@41-....
3WL12 32-2@@41-....
3WL12 40-2@@41-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
75.000
75.000
75.000
75.000
67.000
71.000
77.000
103.000

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
55
55
55
55
55
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-2@@43-....
3WL11 08-2@@43-....
3WL11 10-2@@43-....
3WL11 12-2@@43-....
3WL11 16-2@@43-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
50.000
50.000
50.000
50.000
50.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-2@@43-....
3WL12 10-2@@43-....
3WL12 12-2@@43-....
3WL12 16-2@@43-....
3WL12 20-2@@43-....
3WL12 25-2@@43-....
3WL12 32-2@@43-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
67.000
67.000
67.000
67.000
67.000
71.000
77.000

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
55
55
55
55
55
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-2@@44-....
3WL11 08-2@@44-....
3WL11 10-2@@44-....
3WL11 12-2@@44-....
3WL11 16-2@@44-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
50.000
50.000
50.000
50.000
50.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-2@@44-....
3WL12 10-2@@44-....
3WL12 12-2@@44-....
3WL12 16-2@@44-....
3WL12 20-2@@44-....
3WL12 25-2@@44-....
3WL12 32-2@@44-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
67.000
67.000
67.000
67.000
67.000
71.000
77.000
Add. price
AA
None

BB
CB
EB
FB
NB

DG
EG
FG
NG
Electronic releases
1AA2
None
Additional price
1/15
Siemens AG 2011

Size

In
current
In max.

kA
DT
Order No.
see page 1/23
S
Basic
price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-3@@42-....
3WL11 08-3@@42-....
3WL11 10-3@@42-....
3WL11 12-3@@42-....
3WL11 16-3@@42-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
50.000
50.000
50.000
50.000
50.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-3@@42-....
3WL12 10-3@@42-....
3WL12 12-3@@42-....
3WL12 16-3@@42-....
3WL12 20-3@@42-....
3WL12 25-3@@42-....
3WL12 32-3@@42-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
67.000
67.000
67.000
67.000
67.000
71.000
77.000

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-3@@41-....
3WL11 08-3@@41-....
3WL11 10-3@@41-....
3WL11 12-3@@41-....
3WL11 16-3@@41-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
50.000
50.000
50.000
50.000
50.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-3@@41-....
3WL12 10-3@@41-....
3WL12 12-3@@41-....
3WL12 16-3@@41-....
3WL12 20-3@@41-....
3WL12 25-3@@41-....
3WL12 32-3@@41-....
3WL12 40-3@@41-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
67.000
67.000
67.000
67.000
67.000
71.000
77.000
103.000

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-3@@43-....
3WL11 08-3@@43-....
3WL11 10-3@@43-....
3WL11 12-3@@43-....
3WL11 16-3@@43-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
50.000
50.000
50.000
50.000
50.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-3@@43-....
3WL12 10-3@@43-....
3WL12 12-3@@43-....
3WL12 16-3@@43-....
3WL12 20-3@@43-....
3WL12 25-3@@43-....
3WL12 32-3@@43-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
67.000
67.000
67.000
67.000
67.000
71.000
77.000

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-3@@44-....
3WL11 08-3@@44-....
3WL11 10-3@@44-....
3WL11 12-3@@44-....
3WL11 16-3@@44-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
50.000
50.000
50.000
50.000
50.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-3@@44-....
3WL12 10-3@@44-....
3WL12 12-3@@44-....
3WL12 16-3@@44-....
3WL12 20-3@@44-....
3WL12 25-3@@44-....
3WL12 32-3@@44-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
67.000
67.000
67.000
67.000
67.000
71.000
77.000
Add. price
AA
None

BB
CB
EB
FB
NB

DG
EG
FG
NG
Electronic releases
1AA2
None
Additional price
1/16
Siemens AG 2011

Size

current
In
In max.

kA
DT
Order No.
see page 1/23
Basic
price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-4@@42-....
3WL12 10-4@@42-....
3WL12 12-4@@42-....
3WL12 16-4@@42-....
3WL12 20-4@@42-....
3WL12 25-4@@42-....
3WL12 32-4@@42-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
67.000
67.000
67.000
67.000
67.000
71.000
77.000
III
III
4000
5000
4000
5000
100 B
100 B
3WL13 40-4@@42-....
3WL13 50-4@@42-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
99.000
99.000

II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-4@@41-....
3WL12 10-4@@41-....
3WL12 12-4@@41-....
3WL12 16-4@@41-....
3WL12 20-4@@41-....
3WL12 25-4@@41-....
3WL12 32-4@@41-....
3WL12 40-4@@41-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
67.000
67.000
67.000
67.000
67.000
71.000
77.000
103.000
III
III
III
4000
5000
6300
4000
5000
6300
100 B
100 B
100 B
3WL13 40-4@@41-....
3WL13 50-4@@41-....
3WL13 63-4@@41-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
99.000
99.000
108.000

II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-4@@43-....
3WL12 10-4@@43-....
3WL12 12-4@@43-....
3WL12 16-4@@43-....
3WL12 20-4@@43-....
3WL12 25-4@@43-....
3WL12 32-4@@43-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
67.000
67.000
67.000
67.000
67.000
71.000
77.000
III
4000
4000
100 B
3WL13 40-4@@43-....
1 unit
103
99.000
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
67.000
67.000
67.000
67.000
67.000
71.000
77.000
1 unit
103
99.000

II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-4@@44-....
3WL12 10-4@@44-....
3WL12 12-4@@44-....
3WL12 16-4@@44-....
3WL12 20-4@@44-....
3WL12 25-4@@44-....
3WL12 32-4@@44-....
III
4000
4000
100 B
3WL13 40-4@@44-....
Add. price
AA
None

BB
CB
EB
FB
NB

DG
EG
FG
NG
Electronic releases
1AA2
None
Additional price
1/17
Siemens AG 2011

Size

current
In
In max.

kA
DT
Order No.
see page 1/23
PU
(UNIT,
Basic SET, M)
price
per PU
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

III
III
4000
5000
4000
5000
130 B
130 B
3WL13 40-5@@42-....
3WL13 50-5@@42-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
99.000
99.000
4000
5000
6300
130 B
130 B
130 B
3WL13 40-5@@41-....
3WL13 50-5@@41-....
3WL13 63-5@@41-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
99.000
99.000
108.000

III
III
III
4000
5000
6300
Add. price
AA
None

CB
EB
FB
NB

DG
EG
FG
NG
Electronic releases
1AA2
None
Additional price
1)
2)
3)
point of the transformer are to be ordered separately, see page 1/34. The
internal current transformers for N conductors can be ordered by adding
the supplement "Z" and the order code "F23", see page 1/26.
4)

5)

6)
1/18
Siemens AG 2011


Size

In
current
In max.

kA
DT
Order No.
see page 1/23
Basic
price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
55
55
55
55
55
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-2@@45-....
3WL11 08-2@@45-....
3WL11 10-2@@45-....
3WL11 12-2@@45-....
3WL11 16-2@@45-....
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-2@@45-....
3WL12 10-2@@45-....
3WL12 12-2@@45-....
3WL12 16-2@@45-....
3WL12 20-2@@45-....
3WL12 25-2@@45-....
3WL12 32-2@@45-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
54.000
54.000
54.000
54.000
54.000
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
75.000
75.000
75.000
75.000
72.000
76.000
82.000

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
55
55
55
55
55
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-2@@46-....
3WL11 08-2@@46-....
3WL11 10-2@@46-....
3WL11 12-2@@46-....
3WL11 16-2@@46-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
84.000
84.000
84.000
84.000
84.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-2@@46-....
3WL12 10-2@@46-....
3WL12 12-2@@46-....
3WL12 16-2@@46-....
3WL12 20-2@@46-....
3WL12 25-2@@46-....
3WL12 32-2@@46-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
109.000
109.000
109.000
109.000
109.000
123.000
136.000

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
55
55
55
55
55
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-2@@47-....
3WL11 08-2@@47-....
3WL11 10-2@@47-....
3WL11 12-2@@47-....
3WL11 16-2@@47-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
84.000
84.000
84.000
84.000
84.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-2@@47-....
3WL12 10-2@@47-....
3WL12 12-2@@47-....
3WL12 16-2@@47-....
3WL12 20-2@@47-....
3WL12 25-2@@47-....
3WL12 32-2@@47-....
3WL12 40-2@@47-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
109.000
109.000
109.000
109.000
109.000
123.000
136.000
146.000

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
55
55
55
55
55
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-2@@48-....
3WL11 08-2@@48-....
3WL11 10-2@@48-....
3WL11 12-2@@48-....
3WL11 16-2@@48-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
84.000
84.000
84.000
84.000
84.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-2@@48-....
3WL12 10-2@@48-....
3WL12 12-2@@48-....
3WL12 16-2@@48-....
3WL12 20-2@@48-....
3WL12 25-2@@48-....
3WL12 32-2@@48-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
109.000
109.000
109.000
109.000
109.000
123.000
136.000
Add. price
AA
None

BB
CB
EB
FB
NB

DG
EG
FG
NG
Electronic releases
Additional price
1AA2
None
1/19
Siemens AG 2011

Size

In
current
In max.

kA
DT
Order No.
see page 1/23
S
Basic
price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-3@@45-....
3WL11 08-3@@45-....
3WL11 10-3@@45-....
3WL11 12-3@@45-....
3WL11 16-3@@45-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
54.000
54.000
54.000
54.000
54.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-3@@45-....
3WL12 10-3@@45-....
3WL12 12-3@@45-....
3WL12 16-3@@45-....
3WL12 20-3@@45-....
3WL12 25-3@@45-....
3WL12 32-3@@45-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
72.000
72.000
72.000
72.000
72.000
76.000
82.000

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-3@@46-....
3WL11 08-3@@46-....
3WL11 10-3@@46-....
3WL11 12-3@@46-....
3WL11 16-3@@46-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
84.000
84.000
84.000
84.000
84.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-3@@46-....
3WL12 10-3@@46-....
3WL12 12-3@@46-....
3WL12 16-3@@46-....
3WL12 20-3@@46-....
3WL12 25-3@@46-....
3WL12 32-3@@46-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
109.000
109.000
109.000
109.000
109.000
123.000
136.000

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-3@@47-....
3WL11 08-3@@47-....
3WL11 10-3@@47-....
3WL11 12-3@@47-....
3WL11 16-3@@47-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
84.000
84.000
84.000
84.000
84.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-3@@47-....
3WL12 10-3@@47-....
3WL12 12-3@@47-....
3WL12 16-3@@47-....
3WL12 20-3@@47-....
3WL12 25-3@@47-....
3WL12 32-3@@47-....
3WL12 40-3@@47-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
109.000
109.000
109.000
109.000
109.000
123.000
136.000
146.000

I
I
I
I
I
630
800
1000
1250
1600
630
800
1000
1250
1600
66
66
66
66
66
B
B
B
B
B
3WL11 06-3@@48-....
3WL11 08-3@@48-....
3WL11 10-3@@48-....
3WL11 12-3@@48-....
3WL11 16-3@@48-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
84.000
84.000
84.000
84.000
84.000
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-3@@48-....
3WL12 10-3@@48-....
3WL12 12-3@@48-....
3WL12 16-3@@48-....
3WL12 20-3@@48-....
3WL12 25-3@@48-....
3WL12 32-3@@48-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
109.000
109.000
109.000
109.000
109.000
123.000
136.000

Add. price
AA
None
BB
CB
EB
FB
NB
DG
EG
FG
NG
Electronic releases
1AA2
None
Additional price
1/20
Siemens AG 2011

Size

current
In
In max.

kA
DT
Order No.
see page 1/23
Basic
price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-4@@45-....
3WL12 10-4@@45-....
3WL12 12-4@@45-....
3WL12 16-4@@45-....
3WL12 20-4@@45-....
3WL12 25-4@@45-....
3WL12 32-4@@45-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
72.000
72.000
72.000
72.000
72.000
76.000
82.000
III
III
III
4000
5000
6300
4000
5000
6300
100 B
100 B
100 B
3WL13 40-4@@45-....
3WL13 50-4@@45-....
3WL13 63-4@@45-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
106.000
106.000
108.000

II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-4@@46-....
3WL12 10-4@@46-....
3WL12 12-4@@46-....
3WL12 16-4@@46-....
3WL12 20-4@@46-....
3WL12 25-4@@46-....
3WL12 32-4@@46-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
109.000
109.000
109.000
109.000
109.000
123.000
136.000
III
III
4000
5000
4000
5000
100 B
100 B
3WL13 40-4@@46-....
3WL13 50-4@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
190.000
190.000

II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-4@@47-....
3WL12 10-4@@47-....
3WL12 12-4@@47-....
3WL12 16-4@@47-....
3WL12 20-4@@47-....
3WL12 25-4@@47-....
3WL12 32-4@@47-....
3WL12 40-4@@47-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
109.000
109.000
109.000
109.000
109.000
123.000
136.000
146.000
III
III
III
4000
5000
6300
4000
5000
6300
100 B
100 B
100 B
3WL13 40-4@@47-....
3WL13 50-4@@47-....
3WL13 63-4@@47-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
190.000
190.000
227.000
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
109.000
109.000
109.000
109.000
109.000
123.000
136.000
1 unit
103
190.000

II
II
II
II
II
II
II
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL12 08-4@@48-....
3WL12 10-4@@48-....
3WL12 12-4@@48-....
3WL12 16-4@@48-....
3WL12 20-4@@48-....
3WL12 25-4@@48-....
3WL12 32-4@@48-....
III
4000
4000
100 B
3WL13 40-4@@48-....
Add. price
AA
None

BB
CB
EB
FB
NB

DG
EG
FG
NG
Electronic releases
1AA2
None
Additional price
1/21
Siemens AG 2011

Size

current
In
In max.

kA
DT
Order No.
see page 1/23
PU
(UNIT,
Basic SET, M)
price
per PU
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

III
III
III
4000
5000
6300
4000
5000
6300
130 B
130 B
130 B
3WL13 40-5@@45-....
3WL13 50-5@@45-....
3WL13 63-5@@45-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
115.000
106.000
108.000
130 B
130 B
3WL13 40-5@@46-....
3WL13 50-5@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
190.000
190.000
130 B
130 B
130 B
3WL13 40-5@@47-....
3WL13 50-5@@47-....
3WL13 63-5@@47-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
190.000
190.000
227.000

III
III
4000
5000
4000
5000

III
III
III
4000
5000
6300
4000
5000
6300
Add. price
AA
None

CB
EB
FB
NB

DG
EG
FG
NG
Electronic releases
1AA2
None
Additional price
1)
2)
3)
point of the transformer are to be ordered separately, see page 1/34. The
internal current transformers for N conductors can be ordered by adding
the supplement "Z" and the order code "F23", see page 1/26.
4)

5)

6)
1/22
Siemens AG 2011

Options

Order No. supplement
Additional
price
3WL 1 . . . - . . . . . -7 7 7 7
Operating mechanism
None
2
3
4
5
6
Manual operating mechanism with mechanical

and electrical closing,
closing solenoid suitable for uninterrupted duty, 100 % duty ratio
Closing solenoid
50/60 Hz V AC
V DC
110
230
110 ... 125

220
Manual/motorized operating mechanism with mechanical

and electrical closing,
closing solenoid suitable for uninterrupted duty, 100 % duty ratio
Motor
Closing solenoid
50/60 Hz V AC
V DC
50/60 Hz V AC
V DC
208 ... 240

110 ... 127
--
220 ... 250

110 ... 125
24
230
110
--
220
110 ... 125
24
To order different voltages for motorized operating mechanism and closing

solenoid or closing solenoid for synchronization purposes:
"1" at the 13th digit of the Order No. and order codes, see page 1/25.
1. Auxiliary releases
Without 1st auxiliary release
None
B
C
D
E
F
G
Shunt release suitable for uninterrupted duty, 100 % duty ratio

Operating range 0.85 ... 1.1 Us
Us 50/60 Hz V AC Us V DC
----110
230
24
30
48
60
110 ... 125
220
2. Auxiliary releases
Without 2nd auxiliary release
None
B
C
D
E
F
G
J
K
L
U
M
N
P
Q
R
S
T
Shunt release suitable for uninterrupted duty, 100 % duty ratio

-24
-30
-48
-60
110
110 ... 125
230
220
Undervoltage release, instantaneous ( 80 ms),
short-delay ( 200 ms)
----110 ... 127
208 ... 240
380 ... 415
24
30
48
60
110 ... 125
220 ... 250
--
Undervoltage release, can be delayed between 0.2 s and 3.2 s

-110 ... 127
208 ... 240
380 ... 415
48
110 ... 125
220 ... 250
--
Auxiliary switches
1. auxiliary switch block
2 NO + 2 NC
None
1. + 2. auxiliary switch block

4 NO + 4 NC
6 NO + 2 NC
5 NO + 3 NC
4
7
8
Additional price
1/23
Siemens AG 2011

Options
Add "Z" to the complete Order No. and
indicate the appropriate order code(s).
Order No. with "Z"

1234 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12
Additional price
13 14 15 16
3WL . . . . - . . . . . - . . . . - Z
and additional order code(s)
@@@+ . . . + . . .
Code for
"Further versions"
-Z
Operating manuals
Printed version
In scope of supply of circuit breaker) French/Italian
A 1 1
In scope of supply of circuit breaker) Spanish/Portuguese
A 1 2
Rated voltage 1000 V AC/DC

Only for circuit breakers with high switching capacity H
(8th digit of the Order No. is a "4")
Cannot be combined with "Rated voltage 1150 V AC order code "A15".
Add.
price
3-pole
Add.
price
4-pole
Size II1)
Up to 2000 A
2500 A
3200 A
A 0 5
A 0 5
A 0 5
Size III1)2)
4000 A
5000 A
6300 A
A 0 5
A 0 5
A 0 5
A
A
A
A
5
5
5
5
A 0 8
A 0 8
A 0 8
Rated voltage 1150 V AC

Only for circuit breakers with high switching capacity H
(8th digit of the Order No. is a "4")
Cannot be combined with "Rated voltage 1000 V AC order code "A05".
Size II
Up to 2000 A
2500 A
3200 A
4000 A
For size III select a circuit breaker with very high switching capacity C,
which can be used as standard up to 1150 V AC.
1
1
1
1
Tinned version of the customer's connections

on the guide frame3)4)
Only for circuit breakers in withdrawable version with horizontal connection or
flange connection. The normal delivery time increases to 15 work days.
Size I
Size II
Size III
Special packaging (moisture protection)
Additional price
Special packaging for extended technical requirements

Cardboard packaging with water-repellent coating on corrugated cardboard A 6 1
(moisture protection)
Rated current modules / Rating plugs
Additional price
Rated
current In
A
Only one module is possible per For size I, II
circuit breaker (not in conjunction
with electronic release ETU15B).
As standard the overcurrent
releases are equipped with a
rated current module which is
equal to the maximum rated circuit breaker current (In max). The
rated current of the selected
rated current module must be
For size I, II, III
smaller than In max.
For size II, III
For size III
250
B 0 2
None
315
B 0 3
None
400
B 0 4
None
500
B 0 5
None
630
B 0 6
None
800
B 0 8
None
1000
B 1 0
None
1250
B 1 2
None
1600
B 1 6
None
2000
B 2 0
None
2500
B 2 5
None
3200
B 3 2
None
4000
B 4 0
None
5000
B 5 0
None
6300
B 6 3
None
Additional price
1)
If ordering withdrawable circuit breaker and guide frame separately,

specify order code "A05" for withdrawable circuit breaker and guide frame.
2)
Not necessary for circuit breakers with very high switching capacity C as
these circuit breakers can be used as standard up to 1150 V AC.
3)
Front connections are tinned as standard.
4)
The permissible temperature-rise limits according to IEC 60947-2 are 5 K

lower for a tin surface than for a silver surface.
1/24
Siemens AG 2011

Options
Order No. with "Z"

1234 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12
Additional price
13 14 15 16
3WL . . . . - . . . . . - . . . . - Z
@@@+. . . + . . .
Code for
"Further versions"
-Z
Indication/operator control elements, door sealing frames

5-digit mechanical operating cycles counter1)
C 0 1
Electrical ON button in the operator

panel2)
Possible only for circuit breakers
with closing solenoid.
Button with sealing cap
C 1 1
Key operation with lock CES
C 1 2
Storage status signaling switch 2)

(S21)
1 NO contact
C 2 0
Ready-to-close signaling switch (S20) 1 NO contact
C 2 2
For the first auxiliary release (S22)

C 2 6
For the second auxiliary release (S23) C 2 7
Signaling switches2)
Motor shutdown switch in the operator panel3)
S 2 5
S 2 4
T 4 0
Automatic reset of the reclosing lockout
K 0 1
Tripped signaling switch2)4)
K 0 7
K
K
K
K
1
1
1
1
0
1
2
3
M
M
M
M
0
0
0
0
1
3
5
6
24
30
48
M2 1
M2 2
M2 3
60
110
220
M2 4
M2 5
M2 6
M
M
M
M
3
3
3
3
1
3
5
6
M
M
M
M
4
4
4
4
1
3
5
6
EMERGENCY-STOP pushbuttons
Mushroom pushbutton instead of

the mechanical OFF pushbutton
Door sealing frames
Reclosing lockout and remote resets

1 CO
Remote reset solenoid for displays and reset buttons

including automatic reset of the reclosing lockout
50/60 Hz V AC
V DC
--120
208 ... 250
24
48
125
208 ... 250
Motorized operating mechanisms and closing/opening solenoids

Motorized operating mechanisms
Only possible if the 13th digit of the Order No. = "1"
Motor
50/60 Hz V AC
V DC
--110 ... 127

208 ... 240
24 ... 30
48 ... 60
110 ... 125
220 ... 250
Closing solenoid suitable for uninterrupted duty, 100 % duty ratio

Activation solenoids
50/60 Hz V AC
V DC
----110
230
Closing solenoids5) unsuitable for uninterrupted duty, 5 % duty ratio,

synchronizable
50/60 Hz V AC
V DC
--110 ... 127

208 ... 240
24
48
110 ... 125
220 ... 250
Opening solenoids (shunt release)6)7)

Not suitable for uninterrupted duty, 5% duty ratio, synchronizable
50/60 Hz V AC
V DC
--110 ... 127

208 ... 240
24
48
110 ... 125
220 ... 250
Additional price
4)
1)
5)
Only possible with motorized operating mechanism.

2)
Not possible with communications interface option, order code "F02" or "F12".
3) Only for circuit breakers with motorized operating mechanism, not possible
with order codes "C11", "C12".
Not available for non-automatic air circuit breakers.

Overexcited, i.e. opening time 50 ms (standard > 80 ms).
6) Only possible if the 14th position of the Order No. for the circuit breaker is
"A", i.e. "without 1st auxiliary release".
7)
1/25
Siemens AG 2011

Options
Order No. mit "-Z"

1234 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12
Additional
price
13 14 15 16
3WL . . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
@@@ + . . . + . . .
Code for
"Further versions"
Order code
for withdrawable
version
@@@
@@@
Fixed-mounted circuit breakers
S 5 5
-- -- --
For withdrawable circuit breakers

with guide frame
--
R 5 5
For guide frames
--
R 5 6
For withdrawable circuit breakers
--
R 5 7
3-pole
Size I
Size II
Size III
----
R 1 0
R 1 0
R 1 0
4-pole
Size I
Size II
Size III
----
R 1 0
R 1 0
R 1 0
3-pole
Size I
Size II
Size III
----
R 2 1
R 2 1
R 2 1
4-pole
Size I
Size II
Size III
----
R 2 1
R 2 1
R 2 1
Interlocks, covers, position signaling switches

Mutual mechanical
interlockings
(interlocking module
with Bowden wire 2 m)
Arc chute covers

Not available for
- 1000 V version
(order code "A05")
- DC version
- 4000 A size II
- 1150 V version
(order code "A15")
- 150-kA version, size III
Shutters
2-part
lockable
with padlocks 1)
Position signaling switches

for guide frames
-Z
Order code
for fixedmounted
version
Connected Test
position
position
Disconnected
position
1 CO
1 CO
1 CO
--
R 1 5
3 CO
2 CO
1 CO
--
R 1 6

Order No. with "Z"

1234 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12
Additional
price
13 14 15 16
3WL . . . . - . . . . . - . . . . - Z
@@@
+. . . + . . .
Code for
"Further versions"
-Z
Communication and measurement functions

Breaker status sensor (BSS)
F 0 1
PROFIBUS communications interface2) Including COM15 and breaker

status sensor (BSS)
F 0 2
MODBUS communications interface2)
F 1 2
F 0 5
F 2 3
F 2 3
F 2 3
Common-mode interference
F 3 1
suppressor filters (e.g. in IT networks, caused by frequency converters)
Including COM16 and breaker

status sensor (BSS)
Measurement function Plus (without PROFIBUS/MODBUS

communications interface)3)
Overload and short-circuit protection for neutral conductors

Internal current transformers for
Size I
N conductors
Size II
Only possible with 4-pole circuit breakers
Size III
with ETU27B to ETU76B
EMC filters
EMC filters
Insertion loss (asymmetric) in the

range 40 kHz to 10 MHz >40 dB.
Additional price
1)
Padlocks not included in scope of supply.
2)
If ordering withdrawable circuit breaker and guide frame separately, specify order code "F02" or "F12" for withdrawable circuit breaker only.
1/26
3)
Additional voltage transformers are required for connection of the measurement function Plus, see page 1/43.
Siemens AG 2011

Options
Add "Z" to the complete Order No.
and indicate the appropriate order code(s).
Order No. mit "-Z"

1234 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
3WL . . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
@@@ + . . . + . . .
Code for
"Further versions"
Order code
for fixedmounted
version
Order code
for withdrawable
version
@@@
Locking devices
Locking devices against
unauthorized closing,
in the operator panels
The disconnector unit fulfills the
requirements for main circuit
breakers acc. to EN 60204-1
-Z
Add. price
for fixedmounted
version
Add. price
for withdrawable version
@@@
Made by CES
S 0 1
S 0 1
Made by IKON
S 0 3
S 0 3
Assembly kit FORTRESS or Castell1)
S 0 5
S 0 5
Assembly kit for padlocks2)
S 0 7
S 0 7
Made by Ronis
S 0 8
S 0 8
Made by Profalux
S 0 9
S 0 9
EMERGENCY-STOP pushbuttons Mushroom pushbutton instead of

the mechanical OFF pushbutton
S 2 4
S 2 4

Made by CES
Made by Ronis
for withdrawable circuit breakers
Made by Profalux
The disconnector unit fulfils the
requirements for main circuit
breakers acc. to EN 60204-1,
consisting of a lock in the cabinet
door, active in the connected position, function is retained when circuit
breaker is replaced.
--
R 6 1
--
R 6 8
--
R 6 0
Locking devices for operating

mechanism handles
with padlock2)
S 3 3
S 3 3
Locking devices to prevent move- Made by CES

ment of the withdrawable circuit
Made by Profalux
breakers
Made by Ronis
Safety lock for mounting on the
circuit breaker
--
S 7 1
--
S 7 5
--
S 7 6
--
R 8 1
--
R 8 5
--
R 8 6
R 3 0
R 5 0
P 6 1
Locking mechanisms
Locking mechanisms to prevent
Made by CES
movement of the withdrawable
Made by Profalux
circuit breaker in disconnected
Made by Ronis
positions,
consisting of Bowden wire and lock
in the cabinet door
Not possible in combination with
order code "R30" or "R50".
Locking devices
order code "R81", "R85" or "R86".
To prevent opening of the cabinet door in: S 3 0

ON position (fixed-mounted version)/
in connected position (withdrawable
version)
To prevent movement
with the cabinet door open
--
Connection methods for auxiliary conductors

Connections for screwless
terminals (tension spring)
N 6 1
Additional price
1)
Locks must be ordered from the manufacturer.
2)
Padlock not included in the scope of supply.
1/27
Siemens AG 2011

Options
Order No. mit "-Z"

1234 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
3WL . . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
@@@
+. . . + . . .
Code for
"Further versions"
For withdrawable circuit breakers with guide frames

or for guide frames1)
To select this connection method the 12th
digit of the Order No. for the
circuit breaker must be a "6"
-Z
Additional
price
3-pole
Additional
price
4-pole
Connection methods for main connections

Top and bottom:
accessible from front,
single hole
Size I, up to 1600 A
Size II, up to 2000 A
Size III, up to 4000 A
P
P
P
P
P
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Top and bottom:

double hole
P
P
P
P
P
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
Top:
horizontal,
double hole
Bottom:
single hole
P
P
P
P
P
0
0
0
0
0
7
7
7
7
7
Top:
vertical
Bottom:
horizontal
P
P
P
P
P
P
1
1
1
1
1
1
8
8
8
8
8
8
Top:
connecting flange
Bottom:
horizontal
P
P
P
P
P
1
1
1
1
1
9
9
9
9
9
Top:
horizontal
Bottom:
vertical
P
P
P
P
P
P
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
Additional
price
3-pole
Additional
price
4-pole
For fixed-mounted circuit breakers

To select this connection method the 12th
digit of the Order No. for the
circuit breaker must be a "2"
Connection methods for main connections
Top:
horizontal
Bottom:
single hole
N
N
N
N
N
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Top:
vertical
Bottom:
horizontal
N
N
N
N
N
N
2
2
2
2
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
Top:
horizontal
Bottom:
vertical
N
N
N
N
N
N
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
Additional price
1)
Only horizontal connection and vertical connection are available for circuit
breakers with very high switching capacity C.
1/28
Siemens AG 2011

Accessories and Spare Parts
Overview
Determination of the number of auxiliary supply connectors required
NSE0_01104
This selection is only required if the guide frame is ordered under a

separate Order No.
X7
X6
X5
X8
The required number of auxiliary supply connectors

depends on:
Operating mechanism type
Electronic release with/without current transformer
Type and number of auxiliary releases
Number of auxiliary switches
COM15/COM16 communication interface
Number of
auxiliary supply
connectors
Terminal
First auxiliary supply connector X6 always required.
X6
b
b1
b2
b3
Operating mechanisms
Manual operating mechanism with stored-energy feature with mechanical closing
Manual operating mechanism with stored-energy feature with mechanical and electrical closing
Manual/motorized operating mechanism with stored-energy feature with mechanical and electrical closing
0
0
+1
X6
X5
c
c1
c2
Electronic releases
Electronic releases ETU15B, ETU25B, ETU27B
Electronic releases ETU45B, ETU76B (internal CubicleBUS)
0
+1
X8
c3
c4
Connections for external current transformers for overload protection in the N conductor and ground-fault protection
Current transformer installed in the N conductor (required with 3-pole circuit breakers if c2 is not selected)
Current transformer in the neutral point of the transformer (required if c2 or c3 is not selected)
+1
+1
X8
X8
d
d1
d2
Auxiliary releases
With/without 1st auxiliary release (shunt release F1)
2nd auxiliary release (shunt release F2, undervoltage release F3, delayable undervoltage release F4)
0
+1
X6
X5
e
e1
e2
Auxiliary switch blocks

1st auxiliary switch block 2 NO + 2 NC
1st and 2nd auxiliary switch block 4 NO + 4 NC or 6 NO + 2 NC or 5 NO + 3 NC (required if b3 or d2 is not selected)
0
+1
X6
X5
f
f1
f2
Communication modules
Without communication module COM15/COM16
With communication module COM15/COM16
occupies the entire terminal strip X7, making the following options no longer possible:
Tripped signal switch S24
Stored-energy status indication S21
Electrical ON button S10
Signaling switch on first and second auxiliary release S22 + S23
0
+1
X7
g
g1
g2
g3
g4
g5
g6
g7
g8
Optional signals/accessories
Tripped signaling switch S24 (only when f2 not selected)
Stored energy status signaling switch S21 (only when f2 not selected, required if g1 not selected)
Electric ON button S10 (only when f2 not selected, required if g1 or g2 not selected)
Signaling switch at first auxiliary release S22 (only when f2 not selected, required if g1, g2 or g3 not selected)
Signaling switch at second auxiliary release S23 (only when f2 not selected, required if g1, g2, g3 or g4 not selected)
Switch on readiness signal switch S20
Motor shutdown switch S12 (only if motorized operating mechanism selected)
Remote reset solenoid F7 (required if c2 not selected)
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
0
0
+1
X7
X7
X7
X7
X7
X6
X5
X8
Total number of auxiliary supply connectors
(max. 4)
For ordering the auxiliary supply connectors see under "Accessories and Spare Parts, Guide Frames for AC Circuit Breakers/
Non-Automatic Air Circuit Breakers", pages 1/30 to 1/33 and under "Accessories and Spare Parts, Auxiliary Conductor Connections,
Auxiliary Supply Connectors", page 1/39.
1/29
Siemens AG 2011


Guide frames for AC circuit breakers/non-automatic air circuit breakers
Size
Max. rated circuit

breaker current
In max.
Switching DT
capacity
Icu
kA
Guide frames for 3-pole circuit breakers/

non-automatic air circuit breakers
Order No.
(Order No. supplements
required acc. to table below)
Basic
price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

I
I
II
II
II
III
1000
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
... 66
... 66
... 100
... 100
... 100
... 100
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL9 211-1AA@@-@@A1
3WL9 211-2AA@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-3AA@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-4AA@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-5AA@@-@@A1
3WL9 213-6AA@@-@@A1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
25.000
25.000
31.000
39.000
45.000
60.000
... 66
... 66
... 100
... 100
... 100
... 100
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL9 211-1AB@@-@@A1
3WL9 211-2AB@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-3AB@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-4AB@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-5AB@@-@@A1
3WL9 213-6AB@@-@@A1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
25.000
25.000
31.000
39.000
45.000
60.000
... 66
... 66
... 100
... 100
... 100
... 100
... 100
... 150
... 150
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL9 211-1AC@@-@@A1
3WL9 211-2AC@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-3AC@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-4AC@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-5AC@@-@@A1
3WL9 213-6AC@@-@@A1
3WL9 213-7AC@@-@@A1
3WL9 213-6AC@@-@@C1
3WL9 213-7AC@@-@@C1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
25.000
25.000
31.000
39.000
45.000
60.000
60.000
63.000
63.000

I
I
II
II
II
III
1000
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000

I
I
II
II
II
III
III
III
III
1000
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
4000
5000
Number of auxiliary supply connectors

Without
1 connector
2 connectors
3 connectors
4 connectors
For required number of auxiliary supply connectors,
see table on page 1/29

0
1
2
3
4
Add. price
None
Type of auxiliary circuit connections

Without
With screw connection (SIGUT, standard)
With screwless connection method (tension spring)
None
0
1
2

Without
Option 1
Connected position 1 CO,

test position 1 CO,
disconnected position 1 CO
test position 2 CO,
Option 2
0
1
None
Shutters
Without
With shutter,
2-part,
lockable

None
A
B
Size I
Size II
Size III
Order No. with "Z"

and additional order code
1234 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3WL9 2 1 . . . . . . . . . . Z
@@@
Additional
price

Size II, except 4000 A (switching capacity H)
A05
Size III, not necessary with circuit breakers with very high switching capacity A 0 5
A15
A08
A08
A08

Tinned version of the customer's connections on the guide frame1)2)
Only for guide frames with horizontal connection or flange connection
Size I
Size II
Size III
For main circuit connection vertical and main circuit connecting flange see the following page.
All other accessory parts must be ordered by specifying "Z" and the corresponding order code, see pages 1/24 to 1/28.
Additional price
1)
2)

1/30
Siemens AG 2011

Size
Max. rated circuit breaker

current
In max.
Switching DT
capacity
Icu
kA

Order No.
Basic
price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

I
I
II
II
II
II
III
III
III
III
III
III
1000
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
4000
5000
6300
4000
5000
6300
... 66
... 66
... 100
... 100
... 100
... 100
... 100
... 100
... 100
... 150
... 150
... 150
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL9 211-1AD@@-@@A1
3WL9 211-2AD@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-3AD@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-4AD@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-5AD@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-6AD@@-@@A1
3WL9 213-6AD@@-@@A1
3WL9 213-7AD@@-@@A1
3WL9 213-8AD@@-@@A1
3WL9 213-6AD@@-@@C1
3WL9 213-7AD@@-@@C1
3WL9 213-8AD@@-@@C1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
25.000
25.000
31.000
39.000
45.000
52.000
60.000
60.000
70.000
63.000
63.000
74.000
... 66
... 66
... 100
... 100
... 100
... 100
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL9 211-1AE@@-@@A1
3WL9 211-2AE@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-3AE@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-4AE@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-5AE@@-@@A1
3WL9 213-6AE@@-@@A1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
25.000
25.000
31.000
39.000
45.000
60.000
Main circuit connection connecting flanges

I
I
II
II
II
III
1000
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000

Without
1 connector
2 connectors
3 connectors
4 connectors

0
1
2
3
4
Add. price
None

Without
None
0
1
2

Without
Option 1
Option 2

test position 1 CO,
test position 2 CO,
0
1
None
Shutters
Without
With shutter,
2-part,
lockable

None
A
B
Size I
Size II
Size III
Order No. with "Z"

1234 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3WL9 2 1 . . . . . . . . . . Z
@@@
Additional
price

A05
A15
A08
A08
A08

Size I
Size II
Size III
For main circuit connection front, single hole, main circuit connection front, double hole, and main circuit connection horizontal see
the previous page.
Additional price
1)
2)

1/31
Siemens AG 2011

Size

current
In max.
Switching DT
capacity
Icu
kA

Order No.
Basic
price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

I
I
II
II
II
III
1000
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
... 66
... 66
... 100
... 100
... 100
... 100
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL9 211-1BA@@-@@A1
3WL9 211-2BA@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-3BA@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-4BA@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-5BA@@-@@A1
3WL9 213-6BA@@-@@A1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
30.000
30.000
37.000
47.000
54.000
84.000
... 66
... 66
... 100
... 100
... 100
... 100
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL9 211-1BB@@-@@A1
3WL9 211-2BB@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-3BB@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-4BB@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-5BB@@-@@A1
3WL9 213-6BB@@-@@A1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
30.000
30.000
37.000
47.000
54.000
84.000
... 66
... 66
... 100
... 100
... 100
... 100
... 100
... 130
... 130
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL9 211-1BC@@-@@A1
3WL9 211-2BC@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-3BC@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-4BC@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-5BC@@-@@A1
3WL9 213-6BC@@-@@A1
3WL9 213-7BC@@-@@A1
3WL9 213-6BC@@-@@C1
3WL9 213-7BC@@-@@C1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
30.000
30.000
37.000
47.000
54.000
84.000
84.000
87.000
87.000

I
I
II
II
II
III
1000
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000

I
I
II
II
II
III
III
III
III
1000
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
4000
5000

Without
1 connector
2 connectors
3 connectors
4 connectors

0
1
2
3
4
Add. price
None

Without
None
0
1
2

Without
Option 1

test position 1 CO,
Option 2

test position 2 CO,
0
1
None
Shutters
Without
With shutter,
2-part,
lockable

None
A
B
Size I
Size II
Size III
Order No. with "Z"

1234 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3WL9 2 1 . . . . . . . . . . Z
@@@
Additional
price

A05
A15
A08
A08
A08

Size I
Size II
Size III
For main circuit connection vertical and main circuit connecting flange see the following page.
Additional price
1)
2)

1/32
Siemens AG 2011

Size

current
In max.
Switching DT
capacity
Icu
kA

Order No.
required acc. to
table below)
Basic
price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

I
I
II
II
II
II
III
III
III
III
III
III
1000
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
4000
5000
6300
4000
5000
6300
... 66
... 66
... 100
... 100
... 100
... 100
... 100
... 100
... 100
... 130
... 130
... 130
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL9 211-1BD@@-@@A1
3WL9 211-2BD@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-3BD@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-4BD@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-5BD@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-6BD@@-@@A1
3WL9 213-6BD@@-@@A1
3WL9 213-7BD@@-@@A1
3WL9 213-8BD@@-@@A1
3WL9 213-6BD@@-@@C1
3WL9 213-7BD@@-@@C1
3WL9 213-8BD@@-@@C1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
30.000
30.000
37.000
47.000
54.000
62.000
84.000
84.000
119.000
88.000
88.000
124.000
... 66
... 66
... 100
... 100
... 100
... 100
B
B
B
B
B
B
3WL9 211-1BE@@-@@A1
3WL9 211-2BE@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-3BE@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-4BE@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-5BE@@-@@A1
3WL9 213-6BE@@-@@A1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
30.000
30.000
37.000
47.000
54.000
84.000

I
I
II
II
II
III
1000
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
Without
1 connector
2 connectors
3 connectors
4 connectors
Add. price
None
0
1
2
3
4

Without
None
0
1
2

Without
Option 1
Option 2

test position 1 CO,
test position 2 CO,
0
1
None
Shutters
Without
With shutter,
2-part,
lockable

None
A
B
Size I
Size II
Size III
Order No. with "Z"

1234 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3WL9 2 1 . . . . . . . . . . Z
@@@
Additional
price

A05
A15
A08
A08
A08

Size I
Size II
Size III
For main circuit connection front, single hole, main circuit connection front, double hole, and main circuit connection horizontal see
the previous page.
Additional price
1)
2)

1/33
Siemens AG 2011

"
Designation
DT Order No.
Price
PU
PS*/
per PU (UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
NSE0_01610b
Protective devices with device holder and optional measurement

function1)
Type
With protection
function
Measurement
function
ETU15B
LI
Without
3WL9 311-5AA00-0AA2
1 unit 103
0.720
ETU25B
LSI
Without
3WL9 312-5AA00-0AA2
1 unit 103
0.720
ETU27B
LSING
Without
3WL9 312-7AA00-0AA2
1 unit 103
0.720
ETU45B
(without display)
LSIN(G)
Without
C
With measurement B
function Plus
3WL9 314-5AA00-0AA2
3WL9 314-5AA20-0AA2
1
1
1 unit 103
1 unit 103
0.720
0.720
ETU76B
LSIN(G)
Without
C
With measurement B
function Plus
3WL9 317-6AA00-0AA2
3WL9 317-6AA20-0AA2
1
1
1 unit 103
1 unit 103
0.720
0.720
3WL9 31.-.AA.0-0AA1
Rated current modules / Rating plugs2)

For size
I, II
Rated current In (A)

250
315
400
500
B
B
B
B
3WL9 111-0AA51-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AA52-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AA53-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AA54-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
630
800
1000
B
B
B
3WL9 111-0AA55-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AA56-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AA57-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit 103
1 unit 103
1 unit 103
0.010
0.010
0.010
I, II, III
1250
1600
B
B
3WL9 111-0AA58-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AA61-0AA0
1
1
1 unit 103
1 unit 103
0.010
0.010
II, III
2000
2500
3200
4000
B
B
B
B
3WL9 111-0AA62-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AA63-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AA64-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AA65-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
III
5000
6300
B
B
3WL9 111-0AA66-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AA67-0AA0
1
1
1 unit 103
1 unit 103
0.010
0.010
GFM AT 45B (only for ETU45B) alarm and tripping
3WL9 111-0AT53-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.030
GFM AT 55B76B (only for ETU76B) alarm and tripping
3WL9 111-0AT56-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.030
4-line displays for ETU45B
3WL9 111-0AT81-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.060
Internal transformers for N conductors Size I

(not for ETU Release 2)
Size II
Including wiring kit
Size III
B
B
B
3WL9 111-0AA11-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AA12-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AA13-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit 103
1 unit 103
1 unit 103
0.200
0.280
0.500
Internal transformers for N conductors Size I

Only for ETU Release 2
Size II
Including wiring kit
Size III
B
B
B
3WL9 111-0AA14-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AA15-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AA16-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit 103
1 unit 103
1 unit 103
0.200
0.280
0.500
3WL9 111-0AA2.-0AA0 External transformers for N conductors Size I

(for T5, "Measurement Method" function Size II
see Technical Information at
Size III
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support.
B
B
B
3WL9 111-0AA21-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AA22-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AA23-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit 103
1 unit 103
1 unit 103
0.300
0.380
0.680
External transformers for N conductors Size I

with copper connection pieces
Size II
(for T5, "Measurement Method" function Size III
N S E 0 _ 0 0 9 9 1 a
3WL9 111-0AA3.-0AA0 www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support.
B
B
B
3WL9 111-0AA31-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AA32-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AA33-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit 103
1 unit 103
1 unit 103
1.600
4.260
8.500
Not for
ETU Release 2
3WL9 111-0AK32-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.280
Only for ETU

Release 2
3WL9 111-0AK34-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.280
= 3 2 0 0 A
N S E 0 _ 0 0 9 9 2 b
3WL9 111-0AA64-0AA0
Ground-fault modules3)
G F M
5 1
g T R IP
A L A R M
A T 4 5 B
J g (s )
.5
T R IP
C
O F F
A L A R M
.4
.3
.2
.1
1 2 Jg
.1
.2
.3
.4
.5
N S E 0 _ 0 1 0 2 7 a
3WL9 111-0AT53-0AA0
Displays
N S E 0 _ 0 1 6 0 9
3WL9 111-0AT81-0AA0
Current transformers for N conductor protection
N S E 0 _ 0 0 9 9 0 a
EMC filters
EMC filters
Common-mode interference suppressor
filters (e.g. in IT networks, caused by frequency converters)
Insertion loss (asymmetric) in the range
40 kHz to 10 MHz >40 dB.
1)
For replacement in existing circuit breakers please specify the circuit

breaker ID No. when ordering.
2)
With the rated current module selected, the maximum rated
current In max of the circuit breaker must not be exceeded.
The following applies In In max.
3)
For direct measurement of the ground-fault current, e.g. in the neutral point
of the transformer, a 1200 A/1 A current transformer, class 1, is required.
The internal load of the SENTRON 3WL is 0.11 m. If the ground-fault current is to be determined using the vectorial sum of the phases, a current
transformer must be installed in the neutral conductor.
1/34
Siemens AG 2011

Designation
DT Order No.
Price
PU
PS*/
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
More accessories for electronic releases

NSE0_00983b
Sealable and lockable covers
ETU25B
N S E 0 _ 0 0 9 9 9 a
3WL9 111-0AT45-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.050
For ETU76
3WL9 111-0AT46-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.050
3WL9 111-0AK21-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.050
Remote reset solenoids1)

For mechanical tripped indicator
24 V DC
3WL9 111-0AK03-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.200
48 V DC
3WL9 111-0AK04-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.200
Spare part for option K10 to K13,

see "-Z" + order code, page 1/25.
120 V AC/
125 V DC
3WL9 111-0AK05-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.200
208-250 V AC/
208-250 V DC
3WL9 111-0AK06-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.200
For ETU45B and

ETU76B
3WL9 111-0AK30-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.150
Retrofittable internal wiring for connection of the

external N- and G-transformers to terminal X8
(without male connector, not for ETU Release 2)
3WL9 111-0AK31-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.020
Retrofittable internal wiring for connection of the

external N- and G-transformers to terminal X8
for ETU Release 2 (without male connector)
3WL9 111-0AK33-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.020
3WL9 111-0BA21-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.100
Made by CES
Retrofittable internal CubicleBUS

wiring for connection to terminal X8
(without male connector2))
3WL9 111-0AK0.-0AA0
B
Automatic reset of the reclosing lockout
Spare part for option K01, see "-Z" + order code, page 1/25.
3WL9 111-0AT45-0AA0
F 7
For ETU15B to
ETU45B
NSE00980
Locking devices
3WL9 111-0BA22-0AA0
Interlocking set for

mechanical ON/OFF
Consisting of 2 transparent covers each
for sealing or for attaching padlocks4),
cover with 6.35 mm hole (for tool actuation), lock mount for safety lock for key
operation
Without safety
lock
3WL9 111-0BA22-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.300
Made by IKON
3WL9 111-0BA24-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.300

in the operator panels
Assembly kit
FORTRESS or
CASTELL3)
3WL9 111-0BA31-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.200
The disconnector unit fulfills the
requirements for main circuit breakers

acc. to EN 60204-1
Made by Ronis
B
Made by KIRKB
Key3)
Made by Profalux B
3WL9 111-0BA33-0AA0
3WL9 111-0BA34-0AA0
1
1
1 unit 103
1 unit 103
0.400
0.270
3WL9 111-0BA35-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.250
Made by CES
Made by IKON
B
B
3WL9 111-0BA36-0AA0
3WL9 111-0BA38-0AA0
1
1
1 unit 103
1 unit 103
0.200
0.200
Assembly kit for

padlocks4)
3WL9 111-0BA41-0AA0
1
1 unit 103
0.360
Made by CES
Made by IKON
Made by KIRKKey3)
Made by Ronis
Made by Profalux
B
B
B
3WL9 111-0BA51-0AA0
3WL9 111-0BA53-0AA0
3WL9 111-0BA57-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit 103
1 unit 103
1 unit 103
0.300
0.300
0.300
B
B
3WL9 111-0BA58-0AA0
3WL9 111-0BA50-0AA0
1
1
1 unit 103
1 unit 103
0.300
0.227
3WL9 111-0BA71-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.080
Spare part for option S01 to S09,

NSE00981

for withdrawable circuit breakers
3WL9 111-0BA31-0AA0 The disconnector unit fulfills the requirements for main circuit breakers acc. to
EN 60204-1 consisting of lock in the
cabinet door, active in connected
position; function is retained when circuit
breaker is replaced
NSE0_00982
Spare part for option R60, R61, R68,
3WL9 111-0BA53-0AA0 see "-Z" + order code, page 1/27.
Locking devices for operating mechanism handle with padlock4)

Spare part for option S33,
NSE00984
Locking devices against movement of

the withdrawable circuit breakers
Safety lock for mounting on the circuit
breaker.
Made by CES
Made by IKON
Made by Profalux
Made by Ronis
B
B
B
B
3WL9 111-0BA73-0AA0
3WL9 111-0BA75-0AA0
3WL9 111-0BA76-0AA0
3WL9 111-0BA77-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
0.300
0.200
0.300
0.300
Spare part for option S71, S75, S76,

Made by KIRKKey3)
3WL9 111-0BA80-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.400
3WL9 111-0BA43-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.360
Made by CES
3WL9 111-0BA71-0AA0 Interlocking systems
2 of the same keys for 3 circuit breakers,
locking device OFF position,
key-operated switch on operator panel.
A maximum of 2 circuit breakers can be
switched on.
NSE0_00986
3WL9 111-0BA76-0AA0
1)
Can only be used in conjunction with "automatic reset of the reclosing lockout", e.g. "Z" + "K01", 3WL9 111-0AK21-0AA0.
2)
Required if communication is retrofitted.
3)
4)
Locks, cylinders and keys must be ordered from the manufacturer.

Padlock not included in the scope of supply.
Start of delivery on request.
1/35
Siemens AG 2011

Designation
DT Order No.
Price
PU
PS*/
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Locking mechanisms
To prevent movement of the withdrawable circuit breakers in disconnected positions,
consisting of Bowden wire and lock
in the cabinet door
NSE0_00987
B
B
B
B
3WL9 111-0BA81-0AA0
3WL9 111-0BA83-0AA0
3WL9 111-0BA85-0AA0
3WL9 111-0BA86-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
0.800
0.800
0.800
0.800
3WL9 111-0BB12-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.600
Guide frames
3WL9 111-0BB13-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.150
Guide frames
3WL9 111-0BB15-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.150
Fixed-mounted circuit
breakers
3WL9 111-0BB21-0AA0
1 unit 103
2.700
3WL9 111-0BB24-0AA0
1 unit 103
1.130
Module for guide frame B
3WL9 111-0BB22-0AA0
1 unit 103
1.100
3WL9 111-0BB23-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.150
3WL9 111-0BB30-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.100
3WL9 112-8AH47-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.160
B
B
B
3WL9 111-0BB45-0AA0
3WL9 111-0BB46-0AA0
3WL9 111-0BB47-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit 103
1 unit 103
1 unit 103
0.150
0.220
0.360
Made by CES
Made by IKON
Made by Profalux
Made by Ronis
3WL9 111-0BA83-0AA0 Spare part for option R81, R85,

R86, see "-Z" + order code,
page 1/27.
"Locking device to prevent opening
of the cabinet door" (order code
"R30") or "Locking device to preNSE0_00988
vent movement with the cabinet
3WL9 111-0BB12-0AA0 door open" (order code "R50").
To prevent opening of the
Fixed mounting
Interlocking
cabinet door in ON position
(can be defeated)
To prevent opening of the
cabinet door (can be defeated)
Spare part for option R30,
"Locking device to prevent movement of the withdrawable circuit
breakers in disconnected position"
(order codes "R81", "R85" or "R86").
To prevent movement with the
cabinet door open
Spare part for option R50,
"Locking device to prevent movement of the withdrawable circuit
breakers in disconnected position"
(order codes "R81", "R85" or "R86").
Interlocks
Mutual mechanical interlocking,
with 2000 mm Bowden wire
(one required for each circuit
breaker)
NSE0_00989
Spare part for option

S55, see "-Z" + order
code, page 1/26.
Module for withdrawable circuit breaker
with guide frame
3WL9 111-0BB21-0AA0

R55, see "-Z" + order
code, page 1/26.
When ordered separately
code, page 1/26.
Module for withdrawable circuit breaker
code, page 1/26.
Adapter for size III
Withdrawable circuit
breaker
Couplings on the circuit breaker
(with ring) for mutual interlocking
Can be used in all circuit breakers
Bowden wires
NSE0_01886
2000 mm
3000 mm
4500 mm
3WL9 112-8HA47-0AA0
1/36
Siemens AG 2011

Designation
DT Order No.
Price
PU
PS*/
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Test devices
Manual tester Release 2 for electronic releases ETU15B B
to ETU76B
3WL9 111-0AT32-0AA0
1 unit
103
1.100
3WL9 111-0AT44-0AA0
1 unit
103
8.210
3WL9 111-0BA14-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.520
For testing the electronic release functions

Function testers
For testing the tripping characteristics for
electronic releases ETU15B to ETU76B
Capacitor storage devices

Capacitor storage devices
For shunt release
Storage time 5 min
Rated control supply

voltage/rated operational voltage
50/60 Hz V AC V DC
Rated control supply voltage
must match the rated control sup- 220 ... 240
220 ...
ply voltage of the shunt release
250
Suitable also for 3VL and 3WN
circuit breakers
1/37
Siemens AG 2011

Designation
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Indicators, control elements

B
3WL9 111-0AH01-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.020
3WL9 111-0AH02-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.020
3WL9 111-0AH14-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.080
3WL9 111-0AH07-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.100
3WL9 111-0AH08-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.030
1st block
(3 CO contacts)
3WL9 111-0AH11-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.200
2nd block
(6 CO contacts)
3WL9 111-0AH12-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.400
Ready-to-close signaling switches

1 NO contact
Spare part for option C22,
Signaling switches1)2)
Spare part for option C26
and C27, see "-Z" + order
code, page 1/25.
1st or 2nd auxiliary

release
Tripped signaling switches1)2)

1 CO
N S E 0 _ 0 0 9 9 3 a
3WL9 111-0AH01-0AA0 Spare part for option K07, see "-Z" + order code,
page 1/25.
N S E 0 _ 0 0 9 9 4 b
Operating cycles counters,

mechanical3)
Stored energy status signaling switches1)2)
1 NO contact
3WL9 111-0AH02-0AA0

Position signaling
switches for guide
frames
Spare part for option R15
and R16, see "-Z" + order
code, page 1/26.
Electrical ON buttons1)4) With sealing cap

(button+wiring)2),
With CES assembly kit
3WL9 111-0AH07-0AA0 for operator panel.
With IKON assembly kit
Possible only for circuit
breakers with closing
solenoid.
N S E 0 _ 0 0 9 9 5 a
N S E 0 _ 0 0 9 9 6 a
3WL9 111-0AH12-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AJ02-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.150
3WL9 111-0AJ03-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.140
3WL9 111-0AJ05-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.140
3WL9 111-0AJ06-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.100
3WL9 111-0BA72-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.080
Spare part for option C11

and C12, see "-Z" + order
code, page 1/25.
Motor shutdown switches 5)
(mounting on operator panel)
N S E 0
EMERGENCY-STOP pushbuttons
Mushroom pushbutton instead
of the mechanical OFF pushbutton
0 0 9 9 7 a
3WL9 111-0AJ0.-0AA0

NSE00985
3WL9 111-0BA72-0AA0
1)
2)
Not possible with communications interface option, order code "F02" or

"F12".
3)
Only in conjunction with motorized operating mechanism.
4)
Not possible with motor shutdown switch.
X7 manual connector required for circuit breakers or guide frames. If this is

not already available, please order additionally
(see pages 1/29 and 1/39).
5)
Not possible with electrical ON button.
1/38
Siemens AG 2011

Designation
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Auxiliary conductor connections
NSE00978
Male connectors for circuit breakers $
3WL9 111-0AB01-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.100
Extension for the 1000 V male connector

versions
(male connector must be ordered separately)
3WL9 111-0AB02-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.150
Male connectors and extension for 1000 V
3WL9 111-0AB10-0AA0
1 unit
103
1.000
3WL9 111-0AB03-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.070
3WL9 111-0AB04-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.070
Coding kits for fixed-mounted version (X5 to X8)
3WL9 111-0AB07-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.020
Sliding contact modules for guide frames (
3WL9 111-0AB08-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.100
One-part sliding contact modules for guide

frames Screw connection (SIGUT) )
3WL9 111-0AB18-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.120
Blanking blocks for circuit breakers
3WL9 111-0AB12-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.030
N S E 0 _ 0 1 2 6 8
3WL9 111-0AB01-0AA0
N S E 0 _ 0 1 2 6 9
Auxiliary supply connec- Screw connection

tors for circuit breakers or (SIGUT)
guide frames %
Screwless connec3WL9 111-0AB03-0AA0
tion method (tension
spring)
3WL9 111-0AB04-0AA0
NSE00974
&
3WL9 111-0AB07-0AA0
7 a
9 7
0 0
0 _
E
N S
NSE0_01586
3WL9 111-0AB08-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AB18-0AA0
For a complete auxiliary current connection you must order:

Fixed-mounted version:
Withdrawable version:
$+%+&
$+(+%
or
$+)
1/39
Siemens AG 2011

Designation
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Auxiliary releases
Closing solenoids/shunt releases
24 V DC
3WL9 111-0AD06-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AD01-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.700
30 V DC
3WL9 111-0AD02-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.700
48 V DC
3WL9 111-0AD03-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.700
60 V DC
3WL9 111-0AD04-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.700
110 ... 125V DC /110 V AC
3WL9 111-0AD05-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.700
220 V DC/230 V AC
3WL9 111-0AD06-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.700
24 V DC
100 % duty ratio
5 % duty
ratio1)
3WL9 111-0AD11-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.700
3WL9 111-0AD12-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.700
110 ... 125 V DC/110 ... 127 V AC
3WL9 111-0AD13-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.700
220 ... 250 V DC/208 ... 240 V AC
3WL9 111-0AD14-0AA0
1 unit
103
1.800
24 V DC
3WL9 111-0AE01-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.730
30 V DC
3WL9 111-0AE02-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.730
48 V DC
3WL9 111-0AE03-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.730
60 V DC
3WL9 111-0AE07-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.730
110 ... 125 V DC/110 ... 127 V AC
3WL9 111-0AE04-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.730
220 ... 250 V DC/208 ... 240 V AC
3WL9 111-0AE05-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.730
380 ... 415 V AC
3WL9 111-0AE06-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.730
48 V DC
NSE01001
3WL9 111-0AE0.-0AA0
NSE01002
Undervoltage release
Instantaneous
3WL9 111-0AE1.-0AA0
Delayed
B
3WL9 111-0AE11-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.740
110 ... 125 V DC/110 ... 127 V AC
48 V DC
3WL9 111-0AE12-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.740
220 ... 250 V DC/208 ... 240 V AC
3WL9 111-0AE13-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.740
380 ... 415 V AC
3WL9 111-0AE14-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.740
24 ... 30 V DC
3WL9 111-0AF01-0AA0
1 unit
103
1.510
48 ... 60 V DC
3WL9 111-0AF02-0AA0
1 unit
103
1.510
110 ... 125 V DC/110 ... 127 V AC
3WL9 111-0AF03-0AA0
1 unit
103
1.510
220 ... 250 V DC/208 ... 240 V AC
3WL9 111-0AF04-0AA0
1 unit
103
1.510
2 NO + 2 NC
3WL9 111-0AG01-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.180
2 NO
3WL9 111-0AG02-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.080
1 NO + 1 NC
3WL9 111-0AG03-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.070
Motorized operating mechanisms2)
N S E 0 _ 0 1 0 0 3 a
3WL9 111-0AF0.-0AA0
Auxiliary contacts
Auxiliary switch blocks
NSE0_01004
3WL9 111-0AG03-0AA0
1)
2)
X7 manual connector required for circuit breakers or guide frames. If this is

not already available, please order additionally (see pages 1/29 and 1/39).
1/40
Siemens AG 2011

Designation
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Door sealing frames, hoods, shutters

B
3WL9 111-0AP01-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.360
3WL9 111-0AP02-0AA0
1 unit
103
1.600
Size I
3WL9 111-0AP04-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.500
Size II
3WL9 111-0AP06-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.630
Size III
3WL9 111-0AP07-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.860
Size I
3WL9 111-0AP08-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.600
Size II
3WL9 111-0AP11-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.770
Size III
3WL9 111-0AP12-0AA0
1 unit
103
1.070
Size I
3WL9 111-0AS01-0AA0
1 unit
103
1.110
Size II
3WL9 111-0AS02-0AA0
1 unit
103
1.680
Size III
3WL9 111-0AS03-0AA0
1 unit
103
2.980
Size II
3WL9 111-0AS05-0AA0
1 unit
103
3.140
Size III
3WL9 111-0AS06-0AA0
1 unit
103
5.620
Size I
3WL9 111-0AS32-0AA0
1 unit
103
1.850
Size II
3WL9 111-0AS36-0AA0
1 unit
103
2.600
Size III
3WL9 111-0AS38-0AA0
1 unit
103
4.050
Size I
3WL9 111-0AS42-0AA0
1 unit
103
2.340
Size II
3WL9 111-0AS44-0AA0
1 unit
103
3.300
Size III
3WL9 111-0AS46-0AA0
1 unit
103
5.210
3WL9 111-0AR12-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.400
Door sealing frames

Spare part for option T40, see
"-Z" + order code, page 1/25.
Protective covers, IP55
Cannot be used in conjunction
with door sealing frames, hood
removable and can be opened
on both sides
NSE0_01028a
Shutters
3WL9 111-0AP02-0AA0
Spare part for option R21, see

3-pole
4-pole
NSE0_01006
3WL9 111-0AP0.-0AA0
Arc chute
Arc chute
NSE0_01007
690 V
3WL9 111-0AS0.-0AA0
1000 V / 1150 V
Arc chute covers1)
Parts kit for guide frame
Spare part for option R10, see
3-pole
NSE0_01008
3WL9 111-0AS3.-0AA0
4-pole
Coding for withdrawable version

Coding for withdrawable version
By customer, for 36 coding variants
NSE0_01009
3WL9 111-0AR12-0AA0
1)
Not available for

- 1000-V version (order code "A05"),
- 1150-V version (order code "A15"),
- DC version,
- 4000 A size II,
- circuit breaker with very high switching capacity C.
1/41
Siemens AG 2011

Designation
DT Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Grounding connection
NSE0 01018a
3WL9 111-0BA02-0AA0
Grounding connection between

the guide frame and the withSize I, II2)
drawable circuit breaker
Size III
For 30 kA ground short-circuit
current1)
Contacting module for guide frame
3WL9 111-0BA01-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.330
3WL9 111-0BA02-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.350
Size I
3WL9 111-0BA05-0AA0
1 unit
103
1.250
Size II2)
3WL9 111-0BA06-0AA0
1 unit
103
1.530
Size III
3WL9 111-0BA07-0AA0
1 unit
103
2.270
Size I
3WL9 111-0BA08-0AA0
1 unit
103
1.500
Size II2)
3WL9 111-0BA04-0AA0
1 unit
103
1.850
Size III
3WL9 111-0BA10-0AA0
1 unit
103
2.950
Support brackets
B
For mounting fixed-mounted circuit breakers on
vertical plane, only for sizes I and II (1 set = 2 units)
3WL9 111-0BB50-0AA0
1 unit
103
7.000
Contacting modules for withdrawable circuit

breakers
3-pole
NSE01019
3WL9 111-0BA07-0AA0
4-pole
NSE-01022
Support brackets
3WL9 111-0BB50-0AA0
1)
For 60 kA ground short-circuit current, order 2.
2)
Can also be used for size II, 4000 A.
1/42
Siemens AG 2011

Designation
DT Order No.
Price
PU
PS*/
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
CubicleBUS modules1)
Digital output modules with rotary coding switch,
relay outputs
3WL9 111-0AT26-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.240
Digital output modules, configurable, relay outputs
3WL9 111-0AT20-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.310
Digital input module
3WL9 111-0AT27-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.240
Analog output modules
3WL9 111-0AT23-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.240
Zone Selective Interlocking modules
3WL9 111-0AT21-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.240
Breaker Data Parameterization, operation, monitoring and B

Adapters
diagnostics of SENTRON circuit breakers
(BDA)2)
using the local interface; Breaker Data
Adapter, connection cable to the SENTRON
3WL circuit breaker and to the programming
device (e.g. notebook); can be run with
Internet Explorer with JAVA2 VM 1.4.0-01 and
higher
3WL9 111-0AT28-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.900
BDA Plus2)3) Same as BDA, but with additional Ethernet

interface for connection to Ethernet/Intranet/
Internet
3WL9 111-0AT33-0AA0
1 unit 103
1.200
Connection
cables for
BDA Plus
Connection cable for connection of BDA Plus B

to terminal X8 of the SENTRON 3WL circuit
breaker. Required if neither COM15 nor
COM16 nor other external CubicleBUS
modules are available, length 2 m.
3WL9 111-0BC21-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.350
Switch ES
Power
parameterization
software
Calibration, operation, monitoring, and diag- A

nostics of SENTRON circuit breakers via
PROFIBUS DP; runs under Windows 95,
Windows 98, Windows NT, Windows 2000 and
Windows XP Professional, requires additional
PROFIBUS card e.g. CP5613
3ZS2 311-0CC10-0YA0
1 unit 133
0.200
0.2 m long, for connection to SENTRON 3WL B

with COM15/COM16
3WL9 111-0BC04-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.020
1 m long, for connection to SENTRON 3WL

with COM15/COM16
3WL9 111-0BC02-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.050

with COM15/COM16
3WL9 111-0BC03-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.060

without COM15/COM16
3WL9 111-0BC05-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.070
1 unit 103
2.600
N S E 0 _ 0 1 0 2 3 a
3WL9 111-0AT23-0AA0
Parameterization systems
N S E 0 _ 0 1 0 2 4 a
3WL9 111-0AT28-0AA0
Accessories for communications

Preassembled
cables for
CubicleBUS
modules
SENTRON
manuals for
communication solutions
Detailed description of the communication

functions for SENTRON circuit breakers.
Installation, connection, commissioning, data
transmission to the PLC, including description
of Switch ES Power and BDA.
PROFIBUS, German, token fee
PROFIBUS, English, token fee
MODBUS, German, token fee
MODBUS, English, token fee
Free download from:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals
A5E0151347
A5E0151353
Voltage
380 ... 690 V/100 V, class 0.5
transformers,
3-pole, for
SENTRON
3WL with
measurement
function
Plus4)
3ZX10 12-0WL10-1AB1
3ZX10 12-0WL10-1AC1
3WL9 111-0BB68-0AA0
All communication components, CubicleBUS modules and measurement functions are available for the ETU45B and ETU76B releases.
1)
2)
Each CubicleBUS module is supplied with a 0.2 m factory-fitted cable to

connect the modules with each other. A longer factory-fitted cable is
required for connection to the circuit breaker.
3)
Operation under Windows Vista and Windows 7 on request.
4)
Is required for operation of the measurement function Plus.
A 24 V DC power supply unit is required.
1/43
Siemens AG 2011

Designation
DT Order No.
Price
PU
PS*/
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Retrofitting and spare parts

1
PROFIBUS
retrofit kits
Retrofit kit for PROFIBUS communications

B
including COM15, BSS and set of cables for
all SENTRON 3WL circuit breakers with
ETU45B and ETU76B releases
3WL9 111-0AT12-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.260
COM15
PROFIBUS
module
For ETU45B and ETU76B releases
3WL9 111-0AT15-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.140
For ETU45B and ETU76B releases
3WL9 111-0AT17-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.140
Retrofit kit for MODBUS communications

B
including COM16, BSS and set of cables for
all SENTRON 3WL circuit breakers with
ETU45B and ETU76B releases
3WL9 111-0AT18-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.260
Device
PROFIBUS DP
CubicleBus
NSE-01025
COM16
3WL9 111-0AT15-0AA0 MODBUS
modules
MODBUS IEC
retrofit kits
Breaker status For ETU45B and ETU76B releases

sensor (BSS)
3WL9 111-0AT16-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.120
Measurement For ETU Release 2

function Plus1) (voltage transformer required)
3WL9 111-0AT04-0AA0
1 unit 103
0.250
All communication components, CubicleBUS modules and measurement functions are available for the ETU45B and ETU76B releases.
1)
A measuring accuracy of 3 % is reached if retrofitted.
1/44
Siemens AG 2011

Designation
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Main conductor connections, fixed mounting (essential accessory)

3WL9 111-0AL06-0AA0
Specified for each connection

Front-accessible
main connections,
single hole at top
Size I, 1250 to 1600 A
B
B
3WL9 111-0AL01-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AL02-0AA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
1.100
1.600

B
B
B
3WL9 111-0AL03-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AL04-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AL05-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
2.000
3.600
3.500
NSE-01010
3WL9 111-0AL06-0AA0
1 unit
103
6.100
3WL9 111-0AL56-0AA0 Front-accessible
Size I, 1250 to 1600 A
B
B
3WL9 111-0AL51-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AL52-0AA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
1.000
1.300

B
B
3WL9 111-0AL53-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AL54-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AL55-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
1.800
3.100
3.000
main connections,
single hole at bottom
3WL9 111-0AL14-0AA0
B
B
3WL9 111-0AL56-0AA0
1 unit
103
5.200
Front-accessible
main connections,
acc. to DIN 43673,
double hole at top
Size I, 1250 to 1600 A
B
B
3WL9 111-0AL07-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AL08-0AA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
1.400
2.000

B
B
B
3WL9 111-0AL11-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AL12-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AL13-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
2.400
4.500
4.400
3WL9 111-0AL14-0AA0
1 unit
103
7.800
Front-accessible
main connections,
acc. to DIN 43673,
double hole at bottom
Size I, 1250 to 1600 A
B
B
3WL9 111-0AL57-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AL58-0AA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
1.300
1.700

B
B
B
3WL9 111-0AL61-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AL62-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AL63-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
2.000
3.700
3.600
3WL9 111-0AL64-0AA0
1 unit
103
6.400
Rear vertical main

connections
Size I1), up to 1600 A
3WL9 111-0AM01-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.500
Size II2), up to 3200 A
3WL9 111-0AM02-0AA0
1 unit
103
2.200
3WL9 111-0AM03-0AA0
1 unit
103
5.000
NSE-01011
3WL9 111-0AL64-0AA0
NSE-01012
3WL9 111-0AM03-0AA0
1)
In the case of vertical connection size I, up to 1000 A

one 3WL9 1110AM01-0AA0 vertical connection is required,
up to 1600 A two 3WL9 111-0AM01-0AA0 vertical connections are
required.
2)
In the case of vertical connection size II, up to 2500 A

one 3WL9 1110AM02-0AA0 vertical connection is required,
up to 3200 A two 3WL9 111-0AM02-0AA0 vertical connections are
required.
1/45
Siemens AG 2011

Designation
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Main conductor connections, withdrawable versions

(essential accessory)
Specified for each connection
NSE-01013
3WL9 111-0AN06-0AA0
Front-accessible
main connections,
single hole at top or Size I, 1250 to 1600 A
at bottom1)
Front-accessible
main connections,
acc. to DIN 43673,
double hole at top or
at bottom1)
NSE-01014
B
B
3WL9 111-0AN01-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AN02-0AA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
1.000
1.300
B
B
B
3WL9 111-0AN03-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AN04-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AN05-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
1.800
3.100
3.000
3WL9 111-0AN06-0AA0
1 unit
103
5.200
Size I, 1250 to 1600 A
B
B
3WL9 111-0AN07-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AN08-0AA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
1.300
1.700

B
B
B
3WL9 111-0AN11-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AN12-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AN13-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
2.000
3.700
3.600
3WL9 111-0AN14-0AA0
1 unit
103
6.400
Size I
3WL9 111-0AN41-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.700
Size II
3WL9 111-0AN42-0AA0
1 unit
103
1.350
Size III
3WL9 111-0AN43-0AA0
1 unit
103
2.420
Size I
3WL9 111-0AN44-0AA0
1 unit
103
1.200
Size II
3WL9 111-0AN45-0AA0
1 unit
103
2.200
Size III
3WL9 111-0AN46-0AA0
1 unit
103
3.200
Size I, 1250 to 1600 A
B
B
3WL9 111-0AN15-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AN16-0AA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.660
0.870

B
B
B
3WL9 111-0AN17-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AN18-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AN21-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
1.150
1.490
2.580
3WL9 111-0AN14-0AA0
Supports
for front and DIN
connecting bars
3-pole for 3 bars
4-pole for 4 bars
Rear vertical main

connections
NSE-01017
3WL9 111-0AN41-0AA0
NSE-01015
3WL9 111-0AN23-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AN22-0AA0
1 unit
103
6.380

(3 busbar connection
pieces for 3-pole circuit
breakers)
3WL9 111-0AN23-0AA0
1 unit
103
19.170
Size III, up to 6300 A,

at top
breakers)
3WL9 111-0AN20-0AA0
1 unit
103
18.410
Size III, up to 6300 A,

at bottom
breakers)
3WL9 111-0AN10-0AA0
1 unit
103
18.300
B
B
3WL9 111-0AN32-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AN33-0AA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.630
0.770

B
B
B
3WL9 111-0AN34-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AN35-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AN36-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
1.020
1.240
2.170
Rear horizontal main Size I, up to 1000 A

connections
Size I, 1250 to 1600 A
NSE-01016
Connecting flanges
3WL9 111-0AN37-0AA0
1 unit
103
3.860
Size I, 1250 to 1600 A
B
B
3WL9 111-0AN24-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AN25-0AA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.610
0.640

B
B
B
3WL9 111-0AN26-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AN27-0AA0
3WL9 111-0AN28-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
0.980
1.020
1.310
3WL9 111-0AN31-0AA0
1 unit
103
2.370
3WL9 111-0AN24-0AA0
1)
When using front-accessible main connections

(withdrawable circuit breakers) supports are required.
1/46
Siemens AG 2011

Designation
DT Order No.
Price
PU
PS*/
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Conversion sets
For converting fixed-mounted circuit breakers into withdrawable circuit breakers
Guide frames and sliding contact modules must be ordered separately.
Number of poles
Size
3-pole
3WL9 111-0BC11-0AA0
1 unit 103
5.100
II
3WL9 111-0BC12-0AA0
1 unit 103
5.900
III
3WL9 111-0BC13-0AA0
1 unit 103
8.100
3WL9 111-0BC14-0AA0
1 unit 103
6.400
II
3WL9 111-0BC15-0AA0
1 unit 103
6.450
III
3WL9 111-0BC16-0AA0
1 unit 103
10.700
4-pole
Main contact elements

You must specify the circuit breaker ID No. when ordering!
Specified for each connection (depending on the number of poles on the circuit breaker, order 3 or 4 units)
NSE-01021
1)
Sizes
In max
Order No. is automatically adapted

to the circuit breaker ID number
Up to 1600 A
3WL9 111-0AM90
L1Y1)
1 unit 103
2.800
II
Up to 2500 A
3WL9 111-0AM91
L1Y1)
1 unit 103
5.870
II
Up to 4000 A
3WL9 111-0AM92
L1Y1)
1 unit 103
7.700
III
Up to 6300 A
3WL9 111-0AM93
L1Y1)
1 unit 103
13.740
Please specify the circuit breaker ID No. in plain text when ordering.
1/47
Siemens AG 2011

Schematics in as-supplied state
Version
Size
DT Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Withdrawable short-circuiting, grounding and bridging units

NSE0_01118
L1 L2 L3
Top and
bottom
parts of
system are
shortcircuited
and
grounded
(as-supplied state)
N
Up to 1600 A I
3WL9 111-0BD01-0AA0
1 unit
103
30.000
Up to 3200 A II
3WL9 111-0BD03-0AA0
1 unit
103
40.500
Up to 6300 A III
3WL9 111-0BD05-0AA0
1 unit
103
65.000
Up to 1600 A I
3WL9 111-0BD02-0AA0
1 unit
103
35.000
Up to 3200 A II
3WL9 111-0BD04-0AA0
1 unit
103
46.000
Up to 6300 A III
3WL9 111-0BD06-0AA0
1 unit
103
70.000
4-pole
NSE0_01119
NSE0_01113
3-pole
L1 L2 L3
NSE0_01112
NSE0_01119
NSE0_01113
L1 L2 L3
Top part of system is short-circuited and grounded,

infeed from bottom
NSE0_01122a
Top and bottom parts of system are short-circuited and grounded

(as-supplied state)
L1 L2 L3
L1 L2 L3
NSE0_01114
NSE0_01123a
NSE0_01115
Withdrawable bridging unit, infeed and outgoing terminals are permanently

connected to each other
L1 L2 L3
NSE0_01121
NSE0_01116
L1 L2 L3
NSE0_01120
L1 L2 L3
NSE0_01117
NSE0_01118
Conversion for the following applications is possible
Bottom part of system is short-circuited and grounded,

infeed from top
1/48
Siemens AG 2011

Options
Structure of the Order No.
3WL1
Example
5. position:
>>> >>>>> >>>>
Size
Size II
6. and 7th posi- Max. rated circuit

tions:
breaker current
In max
They are used as an unambiguous means of communication for

various purposes:
In max = 2000 A
Offer processing
Selection and configuration
Order processing
Orders
Order confirmation
Processing of products for storage
Order processing in supply locations
Supply and dispatch
Reporting and planning
Service and warranty
8. position:
Switching capacity High breaking capacity

class
"H": 100 kA
9. position:
Electronic release
ETU76B with pixel graphics

display ...
10. position:
Electronic release
supplement
... with ground-fault protection
11. position:
Number of poles
Three-pole
12. position:
Installation type
Fixed mounting, main connections on rear, vertical
13. position:
Operating mechanism
Manual operating mechanism

with mechanical closing
14. position:
1. Auxiliary release Shunt release

50/60 Hz 110 V AC
15. position:
2. Auxiliary release Without 2nd auxiliary release
16. position:
Auxiliary switches
An important prerequisite for

computer-based order processing is that order numbers must
be structured according to standardized criteria.
The standardized structure

ensures that only one Order No.
has to be administered for one
device.
This saves time and effort during

planning, configuring, ordering
and stock keeping, and consequently above all it saves costs.
2 NO contact + 2 NC contact
The example opposite explains

the various positions within an
Order No.
Accessories: with first order (components are already mounted)

3WL1
Example
"Z" with order code
Additional accessory components can be ordered readymounted.
These supplements are identified by "Z".
>
Communications interface
"Standard" + Breaker Status Sensor (BSS)
+ communication module COM15 for connection to PROFIBUS DP
Even with additional components, one Order No. is sufficient.
Accessories: for retrofitting (components for subsequent fitting)

Example
3WL9
Additional accessories which are

not intended to be readymounted in the factory, such as
spare parts for storage, can also
be ordered separately from the
circuit breaker.
Interlocking set for mechanical ON/OFF

without lock
Accessories for retrofitting are

identified by the Order No. stem
3WL9.
Documentation
Operating manual
Complete set
German/English
French/Italian
Spanish/Portuguese
Order No.
Order No.
Order No.
3ZX18 12-0WL00-0AN1
3ZX18 12-0WL00-0AJ1
3ZX18 12-0WL00-0AL1
Manuals
Communication
German
English
Order No.
Order No.
A5E0151347
A5E0151353
Delivery time class C

On request
On request
Free download of documentation from

More information
Up-to-date information on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/sentron
1/49
Siemens AG 2011

3WL Non-Automatic Air Circuit Breakers up to 4000 A (DC)
3- and 4-pole, fixed-mounted versions

For general data see page 1/6.
Size
Max. rated circuit breaker DT

current
In max.
A
3-pole non-automatic air circuit

breakers
DC
Order No.
see page 1/23
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

II
II
II
1000
2000
40001)
B
B
B
3WL12 10-8@@32-....
3WL12 20-8@@32-....
3WL12 40-8@@32-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
56.000
56.000
64.000
B
B
B
3WL12 10-8@@31-....
3WL12 20-8@@31-....
3WL12 40-8@@31-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
56.000
56.000
85.000
B
B
3WL12 10-8@@33-....
3WL12 20-8@@33-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
56.000
56.000
B
B
3WL12 10-8@@34-....
3WL12 20-8@@34-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
56.000
56.000
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.

II
II
II
1000
2000
40001)

II
II
1000
2000

II
II
1000
2000
Add. price
None
AA
Size
None
1AA2

current
In max.
A

breakers
DC
Order No.
see page 1/23
Price
per PU
kg

II
II
II
1000
2000
40001)
B
B
B
3WL12 10-8@@42-....
3WL12 20-8@@42-....
3WL12 40-8@@42-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
67.000
67.000
77.000
B
B
B
3WL12 10-8@@41-....
3WL12 20-8@@41-....
3WL12 40-8@@41-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
75.000
75.000
103.000
B
B
3WL12 10-8@@43-....
3WL12 20-8@@43-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
67.000
67.000
B
B
3WL12 10-8@@44-....
3WL12 20-8@@44-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
67.000
67.000
13 14 15 16
Additional price

II
II
II
1000
2000
40001)

II
II
1000
2000

II
II
1000
2000
Add. price
None
AA
Rated voltage 1000 V DC

Size II
Up to 2000 A
Size II
Up to 4000 A
None
1AA2
Order No. with "Z"
Note:
For voltages over 600 V use the version for 1000 V DC rated
voltage: Order with "-Z" and order code "A05".
All other accessory parts must be ordered by specifying "Z"
and the corresponding order code, see "3WL Air circuit
breakers/non-automatic air circuit breakers up to 6300 A (AC)",
"Options", page 1/24 onwards.
1234 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12
3WL1 2 . 0 8 . . . . . . . . Z
@@@
3-pole
4-pole
A05
A05
An external overload and short-circuit protection device is available from the company "mat" for the SENTRON 3WL non-automatic air circuit breakers.
Available only directly from the company mat Maschinen- und
Anlagentechnik (for address see page 1/52).
Additional price
1)
Provisions to dissipate heat must be made on the line side.
2)
For permissible rated short-time current Icw and short-circuit switching

capacity Icc for non-automatic air circuit breakers see page 1/3.
1/50
Siemens AG 2011


Size

current
In max.
A

breakers
Order No.
see page 1/23
DC
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

(for guide frames, see page 1/53)
II
II
II
1000
2000
40001)
B
B
B
3WL12 10-8@@35-....
3WL12 20-8@@35-....
3WL12 40-8@@35-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
60.000
60.000
68.000
B
B
B
3WL12 10-8@@36-....
3WL12 20-8@@36-....
3WL12 40-8@@36-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
91.000
91.000
113.000
B
B
B
3WL12 10-8@@37-....
3WL12 20-8@@37-....
3WL12 40-8@@37-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
91.000
91.000
121.000
B
B
B
3WL12 10-8@@38-....
3WL12 20-8@@38-....
3WL12 40-8@@38-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
91.000
91.000
113.000
With guide frames, horizontal main circuit

connection
II
II
II
1000
2000
40001)
With guide frames, vertical main circuit

connection
II
II
II
1000
2000
40001)

II
II
II
1000
2000
40001)
Add. price
None
AA

None
1AA2
Order No. with "Z"

1234 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
3WL1 2 . 0 8 . . 3 . . . . . Z
@@@
Additional price
3-pole

Size II4)
Up to 2000 A
A05
Size II4)
Up to 4000 A
A05
A08
Tinned version of the customer's connections on the guide frame3)

Only for circuit breakers in withdrawable version with horizontal connection or flange connection.
The normal delivery time increases to 15 work days.
Size II
Note:
voltage; order with "-Z" and order code "A05".
Anlagentechnik (for address see page 1/52).
Additional price
1)
2)

3)

4)
If ordering withdrawable circuit breaker and guide frame separately, specify order code "A05" for withdrawable circuit breaker and guide frame.
1/51
Siemens AG 2011


Size

current
In max.
A

breakers
Order No.
see page 1/23
DC
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

(for guide frames, see page 1/53)
II
II
II
1000
2000
40001)
B
B
B
3WL12 10-8@@45-....
3WL12 20-8@@45-....
3WL12 40-8@@45-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
75.000
75.000
82.000
B
B
B
3WL12 10-8@@46-....
3WL12 20-8@@46-....
3WL12 40-8@@46-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
109.000
109.000
136.000
B
B
B
3WL12 10-8@@47-....
3WL12 20-8@@47-....
3WL12 40-8@@47-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
109.000
109.000
146.000
B
B
B
3WL12 10-8@@48-....
3WL12 20-8@@48-....
3WL12 40-8@@48-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
109.000
109.000
136.000
With guide frames, horizontal main circuit

connection
II
II
II
1000
2000
40001)
With guide frames, vertical main circuit

connection
II
II
II
1000
2000
40001)

II
II
II
1000
2000
40001)
Add. price
None
AA
None
1AA2
Order No. with "Z"
1234 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
3WL1 2 . 0 8 . . 4 . . . . . Z
@@@
Additional
price
4-pole

Size II4)
Up to 2000 A
A05
Size II4)
Up to 4000 A
A05
A08

Only for circuit breakers in withdrawable version with horizontal connection or flange connection.
The normal delivery time increases to 15 work days.
Size II
Note:
voltage; order with "-Z" and order code "A05".
Additional price
1)
2)

3)

4)
If ordering withdrawable circuit breaker and guide frame separately, specify order code "A05" for withdrawable circuit breaker and guide frame.
Anlagentechnik5).
5)
mat Maschinen- und Anlagentechnik

Dr. Becker GmbH
Rudolf-Diesel-Strae 22
22941 Bargteheide
Germany
Tel.: +49 (45 32) 20 21-01
Fax: +49 (45 32) 20 21-21
E-mail: info@m-a-t.de
Internet: www.m-a-t.de
1/52
Siemens AG 2011


Guide frames for DC non-automatic air circuit breakers
Size
Max. rated circuit breaker current

In max
DT
For 3-pole non-automatic air circuit breakers

Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

II
2000
3WL9 212-3DA@@-@@A1
1 unit
103
31.000
3WL9 212-3DB@@-@@A1
1 unit
103
31.000
B
B
3WL9 212-3DC@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-6DC@@-@@A1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
31.000
60.000
B
B
3WL9 212-3DD@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-6DD@@-@@A1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
31.000
60.000
B
B
3WL9 212-3DE@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-6DE@@-@@A1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
31.000
60.000

II
2000

II
II
2000
4000

II
II
2000
4000

II
II
2000
4000
Add. price
3-pole
Without
1 connector
2 connectors
3 connectors
4 connectors
None
0
1
2
3
4

Without
None
0
1
2

Without
Option 1
Option 2
Connected 1 CO contact,
test 1 CO contacts,
disconnected 1 CO contact
Connected 3 CO contacts,
test 2 CO contacts,
0
1
None
Shutters
Without
With shutter, 2 parts, lockable
None
A
B
Order No. with "Z"
1234 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
3WL9 2 1 2 . . . . . . . A1 Z
@@@
Add.
price

Size II
A05
A08

Size II
Guide frames for 4-pole DC non-automatic air circuit breakers

All other accessory parts must be ordered by specifying "Z" and the corresponding order code, see "3WL Air circuit breakers/
Non-Automatic Air circuit breakers up to 6300 A (AC)", "Options", page 1/24 onwards.
Additional price
1)

1/53
Siemens AG 2011

Size
Max. rated circuit breaker current

In max
DT
For 4-pole non-automatic air circuit breakers

Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

II
2000
3WL9 212-3EA@@-@@A1
1 unit
103
37.000
3WL9 212-3EB@@-@@A1
1 unit
103
37.000
B
B
3WL9 212-3EC@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-6EC@@-@@A1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
37.000
84.000
B
B
3WL9 212-3ED@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-6ED@@-@@A1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
37.000
84.000
B
B
3WL9 212-3EE@@-@@A1
3WL9 212-6EE@@-@@A1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
37.000
84.000
13 14 15 16
Add.
price

II
2000

II
II
2000
4000

II
II
2000
4000

II
II
2000
4000
Add. price
4-pole
Without
1 connector
2 connectors
3 connectors
4 connectors
None
0
1
2
3
4

Without
None
0
1
2

Without
Option 1
Connected 1 CO contact,
test 1 CO contacts,
Option 2
Connected 3 CO contacts,
test 2 CO contacts,
0
1
None
Shutters
Without
With shutter, 2 parts, lockable
None
A
B
Order No. with "Z"
1234 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12
3WL9 2 1 2 . . . . . . . A1 Z
@@@

Size II
A05
A08

Size II
For guide frames for 3-pole DC non-automatic air circuit breakers see previous page
All other accessory parts must be ordered by specifying "Z" and the corresponding order code, see "3WL Air circuit breakers/
Non-Automatic Air circuit breakers up to 6300 A (AC)", "Options", page 1/24 onwards.
Additional price
1)

1/54
Siemens AG 2011
2/2
Introduction
2/6
2/10
2/34
2/55
2/59
3VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

up to 1600 A
Introduction
3-pole
4-pole
Options
Ch.12
SENTRON Transfer Control

Devices for ATSE
can be found at
under Product List:
under Entry List:
- Updates
- Downloads
- FAQ
- Manuals
- Certificates
and at
configurators
- Configurators
Siemens AG 2011

Introduction
Overview
Type
VL160X/3VL1
VL160/3VL2
VL250/3VL3
VL400/3VL4
16 ... 160
50 ... 160
200 ... 250
200 ... 400
Molded case circuit breakers

3VL molded case circuit breakers up to 1600 A
Rated current In
at 50 C ambient temperature
Number of poles
690
500
690
500
690
600
690
600
690
600
690
600
690
600
690
600
----
----
mm
mm
mm
mm
105
157
81
107
139
157
81
107
105
175
81
107
139
175
81
107
105
175
81
107
139
175
81
107
139
279
102
138
183
279
102
138
Up to 240 V AC
Up to 415 V AC
Up to 440 V AC
Up to 500/525 V AC
Up to 690 V AC
kA
kA
kA
kA
kA
65/65
55/55
25/20
18/14
8/43)
65/65
55/55
25/20
25/20
12/6
65/65
55/55
25/20
25/20
12/6
65/65
55/55
35/26
25/20
15/8
Up to 250 V DC4)
Up to 500 V DC4)
Up to 600 V DC4)
kA
kA
kA
30/30
---
32/32
---
32/32
---
32/32
---
kA
kA
25
83)
25
12
25
12
35
20
Up to 240 V AC
Up to 415 V AC
Up to 440 V AC
Up to 500/525 V AC
Up to 690 V AC
kA
kA
kA
kA
kA
100/75
70/70
42/32
30/23
12/63)
100/75
70/70
50/38
40/30
12/6
100/75
70/70
50/38
40/30
12/6
100/75
70/70
50/38
40/30
15/8
Up to 250 V DC4)
Up to 500 V DC4)
Up to 600 V DC4)
kA
kA
kA
30/30
30/30
--
32/32
32/32
--
32/32
32/32
--
32/32
32/32
--
NEMA breaking capacity5)

Up to 480 V AC
Up to 600 V AC
kA
kA
42
123)
50
12
50
12
50
20
Up to 240 V AC
Up to 415 V AC
Up to 440 V AC
Up to 500/525 V AC
Up to 690 V AC
kA
kA
kA
kA
kA
------
200/150
100/75
75/50
50/38
12/6
200/150
100/75
75/50
50/38
12/6
200/150
100/75
75/50
50/38
15/8
Up to 250 V DC4)
Up to 500 V DC4)
Up to 600 V DC4)
kA
kA
kA
----
32/32
32/32
32/32
32/32
32/32
32/32
32/32
32/32
32/32

Up to 480 V AC
Up to 600 V AC
kA
kA
---
75
12
75
12
75
20

50/60 Hz AC
DC1)
V
V
Electronic releases
Thermal-magnetic
Electronic LCD ETU/ETU
Replaceable
PROFIBUS module COM20
Dimensions
C
D
N S E 0 _ 0 1 1 5 9
A
B
A
B
C
D
Switching capacity Icu/Ics

RMS value acc. to IEC 60947-2
Standard switching capacity N2)

Up to 480 V AC
Up to 600 V AC
High switching capacity
H2)
Very high switching capacity L2)
Available
-- Not available
For 3VL molded case circuit breakers according to UL 489 see

Catalog LV 16.
2/2
1)
Rated DC voltage applies only for circuit breakers with thermalmagnetic release.
Siemens AG 2011

Introduction
VL630/3VL5
VL800/3VL6
VL1250/3VL7
VL1600/3VL8
ATC5300
Transfer control devices

3VL molded case circuit breakers up to 1600 A
315 ... 630
800
SENTRON transfer control

devices for ATSE
1000 ... 1250
1600
see "Monitoring Devices" chapter.
690
600
690
600
690
--
690
--
690
--
690
--
690
--
690
--
190
279
102
138
253
279
102
138
190
406
114
151
253
406
114
151
229
406
152
207
305
406
152
207
229
406
152
207
305
406
152
207
65/65
55/55
35/26
25/20
20/10
65/65
55/55
35/26
25/20
20/10
65/35
55/28
35/26
25/20
20/10
65/35
55/28
35/26
25/20
20/10
30/30
---
----
----
----
25
20
25
20
25
20
25
20
100/75
70/70
50/38
40/30
20/10
100/75
70/70
50/38
40/30
20/10
100/50
70/35
50/38
40/30
30/15
100/50
70/35
50/38
40/30
30/15
30/30
30/30
--
----
----
----
50
30
50
30
50
30
50
30
200/150
100/75
75/50
50/38
20/10
200/150
100/75
75/50
50/38
20/10
200/100
100/50
75/50
50/38
35/17
200/100
100/50
75/50
50/38
35/17
30/30
30/30
30/30
----
----
----
65
35
65
35
65
35
65
35
2)
At 240 V AC, 415 V AC and 525 V AC max. 5 % overvoltage,

at 440 V AC, 500 V AC and 690 V AC max. 10 % overvoltage,
at 250/500/600 V DC max. 5 % overvoltage.
3) Rated current I 25 A.
n
4)
The maximum permitted DC voltage for each conducting path needs to be taken
into account for DC switching applications; see Technical Information at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support; time constant t = 15 ms.
5) The NEMA breaking capacity can be found on the rating plate of each IEC circuit
breaker.
2/3
Siemens AG 2011

Introduction
10
10
11
12
13
NSE0_02087b
$
%
&
(
)
*
+
,
.
/
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
2/4
Withdrawable/plug-in bases (pages 2/70 to 2/75)

Side panels for withdrawable version (pages 2/70 to 2/75)
Phase barriers (pages 2/77 to 2/82)
Flared front busbar connecting bars (pages 2/77 to 2/82)
Straight connecting bars (pages 2/77 to 2/82)
Circular conductor terminals for Al/Cu (pages 2/77 to 2/79)
Box terminals for Cu (pages 2/77 to 2/82)
Extended connection covers (terminal covers) (pages 2/77 to 2/82)
Standard connection covers (terminal covers) (pages 2/77 to 2/82)
Masking frames/cover frames for door cutout (pages 2/94 to 2/97)
Motorized operating mechanisms with stored energy mechanism (pages 2/66)
Front-operated rotary operating mechanisms (pages 2/62 to 2/65)
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms (pages 2/62 to 2/65)
SENTRON 3VL circuit breakers (pages 2/10 to 2/53)
Internal accessories (pages 2/55, 2/56, 2/59 to 2/61)
Electronic overcurrent releases LCD ETU (pages 2/20, 2/24, 2/28, 2/44 and 2/46)
Electronic releases with communication function (pages 2/12 to 2/28, 2/40 to 2/50)
Thermal/magnetic overcurrent releases (pages 2/10 to 2/12, 2/30, 2/34 to 2/38, 2/52)
RCD modules (page 2/76)
Rear terminals flat and round (pages 2/77 to 2/82)
COM20 communication modules to the PROFIBUS DP (page 2/98)
Battery power supplies with test function for electronic releases (pages 2/84 to 2/88)
Siemens AG 2011

Introduction
8
7
2
6
5
3
4
15
14
18
22
16
19
17
7
21
NSE0_02087b
5
9
8
20
2/5
Siemens AG 2011

2
3VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers up to 1600 A

Introduction
Benefits
The compact design of the SENTRON 3VL circuit breakers
coupled with excellent characteristics fulfills the high demands of today's electrical distribution systems.
These circuit breakers offer a broad product range, improved
technology, space savings and easy operation.
They are available both in thermal-magnetic (16 A to 630 A)
and in electronic versions (63 A to 1600 A).
Communication
The use of modern communication-capable circuit breakers
opens up completely new possibilities in terms of start-up, parameterization, diagnostics, maintenance and operation. This allows many different ways of reducing costs and improving productivity in industrial plants, buildings and infrastructure projects
to be achieved:
Fast and reliable parameterization
Timely information and response can prevent plant
stoppages
Effective diagnostics management
Measured values are the basis for efficient load management,
for drawing up power demand profiles and for assigning power
to cost centers.
Communication:
For molded case circuit breakers with communication function
see pages 2/12 to 2/28 and 2/40 to 2/50.
For accessories, see page 2/98.
For more information see also chapters "Measuring Devices
and E-Counters" and "Software".
Applications
The different versions of SENTRON 3VL circuit breakers are suitable for the following applications:
Incoming and outgoing circuit breakers in distribution systems
Switching and protection devices for motors, transformers
and capacitors
Disconnector units with features for stopping and switching off
in an emergency (main control switches and EMERGENCYSTOP switches) in conjunction with lockable rotary operating
mechanisms and terminal covers.
The SENTRON 3VL circuit breakers are available in the following
versions:
1. For system protection (in 3- and 4-pole versions)
The overload and short-circuit releases are designed for the
protection of cables, leads and non-motor loads.
2. For motor protection (in 3-pole version)
The overload and short-circuit releases are designed for optimized protection and direct-on-line starting of induction squirrel-cage motors. The circuit breakers for motor protection are
susceptible to phase failure and feature an adjustable trip
class. The electronic releases operate with a microprocessor.
2/6
3. For starter combinations (in 3-pole version)

These circuit breakers are used both for short-circuit protection as well as for isolating functions, which may be required
in starter combinations consisting of circuit breakers, overload
relays and motor contactors. These circuit breakers exclusively feature adjustable, instantaneous short-circuit releases.
4. As non-automatic circuit breakers (in 3- and 4-pole versions)
These circuit breakers can be used as feeder circuit breakers,
main control switches or non-automatic circuit breakers without overload protection. They incorporate an integrated shortcircuit self-protection system, eliminating the need for backup fuses.
Switching capacity
N
Circuit breakers with standard switching capacity N

(Icu up to 55 kA at 415 V)
Circuit breakers with high switching capacity H

Circuit breakers with very high switching capacity L

These switching capacities are indicated in the corresponding tables by the symbols shown on orange backgrounds.
Standards and specifications

SENTRON 3VL circuit breakers comply with:
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1,
IEC 60947-2, EN 60947-2.
Isolating features according to IEC 60947-2, EN 60947-2.
Disconnecting features (main control switches) according to
EN 60204.
The SENTRON 3VL circuit breakers comply in addition with requirements for "disconnector units with features for stopping and
switching off in an emergency" (EMERGENCY-STOP switches) in
conjunction with lockable rotary operating mechanisms (red-yellow) and terminal covers.
Please contact Siemens for details of other standards.
The electronic releases of the circuit breakers for motor
protection also fulfill IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-2.
VL160X to VL400 circuit breakers can be equipped with a
SENTRON 3VL RCD module. They then comply with
IEC 60947-2 Appendix B.
The SENTRON 3VL RCD module complies with IEC 61000-4-2 to
IEC 61000-4-6, IEC 61000-4-11 and EN 55011, Class B (equivalent to CISPR 11) with regard to electromagnetic compatibility.
Operating conditions
The SENTRON 3VL circuit breakers are designed for operation
in enclosed areas.
Suitable enclosures must be provided for operation in areas with
severe ambient conditions (such as dust, caustic vapors, hazardous gases).
Siemens AG 2011

Introduction
RCD modules
The RCD module is designed for retrofitting to the circuit breaker.
It can also be retrofitted by the customer.
Protection of plant and equipment against overload or damage

by ground faults (ground-fault protection).
The combination of SENTRON 3VL circuit breaker and RCD

module can be fed from the top or bottom.
The RCD module trips the circuit breaker through vectorial summation current formation for all phase currents if the vectorial
sum of the currents in the poles (= the ground fault current) overshoots the pre-set response and delay time values. AC currents
and pulsating DC currents are measured (CBR, design A
according to EN 60947-2).
All SENTRON 3VL circuit breakers with RCD modules are available with auxiliary switches, alarm switches, undervoltage and
shunt releases.
Main connections, basic equipment and options
NSE0_00702
NSE0_00701
NSE0_00700
NSE0_01541
Box terminal
(for copper cables or solid/
flexible busbars)
Connection with screw terminal

(available with direct cable lug connection on VL160X, VL160, VL250, VL400)
Connection to front busbar connecting

bars (screw terminal required)
Circular conductor terminals

multiple feed-in terminal
(for Al/Cu terminal)
Main connections (see below for conductor cross-sections)

Circuit breaker
Connection overview and further options

Box terminals
Screw terminals
Circular conductor
with metric thread for flat terminal/multiple feed-in
connectors
terminals
Rear
terminals
Front-accessible
connecting bars
VL160X
VL160
VL250
VL400
VL630
VL800
VL1250
1)
---
2)3)
2)
2)
2)
VL1600
--
--
- Scope of supply
@ Optional scope of supply
Available
-- Not available
1)
Connecting terminal plate for flexible busbar; not for 690 V AC/600 V DC.
2)
Multiple feed-in terminal
3)
Circular conductor terminal also available.
Type
VL160X
3VL1
VL160
3VL2
VL250
3VL3
VL400
3VL4
VL630
3VL5
VL800
3VL6
VL1250
3VL7
VL1600
3VL8
2.5 ... 95
2.5 ... 50
12 10
25 ... 185
25 ... 120
17 10
50 ... 300
50 ... 240
25 10
----
----
----
----
--
2 units
10 32
--
--
--
Box terminals1)
Solid or stranded cable
Finely stranded with end sleeve
Flexible busbar
Copper only mm2 2.5 ... 95

mm2 2.5 ... 50
mm 12 10
Connecting terminal plate for flexible busbar2)
mm --
--
--
Circular conductor terminal for cable1)

Cu or Al
- With terminal cover
Cu or Al
mm2 16 ... 70
mm2 16 ... 150
mm2 10 ... 50
16 ... 70
16 ... 150
10 ... 50
25 ... 185
50 ... 300
120 ... 240 -25 ... 120
50 ... 240
----
----
----
----
Multiple feed-in terminal1)

Cu or Al
mm2 --
--
--
Cu or Al
--
--
--
2 units
50 ... 240
--
3 units
50 ... 240
--
4 units
50 ... 240
--
mm --
--
--
2 units
50 ... 120
2 units
70 ... 300
2 units
50 ... 95
--
mm2
2 units
50 ... 185
3 units
50 ... 185
4 units
50 ... 185
--
Direct connection of busbars

Cu or Al
Screw for connection with screw terminal
mm 17 7
M6
22 7
M6
24 7
M8
32 10
M8
40 10
M6
2 40 10 2 50 10 3 60 10
M8
M8
--
- With terminal cover
--
Conductor cross-sections for control circuits with

terminal connection
Screw terminals
Solid
For details see Mounting Instruction.
1)
Cross-sections according to IEC 60999.
2)
Not for 690 V AC/600 V DC.
mm2 0.75 ... 1.5 0.75 ... 1.5 0.75 ... 1.5 0.75 ... 1.5 0.75 ... 1.5 0.75 ... 1.5 0.75 ... 1.5 0.75 ... 1.5
mm2 0.75 ... 1.0 0.75 ... 1.0 0.75 ... 1.0 0.75 ... 1.0 0.75 ... 1.0 0.75 ... 1.0 0.75 ... 1.0 0.75 ... 1.0
2/7
Siemens AG 2011

Introduction
Releases
System protection
System/generator protection
Motor protection
Starter protection
Non-automatic
circuit breakers
Function
VL160 to VL1600 electronic releases Functional overview
Ir = In
Isd = Ir tsd [s]
Ii = In
Ig = In
tg [s]
---
---
---
--
I
I
---
---
---
7 ... 15
DE
M
M
8 ... 18
---
---
EE
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
8 ... 18
--
--
DA
TM 2)
--
--
--
--
LI
--
--
9 ... 184)
--
--
DD
TM 2)
--
--
--
--
LI
0.8 ... 1
--
--
9 ... 184)
--
--
DC
TM 2)
---
---
---
LI
LI
0.8 ... 1
1
---
---
---
---
EJ
TM 2)
TM 2)
---
5 ... 10
EH
--
--
--
--
LI
0.8 ... 1
--
--
EA
TM 2)
--
--
--
--
LIN
--
--
EC
EM
SP
MP
SB
MB
LB
TA
NA
LA
TB
NB
SL
ML
SF
MF
TN
NN
SE
ME
LE
TE
NE
TF
NF
LF
SG
TM 2)
--
--
--
--
LIN
0.8 ... 1
--
TM 2)
ETU10M3)
ETU10M3)
ETU10
ETU10
ETU10
ETU10
ETU10
ETU10
ETU10
ETU10
ETU12
ETU12
ETU12
ETU12
ETU12
ETU12
ETU20
ETU20
ETU20
ETU20
ETU20
ETU20
ETU20
ETU20
ETU22
--
----------
-----------------
---------------------------
---------------------------
LIN
LI
LI
LI
LI
LI
LIN
LIN
LIN
LI
LI
LIG
LIG
LIG
LIG
LING
LING
LSI
LSI
LSI
LSI
LSI
LSIN
LSIN
LSIN
LSIG
0.8 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
MG
SH
MH
TH
NH
SS
MS
LS
CP
CH
CJ
ETU22
ETU22
ETU22
ETU22
ETU22
ETU30M3)
ETU30M3)
ETU30M3)
LCD ETU40M3)
LCD ETU40
LCD ETU40
------------
----
----------------------------
---
------------
------------
CL
CM
CN
LCD ETU42
LCD ETU42
LCD ETU42
----
----
----
----
LSIG
LSIG
LSIG
LSING
LSING
LI
LI
LI
LI
LI, LS, LSI
LI, LSI, LIN,
LSIN
LSIG
LSIG
LSIG, LSING
Order No.
supplement
DK
Function is available.
-- Function not available
1)
Size dependent.
2)
TM up to In = 630 A.
3)
Motor protection up to In = 500 A.
4)
Non-adjustable.
2/8
Setting options
L
S1)
I1)
Overload
protection
Short-circuit
protection (shorttime delayed)
Short-circuit
protection (instantaneous)
9 ... 184)
5 ... 10
--
--
--
--
--
9 ... 184)
5 ... 10
--
--
-----------------1.5 ... 10
1.5 ... 10
1.5 ... 10
1.5 ... 10
1.5 ... 10
1.5 ... 10
1.5 ... 10
1.5 ... 10
1.5 ... 10
-----------------0 ... 0.5

0 ... 0.5
0 ... 0.5
0 ... 0.5
0 ... 0.5
0 ... 0.5
0 ... 0.5
0 ... 0.5
0 ... 0.5
5 ... 10
1.25 ... 11
1.25 ... 11
1.25 ... 11
1.25 ... 11
1.25 ... 11
1.25 ... 11
1.25 ... 11
1.25 ... 11
1.25 ... 11
1.25 ... 11
1.25 ... 11
1.25 ... 11
1.25 ... 11
1.25 ... 11
1.25 ... 11
1.25 ... 11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
-----------0.6 ... 1, OFF

0.6 ... 1, OFF
0.6 ... 1, OFF
0.6 ... 1, OFF
0.6 ... 1, OFF
0.6 ... 1, OFF
--------0.6 ... 1, OFF
-----------0.1 ... 0.3

0.1 ... 0.3
0.1 ... 0.3
0.1 ... 0.3
0.1 ... 0.3
0.1 ... 0.3
--------0.1 ... 0.3
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
1.5 ... 10
1.5 ... 10
1.5 ... 10
1.5 ... 10
1.5 ... 10
----1.5 ... 10
1.5 ... 10
0 ... 0.5
0 ... 0.5
0 ... 0.5
0 ... 0.5
0 ... 0.5
----0 ... 0.5
0 ... 0.5
11
11
11
11
11
6/8/11
6/8/11
6/8/11
1.25 ... 11
1.25 ... 11
1.25 ... 11
0.6 ... 1, OFF

0.6 ... 1, OFF
0.6 ... 1, OFF
0.6 ... 1, OFF
0.6 ... 1, OFF
-------
0.1 ... 0.3

0.1 ... 0.3
0.1 ... 0.3
0.1 ... 0.3
0.1 ... 0.3
-------
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
1.5 ... 10 0 ... 0.5

1.5 ... 10 0 ... 0.5
1.5 ... 10 0 ... 0.5
1.25 ... 11
1.25 ... 11
1.25 ... 11
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.4 ... 1
0.1 ... 0.5

0.1 ... 0.5
0.1 ... 0.5
Siemens AG 2011

Thermal image
Phase failure
Communication-capable
Number of poles
N pole protected1)
I2t (ON/OFF)
Trip class (tC)
Time-lag class (tR)
Thermal-magnetic releases
Magnetic
releases
Electronic release
LCD display
DE
M
M
---
---
---
---
3
3
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
EE
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
DA
TM 2)
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
DD
TM 2)
TM 2)
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
---
--
EJ
TM 2)
TM 2)
--
--
--
--
--
--
EA
TM 2)
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
---
--
---
--
TM 2)
---
EC
EM
SP
MP
SB
MB
LB
TA
NA
LA
TB
NB
SL
ML
SF
MF
TN
NN
SE
ME
LE
TE
NE
TF
NF
LF
SG
MG
SH
MH
TH
NH
SS
MS
LS
CP
CH
CJ
100 %
60 %
--
--
--
TM 2)
ETU10M3)
ETU10M3)
ETU10
ETU10
ETU10
ETU10
ETU10
ETU10
ETU10
ETU10
ETU12
ETU12
ETU12
ETU12
ETU12
ETU12
ETU20
ETU20
ETU20
ETU20
ETU20
ETU20
ETU20
ETU20
ETU22
ETU22
ETU22
ETU22
ETU22
ETU22
ETU30M3)
ETU30M3)
ETU30M3)
LCD ETU40M3)
LCD ETU40
LCD ETU40
-40 % IR
40 % IR
----------------------------40 % IR
40 % IR
40 % IR
5 ... 50 % IR
---
--4)
-4)
--4)
--4)
-4)
-4)
-4)
-4)
--4)
-4)
--4)
-4)
-4)
-4)
-----
-----------$
$
%
%
%
%
--------$
$
%
%
%
%
-------
4
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
4
4
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
4
100 %
-----50/100 %
50/100 %
50/100 %
------50/100 %
50/100 %
-----50/100 %
50/100 %
50/100 %
----50/100 %
50/100 %
-----50 ... 100 %, OFF
-----------------
----
-10
10
----------------------------10, 20, 30
10, 20, 30
10, 20, 30
5, 10, 15, 20, 30
---
---2.5 ... 30
2.5 ... 30
2.5 ... 30
2.5 ... 30
2.5 ... 30
2.5 ... 30
2.5 ... 30
2.5 ... 30
2.5 ... 30
2.5 ... 30
2.5 ... 30
2.5 ... 30
2.5 ... 30
2.5 ... 30
------------------2.5 ... 30
2.5 ... 30
-------------------------------------
--------------------------------------
----------------------------------
CL
CM
LCD ETU42
LCD ETU42
---
---
3
3
---
---
2.5 ... 30
2.5 ... 30
---
---
CN
LCD ETU42
--
--
50 ... 100 %, OFF
--
2.5 ... 30
--
--
Order No.
supplement
Releases
Introduction
DK
DC
EH
$/&
%
$ Vectorial summation current formation (3-conductor system)
% Vectorial summation current formation (4-conductor system)
& Direct detection of ground-fault current in the neutral point
of the transformer
1)
Size dependent.
2)
TM up to In = 630 A.
3)
Motor protection up to In = 500 A.
4)
With COM20/COM21.
Function is available.
-- Function not available
2/9
Siemens AG 2011

2

3-pole

Type
Rated
current
In
Current setting of the

inverse-time delayed
overcurrent releases
"L"
IR
Operating current of the DT

**
instantaneous
short-circuit releases "I"
Ii
Icu up to 55 kA at 415 V, standard switching capacity N

See "Overview".
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
Basic price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
N
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3-pole, fixed-mounted, for system protection, 16 A to 160 A,

thermal-magnetic releases LI
NSE0_00539a
OFF
TM ~
=
50 C
CAT.A
63A
NSE0_00695
System protection, TM, LI function

With non-adjustable thermal overcurrent releases, non-adjustable short-circuit releases
3VL17 96-1DA3@-....
16
16
300
B
3VL17 02-1DA3@-....
VL160X/
20
20
300
B
3VL1
25
25
300
B
3VL17 25-1DA3@-....
3VL17 03-1DA3@-....
32
32
300
B
3VL17 04-1DA3@-....
40
40
600
B
50
50
600
B
3VL17 05-1DA3@-....
63
80
100
125
160
63
80
100
125
160
600
1000
1000
1000
1500
B
B
B
B
B
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
1.900
1.900
2.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
2.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
3VL17 02-1DD3@-....
3VL17 03-1DD3@-....
3VL17 04-1DD3@-....
3VL17 05-1DD3@-....
3VL17 06-1DD3@-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
113
1.900
2.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
3VL17 08-1DD3@-....
3VL17 10-1DD3@-....
3VL17 12-1DD3@-....
3VL17 16-1DD3@-....
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
2.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
3VL17 06-1DA3@-....
3VL17 08-1DA3@-....
3VL17 10-1DA3@-....
3VL17 12-1DA3@-....
3VL17 16-1DA3@-....
>
Connection type can be selected by assignment of the 12th position of the Order No.
Connection with box terminal
3
Connection with screw terminal not in conjunction with RCD module
6
NSE0_00540a
OFF
TM ~
=
50 C
CAT.A
63A
1.0
xI n
.8
IR
NSE0_00703

With adjustable thermal overcurrent releases, non-adjustable short-circuit releases
VL160X/
20
16 ... 20
300
B
3VL1
32
25 ... 32
300
B
40
32 ... 40
600
B
50
40 ... 50
600
B
63
50 ... 63
600
B
80
100
125
160
63 ... 80
80 ... 100
100 ... 125
125 ... 160
1000
1000
1000
1500
B
B
B
B
>
3
6
** Delivery time class A for Order No. supplement "0AA0", see page 2/57.
2/10
Siemens AG 2011

3-pole
DT Icu up to 70 kA at 415 V,
** high switching capacity H
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
Basic price
per PU
DT
**
H
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

very high switching capacity L
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
B
B
B
B
B
B
3VL17 96-2DA3@-....
3VL17 02-2DA3@-....
3VL17 25-2DA3@-....
3VL17 03-2DA3@-....
3VL17 04-2DA3@-....
3VL17 05-2DA3@-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
113
113
1.900
1.900
2.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
-------
B
B
B
B
B
3VL17 06-2DA3@-....
3VL17 08-2DA3@-....
3VL17 10-2DA3@-....
3VL17 12-2DA3@-....
3VL17 16-2DA3@-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
113
2.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
------
>
Basic price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3
6
B
B
B
B
B
3VL17 02-2DD3@-....
3VL17 03-2DD3@-....
3VL17 04-2DD3@-....
3VL17 05-2DD3@-....
3VL17 06-2DD3@-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
113
1.900
2.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
------
B
B
B
B
3VL17 08-2DD3@-....
3VL17 10-2DD3@-....
3VL17 12-2DD3@-....
3VL17 16-2DD3@-....
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
2.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
-----
>
3
6
2/11
Siemens AG 2011

2

3-pole
Type
Rated
current
In

"L"
IR

instantaneous
Ii

See "Overview".
Order No.
Basic price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
See also SET, M)
page 2/32
PS*/
P. unit
3VL27 05-1DC3@-....
3VL27 06-1DC3@-....
3VL27 08-1DC3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.200
2.200
2.200

required,
see page 2/57
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

NSE0_-00541a
I
Ii
7
6
I n =160A
L
5
16 DC
1.0
50 C
I I
R i
~
TM = CAT.A
9 xI
n
xI n
10
.8
NSE0_00691

With adjustable thermal overcurrent releases, adjustable short-circuit releases
VL160/
50
40 ... 50
300 ... 600
B
3VL2
63
50 ... 63
300 ... 600
B
80
63 ... 80
400 ... 800
B
VL250/
3VL3
100
125
160
80 ... 100
100 ... 125
125 ... 160
500 ... 1000

625 ... 1250
800 ... 1600
B
B
B
3VL27 10-1DC3@-....
3VL27 12-1DC3@-....
3VL27 16-1DC3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.200
2.200
2.200
200
250
160 ... 200

200 ... 250
1000 ... 2000

1250 ... 2500
B
B
3VL37 20-1DC3@-....
3VL37 25-1DC3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.300
2.300
>
3
6
VL400/3VL4
200
250
315
400
160 ... 200

200 ... 250
250 ... 315
320 ... 400
1000 ... 2000

1250 ... 2500
1575 ... 3150
2000 ... 4000
B
B
B
B
3VL47 20-1DC36-....
3VL47 25-1DC36-....
3VL47 31-1DC36-....
3VL47 40-1DC36-....
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
5.700
5.700
5.700
5.700
VL630/3VL5
315
400
500
630
250 ... 315

320 ... 400
400 ... 500
500 ... 630
1575 ... 3150

2000 ... 4000
2500 ... 5000
3150 ... 6300
B
B
B
B
3VL57 31-1DC36-....
3VL57 40-1DC36-....
3VL57 50-1DC36-....
3VL57 63-1DC36-....
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
9.000
9.000
9.000
9.000

electronic releases LI
NSE0_02119
I R 1.0 .4
.95
.9
X3
.45
t R (S) 30 2.5
.5
.8
.6
x I n .7 .63
25
4
6
20
17
14 10
Ii
10
Alarm
>1.05
11 1.25
1.5
2
8
6
xI n 5
Active
3
4
NSE0_00691
ETU10, LI function
With adjustable overcurrent releases, adjustable short-circuit releases
VL160/3VL2
63
25 ... 63
1.25 ... 11 In
100
40 ... 100
1.25 ... 11 In
160
64 ... 160
1.25 ... 11 In
VL250/3VL3
200
250
80 ... 200
100 ... 250
1.25 ... 11 In
1.25 ... 11 In
B
B
B
3VL27 06-1@@3@-....
3VL27 10-1@@3@-....
3VL27 16-1@@3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400
2.400
2.400
B
B
3VL37 20-1@@3@-....
3VL37 25-1@@3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
5.900
5.900
>
3
6
B
B
3VL47 31-1@@36-....
3VL47 40-1@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
1.25 ... 10 In
3VL57 63-1@@36-....
1 unit
113
9.300
1.25 ... 8 In
3VL67 80-1@@36-....
1 unit
113
16.000
400 ... 1000

500 ... 1250
1.25 ... 11 In
1.25 ... 11 In
B
B
3VL77 10-1@@36-....
3VL77 12-1@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
25.000
25.000
640 ... 1600
1.25 ... 9 In
3VL87 16-1@@30-....
1 unit
113
31.300
VL400/3VL4
315
400
128 ... 315

160 ... 400
1.25 ... 11 In
1.25 ... 11 In
VL630/3VL5
630
525 ... 630
VL800/3VL6
800
320 ... 800
VL1250/3VL7
1000
1250
VL1600/3VL81)
1600
1)
>
Without communication preparation

SB
With communication preparation
MB
Marine engineering-certified LRS, DNV and GL (not communication-ready) LB
Front busbar connection pieces are included in the scope of supply and
are to be fitted by the customer.
Communication:
2/12
Siemens AG 2011

3-pole
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
DT
H
Basic price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
See also SET, M)
page 2/32
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.

Order No.
kg

required,
see page 2/57
Basic price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
See also SET, M)
page 2/32
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
B
B
B
3VL27 05-2DC3@-....
3VL27 06-2DC3@-....
3VL27 08-2DC3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.200 B
2.200 B
2.200 B
3VL27 05-3DC3@-....
3VL27 06-3DC3@-....
3VL27 08-3DC3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.200
2.200
2.200
B
B
B
3VL27 10-2DC3@-....
3VL27 12-2DC3@-....
3VL27 16-2DC3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.200 B
2.200 B
2.200 B
3VL27 10-3DC3@-....
3VL27 12-3DC3@-....
3VL27 16-3DC3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.200
2.200
2.200
B
B
3VL37 20-2DC3@-....
3VL37 25-2DC3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.300 B
2.300 B
3VL37 20-3DC3@-....
3VL37 25-3DC3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.300
2.300
>
3
6
>
3
6
B
B
B
B
3VL47 20-2DC36-....
3VL47 25-2DC36-....
3VL47 31-2DC36-....
3VL47 40-2DC36-....
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
5.700
5.700
5.700
5.700
B
B
B
B
3VL47 20-3DC36-....
3VL47 25-3DC36-....
3VL47 31-3DC36-....
3VL47 40-3DC36-....
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
5.700
5.700
5.700
5.700
B
B
B
B
3VL57 31-2DC36-....
3VL57 40-2DC36-....
3VL57 50-2DC36-....
3VL57 63-2DC36-....
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
9.000
9.000
9.000
9.000
B
B
B
B
3VL57 31-3DC36-....
3VL57 40-3DC36-....
3VL57 50-3DC36-....
3VL57 63-3DC36-....
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
9.000
9.000
9.000
9.000
B
B
B
3VL27 06-2@@3@-....
3VL27 10-2@@3@-....
3VL27 16-2@@3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400 B
2.400 B
2.400 B
3VL27 06-3@@3@-....
3VL27 10-3@@3@-....
3VL27 16-3@@3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400
2.400
2.400
B
B
3VL37 20-2@@3@-....
3VL37 25-2@@3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500 B
2.500 B
3VL37 20-3@@3@-....
3VL37 25-3@@3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
5.900
5.900
>
>
3
6
3
6
B
B
3VL47 31-2@@36-....
3VL47 40-2@@36-....
1
1
3VL57 63-2@@36-....
1 unit
3VL67 80-2@@36-....
1 unit
B
B
3VL77 10-2@@36-....
3VL77 12-2@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
3VL87 16-2@@30-....
1 unit
>
SB
MB
LB
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
5.900 B
5.900 B
3VL47 31-3@@36-....
3VL47 40-3@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
9.300 B
3VL57 63-3@@36-....
1 unit
113
9.300
113
16.000 B
3VL67 80-3@@36-....
1 unit
113
16.000
113
113
25.000 B
25.000 B
3VL77 10-3@@36-....
3VL77 12-3@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
25.000
25.000
113
31.300 B
3VL87 16-3@@30-....
1 unit
113
31.300
>
SB
MB
LB
2/13
Siemens AG 2011

2

3-pole
Type
Rated Current
current setting of the
In
inverse-time
delayed
overcurrent
releases "L"
IR
Operating
current of the
instantaneous
short-circuit
releases "I"
Ii
Ground-fault
protection "G"
Ig
DT

See "Overview".
Order No.
For price
PU
see page (UNIT,
2/32 SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
N
PG Weight
per PU
approx.

required,
see page 2/57
kg

electronic releases LIG
NSE0_02118
I R 1.0 .4
.95
.9
X3
.45
.5
.8
x I n .7 .63
.6
t R (S) 30 2.5
25
4
6
20
17
14 10
Alarm
Ig I t g OFF .6/.1
11 1.25
>1.05
1.5
1/.3
1/.1
.6/.3
2 .6/.3
8
Active
1/.3
1/.1
6
3
.6/.1 OFF
xI n 5 4
Ii
10
NSE0_00693
ETU12, LIG function for 3-wire three-phase systems

With adjustable overcurrent releases, adjustable short-circuit releases,
vectorial summation current, ground fault delay tg = 0.1 ... 0.3 s, ground fault function (G) can be switched off.
VL160/3VL2
63
25 ... 63
1.25 ... 11 In
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL27 06-1@@3@-....
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL27 10-1@@3@-....
100
40 ... 100
1.25 ... 11 In
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL27 16-1@@3@-....
160
64 ... 160
1.25 ... 11 In
VL250/3VL3
200
250
80 ... 200
100 ... 250
1.25 ... 11 In
1.25 ... 11 In
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF

0.6 ... 1 In, OFF
B
B
3VL37 20-1@@3@-....
3VL37 25-1@@3@-....
>
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400
2.400
2.400
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
5.900
5.900
3
6
VL400/3VL4
315
400
128 ... 315

160 ... 400
1.25 ... 11 In
1.25 ... 11 In
VL630/3VL5
630
252 ... 630
VL800/3VL6
800
320 ... 800
VL1250/3VL7
1000
1250
VL1600/3VL81)
1600
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B

0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL47 31-1@@36-....
3VL47 40-1@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
1.25 ... 10 In
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF
3VL57 63-1@@36-....
1 unit
113
9.300
1.25 ... 8 In
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF
3VL67 80-1@@36-....
1 unit
113
16.000
400 ... 1000

500 ... 1250
1.25 ... 11 In
1.25 ... 11 In
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF

0.6 ... 1 In, OFF
B
B
3VL77 10-1@@36-....
3VL77 12-1@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
25.000
25.000
640 ... 1600
1.25 ... 9 In
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF
3VL87 16-1@@30-....
1 unit
113
31.300
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400
2.400
2.400
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
5.900
5.900
>

SL
ML

electronic releases LIG
NSE0_02118
I R 1.0 .4
.95
L
X3
.45
.9
.5
.8
.6
x I n .7 .63
t R (S) 30 2.5
25
Alarm
Ig I t g OFF .6/.1
11 1.25
>1.05
1.5
10
1/.3
1/.1
.6/.3
2 .6/.3
8
Ii
20
17
14 10
6
xI n 5
3
4
1/.3
1/.1
.6/.1 OFF
Active
NSE0_00693
ETU12, LIG function for 4-wire three-phase systems

vectorial summation current, external current transformers required in addition, see page 2/90.
Ground fault delay tg = 0.1 ... 0.3 s, ground fault function (G) can be switched off.
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL27 06-1@@3@-....
VL160/3VL2
63
25 ... 63
1.25 ... 11 In
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL27 10-1@@3@-....
100
40 ... 100
1.25 ... 11 In
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL27 16-1@@3@-....
160
64 ... 160
1.25 ... 11 In
VL250/3VL3
200
250
80 ... 200
100 ... 250
1.25 ... 11 In
1.25 ... 11 In
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF

0.6 ... 1 In, OFF
B
B
3VL37 20-1@@3@-....
3VL37 25-1@@3@-....
>
3
6
VL400/3VL4
315
400
128 ... 315

160 ... 400
1.25 ... 11 In
1.25 ... 11 In
VL630/3VL5
630
252 ... 630
VL800/3VL6
800
320 ... 800
VL1250/3VL7
1000
1250
VL1600/3VL81)
1600
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF

0.6 ... 1 In, OFF
B
B
3VL47 31-1@@36-....
3VL47 40-1@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
1.25 ... 10 In
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF
3VL57 63-1@@36-....
1 unit
113
9.300
1.25 ... 8 In
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF
3VL67 80-1@@36-....
1 unit
113
16.000
400 ... 1000

500 ... 1250
1.25 ... 11 In
1.25 ... 11 In
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF

0.6 ... 1 In, OFF
B
B
3VL77 10-1@@36-....
3VL77 12-1@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
25.000
25.000
640 ... 1600
1.25 ... 9 In
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF
3VL87 16-1@@30-....
1 unit
113
31.300

1)
>
SF
MF
Front busbar connection pieces are included in the scope of supply

and are to be fitted by the customer.
2/14
Siemens AG 2011

3-pole
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
DT
H
For price
PU
see page (UNIT,
2/32 SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.

Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
For price
PU
see page (UNIT,
2/32 SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
kg
B
B
B
3VL27 06-2@@3@-....
3VL27 10-2@@3@-....
3VL27 16-2@@3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400 B
2.400 B
2.400 B
3VL27 06-3@@3@-....
3VL27 10-3@@3@-....
3VL27 16-3@@3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400
2.400
2.400
B
B
3VL37 20-2@@3@-....
3VL37 25-2@@3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500 B
2.500 B
3VL37 20-3@@3@-....
3VL37 25-3@@3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
5.900
5.900
>
>
3
6
3
6
B
B
3VL47 31-2@@36-....
3VL47 40-2@@36-....
1
1
3VL57 63-2@@36-....
1 unit
3VL67 80-2@@36-....
1 unit
B
B
3VL77 10-2@@36-....
3VL77 12-2@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
3VL87 16-2@@30-....
1 unit
>
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
5.900 B
5.900 B
3VL47 31-3@@36-....
3VL47 40-3@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
9.300 B
3VL57 63-3@@36-....
1 unit
113
9.300
113
16.000 B
3VL67 80-3@@36-....
1 unit
113
16.000
113
113
25.000 B
25.000 B
3VL77 10-3@@36-....
3VL77 12-3@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
25.000
25.000
113
31.300 B
3VL87 16-3@@30-....
1 unit
113
31.300
SL
ML
>
SL
ML
B
B
B
3VL27 06-2@@3@-....
3VL27 10-2@@3@-....
3VL27 16-2@@3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400 B
2.400 B
2.400 B
3VL27 06-3@@3@-....
3VL27 10-3@@3@-....
3VL27 16-3@@3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400
2.400
2.400
B
B
3VL37 20-2@@3@-....
3VL37 25-2@@3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500 B
2.500 B
3VL37 20-3@@3@-....
3VL37 25-3@@3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
5.900
5.900
>
>
3
6
3
6
B
B
3VL47 31-2@@36-....
3VL47 40-2@@36-....
1
1
3VL57 63-2@@36-....
1 unit
3VL67 80-2@@36-....
1 unit
B
B
3VL77 10-2@@36-....
3VL77 12-2@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
3VL87 16-2@@30-....
1 unit
>
SF
MF
Communication:
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
5.900 B
5.900 B
3VL47 31-3@@36-....
3VL47 40-3@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
9.300 B
3VL57 63-3@@36-....
1 unit
113
9.300
113
16.000 B
3VL67 80-3@@36-....
1 unit
113
16.000
113
113
25.000 B
25.000 B
3VL77 10-3@@36-....
3VL77 12-3@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
25.000
25.000
113
31.300 B
3VL87 16-3@@30-....
1 unit
113
31.300
>
SF
MF
For more information see also chapters "Measuring Devices and

E-Counters" and "Software".
2/15
Siemens AG 2011

2

3-pole
Type
Rated
current
In
Current setting of
the inverse-time
delayed
overcurrent
releases "L"
IR
Operating
current of the
instantaneous
short-circuit
releases "I"
Ii
S function DT
shortcircuit
protection
(short-time
delayed)
S
standard switching capacity N
see "Overview"
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
For price
PU
see page (UNIT,
2/32 SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3-pole, fixed-mounted, for system protection - generator protection,

63 A to 1600 A, electronic releases LSI
NSE0_02120
I R 1.0 .4
.95
.45
.9
X3
.5
.8
.6
x I n .7 .63
I sd
10 1.5
8
t sd(S) .4 0
.3
.2
2.5
7
5
.2
.3 I t
3 I t .1
4 x I R ON .5 .4 OFF
2
Alarm
>1.05
.1
Active
NSE0_00692
ETU20, LSI function for time-based discrimination

With adjustable overcurrent releases, non-adjustable short-circuit releases, short-circuit delay (tsd = 0 to 0.5 s)
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR B
3VL27 06-1@@3@-....
VL160/3VL2
63
0.4 ... 1.0 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR B
3VL27 10-1@@3@-....
100
0.4 ... 1.0 In
160
0.4 ... 1.0 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR B
3VL27 16-1@@3@-....
VL250/3VL3
200
250
0.4 ... 1.0 In

0.4 ... 1.0 In
11 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR B

1.5 ... 10xIR B
3VL37 20-1@@3@-....
3VL37 25-1@@3@-....
>
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400
2.400
2.400
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
113
113
5.900
5.900
3
6
VL400/3VL4
315
400
0.4 ... 1.0 In

0.4 ... 1.0 In
11 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR B

1.5 ... 10xIR B
3VL47 31-1@@36-....
3VL47 40-1@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
VL630/3VL5
630
0.4 ... 1.0 In
10 In
1.5 ... 9xIR B
3VL57 63-1@@36-....
1 unit
113
9.300
VL800/3VL6
800
0.4 ... 1.0 In
8 In
1.5 ... 7xIR B
3VL67 80-1@@36-....
1 unit
113
16.000
VL1250/3VL7
1000
1250
0.4 ... 1.0 In

0.4 ... 1.0 In
11 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR B

1.5 ... 10xIR B
3VL77 10-1@@36-....
3VL77 12-1@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
25.000
25.000
VL1600/3VL81)
1600
0.4 ... 1.0 In
9 In
1.5 ... 8xIR B
3VL87 16-1@@30-....
1 unit
113
31.300
1)
>

SE
ME
Marine engineering-certified LRS, DNV and GL (not communication-ready) LE

Communication:
2/16
Siemens AG 2011

3-pole
DT
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
DT
H
For price
see page
2/32
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.

Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
For price
see page
2/32
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
kg
B
B
B
3VL27 06-2@@3@-....
3VL27 10-2@@3@-....
3VL27 16-2@@3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400 B
2.400 B
2.400 B
3VL27 06-3@@3@-....
3VL27 10-3@@3@-....
3VL27 16-3@@3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400
2.400
2.400
B
B
3VL37 20-2@@3@-....
3VL37 25-2@@3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500 B
2.500 B
3VL37 20-3@@3@-....
3VL37 25-3@@3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
5.900
5.900
>
>
3
6
3
6
B
B
3VL47 31-2@@36-....
3VL47 40-2@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3VL57 63-2@@36-....
1 unit
3VL67 80-2@@36-....
1 unit
B
B
3VL77 10-2@@36-....
3VL77 12-2@@36-....
1
1
3VL87 16-2@@30-....
>
SE
ME
LE
5.900 B
5.900 B
3VL47 31-3@@36-....
3VL47 40-3@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
9.300 B
3VL57 63-3@@36-....
1 unit
113
9.300
113
16.000 B
3VL67 80-3@@36-....
1 unit
113
16.000
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
25.000 B
25.000 B
3VL77 10-3@@36-....
3VL77 12-3@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
25.000
25.000
1 unit
113
31.300 B
3VL87 16-3@@30-....
1 unit
113
31.300
>
SE
ME
LE
2/17
Siemens AG 2011

2

3-pole
Type
Rated
current
In
Current
setting of the
inverse-time
delayed
overcurrent
releases "L"
IR
Operating
current of
the instantaneous
shortcircuit
releases
"I" Ii
S function Ground-fault
protection "G"
shortIg
circuit
protection
(short-time
delayed) S
DT
see "Overview"
Order No.
Order No. supplement required,
see page 2/57
For price
PU
see page (UNIT,
2/32 SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

63 A to 1600 A, electronic releases LSIG
NSE0_02121
I R 1.0 .4
.95
.9
X3
.45
I sd
.5
.8
.6
x I n .7 .63
10 1.5
8
t sd(S) .4 0
.3
6
5
Ig I t g OFF .6/.1
Alarm
>1.05
1/.3
1/.1
.6/.3
.6/.3
Active
2
2
t
I
t
I
1/.3
.3
.1
1/.1
3
.4
ON
.5
OFF
.6/.1 OFF
4 xI R
2.5
.1
.2
.2
NSE0_00694
ETU22, LSIG function for 3-wire three-phase systems and time-based discrimination
With adjustable overcurrent releases, non-adjustable short-circuit releases,
ground fault delay tg = 0.1 ... 0.3 s, short-circuit delay tsd = 0 ... 0.5 s, ground-fault protection (G) can be switched off
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL27 06-1@@3@-....
VL160/3VL2
63
25 ... 63
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL27 10-1@@3@-....
100
40 ... 100
11 In
160
64 ... 160
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL27 16-1@@3@-....
VL250/3VL3
200
250
80 ... 200
100 ... 250
11 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B

1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL37 20-1@@3@-....
3VL37 25-1@@3@-....
VL400/3VL4
315
400
>
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400
2.400
2.400
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
113
113
5.900
5.900
3
6
128 ... 315

160 ... 400
11 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B

1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL47 31-1@@36-....
3VL47 40-1@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
VL630/3VL5
630
252 ... 630
10 In
1.5 ... 9xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL57 63-1@@36-....
1 unit
113
9.300
VL800/3VL6
800
320 ... 800
8 In
1.5 ... 7xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL67 80-1@@36-....
1 unit
113
16.000
VL1250/3VL7
1000
1250
400 ... 1000

500 ... 1250
11 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B

1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL77 10-1@@36-....
3VL77 12-1@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
25.000
25.000
VL1600/3VL81) 1600
640 ... 1600
9 In
1.5 ... 8xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL87 16-1@@30-....
1 unit
113
31.300

1)

>
SG
MG
Communication:
2/18
Siemens AG 2011

3-pole
DT
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
DT
H
For price
see page
2/32
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.

Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
For price
see page
2/32
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
kg
B
B
B
3VL27 06-2@@3@-....
3VL27 10-2@@3@-....
3VL27 16-2@@3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400 B
2.400 B
2.400 B
3VL27 06-3@@3@-....
3VL27 10-3@@3@-....
3VL27 16-3@@3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400
2.400
2.400
B
B
3VL37 20-2@@3@-....
3VL37 25-2@@3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500 B
2.500 B
3VL37 20-3@@3@-....
3VL37 25-3@@3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
5.900
5.900
>
>
3
6
3
6
B
B
3VL47 31-2@@36-....
3VL47 40-2@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3VL57 63-2@@36-....
1 unit
3VL67 80-2@@36-....
1 unit
B
B
3VL77 10-2@@36-....
3VL77 12-2@@36-....
1
1
3VL87 16-2@@30-....
>
SG
MG
5.900 B
5.900 B
3VL47 31-3@@36-....
3VL47 40-3@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
9.300 B
3VL57 63-3@@36-....
1 unit
113
9.300
113
16.000 B
3VL67 80-3@@36-....
1 unit
113
16.000
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
25.000 B
25.000 B
3VL77 10-3@@36-....
3VL77 12-3@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
25.000
25.000
1 unit
113
31.300 B
3VL87 16-3@@30-....
1 unit
113
31.300
>
SG
MG
2/19
Siemens AG 2011

2

3-pole
Type
Rated
current
In
Current
setting of the
inverse-time
delayed
overcurrent
releases "L"
IR
Operating
current of
the instantaneous
shortcircuit
releases
"I" Ii
protection "G"
shortIg
circuit
protection
(short-time
delayed) S
DT
see "Overview"
Order No.
see page 2/57
Basic price
per PU
N
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

NSE-00547a
L
ESC
L1=178; L2=181
S
I
L3=179; N=0
NSE0_00697
CAT.A
n=250
25 CL
A~
LCD-ETU42, LSIG function for 3-wire three-phase systems and time-based discrimination
Vectorial summation current, ground fault delay tg = 0.1 ... 0.5 s, short-circuit delay tsd = 0 ... 0.5 s
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In
B
3VL27 06-1CL3@-....
VL160/3VL2
63
25 ... 63
11 In
100
40 ... 100
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In
B
3VL27 10-1CL3@-....
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In
B
3VL27 16-1CL3@-....
160
64 ... 160
11 In
VL250/3VL3
200
250
80 ... 200
100 ... 250
11 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In

1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In
B
B
3VL37 20-1CL3@-....
3VL37 25-1CL3@-....
VL400/3VL4
315
400
>
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400
2.400
2.400
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
113
113
5.900
5.900
3
6
128 ... 315

160 ... 400
11 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In

1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In
B
B
3VL47 31-1CL36-....
3VL47 40-1CL36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
VL630/3VL5
630
252 ... 630
10 In
1.5 ... 9xIR 0.4 ... 1 In
3VL57 63-1CL36-....
1 unit
113
9.300
VL800/3VL6
800
320 ... 800
8 In
1.5 ... 7xIR 0.4 ... 1 In
3VL67 80-1CL36-....
1 unit
113
16.000
VL1250/3VL7
1000
1250
400 ... 1000

500 ... 1250
11 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In

1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In
B
B
3VL77 10-1CL36-....
3VL77 12-1CL36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
25.000
25.000
VL1600/3VL81) 1600
640 ... 1600
9 In
1.5 ... 8xIR 0.4 ... 1 In
3VL87 16-1CL30-....
1 unit
113
31.300
With adjustable overcurrent releases, adjustable short-circuit releases. External current transformer required in addition, see pages 2/90.
Vectorial summation current, ground fault delay tg = 0.1 ... 0.5 s, short-circuit delay tsd = 0 ... 0.5 s
VL160/3VL2
63
25 ... 63
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In
B
3VL27 06-1CM3@-....
1
1 unit
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In
B
3VL27 10-1CM3@-....
1
1 unit
100
40 ... 100
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In
B
3VL27 16-1CM3@-....
1
1 unit
160
64 ... 160
11 In
113
113
113
2.400
2.400
2.400
NSE-00547a
L
ESC
L1=178; L2=181
S
I
L3=179; N=0
NSE0_00697
CAT.A
n=250
25 CL
A~
LCD-ETU42, LSIG function for 4-wire three-phase systems and time-based discrimination
VL250/3VL3
200
250
80 ... 200
100 ... 250
11 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In

1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In
B
B
3VL37 20-1CM3@-....
3VL37 25-1CM3@-....
VL400/3VL4
315
400
>
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
113
113
5.900
5.900
3
6
128 ... 315

160 ... 400
11 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In

1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In
B
B
3VL47 31-1CM36-....
3VL47 40-1CM36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
VL630/3VL5
630
252 ... 630
10 In
1.5 ... 9xIR 0.4 ... 1 In
3VL57 63-1CM36-....
1 unit
113
9.300
VL800/3VL6
800
320 ... 800
8 In
1.5 ... 7xIR 0.4 ... 1 In
3VL67 80-1CM36-....
1 unit
113
16.000
VL1250/3VL7
1000
1250
400 ... 1000

500 ... 1250
11 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In

1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In
B
B
3VL77 10-1CM36-....
3VL77 12-1CM36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
25.000
25.000
VL1600/3VL81) 1600
640 ... 1600
9 In
1.5 ... 8xIR 0.4 ... 1 In
3VL87 16-1CM30-....
1 unit
113
31.300
1)

2/20
Siemens AG 2011

3-pole
DT
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
Basic price
per PU
DT
H
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.

Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
Basic price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
kg
B
B
B
3VL27 06-2CL3@-....
3VL27 10-2CL3@-....
3VL27 16-2CL3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400 B
2.400 B
2.400 B
3VL27 06-3CL3@-....
3VL27 10-3CL3@-....
3VL27 16-3CL3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400
2.400
2.400
B
B
3VL37 20-2CL3@-....
3VL37 25-2CL3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500 B
2.500 B
3VL37 20-3CL3@-....
3VL37 25-3CL3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
5.900
5.900
>
3
6
>
3
6
B
B
3VL47 31-2CL36-....
3VL47 40-2CL36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3VL57 63-2CL36-....
1 unit
3VL67 80-2CL36-....
1 unit
B
B
3VL77 10-2CL36-....
3VL77 12-2CL36-....
1
1
3VL87 16-2CL30-....
B
B
B
B
B
5.900 B
5.900 B
3VL47 31-3CL36-....
3VL47 40-3CL36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
9.300 B
3VL57 63-3CL36-....
1 unit
113
9.300
113
16.000 B
3VL67 80-3CL36-....
1 unit
113
16.000
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
25.000 B
25.000 B
3VL77 10-3CL36-....
3VL77 12-3CL36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
25.000
25.000
1 unit
113
31.300 B
3VL87 16-3CL30-....
1 unit
113
31.300
3VL27 06-2CM3@-....
3VL27 10-2CM3@-....
3VL27 16-2CM3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400 B
2.400 B
2.400 B
3VL27 06-3CM3@-....
3VL27 10-3CM3@-....
3VL27 16-3CM3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400
2.400
2.400
3VL37 20-2CM3@-....
3VL37 25-2CM3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500 B
2.500 B
3VL37 20-3CM3@-....
3VL37 25-3CM3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
5.900
5.900
>
3
6
>
3
6
B
B
3VL47 31-2CM36-....
3VL47 40-2CM36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3VL57 63-2CM36-....
1 unit
3VL67 80-2CM36-....
1 unit
B
B
3VL77 10-2CM36-....
3VL77 12-2CM36-....
1
1
3VL87 16-2CM30-....
5.900 B
5.900 B
3VL47 31-3CM36-....
3VL47 40-3CM36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
9.300 B
3VL57 63-3CM36-....
1 unit
113
9.300
113
16.000 B
3VL67 80-3CM36-....
1 unit
113
16.000
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
25.000 B
25.000 B
3VL77 10-3CM36-....
3VL77 12-3CM36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
25.000
25.000
1 unit
113
31.300 B
3VL87 16-3CM30-....
1 unit
113
31.300
2/21
Siemens AG 2011

2

3-pole
Type
Rated
current
In
Current
setting of the
inverse-time
delayed
overcurrent
releases
"L"
IR
Operating
current of
the instantaneous
shortcircuit
releases
"I" Ii
protection "G"
shortIg
circuit
protection
(short-time
delayed) S
DT
see "Overview"
Order No.
see page 2/57
For price
PU
see page (UNIT,
2/32 SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

NSE0_02121
I R 1.0 .4
.95
.9
X3
.45
I sd
.5
.8
.6
x I n .7 .63
10 1.5
8
t sd(S) .4 0
.3
6
5
Ig I t g OFF .6/.1
Alarm
>1.05
1/.3
1/.1
.6/.3
.6/.3
Active
2
2
t
I
t
I
1/.3
.3
.1
1/.1
3
.4
ON
.5
OFF
.6/.1 OFF
4 xI R
2.5
.1
.2
.2
NSE0_00694
ETU22, LSIG function for 4-wire three-phase systems and time-based discrimination
With adjustable overcurrent releases, non-adjustable short-circuit releases, external current transformers required in addition, see page 2/90.
Ground fault delay tg = 0.1 ... 0.3 s, short-circuit delay tsd = 0 ... 0.5 s, ground fault function (G) can be switched off.
VL160/3VL2
63
25 ... 63
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL27 06-1@@3@-....
1
1 unit
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL27 10-1@@3@-....
1
1 unit
100
40 ... 100
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL27 16-1@@3@-....
1
1 unit
160
64 ... 160
11 In
VL250/3VL3
200
250
80 ... 200
100 ... 250
11 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B

1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL37 20-1@@3@-....
3VL37 25-1@@3@-....
VL400/3VL4
315
400
>
113
113
113
2.400
2.400
2.400
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
113
113
5.900
5.900
3
6
128 ... 315

160 ... 400
11 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B

1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL47 31-1@@36-....
3VL47 40-1@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
VL630/3VL5
630
252 ... 630
10 In
1.5 ... 9xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL57 63-1@@36-....
1 unit
113
9.300
VL800/3VL6
800
320 ... 800
8 In
1.5 ... 7xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL67 80-1@@36-....
1 unit
113
16.000
VL1250/3VL7
1000
1250
400 ... 1000

500 ... 1250
11 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B

1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL77 10-1@@36-....
3VL77 12-1@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
25.000
25.000
VL1600/3VL81) 1600
640 ... 1600
9 In
1.5 ... 8xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL87 16-1@@30-....
1 unit
113
31.300

1)
>
SH
MH

Communication:
2/22
Siemens AG 2011

3-pole
DT
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
DT
H
For price
see page
2/32
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.

Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
For price
see page
2/32
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
kg
B
B
B
3VL27 06-2@@3@-....
3VL27 10-2@@3@-....
3VL27 16-2@@3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400 B
2.400 B
2.400 B
3VL27 06-3@@3@-....
3VL27 10-3@@3@-....
3VL27 16-3@@3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400
2.400
2.400
B
B
3VL37 20-2@@3@-....
3VL37 25-2@@3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500 B
2.500 B
3VL37 20-3@@3@-....
3VL37 25-3@@3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
5.900
5.900
>
>
3
6
3
6
B
B
3VL47 31-2@@36-....
3VL47 40-2@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3VL57 63-2@@36-....
1 unit
3VL67 80-2@@36-....
1 unit
B
B
3VL77 10-2@@36-....
3VL77 12-2@@36-....
1
1
3VL87 16-2@@30-....
>
SH
MH
5.900 B
5.900 B
3VL47 31-3@@36-....
3VL47 40-3@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
9.300 B
3VL57 63-3@@36-....
1 unit
113
9.300
113
16.000 B
3VL67 80-3@@36-....
1 unit
113
16.000
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
25.000 B
25.000 B
3VL77 10-3@@36-....
3VL77 12-3@@36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
25.000
25.000
1 unit
113
31.300 B
3VL87 16-3@@30-....
1 unit
113
31.300
>
SH
MH
2/23
Siemens AG 2011

2

3-pole
Type
Rated
current
In
Current setting of
the inverse-time
delayed
overcurrent
releases
"L"
IR
Operating
current of the
instantaneous
short-circuit
releases "I"
Ii
S function DT
shortcircuit
protection
(short-time
delayed)
S
see "Overview"
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
Basic price
per PU
N
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

63 A to 1600 A, electronic releases LI, LS, LSI
NSE-00547a
L
ESC
L1=178; L2=181
L3=179; N=0
NSE0_00696
CAT.A
n=250
25 CL
A~
LCD-ETU40, LI/LS/LSI function selectable

With adjustable overcurrent releases, adjustable short-circuit releases, short-circuit delay (tsd = 0 to 0.5 s)
3VL27 06-1CH3@-....
VL160/3VL2
63
25 ... 63
1.25 ... 11 In 1.5 ... 10xIR B
3VL27 10-1CH3@-....
100
40 ... 100
1.25 ... 11 In 1.5 ... 10xIR B
160
64 ... 160
1.25 ... 11 In 1.5 ... 10xIR B
3VL27 16-1CH3@-....
VL250/3VL3
200
250
80 ... 200
100 ... 250
1.25 ... 11 In
1.25 ... 11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR B

1.5 ... 10xIR B
3VL37 20-1CH3@-....
3VL37 25-1CH3@-....
>
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400
2.400
2.400
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
113
113
5.900
5.900
3
6
VL400/3VL4
315
400
128 ... 315

160 ... 400
1.25 ... 11 In
1.25 ... 11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR B

1.5 ... 10xIR B
3VL47 31-1CH36-....
3VL47 40-1CH36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
VL630/3VL5
630
252 ... 630
1.25 ... 10 In
1.5 ... 9xIR B
3VL57 63-1CH36-....
1 unit
113
9.300
VL800/3VL6
800
320 ... 800
1.25 ... 8 In
1.5 ... 7xIR B
3VL67 80-1CH36-....
1 unit
113
16.000
VL1250/3VL7
1000
1250
400 ... 1000

500 ... 1250
1.25 ... 11 In
1.25 ... 11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR B

1.5 ... 10xIR B
3VL77 10-1CH36-....
3VL77 12-1CH36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
25.000
25.000
VL1600/3VL81)
1600
640 ... 1600
1.25 ... 9 In
1.5 ... 8xIR B
3VL87 16-1CH30-....
1 unit
113
31.300
1)

2/24
Siemens AG 2011

3-pole
DT
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
Basic price
per PU
DT
H
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.

Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
Basic price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
kg
B
B
B
3VL27 06-2CH3@-....
3VL27 10-2CH3@-....
3VL27 16-2CH3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400 B
2.400 B
2.400 B
3VL27 06-3CH3@-....
3VL27 10-3CH3@-....
3VL27 16-3CH3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400
2.400
2.400
B
B
3VL37 20-2CH3@-....
3VL37 25-2CH3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500 B
2.500 B
3VL37 20-3CH3@-....
3VL37 25-3CH3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
5.900
5.900
>
3
6
>
3
6
B
B
3VL47 31-2CH36-....
3VL47 40-2CH36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3VL57 63-2CH36-....
1 unit
3VL67 80-2CH36-....
1 unit
B
B
3VL77 10-2CH36-....
3VL77 12-2CH36-....
1
1
3VL87 16-2CH30-....
5.900 B
5.900 B
3VL47 31-3CH36-....
3VL47 40-3CH36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
9.300 B
3VL57 63-3CH36-....
1 unit
113
9.300
113
16.000 B
3VL67 80-3CH36-....
1 unit
113
16.000
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
25.000 B
25.000 B
3VL77 10-3CH36-....
3VL77 12-3CH36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
25.000
25.000
1 unit
113
31.300 B
3VL87 16-3CH30-....
1 unit
113
31.300
2/25
Siemens AG 2011

2

3-pole
Type
Rated
current
In

"L"
IR
Operating current of DT
the instantaneous
short-circuit releases
"I"
Ii
see "Overview"
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
For price
PU
see page (UNIT,
2/32 SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3-pole, fixed-mounted, for motor protection,

63 A to 500 A, electronic releases LI
NSE0_02081
L
.4 .4
.4
.4
X3
.10 .01
.09
.5 + .08
.4
IR
.6
.9
.8 .7
xI n
.02
.03
.04
.07
.06 .05
Ii
Alarm
11 1.25
1.5
10
xI n
>1.05
8
6
Active
3
5
NSE0_00943
ETU10M, LI function
With thermal image, with non-adjustable trip class tC = 10, with phase failure sensitivity 40 % IR
VL160/3VL2
63
25 ... 63
1.25 ... 11 In
B
3VL27 06-1@@3@-....
100
40 ... 100
1.25 ... 11 In
B
3VL27 10-1@@3@-....
B
3VL27 16-1@@3@-....
160
64 ... 160
1.25 ... 11 In
VL250/3VL3
200
250
80 ... 200
100 ... 250
1.25 ... 11 In
1.25 ... 11 In
B
B
3VL37 20-1@@3@-....
3VL37 25-1@@3@-....
>
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400
2.400
2.400
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
3
6
VL400/3VL4
315
125 ... 315
1.25 ... 11 In
3VL47 31-1@@36-....
1 unit
113
5.900
VL630/3VL5
500
200 ... 500
1.25 ... 12.5 In
3VL57 50-1@@36-....
1 unit
113
9.300
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400
2.400
2.400
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
>

SP
MP
NSE0_02082
.4 .4
.4
.4
X3
.09
.5 + .08
.4
IR
.6
.9
.8 .7
xI n
.10 .01 Ii =11x In 30 10 TC

.02
20 =6x
20
.03
.04
.07
.06 .05
Ii
10
30
Alarm
>1.05
In
Active
10
Test
30 20
Ii =8x In
NSE0_01419
ETU30M, LI function
With thermal image, with adjustable trip class tC = 10, 20, 30, with phase failure sensitivity 40 % IR
VL160/3VL2
63
25 ... 63
6/8/11 In
B
3VL27 06-1@@3@-....
B
3VL27 10-1@@3@-....
100
40 ... 100
6/8/11 In
160
64 ... 160
6/8/11 In
B
3VL27 16-1@@3@-....
VL250/3VL3
200
250
80 ... 200
100 ... 250
6/8/11 In
6/8/11 In
B
B
3VL37 20-1@@3@-....
3VL37 25-1@@3@-....
>
3
6
VL400/3VL4
315
125 ... 315
6/8/11 In
3VL47 31-1@@36-....
1 unit
113
5.900
VL630/3VL5
500
200 ... 500
6/8/12.5 In
3VL57 50-1@@36-....
1 unit
113
9.300
>

SS
MS
Marine engineering-certified LRS, DNV and GL (not communication-ready) LS
Communication:
2/26
Siemens AG 2011

3-pole
DT
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
DT
H
For price
see page
2/32
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.

Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
For price
see page
2/32
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
kg
B
B
B
3VL27 06-2@@3@-....
3VL27 10-2@@3@-....
3VL27 16-2@@3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400 B
2.400 B
2.400 B
3VL27 06-3@@3@-....
3VL27 10-3@@3@-....
3VL27 16-3@@3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400
2.400
2.400
B
B
3VL37 20-2@@3@-....
3VL37 25-2@@3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500 B
2.500 B
3VL37 20-3@@3@-....
3VL37 25-3@@3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
>
>
3
6
3
6
3VL47 31-2@@36-....
1 unit
113
5.900 B
3VL47 31-3@@36-....
1 unit
113
5.900
3VL57 50-2@@36-....
1 unit
113
9.300 B
3VL57 50-3@@36-....
1 unit
113
9.300
>
SP
MP
>
SP
MP
B
B
B
3VL27 06-2@@3@-....
3VL27 10-2@@3@-....
3VL27 16-2@@3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400 B
2.400 B
2.400 B
3VL27 06-3@@3@-....
3VL27 10-3@@3@-....
3VL27 16-3@@3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400
2.400
2.400
B
B
3VL37 20-2@@3@-....
3VL37 25-2@@3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500 B
2.500 B
3VL37 20-3@@3@-....
3VL37 25-3@@3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
>
>
3
6
3
6
3VL47 31-2@@36-....
1 unit
113
5.900 B
3VL47 31-3@@36-....
1 unit
113
5.900
3VL57 50-2@@36-....
1 unit
113
9.300 B
3VL57 50-3@@36-....
1 unit
113
9.300
>
SS
MS
LS
>
SS
MS
LS
2/27
Siemens AG 2011

2

3-pole
Type
Rated
current
In

"L"
IR
the instantaneous
"I"
Ii
see "Overview"
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
Basic price
per PU
N
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3-pole, fixed-mounted, for motor protection,

NSE-00547a
L
ESC
L1=178; L2=181
L3=179; N=0
NSE0_01419
CAT.A
n=250
25 CL
A~
LCD-ETU40M, LI function
With thermal image, with adjustable trip class tC = 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, phase failure sensitivity adjustable in steps 5 ... 50 % IR
B
3VL27 06-1CP3@-....
VL160/3VL2
63
25 ... 63
1.25 ... 11 In
B
3VL27 10-1CP3@-....
100
40 ... 100
1.25 ... 11 In
160
64 ... 160
1.25 ... 11 In
B
3VL27 16-1CP3@-....
VL250/3VL3
200
250
80 ... 200
100 ... 250
1.25 ... 11 In
1.25 ... 11 In
B
B
3VL37 20-1CP3@-....
3VL37 25-1CP3@-....
>
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400
2.400
2.400
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
3
6
VL400/3VL4
315
128 ... 315
1.25 ... 11 In
3VL47 31-1CP36-....
1 unit
113
5.900
VL630/3VL5
500
250 ... 500
1.25 ... 11 In
3VL57 50-1CP36-....
1 unit
113
9.300
2/28
Siemens AG 2011

3-pole
DT
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
Basic price
per PU
DT
H
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.

Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
Basic price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
kg
B
B
B
3VL27 06-2CP3@-....
3VL27 10-2CP3@-....
3VL27 16-2CP3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400 B
2.400 B
2.400 B
3VL27 06-3CP3@-....
3VL27 10-3CP3@-....
3VL27 16-3CP3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.400
2.400
2.400
B
B
3VL37 20-2CP3@-....
3VL37 25-2CP3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500 B
2.500 B
3VL37 20-3CP3@-....
3VL37 25-3CP3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
>
3
6
>
3
6
3VL47 31-2CP36-....
1 unit
113
5.900 B
3VL47 31-3CP36-....
1 unit
113
5.900
3VL57 50-2CP36-....
1 unit
113
9.300 B
3VL57 50-3CP36-....
1 unit
113
9.300
2/29
Siemens AG 2011

2

3-pole
Type
Rated current
In
the instantaneous
"I"
Ii
see "Overview"
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
Basic price
per PU
N
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3-pole, fixed-mounted, for starter protection,

63 A to 500 A, magnetic releases I
NSE0_01540a
I6 DK
i
n =160 A
i
CAT.A
1250
2500
NSE0_00707
2
Starter protection, M, I function

Without overcurrent release, with adjustable short-circuit release
VL160/3VL2
63
450 ... 900
100
750 ... 1500
160
1250 ... 2500
B
B
B
3VL27 06-1DK3@-....
3VL27 10-1DK3@-....
3VL27 16-1DK3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.200
2.200
2.200
VL250/3VL3
3VL37 25-1DK3@-....
1 unit
113
2.300
250
1750 ... 3500
Connection type can be selected by assignment of the 12th position of the Order No. >
3
6
VL400/3VL4
200
250
315
1250 ... 2500

2000 ... 4000
2000 ... 4000
B
B
B
3VL47 20-1DK36-....
3VL47 25-1DK36-....
3VL47 31-1DK36-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
5.700
5.700
5.700
VL630/3VL5
315
500
2000 ... 4000

3250 ... 6300
B
B
3VL57 31-1DK36-....
3VL57 50-1DK36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
9.000
9.000
Without overcurrent release, with non-adjustable short-circuit release (for intrinsic protection only)
3VL17 10-1DE3@-....
VL160X/3VL1
100
1800
B
160
1800
B
3VL17 16-1DE3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.000
2.000
3-pole, fixed-mounted, for safe disconnection,

NSE0_00708
Non-automatic molded case circuit breakers1), I function
VL160/3VL2
100
160
2500
2500
B
B
3VL27 10-1DE3@-....
3VL27 16-1DE3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.200
2.200
VL250/3VL3
250
3500
3VL37 25-1DE3@-....
1 unit
113
2.300
5.700
Connection type can be selected by assignment of the 12th position of the Order
Connection with screw terminal not in conjunction with RCD module at 3VL1
>
3
6
VL400/3VL4
400
4000
3VL47 40-1DE36-....
1 unit
113
VL630/3VL5
630
6300
3VL57 63-1DE36-....
1 unit
113
9.000
VL800/3VL6
800
6500
3VL67 80-1DE36-....
1 unit
113
15.700
VL1250/3VL7
1250
12000
3VL77 12-1DE36-....
1 unit
113
23.500
VL1600/3VL82)
1600
14400
3VL87 16-1DE30-....
1 unit
113
29.800
For further versions, including for short-circuit and

ground-fault protection, see pages 2/12 to 2/28.
1)
See also "Switch Disconnectors" chapter. 3K. switch disconnectors are

also available with rear-mounting operating mechanism and leading contacts.
2)

2/30
Siemens AG 2011

3-pole
DT
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
Basic price
per PU
DT
H
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.

Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
Basic price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
kg
B
B
B
3VL27 06-2DK3@-....
3VL27 10-2DK3@-....
3VL27 16-2DK3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.200 B
2.200 B
2.200 B
3VL27 06-3DK3@-....
3VL27 10-3DK3@-....
3VL27 16-3DK3@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
2.200
2.200
2.200
3VL37 25-2DK3@-....
1 unit
113
2.300 B
3VL37 25-3DK3@-....
1 unit
113
2.300
>
>
3
6
3
6
B
B
B
3VL47 20-2DK36-....
3VL47 25-2DK36-....
3VL47 31-2DK36-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
5.700 B
5.700 B
5.700 B
3VL47 20-3DK36-....
3VL47 25-3DK36-....
3VL47 31-3DK36-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
5.700
5.700
5.700
B
B
3VL57 31-2DK36-....
3VL57 50-2DK36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
9.000 B
9.000 B
3VL57 31-3DK36-....
3VL57 50-3DK36-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
9.000
9.000
B
B
3VL17 10-2DE3@-....
3VL17 16-2DE3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.000
2.000
---
B
B
3VL27 10-2DE3@-....
3VL27 16-2DE3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.200 B
2.200 B
3VL27 10-3DE3@-....
3VL27 16-3DE3@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.200
2.200
3VL37 25-2DE3@-....
1 unit
113
2.300 B
3VL37 25-3DE3@-....
1 unit
113
2.300
5.700
>
3
6
>
3
6
3VL47 40-2DE36-....
1 unit
113
5.700 B
3VL47 40-3DE36-....
1 unit
113
3VL57 63-2DE36-....
1 unit
113
9.000 B
3VL57 63-3DE36-....
1 unit
113
9.000
3VL67 80-2DE36-....
1 unit
113
15.700 B
3VL67 80-3DE36-....
1 unit
113
15.700
3VL77 12-2DE36-....
1 unit
113
23.500 B
3VL77 12-3DE36-....
1 unit
113
23.500
3VL87 16-2DE30-....
1 unit
113
29.800 B
3VL87 16-3DE30-....
1 unit
113
29.800
2/31
Siemens AG 2011

2

3-pole
Order No. supple- Switchment (for complete ing
capacity
Order No., see
pages 2/12 to 2/28)
3VL.7 ..-. @@3.-....
Type
VL160
3VL2
Releases
63 A
VL250
3VL3
VL400
3VL4
VL630
3VL5
VL800
3VL6
VL1250
3VL7
800 A
1000 A
VL1600
3VL8
Rated current In
100 A
160 A
200 A
250 A
315 A
400 A
500 A
630 A
1250 A
1600 A
Price
ETU10
ETU10
ETU10
ETU12
ETU12
ETU12
ETU12
ETU20
ETU20
ETU20
ETU22
ETU22
ETU42
ETU42
ETU22
ETU22
ETU40
SB
MB
LB
SL
ML
SF
MF
SE
ME
LE
SG
MG
CL
CM
SH
MH
CH
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
Available
-- Not available
2/32
Siemens AG 2011

3-pole
Order No. supple- Switchment (for complete ing
capacity
Order No., see
pages 2/12 to 2/28)
3VL.7 ..-. @@3.-....
Type
VL160
3VL2
Releases
63 A
VL250
3VL3
VL400
3VL4
VL630
3VL5
VL800
3VL6
VL1250
3VL7
VL1600
3VL8
630 A
800 A
1000 A
1250 A
1600 A
Rated current In
100 A
160 A
200 A
250 A
315 A
400 A
500 A
Price
ETU10M S P
ETU10M M P
ETU30M S S
ETU30M M S
ETU30M L S
ETU40M C P
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
Available
-- Not available
2/33
Siemens AG 2011

2

4-pole

Type
Rated
current
In

"L"
IR

**
instantaneous
Ii

See "Overview".
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
Basic price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
N
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

NSE0_00539a
OFF
TM ~
=
50 C
CAT.A
63A
NSE0_00695

With non-adjustable thermal overcurrent releases, non-adjustable short-circuit releases,
without overcurrent and short-circuit release in 4th pole (N)
3VL17 96-1EH4@-....
VL160X/3VL1
16
16
300
B
3VL17 02-1EH4@-....
20
20
300
B
25
25
300
B
3VL17 25-1EH4@-....
3VL17 03-1EH4@-....
32
32
300
B
3VL17 04-1EH4@-....
40
40
600
B
50
50
600
B
3VL17 05-1EH4@-....
3VL17 06-1EH4@-....
63
63
600
B
3VL17 08-1EH4@-....
80
80
1000
B
100
100
1000
B
3VL17 10-1EH4@-....
3VL17 12-1EH4@-....
125
125
1000
B
3VL17 16-1EH4@-....
160
160
1500
B
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
2.300
2.300
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
3VL27 05-1EJ4@-....
3VL27 06-1EJ4@-....
3VL27 08-1EJ4@-....
3VL27 10-1EJ4@-....
3VL27 12-1EJ4@-....
3VL27 16-1EJ4@-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
113
113
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3VL37 20-1EJ4@-....
3VL37 25-1EJ4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.200
3.200
>
3
6
NSE0_-00541a
I
Ii
I n =160A
I
7
6
5
16 DC
1.0
50 C
9 xI
n
I I
R i
~
TM = CAT.A
10
xI n
.8
NSE0_00704

With adjustable thermal overcurrent releases, adjustable short-circuit releases,
VL160/3VL2
50
40 ... 50
300 ... 600
B
63
50 ... 63
300 ... 600
B
80
63 ... 80
400 ... 800
B
100
80 ... 100
500 ... 1000
B
125
100 ... 125
625 ... 1250
B
160
125 ... 160
800 ... 1600
B
VL250/3VL3
200
250
160 ... 200

200 ... 250
1000 ... 2000

1250 ... 2500
B
B
>
3
6
VL400/3VL4
200
250
315
400
160 ... 200

200 ... 250
250 ... 315
320 ... 400
1000 ... 2000

1250 ... 2500
1575 ... 3150
2000 ... 4000
B
B
B
B
3VL47 20-1EJ46-....
3VL47 25-1EJ46-....
3VL47 31-1EJ46-....
3VL47 40-1EJ46-....
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
7.400
7.400
7.400
7.400
VL630/3VL5
315
400
500
630
250 ... 315

320 ... 400
400 ... 500
500 ... 630
1575 ... 3150

2000 ... 4000
2500 ... 5000
3150 ... 6300
B
B
B
B
3VL57 31-1EJ46-....
3VL57 40-1EJ46-....
3VL57 50-1EJ46-....
3VL57 63-1EJ46-....
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
11.200
11.200
11.200
11.200
2/34
Siemens AG 2011

4-pole
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
3VL17 96-2EH4@-....
3VL17 02-2EH4@-....
3VL17 25-2EH4@-....
3VL17 03-2EH4@-....
3VL17 04-2EH4@-....
3VL17 05-2EH4@-....
3VL17 06-2EH4@-....
3VL17 08-2EH4@-....
3VL17 10-2EH4@-....
3VL17 12-2EH4@-....
3VL17 16-2EH4@-....
>
Basic price
per PU
DT
**
H
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
kg
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
2.300
2.300
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500

Basic price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
------------
3
6
B
B
B
B
B
B
3VL27 05-2EJ4@-....
3VL27 06-2EJ4@-....
3VL27 08-2EJ4@-....
3VL27 10-2EJ4@-....
3VL27 12-2EJ4@-....
3VL27 16-2EJ4@-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
113
113
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
B
B
B
B
B
B
3VL27 05-3EJ4@-....
3VL27 06-3EJ4@-....
3VL27 08-3EJ4@-....
3VL27 10-3EJ4@-....
3VL27 12-3EJ4@-....
3VL27 16-3EJ4@-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
113
113
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
B
B
3VL37 20-2EJ4@-....
3VL37 25-2EJ4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.200 B
3.200 B
3VL37 20-3EJ4@-....
3VL37 25-3EJ4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.200
3.200
>
>
3
6
3
6
B
B
B
B
3VL47 20-2EJ46-....
3VL47 25-2EJ46-....
3VL47 31-2EJ46-....
3VL47 40-2EJ46-....
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
7.400
7.400
7.400
7.400
B
B
B
B
3VL47 20-3EJ46-....
3VL47 25-3EJ46-....
3VL47 31-3EJ46-....
3VL47 40-3EJ46-....
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
7.400
7.400
7.400
7.400
B
B
B
B
3VL57 31-2EJ46-....
3VL57 40-2EJ46-....
3VL57 50-2EJ46-....
3VL57 63-2EJ46-....
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
11.200
11.200
11.200
11.200
B
B
B
B
3VL57 31-3EJ46-....
3VL57 40-3EJ46-....
3VL57 50-3EJ46-....
3VL57 63-3EJ46-....
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
11.200
11.200
11.200
11.200
2/35
Siemens AG 2011

2

4-pole
Type
Rated
current
In

"L"
IR

**
instantaneous
Ii

See "Overview".
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
Basic price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
N
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

thermal-magnetic releases LIN
NSE0_00539a
OFF
TM ~
=
50 C
CAT.A
63A
NSE0_00695
System protection, TM, LIN function

with "N" overcurrent and short-circuit release
N protection = 100 %
3VL17 96-1EA4@-....
VL160X/3VL1
16
16
300
B
3VL17 02-1EA4@-....
20
20
300
B
25
25
300
B
3VL17 25-1EA4@-....
3VL17 03-1EA4@-....
32
32
300
B
3VL17 04-1EA4@-....
40
40
600
B
50
50
600
B
3VL17 05-1EA4@-....
63
80
100
125
160
63
80
100
125
160
600
1000
1000
1000
1500
B
B
B
B
B
3VL17 06-1EA4@-....
3VL17 08-1EA4@-....
3VL17 10-1EA4@-....
3VL17 12-1EL4@-....
3VL17 16-1EL4@-....
>
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
113
113
2.300
2.300
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
113
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
3
6
NSE0_00539a
OFF
TM ~
=
50 C
CAT.A
63A
NSE0_00695

N protection = 60 %
3VL17 12-1EA4@-....
VL160X/3VL1
125
125
1000
B
3VL17 16-1EA4@-....
160
160
1500
B
>
3
6
2/36
Siemens AG 2011

4-pole
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
DT
**
H
Basic price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
B
B
B
B
B
B
3VL17 96-2EA4@-....
3VL17 02-2EA4@-....
3VL17 25-2EA4@-....
3VL17 03-2EA4@-....
3VL17 04-2EA4@-....
3VL17 05-2EA4@-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
113
113
2.300
2.300
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
-------
B
B
B
B
B
3VL17 06-2EA4@-....
3VL17 08-2EA4@-....
3VL17 10-2EA4@-....
3VL17 12-2EL4@-....
3VL17 16-2EL4@-....
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
113
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
2.500
------
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
---
>
Basic price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3
6
B
B
3VL17 12-2EA4@-....
3VL17 16-2EA4@-....
>
3
6
2/37
Siemens AG 2011

2

4-pole
Type
Rated
current
In

"L"
IR

instantaneous
Ii

See "Overview".
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
Basic price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
N
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

thermal-magnetic releases LIN
NSE0_-00541a
I
Ii
I n =160A
50 C
9 xI
n
16 DC
1.0
I I
R i
~
TM = CAT.A
xI n
10
.8
NSE0_00691

N protection = 100 %
VL160/3VL2
50
40 ... 50
300 ... 600
B
63
50 ... 63
300 ... 600
B
80
63 ... 80
400 ... 800
B
100
80 ... 100
500 ... 1000
B
125
100 ... 125
625 ... 1250
B
160
125 ... 160
800 ... 1600
B
VL250/3VL3
200
250
160 ... 200

200 ... 250
1000 ... 2000

1250 ... 2500
B
B
3VL27 05-1EM4@-....
3VL27 06-1EM4@-....
3VL27 08-1EM4@-....
3VL27 10-1EM4@-....
3VL27 12-1EM4@-....
3VL27 16-1EM4@-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
113
113
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3VL37 20-1EM4@-....
3VL37 25-1EM4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.200
3.200
>
3
6
VL400/3VL4
200
250
315
400
160 ... 200

200 ... 250
250 ... 315
320 ... 400
1000 ... 2000

1250 ... 2500
1575 ... 3150
2000 ... 4000
B
B
B
B
3VL47 20-1EM46-....
3VL47 25-1EM46-....
3VL47 31-1EM46-....
3VL47 40-1EM46-....
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
7.400
7.400
7.400
7.400
VL630/3VL5
315
400
500
630
250 ... 315

320 ... 400
400 ... 500
500 ... 630
1575 ... 3150

2000 ... 4000
2500 ... 5000
3150 ... 6300
B
B
B
B
3VL57 31-1EM46-....
3VL57 40-1EM46-....
3VL57 50-1EM46-....
3VL57 63-1EM46-....
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
11.200
11.200
11.200
11.200

N protection = 60 %
VL160/3VL2
125
100 ... 125
625 ... 1250
B
160
125 ... 160
800 ... 1600
B
3VL27 12-1EC4@-....
3VL27 16-1EC4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.000
3.000
3VL37 20-1EC4@-....
3VL37 25-1EC4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.200
3.200
NSE0_-00541a
I
Ii
I n =160A
7
6
16 DC
1.0
50 C
9 xI
n
I I
R i
~
TM = CAT.A
10
xI n
.8
NSE0_00691
VL250/3VL3
200
250
160 ... 200

200 ... 250
1000 ... 2000

1250 ... 2500
B
B
>
3
6
VL400/3VL4
200
250
315
400
160 ... 200

200 ... 250
250 ... 315
320 ... 400
1000 ... 2000

1250 ... 2500
1575 ... 3150
2000 ... 4000
B
B
B
B
3VL47 20-1EC46-....
3VL47 25-1EC46-....
3VL47 31-1EC46-....
3VL47 40-1EC46-....
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
7.400
7.400
7.400
7.400
VL630/3VL5
315
400
500
630
250 ... 315

320 ... 400
400 ... 500
500 ... 630
1575 ... 3150

2000 ... 4000
2500 ... 5000
3150 ... 6300
B
B
B
B
3VL57 31-1EC46-....
3VL57 40-1EC46-....
3VL57 50-1EC46-....
3VL57 63-1EC46-....
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
11.200
11.200
11.200
11.200
2/38
Siemens AG 2011

4-pole
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
DT
H
Basic price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.

Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
kg
Basic price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
B
B
B
B
B
B
3VL27 05-2EM4@-....
3VL27 06-2EM4@-....
3VL27 08-2EM4@-....
3VL27 10-2EM4@-....
3VL27 12-2EM4@-....
3VL27 16-2EM4@-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
113
113
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
B
B
B
B
B
B
3VL27 05-3EM4@-....
3VL27 06-3EM4@-....
3VL27 08-3EM4@-....
3VL27 10-3EM4@-....
3VL27 12-3EM4@-....
3VL27 16-3EM4@-....
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
113
113
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
B
B
3VL37 20-2EM4@-....
3VL37 25-2EM4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.200 B
3.200 B
3VL37 20-3EM4@-....
3VL37 25-3EM4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.200
3.200
>
3
6
>
3
6
B
B
B
B
3VL47 20-2EM46-....
3VL47 25-2EM46-....
3VL47 31-2EM46-....
3VL47 40-2EM46-....
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
7.400
7.400
7.400
7.400
B
B
B
B
3VL47 20-3EM46-....
3VL47 25-3EM46-....
3VL47 31-3EM46-....
3VL47 40-3EM46-....
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
7.400
7.400
7.400
7.400
B
B
B
B
3VL57 31-2EM46-....
3VL57 40-2EM46-....
3VL57 50-2EM46-....
3VL57 63-2EM46-....
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
11.200
11.200
11.200
11.200
B
B
B
B
3VL57 31-3EM46-....
3VL57 40-3EM46-....
3VL57 50-3EM46-....
3VL57 63-3EM46-....
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
11.200
11.200
11.200
11.200
B
B
3VL27 12-2EC4@-....
3VL27 16-2EC4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.000 B
3.000 B
3VL27 12-3EC4@-....
3VL27 16-3EC4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.000
3.000
B
B
3VL37 20-2EC4@-....
3VL37 25-2EC4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.200 B
3.200 B
3VL37 20-3EC4@-....
3VL37 25-3EC4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.200
3.200
>
3
6
>
3
6
B
B
B
B
3VL47 20-2EC46-....
3VL47 25-2EC46-....
3VL47 31-2EC46-....
3VL47 40-2EC46-....
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
7.400
7.400
7.400
7.400
B
B
B
B
3VL47 20-3EC46-....
3VL47 25-3EC46-....
3VL47 31-3EC46-....
3VL47 40-3EC46-....
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
7.400
7.400
7.400
7.400
B
B
B
B
3VL57 31-2EC46-....
3VL57 40-2EC46-....
3VL57 50-2EC46-....
3VL57 63-2EC46-....
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
11.200
11.200
11.200
11.200
B
B
B
B
3VL57 31-3EC46-....
3VL57 40-3EC46-....
3VL57 50-3EC46-....
3VL57 63-3EC46-....
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
11.200
11.200
11.200
11.200
2/39
Siemens AG 2011

2

4-pole
Type
Rated
current
In

"L"
IR
the instantaneous
"I"
Ii
see "Overview"
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
For price
PU
see page (UNIT,
2/54 SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
4-pole, fixed-mounted, for system protection,

NSE0_02119
I R 1.0 .4
.95
.45
.9
X3
.5
.8
.6
x I n .7 .63
t R (S) 30 2.5
25
Ii
10
20
17
14 10
Alarm
>1.05
11 1.25
1.5
2
8
6
xI n 5
Active
3
4
NSE0_00691
ETU10, LI function
VL160/3VL2
63
25 ... 63
1.25 ... 11 In
100
40 ... 100
1.25 ... 11 In
160
64 ... 160
1.25 ... 11 In
VL250/3VL3
200
250
80 ... 200
100 ... 250
1.25 ... 11 In
1.25 ... 11 In
B
B
B
3VL27 06-1@@4@-....
3VL27 10-1@@4@-....
3VL27 16-1@@4@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
3.100
3.100
3.100
B
B
3VL37 20-1@@4@-....
3VL37 25-1@@4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.300
3.300
>
3
6
VL400/3VL4
315
400
128 ... 315

160 ... 400
1.25 ... 11 In
1.25 ... 11 In
B
B
3VL47 31-1@@46-....
3VL47 40-1@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
7.600
7.600
VL630/3VL5
630
252 ... 630
1.25 ... 10 In
3VL57 63-1@@46-....
1 unit
113
11.700
VL800/3VL6
800
320 ... 800
1.25 ... 8 In
3VL67 80-1@@46-....
1 unit
113
20.500
VL1250/3VL7
1000
1250
400 ... 1000

500 ... 1250
1.25 ... 11 In
1.25 ... 11 In
B
B
3VL77 10-1@@46-....
3VL77 12-1@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
33.500
33.500
VL1600/3VL81)
1600
640 ... 1600
1.25 ... 9 In
3VL87 16-1@@40-....
1 unit
113
40.800
>

TB
NB
4-pole, fixed-mounted, for system protection,

63 A to 1600 A, electronic releases LIN
NSE0_02077
I R 1.0 .4
.95
L
X3
.45
.9
.5
.8
.6
x I n .7 .63
t R (S) 30 2.5
25
4
6
20
17
14 10
Ii
11 1.25
1.5
10
Alarm
>1.05
8
6
xI n 5
IN
3
4
IN
100%
IN
Active
50%
NSE0_00691
ETU10, LIN function

with overcurrent and short-circuit release in 4th pole (N)
N protection = 50/100 %
VL160/3VL2
63
25 ... 63
1.25 ... 11 In
100
40 ... 100
1.25 ... 11 In
160
64 ... 160
1.25 ... 11 In
VL250/3VL3
200
250
80 ... 200
100 ... 250
1.25 ... 11 In
1.25 ... 11 In
B
B
B
3VL27 06-1@@4@-....
3VL27 10-1@@4@-....
3VL27 16-1@@4@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
3.100
3.100
3.100
B
B
3VL37 20-1@@4@-....
3VL37 25-1@@4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.300
3.300
>
3
6
VL400/3VL4
315
400
128 ... 315

160 ... 400
1.25 ... 11 In
1.25 ... 11 In
B
B
3VL47 31-1@@46-....
3VL47 40-1@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
7.600
7.600
VL630/3VL5
630
252 ... 630
1.25 ... 10 In
3VL57 63-1@@46-....
1 unit
113
11.700
VL800/3VL6
800
320 ... 800
1.25 ... 8 In
3VL67 80-1@@46-....
1 unit
113
20.500
VL1250/3VL7
1000
1250
400 ... 1000

500 ... 1250
1.25 ... 11 In
1.25 ... 11 In
B
B
3VL77 10-1@@46-....
3VL77 12-1@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
33.500
33.500
VL1600/3VL81)
1600
640 ... 1600
1.25 ... 9 In
3VL87 16-1@@40-....
1 unit
113
40.800
1)
>

TA
NA
Marine engineering-certified LRS, DNV and GL (not communication-ready) LA
Front busbar connection pieces are included in the scope of supply and
are to be fitted by the customer.
2/40
Siemens AG 2011

4-pole
DT
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
DT
H
For price
see page
2/54
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.

Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
For price
see page
2/54
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
kg
B
B
B
3VL27 06-2@@4@-....
3VL27 10-2@@4@-....
3VL27 16-2@@4@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
3.100 B
3.100 B
3.100 B
3VL27 06-3@@4@-....
3VL27 10-3@@4@-....
3VL27 16-3@@4@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
3.100
3.100
3.100
B
B
3VL37 20-2@@4@-....
3VL37 25-2@@4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.300 B
3.300 B
3VL37 20-3@@4@-....
3VL37 25-3@@4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.300
3.300
>
>
3
6
3
6
B
B
3VL47 31-2@@46-....
3VL47 40-2@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
7.600 B
7.600 B
3VL47 31-3@@46-....
3VL47 40-3@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
7.600
7.600
3VL57 63-2@@46-....
1 unit
113
11.700 B
3VL57 63-3@@46-....
1 unit
113
11.700
3VL67 80-2@@46-....
1 unit
113
20.500 B
3VL67 80-3@@46-....
1 unit
113
20.500
B
B
3VL77 10-2@@46-....
3VL77 12-2@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
33.500 B
33.500 B
3VL77 10-3@@46-....
3VL77 12-3@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
33.500
33.500
3VL87 16-2@@40-....
1 unit
113
40.800 B
3VL87 16-3@@40-....
1 unit
113
40.800
>
TB
NB
>
TB
NB
B
B
B
3VL27 06-2@@4@-....
3VL27 10-2@@4@-....
3VL27 16-2@@4@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
3.100 B
3.100 B
3.100 B
3VL27 06-3@@4@-....
3VL27 10-3@@4@-....
3VL27 16-3@@4@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
3.100
3.100
3.100
B
B
3VL37 20-2@@4@-....
3VL37 25-2@@4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.300 B
3.300 B
3VL37 20-3@@4@-....
3VL37 25-3@@4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.300
3.300
>
>
3
6
3
6
B
B
3VL47 31-2@@46-....
3VL47 40-2@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
7.600 B
7.600 B
3VL47 31-3@@46-....
3VL47 40-3@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
7.600
7.600
3VL57 63-2@@46-....
1 unit
113
11.700 B
3VL57 63-3@@46-....
1 unit
113
11.700
3VL67 80-2@@46-....
1 unit
113
20.500 B
3VL67 80-3@@46-....
1 unit
113
20.500
B
B
3VL77 10-2@@46-....
3VL77 12-2@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
33.500 B
33.500 B
3VL77 10-3@@46-....
3VL77 12-3@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
33.500
33.500
3VL87 16-2@@40-....
1 unit
113
40.800 B
3VL87 16-3@@40-....
1 unit
113
40.800
>
TA
NA
LA
Communication:
>
TA
NA
LA
For more information see also chapters "Measuring Devices and

E-Counters" and "Software".
2/41
Siemens AG 2011

2

4-pole
Type
Rated Current
current setting of the
In
inverse-time
delayed
overcurrent
releases "L"
IR
Operating
current of the
instantaneous
short-circuit
releases "I"
Ii
Ground-fault
protection "G"
Ig
DT

See "Overview".
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
For price
PU
see page (UNIT,
2/54 SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
N
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

electronic releases LING
NSE0_02079
I R 1.0 .4
.95
L
I
.45
.9
X3
.8
x I n .7 .63
.5
.6
t R (S) 30 2.5
25
4
6
20
17
14 10
Alarm
Ig I t g OFF .6/.1
11 1.25
>1.05
1.5
10
1/.3
1/.1
.6/.3
2 .6/.3
8
Active
1/.3
6
3 I 1/.1
IN
N
OFF 50%
xI n 5 4
100% .6/.1
Ii
NSE0_00693
ETU12, LING function for 4-wire three-phase systems

vectorial summation current, ground-fault delay tg = 0.1 ... 0.3 s, ground-fault protection (G) can be switched off
with overcurrent and short-circuit release in 4th pole (N), N protection = 50/100 %
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL27 06-1@@4@-....
VL160/3VL2
63
25 ... 63
1.25 ... 11 In
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL27 10-1@@4@-....
100
40 ... 100
1.25 ... 11 In
160
64 ... 160
1.25 ... 11 In
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL27 16-1@@4@-....
VL250/3VL3
200
250
80 ... 200
100 ... 250
1.25 ... 11 In
1.25 ... 11 In
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF

0.6 ... 1 In, OFF
B
B
3VL37 20-1@@4@-....
3VL37 25-1@@4@-....
>
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
3.100
3.100
3.100
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.300
3.300
3
6
VL400/3VL4
315
400
128 ... 315

160 ... 400
1.25 ... 11 In
1.25 ... 11 In
VL630/3VL5
630
252 ... 630
VL800/3VL6
800
320 ... 800
VL1250/3VL7
1000
1250
VL1600/3VL81)
1600
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B

0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL47 31-1@@46-....
3VL47 40-1@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
7.600
7.600
1.25 ... 10 In
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF
3VL57 63-1@@46-....
1 unit
113
11.700
1.25 ... 8 In
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF
3VL67 80-1@@46-....
1 unit
113
20.500
400 ... 1000

500 ... 1250
1.25 ... 11 In
1.25 ... 11 In
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF

0.6 ... 1 In, OFF
B
B
3VL77 10-1@@46-....
3VL77 12-1@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
33.500
33.500
640 ... 1600
1.25 ... 9 In
0.6 ... 1 In, OFF
3VL87 16-1@@40-....
1 unit
113
40.800

1)
>
TN
NN

Communication:
2/42
Siemens AG 2011

4-pole
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
DT
H
For price
PU
see page (UNIT,
2/54 SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.

Order No.
kg

required,
see page 2/57
For price
PU
see page (UNIT,
2/54 SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
B
B
B
3VL27 06-2@@4@-....
3VL27 10-2@@4@-....
3VL27 16-2@@4@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
3.100 B
3.100 B
3.100 B
3VL27 06-3@@4@-....
3VL27 10-3@@4@-....
3VL27 16-3@@4@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
3.100
3.100
3.100
B
B
3VL37 20-2@@4@-....
3VL37 25-2@@4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.300 B
3.300 B
3VL37 20-3@@4@-....
3VL37 25-3@@4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.300
3.300
>
>
3
6
3
6
B
B
3VL47 31-2@@46-....
3VL47 40-2@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
7.600 B
7.600 B
3VL47 31-3@@46-....
3VL47 40-3@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
7.600
7.600
3VL57 63-2@@46-....
1 unit
113
11.700 B
3VL57 63-3@@46-....
1 unit
113
11.700
3VL67 80-2@@46-....
1 unit
113
20.500 B
3VL67 80-3@@46-....
1 unit
113
20.500
B
B
3VL77 10-2@@46-....
3VL77 12-2@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
33.500 B
33.500 B
3VL77 10-3@@46-....
3VL77 12-3@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
33.500
33.500
3VL87 16-2@@40-....
1 unit
113
40.800 B
3VL87 16-3@@40-....
1 unit
113
40.800
>
TN
NN
>
TN
NN
2/43
Siemens AG 2011

2

4-pole
Type
Rated
current
In
Current setting of
the inverse-time
delayed overcurrent releases
"L"
IR
Operating current
of the instantaneous short-circuit
releases "I"
Ii
S function short- DT
circuit protection
(short-time
delayed)
S
see "Overview"
Order No.
see page 2/57
Basic price
per PU
N
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

63 A to 1600 A, electronic releases LI, LSI, LIN, LSIN
NSE-00547a
L
ESC
L1=178; L2=181
L3=179; N=0
NSE0_00696
CAT.A
n=250
25 CL
A~
LCD-ETU40, LI/LSI/LIN/LSIN function selectable

short-circuit delay tsd = 0 ... 0.5 s
with overcurrent and short-circuit release in 4th pole (N), N protection = 50 ... 100 %, OFF
25 ... 63
1.25 ... 11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR
B
3VL27 06-1CJ4@-....
VL160/3VL2
632)
1002)
40 ... 100
1.25 ... 11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR
B
3VL27 10-1CJ4@-....
1.5 ... 10xIR
B
3VL27 16-1CJ4@-....
160
64 ... 160
1.25 ... 11 In
VL250/3VL3
200
250
80 ... 200
100 ... 250
1.25 ... 11 In
1.25 ... 11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR

1.5 ... 10xIR
B
B
3VL37 20-1CJ4@-....
3VL37 25-1CJ4@-....
VL400/3VL4
315
400
128 ... 315

160 ... 400
>
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
3.100
3.100
3.100
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.300
3.300
3
6
1.25 ... 11 In
1.25 ... 11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR

1.5 ... 10xIR
B
B
3VL47 31-1CJ46-....
3VL47 40-1CJ46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
7.600
7.600
VL630/3VL5
630
252 ... 630
1.25 ... 10 In
1.5 ... 9xIR
3VL57 63-1CJ46-....
1 unit
113
11.700
VL800/3VL6
800
320 ... 800
1.25 ... 8 In
1.5 ... 7xIR
3VL67 80-1CJ46-....
1 unit
113
20.500
VL1250/3VL7
1000
1250
400 ... 1000

500 ... 1250
1.25 ... 11 In
1.25 ... 11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR

1.5 ... 10xIR
B
B
3VL77 10-1CJ46-....
3VL77 12-1CJ46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
33.500
33.500
1600
640 ... 1600
1.25 ... 9 In
1.5 ... 8xIR
3VL87 16-1CJ40-....
1 unit
113
40.800
VL1600/3VL8
1)
1)

2)
N = 100 % protection for In 100 A.
2/44
Siemens AG 2011

4-pole
DT
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
Basic price
per PU
DT
H
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.

Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
Basic price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
kg
B
B
B
3VL27 06-2CJ4@-....
3VL27 10-2CJ4@-....
3VL27 16-2CJ4@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
3.100 B
3.100 B
3.100 B
3VL27 06-3CJ4@-....
3VL27 10-3CJ4@-....
3VL27 16-3CJ4@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
3.100
3.100
3.100
B
B
3VL37 20-2CJ4@-....
3VL37 25-2CJ4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.300 B
3.300 B
3VL37 20-3CJ4@-....
3VL37 25-3CJ4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.300
3.300
>
3
6
>
3
6
B
B
3VL47 31-2CJ46-....
3VL47 40-2CJ46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
7.600 B
7.600 B
3VL47 31-3CJ46-....
3VL47 40-3CJ46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
7.600
7.600
3VL57 63-2CJ46-....
1 unit
113
11.700 B
3VL57 63-3CJ46-....
1 unit
113
11.700
3VL67 80-2CJ46-....
1 unit
113
20.500 B
3VL67 80-3CJ46-....
1 unit
113
20.500
B
B
3VL77 10-2CJ46-....
3VL77 12-2CJ46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
33.500 B
33.500 B
3VL77 10-3CJ46-....
3VL77 12-3CJ46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
33.500
33.500
3VL87 16-2CJ40-....
1 unit
113
40.800 B
3VL87 16-3CJ40-....
1 unit
113
40.800
2/45
Siemens AG 2011

2

4-pole
Type
Rated
current
In
Current
setting of the
inverse-time
delayed
overcurrent
releases
"L"
IR
Operating
current of the
instantaneous
short-circuit
releases "I" Ii
S function
shortcircuit
protection
(short-time
delayed)
S
Ground-fault DT
protection
"G"
Ig
see "Overview"
Order No.
see page 2/57
Basic price
per PU
N
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

63 A to 1600 A, electronic releases LSIG, LSING
NSE-00547a
L
ESC
L1=178; L2=181
S
I
L3=179; N=0
NSE0_00697
CAT.A
n=250
A~
25 CL
LCD-ETU42, LSIG/LSING function for 4-wire three-phase systems and time-based discrimination
Ground fault delay tg = 0.1 ... 0.5 s, short-circuit delay tsd = 0 ... 0.3 s
3VL27 06-1CN4@-....
VL160/3VL2
63
25 ... 63
1.25 ... 11 In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In B
100
40 ... 100
1.25 ... 11 In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In B
3VL27 10-1CN4@-....
3VL27 16-1CN4@-....
160
64 ... 160
1.25 ... 11 In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In B
VL250/3VL3
200
250
80 ... 200
100 ... 250
1.25 ... 11 In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In B

1.25 ... 11 In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In B
3VL37 20-1CN4@-....
3VL37 25-1CN4@-....
VL400/3VL4
315
400
128 ... 315

160 ... 400
>
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
3.100
3.100
3.100
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.300
3.300
3
6
1.25 ... 11 In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In B

1.25 ... 11 In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In B
3VL47 31-1CN46-....
3VL47 40-1CN46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
7.600
7.600
VL630/3VL5
630
252 ... 630
1.25 ... 10 In 1.5 ... 9xIR 0.4 ... 1 In B
3VL57 63-1CN46-....
1 unit
113
11.700
VL800/3VL6
800
320 ... 800
1.25 ... 8 In 1.5 ... 7xIR 0.4 ... 1 In B
3VL67 80-1CN46-....
1 unit
113
20.500
VL1250/3VL7
1000
1250
400 ... 1000

500 ... 1250
1.25 ... 11 In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In B

1.25 ... 11 In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 In B
3VL77 10-1CN46-....
3VL77 12-1CN46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
33.500
33.500
1600
640 ... 1600
1.25 ... 9 In 1.5 ... 8xIR 0.4 ... 1 In B
3VL87 16-1CN40-....
1 unit
113
40.800
VL1600/3VL8
1)
1)

2/46
Siemens AG 2011

4-pole
DT
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
Basic price
per PU
DT
H
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.

Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
Basic price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
kg
B
B
B
3VL27 06-2CN4@-....
3VL27 10-2CN4@-....
3VL27 16-2CN4@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
3.100 B
3.100 B
3.100 B
3VL27 06-3CN4@-....
3VL27 10-3CN4@-....
3VL27 16-3CN4@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
3.100
3.100
3.100
B
B
3VL37 20-2CN4@-....
3VL37 25-2CN4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.300 B
3.300 B
3VL37 20-3CN4@-....
3VL37 25-3CN4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.300
3.300
>
3
6
>
3
6
B
B
3VL47 31-2CN46-....
3VL47 40-2CN46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
7.600 B
7.600 B
3VL47 31-3CN46-....
3VL47 40-3CN46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
7.600
7.600
3VL57 63-2CN46-....
1 unit
113
11.700 B
3VL57 63-3CN46-....
1 unit
113
11.700
3VL67 80-2CN46-....
1 unit
113
20.500 B
3VL67 80-3CN46-....
1 unit
113
20.500
B
B
3VL77 10-2CN46-....
3VL77 12-2CN46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
33.500 B
33.500 B
3VL77 10-3CN46-....
3VL77 12-3CN46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
33.500
33.500
3VL87 16-2CN40-....
1 unit
113
40.800 B
3VL87 16-3CN40-....
1 unit
113
40.800
2/47
Siemens AG 2011

2

4-pole
Type
Rated
current
In
Current setting of
the inverse-time
delayed overcurrent releases
"L"
IR
Operating
current of the
instantaneous
short-circuit
releases "I"
Ii
S function DT
shortcircuit
protection
(short-time
delayed)
S
see "Overview"
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
For price
PU
see page (UNIT,
2/54 SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

63 A to 1600 A, electronic releases LSI
NSE0_02120
I R 1.0 .4
.95
.45
.9
X3
I sd
.5
10 1.5
8
t sd(S) .4 0
.3
.2
2.5
.2
6
5
Active
.3 I t
3 I t .1
4 x I R ON .5 .4 OFF
2
.8
.6
x I n .7 .63
Alarm
>1.05
.1
NSE0_00692
ETU20, LSI function for time-based discrimination

1.5 ... 10xIR B
3VL27 06-1@@4@-....
VL160/3VL2
63
25 ... 63
11 In
100
40 ... 100
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR B
3VL27 10-1@@4@-....
1.5 ... 10xIR B
3VL27 16-1@@4@-....
160
64 ... 160
11 In
VL250/3VL3
200
250
80 ... 200
100 ... 250
1.5 ... 10xIR B

1.5 ... 10xIR B
11 In
11 In
3VL37 20-1@@4@-....
3VL37 25-1@@4@-....
>
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
3.100
3.100
3.100
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.300
3.300
3
6
VL400/3VL4
315
400
128 ... 315

160 ... 400
11 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR B

1.5 ... 10xIR B
3VL47 31-1@@46-....
3VL47 40-1@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
7.600
7.600
VL630/3VL5
630
252 ... 630
10 In
1.5 ... 9xIR B
3VL57 63-1@@46-....
1 unit
113
11.700
VL800/3VL6
800
320 ... 800
8 In
1.5 ... 7xIR B
3VL67 80-1@@46-....
1 unit
113
20.500
VL1250/3VL7
1000
1250
400 ... 1000

500 ... 1250
11 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR B

1.5 ... 10xIR B
3VL77 10-1@@46-....
3VL77 12-1@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
33.500
33.500
VL1600/3VL81)
1600
640 ... 1600
9 In
1.5 ... 8xIR B
3VL87 16-1@@40-....
1 unit
113
40.800
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
3.100
3.100
3.100
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.300
3.300
>

TE
NE

63 A to 1600 A, electronic releases LSIN
NSE0_02078
I R 1.0 .4
.95
S
X3
.45
.9
.5
.8
.6
x I n .7 .63
I sd
10 1.5
8
7
6
5
t sd(S) .4 0
.3
.1
IN
.2
2.5 .2
2
2
.3 I t IN
3 I t .1
4 x I R ON .5 .4 OFF 100%
Alarm
>1.05
IN
Active
50%
NSE0_00692
ETU20, LSIN function for time-based discrimination

with overcurrent and short-circuit release in 4th pole (N), N protection = 50/100 %, OFF
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR B
3VL27 06-1@@4@-....
VL160/3VL2
63
0.4 ...1.0 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR B
3VL27 10-1@@4@-....
100
0.4 ...1.0 In
160
0.4 ...1.0 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR B
3VL27 16-1@@4@-....
VL250/3VL3
200
250
0.4 ...1.0 In
0.4 ...1.0 In
11 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR B

1.5 ... 10xIR B
3VL37 20-1@@4@-....
3VL37 25-1@@4@-....
>
3
6
VL400/3VL4
315
400
0.4 ...1.0 In
0.4 ...1.0 In
11 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR B

1.5 ... 10xIR B
3VL47 31-1@@46-....
3VL47 40-1@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
7.600
7.600
VL630/3VL5
630
0.4 ...1.0 In
10 In
1.5 ... 9xIR B
3VL57 63-1@@46-....
1 unit
113
11.700
VL800/3VL6
800
0.4 ...1.0 In
8 In
1.5 ... 7xIR B
3VL67 80-1@@46-....
1 unit
113
20.500
VL1250/3VL7
1000
1250
0.4 ...1.0 In
0.4 ...1.0 In
11 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR B

1.5 ... 10xIR B
3VL77 10-1@@46-....
3VL77 12-1@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
33.500
33.500
VL1600/3VL81)
1600
0.4 ...1.0 In
9 In
1.5 ... 8xIR B
3VL87 16-1@@40-....
1 unit
113
40.800
1)
>

TF
NF
Marine engineering-certified LRS, DNV and GL (not communication-ready) LF

Communication:

2/48
Siemens AG 2011

4-pole
DT
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
DT
H
For price
see page
2/54
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.

Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
For price
see page
2/54
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
kg
B
B
B
3VL27 06-2@@4@-....
3VL27 10-2@@4@-....
3VL27 16-2@@4@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
3.100 B
3.100 B
3.100 B
3VL27 06-3@@4@-....
3VL27 10-3@@4@-....
3VL27 16-3@@4@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
3.100
3.100
3.100
B
B
3VL37 20-2@@4@-....
3VL37 25-2@@4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.300 B
3.300 B
3VL37 20-3@@4@-....
3VL37 25-3@@4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.300
3.300
>
>
3
6
3
6
B
B
3VL47 31-2@@46-....
3VL47 40-2@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
7.600 B
7.600 B
3VL47 31-3@@46-....
3VL47 40-3@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
7.600
7.600
3VL57 63-2@@46-....
1 unit
113
11.700 B
3VL57 63-3@@46-....
1 unit
113
11.700
3VL67 80-2@@46-....
1 unit
113
20.500 B
3VL67 80-3@@46-....
1 unit
113
20.500
B
B
3VL77 10-2@@46-....
3VL77 12-2@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
33.500 B
33.500 B
3VL77 10-3@@46-....
3VL77 12-3@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
33.500
33.500
3VL87 16-2@@40-....
1 unit
113
40.800 B
3VL87 16-3@@40-....
1 unit
113
40.800
>
TE
NE
>
TE
NE
B
B
B
3VL27 06-2@@4@-....
3VL27 10-2@@4@-....
3VL27 16-2@@4@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
3.100 B
3.100 B
3.100 B
3VL27 06-3@@4@-....
3VL27 10-3@@4@-....
3VL27 16-3@@4@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
3.100
3.100
3.100
B
B
3VL37 20-2@@4@-....
3VL37 25-2@@4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.300 B
3.300 B
3VL37 20-3@@4@-....
3VL37 25-3@@4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.300
3.300
>
>
3
6
3
6
B
B
3VL47 31-2@@46-....
3VL47 40-2@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
7.600 B
7.600 B
3VL47 31-3@@46-....
3VL47 40-3@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
7.600
7.600
3VL57 63-2@@46-....
1 unit
113
11.700 B
3VL57 63-3@@46-....
1 unit
113
11.700
3VL67 80-2@@46-....
1 unit
113
20.500 B
3VL67 80-3@@46-....
1 unit
113
20.500
B
B
3VL77 10-2@@46-....
3VL77 12-2@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
33.500 B
33.500 B
3VL77 10-3@@46-....
3VL77 12-3@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
33.500
33.500
3VL87 16-2@@40-....
1 unit
113
40.800 B
3VL87 16-3@@40-....
1 unit
113
40.800
>
TF
NF
LF
>
TF
NF
LF
2/49
Siemens AG 2011

2

4-pole
Type
Rated
current
In
Current
setting of the
inverse-time
delayed
overcurrent
releases
"L"
IR
Operating
current of
the instantaneous
shortcircuit
releases
"I" Ii
protection "G"
shortIg
circuit
protection
(short-time
delayed)
S
DT
see "Overview"
Order No.
see page 2/57
For price
PU
see page (UNIT,
2/54 SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

63 A to 1600 A, electronic releases LSING
NSE0_02080
I R 1.0 .4
.95
.9
.45
X3
I sd
.5
.8
.6
x I n .7 .63
10 1.5
8
t sd(S) .4 0
.3
6
5
.1
Alarm
>1.05
1/.3
1/.1
.6/.3
.6/.3
Active
2
2
t
I
t
I
1/.3
.3
.1
1/.1
3
I
IN
.4
ON
N
.5
OFF
OFF 50%
4 xI R
100% .6/.1
2.5
Ig I t g OFF .6/.1
.2
.2
NSE0_00694
ETU22, LSING function for 4-wire three-phase systems and time-based discrimination
ground fault delay tg = 0.1 ... 0.3 s, ground-fault protection (G) can be switched off, short-circuit delay tsd = 0 ... 0.5 s
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL27 06-1@@4@-....
VL160/3VL2
63
25 ... 63
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL27 10-1@@4@-....
100
40 ... 100
11 In
160
64 ... 160
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL27 16-1@@4@-....
VL250/3VL3
200
250
80 ... 200
100 ... 250
11 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B

1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL37 20-1@@4@-....
3VL37 25-1@@4@-....
>
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
3.100
3.100
3.100
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.300
3.300
3
6
VL400/3VL4
315
400
128 ... 315

160 ... 400
11 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B

1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL47 31-1@@46-....
3VL47 40-1@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
7.600
7.600
VL630/3VL5
630
252 ... 630
10 In
1.5 ... 9xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL57 63-1@@46-....
1 unit
113
11.700
VL800/3VL6
800
320 ... 800
8 In
1.5 ... 7xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL67 80-1@@46-....
1 unit
113
20.500
VL1250/3VL7
1000
1250
400 ... 1000

500 ... 1250
11 In
11 In
1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B

1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL77 10-1@@46-....
3VL77 12-1@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
33.500
33.500
VL1600/3VL81) 1600
640 ... 1600
9 In
1.5 ... 8xIR 0.6 ... 1 In, OFF B
3VL87 16-1@@40-....
1 unit
113
40.800

1)

>
TH
NH
Communication:
2/50
Siemens AG 2011

4-pole
DT
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
DT
H
For price
see page
2/54
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.

Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
For price
see page
2/54
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
kg
B
B
B
3VL27 06-2@@4@-....
3VL27 10-2@@4@-....
3VL27 16-2@@4@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
3.100 B
3.100 B
3.100 B
3VL27 06-3@@4@-....
3VL27 10-3@@4@-....
3VL27 16-3@@4@-....
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
3.100
3.100
3.100
B
B
3VL37 20-2@@4@-....
3VL37 25-2@@4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.300 B
3.300 B
3VL37 20-3@@4@-....
3VL37 25-3@@4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.300
3.300
>
>
3
6
3
6
B
B
3VL47 31-2@@46-....
3VL47 40-2@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
7.600 B
7.600 B
3VL47 31-3@@46-....
3VL47 40-3@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
7.600
7.600
3VL57 63-2@@46-....
1 unit
113
11.700 B
3VL57 63-3@@46-....
1 unit
113
11.700
3VL67 80-2@@46-....
1 unit
113
20.500 B
3VL67 80-3@@46-....
1 unit
113
20.500
B
B
3VL77 10-2@@46-....
3VL77 12-2@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
33.500 B
33.500 B
3VL77 10-3@@46-....
3VL77 12-3@@46-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
33.500
33.500
3VL87 16-2@@40-....
1 unit
113
40.800 B
3VL87 16-3@@40-....
1 unit
113
40.800
>
TH
NH
>
TH
NH
2/51
Siemens AG 2011

2

4-pole
Type
Rated current In
Operating current
of the instantaneous
Ii
DT
see "Overview"
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
Basic price
per PU
N
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
4-pole, fixed-mounted, for safe disconnection,

NSE0_00708
Non-automatic molded case circuit breakers1), I function

Without overcurrent releases, with non-adjustable short-circuit releases (for intrinsic protection only),
3VL17 10-1EE4@-....
VL160X/3VL1
100
1800
B
3VL17 16-1EE4@-....
160
1800
B
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
VL160/3VL2
100
160
2500
2500
B
B
3VL27 10-1EE4@-....
3VL27 16-1EE4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.000
3.000
VL250/3VL3
250
3500
3VL37 25-1EE4@-....
1 unit
113
3.200
Connection type can be selected through the 12th position of the Order No.
Connection with screw terminal not in conjunction with RCD module at 3VL1
>
3
6
VL400/3VL4
400
4000
3VL47 40-1EE46-....
1 unit
113
7.400
VL630/3VL5
630
6300
3VL57 63-1EE46-....
1 unit
113
11.200
VL800/3VL6
800
6500
3VL67 80-1EE46-....
1 unit
113
19.900
VL1250/3VL7
1250
12000
3VL77 12-1EE46-....
1 unit
113
31.000
VL1600/3VL82)
1600
14400
3VL87 16-1EE40-....
1 unit
113
38.300
1)
See also "Switch Disconnectors" chapter. 3K. switch disconnectors are

also available with rear-mounting operating mechanism and leading
contacts.
2)

2/52
Siemens AG 2011

4-pole
DT
Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
Basic price
per PU
DT
H
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.

Order No.
required,
see page 2/57
Basic price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
kg
B
B
3VL17 10-2EE4@-....
3VL17 16-2EE4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.500
2.500
---
B
B
3VL27 10-2EE4@-....
3VL27 16-2EE4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.000 B
3.000 B
3VL27 10-3EE4@-....
3VL27 16-3EE4@-....
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.000
3.000
3VL37 25-2EE4@-....
1 unit
113
3.200 B
3VL37 25-3EE4@-....
1 unit
113
3.200
>
3
6
>
3
6
3VL47 40-2EE46-....
1 unit
113
7.400 B
3VL47 40-3EE46-....
1 unit
113
7.400
3VL57 63-2EE46-....
1 unit
113
11.200 B
3VL57 63-3EE46-....
1 unit
113
11.200
3VL67 80-2EE46-....
1 unit
113
19.900 B
3VL67 80-3EE46-....
1 unit
113
19.900
3VL77 12-2EE46-....
1 unit
113
31.000 B
3VL77 12-3EE46-....
1 unit
113
31.000
3VL87 16-2EE40-....
1 unit
113
38.300 B
3VL87 16-3EE40-....
1 unit
113
38.300
2/53
Siemens AG 2011

2

4-pole
Switching
(for complete Order No., capacity
see pages 2/40 to 2/50)
3VL.7 ..-.
@@4.-....
Type
VL160
VL250
VL400
VL630
VL800
VL1250
VL1600
3VL2
3VL3
3VL4
3VL5
3VL6
3VL7
3VL8
630 A
800 A
1000 A
Rated current In
Releases
63 A
100 A
160 A
200 A
250 A
315 A
400 A
1250 A
1600 A
Price
ETU10
ETU10
ETU10
ETU10
ETU10
ETU12
ETU12
ETU40
ETU42
ETU20
ETU20
ETU20
ETU20
ETU20
ETU22
ETU22
TB
NB
TA
NA
LA
TN
NN
CJ
CN
TE
NE
TF
NF
LF
TH
NH
Available
2/54
Siemens AG 2011

Options

When ordering, add "-Z" to the complete Order No. and add the
relevant order code(s).
Order No. with "-Z"

1234 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
Additional
price
3VL . . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
@@@
+...+...
Code for
further versions -Z
For fixed-mounted circuit breakers (wired in factory)

Prewired internal accessories
For VL160X to VL1600
Connecting cables (3 m long)
(3VL1 to 3VL8)
brought out at the rear
This option "L02" can be selected only in combination
with internal accessories (page 2/57).
L 0 2
Prewired connecting cables for motorized

For VL160X to VL1600
operating mechanisms
(3VL1 to 3VL8)
Connecting cables on the circuit breaker for motorized operating mechanisms (3 m long).
On VL160X to VL400 brought out at the top.
On VL630 to VL1600 brought out on the right.
Motorized operating mechanism must be ordered
This option "L12" can be selected only in combination
with motorized operating mechanisms
(see page 2/66).
L 1 2
Motorized operating mechanisms with stored

energy mechanisms
for synchronization tasks (24 V DC)
Motorized operating mechanism not prewired; if
prewiring for the motorized operating mechanism is
wanted, please specify "L12" in addition.
If internal accessories are provided, the prewiring
option "L02" for internal accessories is already
included. In this case "L02" must not be specified in
addition.
available with
VL160X, VL160, VL250
(3VL1, 3VL2, 3VL3)
M2 4

for synchronization tasks (42 ... 48 V AC/DC)
addition.
available with
VL160X, VL160, VL250
(3VL1, 3VL2, 3VL3)

for synchronization tasks (60 V AC/DC)
addition.
available with
VL160X, VL160, VL250
(3VL1, 3VL2, 3VL3)

addition.
available with
VL160X, VL160, VL250
(3VL1, 3VL2, 3VL3)

addition.
available with
VL160X, VL160, VL250
(3VL1, 3VL2, 3VL3)
VL400 (3VL4)
VL630, VL800 (3VL5, 3VL6)
M4 2
VL400 (3VL4)
VL630, VL800 (3VL5, 3VL6)
M6 0
VL400 (3VL4)
VL630, VL800 (3VL5, 3VL6)
M1 1
VL400 (3VL4)
VL630, VL800 (3VL5, 3VL6)
M2 2
VL400 (3VL4)
VL630, VL800 (3VL5, 3VL6)
Additional price
2/55
Siemens AG 2011

2

Options
When ordering, add "-Z" to the complete Order No. and add the
relevant order code(s).
Order No. with "-Z"

1234 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
Additional
price
3VL . . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
@@@
+...+...
Code for
further versions -Z
For fixed-mounted circuit breakers (wired in factory)

Pre-mounted motorised operating mechanisms
(24 V DC) on circuit breaker,
not synchronizable
addition.
Available with
VL160X
(3VL1)
M2 5
VL400 (3VL4)
VL630, VL800 (3VL5, 3VL6)
Available with
VL160X
(3VL1)
M4 3
Additional price
2/56
VL400 (3VL4)
VL630, VL800 (3VL5, 3VL6)
Available with
VL160X
(3VL1)
M1 2
VL160, VL250
(3VL2, 3VL3)
VL400 (3VL4)
VL630, VL800 (3VL5, 3VL6)
VL1250, VL1600 (3VL7, 3VL8) )

Pre-mounted motorized operating mechanisms
(220 ... 250 V AC/DC ) on circuit breakers,
not synchronizable
addition.
VL160, VL250
(3VL2, 3VL3)
VL1250, VL1600 (3VL7, 3VL8)

not synchronizable
addition.
VL160, VL250
(3VL2, 3VL3)
VL1250, VL1600 (3VL7, 3VL8)

not synchronizable
addition.
Available with
VL160X
(3VL1)
M2 3
VL160, VL250
(3VL2, 3VL3)
VL400 (3VL4)
VL630, VL800 (3VL5, 3VL6)
VL1250, VL1600 (3VL7, 3VL8)
Siemens AG 2011

Options
1. Order No. supplement:
Undervoltage or shunt release,
wiring directly to accessories
Rated control supply voltage Us/
Frequency
Order No. supplement Circuit breakers
50/60 Hz AC
DC
3VL . . . . - . . . . . -
Type
Without auxiliary release
@@
.. VL160X to VL400/
3VL1 to 3VL4
VL630 to VL1600/
3VL5 to 3VL8
Additional price
Additional price
0 A
None
None
2 N
2 P
2 U
With undervoltage releases

Only right pole
V AC
----
V DC
12
24
48
----
60
110 ... 127
220 ... 250
2 V
2 R
2 S
24
110 ... 127
220 ... 250
----
2 D
2 G
2 H
208
277
---
2 M
2 Q
380 ... 415

440 ... 480
500 ... 525
----
2 J
2 K
2 L
With shunt releases

Only right pole
V AC
V DC
24
----
24
48 ... 60
110 ... 127
220 ... 250
8
8
8
8
C
J
K
Q
48 ... 60
110 ... 127
208 ... 277
380 ... 600
-----
8
8
8
8
M
R
T
V

Auxiliary switches (HS) and alarm switches (AS),
left/right pole,
directly wired to accessories
Equipment
HS = 1 NO or 1 NC switching block
AS = 1 NO switching block
3VL . . . . - . . . . . - ..
Circuit breakers
Type
@@
VL160X to VL4001)/
3VL1 to 3VL4
Additional price
Without auxiliary/alarm switches
A 0 None
2 HS (1 NO/1 NC)2)
4 HS (2 NO/2 NC)
2 HS (1 NO/1 NC) + 1 AS (1 NO)
2 HS (1 NO/1 NC) + 1 AS (1 NO)3)
B
C
D
E
1
1
1
1
-
--
VL630 to VL1600/
3VL5 to 3VL8
Additional price
None
1)4)
1)4)
-
-
5)
Additional price
-- Not available
1)
Except for installing in the left accessory compartment of the SENTRON

VL160X circuit breakers with RCD module.
2)
With mounting adapter up to 3 HS.
3)
With mounting adapter up to 2 HS + 2 AS.
4)
Not feasible for use of SENTRON VL160 and VL250 with LCD ETU or
marine engineering ETU and additional use of shunt and undervoltage
releases.
When using a communication-capable ETU, the accessory compartment
X2 is fitted with an auxiliary switch and an alarm switch. The combination of
1st and 2nd Order No. supplement is only possible with restrictions. It is
recommended to use the configurator in the Mall for selection purposes.
5)
Not possible when using a communication-capable ETU.
2/57
Siemens AG 2011

Options
Equipment options for the insulated accessory subsections in the SENTRON 3VL circuit breakers
X2:
left accessories
compartment
selectable:
VL160X
3VL1
Max.
3 HS
VL160
3VL2
Max.
3 HS
VL250
3VL3
Max.
3 HS
VL400
3VL4
Max.
3 HS
VL630
3VL5
Max.
4 HS
VL800
3VL6
Max.
4 HS
VL1250
3VL7
Max.
4 HS
VL1600
3VL8
Max.
4 HS
ETU marine
engineering-certified:
Left accessories compartment is fitted with
tripping solenoid
X1:
right accessories
compartment
selectable:
Max.
2 HS +
1 AS
Max.
2 HS +
1 AS
Max.
2 HS +
1 AS
Max.
2 HS +
1 AS
Max.
2 HS +
2 AS
Max.
2 HS +
2 AS
Max.
2 HS +
2 AS
Max.
2 HS +
2 AS
VL160X with RCD:

Left accessories
compartment is fitted with
tripping solenoid
U<
Max.
3 HS
U<
Max.
3 HS
U<
Max.
3 HS
U<
Max.
2 HS +
1 AS
Max.
2 HS +
1 AS
Max.
2 HS +
1 AS
Max.
3 HS
Max.
3 HS
Max.
3 HS
VL250
3VL3
Max.
3 HS
Max.
3 HS
VL400
3VL4
Max.
3 HS
Max.
3 HS
VL630
3VL5
Max.
4 HS
Max.
4 HS
U<
Max.
4 HS
VL1250
3VL7
Max.
4 HS
Max.
4 HS
U<
Max.
4 HS
VL1600
3VL8
Max.
4 HS
Max.
4 HS
U<
Max.
4 HS
ETU marine
engineering-certified:
Left accessories
compartment is fitted
with tripping solenoid
X1:
Right accessory
compartment
selectable:
U<
Max.
3 HS
VL250
3VL3
Max.
1 HS
U<
Max.
3 HS
VL400
3VL4
Max.
1 HS
U<
VL1600
3VL8
VL160
3VL2
Max.
4 HS
Max.
1 HS
VL1250
3VL7
Max.
3 HS
Max.
4 HS
VL160
3VL2
VL800
3VL6
Max.
3 HS
VL800
3VL6
Shunt release or
undervoltage release
HS one auxiliary switch 1 NO or 1 NC
AS one alarm switch 1 NO or 1 NC
Max.
1 HS +
1 AS
Max.
1 HS +
1 AS
Max.
1 HS +
1 AS
Max.
1 HS +
1 AS
VL160X
3VL1
Max.
4 HS
3-pole circuit breakers with communication preparation
VL630
3VL5
Max.
2 HS +
1 AS
Max.
2 HS +
1 AS
Max.
2 HS+
1 AS
Max.
2 HS+
1 AS
Max.
2 HS+
1 AS
Max.
2 HS+
1 AS
Max.
2 HS+
2 AS
Max.
2 HS+
2 AS
Max.
2 HS+
2 AS
Max.
2 HS+
2 AS
VL160X with RCD:

Left accessories
compartment is fitted
with tripping solenoid
U<
Max.
3 HS
U<
Max.
3 HS
U<
Max.
3 HS
U<
Max.
3 HS
U<
Max.
4 HS
U<
Max.
4 HS
U<
Max.
4 HS
U<
Max.
4 HS
Max.
2 HS+
1 AS
Max.
2 HS+
1 AS
Max.
2 HS+
1 AS
Shunt release or
U<
Note:
Maximum 6 switch elements (HS) per
circuit breaker VL160X to VL400
Maximum 8 switch elements (HS) per
circuit breaker VL630 to VL1600
4-pole circuit breakers with communication preparation
X4:
N 4th pole
accessory
compartment
X2:
Left accessory
compartment
selectable:
X1:
Right accessory
compartment
selectable:
VL160
3VL2
Max.
3 HS
Max.
1 HS
U<
Max.
3 HS
VL250
3VL3
Max.
3 HS
Max.
1 HS
U<
Max.
3 HS
Max.
3 HS
VL400
3VL4
Max.
3 HS
Max.
1 HS
U<
Max.
3 HS
U<
Max.
4 HS
VL630
3VL5
Max.
4 HS
U<
Max.
4 HS
U<
Max.
4 HS
VL800
3VL6
Max.
4 HS
U<
Max.
4 HS
U<
Max.
4 HS
VL1250
3VL7
Max.
4 HS
U<
Max.
4 HS
U<
Max.
4 HS
VL1600
3VL8
Max.
4 HS
U<
Max.
4 HS
NSE0_02115
When using a communication-capable ETU,

the accessory compartment X2 is fitted with
an auxiliary switch and an alarm switch
X1: right
accessories
compartment
selectable:
X2: left
accessories
compartment
selectable:
X4: N - 4 pole
accessories
compartment
U<
U<
X2:
Left accessory
compartment
selectable:
4-pole circuit breakers without communication preparation
NSE0_02116a
3-pole circuit breakers without communication preparation
NSE0_02114a
Max.
1 HS +
1 AS
Max.
1 HS +
1 AS
Max.
1 HS +
1 AS
Max.
1 HS +
1 AS
Max.
2 HS +
1 AS
Max.
2 HS +
1 AS
NSE0_02117
Shunt release or
U<
When using a communication-capable ETU,

the accessory compartment X2 is fitted with
an auxiliary switch and an alarm switch
Shunt release or
U<
Note:
Before ordering, use the tables above to check whether the
required combination of shunt releases, undervoltage releases
and auxiliary/alarm switches is feasible.
2/58
Siemens AG 2011


Wiring directly at accessories
DT
For VL160X to VL400

(3VL1 to 3VL4)
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
Price SET, M)
per PU
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Auxiliary switches and auxiliary releases

3- or 4-pole
For retrofitting (for possible complements see Technical Information at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support.)
Auxiliary switches (HS) and alarm switches (AS)
For retrofitting
NSE0_00684
Assembly kits
Mounting side
2 HS (1 NO + 1 NC)
N, left1), right
4 HS (2 NO + 2 NC)
N, left1), right
2 HS (1 NC + 1 NO)
left1), right3)
+ 1 AS (1 NO)
(assembly kit)
left1)
1 unit
113
0.027
1 unit
113
0.051
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
0.075
0.075
0.075
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
0.075
0.075
0.075
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.075
0.075
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
113
0.075
0.075
0.075
0.075
0.075
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
0.075
0.075
0.075
0.075
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
0.075
0.075
0.075
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.075
0.075
-A
3VL9 400-2AD00
--
Additional auxiliary switch/alarm switch combinations

3VL9 400-2A.00
3VL9 400-2AB00
See page 2/61.
Shunt releases 2)
For retrofitting
V AC
24
--
V DC
Mounting side
24
48 ... 60
Right pole only

Right pole only
A
A
3VL9 400-1SC00
3VL9 400-1SJ00
--48 ... 60
110 ... 127

220 ... 250
--
Right pole only

Right pole only
Right pole only
A
A
A
3VL9 400-1SK00
3VL9 400-1SQ00
3VL9 400-1SM00
110 ... 127

208 ... 277
380 ... 600
----
Right pole only

Right pole only
Right pole only
A
A
A
3VL9 400-1SR00
3VL9 400-1ST00
3VL9 400-1SV00
NSE0_00678
For retrofitting
3VL9 400-1S.00,
3VL9 400-1U.00
V AC
-----
V DC
Mounting side
12
24
48
60
Right pole only

Right pole only
Right pole only
Right pole only
A
A
A
A
3VL9 400-1UN00
3VL9 400-1UP00
3VL9 400-1UU00
3VL9 400-1UV00
24
110 ... 127
-208
--110 ... 127

--
Right pole only

Right pole only
Right pole only
Right pole only
A
A
A
A
3VL9 400-1UD00
3VL9 400-1UG00
3VL9 400-1UR00
3VL9 400-1UM00
220 ... 250

-277
-220 ... 250

--
Right pole only

Right pole only
Right pole only
A
A
A
3VL9 400-1UH00
3VL9 400-1US00
3VL9 400-1UQ00
380 ... 415

440 ... 480
500 ... 525
----
Right pole only

Right pole only
Right pole only
A
A
A
3VL9 400-1UJ00
3VL9 400-1UK00
3VL9 400-1UL00
3TX4 701-0AN1
1 unit
101
0.170
3WL9 111-0BA14-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.520
Time-delay devices for undervoltage releases

(220 ... 250 V DC)
Rated control supply voltage Us
220 ... 250 V AC
Delay time > 200 ms
Storage devices for shunt releases
(208 ... 277 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC)
220 ... 240 V AC/ 220 ... 250 V DC
Storage time 5 min
1)
Except for installing in the left accessory compartment of the SENTRON

VL160X (3VL1) circuit breakers with RCD module and SENTRON
VL160/250 with LCD ETU.
2)
Shunt releases with disconnection contact (3SB3 for ON/OFF position)

not floating (see Technical Information at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support).
3)
In the case of VL400 (3VL4):

Unsuitable for mounting in the right-hand accessory compartment.
The 3VL9 400-2AB00 assembly kit with auxiliary switches only is recommended.
2/59
Siemens AG 2011

Wiring directly at accessories
DT
For VL630 up to VL1600

(3VL5 to 3VL8)
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
Price SET, M)
per PU
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Auxiliary switches and auxiliary releases

3- or 4-pole
For retrofitting (for possible complements see Technical Information at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support.)
Auxiliary switches (HS) and
alarm switches (AS)
For retrofitting
NSE0_00684
3VL9 800-2A.00
Assembly kits
Mounting side
2 HS (1 NO + 1 NC)
N, left, right
4 HS (2 NO + 2 NC)
N, left, right
2 HS (1 NC + 1 NO)
Left, right
+ 1 AS (1 NO)
(assembly kit)
Left
-A
3VL9 800-2AC00
1 unit
113
0.058
1 unit
113
0.060
-A
Additional auxiliary switch/alarm switch combinations
3VL9 800-2AE00
See page 2/61.
Shunt releases 1)
For retrofitting
V AC
24
--
V DC
Mounting side
24
48 ... 60
Right pole only

Right pole only
A
A
3VL9 800-1SC00
3VL9 800-1SJ00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.120
0.120
--48 ... 60
110 ... 127

220 ... 250
--
Right pole only

Right pole only
Right pole only
A
A
A
3VL9 800-1SK00
3VL9 800-1SQ00
3VL9 800-1SM00
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
0.120
0.120
0.120
110 ... 127

208 ... 277
380 ... 600
----
Right pole only

Right pole only
Right pole only
A
A
A
3VL9 800-1SR00
3VL9 800-1ST00
3VL9 800-1SV00
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
0.120
0.120
0.120
For retrofitting
NSE0_00678
V AC
-----
3VL9 800-1S.00,
3VL9 800-1U.00
V DC
Mounting side
12
24
48
60
Right pole only

Right pole only
Right pole only
Right pole only
A
A
A
A
3VL9 800-1UN00
3VL9 800-1UP00
3VL9 800-1UU00
3VL9 800-1UV00
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
0.088
0.088
0.088
0.088
24
110 ... 127
-208
--110 ... 127

--
Right pole only

Right pole only
Right pole only
Right pole only
A
A
A
A
3VL9 800-1UD00
3VL9 800-1UG00
3VL9 800-1UR00
3VL9 800-1UM00
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
0.088
0.088
0.088
0.088
220 ... 250

-277
-220 ... 250

--
Right pole only

Right pole only
Right pole only
A
A
A
3VL9 800-1UH00
3VL9 800-1US00
3VL9 800-1UQ00
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
0.088
0.088
0.088
380 ... 415

440 ... 480
500 ... 525
----
Right pole only

Right pole only
Right pole only
A
A
A
3VL9 800-1UJ00
3VL9 800-1UK00
3VL9 800-1UL00
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
0.088
0.088
0.088
3TX4 701-0AN1
1 unit
101
0.170
3WL9 111-0BA14-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.520
Time-delay devices for undervoltage releases

(220 ... 250 V DC)
220 ... 250 V AC
Delay time > 200 ms
Storage devices for shunt releases
(208 ... 277 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC)
220 ... 240 V AC/ 220 ... 250 V DC
Storage time 5 min
1)
Shunt releases with disconnection contact (3SB3 for ON/OFF position)

not floating (see Technical Information at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support).
2/60
Siemens AG 2011

For circuit
breakers
Maximum combination of
auxiliary switches (HS) and
alarm switches (AS)
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Type
3SB adapters and 3SB contact blocks

Mounting adapters for auxiliary and alarm switch combinations
For installation in the N pole of the circuit breaker
VL160X,
VL160,
VL250,
VL400 (3VL1 to 3VL4)
VL630,
VL800,
VL1250,
VL1600 (3VL5 to 3VL8)
Up to 3 HS1)
1) 2)
2 HS + 1 AS
Up to 4 HS
3VL9 400-2AH00
1 unit
113
0.009
1 unit
113
0.075
-A
2 HS + 2 AS
3VL9 816-2AL00
--
For installation in the left pole of the circuit breaker

VL160X,
VL160,
VL250,
VL400 (3VL1 to 3VL4)
VL630,
VL800,
VL1250,
VL1600 (3VL5 to 3VL8)
Up to 3 HS1)
3VL9 400-2AH00
1 unit
113
0.009
2 HS + 1 AS
3VL9 400-2AJ10
1 unit
113
0.001
Up to 4 HS
3VL9 816-2AL00
1 unit
113
0.075
2 HS + 2 AS
3VL9 816-2AN10
1 unit
113
0.072
Up to 3 HS1)
3VL9 400-2AH00
1 unit
113
0.009
2 HS + 1 AS1) 2)
3VL9 400-2AJ20
1 unit
113
0.001
Up to 4 HS
3VL9 816-2AL00
1 unit
113
0.075
1) 2)
For installation in the right pole of the circuit breaker

VL160X,
VL160,
VL250,
VL400 (3VL1 to 3VL4)2)
VL630,
VL800,
VL1250,
VL1600 (3VL5 to 3VL8)
1)
2 HS + 2 AS
--
Except for installing in the left pole for SENTRON VL160X circuit breakers
(3VL1) with RCD module.
For auxiliary/alarm switches
DT
2)
In the case of VL400: 3VL9 400-2AJ20 unsuitable for mounting in the righthand accessory sub-section.
Circuit breakers
Type
VL160X to VL1600 (3VL1 to 3VL8)
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Price
per PU
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Switching blocks for auxiliary and alarm switch combinations

1 NO
3SB34 00-0J
1 unit
102
0.010
1 NC
3SB34 00-0K
1 unit
102
0.010
For auxiliary switch or alarm switch combinations not included in

the kits provided as standard, the mounting adapters specified
can be ordered separately together with the required contact
blocks:
1 HS or 1 AS with NO contact 3SB34 00-0J
1 HS or 1 AS with NC contact 3SB34 00-0K
Note:
A maximum of 6 contact blocks (HS) per circuit breaker
(VL160X, VL160, VL250, VL400; 3VL1 to 3VL4) and a maximum
of 8 contact blocks (HS) per circuit breaker (VL630, VL800,
VL1250, VL1600; 3VL5 to 3VL8) are possible.
Four 3SB34 auxiliary contact blocks and one mounting adapter
(right), suitable for VL630, VL800, VL1250, VL1600 (3VL5 to
3VL8) circuit breakers.
NSE0_00684
For retrofitting/possible complement see Technical Information

at www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support.
2/61
Siemens AG 2011

Version
DT
For VL160X to VL250

(3VL1 to 3VL3)
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
Price SET, M)
per PU
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3- or 4-pole
NSE0_00679
Front-operated rotary operating mechanisms1)

For direct mounting on the circuit breaker,
without leading auxiliary switch, degree of
protection IP302), black, max. 3 padlocks
3VL9 300-3HA00
1 unit
113
0.362
3VL9 300-3HC00
1 unit
113
0.362
3VL9 300-3HE00
1 unit
113
0.267
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms,

complete1)
Installation in doors and covers
Degree of protection IP65, including handle ti-grey,
with masking plate, indicator plate, detachable door
coupling (die cast with reduced tolerance compensation), extension shaft (8 8 mm), length 300 mm
and front-operated rotary operating mechanism for
the respective circuit breaker, lockable with up to
3 padlocks, with door interlocking
A
3VL9 300-3HF05
1 unit
113
0.970
3VL9 300-3HG05
1 unit
113
0.980
1 changeover contact with 1.5 m long cables
3VL9 300-3AS10
1 unit
113
0.080
2 changeover contacts with 1.5 m long cables
3VL9 300-3AT10
1 unit
113
0.130
3VL9 300-3AU10
1 unit
113
0.080
3VL9 300-3AW10
1 unit
113
0.130
- With 600 mm Bowden wire
3VL9 300-3HR10
1 unit
113
1.400
3VL9 300-3HR20
1 unit
113
1.400
3VL9 300-3HR30
1 unit
113
1.400
3VL9 300-3HR11
1 unit
113
1.400
3VL9 300-3HR21
1 unit
113
1.400
3VL9 300-3HR31
1 unit
113
1.400
Retaining bracket is mounted on the operating

X
mechanism, recommended for extension shafts
>250 mm, with locking device for max. 3 padlocks
3VL9 300-3HP02
1 unit
113
0.435
3VL9 300-3HP00
1 unit
113
0.253
EMERGENCY-STOP version
Red knob, yellow indicator plate
3VL9 .00-3H.00
Safety locks for installation by the customer

For installation see pages 2/84 to 2/88.
Front rotary operating mechanisms
with shaft end, without knob1)
Without leading auxiliary switch,
for auxiliary switches see below
NSE0_00711
3VL9 .00-3H.05
Red knob, yellow indicator plate,
without leading auxiliary switch
NSE0_00712
3VL9 .00-3A.10
Leading auxiliary switches

For installation in a front-operated rotary
operating mechanism, door-coupling rotary
operating mechanism or side panel rotary
operating mechanism
Standard or EMERGENCY-STOP version
"OFF after ON"
Leading auxiliary switches when switching on
"ON after OFF"

Leading auxiliary switches when switching off
Side panel rotary operating mechanisms,

complete1)
Degree of protection IP65, including black knob
with masking plate, indicator plate, Bowden wire,
lockable with up to 3 padlocks
Side panel rotary operating mechanisms,

complete1)
Degree of protection IP65, including red knob with
masking plate, yellow indicator plate, Bowden wire,
lockable with up to 3 padlocks
Retaining brackets,
suitable for matching door-coupling rotary
operating mechanisms, complete
- for 6 mm shaft
Additional accessories and components for door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, see 2/67 and 2/69.
A
1)
Not possible on VL160X with RCD module.
2)
IP40 with additional masking frame mounted on the door cutout.

2/62
Siemens AG 2011

DT
For VL400 (3VL4)

Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
Price SET, M)
per PU
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight DT For VL630 (3VL5)

per PU
approx.
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
Price SET, M)
per PU
PS*/
P. unit
PG
kg
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3VL9 400-3HA00
1 unit
113
0.725 A
3VL9 600-3HA00
1 unit
113
0.834
3VL9 400-3HC00
1 unit
113
0.725 A
3VL9 600-3HC00
1 unit
113
0.834
3VL9 400-3HE00
1 unit
113
0.267 A
3VL9 600-3HE00
1 unit
113
0.755
3VL9 400-3HF05
1 unit
113
0.970 A
3VL9 600-3HF05
1 unit
113
2.465
3VL9 400-3HG05
1 unit
113
1.100 A
3VL9 600-3HG05
1 unit
113
2.460
3VL9 400-3AS10
1 unit
113
0.080 A
3VL9 600-3AS10
1 unit
113
0.080
3VL9 400-3AT10
1 unit
113
0.130 A
3VL9 600-3AT10
1 unit
113
0.130
3VL9 400-3AU10
1 unit
113
0.080 A
3VL9 600-3AU10
1 unit
113
0.080
3VL9 400-3AW10
1 unit
113
0.130 A
3VL9 600-3AW10
1 unit
113
0.130
3VL9 400-3HR10
1 unit
113
2.000 A
3VL9 500-3HR10
1 unit
113
2.400
3VL9 400-3HR20
1 unit
113
2.000 A
3VL9 500-3HR20
1 unit
113
2.400
3VL9 400-3HR30
1 unit
113
2.000 A
3VL9 500-3HR30
1 unit
113
2.400
3VL9 400-3HR11
1 unit
113
2.000 A
3VL9 500-3HR11
1 unit
113
2.400
3VL9 400-3HR21
1 unit
113
2.000 A
3VL9 500-3HR21
1 unit
113
2.400
3VL9 400-3HR31
1 unit
113
2.000 A
3VL9 500-3HR31
1 unit
113
2.400
3VL9 400-3HP00
1 unit
113
0.379 A
3VL9 600-3HP00
1 unit
113
0.437
--
--
2/63
Siemens AG 2011

Version
DT
For VL800 (3VL6)

Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
Price SET, M)
per PU
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
NSE0_00679
3- or 4-pole
3VL9 .00-3H.00
Front-operated rotary operating mechanisms

For direct mounting on the circuit breaker,
without leading auxiliary switch,
degree of protection IP301), black,
max. 3 padlocks
A
3VL9 600-3HA00
1 unit
113
0.834
Red knob, yellow indicator plate
3VL9 600-3HC00
1 unit
113
0.834
3VL9 600-3HE00
1 unit
113
0.755
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms,

complete, installation in doors and covers
Degree of protection IP65, including handle,
ti-grey, with masking frame, indicator plate,
detachable door coupling (die cast, for VL800
(3VL6) with reduced tolerance compensation),
extension shaft (8 8 mm for VL800 (3VL6),
12 12 mm for VL1250 (3VL7) and VL1600
(3VL8), length 300 mm and front rotary operating
mechanism for the respective circuit breaker,
lockable with max. 3 padlocks, with door
interlocking
A
3VL9 600-3HF05
1 unit
113
2.465
3VL9 600-3HG05
1 unit
113
2.460
3VL9 600-3AS10
1 unit
113
0.080
3VL9 600-3AT10
1 unit
113
0.130
3VL9 600-3AU10
1 unit
113
0.080
3VL9 600-3AW10
1 unit
113
0.130
3VL9 600-3HP00
1 unit
113
0.437

Front rotary operating mechanisms
with shaft stub, without knob
Without leading auxiliary switch,
for auxiliary switches see below
NSE0_00711
3VL9 .00-3H.05
EMERGENCY-STOP version,
Red knob, yellow indicator plate,
without leading auxiliary switch
NSE0_00712
3VL9 .00-3A.10
Leading auxiliary switches

For installation in a front-operated rotary
operating mechanism or door-coupling rotary
operating mechanism
Standard or EMERGENCY-STOP version
"OFF after ON"
Leading auxiliary switches when switching on
"ON after OFF"

Leading auxiliary switches when switching off
Retaining brackets
suitable for matching door-coupling rotary
operating mechanisms, complete
Retaining bracket is mounted on the operating
mechanism, recommended for extension shafts
>250 mm, with locking device for max. 3 padlocks
Additional accessories and components for door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, see 2/67 and 2/69.
1)
IP40 with additional masking frame mounted on the door cutout.
2/64
Siemens AG 2011

DT
For VL1250 to VL1600

(3VL7 to 3VL8)
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
Price SET, M)
per PU
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3VL9 800-3HA00
1 unit
113
2.831
3VL9 800-3HC00
1 unit
113
2.831
3VL9 800-3HE00
1 unit
113
2.175
3VL9 800-3HF05
1 unit
113
4.102
3VL9 800-3HG05
1 unit
113
4.100
3VL9 800-3AS20
1 unit
113
0.080
3VL9 800-3AT20
1 unit
113
0.130
3VL9 800-3AU10
1 unit
113
0.080
3VL9 800-3AW10
1 unit
113
0.130
3VL9 800-3HP00
1 unit
113
0.529
2/65
Siemens AG 2011

Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
NSE0_00716

3- or 4-pole
3VL9 .00-3M.00

with stored energy mechanisms
for synchronization tasks1)2)
Degree of protection IP30, with locking device for
3 padlocks
50/60 Hz V AC
V DC
-42 ... 48
60
110 ... 127
220 ... 250
24
42 ... 48
60
110 ... 127
220 ... 250
For VL160X to VL250

(3VL1 to 3VL3)
A
A
A
A
A
Toggle handle extensions
3VL9 300-3MJ00
3VL9 300-3ML00
3VL9 300-3MS00
3VL9 300-3MN00
3VL9 300-3MQ00
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
113
2.140
2.140
2.140
2.140
2.140
-For VL400 (3VL4)
50/60 Hz V AC
V DC
-42 ... 48
60
110 ... 127
220 ... 250
24
42 ... 48
60
110 ... 127
220 ... 250
A
A
A
A
A
3VL9 400-3MJ00
3VL9 400-3ML00
3VL9 400-3MS00
3VL9 400-3MN00
3VL9 400-3MQ00
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
113
3.910
3.910
3.910
3.910
3.910
3VL9 400-3HN00
1 unit
113
0.100
For VL630 to VL800

(3VL5 to 3VL6)
50/60 Hz V AC
V DC
-42 ... 48
60
110 ... 127
220 ... 250
24
42 ... 48
60
110 ... 127
220 ... 250

Motorized operating mechanisms2)
Degree of protection IP30, with locking
device for 3 padlocks
16(B
50/60 Hz V AC
V DC
-42 ... 60
110 ... 127
220 ... 250
24
42 ... 60
110 ... 127
220 ... 250
A
A
A
A
A
3VL9 600-3MJ00
3VL9 600-3ML00
3VL9 600-3MS00
3VL9 600-3MN00
3VL9 600-3MQ00
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
113
4.800
4.800
4.800
4.800
4.800
3VL9 600-3HN00
1 unit
113
0.140
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
For VL160X (3VL1)
B
B
B
B
3VL9 100-3MA10
3VL9 100-3MC10
3VL9 100-3MD10
3VL9 100-3ME10
For VL160 and VL250
(3VL2 and 3VL3)
3VL9 .00-3M.10
50/60 Hz V AC
V DC
-42 ... 60
110 ... 127
220 ... 250
24
42 ... 60
110 ... 127
220 ... 250
50/60 Hz V AC
V DC
-42 ... 60
110 ... 127
220 ... 250
24
42 ... 60
110 ... 127
220 ... 250
B
B
B
B
3VL9 300-3MA10
3VL9 300-3MC10
3VL9 300-3MD10
3VL9 300-3ME10
For VL400 (3VL4)
B
B
B
B
3VL9 400-3MA10
3VL9 400-3MC10
3VL9 400-3MD10
3VL9 400-3ME10
For VL630 and VL800
(3VL5 and 3VL6)
50/60 Hz V AC
V DC
-42 ... 60
110 ... 127
220 ... 250
24
42 ... 60
110 ... 127
220 ... 250
B
B
B
B
3VL9 600-3MA10
3VL9 600-3MC10
3VL9 600-3MD10
3VL9 600-3ME10
For VL1250 and VL1600 (3VL7
and 3VL8)
50/60 Hz V AC
V DC
-42 ... 60
110 ... 127
220 ... 250
24
42 ... 60
110 ... 127
220 ... 250
1)
Not possible on VL160X with RCD module.
2)
For safety lock as an assembly kit for retrofitting see pages 2/84 to 2/88.
B
B
B
B
3VL9 800-3MA10
3VL9 800-3MC10
3VL9 800-3MD10
3VL9 800-3ME10
2/66
Siemens AG 2011

Switching
device
Rotary Size
operating
mechanisms
Cross-section Version3)
of the actuating shaft
DT
Individual parts for 8UC7

door-coupling rotary operating
mechanisms
Order No.
Type
Type
mm mm
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
Individual parts for 8UC door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms

Handles with masking plate
(including flat gasket and fixing screws)
3VL1,
Standard
8UC71 1
66
3VL2,
EMERor
3VL3
GENCY88
STOP
C
C
8UC71 10-6BD
8UC71 20-8BD
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200
8UC71 10-1BB
3VL4,
3VL5,
3VL6
8UC72 2
88
Standard
EMERGENCYSTOP
C
C
8UC72 10-6BD
8UC72 20-8BD
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200
3VL7,
3VL8
8UC73 3
12 12
Standard
EMERGENCYSTOP
C
C
8UC73 10-6BD
8UC73 20-8BD
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200
DT

door-coupling rotary operating
mechanisms
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
8UC72 10-6BD
8UC73 10-1BB
Rotary operating mechanisms
Cross-section
of the actuating shaft
Type
mm mm
Order No.
Price
per PU
kg
Individual parts for 8UC door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms

Coupling drivers for 3VL
8UC71 (plastic)
8UC71/8UC722) (die cast)
8UC73/74 (die cast)
66
88
12 12
C
A
B
8UC70 11-2AA
8UC60 17-2AA
8UC60 14
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
0.200
0.047
0.253
Extension shafts 300 mm long

8UC71
8UC71/8UC72
8UC73
8UC73/74
66
88
10 10
12 12
B
B
C
B
8UC60 31
8UC60 32
8UC60 33
8UC60 34
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
0.068
0.132
0.217
0.315

8UC71
8UC71/8UC72
8UC73
8UC73/74
66
88
10 10
12 12
B
B
B
B
8UC60 81
8UC60 82
8UC60 83
8UC60 84
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
0.136
0.265
0.430
0.640
Shaft couplings
8UC71
8UC72
8UC73
8UC73/74
66
88
10 10
12 12
B
B
B
B
8UC60 21
8UC60 22
8UC60 23
8UC60 24
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
0.031
0.023
0.085
0.077
8 8 to 6 6
12 12 to
88
C
C
8UC70 58
8UC70 50
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200
Rivet
nse0_00372
8UC60 14
NSE0_00373
Groove
8UC60 31
NSE0_00373
Groove
8UC60 81
nse0_00374
Lug Rivet
8UC60 21 to 8UC60 24
Reducers
8UC71
8UC72
ns
g0
_0
02
44
8UC70 58
1)
Non-interchangeability features.
2)
Shortened coupling driver with reduced tolerance compensation.
3)
Standard: Ti-grey handle, light-gray masking plate;

EMERGENCY-STOP: Red handle, yellow masking plate.
2/67
Siemens AG 2011

Switching device
Rated current Cross-section of

the actuating
shaft
Torque
Rotary
operating
mechanisms
Type
mm
Nm
Size
3VL1
16 ... 160
66
3VL2
50 ... 160
66
3VL3
200... 250
66
Illustrated:
Handle, masking plate
8UC Door-Coupling Rotary Operating Mechanisms

8UC71 - 3VL circuit breakers
75
NSE00362
Tripped
Reset
36
16 ... 160
88
3VL2
50 ... 160
88
3VL3
200 ... 250
88
75
Tripped
NSE00362
3VL1
(Supplied with door coupling rotary operating mechanism,

complete 3VL9 300-3H.05)
Reset
36

200 ... 400
88
3VL5
315 ... 600
88
88
3VL6
320 ... 800
75
Tripped
NSE00363
3VL4
Reset
62

3VL7
400 ... 1250
12 12
25
3VL8
640 ... 1600
12 12
25
100
Tripped
NSE00364
Reset
140
1)
Requires in addition a front-operated rotary operating mechanism with

shaft stub for direct mounting to the circuit breaker. For ordering the
complete operating mechanism see pages 2/62 to 2/65.
2/68
Siemens AG 2011

Version
DT Rotary operating mechanisms, PU

PS*/
PG
complete1)
(UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
Order No.
Standard:
Ti-grey handle,
light-gray
masking plate;
Price
per PU
Weight
per PU
approx.
Individual parts of the rotary operating mechanism
Handle with
masking plate
Coupling
drivers
Extension
shaft
(length
300 mm)
Reducer/
shaft coupling
Order No.
Order No.
Order No.
@ 6 mm
@ 6 mm
@ 8 mm by 6 mm
EMERGENCYSTOP:
Red handle,
yellow masking
plate
kg Order No.
Standard
8UC71 11-6BD15
1 unit 103
0.200 8UC71 10-6BD 8UC70 11-2AA 8UC60 31
8UC70 58
EMERGENCYSTOP
8UC71 21-8BD15
1 unit 103
0.200 8UC71 20-8BD 8UC70 11-2AA 8UC60 31
8UC70 58
Standard
8UC71 62-6BD22
1 unit 103
0.200 8UC71 10-6BD 8UC60 17-2AA 8UC60 32
8UC60 22
EMERGENCYSTOP
8UC71 72-8BD22
1 unit 103
0.200 8UC71 20-8BD 8UC60 17-2AA 8UC60 32
8UC60 22
Standard
8UC72 62-6BD26
1 unit 103
0.200 8UC72 10-6BD 8UC60 17-2AA 8UC60 32
8UC70 50
EMERGENCYSTOP
8UC72 62-8BD26
1 unit 103
0.200 8UC72 20-8BD 8UC60 17-2AA 8UC60 32
8UC70 50
@ 12 mm
@ 12 mm
@ 12 mm by 12 mm
Standard
8UC73 14-6BD44
1 unit 103
0.200 8UC73 10-6BD 8UC60 14
8UC60 34
8UC60 24
EMERGENCYSTOP
8UC73 24-8BD44
1 unit 103
0.200 8UC73 20-8BD 8UC60 14
8UC60 34
8UC60 24
(coupling driver
made of plastic)
@ 8 mm
@ 8 mm
@ 8 mm by 8 mm
(Die-cast
coupling driver
with reduced
tolerance
compensation)
@ 8 mm
@ 8 mm
@ 12 mm by 8 mm
(Die-cast
coupling driver
with reduced
tolerance
compensation)
(Die-cast
coupling driver)
2/69
Siemens AG 2011

Version
DT
For VL160X (3VL1)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Plug-in versions/withdrawable versions

3- or 4-pole
Plug-in base assembly kits
Base, blade contacts for circuit breakers, terminal covers for degree of protection IP20, fixing
screws, trip pin
NSE0_00717
Rear terminals
3VL9 .00-4PA30
3-pole
3-pole with RCD module
4-pole
A
A
A
A
3VL9 100-4PA30
3VL9 100-4PB30
3VL9 100-4PA40
3VL9 100-4PB40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
2.170
2.460
2.850
3.200
A
A
3VL9 300-4PE30
3VL9 300-4PE40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.375
0.500
A
A
A
A
3VL9 100-4PC30
3VL9 100-4PD30
3VL9 100-4PC40
3VL9 100-4PD40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
1.980
2.260
2.620
2.960
90 angle connecting adapters

For rear connection, 3-pole
Front-accessible terminals
3-pole
4-pole
NSE00581
3VL9 .00-4PE30
Withdrawable version assembly kits
Upgrade of the plug-in base assembly kit to
Withdrawable version
including side panels
and racking mechanism.
3-pole
3-pole with RCD
4-pole
4-pole with RCD
-----
Same as plug-in base assembly kit, with additional side panels and racking mechanism
NSE0_00719
3VL9 .00-4WF30
NSE0_00683
3VL9 .00-4WA30
Rear terminals
3-pole
4-pole
-----
3-pole
4-pole
-----
Blade contacts
As replacement for converting fixed-mounted
circuit breakers into plug-in/withdrawable circuit
breakers, including trip pin
1 set = 6 units
1 set = 8 units
3-pole
4-pole
A
A
3VL9 100-4PS30
3VL9 100-4PS40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.226
0.295
3VL9 100-4PF00
1 unit
113
0.012
Trip pins and springs

As replacement for plug-in/withdrawable
circuit breaker
Auxiliary circuit plug connections for plug-in
bases
Accessory connections for plug-in circuit breakers (factory-wired connectors) and for plug-in
bases or withdrawable version (coupling with
screw terminal)
1)
1)
8 terminals
3VL9 300-4PJ00
1 unit
113
0.134

(connected/disconnected position)
For plug-in/withdrawable base, 1 CO,
max. 2 signaling switches possible
3VL9 000-4WL00
1 unit
113
0.019
It is recommended to use a maximum of 2 auxiliary circuit plug-in systems

per circuit breaker (16 terminals).
2/70
Siemens AG 2011

DT
For VL160 (3VL2)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight DT
per PU
approx.
For VL250 (3VL3)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
kg
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
A
A
A
A
3VL9 200-4PA30
3VL9 200-4PB30
3VL9 200-4PA40
3VL9 200-4PB40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
2.170
2.460
2.850
3.200
A
A
A
A
3VL9 300-4PA30
3VL9 300-4PB30
3VL9 300-4PA40
3VL9 300-4PB40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
2.280
2.570
3.000
3.330
A
A
3VL9 300-4PE30
3VL9 300-4PE40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.375 A
0.500 A
3VL9 300-4PE30
3VL9 300-4PE40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.375
0.500
A
A
A
A
3VL9 200-4PC30
3VL9 200-4PD30
3VL9 200-4PC40
3VL9 200-4PD40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
1.980
2.260
2.620
2.960
A
A
A
A
3VL9 300-4PC30
3VL9 300-4PD30
3VL9 300-4PC40
3VL9 300-4PD40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
2.090
2.370
2.770
3.070
A
A
A
A
3VL9 300-4WF30
3VL9 300-4WG30
3VL9 300-4WF40
3VL9 300-4WG40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
1.260
2.031
1.280
2.050
A
A
A
A
3VL9 300-4WF30
3VL9 300-4WG30
3VL9 300-4WF40
3VL9 300-4WG40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
1.260
2.031
1.280
2.050
A
A
A
A
3VL9 200-4WA30
3VL9 200-4WB30
3VL9 200-4WA40
3VL9 200-4WB40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
3.430
4.000
4.130
4.940
A
A
A
A
3VL9 300-4WA30
3VL9 300-4WB30
3VL9 300-4WA40
3VL9 300-4WB40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
3.540
4.601
4.280
5.361
A
A
A
A
3VL9 200-4WC30
3VL9 200-4WD30
3VL9 200-4WC40
3VL9 200-4WD40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
3.240
3.810
3.940
4.710
A
A
A
A
3VL9 300-4WC30
3VL9 300-4WD30
3VL9 300-4WC40
3VL9 300-4WD40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
3.350
4.398
4.050
5.158
A
A
3VL9 200-4PS30
3VL9 200-4PS40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.248 A
0.330 A
3VL9 300-4PS30
3VL9 300-4PS40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.342
0.426
3VL9 300-4PF00
1 unit
113
0.013 A
3VL9 300-4PF00
1 unit
113
0.013
1)
1)
3VL9 300-4PJ00
1 unit
113
0.134 A
3VL9 300-4PJ00
1 unit
113
0.134
3VL9 000-4WL00
1 unit
113
0.019 A
3VL9 000-4WL00
1 unit
113
0.019
2/71
Siemens AG 2011

Version
DT
For VL400 (3VL4)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

3- or 4-pole
screws, trip pin
NSE0_00717
Rear terminals
3VL9 .00-4PA30
3-pole
4-pole
A
A
A
1 unit
113
5.869
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
8.008
10.100
3VL9 400-4PC30
--1)
3VL9 400-4PC40
3VL9 400-4PD40
1 unit
113
5.424
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
7.408
9.500
3VL9 400-4WF30
--1)
3VL9 400-4WF40
3VL9 400-4WG40
1 unit
113
3.400
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.600
3.800
3VL9 400-4WA30
--1)
3VL9 400-4WA40
3VL9 400-4WB40
1 unit
113
8.769
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
11.549
13.200
3VL9 400-4WC30
--1)
3VL9 400-4WC40
3VL9 400-4WD40
1 unit
113
8.324
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
10.949
12.600
3VL9 400-4PS30
3VL9 400-4PS40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.720
0.960
3VL9 400-4PF00
1 unit
113
0.015
3VL9 400-4PA30
--1)
3VL9 400-4PA40
3VL9 400-4PB40

---
3-pole
4-pole
NSE00581
A
A
A
3VL9 .00-4PE30
3-pole
3-pole with RCD
4-pole
4-pole with RCD
A
A
A
NSE0_00719
3VL9 .00-4WF30
NSE0_00683
3VL9 .00-4WA30
Rear terminals3)
3-pole
4-pole
3-pole
4-pole
A
A
A
A
A
A
Blade contacts
1 set = 6 units
3-pole
A
1 set = 8 units
4-pole
A
circuit breaker

bases
screw terminal)
2)
8 terminals
3VL9 400-4PJ00
1 unit
113
0.144

3VL9 000-4WL00
1 unit
113
0.019
1)
For 3-pole applications please use 4-pole withdrawable version

with 4-pole RCD module and 4-pole circuit breaker.
2)

3)
With VL800 (3VL6) to VL1600 (3VL8) as vertical connection.
2/72
Siemens AG 2011

DT
For VL630 (3VL5)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight DT
per PU
approx.
For VL800 (3VL6)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
kg
A
A
3VL9 500-4PA30
-3VL9 500-4PA40
--
1 unit
113
8.200
1 unit
113
11.200
--A
1 unit
113
7.400
1 unit
113
9.600
3VL9 500-4WF30
-3VL9 500-4WF40
--
1 unit
113
3.600
1 unit
113
3.800
3VL9 500-4WA30
-3VL9 500-4WA40
--
1 unit
113
11.000 A
1 unit
113
15.000 A
3VL9 500-4WC30
-3VL9 500-4WC40
--
1 unit
113
10.300 A
1 unit
113
13.400 A
A
A
3VL9 500-4PS30
3VL9 500-4PS40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3VL9 500-4PF00
1 unit
A
A
A
A
A
A
kg
-------
3VL9 500-4PC30
3VL9 500-4PC40
--
Weight
per PU
approx.
-----
-----
3VL9 600-4WA30
-3VL9 600-4WA40
--
1 unit
113
40.104
1 unit
113
48.060
3VL9 600-4WC30
-3VL9 600-4WC40
--
1 unit
113
40.716
1 unit
113
48.876
1.260 A
1.680 A
3VL9 600-4PS30
3VL9 600-4PS40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
1.500
2.000
113
0.018 A
3VL9 600-4PF00
1 unit
113
0.025
2)
2)
3VL9 600-4PJ00
1 unit
113
0.144 A
3VL9 600-4PJ00
1 unit
113
0.144
3VL9 000-4WL00
1 unit
113
0.019 A
3VL9 000-4WL00
1 unit
113
0.019
2/73
Siemens AG 2011

Version
DT
For VL1250 (3VL7)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

3- or 4-pole
screws, trip pin
NSE0_00717
Rear terminals
3VL9 .00-4PA30
3-pole
4-pole
-----

---
3-pole
4-pole
NSE00581
-----
3VL9 .00-4PE30
3-pole
3-pole with RCD
4-pole
4-pole with RCD
-----
NSE0_00719
3VL9 .00-4WF30
NSE0_00683
3VL9 .00-4WA30
Rear terminals1)
3-pole
4-pole
3VL9 800-4WA30
-3VL9 800-4WA40
--
1 unit
113
39.996
1 unit
113
47.148
3VL9 800-4WC30
-3VL9 800-4WC40
--
1 unit
113
40.608
1 unit
113
47.964
A
A
3VL9 800-4PS30
3VL9 800-4PS40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.000
2.660
3VL9 800-4PF00
1 unit
113
0.030
3-pole
4-pole
A
A
Blade contacts
1 set = 6 units
1 set = 8 units
3-pole
4-pole

circuit breaker
bases
screw terminal)
2)
8 terminals
3VL9 800-4PJ00
1 unit
113
0.144

3VL9 000-4WL00
1 unit
113
0.019
1)
With VL800 (3VL6) to VL1600 (3VL8) as vertical connection.
2)

2/74
Siemens AG 2011

DT
For VL1600 (3VL8)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
-----------
-----
3VL9 800-4WA30
-3VL9 800-4WA40
--
1 unit
113
39.996
1 unit
113
47.148
3VL9 800-4WC30
-3VL9 800-4WC40
--
1 unit
113
40.608
1 unit
113
47.964
A
A
3VL9 800-4PS30
3VL9 800-4PS40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.000
2.660
3VL9 800-4PF00
1 unit
113
0.030
A
A
2)
3VL9 800-4PJ00
1 unit
113
0.144
3VL9 000-4WL00
1 unit
113
0.019
2/75
Siemens AG 2011

Circuit breakers Rated
for system pro- current
tection, only for In
TM, starters,
disconnectors
Residual Delay time td

currents I adjustable
adjustable
Rated
operational
voltage Ue
V AC
0.03
Instantaneous
160
0.10
0.06
0.30
0.10
0.50
0.25
1.00
0.50
3.00
1.00
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*/
(UNIT, P. unit
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
RCD modules
3-pole
VL160X (3VL1)
NSE0_00582
Bottom
mounting1)3)
Mounting kit for
left side,
without
RCD1)2)3)
SENTRON VL160X
with RCD module
VL160 (3VL2)
mounted laterally on
the circuit breaker
(on left side)
VL250 (3VL3)
VL400 (3VL4)
160
250
400
127 ... 480
3VL9 112-5GA30
1 unit
113
1.340
3VL9 112-5GB30
1 unit
113
1.525
127 ... 480
3VL9 216-5GC30
1 unit
113
1.320
230 ... 690
3VL9 216-5GD30
1 unit
113
1.320
127 ... 480
3VL9 325-5GE30
1 unit
113
1.400
230 ... 690
3VL9 325-5GF30
1 unit
113
1.400
127 ... 480
--
230 ... 690
--
4-pole
VL160X (3VL1)
Bottom
mounting1)3)
160
Mounting kit for

left side,
without
RCD1)2)3)
NSE0_00583
VL160 (3VL2)
VL250 (3VL3)
SENTRON VL160X
up to VL400 with
VL400 (3VL4)
RCD module
mounted below the
circuit breaker
0.03
Instantaneous
0.10
0.06
0.30
0.10
0.50
0.25
1.00
0.50
3.00
1.00
160
250
400
Circuit breakers Rated

for system pro- current
tection, only for In
TM, starters,
disconnectors
Residual Delay time td

currents I adjustable
adjustable
127 ... 480
3VL9 112-5GA40
1 unit
113
1.590
3VL9 112-5GB40
1 unit
113
1.824
127 ... 480
3VL9 216-5GC40
1 unit
113
1.570
230 ... 690
3VL9 216-5GD40
1 unit
113
1.570
127 ... 480
3VL9 325-5GE40
1 unit
113
1.650
230 ... 690
3VL9 325-5GF40
1 unit
113
1.650
127 ... 480
3VL9 440-5GG40
1 unit
113
2.980
230 ... 690
3VL9 440-5GH40
1 unit
113
2.980
Addi- Order No. with "-Z"

tional 3VL. . . . - . E . . . - . . . . -Z
price
and additional
order code
Additional
price
Rated
operational
voltage Ue
3-pole
circuit breakers
Order No. with "-Z"

3VL. . . . - . D . . . - . . . . -Z
and additional
order code
@@@
V AC
Code for further

versions
-Z
4-pole
circuit breakers
@@@
Code for further

versions -Z
Circuit breakers with RCD module

3 and 4-pole
VL160X (3VL1)
(Bottom
mounting)
160
VL160 (3VL2)
160
VL250 (3VL3)
VL400 (3VL4)
250
400
0.03
Instantaneous
0.10
0.06
0.30
0.10
127 ... 480
A 0 1 1)3)
A 0 1 1)3)
0.50
0.25
1.00
0.50
127 ... 480
A 0 1
A 0 1
3.00
1.00
230 ... 690
A 0 2
A 0 2
127 ... 480
A 0 1
A 0 1
230 ... 690
A 0 2
A 0 2
127 ... 480
--
A 0 1
230 ... 690
--
A 0 2
Additional price
1)
Only the right-hand accessory compartment and the N conductor (4-pole)

accessory compartment can be used for the installation of accessories,
2)
The assembly kit consists of the mounting plate, wiring and covers for circuit breakers and RCD module (for 75 mm standard mounting rail).
The RCD module (3VL9 112-5GA30/-5GA40) must be ordered separately.
3)
VL160X (3VL1) + RCD module cannot be combined with motorized operating mechanism, front operating mechanism, door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, locking device for toggle levers, screw terminal
connections (3VL17..-....6-....) and Bowden wire interlocking.
2/76
Siemens AG 2011

Version
DT For VL160X (3VL1)

Order No.
PU
PS*/
Price (UNIT, P. unit
per PU SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Connection methods for fixed-mounted circuit breakers

3- or 4-pole
Front connecting bars1)
Phase barriers included.
Standard
NSE0_00702
3VL9 .00-4EC40
1 set = 3 units
3-pole
3VL9 216-4EC30
1 unit
113
0.198
1 set = 4 units
4-pole
3VL9 216-4EC40
1 unit
113
0.198
1 set = 3 units
3-pole
3VL9 216-4ED30
1 unit
113
0.189
1 set = 4 units
4-pole
3VL9 216-4ED40
1 unit
113
0.252
Short terminal (1 unit)
3VL9 100-4RA00
1 unit
113
0.126
Long terminal (1 unit)
3VL9 100-4RB00
1 unit
113
0.229
Terminal kit (2 short + 1 long)

3-pole
3VL9 100-4RC30
1 unit
113
0.481

4-pole
3VL9 100-4RF40
1 unit
113
0.711
Short flat connector (1 unit)
3VL9 100-4RK00
1 unit
113
0.104
Long flat connector (1 unit)
3VL9 100-4RL00
1 unit
113
0.200
Flat connector kit

(2 short + 1 long)
3-pole
3VL9 100-4RM30
1 unit
113
0.408
Flat connector kit

(2 short + 2 long)
4-pole
3VL9 100-4RN40
1 unit
113
0.608
1 set = 3 units
3VL9 100-4TC30
1 unit
113
0.084
1 set = 4 units
3VL9 100-4TC40
1 unit
113
0.112
1 set = 3 units
3VL9 100-4TD30
1 unit
113
0.041
1 set = 4 units
3VL9 100-4TD40
1 unit
113
0.055
For increased pole spacing

NSE0_00722
3VL9 .00-4ED40
Rear terminals
NSE0_00723
3VL9 .00-4RA00,
3VL9 .00-4RB00
NSE0_00724
3VL9 .00-4RK00,
3VL9 .00-4RL00
Box terminals
For connection for flexible flat copper busbar or cable,
NSE0_00700
3VL9 .00-4TC.0
N S E 0 _ 0 1 5 2 9
3VL9 .00-4TD.0

Only for cables (Al or Cu)
Aluminum terminal (tinned)
Circular conductor terminal with terminal

covers for cable (Al or Cu)
1 set = 3 units
NSE0_00701
3VL9 .00-4TA.0
3VL9 115-4TD30
1 unit
113
0.150
1 set = 4 units
3VL9 115-4TD40
1 unit
113
0.150
Auxiliary conductor terminals

For box terminals/circular conductor terminals
1 set = 10 units
3VL9 200-3TN00
1 unit
113
0.130
1 set = 3 units
3VL9 116-4TA30
1 unit
113
0.055
1 set = 4 units
3VL9 116-4TA40
1 unit
113
0.070
Terminals with screw connection metric thread

With insulator (for rear) for use with busbars and cable
lugs, see Technical Information at
Connection covers
(terminal covers) for circuit breakers
Degree of protection IP30 for main connections
1 set = 2 units
NSE0_00730
3VL9 .00-3CB.0
Extended
3-pole
3VL9 300-8CA30
1 unit
113
0.204
Standard
3-pole
3VL9 300-8CB30
1 unit
113
0.053
Extended
4-pole
3VL9 300-8CA40
1 unit
113
0.264
Standard
4-pole
3VL9 300-8CB40
1 unit
113
0.071
3VL9 300-8CE00
1 unit
113
0.023
Phase barriers for circuit breakers, fixed-mounted,

plug-in or withdrawable versions
NSE0_00731
1 set = 2 units
3VL9 .00-8CE00
1)
Screw terminal connections are required for SENTRON VL160X and VL160 (3VL1 and 3VL2) circuit breakers,
see Technical Information at www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support.
2/77
Siemens AG 2011

2

Version
DT
For VL160 (3VL2)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Connection components for fixed-mounted circuit breakers

3- or 4-pole
Front connecting bars1)
NSE0_00702
3VL9 .00-4EC40
Standard
1 set = 3 units
1 set = 4 units
3-pole
4-pole
A
A
3VL9 216-4EC30
3VL9 216-4EC40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.198
0.198
A
A
3VL9 216-4ED30
3VL9 216-4ED40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.189
0.252

A
A
3VL9 200-4RA00
3VL9 200-4RB00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.126
0.229
Terminal kit (2 short + 1 long) 3-pole

A
A
3VL9 200-4RC30
3VL9 200-4RF40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.481
0.711

A
A
3VL9 200-4RK00
3VL9 200-4RL00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.104
0.200
Flat connector kit (2 short + 1 long) 3-pole

A
A
3VL9 200-4RM30
3VL9 200-4RN40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.408
0.608
A
A
3VL9 200-4TC30
3VL9 200-4TC40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.084
0.112
C
C
3VL9 200-4TD30
3VL9 200-4TD40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.041
0.055
A
B
3VL9 215-4TD30
3VL9 215-4TD40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.150
0.150

NSE0_00722
3VL9 .00-4ED40
1 set = 3 units
1 set = 4 units
3-pole
4-pole
Rear terminals
NSE0_00723
3VL9 .00-4RA00,
3VL9 .00-4RB00
NSE0_00724
3VL9 .00-4RK00,
3VL9 .00-4RL00
Box terminals
Connection for flexible flat copper busbar or
cable,
1 set = 3 units
1 set = 4 units
NSE0_00700
3VL9 .00-4TC.0
N S E 0 _ 0 1 5 2 9

1 set = 3 units
1 set = 4 units
3VL9 .00-4TD.0
Circular conductor terminal with terminal

covers for cable (Al or Cu)
1 set = 3 units
1 set = 4 units
Multiple feed-in terminals

N S E 0 _ 0 1 5 4 2
N S E 0 _ 0 1 5 4 3
3VL9 .00-4TF.0
3 units
4 units
Multiple feed-in terminal
with terminal covers
3 units (2 70 ... 300)
4 units (2 70 ... 300)

For box terminals/circular conductor terminals/multiple feed-in terminals
1 set = 10 units
NSE0_00701
3VL9 .00-4TA.0
--A
3VL9 200-3TN00
1 unit
113
0.130
A
A
3VL9 216-4TA30
3VL9 216-4TA40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.055
0.070
A
A
A
A
3VL9 300-8CA30
3VL9 300-8CB30
3VL9 300-8CA40
3VL9 300-8CB40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
0.204
0.053
0.264
0.071
3VL9 300-8CE00
1 unit
113
0.023

With insulator (for rear) for use with busbars and
cable lugs, see Technical Information at
1 set = 3 units
1 set = 4 units
Connection covers
1 set = 2 units
NSE0_00730
3VL9 .00-3CB.0
Extended
Standard
Extended
Standard
3-pole
3-pole
4-pole
4-pole

plug-in or withdrawable versions
NSE0_00731
3VL9 .00-8CE00
1)
---
1 set = 2 units
Screw terminal connections are required for SENTRON VL160X and VL160 (3VL1 and 3VL2) circuit breakers,
see Technical Information at www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support.
2/78
Siemens AG 2011

DT
For VL250 (3VL3)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight DT
per PU
approx.
For VL400 (3VL4)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
kg
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
A
A
3VL9 300-4EC30
3VL9 300-4EC40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.256 A
0.345 A
3VL9 400-4EC30
3VL9 400-4EC40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.889
1.193
A
A
3VL9 300-4ED30
3VL9 300-4ED40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.256 A
0.345 A
3VL9 400-4ED30
3VL9 400-4ED40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.916
1.229
A
A
3VL9 300-4RA00
3VL9 300-4RB00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.126 A
0.229 A
3VL9 400-4RA00
3VL9 400-4RB00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.219
0.377
A
A
3VL9 300-4RC30
3VL9 300-4RF40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.481 A
0.711 A
3VL9 400-4RC30
3VL9 400-4RF40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.816
1.192
A
A
3VL9 300-4RK00
3VL9 300-4RL00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.104 A
0.200 A
3VL9 400-4RK00
3VL9 400-4RL00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.343
0.502
A
A
3VL9 300-4RM30
3VL9 300-4RN40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.408 A
0.608 A
3VL9 400-4RM30
3VL9 400-4RN40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
1.190
1.690
A
A
3VL9 300-4TC30
3VL9 300-4TC40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.192 A
0.256 A
3VL9 400-4TC30
3VL9 400-4TC40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.423
0.573
C
C
3VL9 300-4TD30
3VL9 300-4TD40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.159 C
0.212 C
3VL9 400-4TD30
3VL9 400-4TD40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.260
0.340
B
B
3VL9 324-4TD30
3VL9 324-4TD40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.150
0.150
---
---
C
C
3VL9 400-4TF30
3VL9 400-4TF40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.420
0.560
---
B
B
3VL9 460-4TF30
3VL9 460-4TF40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.150
0.150
3VL9 300-3TN00
1 unit
113
0.150 A
3VL9 400-3TN00
1 unit
113
0.140
A
A
3VL9 300-4TA30
3VL9 300-4TA40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.090 A
0.120 A
3VL9 400-4TA30
3VL9 400-4TA40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.112
0.149
A
A
A
A
3VL9 300-8CA30
3VL9 300-8CB30
3VL9 300-8CA40
3VL9 300-8CB40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
0.204
0.053
0.264
0.071
A
A
A
A
3VL9 400-8CA30
3VL9 400-8CB30
3VL9 400-8CA40
3VL9 400-8CB40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
0.450
0.120
0.594
0.164
3VL9 300-8CE00
1 unit
113
0.023 A
3VL9 600-8CE00
1 unit
113
0.042
2/79
Siemens AG 2011

Version
DT
For VL630 (3VL5)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

3- or 4-pole
Front connecting bars
NSE0_00702
3VL9 .00-4EC40
Standard
1 set = 3 units
1 set = 4 units
3-pole
4-pole
A
A
3VL9 500-4EC30
3VL9 500-4EC40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
1.028
1.371
A
A
3VL9 500-4ED30
3VL9 500-4ED40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
1.059
1.412

NSE0_00722
3VL9 .00-4ED40
1 set = 3 units
1 set = 4 units
3-pole
4-pole
Rear terminals
NSE0_00723
3VL9 .00-4RA00,
3VL9 .00-4RB00
NSE0_00724
3VL9 .00-4RK00,
3VL9 .00-4RL00
NSE0_00725
---

---

---

---
Flat connecting bar (1 unit)

Flat connecting bar
Set = 3 units, 3-pole
Flat connecting bar
3VL9 500-4RG00
1 unit
113
0.358
3VL9 500-4RH30
1 unit
113
1.075
3VL9 500-4RH40
1 unit
113
1.433
1 set = 3 units
1 set = 4 units
C
C
3VL9 500-4TG30
3VL9 500-4TG40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.461
0.614

For multiple feed-in terminals
1 set = 10 units
3VL9 400-3TN00
1 unit
113
0.140
A
A
3VL9 500-4TT30
3VL9 500-4TT40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
1.350
1.800
C
C
3VL9 500-4TA30
3VL9 500-4TA40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.150
0.200
A
A
A
A
3VL9 600-8CA30
3VL9 600-8CB30
3VL9 600-8CA40
3VL9 600-8CB40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
0.696
0.210
0.960
0.270
3VL9 600-8CE00
1 unit
113
0.042

3VL9 .00-4RG00
N S E 0 _ 0 1 5 4 2

N S E 0 _ 0 1 5 4 3
3VL9 .00-4TF.0
Terminal plates1)
Connection for flexible flat copper busbar with
auxiliary conductor connection 0.5 4 mm2
(extended terminal covers or phase barriers
required)
1 set = 3 units
1 set = 4 units
N S E 0 _ 0 1 5 4 4
3VL9 .00-4TG.0

1 set = 3 units
1 set = 4 units
N S E 0 _ 0 1 5 3 0
3VL9 .00-4TT.0
NSE0_00701
3VL9 .00-4TA.0
Connection covers
1 set = 2 units
Extended
Standard
Extended
Standard
3-pole
3-pole
4-pole
4-pole

plug-in or withdrawable versions2)
NSE0_00730
1 set = 2 units
3VL9 .00-3CB.0
NSE0_00731
3VL9 .00-8CE00
1)
Front connecting bars included in scope of supply; not for 690 V AC/600 V DC.
2/80
Siemens AG 2011

DT
For VL800 (3VL6)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight DT
per PU
approx.
For VL1250 (3VL7)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
kg
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
A
A
3VL9 600-4EC30
3VL9 600-4EC40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
1.602 C
2.136 C
3VL9 800-4EC30
3VL9 800-4EC40
A
A
3VL9 600-4ED30
3VL9 600-4ED40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
1.613
2.154
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
3.313
4.438
3VL9 600-4RG00
1 unit
113
1.604 A
3VL9 700-4RG00
1 unit
113
1.604
3VL9 600-4RH30
1 unit
113
4.812 A
3VL9 700-4RH30
1 unit
113
4.812
3VL9 600-4RH40
1 unit
113
6.416 A
3VL9 700-4RH40
1 unit
113
6.416
C
C
3VL9 600-4TG30
3VL9 600-4TG40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.918 C
1.224 C
3VL9 700-4TG30
3VL9 700-4TG40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
2.175
2.900
3VL9 400-3TN00
1 unit
113
0.140 A
3VL9 400-3TN00
1 unit
113
0.140
---
---
C
C
3VL9 600-4TA30
3VL9 600-4TA40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.289 C
0.386 C
3VL9 800-4TA30
3VL9 800-4TA40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.319
0.426
A
A
A
A
3VL9 600-8CA30
3VL9 600-8CB30
3VL9 600-8CA40
3VL9 600-8CB40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
0.696
0.210
0.960
0.270
A
A
A
A
3VL9 800-8CA30
3VL9 800-8CB30
3VL9 800-8CA40
3VL9 800-8CB40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
113
1.060
0.360
1.326
0.470
3VL9 600-8CE00
1 unit
113
0.042 C
3VL9 800-8CE00
1 unit
113
0.130
2)
Plug-in version: Not for VL1250 (3VL7),

withdrawable version: Not for VL800 (3VL6) and VL1250 (3VL7).
2/81
Siemens AG 2011

Version
DT
For VL1600 (3VL8)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

3- or 4-pole
Front connecting bars
Standard
NSE0_00702
3VL9 .00-4EC40
1 set = 3 units
3-pole
3VL9 800-4EC30
1 unit
113
3.313 1)
1 set = 4 units
4-pole
3VL9 800-4EC40
1 unit
113
4.438 1)

NSE0_00722
3VL9 .00-4ED40
1 set = 3 units
3-pole
--
1 set = 4 units
4-pole
--
Rear terminals
NSE0_00723
3VL9 .00-4RA00,
3VL9 .00-4RB00
NSE0_00724
3VL9 .00-4RK00,
3VL9 .00-4RL00
NSE0_00725
--
--

3-pole
--

4-pole
--
--
--
Flat connector kit (2 short + 1 long)

3-pole
--
Flat connector kit (2 short + 2 long)

4-pole
Flat connecting bar (1 unit)
3VL9 .00-4RG00
Flat connecting bar

Flat connecting bar
-A
3VL9 800-4RG00
1 unit
113
1.527
3VL9 800-4RH30
1 unit
113
4.581
3VL9 800-4RH40
1 unit
113
6.108
Box terminals
For connection for flexible flat copper busbar or
cable, see Technical Information at
NSE0_00700
3VL9 .00-4TC.0
N S E 0 _ 0 1 5 4 4
3VL9 .00-4TG.0
NSE0_00701
3VL9 .00-4TA.0
1 set = 3 units
--
1 set = 4 units
--

1 set = 3 units
--
1 set = 4 units
--

For box terminals/aluminum terminals
--

1 set = 3 units
3VL9 800-4TA30
1 unit
113
0.319
1 set = 4 units
3VL9 800-4TA40
1 unit
113
0.426
Connection covers
1 set = 2 units
NSE0_00730
3VL9 .00-3CB.0
NSE0_00731
3VL9 .00-8CE00
Extended
3-pole
3VL9 800-8CA30
1 unit
113
1.060
Standard
3-pole
3VL9 800-8CB30
1 unit
113
0.360
Extended
4-pole
3VL9 800-8CA40
1 unit
113
1.326
Standard
4-pole
3VL9 800-8CB40
1 unit
113
0.470
3VL9 800-8CE00
1 unit
113
0.130
Phase barriers for fixed-mounted circuit

breakers
1 set = 2 units
1)
In scope of supply of circuit breaker.
2/82
Siemens AG 2011

Version
DT
For VL160X (3VL1)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Interlocks
3- or 4-pole
C
3VL9 300-3HL00
1 unit
113
0.052
3VL9 300-8LC00
1 unit
113
0.215
Plug-in/withdrawable circuit breakers
3VL9 300-8LD00
1 unit
113
0.223
Locking devices for toggle levers

For locking the circuit breaker in the "OFF" position.
Up to 3 padlocks with 5 8 mm can be used.
Removable (padlocks not included)
Rear interlocking modules
For the mechanical interlocking of two adjacent
circuit breakers. The circuit breakers must be of the
same installation type and size.
(Mounting plate not included in scope of supply)
NSE0_00732
3VL9 .00-3HL00
Interlocking modules for Bowden wire

interlocking 1)
For the mechanical interlocking of two circuit
breakers.
Interlocking module for one circuit breaker
NSE0_00733
3VL9 .00-8L.00
Combination with next size up possible

(see Order No.)
C
3VL9 300-8LA00
1 unit
113
0.174
Wire length 0.5 m
3VL9 000-8LH10
1 unit
113
0.206
Wire length 1.0 m
3VL9 000-8LH20
1 unit
113
0.298
Wire length 1.5 m
3VL9 000-8LH30
1 unit
113
0.412
3VL9 715-8HA00
1 unit
113
0.309
NSE0_00734
Bowden wires for Bowden wire interlocking1)
3VL9 .00-8LA00
Safety lock assembly kits
Key can be removed with the circuit breaker in the
"OFF" position
For front-operated rotary operating mechanisms
Lock types
Ronis
For motorized operating mechanism with stored
energy mechanism
NSE0_00680
Lock types
Ronis
Filli Giussani
-A
3VL9 321-8HA00
1 unit
113
0.053
3VL9 300-8SA40
1 unit
113
0.030
1 unit
113
0.015
Sets of fixing screws

(metric thread)
Including the screws, washers and nuts required to
secure a 3- or 4-pole circuit breaker to a prepared
surface
3VL9 ...-8HA00
Set with 4 screws

Transparent covers for releases, sealable
To prevent access by unqualified personnel and
unauthorized changes to settings (seal not included)
Electronic releases
Thermal-magnetic
3VL9 300-8BM00
--
NSE0_01531a
Battery power supply for activating/

parameterizing the LCD ETU release, with test
function for all IEC and UL ETUs
(two 9 V blocks are required in addition)
-A
3VL9 000-8AP01
1)
Two interlocking modules and one Bowden wire are required. Cannot be
used in conjunction with motorized operating mechanism and withdrawable version.
2/83
Siemens AG 2011

Version
DT
For VL160 (3VL2)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Interlocks
3- or 4-pole
3VL9 300-3HL00
1 unit
113
0.052
3VL9 300-8LC00
1 unit
113
0.215
3VL9 300-8LD00
1 unit
113
0.223

For the mechanical interlocking of two adjacent
circuit breakers. The circuit breakers must be of the
(Mounting plate not included in scope of supply)
NSE0_00732
3VL9 .00-3HL00

interlocking 1)
breakers.
NSE0_00733
3VL9 .00-8L.00
Combinations with next size up/down possible

(see Order No.)
C
3VL9 300-8LA00
1 unit
113
0.174
Wire length 0.5 m
3VL9 000-8LH10
1 unit
113
0.206
Wire length 1.0 m
3VL9 000-8LH20
1 unit
113
0.298
Wire length 1.5 m
3VL9 000-8LH30
1 unit
113
0.412
3VL9 715-8HA00
1 unit
113
0.309
NSE0_00734

"OFF" position
3VL9 .00-8LA00
Lock types
Ronis
energy mechanism
NSE0_00680
Lock types
Ronis
Filli Giussani
-A
3VL9 321-8HA00
1 unit
113
0.053
3VL9 300-8SA40
1 unit
113
0.030
Electronic releases
3VL9 700-8BL00
1 unit
113
0.002
Thermal-magnetic
3VL9 300-8BM00
1 unit
113
0.015

3VL9 000-8AP01
1 unit
113
0.605

(metric thread)
surface
3VL9 ...-8HA00
Set with 4 screws

NSE0_01531a
3VL9 000-8AP01
1)
Two interlocking modules and one Bowden wire are required. Cannot be
used in conjunction with motorized operating mechanism and withdrawable version.
2/84
Siemens AG 2011

DT
For VL250 (3VL3)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight DT
per PU
approx.
For VL400 (3VL4)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
kg
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3VL9 300-3HL00
1 unit
113
0.052 C
3VL9 400-3HL00
1 unit
113
0.122
3VL9 300-8LC00
1 unit
113
0.215 C
3VL9 400-8LC00
1 unit
113
0.386
3VL9 300-8LD00
1 unit
113
0.223 C
3VL9 400-8LD00
1 unit
113
0.436
3VL9 300-8LA00
1 unit
113
0.174 C
3VL9 400-8LA00
1 unit
113
0.196
3VL9 000-8LH10
1 unit
113
0.206
--
3VL9 000-8LH20
1 unit
113
0.298 C
3VL9 000-8LH20
1 unit
113
0.298
3VL9 000-8LH30
1 unit
113
0.412 C
3VL9 000-8LH30
1 unit
113
0.412
3VL9 715-8HA00
1 unit
113
0.309 A
3VL9 715-8HA00
1 unit
113
0.309
3VL9 715-8HA00
1 unit
113
0.309
-A
3VL9 321-8HA00
1 unit
113
0.053
--
3VL9 300-8SA40
1 unit
113
0.030 C
3VL9 500-8SA40
1 unit
113
0.090
3VL9 700-8BL00
1 unit
113
0.002 C
3VL9 700-8BL00
1 unit
113
0.002
3VL9 300-8BM00
1 unit
113
0.015 A
3VL9 400-8BM00
1 unit
113
0.017
3VL9 000-8AP01
1 unit
113
0.605 B
3VL9 000-8AP01
1 unit
113
0.605
2/85
Siemens AG 2011

Version
DT
For VL630 (3VL5)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Interlocks
3- or 4-pole
3VL9 600-3HL00
1 unit
113
0.130
3VL9 600-8LC00
1 unit
113
1.499
3VL9 600-8LD00
1 unit
113
5.076
1 unit
113
0.244

For the mechanical interlocking of two adjacent circuit breakers. The circuit breakers must be of the
same installation type and size. (Mounting plate not
included in scope of supply)
NSE0_00732
3VL9 .00-3HL00

interlocking 1)
breakers.
NSE0_00733
3VL9 .00-8L.00
Combinations with next size up/down possible

(see Order No.)
C
3VL9 600-8LA00

Wire length 0.5 m
NSE0_00734
--
Wire length 1.0 m
3VL9 000-8LH20
1 unit
113
0.298
Wire length 1.5 m
3VL9 000-8LH30
1 unit
113
0.412
3VL9 715-8HA00
1 unit
113
0.309
3VL9 715-8HA00
1 unit
113
0.309

"OFF" position
3VL9 .00-8LA00
Lock types
Ronis
energy mechanism
NSE0_00680
Lock types
Ronis
Filli Giussani
--

(metric thread)
surface
3VL9 ...-8HA00
Set with 4 screws
3VL9 500-8SA40
1 unit
113
0.090
Electronic releases
3VL9 700-8BL00
1 unit
113
0.002
Thermal-magnetic
3VL9 600-8BM00
1 unit
113
0.019

3VL9 000-8AP01
1 unit
113
0.605

NSE0_01531a
3VL9 000-8AP01
1)
Two interlocking modules and one Bowden wire are required.

Cannot be used in conjunction with motorized operating mechanism and
withdrawable version.
2/86
Siemens AG 2011

DT
For VL800 (3VL6)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight DT
per PU
approx.
For VL1250 (3VL7)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
kg
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3VL9 600-3HL00
1 unit
113
0.130 C
3VL9 800-3HL00
1 unit
113
0.238
3VL9 600-8LC00
1 unit
113
1.499 C
3VL9 800-8LC00
1 unit
113
2.935
3VL9 600-8LD00
1 unit
113
5.076 C
3VL9 800-8LD00
1 unit
113
3.825
3VL9 600-8LA00
1 unit
113
0.244 C
3VL9 800-8LA00
1 unit
113
0.283
--
--
3VL9 000-8LH20
1 unit
113
0.298
--
3VL9 000-8LH30
1 unit
113
0.412 C
3VL9 000-8LH30
1 unit
113
0.412
3VL9 715-8HA00
1 unit
113
0.309 A
3VL9 715-8HA00
1 unit
113
0.309
3VL9 715-8HA00
1 unit
113
0.309 A
3VL9 715-8HA00
1 unit
113
0.309
--
--
3VL9 600-8SA40
1 unit
113
0.090 A
3VL9 800-8SA40
1 unit
113
0.090
3VL9 700-8BL00
1 unit
113
0.002 C
3VL9 700-8BL00
1 unit
113
0.002
1 unit
113
0.605
--
3VL9 000-8AP01
--
1 unit
113
0.605 B
3VL9 000-8AP01
2/87
Siemens AG 2011

Version
DT
For VL1600 (3VL8)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Interlocks
3- or 4-pole
3VL9 800-3HL00
1 unit
113
0.238
Circuit breakers, fixed-mounted1)
3VL9 800-8LC00
1 unit
113
2.935
3VL9 800-8LD00
1 unit
113
3.825

interlocking 2)
For the mechanical interlocking of two circuit break- C
ers.
3VL9 800-8LA00
1 unit
113
0.283

For the mechanical interlocking of two adjacent circuit breakers. The circuit breakers must be of the
NSE0_00732
3VL9 .00-3HL00
NSE0_00733
3VL9 .00-8L.00

Wire length 0.5 m
--
Wire length 1.0 m

NSE0_00734
Wire length 1.5 m
-C
3VL9 000-8LH30
1 unit
113
0.412
3VL9 715-8HA00
1 unit
113
0.309
3VL9 715-8HA00
1 unit
113
0.309

"OFF" position
3VL9 .00-8LA00
Lock types
Ronis
For motorized operating mechanisms
NSE0_00680
Lock types
Ronis
Filli Giussani
--

(metric thread)
surface
3VL9 ...-8HA00
Set with 4 screws
3VL9 800-8SA40
1 unit
113
0.090
3VL9 700-8BL00
1 unit
113
0.002
1 unit
113
0.605

Electronic releases
Thermal-magnetic
--
3VL9 000-8AP01
NSE0_01531a
3VL9 000-8AP01
1)
Mounting plate not included in scope of supply.
2)
Two interlocking modules and one Bowden wire are required.

Cannot be used in conjunction with motorized operating mechanism and
withdrawable version.
2/88
Siemens AG 2011

Busbar adapter systems with 40 mm or 60 mm busbar center-to-center spacing with components for busbar runs, adapters and switching device holders for
individual equipment possibilities, devices with an integrated adapter, as well as accessories and flat copper profiles. Observe the short-circuit strength of the
busbar system. Short-circuit strength greater than 50 kA on request.
See also "Busbar Systems" chapter.

Version
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*/
(UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
40 mm busbar adapter systems

According to DIN 43870 Part 2 for copper busbars
with sharp (DIN 1759) and with rounded (DIN 46433) edges,
width 12 mm and 15 mm, thickness 5 mm and 10 mm.
Up to 160 A
Busbar adapters, length 175 mm
With plug connection tags at top, 3-pole
With terminal cover (degree of protection IP10)1)
For one VL160X (3VL1) circuit breaker2)
108 mm wide
1)
For degree of protection IP30, the terminal covers from page 2/77 to 2/82
should be ordered.
2)
Usable only for 3VL circuit breakers with line-side box terminals.
8US10 11-4SL01
1 unit
143
0.585
2/89
Siemens AG 2011

2

Version
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*/
(UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
60 mm busbar adapter systems

For copper busbars with sharp (DIN 1759) and with rounded (DIN 46433) edges,
width 12 mm to 30 mm, thickness 5 mm and 10 mm, also for T and double-T special profiles
Up to 160 A
For one VL160X/VL160 (3VL1, 3VL2) 108 mm wide A
circuit breaker2)
8US12 11-4SL01
1 unit
143
0.597
8US12 11-4SL00
1 unit
143
0.662
8US12 10-4AF00
1 unit
143
2.769
Up to 250 A
For one VL250 (3VL3) circuit breaker 108 mm wide A
8US12 114SL01
Up to 400 A
With threaded inserts M4, M6 and M8
For various types of switching devices, 3-pole
Without connecting cables,
with M10 terminal screws at top and bottom1)
Adapter
185 mm wide A
Mounting plates for 8US12 104AF00
8US12 104AF00
1)
For VL400 (3VL4) circuit breakers

(also for VL160X+RCD, VL160, VL250 circuit
breakers (3VL1 + RCD, 3VL2, 3VL3))
8US19 27-4AF01
1 unit
143
0.575
For VL630 (3VL5) circuit breakers

(In max = 580 V)
8US12 13-4AF00
1 unit
143
2.880
The connecting cable between adapter and switching device should be manufactured in accordance
with the rated current as a round cable,
e.g. H07V-R, with a cable lug or as a flat conductor
for bolt-type connection M10 (adapter).
For degree of protection IP30, the terminal covers from page 2/77 to 2/82
should be ordered.
Type
Rated current In
2)
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*/
(UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Further accessories
Current transformers (-T6) for N conductor/grounded neutral point of the transformer
for ground-fault protection in 4-wire three-phase systems1)
VL160/3VL2
3VL9 280-8TC00
1 unit
113
0.500
100
3VL9 210-8TC00
1 unit
113
0.450
160
3VL9 216-8TC00
1 unit
113
0.485
200
3VL9 320-8TC00
1 unit
113
0.445
250
3VL9 325-8TC00
1 unit
113
0.493
315
3VL9 440-8TC00
1 unit
113
0.493
400
3VL9 440-8TC00
1 unit
113
0.493
VL630/3VL5
630
3VL9 563-8TC00
1 unit
113
0.760
VL800/3VL6
800
3VL9 680-8TC00
1 unit
113
0.778
VL1250/3VL7 1000
3VL9 712-8TC00
1 unit
113
2.080
1250
3VL9 712-8TC00
1 unit
113
2.080
VL1600/3VL8 1600
3VL9 816-8TC00
1 unit
113
2.110
VL250/3VL3
VL400/3VL4
NSE-00572
1)
63, 80
Please note the rated current of the circuit breaker.
2/90
Siemens AG 2011

General criteria for the selection of current transformers for measurement purposes
4NC53 current transformers

Standards
Window-type current transformers
Rated primary current Ipn

Rated secondary current Isn
1A
5A
Accuracy class
Class 1
Class 3
Rated power Pn
Maximum voltage for equipment Um
Overcurrent limiting factor FS
Rated short-time thermal current Ith

Rated impulse current Idyn
EN 60044-1
The conductor to be measured (busbar or cable) is passed through the window opening and constitutes the
primary circuit of the window-type current transformer.
Pin-wound transformers: An economical solution especially for small primary currents of 5 ... 75 A is achieved
when the conductor to be measured is pin-wound several times.
Current transformers can be continuously loaded with 1.3 times the rated primary current (Ipn).
Particularly suitable for longer measuring leads. Cable losses of only 4 % in contrast to 5 A current transformers.
5 A current transformers generate 25 times the power losses on measuring leads as compared with 1 A current
transformers. These stray losses result in higher power in the case of long cables. Only recommended for use
with short measuring leads.
Operation measurement, internal metering
Current error 1 % at 1 x Ipn and 1.2 x Ipn
Coarse measurement
Current error 3 % at 0.5 x Ipn and 1.2 x Ipn
The rated power of transformers is specified in VA. The actual load rating should be similar to the rated power;
a lower actual load rating (underburden) increases the overcurrent factor and measuring devices may be damaged in case of a short-circuit, a higher actual load rating (overburden) has a negative effect on the accuracy.
With a frequency of 60 Hz the rated power increases to 1.2 times. With 162/3Hz the output power decreases to
1
/3 of the rated power.
This is the rms value of the maximum voltage between the conductors of a system. For this voltage the insulation must be rated at normal operating conditions.
4NC5 current transformers are suitable for 720 V.
The overcurrent limiting factor is expressed using the characters FS and a factor, e.g. FS5 or FS10.
When a short-circuit current flows through the primary winding of a current transformer, the load on the measuring devices connected to the current transformer is the lower the smaller the overcurrent limiting factor is.
The rated short-time thermal current Ith is the rms value of the primary current with a duration of one second,
whose heat effect the current transformer can resist without being damaged in the event of a short-circuited
secondary winding.
The rated impulse current Idyn is the highest instantaneous value of the current after a short-circuit whose force
the current transformer can resist without being damaged.
The rated impulse current is specified as peak value.
2/91
Siemens AG 2011

2

4NC current transformers for measuring purposes
Rating Pn
VA
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Classes 1 and 3, from 50 to 1500 A

Rated secondary current 1A
Class 3
For circular conductors with max. diameter 17.5 mm
For busbars up to max. 12 mm 10 mm
50
60
75
2.5
2.5
2.5
A
A
A
4NC51 12-0BC20
4NC51 13-0BC20
4NC51 15-0BC20
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
0.428
0.432
0.425
A
A
A
A
4NC51 17-0CC20
4NC51 21-0CC20
4NC51 22-0CE20
4NC51 23-0CE20
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
0.335
0.327
0.356
0.352
A
A
A
A
4NC52 22-0CE20
4NC52 23-0CE20
4NC52 24-0CE20
4NC52 25-0CE20
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
0.464
0.477
0.363
0.373
A
A
A
A
4NC53 25-0CE20
4NC53 26-0CE20
4NC53 27-0CE20
4NC53 28-0CE20
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
0.469
0.410
0.424
0.391
A
A
A
4NC54 31-0CH20
4NC54 33-0CH20
4NC54 34-0CH20
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
0.644
0.667
0.713
4NC51 12-0BC20
Class 1
For 1 busbar up to max. 12 mm 10 mm
4NC51 17-0CC20
100
150
200
250
2.5
2.5
5
5
For circular conductors with max. diameter 28 mm

For 2 busbars up to max. 25 mm 5 mm
4NC52 22-0CE20
200
250
300
400
5
5
5
5

400
500
600
750
5
5
5
5
4NC53 25-0CE20
1000
1250
1500
10
10
10
4NC54 31-0CH20
2/92
Siemens AG 2011

Rating Pn
VA
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Rated secondary current 5 A

Class 3
50
60
75
2.5
2.5
2.5
A
A
A
4NC51 12-2BC20
4NC51 13-2BC20
4NC51 15-2BC20
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
0.426
0.430
0.431
A
A
A
A
4NC51 17-2CC20
4NC51 21-2CC20
4NC51 22-2CE20
4NC51 23-2CE20
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
0.340
0.327
0.339
0.345
A
A
A
A
4NC52 22-2CE20
4NC52 23-2CE20
4NC52 24-2CE20
4NC52 25-2CE20
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
0.467
0.474
0.356
0.379
A
A
A
A
4NC53 25-2CE20
4NC53 26-2CE20
4NC53 27-2CE20
4NC53 28-2CE20
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
0.452
0.406
0.425
0.379
A
A
A
4NC54 31-2CH20
4NC54 33-2CH20
4NC54 34-2CH20
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
0.660
0.631
0.669
4NC51 12-2BC20
Class 1
4NC51 17-2CC20
100
150
200
250
2.5
2.5
5
5

4NC52 22-2CE20
200
250
300
400
5
5
5
5

400
500
600
750
5
5
5
5
4NC53 25-2CE20
1000
1250
1500
10
10
10
4NC54 31-2CH20
4NC51 window-type current transformers, used as pin-wound transformers, Classes 1 and 3, from 5 A to 75 A
Pin-winding increases the primary current of the current transformer. Consequently, window-type current transformers can
also be used for low primary currents.
Basic type
Rated primary
current
Rating
Primary current to
be measured
4NC51 used as pinwound transformer
4NC51 17
100
4NC51 21
150
4NC51 22
200
4NC51 23
250
2.5
2.5
A
5
10
15
2.5
2.5
2.5
Number of required pin windings
Class 3
10
--5
6
--4
5
Class 1
-10
--
--10
----
----
20
25
30
-2
--
3
-2
-3
--
5
4
--
-6
5
10
8
--
-8
--
40
50
75
----
----
----
-2
--
-3
2
5
4
--
-5
--
A
VA
4NC51 12
50
4NC51 13
60
4NC51 15
75
2/93
Siemens AG 2011

2

Version
DT
For VL160X (3VL1)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Further accessories
3- or 4-pole
Masking frames (cover frames) for door cutouts
A
IP40
Fixed-mounted or plug-in circuit breaker
3VL9 300-8BC00
1 unit
113
0.038
B1)
IP40
Fixed-mounted, plug-in or withdrawable circuit

breaker with front-operated rotary operating
mechanism or motorized operating mechanism
A
3VL9 300-8BG00
1 unit
113
0.099
C
IP20
Withdrawable circuit breaker with toggle lever

actuation. Assembly kit contains masking
frame and extended escutcheon
(cannot be used together with a motorized
operating mechanism/rotary operating mechanism)
--
D
IP40
Fixed-mounted circuit breaker or

plug-in circuit breaker
RCD circuit breaker masking frame
3VL9 300-8BD00
1 unit
113
0.034
RCD masking frame
3VL9 300-8BD00
1 unit
113
0.034
PU
Price (UNIT,
SET,
M)
per PU
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
NSE-00574
Masking frame A
NSE-00575
Masking frame B
E 1)
IP40
Circuit breaker with RCD module and

front-operated rotary operating mechanism.
Assembly kit contains masking frame and
extended escutcheon
--

motorized operating mechanism.
extended escutcheon
--
Masking frame C
Version
DT
For VL400 (3VL4)

Order No.
kg
Further accessories
3- or 4-pole
A
IP40
3VL9 400-8BC00
1 unit
113
0.027
B1)
IP40
Fixed-mounted, plug-in or withdrawable circuit

breaker with front-operated rotary operating
mechanism or motorized operating mechanism
A
3VL9 400-8BG00
1 unit
113
0.149
C
IP20
Withdrawable circuit breaker with toggle lever

actuation. Assembly kit contains masking
frame and extended escutcheon
operating mechanism/rotary operating mechanism)
A
3VL9 400-8BH00
1 unit
113
0.426
D
IP40

3VL9 400-8BC00
1 unit
113
0.027
RCD masking frame
3VL9 400-8BD00
1 unit
113
0.047
circuit breaker with RCD module and

extended escutcheon
3VL9 400-8BH00
1 unit
113
0.426
circuit breaker with RCD module and

extended escutcheon
3VL9 400-8BJ00
1 unit
113
0.395
NSE-00577
Masking frame D
E1)
IP40
NSE-00578
Masking frame E
1)
For withdrawable version IP20.
2/94
Siemens AG 2011

DT
For VL160 (3VL2)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight DT
per PU
approx.
For VL250 (3VL3)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
kg
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3VL9 300-8BC00
1 unit
113
0.038 A
3VL9 300-8BC00
1 unit
113
0.038
3VL9 300-8BG00
1 unit
113
0.099 A
3VL9 300-8BG00
1 unit
113
0.099
3VL9 300-8BH00
1 unit
113
0.267 A
3VL9 300-8BH00
1 unit
113
0.267
3VL9 300-8BD00
1 unit
113
0.034 A
3VL9 300-8BD00
1 unit
113
0.034
3VL9 300-8BD00
1 unit
113
0.034 A
3VL9 300-8BD00
1 unit
113
0.034
3VL9 300-8BH00
1 unit
113
0.267 A
3VL9 300-8BH00
1 unit
113
0.267
3VL9 300-8BJ00
1 unit
113
0.230 A
3VL9 300-8BJ00
1 unit
113
0.230
DT
For VL630 (3VL5)
PG
Weight DT
per PU
approx.
For VL800 (3VL6)
Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
kg
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3VL9 600-8BC00
1 unit
113
0.055 A
3VL9 600-8BC00
1 unit
113
0.055
3VL9 600-8BG00
1 unit
113
0.177 A
3VL9 600-8BG00
1 unit
113
0.177
3VL9 600-8BH00
1 unit
113
0.575 A
3VL9 600-8BH00
1 unit
113
0.575
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
2/95
Siemens AG 2011

2

Version
DT
For VL1250 (3VL7)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Further accessories
3- or 4-pole
A
IP40
3VL9 800-8BC00
1 unit
113
0.043
B1)
IP40
Fixed-mounted, plug-in or withdrawable

circuit breaker with front-operated rotary
operating mechanism or
motorized operating mechanism
3VL9 800-8BG00
1 unit
113
0.192
Withdrawable circuit breaker with toggle

lever actuation. Assembly kit contains
masking frame and extended escutcheon
operating mechanism/rotary operating
mechanism)
A
3VL9 800-8BH00
1 unit
113
0.531

--
RCD masking frame
--

extended escutcheon
--

extended escutcheon
--
NSE-00574
Masking frame A
NSE-00575
Masking frame B
C
IP20
Masking frame C
D
IP40
NSE-00577
Masking frame D
E1)
IP40
NSE-00578
Masking frame E
1)
For withdrawable version IP20.
2/96
Siemens AG 2011

DT
For VL1600 (3VL8)

Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
per PU SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3VL9 800-8BC00
1 unit
113
0.043
3VL9 800-8BG00
1 unit
113
0.192
3VL9 800-8BH00
1 unit
113
0.531
---
--
--
2/97
Siemens AG 2011

2

Version
DT Order No.
Price
PU
PS*/
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Accessories for communication

3- or 4-pole
Data transmission through COM20, COM21
VL160 (3VL2) to VL1600 (3VL8)
COM20 (PROFIBUS module for SENTRON 3VL)
for ETU release with communication function
Module for connecting the SENTRON 3VL to the PROFIBUS DP,
including switching function and Zone Selective Interlocking functionality,
connection cable to ETU included in delivery of the ETU, length 1.5 m.
3VL9 000-8AU00
1 unit
113
1.038
COM21 (MODBUS module for SENTRON 3VL)

for ETU release with communication function
Module for connecting the SENTRON 3VL to the MODBUS RTU,
including switching function and Zone Selective Interlocking functionality,
connection cable to ETU included in delivery of the ETU, length 1.5 m.
3VL9 000-8AV00
1 unit
113
1.038
A
A
A
3VL9 000-8AQ61
3VL9 000-8AQ71
3VL9 000-8AQ81
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
113
0.210
0.210
0.210
3UF7 910-0AA00-0
1 unit
131
0.030
3WL9 111-0AT28-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.900
BDA Plus1)
Same as BDA, but with additional Ethernet interface for connection to
Ethernet/Intranet/Internet
3WL9 111-0AT33-0AA0
1 unit
103
1.200
Connection cables for BDA and BDA Plus

Connection cables for connection of BDA and BDA Plus to LCD ETU release of the
SENTRON 3VL circuit breaker; length 1 m
3WL9 111-0BC20-0AA0
1 unit
103
0.200
3ZS2 311-0CC10-0YA0
1 unit
133
0.200
Connection cable ETU COM20/COM21

For VL400, length 3 m
For VL630 ... VL1600, length 3 m
For VL160 ... VL250, length 3 m
Addressing plugs
for assigning the PROFIBUS addresses without using a PC/PG
On COM20/COM21 through the system interface
Breaker Data Adapter (BDA)1)
Parameterization, operation, monitoring and diagnostics of SENTRON circuit
breakers using the local interface; Breaker Data Adapter, connection cable to the
SENTRON 3WL circuit breaker and to the programming device (e.g. notebook);
can be run with Internet Explorer with JAVA2 VM 1.4.0-01 and higher
Switch ES Power parameterization software

Parameterization, operation, monitoring, and diagnostics of SENTRON circuit break- A
ers via PROFIBUS DP; runs under Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows NT, Windows
2000 and Windows XP Professional, requires additional PROFIBUS card e.g. CP5613
1)
A 24 V DC power supply unit is required.
Communication:
For molded case circuit breakers with communication function
see pages 2/12 to 2/28 and 2/40 to 2/50.
More information
Manual for the SENTRON 3VL circuit breakers
SENTRON manual for communication solutions
This manual contains additional technical information, covering

a product description, mode of operation, electrical wiring system and retrofitting.
Free download from www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals

See also "3WL Air Circuit Breakers/Non-Automatic Air Circuit
Breakers up to 6300 A (AC)", "Accessories and spare parts".
The manual and operating instructions are available in PDF format at: www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals
2/98
Siemens AG 2011

3/2
Introduction
3/4
5SL Miniature Circuit Breakers

6000 A N
3/8
3/11
3/15
3/16
3/18
3/21
5SY and 5SP Miniature

Circuit Breakers
Introduction
5SY4, 10000 A
5SP4, high-current, 10000 A
5SP5, 5SY5, UC, 10000 A
5SY7, 15000 A
5SY8, 25 kA
3/23
5SJ6 . . .-.KS Miniature Circuit

Breakers with Plug-In Terminals
3/26
5SY6 0 Miniature Circuit Breakers,

1+N in 1 MW
3/29
Additional Components
3/37
3/43
Busbars
Standard 5ST3 6, 5ST3 7
According to UL 508, 5ST3 7. .-.HG
3/46
5SJ4 . . .-.HG Miniature Circuit

Breakers and Accessories,
acc. to UL 489 and IEC
3/55
5SP3 Main Miniature Circuit

Breakers, SHU
3/58
5SK9 Circuit Breaker Terminals

can be found at
under Product List:
under Entry List:
- Updates
- Downloads
- FAQ
- Manuals
- Certificates
and at
configurators
- Configurators
Siemens AG 2011

Introduction
Page
Field of application
Residential
buildings
Industry
Overview
Non-residential
buildings
Devices
Standards
5SL miniature circuit breakers,

6000 A
3/4
For all 0.3 to 63 A applications with B

EN 60898-1
and C tripping characteristics with
6000 A rated switching capacity acc. to
EN 60898-1.
5SY and 5SP miniature circuit

breakers
3/8
For all applications from 0.3 to 125 A

with a rated switching capacity of
10000 A and 15000 A acc. to
EN 60898-1. Applications for universal
current and from 0.3 to 63 A,
Version 25 kA, acc. to EN 60947-2.
5SJ6 . . .-.KS miniature circuit

breakers with plug-in terminals
3/23
For socket outlet and lighting circuits in EN 60898-1

all building installations.
EN 60898-1/2;
EN 60947-2
Used in
The plug-in terminals offer easy front

connection for manual insertion of conductors, which considerably reduces
mounting times.
5SY6 0 miniature circuit breakers,

1+N in 1 MW
3/26
For socket outlet and lighting circuits in EN 60898-1

all building installations where a switchable neutral conductor is required.
The miniature circuit breaker 1+N saves
space in the distribution board.
3/2
Additional components
3/29
Auxiliary switches, fault signal contacts,

shunt trips, undervoltage releases for
higher plant availability, RC units for
personal safety and remote controlled
mechanisms for remote switching.
--
Busbars
3/37
Busbars in 10 mm and 16 mm save

space in the distribution board and time
during mounting.
5SJ4 . . .-.HG miniature circuit

breakers and accessories,
acc. to UL 489 and IEC
3/46
Miniature circuit breakers can be used UL 489

as "branch circuit protection" and are
approved for the connection type "same
polarity" and "opposite polarity" in the
characteristics B, C and D acc. to
UL 489, from 0.3 to 63 A.
Siemens AG 2011

Introduction
5SK9 circuit breaker terminals
3/58
Standards
Used in
Industry
5SP3 main miniature circuit breakers, 3/55

SHU
Residential
buildings
Page
Non-residential
buildings
Devices
Voltage-independent selective main

DIN VDE 0641-21
miniature circuit breakers (SHU) in the
precounter sector support downstream
miniature circuit breakers by providing
better current limitation.
--
Circuit breaker terminals are used for

short-circuit protection or for protection
against overload and short circuits in
auxiliary and control circuits downstream of control transformers.
--
--
3/3
Siemens AG 2011

6000 A
Overview
The new 5SL miniature circuit breaker is intended for use up to
6 kA. The devices have the system features characteristic of all
Siemens miniature circuit breakers.
The 5SL miniature circuit breakers can be used as main
switches for the disconnection or isolation of plants. They are
also suitable for the quick and easy mounting of additional components, such as auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts.
N
To facilitate cable entry, the devices are equipped with square
terminals for the joint accommodation of pin busbars with cables
from 0.75 mm2 to 35 mm2. The rated current range is between
0.3 and 63 A. The 5SL miniature circuit breakers are available in
characteristics B and C.
Benefits
Attractive device design

Easily recognizable, color-coded switching position indication
integrated in the handle.
Ergonomic handle and enclosure for user-friendly switching.
Square terminal version for joint accommodation of pin busbars with cables.
Easy-to-mount busbar assembly

Consistent bus-mounting concept throughout the Siemens
miniature circuit breaker range.
Effective touch protection when grasping and manually operating the latching slide with latch-down option.
Terminal for the accommodation of 2 cables of the same

cross-section (solid up to 2 x 10 mm2, finely stranded with end
sleeve, up to 2 x 4 mm2).
3/4
Siemens AG 2011

6000 A
Individual devices can be removed from the bus-mounted assembly without the use of tools.
The 5SL miniature circuit breakers are ideal for the quick and
easy mounting of auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts.
Technical specifications
5SL6
Standards
EN 60898-1
Approvals
See annex, chapter 20

B, C
Tripping characteristic
V AC
230/400
Min.
V AC/DC
24
Max.
Max.
V AC
V DC/pole
250/440
601)
kA AC
V AC
250/440
2/III
Rated voltage Un
Operational voltage
Rated switching capacity Icn
Acc. to EN 60898-1
Insulation coordination
Rated insulation voltage
Pollution degree for overvoltage category
Touch protection
Acc. to EN 50274
Yes
Handle end position, sealable
Yes
IP20, with connected conductors
CFC and silicone-free
Yes
Solid and stranded

mm2
mm2
0.75 ... 35
0.75 ... 25
Nm
2.5 ... 3
Terminals
Terminal tightening torque
Any
Mounting position
Service life, on average, with rated load
20000 actuations
C
Ambient temperature
Resistance to climate
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
Resistance to vibrations
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-6
1)
-25 ... +45, occasionally +55, max. 95 % humidity,

storage temperature: -40 ... +75
6 cycles
m/s2
50 at 25 ... 150 Hz and 60 at 35 Hz (4 sec)
The operational voltage 60 V DC/pole takes into account a battery charging voltage with a peak value of 72 V.
3/5
Siemens AG 2011

6000 A

6 000
3
Characteristic B
In
Mount- DT
ing
width
MW1)
Order No.
Characteristic C
Price
per PU
PG DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MCBs 6000 A
1P, 230/400 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
1.6
2
3
----
A
A
A
5SL6 114-7
5SL6 105-7
5SL6 101-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.165
0.165
0.165
----
A
A
A
5SL6 115-7
5SL6 102-7
5SL6 103-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.165
0.165
0.165
4
6
8
-5SL6 106-6
--
A
002 A
A
5SL6 104-7
5SL6 106-7
5SL6 108-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.165
0.165
0.165
10
13
16
A
A
A
5SL6 110-6
5SL6 113-6
5SL6 116-6
002 A
002 A
002 A
5SL6 110-7
5SL6 113-7
5SL6 116-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.165
0.165
0.165
20
25
32
A
A
A
5SL6 120-6
5SL6 125-6
5SL6 132-6
002 A
002 A
002 A
5SL6 120-7
5SL6 125-7
5SL6 132-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.165
0.120
0.165
40
50
63
A
A
A
5SL6 140-6
5SL6 150-6
5SL6 163-6
002 A
002 A
002 A
5SL6 140-7
5SL6 150-7
5SL6 163-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.165
0.165
0.165
----
A
A
A
5SL6 514-7
5SL6 505-7
5SL6 501-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.330
0.330
0.330
----
A
A
A
5SL6 515-7
5SL6 502-7
5SL6 503-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.330
0.330
0.330
1P+N, 230 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
1.6
2
3
4
6
8
-5SL6 506-6
--
A
002 A
A
5SL6 504-7
5SL6 506-7
5SL6 508-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.330
0.330
0.330
10
13
16
A
A
A
5SL6 510-6
5SL6 513-6
5SL6 516-6
002 A
002 A
002 A
5SL6 510-7
5SL6 513-7
5SL6 516-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.330
0.330
0.330
20
25
32
A
A
A
5SL6 520-6
5SL6 525-6
5SL6 532-6
002 A
002 A
002 A
5SL6 520-7
5SL6 525-7
5SL6 532-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.330
0.330
0.330
40
50
63
A
A
A
5SL6 540-6
5SL6 550-6
5SL6 563-6
002 A
002 A
002 A
5SL6 540-7
5SL6 550-7
5SL6 563-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.330
0.330
0.330
----
A
A
A
5SL6 214-7
5SL6 205-7
5SL6 201-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.330
0.330
0.330
----
A
A
A
5SL6 215-7
5SL6 202-7
5SL6 203-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.330
0.330
0.330
2P, 400 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
1.6
2
3
1)
4
6
8
-5SL6 206-6
--
A
002 A
A
5SL6 204-7
5SL6 206-7
5SL6 208-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.330
0.330
0.330
10
13
16
A
A
A
5SL6 210-6
5SL6 213-6
5SL6 216-6
002 A
002 A
002 A
5SL6 210-7
5SL6 213-7
5SL6 216-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.330
0.330
0.330
20
25
32
A
A
A
5SL6 220-6
5SL6 225-6
5SL6 232-6
002 A
002 A
002 A
5SL6 220-7
5SL6 225-7
5SL6 232-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.330
0.240
0.330
40
50
63
A
A
A
5SL6 240-6
5SL6 250-6
5SL6 263-6
002 A
002 A
002 A
5SL6 240-7
5SL6 250-7
5SL6 263-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.330
0.330
0.330
1 MW (modular width) = 18 mm.
3/6
Siemens AG 2011

N
6 000
3
6000 A
Characteristic B
In
Mount- DT
ing
width
MW1)
Order No.
Characteristic C
Price
per PU
PG DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MCBs 6000 A
3P, 400 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
1.6
2
3
----
A
A
A
5SL6 314-7
5SL6 305-7
5SL6 301-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.465
0.465
0.465
----
A
A
A
5SL6 315-7
5SL6 302-7
5SL6 303-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.465
0.465
0.465
4
6
8
-5SL6 306-6
--
A
002 A
A
5SL6 304-7
5SL6 306-7
5SL6 308-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.465
0.465
0.465
10
13
16
A
A
A
5SL6 310-6
5SL6 313-6
5SL6 316-6
002 A
002 A
002 A
5SL6 310-7
5SL6 313-7
5SL6 316-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.465
0.465
0.360
20
25
32
A
A
A
5SL6 320-6
5SL6 325-6
5SL6 332-6
002 A
002 A
002 A
5SL6 320-7
5SL6 325-7
5SL6 332-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.465
0.465
0.465
40
50
63
A
A
A
5SL6 340-6
5SL6 350-6
5SL6 363-6
002 A
002 A
002 A
5SL6 340-7
5SL6 350-7
5SL6 363-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.465
0.465
0.465
----
A
A
A
5SL6 614-7
5SL6 605-7
5SL6 601-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.660
0.660
0.660
----
A
A
A
5SL6 615-7
5SL6 602-7
5SL6 603-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.660
0.660
0.660
3P+N, 400 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
1.6
2
3
4
6
8
-5SL6 606-6
--
A
002 A
A
5SL6 604-7
5SL6 606-7
5SL6 608-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.660
0.660
0.660
10
13
16
A
A
A
5SL6 610-6
5SL6 613-6
5SL6 616-6
002 A
002 A
002 A
5SL6 610-7
5SL6 613-7
5SL6 616-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.660
0.660
0.660
20
25
32
A
A
A
5SL6 620-6
5SL6 625-6
5SL6 632-6
002 A
002 A
002 A
5SL6 620-7
5SL6 625-7
5SL6 632-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.660
0.660
0.660
40
50
63
A
A
A
5SL6 640-6
5SL6 650-6
5SL6 663-6
002 A
002 A
002 A
5SL6 640-7
5SL6 650-7
5SL6 663-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.660
0.660
0.660
----
A
A
A
5SL6 414-7
5SL6 405-7
5SL6 401-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.660
0.660
0.660
----
A
A
A
5SL6 415-7
5SL6 402-7
5SL6 403-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.660
0.660
0.660
4P, 400 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
1.6
2
3
1)
4
6
8
-5SL6 406-6
--
A
002 A
A
5SL6 404-7
5SL6 406-7
5SL6 408-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.660
0.660
0.660
10
13
16
A
A
A
5SL6 410-6
5SL6 413-6
5SL6 416-6
002 A
002 A
002 A
5SL6 410-7
5SL6 413-7
5SL6 416-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.660
0.660
0.660
20
25
32
A
A
A
5SL6 420-6
5SL6 425-6
5SL6 432-6
002 A
002 A
002 A
5SL6 420-7
5SL6 425-7
5SL6 432-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.660
0.660
0.660
40
50
63
A
A
A
5SL6 440-6
5SL6 450-6
5SL6 463-6
002 A
002 A
002 A
5SL6 440-7
5SL6 450-7
5SL6 463-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.660
0.660
0.660
3/7
Siemens AG 2011

5SY and 5SP Miniature Circuit Breakers
Introduction
Overview
MCBs are used to protect plants in buildings and for industrial
applications. The devices can be used as main control switches
for the disconnection or isolation of plants.
The devices are approved for worldwide use according to IEC

standards for systems up to 250/440 V AC. 60 V DC per pole is
permitted in DC systems.
Used in industrial applications and plant engineering, miniature

circuit breakers can be supplemented with additional components, such as auxiliary switches, fault signal contacts, shunt
trips, undervoltage releases, remote controls and RC units.
For North America, we also have additional certification to

UL 1077 for use as "supplementary protectors" in systems up to
480Y/277 V AC. For use in ship building, the devices also have
numerous certifications according to shipping classifications;
BV, DNV, GL and LRS. References to this can be found in the
annex, chapter 20.
Benefits
Optional top or bottom infeed as the terminals are identical

Clear and visible conductor connection in front of the busbar
facilitates controls
The conductor is easily inserted into the terminal thanks to the
large and easily accessible wiring space.
Integrated movable terminal covers located at the cable entries ensure the terminals are fully insulated when the screws
are tightened
The effective touch protection when grasping the device considerably exceeds the requirements of VBG 4/BGV A3.
Manual snap-on fixing and release systems that require no

tools enable fast assembly and disassembly of MCBs
Marked labeling field on all modular installation devices for
uniform, quick and easy identification.
Quick and easy manual removal of MCBs from the busbar assembly if e. g. connections need to be changed
Time-saving replacement of parts as busbars no longer need
to be freed from adjacent devices.
3/8
Siemens AG 2011

Introduction
Duplicate terminal clamps allow 2 conductors with different

cross-sections (cross-section combinations upon request) to
be fitted.
The 5SY miniature circuit breakers are ideal for the quick and
easy mounting of auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts.
Captive metal brackets on additional components ensure the
quick and easy mounting of devices on the miniature circuit
breakers without the need for tools.
3/9
Siemens AG 2011

Introduction
Standards
5SY4
5SY5
5SY7
5SY8
5SP4
5SP5
EN 60898-1;
EN 60947-2
EN 60898-2
EN 60898-1;
EN 60947-2
EN 60947-2
EN 60898-1;
EN 60947-2
EN 60898-2
Approvals
Operational voltage
V AC
V DC
230/400
--
230/400
220/440/880
230/400
--
230/400
--
230/400
--
230/400
220/440
Min.
V AC/DC
24
24
24
24
24
24
Acc. to EN 60898-1/-2 and EN 60947-2
Max.
Max.
V DC/pole
V AC
601)
250/440
250
250/440
601)
250/440
601)
250/440
601)
250/440
250
250/440
Acc. to UL 1077 and CSA C22.2 No.235
Max.
V AC
V DC/pole
480Y/277
60
---
480Y/277
60
480Y/277
60
480Y/277
60
---
Icn acc. to IEC/EN 60898-1
kA AC
10
10
15
--
10
Icn acc. to IEC/EN 60898-2

Icu acc. to IEC/EN 60947-2
kA DC
10
10
15
--
10
10
kA AC
kA DC
---
-15
---
25
15
---
-15
kA AC
--
--
V AC
V DC/pole
250/440
--
250
--
--
--
250
Rated switching capacity2)
Acc. to UL1077 and CSA C22.2 No.235

3/III

Touch protection
Acc. to EN 50274
Yes
Main switch characteristics according to EN 60204
Yes
Yes
Acc. to EN 60529

Yes

Mounting
Snap-on fixing system
Yes
--
Standard mounting rail and screw fixing
--
Yes
Tunnel terminals at both ends
--
Yes
Combined terminals at both ends
Yes
--
Nm
lb. in
2.5 ... 3
22 ... 26
2.5 ... 3.5

22 ... 31
Terminals

Solid and stranded
mm2
0.75 ... 35
0.75 ... 50
Finely stranded, with end sleeve
mm2
0.75 ... 25
0.75 ... 35
AWG cables
AWG
14 ... 4
14 ... 2
Mains connection
AC
Any
DC
Any
Mounting position
Any
3)
Any
Service life
On average, with rated load
Actuations
Actuations
20000
For 5SY5 at 40 A, 50 A and 63 A 10000
Ambient temperature
-25 ... +45, occasionally +55, max. 95 % humidity
Storage temperature
-40 ... +75
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
Shock
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 m/s2
6 cycles
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-6
m/s2
150 at 11ms half-sine

50 at 25 ... 150 Hz and 60 at 35 Hz (4 sec)
1)
2)
For detailed information, see engineering manual at:

www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals.
3)
Ensure compliance with the specified polarity when connecting DC.
3/10
3)
Siemens AG 2011

5SY4, 10 000 A

10 000
3
Characteristic A
In
Mount- DT
ing
width
MW1)
Order No.
Characteristic B
Price
per PU
PG DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MCBs 10000 A
1P, 230/400 V AC
0.5
1
1.6
A
}
B
5SY4 105-5
5SY4 101-5
5SY4 115-5
001
001
001
----
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.165
0.167
0.165
2
3
4
}
}
}
5SY4 102-5
5SY4 103-5
5SY4 104-5
001
001
001
----
1
1 unit
1
1 unit
1 1/12 units
0.166
0.168
0.152
6
8
10
}
B
}
5SY4 106-5
5SY4 108-5
5SY4 110-5
001 }
001
001 }
5SY4 106-6
-5SY4 110-6
1 1/12 units
1
1 unit
1 1/12 units
002
002
0.147
0.162
0.146
13
16
20
C
}
A
5SY4 113-5
5SY4 116-5
5SY4 120-5
001 }
001 }
001 }
5SY4 113-6
5SY4 116-6
5SY4 120-6
1
1 unit
1 1/12 units
1
1 unit
002
002
002
0.161
0.154
0.160
25
32
40
A
B
B
5SY4 125-5
5SY4 132-5
5SY4 140-5
001 }
001 }
001 B
5SY4 125-6
5SY4 132-6
5SY4 140-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
0.163
0.165
0.164
50
63
80
C
C
5SY4 150-5
5SY4 163-5
--
001 B
001 B
C
5SY4 150-6
5SY4 163-6
5SY4 180-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
0.168
0.173
0.159
C
B
B
5SY4 501-5
5SY4 515-5
5SY4 502-5
001
001
001
----
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
3
4
6
C
B
C
5SY4 503-5
5SY4 504-5
5SY4 506-5
001
001
001 }
--5SY4 506-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
0.330
0.319
0.315
8
10
13
C
B
C
5SY4 508-5
5SY4 510-5
5SY4 513-5
001
001 }
001 }
-5SY4 510-6
5SY4 513-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1/6 units
002
002
0.316
0.312
0.315
16
20
25
C
C
C
5SY4 516-5
5SY4 520-5
5SY4 525-5
001 }
001 B
001 B
5SY4 516-6
5SY4 520-6
5SY4 525-6
1
1
1
1/6 units
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
0.311
0.316
0.317
32
40
50
C
C
C
5SY4 532-5
5SY4 540-5
5SY4 550-5
001 B
001 C
001 C
5SY4 532-6
5SY4 540-6
5SY4 550-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
0.325
0.307
0.319
63
5SY4 563-5
001 C
5SY4 563-6
1 unit
002
0.346
C
B
B
5SY4 205-5
5SY4 201-5
5SY4 215-5
001
001
001
----
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.330
0.327
0.324
2
3
4
}
B
}
5SY4 202-5
5SY4 203-5
5SY4 204-5
001
001
001
----
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.325
0.324
0.322
6
8
10
}
C
}
5SY4 206-5
5SY4 208-5
5SY4 210-5
001 }
001
001 }
5SY4 206-6
-5SY4 210-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1/6 units
002
002
0.314
0.300
0.306
13
16
20
C
}
B
5SY4 213-5
5SY4 216-5
5SY4 220-5
001 B
001 }
001 }
5SY4 213-6
5SY4 216-6
5SY4 220-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1/6 units
1 unit
002
002
002
0.315
0.295
0.313
25
32
40
B
A
B
5SY4 225-5
5SY4 232-5
5SY4 240-5
001 }
001 B
001 B
5SY4 225-6
5SY4 232-6
5SY4 240-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
0.318
0.323
0.323
50
63
80
C
C
5SY4 250-5
5SY4 263-5
--
001 B
001 B
C
5SY4 250-6
5SY4 263-6
5SY4 280-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
0.330
0.342
0.328
1P+N, 230 V AC
1
1.6
2
0.330
0.325
0.325
2P, 400 V AC
0.5
1
1.6
1)
3/11
Siemens AG 2011

5SY4, 10 000 A
10 000
3
Characteristic A
In
Mount- DT
ing
width
MW1)
Order No.
Characteristic B
Price
per PU
PG DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MCBs 10000 A
3P, 400 V AC
0.5
1
1.6
C
A
C
5SY4 305-5
5SY4 301-5
5SY4 315-5
001
001
001
----
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.495
0.482
0.477
2
3
4
B
A
B
5SY4 302-5
5SY4 303-5
5SY4 304-5
001
001
001
----
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.485
0.490
0.456
6
8
10
B
C
B
5SY4 306-5
5SY4 308-5
5SY4 310-5
001 }
001
001 }
5SY4 306-6
-5SY4 310-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
0.467
0.478
0.463
13
16
20
C
A
B
5SY4 313-5
5SY4 316-5
5SY4 320-5
001 B
001 }
001 }
5SY4 313-6
5SY4 316-6
5SY4 320-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1/4 units
1 unit
002
002
002
0.469
0.439
0.465
25
32
40
B
B
B
5SY4 325-5
5SY4 332-5
5SY4 340-5
001 }
001 }
001 }
5SY4 325-6
5SY4 332-6
5SY4 340-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1/4 units
1 unit
002
002
002
0.472
0.475
0.478
50
63
80
B
C
5SY4 350-5
5SY4 363-5
--
001 A
001 A
B
5SY4 350-6
5SY4 363-6
5SY4 380-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
0.490
0.499
0.481
C
C
C
5SY4 601-5
5SY4 615-5
5SY4 602-5
001
001
001
----
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
3
4
6
C
C
C
5SY4 603-5
5SY4 604-5
5SY4 606-5
001
001
001 B
--5SY4 606-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
0.650
0.660
0.615
8
10
13
C
C
C
5SY4 608-5
5SY4 610-5
5SY4 613-5
001
001 B
001 C
-5SY4 610-6
5SY4 613-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
0.660
0.616
0.625
16
20
25
C
C
C
5SY4 616-5
5SY4 620-5
5SY4 625-5
001 }
001 B
001 A
5SY4 616-6
5SY4 620-6
5SY4 625-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
0.616
0.611
0.632
32
40
50
C
C
C
5SY4 632-5
5SY4 640-5
5SY4 650-5
001 B
001 C
001 C
5SY4 632-6
5SY4 640-6
5SY4 650-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
0.636
0.608
0.631
63
5SY4 663-5
001 A
5SY4 663-6
1 unit
002
0.665
C
C
C
5SY4 401-5
5SY4 415-5
5SY4 402-5
001
001
001
----
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.649
0.649
0.642
3
4
6
C
C
C
5SY4 403-5
5SY4 404-5
5SY4 406-5
001
001
001 A
--5SY4 406-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
0.660
0.642
0.621
8
10
13
C
C
C
5SY4 408-5
5SY4 410-5
5SY4 413-5
001
001 B
001 C
-5SY4 410-6
5SY4 413-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
0.601
0.609
0.650
16
20
25
C
C
C
5SY4 416-5
5SY4 420-5
5SY4 425-5
001 }
001 C
001 B
5SY4 416-6
5SY4 420-6
5SY4 425-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
0.612
0.619
0.617
32
40
50
C
C
C
5SY4 432-5
5SY4 440-5
5SY4 450-5
001 B
001 B
001 B
5SY4 432-6
5SY4 440-6
5SY4 450-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
0.636
0.634
0.645
63
80
5SY4 463-5
--
001 B
B
5SY4 463-6
5SY4 480-6
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
0.669
0.651
3P+N, 400 V AC
1
1.6
2
0.648
0.641
0.641
4P, 400 V AC
1
1.6
2
1)
3/12
Siemens AG 2011

5SY4, 10 000 A
10 000
3
In
Mount- DT
ing
width
MW1)
PG DT
Characteristic C
Order No.
Price
per PU
Characteristic D
Order No.
PU
Price (UNIT,
SET,
per PU
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MCBs 10000 A
1P, 230/400 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
B
}
}
5SY4 114-7
5SY4 105-7
5SY4 101-7
003 C
003 B
003 }
5SY4 114-8
5SY4 105-8
5SY4 101-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.167
0.166
0.165
1.6
2
3
A
}
}
5SY4 115-7
5SY4 102-7
5SY4 103-7
003 B
003 }
003 }
5SY4 115-8
5SY4 102-8
5SY4 103-8
1
1 unit
1 1/12 units
1
1 unit
004
004
004
0.163
0.155
0.160
4
5
6
}
C
}
5SY4 104-7
5SY4 111-7
5SY4 106-7
003 }
003
003 }
5SY4 104-8
-5SY4 106-8
1 1/12 units
1
1 unit
1
1 unit
004
004
0.158
0.149
0.159
8
10
13
}
}
}
5SY4 108-7
5SY4 110-7
5SY4 113-7
003 A
003 }
003 B
5SY4 108-8
5SY4 110-8
5SY4 113-8
1
1 unit
1 1/12 units
1
1 unit
004
004
004
0.156
0.155
0.156
15
16
20
C
}
C
5SY4 118-7
5SY4 116-7
5SY4 120-7
003
003 }
003 A
-5SY4 116-8
5SY4 120-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
0.151
0.156
0.162
25
30
32
}
C
}
5SY4 125-7
5SY4 130-7
5SY4 132-7
003 B
003
003 B
5SY4 125-8
-5SY4 132-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
35
40
45
B
}
B
5SY4 135-7
5SY4 140-7
5SY4 145-7
003
003 B
003
-5SY4 140-8
--
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
50
60
63
80
A
B
B
B
5SY4 150-7
5SY4 160-7
5SY4 163-7
5SY4 180-7
003 B
003
003 B
003
5SY4 150-8
-5SY4 163-8
--
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
C
B
}
5SY4 514-7
5SY4 505-7
5SY4 501-7
003 C
003 C
003 B
5SY4 514-8
5SY4 505-8
5SY4 501-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.323
0.316
0.303
1.6
2
3
C
}
A
5SY4 515-7
5SY4 502-7
5SY4 503-7
003 C
003 A
003 B
5SY4 515-8
5SY4 502-8
5SY4 503-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.319
0.320
0.314
4
6
8
}
}
B
5SY4 504-7
5SY4 506-7
5SY4 508-7
003 B
003 A
003 C
5SY4 504-8
5SY4 506-8
5SY4 508-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.310
0.311
0.305
10
13
16
}
}
}
5SY4 510-7
5SY4 513-7
5SY4 516-7
003 }
003 B
003 A
5SY4 510-8
5SY4 513-8
5SY4 516-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.305
0.304
0.306
20
25
32
}
A
A
5SY4 520-7
5SY4 525-7
5SY4 532-7
003 B
003 B
003 B
5SY4 520-8
5SY4 525-8
5SY4 532-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.309
0.309
0.320
40
50
63
80
B
C
C
C
5SY4 540-7
5SY4 550-7
5SY4 563-7
5SY4 580-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
003
5SY4 540-8
5SY4 550-8
5SY4 563-8
--
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.312
0.322
0.332
0.321
A
}
}
5SY4 214-7
5SY4 205-7
5SY4 201-7
003 B
003 A
003 }
5SY4 214-8
5SY4 205-8
5SY4 201-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.325
0.325
0.320
1.6
2
3
}
}
}
5SY4 215-7
5SY4 202-7
5SY4 203-7
003 A
003 }
003 }
5SY4 215-8
5SY4 202-8
5SY4 203-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.319
0.318
0.313
4
5
6
}
C
}
5SY4 204-7
5SY4 211-7
5SY4 206-7
003 }
003
003 }
5SY4 204-8
-5SY4 206-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
0.309
0.297
0.312
8
10
13
}
}
}
5SY4 208-7
5SY4 210-7
5SY4 213-7
003 A
003 }
003 A
5SY4 208-8
5SY4 210-8
5SY4 213-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.305
0.303
0.304
15
16
20
C
}
}
5SY4 218-7
5SY4 216-7
5SY4 220-7
003
003 }
003 }
-5SY4 216-8
5SY4 220-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
0.294
0.305
0.317
25
30
32
}
B
}
5SY4 225-7
5SY4 230-7
5SY4 232-7
003 A
003
003 A
5SY4 225-8
-5SY4 232-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
35
40
45
B
}
B
5SY4 235-7
5SY4 240-7
5SY4 245-7
003
003 A
003
-5SY4 240-8
--
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
50
60
63
80
A
B
A
B
5SY4 250-7
5SY4 260-7
5SY4 263-7
5SY4 280-7
003 B
003
003 B
003
5SY4 250-8
-5SY4 263-8
--
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1/6 units
004
004
004
004
0.161
0.148
0.165
0.180
0.166
0.160
0.164
0.160
0.166
0.160
1P+N, 230 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
2P, 400 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
004
004
004
004
004
0.318
0.300
0.324
0.298
0.326
0.312
0.324
0.322
0.325
0.313
3/13
Siemens AG 2011

5SY4, 10 000 A
10 000
3
Characteristic C
In
Mount- DT
ing
width
MW1)
Order No.
Characteristic D
Price
per PU
PG DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MCBs 10000 A
3P, 400 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
C
B
}
5SY4 314-7
5SY4 305-7
5SY4 301-7
003 C
003 B
003 A
5SY4 314-8
5SY4 305-8
5SY4 301-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.481
0.474
0.478
1.6
2
3
C
}
}
5SY4 315-7
5SY4 302-7
5SY4 303-7
003 B
003 A
003 A
5SY4 315-8
5SY4 302-8
5SY4 303-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.474
0.476
0.466
4
5
6
}
C
}
5SY4 304-7
5SY4 311-7
5SY4 306-7
003 }
003
003 }
5SY4 304-8
-5SY4 306-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
0.460
0.455
0.461
8
10
13
A
}
}
5SY4 308-7
5SY4 310-7
5SY4 313-7
003 B
003 }
003 B
5SY4 308-8
5SY4 310-8
5SY4 313-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.451
0.447
0.455
15
16
20
C
}
}
5SY4 318-7
5SY4 316-7
5SY4 320-7
003
003 }
003 }
-5SY4 316-8
5SY4 320-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1/4 units
1 unit
004
004
0.461
0.431
0.472
25
30
32
}
C
}
5SY4 325-7
5SY4 330-7
5SY4 332-7
003 }
003
003 C
5SY4 325-8
-5SY4 332-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
35
40
45
C
}
B
5SY4 335-7
5SY4 340-7
5SY4 345-7
003
003 }
003
-5SY4 340-8
--
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
50
60
63
80
}
C
}
B
5SY4 350-7
5SY4 360-7
5SY4 363-7
5SY4 380-7
003 }
003
003 }
003
5SY4 350-8
-5SY4 363-8
--
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
C
C
C
5SY4 614-7
5SY4 605-7
5SY4 601-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY4 614-8
5SY4 605-8
5SY4 601-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.660
0.660
0.636
1.6
2
3
C
B
B
5SY4 615-7
5SY4 602-7
5SY4 603-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY4 615-8
5SY4 602-8
5SY4 603-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.621
0.608
0.660
4
6
8
C
B
C
5SY4 604-7
5SY4 606-7
5SY4 608-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY4 604-8
5SY4 606-8
5SY4 608-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.587
0.615
0.595
10
13
16
}
B
}
5SY4 610-7
5SY4 613-7
5SY4 616-7
003 B
003 C
003 }
5SY4 610-8
5SY4 613-8
5SY4 616-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.597
0.594
0.602
20
25
32
}
}
}
5SY4 620-7
5SY4 625-7
5SY4 632-7
003 B
003 A
003 A
5SY4 620-8
5SY4 625-8
5SY4 632-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.627
0.625
0.631
40
50
63
80
}
B
}
C
5SY4 640-7
5SY4 650-7
5SY4 663-7
5SY4 680-7
003 A
003 A
003 B
003
5SY4 640-8
5SY4 650-8
5SY4 663-8
--
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.633
0.641
0.639
0.640
C
C
C
5SY4 414-7
5SY4 405-7
5SY4 401-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY4 414-8
5SY4 405-8
5SY4 401-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.639
0.633
0.636
1.6
2
3
C
B
C
5SY4 415-7
5SY4 402-7
5SY4 403-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY4 415-8
5SY4 402-8
5SY4 403-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.623
0.630
0.660
4
6
8
B
}
C
5SY4 404-7
5SY4 406-7
5SY4 408-7
003 C
003 B
003 C
5SY4 404-8
5SY4 406-8
5SY4 408-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.610
0.610
0.571
10
13
16
}
C
}
5SY4 410-7
5SY4 413-7
5SY4 416-7
003 A
003 C
003 A
5SY4 410-8
5SY4 413-8
5SY4 416-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.597
0.571
0.600
20
25
32
}
}
}
5SY4 420-7
5SY4 425-7
5SY4 432-7
003 }
003 }
003 }
5SY4 420-8
5SY4 425-8
5SY4 432-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.626
0.617
0.640
40
50
63
80
}
}
}
B
5SY4 440-7
5SY4 450-7
5SY4 463-7
5SY4 480-7
003 A
003 }
003 }
003
5SY4 440-8
5SY4 450-8
5SY4 463-8
--
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.638
0.636
0.644
0.640
004
004
004
004
0.470
0.451
0.481
0.450
0.481
0.469
0.482
0.490
0.486
0.480
3P+N, 400 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
4P, 400 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
1)
3/14
Siemens AG 2011

5SP4, high-current, 10 000 A
Characteristic B
10 000
In
Mounting width
MW1)
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MCBs 10000 A, high current

1P, 230/400 V AC
80
100
125
1.5
B
C
B
5SP4 180-6
5SP4 191-6
5SP4 192-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
0.263
0.265
0.269
C
C
C
5SP4 280-6
5SP4 291-6
5SP4 292-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
0.532
0.527
0.534
4.5
B
B
C
5SP4 380-6
5SP4 391-6
5SP4 392-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
0.800
0.787
0.793
B
C
C
5SP4 480-6
5SP4 491-6
5SP4 492-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
1.046
1.038
1.062
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
2P, 400 V AC
80
100
125
3P, 400 V AC
80
100
125
4P, 400 V AC
80
100
125
Characteristic C
10 000
In
Mount- DT
ing
width
MW1)
Order No.
Characteristic D
Price
per PU
PG DT
Order No.
kg
MCBs 10000 A,
high current
1P, 230/400 V AC
80
100
125
1.5
A
A
A
5SP4 180-7
5SP4 191-7
5SP4 192-7
003 B
003 C
003
5SP4 180-8
5SP4 191-8
--
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
0.257
0.254
0.248
A
A
A
5SP4 280-7
5SP4 291-7
5SP4 292-7
003 C
003 C
003
5SP4 280-8
5SP4 291-8
--
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
0.505
0.515
0.521
}
}
A
5SP4 380-7
5SP4 391-7
5SP4 392-7
003 A
003 A
003
5SP4 380-8
5SP4 391-8
--
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
0.762
0.783
0.787
A
A
A
5SP4 480-7
5SP4 491-7
5SP4 492-7
003 A
003 C
003
5SP4 480-8
5SP4 491-8
--
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
1.031
1.033
1.031
2P, 400 V AC
80
100
125
3P, 400 V AC
80
100
125
4.5
4P, 400 V AC
80
100
125
1)
3/15
Siemens AG 2011

5SP5, 5SY5, UC, 10 000 A

10 000
3
Characteristic B
In
Mount- DT
ing
width
MW1)
Order No.
Characteristic C
Price
per PU
PG DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MCBs 10000 A, UC
1P, 230/400 V AC,
220 V DC
0.3
0.5
1
1.6
2
3
C
B
}
5SY5 114-7
5SY5 105-7
5SY5 101-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.169
0.168
0.166
-5SY5 102-6
--
A
002 }
A
5SY5 115-7
5SY5 102-7
5SY5 103-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.164
0.167
0.162
---C
4
6
8
}
}
5SY5 104-6
5SY5 106-6
--
002 }
002 }
A
5SY5 104-7
5SY5 106-7
5SY5 108-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.163
0.163
0.162
10
13
16
}
C
A
5SY5 110-6
5SY5 113-6
5SY5 116-6
002 }
002 B
002 }
5SY5 110-7
5SY5 113-7
5SY5 116-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.160
0.164
0.161
20
25
32
C
C
C
5SY5 120-6
5SY5 125-6
5SY5 132-6
002 A
002 B
002 B
5SY5 120-7
5SY5 125-7
5SY5 132-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.163
0.165
0.164
40
50
63
C
C
C
5SY5 140-6
5SY5 150-6
5SY5 163-6
002 C
002 C
002 C
5SY5 140-7
5SY5 150-7
5SY5 163-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.164
0.171
0.169
----
B
B
B
5SP5 180-7
5SP5 191-7
5SP5 192-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.258
0.258
0.258
----
C
B
}
5SY5 214-7
5SY5 205-7
5SY5 201-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.333
0.328
0.324
----
B
}
}
5SY5 215-7
5SY5 202-7
5SY5 203-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.321
0.329
0.317
1P, 230/400 V AC,

220 V DC
80
100
125
1.5
2P, 400 V AC, 440 V DC

0.3
0.5
1
1.6
2
3
4
6
8
-5SY5 206-6
--
}
002 }
B
5SY5 204-7
5SY5 206-7
5SY5 208-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1/6 units
1 unit
003
003
003
0.319
0.300
0.313
10
13
16
}
C
}
5SY5 210-6
5SY5 213-6
5SY5 216-6
002 }
002 B
002 }
5SY5 210-7
5SY5 213-7
5SY5 216-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.314
0.322
0.314
20
25
32
A
A
B
5SY5 220-6
5SY5 225-6
5SY5 232-6
002 }
002 }
002 B
5SY5 220-7
5SY5 225-7
5SY5 232-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.319
0.321
0.322
40
50
63
C
C
C
5SY5 240-6
5SY5 250-6
5SY5 263-6
002 B
002 A
002 }
5SY5 240-7
5SY5 250-7
5SY5 263-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.323
0.333
0.342
B
B
B
5SP5 280-7
5SP5 291-7
5SP5 292-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.516
0.516
0.516
2P, 400 V AC, 440 V DC

80
100
125
----
For application examples, see engineering manual at:

1)
3/16
Siemens AG 2011

5SP5, 5SY5, UC, 10 000 A
10 000
3
Characteristic B
In
Mount- DT
ing
width
MW1)
Order No.
Characteristic C
Price
per PU
PG DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MCBs 10000 A, UC
4P, 400 V AC, 880 V DC
0.3
0.5
1
1.6
2
3
----
C
C
C
5SY5 414-7
5SY5 405-7
5SY5 401-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.660
0.660
0.660
----
C
C
C
5SY5 415-7
5SY5 402-7
5SY5 403-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.660
0.660
0.660
4
6
8
-5SY5 406-6
--
C
002 C
C
5SY5 404-7
5SY5 406-7
5SY5 408-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.660
0.660
0.660
10
13
16
C
C
C
5SY5 410-6
5SY5 413-6
5SY5 416-6
002 C
002 C
002 C
5SY5 410-7
5SY5 413-7
5SY5 416-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.660
0.660
0.660
20
25
32
C
C
C
5SY5 420-6
5SY5 425-6
5SY5 432-6
002 C
002 C
002 C
5SY5 420-7
5SY5 425-7
5SY5 432-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.660
0.660
0.660
40
50
63
C
C
C
5SY5 440-6
5SY5 450-6
5SY5 463-6
002 C
002 C
002 C
5SY5 440-7
5SY5 450-7
5SY5 463-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.660
0.660
0.660
For application examples, see engineering manual at:

1)
3/17
Siemens AG 2011

5SY7, 15 000 A

Characteristic B
15 000
In
Mounting width
MW1)
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MCBs 15000 A
1P, 230/400 V AC
6
10
13
A
A
C
5SY7 106-6
5SY7 110-6
5SY7 113-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
0.161
0.160
0.159
16
20
25
}
B
B
5SY7 116-6
5SY7 120-6
5SY7 125-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
0.159
0.161
0.162
32
40
50
63
B
C
C
C
5SY7 132-6
5SY7 140-6
5SY7 150-6
5SY7 163-6
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
002
0.164
0.212
0.168
0.176
C
C
C
5SY7 506-6
5SY7 510-6
5SY7 513-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
0.314
0.294
0.330
16
20
25
C
C
C
5SY7 516-6
5SY7 520-6
5SY7 525-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
0.311
0.314
0.321
32
40
50
63
C
C
C
C
5SY7 532-6
5SY7 540-6
5SY7 550-6
5SY7 563-6
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
002
0.321
0.336
0.330
0.330
B
B
C
5SY7 206-6
5SY7 210-6
5SY7 213-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
0.312
0.313
0.296
16
20
25
B
B
B
5SY7 216-6
5SY7 220-6
5SY7 225-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
0.302
0.313
0.316
32
40
50
63
C
C
C
C
5SY7 232-6
5SY7 240-6
5SY7 250-6
5SY7 263-6
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
002
0.325
0.324
0.321
0.336
B
B
C
5SY7 306-6
5SY7 310-6
5SY7 313-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
0.468
0.466
0.449
16
20
25
}
B
B
5SY7 316-6
5SY7 320-6
5SY7 325-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
0.462
0.465
0.472
32
40
50
63
B
B
B
C
5SY7 332-6
5SY7 340-6
5SY7 350-6
5SY7 363-6
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
002
0.488
0.481
0.490
0.485
C
C
C
5SY7 606-6
5SY7 610-6
5SY7 613-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
0.614
0.617
0.622
16
20
25
C
C
C
5SY7 616-6
5SY7 620-6
5SY7 625-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
0.606
0.622
0.634
32
40
50
63
C
C
C
C
5SY7 632-6
5SY7 640-6
5SY7 650-6
5SY7 663-6
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
002
0.638
0.635
0.649
0.665
C
B
C
5SY7 406-6
5SY7 410-6
5SY7 413-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
0.621
0.614
0.633
16
20
25
B
B
C
5SY7 416-6
5SY7 420-6
5SY7 425-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
0.617
0.587
0.629
32
40
50
63
C
C
C
C
5SY7 432-6
5SY7 440-6
5SY7 450-6
5SY7 463-6
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
002
002
002
002
0.615
0.611
0.647
0.666
1P+N, 230 V AC
6
10
13
2P, 400 V AC
6
10
13
3P, 400 V AC
6
10
13
3P+N, 400 V AC
6
10
13
4P, 400 V AC
6
10
13
1)

3/18
Siemens AG 2011

5SY7, 15 000 A
Characteristic C
15 000
In
Mount- DT
ing
width
MW1)
Order No.
Characteristic D
Price
per PU
PG DT
Order No.
Price
PU
PS*/
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MCBs 15000 A
1P, 230/400 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
B
B
A
5SY7 114-7
5SY7 105-7
5SY7 101-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY7 114-8
5SY7 105-8
5SY7 101-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.160
0.153
0.180
1.6
2
3
B
}
A
5SY7 115-7
5SY7 102-7
5SY7 103-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY7 115-8
5SY7 102-8
5SY7 103-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.165
0.162
0.161
4
6
8
}
}
B
5SY7 104-7
5SY7 106-7
5SY7 108-7
003 B
003 B
003 C
5SY7 104-8
5SY7 106-8
5SY7 108-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.158
0.160
0.154
10
13
16
}
B
}
5SY7 110-7
5SY7 113-7
5SY7 116-7
003 B
003 C
003 B
5SY7 110-8
5SY7 113-8
5SY7 116-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.156
0.156
0.156
20
25
32
}
B
B
5SY7 120-7
5SY7 125-7
5SY7 132-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY7 120-8
5SY7 125-8
5SY7 132-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.141
0.162
0.166
40
50
63
B
C
B
5SY7 140-7
5SY7 150-7
5SY7 163-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY7 140-8
5SY7 150-8
5SY7 163-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.166
0.167
0.165
C
C
B
5SY7 514-7
5SY7 505-7
5SY7 501-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY7 514-8
5SY7 505-8
5SY7 501-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.323
0.312
0.320
1.6
2
3
C
B
B
5SY7 515-7
5SY7 502-7
5SY7 503-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY7 515-8
5SY7 502-8
5SY7 503-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.319
0.319
0.298
4
6
8
B
A
C
5SY7 504-7
5SY7 506-7
5SY7 508-7
003 B
003 C
003 C
5SY7 504-8
5SY7 506-8
5SY7 508-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.310
0.326
0.286
10
13
16
}
B
}
5SY7 510-7
5SY7 513-7
5SY7 516-7
003 C
003 C
003 B
5SY7 510-8
5SY7 513-8
5SY7 516-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.305
0.304
0.293
20
25
32
B
B
B
5SY7 520-7
5SY7 525-7
5SY7 532-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY7 520-8
5SY7 525-8
5SY7 532-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.317
0.313
0.325
40
50
63
C
C
C
5SY7 540-7
5SY7 550-7
5SY7 563-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY7 540-8
5SY7 550-8
5SY7 563-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.308
0.330
0.308
C
B
}
5SY7 214-7
5SY7 205-7
5SY7 201-7
003 C
003 C
003 B
5SY7 214-8
5SY7 205-8
5SY7 201-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.322
0.325
0.313
1.6
2
3
C
}
A
5SY7 215-7
5SY7 202-7
5SY7 203-7
003 C
003 A
003 B
5SY7 215-8
5SY7 202-8
5SY7 203-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.359
0.318
0.314
4
6
8
}
}
B
5SY7 204-7
5SY7 206-7
5SY7 208-7
003 A
003 A
003 B
5SY7 204-8
5SY7 206-8
5SY7 208-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.310
0.312
0.302
10
13
16
}
B
}
5SY7 210-7
5SY7 213-7
5SY7 216-7
003 A
003 C
003 }
5SY7 210-8
5SY7 213-8
5SY7 216-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.306
0.287
0.304
20
25
32
}
}
}
5SY7 220-7
5SY7 225-7
5SY7 232-7
003 B
003 B
003 C
5SY7 220-8
5SY7 225-8
5SY7 232-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.314
0.313
0.328
40
50
63
A
B
B
5SY7 240-7
5SY7 250-7
5SY7 263-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY7 240-8
5SY7 250-8
5SY7 263-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.325
0.308
0.326
1P+N, 230 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
2P, 400 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
1)
3/19
Siemens AG 2011

5SY7, 15 000 A
Characteristic C
15 000
In
Mount- DT
ing
width
MW1)
Order No.
Characteristic D
Price
per PU
PG DT
Order No.
Price
PU
PS*/
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MCBs 15000 A
3P, 400 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
C
C
C
5SY7 314-7
5SY7 305-7
5SY7 301-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY7 314-8
5SY7 305-8
5SY7 301-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.473
0.495
0.458
1.6
2
3
C
B
A
5SY7 315-7
5SY7 302-7
5SY7 303-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY7 315-8
5SY7 302-8
5SY7 303-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.495
0.451
0.458
4
6
8
A
A
C
5SY7 304-7
5SY7 306-7
5SY7 308-7
003 C
003 C
003 B
5SY7 304-8
5SY7 306-8
5SY7 308-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.441
0.457
0.442
10
13
16
}
B
}
5SY7 310-7
5SY7 313-7
5SY7 316-7
003 B
003 C
003 A
5SY7 310-8
5SY7 313-8
5SY7 316-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.453
0.445
0.445
20
25
32
}
A
}
5SY7 320-7
5SY7 325-7
5SY7 332-7
003 B
003 A
003 B
5SY7 320-8
5SY7 325-8
5SY7 332-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.463
0.464
0.482
40
50
63
}
A
}
5SY7 340-7
5SY7 350-7
5SY7 363-7
003 B
003 B
003 B
5SY7 340-8
5SY7 350-8
5SY7 363-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.484
0.480
0.479
C
C
C
5SY7 614-7
5SY7 605-7
5SY7 601-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY7 614-8
5SY7 605-8
5SY7 601-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.660
0.660
0.660
1.6
2
3
C
C
C
5SY7 615-7
5SY7 602-7
5SY7 603-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY7 615-8
5SY7 602-8
5SY7 603-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.660
0.632
0.660
4
6
8
C
C
C
5SY7 604-7
5SY7 606-7
5SY7 608-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY7 604-8
5SY7 606-8
5SY7 608-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.660
0.590
0.600
10
13
16
B
C
A
5SY7 610-7
5SY7 613-7
5SY7 616-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY7 610-8
5SY7 613-8
5SY7 616-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.593
0.610
0.585
20
25
32
B
B
B
5SY7 620-7
5SY7 625-7
5SY7 632-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY7 620-8
5SY7 625-8
5SY7 632-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.618
0.628
0.644
40
50
63
B
B
B
5SY7 640-7
5SY7 650-7
5SY7 663-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY7 640-8
5SY7 650-8
5SY7 663-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.645
0.678
0.643
C
C
C
5SY7 414-7
5SY7 405-7
5SY7 401-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY7 414-8
5SY7 405-8
5SY7 401-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.642
0.660
0.660
1.6
2
3
C
C
C
5SY7 415-7
5SY7 402-7
5SY7 403-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY7 415-8
5SY7 402-8
5SY7 403-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.660
0.630
0.660
4
6
8
B
B
C
5SY7 404-7
5SY7 406-7
5SY7 408-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY7 404-8
5SY7 406-8
5SY7 408-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.624
0.615
0.603
10
13
16
}
C
}
5SY7 410-7
5SY7 413-7
5SY7 416-7
003 B
003 C
003 B
5SY7 410-8
5SY7 413-8
5SY7 416-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.608
0.608
0.592
20
25
32
}
}
}
5SY7 420-7
5SY7 425-7
5SY7 432-7
003 B
003 B
003 B
5SY7 420-8
5SY7 425-8
5SY7 432-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.615
0.628
0.639
40
50
63
}
}
}
5SY7 440-7
5SY7 450-7
5SY7 463-7
003 B
003 B
003 B
5SY7 440-8
5SY7 450-8
5SY7 463-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.642
0.603
0.642
3P+N, 400 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
4P, 400 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
1)
3/20
Siemens AG 2011

5SY8, 25 kA

Characteristic C
In
Mount- DT
ing
width
MW1)
Order No.
Characteristic D
Price
per PU
PG DT
Order No.
Price
PU
PS*/
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MCBs 25 kA
1P, 230/400 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
C
C
B
5SY8 114-7
5SY8 105-7
5SY8 101-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 114-8
5SY8 105-8
5SY8 101-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.167
0.165
0.152
1.6
2
3
C
}
C
5SY8 115-7
5SY8 102-7
5SY8 103-7
003 C
003 B
003 C
5SY8 115-8
5SY8 102-8
5SY8 103-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.165
0.163
0.161
4
6
8
B
}
C
5SY8 104-7
5SY8 106-7
5SY8 108-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 104-8
5SY8 106-8
5SY8 108-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.158
0.159
0.156
10
13
16
A
C
}
5SY8 110-7
5SY8 113-7
5SY8 116-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 110-8
5SY8 113-8
5SY8 116-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.157
0.142
0.155
20
25
32
A
C
B
5SY8 120-7
5SY8 125-7
5SY8 132-7
003 B
003 C
003 C
5SY8 120-8
5SY8 125-8
5SY8 132-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.165
0.162
0.166
40
50
63
C
C
C
5SY8 140-7
5SY8 150-7
5SY8 163-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 140-8
5SY8 150-8
5SY8 163-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.155
0.158
0.160
C
C
C
5SY8 514-7
5SY8 505-7
5SY8 501-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 514-8
5SY8 505-8
5SY8 501-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.330
0.323
0.337
1.6
2
3
C
C
C
5SY8 515-7
5SY8 502-7
5SY8 503-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 515-8
5SY8 502-8
5SY8 503-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.324
0.318
0.318
4
6
8
C
B
C
5SY8 504-7
5SY8 506-7
5SY8 508-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 504-8
5SY8 506-8
5SY8 508-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.311
0.326
0.313
10
13
16
B
C
B
5SY8 510-7
5SY8 513-7
5SY8 516-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 510-8
5SY8 513-8
5SY8 516-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.282
0.305
0.297
20
25
32
C
C
C
5SY8 520-7
5SY8 525-7
5SY8 532-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 520-8
5SY8 525-8
5SY8 532-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.318
0.312
0.366
40
50
63
C
C
C
5SY8 540-7
5SY8 550-7
5SY8 563-7
003 B
003 B
003 B
5SY8 540-8
5SY8 550-8
5SY8 563-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.325
0.326
0.330
C
C
B
5SY8 214-7
5SY8 205-7
5SY8 201-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 214-8
5SY8 205-8
5SY8 201-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.337
0.325
0.313
1.6
2
3
C
B
C
5SY8 215-7
5SY8 202-7
5SY8 203-7
003 C
003 B
003 C
5SY8 215-8
5SY8 202-8
5SY8 203-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.316
0.322
0.346
4
6
8
A
A
C
5SY8 204-7
5SY8 206-7
5SY8 208-7
003 C
003 A
003 C
5SY8 204-8
5SY8 206-8
5SY8 208-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.314
0.311
0.306
10
13
16
}
C
}
5SY8 210-7
5SY8 213-7
5SY8 216-7
003 B
003 C
003 C
5SY8 210-8
5SY8 213-8
5SY8 216-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.305
0.305
0.304
20
25
32
B
B
B
5SY8 220-7
5SY8 225-7
5SY8 232-7
003 C
003 B
003 C
5SY8 220-8
5SY8 225-8
5SY8 232-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.305
0.318
0.324
40
50
63
C
C
C
5SY8 240-7
5SY8 250-7
5SY8 263-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 240-8
5SY8 250-8
5SY8 263-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.308
0.331
0.327
1P+N, 230 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
2P, 400 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
1)
3/21
Siemens AG 2011

5SY8, 25 kA
Characteristic C
In
Mount- DT
ing
width
MW1)
Order No.
Characteristic D
Price
per PU
PG DT
Order No.
Price
PU
PS*/
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MCBs 25 kA
3P, 400 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
1.6
2
3
C
C
A
C
C
C
C
4
6
8
B
C
B
10
13
16
C
}
C
20
25
32
}
A
B
40
50
63
B
B
5SY8 314-7
5SY8 305-7
5SY8 301-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 314-8
5SY8 305-8
5SY8 301-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.495
0.482
0.478
5SY8 315-7
5SY8 302-7
5SY8 303-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 315-8
5SY8 302-8
5SY8 303-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.495
0.471
0.467
5SY8 304-7
5SY8 306-7
5SY8 308-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 304-8
5SY8 306-8
5SY8 308-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.460
0.442
0.495
5SY8 310-7
5SY8 313-7
5SY8 316-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 310-8
5SY8 313-8
5SY8 316-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.455
0.487
0.449
5SY8 320-7
5SY8 325-7
5SY8 332-7
003 C
003 B
003 B
5SY8 320-8
5SY8 325-8
5SY8 332-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.452
0.472
0.482
5SY8 340-7
5SY8 350-7
5SY8 363-7
003 C
003 B
003 C
5SY8 340-8
5SY8 350-8
5SY8 363-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.464
0.465
0.467
5SY8 614-7
5SY8 605-7
5SY8 601-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 614-8
5SY8 605-8
5SY8 601-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.660
0.660
0.660
5SY8 615-7
5SY8 602-7
5SY8 603-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 615-8
5SY8 602-8
5SY8 603-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.660
0.631
0.621
5SY8 604-7
5SY8 606-7
5SY8 608-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 604-8
5SY8 606-8
5SY8 608-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.660
0.660
0.660
5SY8 610-7
5SY8 613-7
5SY8 616-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 610-8
5SY8 613-8
5SY8 616-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.571
0.609
0.602
5SY8 620-7
5SY8 625-7
5SY8 632-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 620-8
5SY8 625-8
5SY8 632-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.596
0.601
0.611
5SY8 640-7
5SY8 650-7
5SY8 663-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 640-8
5SY8 650-8
5SY8 663-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.617
0.650
0.625
5SY8 414-7
5SY8 405-7
5SY8 401-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 414-8
5SY8 405-8
5SY8 401-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.660
0.660
0.636
5SY8 415-7
5SY8 402-7
5SY8 403-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 415-8
5SY8 402-8
5SY8 403-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.660
0.681
0.660
5SY8 404-7
5SY8 406-7
5SY8 408-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 404-8
5SY8 406-8
5SY8 408-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.660
0.660
0.598
5SY8 410-7
5SY8 413-7
5SY8 416-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 410-8
5SY8 413-8
5SY8 416-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.597
0.660
0.601
5SY8 420-7
5SY8 425-7
5SY8 432-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 420-8
5SY8 425-8
5SY8 432-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.627
0.627
0.641
5SY8 440-7
5SY8 450-7
5SY8 463-7
003 C
003 C
003 C
5SY8 440-8
5SY8 450-8
5SY8 463-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
004
004
004
0.647
0.646
0.644
3P+N, 400 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
1.6
2
3
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
4
6
8
C
C
C
10
13
16
C
B
C
20
25
32
C
B
C
40
50
63
C
A
4P, 400 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
1.6
2
3
4
6
8
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
1)
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
}
A
}
}
}
}
}
3/22
Siemens AG 2011

5SJ6 ...-.KS miniature circuit breakers
with plug-in terminals
Overview
Miniature circuit breakers with plug-in terminals are used for the
protection of socket outlets and lighting circuits with the most
common rated currents of 10 to 20 A.
Benefits
Double, self-contained, screwless outgoing terminals for fast

connection of conductors.
The plug-in terminal, offering easily accessible and angled cable entries for manual insertion, saves mounting time
Removal of individual conductors requires no tools and ensures high operating safety
No end sleeves required for finely stranded conductors. This
saves mounting time.
Conventional pin busbars are used for the incoming terminal.

This ensures clear, manageable and convenient access to all
terminals as part of the uniform Siemens connection concept.
3/23
Siemens AG 2011

5SJ6 . . .-.KS
EN 60898-1
Standards
Approvals
Operational voltage
V AC
230/400
Min.
V AC/DC
24
Max.
Max.
V AC
V DC/pole
250/440
601)
kA AC
V AC
250/440
2/III
Rated switching capacity
Acc. to EN 60898-1
Touch protection
Acc. to EN 50274
Yes

Yes
Acc. to EN 60529
Yes
Terminals
Screwless terminals on the outgoing terminals for 1.5 ... 4 mm2
Top, plug-in terminals
- Solid, stranded and finely stranded, without end sleeve

- Finely stranded, with end sleeve
Bottom, tunnel terminal
- Solid, stranded or finely stranded, with end sleeve
mm2
mm2
1.5 ... 4
1.5 ... 2.5
mm2
0.75 ... 25
Any
Mounting position
Service life,
on average, with rated load
20000 actuations
C
Ambient temperature
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-6
1)
6 cycles
m/s2
3/24

50 at 25 ... 150 Hz and 60 at 35 Hz (4 sec)
Siemens AG 2011


6 000
3
Characteristic B
In
Mount- DT
ing
width
MW1)
Order No.
Characteristic C
Price
per PU
PG DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Miniature circuit
breakers
with plug-in terminal
1P
10
13
16
20
B
B
A
5SJ6 110-6KS
5SJ6 113-6KS
5SJ6 116-6KS
002 B
002 B
002 B
5SJ6 110-7KS
5SJ6 113-7KS
5SJ6 116-7KS
1
1 unit
1 1/12 units
1
1 unit
003
003
003
0.117
0.098
0.123
5SJ6 120-6KS
002 B
5SJ6 120-7KS
1 1/12 units
003
0.103
B
B
B
5SJ6 510-6KS
5SJ6 513-6KS
5SJ6 516-6KS
002 B
002 B
002 B
5SJ6 510-7KS
5SJ6 513-7KS
5SJ6 516-7KS
1
1
1
1/6 units
1/6 units
1/6 units
003
003
003
0.209
0.210
0.208
5SJ6 520-6KS
002 B
5SJ6 520-7KS
1/6 units
003
0.209
B
B
B
5SJ6 210-6KS
5SJ6 213-6KS
5SJ6 216-6KS
002 B
002 B
002 B
5SJ6 210-7KS
5SJ6 213-7KS
5SJ6 216-7KS
1
1
1
1/6 units
1/6 units
1/6 units
003
003
003
0.229
0.228
0.226
5SJ6 220-6KS
002 B
5SJ6 220-7KS
1/6 units
003
0.226
B
B
B
5SJ6 310-6KS
5SJ6 313-6KS
5SJ6 316-6KS
002 B
002 B
002 B
5SJ6 310-7KS
5SJ6 313-7KS
5SJ6 316-7KS
1
1
1
1/4 units
1/4 units
1/4 units
003
003
003
0.353
0.357
0.358
5SJ6 320-6KS
002 B
5SJ6 320-7KS
1/4 units
003
0.354
1P+N
10
13
16
20
2P
10
13
16
20
3P
10
13
16
20
1)
3/25
Siemens AG 2011

5SY6 0 miniature circuit breakers
1+N in 1 MW
Overview
These miniature circuit breakers are used for the protection of
plants with switched neutral conductors in distribution boards
with little space. They are just a single modular width.
The devices are approved for worldwide use according to IEC

standards for systems up to 250 V AC. 60 V DC per pole is permitted in DC systems according to IEC standards.
Compact busbars facilitate installation in space saving distribution boards.
Benefits
Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts from the highcapacity range can be freely mounted on these miniature
circuit breakers. This increases availability and cuts down on
logistics.
For 3-pole busbars, the 5ST3 6 busbar system is used

a universal system suitable for all miniature circuit breakers.
By actuating the latching slide, the miniature circuit breakers

can be quickly and easily removed from the assembly.
The infeed can be implemented either from the top or the

bottom. Additional terminals with lateral cable entry facilitate
mounting when using large conductor cross-sections.
3/26
Siemens AG 2011

1+N in 1 MW
5SY6 0..
EN 60898-1
Standards
Approvals
V AC
230
Min.
V AC/DC
24
Max.
Max.
V AC
V DC/pole
250
601)
kA AC
V AC
250
2/III
Rated voltage Un
Operational voltage
Touch protection
Acc. to EN 50274
Yes
Yes
Yes
Terminals
Solid and stranded,
top and bottom terminal
Finely stranded, with end sleeve,
top and bottom terminal
mm2
0.75 ... 16
mm2
0.75 ... 10
Nm
2.0 ... 2.5

Any
Mounting position
Service life
On average, with rated load
20000 actuations
at 2 A/4 A and 40 A: 8000 actuations
C
Ambient temperature
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-6
1)

6 cycles
m/s2
50 at 25 ... 150 Hz and 60 at 35 Hz (4 sec)
3/27
Siemens AG 2011

1+N in 1 MW

6 000
3
Characteristic B
In
Mount- DT
ing
width
MW1)
Characteristic C
Order No.
Price
per PU
PG DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Miniature circuit breakers, compact, 1+N (1P+N), 230 V AC

N pole, right
2
4
6
D
D
002 A
5SY6 002-7
5SY6 004-7
5SY6 006-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.107
0.106
0.100
--5SY6 006-6
8
10
13
A
A
-5SY6 010-6
5SY6 013-6
D
002 A
002 A
5SY6 008-7
5SY6 010-7
5SY6 013-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.107
0.100
0.107
16
20
25
A
A
A
5SY6 016-6
5SY6 020-6
5SY6 025-6
002 A
002 A
002 A
5SY6 016-7
5SY6 020-7
5SY6 025-7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.100
0.100
0.100
32
40
A
D
5SY6 032-6
5SY6 040-6
002 A
002 D
5SY6 032-7
5SY6 040-7
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
0.111
0.100
D
D
002 D
5SY6 002-7KL
5SY6 004-7KL
5SY6 006-7KL
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.106
0.100
0.100
N pole, left
2
4
6
1
D
--5SY6 006-6KL
8
10
13
D
D
-5SY6 010-6KL
5SY6 013-6KL
D
002 A
002 D
5SY6 008-7KL
5SY6 010-7KL
5SY6 013-7KL
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.107
0.100
0.107
16
20
25
A
D
D
5SY6 016-6KL
5SY6 020-6KL
5SY6 025-6KL
002 D
002 D
002 D
5SY6 016-7KL
5SY6 020-7KL
5SY6 025-7KL
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
003
0.100
0.100
0.100
32
40
D
D
5SY6 032-6KL
5SY6 040-6KL
002 D
002 D
5SY6 032-7KL
5SY6 040-7KL
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
003
003
0.112
0.100
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Pin
Length
spacing
MW1)
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
mm
kg
5ST3 7 busbar systems, 10 mm2, 12 MW,

for MCBs 1+N in 1 MW of the compact range,
can be cut, with end caps
Single-phase
For 12 MCBs 1+N, gray
For 12 MCBs 1+N, blue
216
216
A
A
5ST3 762
5ST3 763
1
1
10 units
10 units
027
027
0.022
0.001
1016
1016
A
A
5ST3 764
5ST3 765
1
1
10 units
10 units
027
027
0.134
0.134
A
A
5ST3 766
5ST3 767
1
1
10 set
10 set
027
027
0.001
0.001
A
A
}
5ST3 613
5ST3 614
5ST3 615
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
027
027
027
0.030
0.056
0.075
5ST3 768
25 units
027
0.018
5ST3 7 busbar systems, 10 mm2,

can be cut, without end caps
Single-phase
For MCBs 1+N, gray
For MCBs 1+N, blue
End caps for 5ST3 76 busbars

1 set comprises a right and a left cap
Gray
Blue
5ST3 6 busbar systems, 10 mm2,
for MCBs, fixed lengths,
cannot be cut, fully insulated
Three-phase
For 6 MCBs 1+N
For 9 MCBs 1+N
For 12 MCBs 1+N
102
157.5
210
Terminals for 5ST3 76

Side terminal version
For conductors up to 25 mm2
1)

3/28
Siemens AG 2011

Overview
The Siemens mounting concept supports the combination of all
5ST3 additional components with Siemens 5SY and 5SP miniature circuit breakers and with 5SU1 RCBOs.
5SL and 5SY6 0. . miniature circuit breakers are suitable for
mounting auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts. Auxiliary
switches can also be mounted on 5TE8 flush-mounting circuit
breakers and 5SG7 1 MINIZED switch disconnectors.
Auxiliary switches (AS)
The auxiliary switch (AS) always signals the contact position of
the miniature circuit breaker, regardless of whether the miniature
circuit breaker was tripped manually or as the result of a fault. An
additional version is also available for the switching of small currents and voltages for the control of programmable control systems (PLCs) acc. to EN 61131-2. The auxiliary switch with test
button enables the testing of control circuits without the need to
switch the miniature circuit breaker.
Fault signal contacts (FC)
The fault signal contact (FC) signals the automatic tripping of the
miniature circuit breaker in the event of a fault, such as an overload or a short circuit. If the fault signal contact is activated, the
contact position does not change if the miniature circuit breaker
is tripped manually. Fault signal contacts with TEST and RESET
buttons enable the testing of control circuits without the need to
trip the miniature circuit breaker. The red RESET button integrated in the handle also indicates the automatic tripping of the
MCB. The signal can be acknowledged manually using the
RESET button.
Shunt trips (ST)

Shunt trips are used for the remote tripping of miniature circuit
breakers.
Undervoltage releases (UR)
Undervoltage releases are integrated (e.g. in EMERGENCY
STOP loops), thus ensuring that the MCB trips in the event of an
emergency, which, in turn, ensures disconnection of the control
circuit according to EN 60204. In the event that the voltage is interrupted or too low, it also trips, i.e. prevents activation of the
MCB.
Remote controlled mechanisms (RC)
Remote controlled mechanisms are used for the remote ON/OFF
switching of miniature circuit breakers and the remote ON
switching of RC units, as well as the local manual switching of
these devices. A blocking function permits maintenance work. In
the event that a miniature circuit breaker or RC unit is tripped, an
acknowledgment must be carried out prior to switching back on.
The remote controlled mechanism has an operating mode selector switch with the functions: "Locked", "Manual" and "Remote
Switching". The mechanism can be mechanically latched and
locked, which serves to protect personnel during maintenance
work.
RC units
RC units can be combined with miniature circuit breakers of
characteristic A, B, C and D. They then form a combination of
RCCB and MCB for personnel, fire and line protection. The combinations can be tailored to meet individual requirements.
For information on RC units, please refer to the section "Residual
current protective devices".
Benefits
Can be universally retrofitted with all additional components
The 5SL, 5SY and 5SP miniature circuit breakers are ideal for
the quick and easy mounting of auxiliary switches and fault
signal contacts.
Captive metal brackets on additional components ensure the
quick and easy mounting of devices on the miniature circuit
breakers without the need for tools.
Fault signal contacts with TEST and RESET button enable the
simple testing of auxiliary circuits and, in the event of a fault,
acknowledgement of the fault over the RESET button, without
the need to switch the miniature circuit breakers.
3/29
Siemens AG 2011

The auxiliary switches with TEST button enable the simple manual testing of control circuits during operation of the entire plant
without the need to switch the miniature circuit breakers.
5ST3 010, 5ST3 010-2
5ST3 011, 5ST3 011-2
5ST3 012, 5ST3 012-2

5ST3 013
5ST3 014
5ST3 015
5ST3 020, 5ST3 020-2

5ST3 021, 5ST3 021-2
5ST3 022, 5ST3 022-2
Standards
EN 62019; IEC/EN 60947-5-1; UL 1077; CSA C22.2 No. 235
Approvals
Short-circuit protection
Miniature circuit breaker or gG 6 A fuse
Contact load
Min.
Max.
50 mA, 24 V
--
1 mA/5 V DC
50 mA/30 V DC
50 mA, 24 V
--
400 V AC, AC-14, NO

230 V AC, AC-14, NO
400 V AC, AC-13, NC
230 V AC, AC-13, NC
A
A
A
A
2
6
2
6
-----
2
6
2
6
220 V DC, DC-13, NO+NC

A
A
A
A
1
1
3
6
-----
1
1
3
6
20000 actuations
20000 actuations
20000 actuations
mm2
AWG
0.5 ... 2.5

22 ... 14
0.5 ... 2.5

22 ... 14
0.5 ... 2.5

22 ... 14
Nm
lb/in
0.5
4.5
0.5
4.5
0.5
4.5
Undervoltage releases
(UR)
Shunt trips (ST)
Remote controlled
mechanisms (RC)
5ST3 04.
5ST3 030
5ST3 031
5ST3 050

Terminals
EN 60947-1
Standards
V AC
230
110 ... 415
24 ... 60
230
V DC
24, 110
110
24 ... 60
--
Hz
--
50 ... 60
50 ... 60
Acc. to EN 60947-1, 7.2.1.3

- Releases
- Permissible fluctuations of the power supply
< 0.35 ... 0.7 Un

0.85 ... 1.1 Un
---
---
Acc. to EN 60947-1, 7.2.1.4
--
0.7 ... 1.1 Un
--
Miniature circuit breaker or gG 6 A fuse
Minimum contact load
50 mA, 24 V
50 mA, 24 V
--
Tripping operations
max. 2000
max. 2000
--
20000 actuations
20000 actuations
20000 actuations
mm2
AWG
0.5 ... 2.5

22 ... 14
0.5 ... 2.5

22 ... 14
0.5 ... 2.5

22 ... 14
Nm
lb/in
0.8
6.8
0.8
6.8
0.5
4.5
Rated voltages Un
Rated frequency fn
Response limits
Terminals
For technical data on the RC units, please refer to the chapter, "Residual current protective devices".
3/30
Siemens AG 2011


Rated voltage
Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
PS*/
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Un
V
MW1)
kg

For 5SL, 5SY, 5SP miniature circuit breakers,
5SU1 RCBOs and 5TE8 switches
}
}
5ST3 010
5ST3 013
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.066
0.055
2 NO
For small output
A
B
5ST3 011
5ST3 014
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.055
0.054
2 NC
For small output
A
B
5ST3 012
5ST3 015
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.055
0.060
1 NO + 1 NC
For small output
0.5
Auxiliary switches (AS) with TEST button

For 5SL, 5SY, 5SP miniature circuit breakers,
5SU1 RCBOs and 5TE8 switches
1 NO + 1 NC
5ST3 010-2
1 unit
027
0.045
2 NO
0.5
5ST3 011-2
1 unit
027
0.045
2 NC
5ST3 012-2
1 unit
027
0.045
0.5
}
B
A
5ST3 020
5ST3 021
5ST3 022
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.056
0.056
0.057
0.5
A
A
A
5ST3 020-2
5ST3 021-2
5ST3 022-2
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.050
0.050
0.050
}
C
C
5ST3 040
5ST3 041
5ST3 042
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.107
0.105
0.101
}
C
}
5ST3 043
5ST3 044
5ST3 045
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.092
0.091
0.088
1
1
}
}
5ST3 030
5ST3 031
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.090
0.090
3.5
5ST3 050
1 unit
027
0.461

For 5SL, 5SY, 5SP miniature circuit breakers and
5SU1 RCBOs
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NO
2 NC
Fault signal contacts (FC) with TEST and

ACKNOWLEDGE button
For 5SL, 5SY, 5SP miniature circuit breakers
and 5SU1 RCBOs
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NO
2 NC
For 5SY, 5SP MCBs and 5SU1 RCBOs
but not suitable for use with 5SY6 0.. and 5SL MCBs
With integrated auxiliary switch
230 AC
110 DC
24 DC
Without integrated auxiliary switch
230 AC
110 DC
24 DC
Shunt trips (ST)
but not suitable for use with 5SY6 0.. and 5SL MCBs
2 NO
2 NC

but not suitable for use with 5SL MCB
230 AC
1)
3/31
Siemens AG 2011

Rated residual Rated current

current
In
In
mA
Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
MW1)
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
RC units, type A, instantaneous tripping

For 5SY miniature circuit breakers,
not suitable for use with 5SY5, 5SY8, 5SY6 0..
and 5SL,
2P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
10
30
300
0.3 ... 16
0.3 ... 40
30
100
300
500
0.3 ... 63
B
}
A
5SM2 121-6
5SM2 322-6
5SM2 622-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
0.207
0.209
0.199
A
B
B
B
5SM2 325-6
5SM2 425-6
5SM2 625-6
5SM2 725-6
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
007
0.215
0.211
0.203
0.198
A
A
5SM2 332-6
5SM2 632-6
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
0.314
0.295
B
B
B
B
5SM2 335-6
5SM2 435-6
5SM2 635-6
5SM2 735-6
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
007
0.359
0.327
0.298
0.322
}
}
5SM2 342-6
5SM2 642-6
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
0.337
0.326
A
B
A
A
5SM2 345-6
5SM2 445-6
5SM2 645-6
5SM2 745-6
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
007
0.397
0.357
0.328
0.326
3.5
B
B
5SM2 327-6
5SM2 627-6
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
0.529
0.458
B
A
5SM2 347-6
5SM2 647-6
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
0.934
0.682

and 5SL,
3P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30
300
0.3 ... 40
30
100
300
500
0.3 ... 63

and 5SL,
4P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30
300
0.3 ... 40
30
100
300
500
0.3 ... 63
For 5SP4 miniature circuit breakers

(characteristics B and C)
2P, 125 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30
300
80 ... 100

4P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30
300
1)
80 ... 100
3/32
Siemens AG 2011

current
In
In
mA
Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
MW1)
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
RC units, type A, super resistant

and 5SL,
2P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30
0.3 ... 40
30
0.3 ... 63
5SM2 322-6KK01
1 unit
007
0.215
5SM2 325-6KK01
1 unit
007
0.214
5SM2 332-6KK01
1 unit
007
0.365
5SM2 335-6KK01
1 unit
007
0.365
5SM2 342-6KK01
1 unit
007
0.390
5SM2 345-6KK01
1 unit
007
0.388

and 5SL,
3P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30
0.3 ... 40
30
0.3 ... 63

and 5SL,
4P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30
0.3 ... 40
30
0.3 ... 63
RC units, type A, selective

and 5SL,
2P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
300
0.3 ... 40
300
0.3 ... 63
5SM2 622-8
1 unit
007
0.210
5SM2 625-8
1 unit
007
0.210
B
B
D
5SM2 635-8
5SM2 735-8
5SM2 835-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
0.341
0.323
0.304
A
A
A
5SM2 645-8
5SM2 745-8
5SM2 845-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
0.373
0.333
0.333
3.5
5SM2 627-8
1 unit
007
0.519
A
A
5SM2 647-8
5SM2 847-8
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
0.838
0.706

and 5SL,
3P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
300
500
1000
0.3 ... 63

and 5SL,
4P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
300
500
1000
0.3 ... 63

2P, 125 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
300
80 ... 100

4P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
300
1000
1)
80 ... 100
3/33
Siemens AG 2011

Version
Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
MW1)
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Terminal covers
For miniature circuit breakers, not suitable for
use with 5SY6 0. .,
For additional covering of the screw openings
per pole, sealable. In the case of 5SY, also
prevents removal of device from the standard
mounting rail.
5ST3 800
1 10 units
027
0.002
For 5SP and 5SY miniature circuit breakers

For padlock with max. 3 mm shackle
5ST3 801
1 unit
027
0.012
For 5SL miniature circuit breakers

For padlock with 3 ... 6 mm shackle
5ST3 806
5 units
027
0.007
5ST3 802
1 unit
027
0.031
5ST3 803
1 set
027
0.041
5ST3 807
1 set
027
0.034
0.5
5TG8 240
2 units
027
0.010
5ST2 201
1 unit
027
0.013
5ST2 173
1 set
027
0.049
Handle locking devices

Sealable to prevent unwanted mechanical
ON/OFF switching
Padlocks
For 5ST3 801 and 5ST3 806 handle locking devices
Locking devices
For 5SP and 5SY miniature circuit breakers
comprising 5ST3 801 handle locking device
and 5ST3 802 padlock
Locking devices
For 5SL miniature circuit breakers,
comprising 5ST3 806 handle locking device
and 5ST3 802 padlock
Spacers
Can be placed on either side of the standard
mounting rail. Two spacers allow for convenient cable routing
Fixing parts
Made of plastic, for use on a mounting plate
Inscription labels
15 mm x 9 mm, 3 frames 44 labels, can be
mounted on casing collar, white, self-adhesive
Labeling system
Inscription on self-adhesive labels for a uniform and tidy appearance in electrical power distribution.
The labeling program can be downloaded to your PC free of charge at:
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool
Recommended ELAT-3-747 labels for printing out on
normal printers can be ordered at:
Brady GmbH
Otto-Hahn-Str. 5-7
D-63222 Langen
Tel: +49 (0) 61 03/75 98-660
3/34
Siemens AG 2011

Version
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Terminal covers, gray

For surface mounting, degree of protection IP40,
sealable, with 35 mm standard mounting rail
Up to 2.5 MW
Up to 4.5 MW
B
B
5SW3 004
5SW3 005
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
008
008
0.091
0.171
B
B
5SW3 006
5SW3 007
1
1
1/4 units
1 unit
008
008
0.133
0.162
5SW1 200
1 unit
008
0.447
End plates (for snapping onto standard mounting

rail)
5ST2 134
10 units
027
0.021
Angled profile (approx. 1 m long)
5ST2 135
5 units
027
0.288
Alternative flat profiles

(as a cover between the rows of devices length
approx. 1 m)
5ST2 136
5 units
027
0.239
7LF9 006
1 unit
027
0.070
Wall enclosures, gray

For flush mounting, degree of protection IP40
with 35 mm standard mounting rail
Up to 2.5 MW
Up to 4.5 MW
Molded-plastic enclosures, gray

with 35 mm standard mounting rail, sealable
with transparent hinged lid
For 4.5 MW
Covers
Can be assembled as mini distribution board,
suitable for all devices, cover parts prepared for rail
mounting of conventional label caps, comprising:
Holders for front panel installation

Universal application for devices from 1 to 6 MW
Cutout dimensions:
Height 45+0.5 mm
Width: 23, 41, 59, 77, 95 or 113 mm
Intermediate frames for 70 mm devices in 55 mm

ALPHA SIMBOX distribution boards
Versions
8GB4 563
1-series
8GB4 561
1 unit
032
0.900
2-series
8GB4 562
1 unit
032
1.100
3-series
8GB4 563
1 unit
032
1.300
4-series
8GB4 564
1 unit
032
1.500
For further information on the ALPHA distribution boards, ALPHA SIMBOX small distribution boards and intermediate frames,
please refer to Catalog LV 10.2, chapter, "Distribution boards".
3/35
Siemens AG 2011

More information
The Siemens mounting concept supports the combination of all
5ST3 additional components with miniature circuit breakers of
the 5SY and 5SP series and RCBOs of the 5SU1 series.
The chart shows which additional components can be mounted

on either the right or the left.
5SL and 5SY6 0.. miniature circuit breakers are suitable for
mounting auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts. Auxiliary
switches can also be mounted on 5TE8 flush-mounting circuit
breakers and 5SG7 1 MINIZED switch disconnectors.
5SM2
5SY / 5SP4
5ST3
or
or
or
I2_18123a
RC-Unit
MCB
RC
AS
FC
AS
FC
AS
FC
AS
FC
FC
AS
AS
FC
FC
AS
AS
FC
FC
AS
5SU1
or
RCBO
RC-Unit:
MCB:
RCBO:
RC:
UR:
ST:
AS:
FC:
RC
Residual current unit

Miniature circuit breaker
Residual current operated circuit breaker
Remote controlled mechanism
Shunt trip
Auxiliary switch
Fault signal contact
ST
AS
or
FC
or
UR
AS
or
AS
FC
AS
FC
or
FC
or
AS
FC
AS
FC
For further information on the mounting concept for RCBOs, please refer to the chapter, "Residual Current Protective Devices".
3/36
Siemens AG 2011

Busbars
Overview
The busbar system with pin-type connections can be used for all
5SL6 and 5SJ6 . . .-.KS miniature circuit breakers and 5SY miniature circuit breakers with or without mounted auxiliary switch
(AS) or fault signal contact (FC).
Busbars in 10 mm2 and 16 mm2 versions are available.
Any free pins on the busbars can be made safe by covering with
touch protection.
For further information on bus-mounting miniature circuit breakers with residual current operated circuit breakers, please refer
to the chapter "Residual current protective devices".
The 5ST3 7 busbar system with bars that can be cut to length
can be tailored to any requirements.
The extremely flexible 5ST3 6 busbar system with fixed lengths
also enables installation in any length as the busbars can be
overlapped.
No further need for time-consuming tasks, such as cutting, cutting to length, deburring, cleaning of cut surfaces and mounting
of end caps.
Benefits
Between the devices, the busbar, located at the bottom and

behind the conductor, provides an optimum wiring space with
easy view of the inserted conductor. This enables easy control
of connections.
The ability to overlap the busbar mounting enables a crosssection enlargement of up to 32 mm2 using the respective
components, 10 mm2 and 16 mm2.
By overlapping the busbars with fixed lengths, it is possible to

achieve device combinations with any number of devices.
The fact that the connection of the conductor is always clearly

visible facilitates control and insertion of conductors of all pole
types and considerably reduces mounting times.
3/37
Siemens AG 2011

Busbars
5ST3
Standards
EN 60439-1 (VDE 0660-500): 2005-01
Busbar material
SF-Cu F 24
Partition material
Plastic, Cycoloy 3600

heat-resistant over 90 C
flame-retardant and
self-extinguishing,
dioxin and halogen-free
V AC
400
Cross-section 10 mm2
A
A
63
80
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
Test pulse voltage (1.2/50)
kV
6.2
Rated conditional short-circuit current Icc
kA
25
Rated operational voltage Uc

Rated current In
Constant atmosphere
Humid heat
Acc. to DIN 50015

Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
23/83; 40/92; 55/20

28 cycles
Overvoltage category
Pollution degree
III
2
Maximum busbar current IS/phase

Infeed at the start of the busbar
- Cross-section 10 mm2
A
A
63
80
Infeed at the center of the busbar

A
A
100
130
Infeed at the start or end of the busbar
Infeed along the busbar or midpoint infeed

3
I201_13754a
I201_13755
The sum of the output current per branch (1, 2, 3 ... n) must not be greater
than the max. busbar current IS/phase.
3/38
Siemens AG 2011

Busbars

Pin
Length
spacing
MW1)
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
mm
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
mm2,
5ST3 6 busbar systems, 10

Single-phase
For 2 MCBs 1P
For 6 MCBs 1P
For 12 MCBs 1P
33
105
210
A
A
A
5ST3 600
5ST3 601
5ST3 602
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
027
027
027
0.009
0.019
0.047
1.5
40
156.5
237
A
A
A
5ST3 603
5ST3 604
5ST3 605
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
027
027
027
0.010
0.030
0.044
75.5
105
210
A
A
A
5ST3 606
5ST3 607
5ST3 608
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
027
027
027
0.018
0.027
0.063
102
157.5
210
A
A
}
5ST3 613
5ST3 614
5ST3 615
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
027
027
027
0.030
0.056
0.075
1+1+1.5 115
237
1.5
125
229
A
A
5ST3 616
5ST3 617
1
1
10 units
10 units
027
027
0.038
0.090
A
A
5ST3 618
5ST3 620
1
1
10 units
10 units
027
027
0.046
0.075
For 1 RCCB 4P N right

and 8 MCBs 1P
210
5ST3 624
10 units
027
0.077
For 1 RCCB 4P N left

and 8 MCBs 1P
192
5ST3 667
10 units
027
0.061
145
215
215
A
A
A
5ST3 621
5ST3 622
5ST3 623
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
027
027
027
0.055
0.093
0.087
33
105
210
A
A
A
5ST3 630
5ST3 631
5ST3 632
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
027
027
027
0.007
0.025
0.048
1.5
40
156.5
237
A
A
A
5ST3 633
5ST3 634
5ST3 635
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
027
027
027
0.010
0.029
0.052
75.5
105
210
A
A
A
5ST3 636
5ST3 637
5ST3 638
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
027
027
027
0.012
0.037
0.089
1 + 1.5
75.5
120.5
210
A
A
A
5ST3 640
5ST3 641
5ST3 642
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
027
027
027
0.024
0.048
0.081
Single-phase,
for MCBs with AS or FC
For 2 MCBs 1P
For 6 MCBs 1P
For 9 MCBs 1P
2-phase
For 2 MCBs 2P
For 3 MCBs 2P
For 6 MCBs 2P
Three-phase
For 2 MCBs 3P
For 3 MCBs 3P
For 4 MCBs 3P
Three-phase,
For 2 MCBs 3P
For 4 MCBs 3P
For 6 MCBs 1P
For 9 MCBs 1P
Three-phase
4-phase
For 2 MCBs 4P or 3P+N
5ST3 6 busbars, 16 mm2,
Single-phase
For 2 MCBs 1P
For 6 MCBs 1P
For 12 MCBs 1P
Single-phase,
For 2 MCBs 1P
For 6 MCBs 1P
For 9 MCBs 1P
2-phase
For 2 MCBs 2P
For 3 MCBs 2P
For 6 MCBs 2P
2-phase,
For 2 MCBs 2P
For 3 MCBs 2P
For 5 MCBs 2P
1)
3/39
Siemens AG 2011

Busbars
Pin
Length
spacing
MW1)
mm
102.5
157.5
210
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
5ST3 6 busbars, 16 mm2,

Three-phase
For 2 MCBs 3P
For 3 MCBs 3P
For 4 MCBs 3P
A
A
}
5ST3 643
5ST3 644
5ST3 645
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
027
027
027
0.047
0.085
0.119
1+1+1.5 115
237
1.5
156
245
A
A
5ST3 646
5ST3 647
1
1
10 units
10 units
027
027
0.052
0.126
A
A
5ST3 648
5ST3 650
1
1
10 units
10 units
027
027
0.067
0.110
For 1 RCCB 4P N right

and 8 MCBs 1P
210
5ST3 654
10 units
027
0.108
For 1 RCCB 4P N left

and 8 MCBs 1P
210
5ST3 668
10 units
027
0.099
A
A
A
5ST3 651
5ST3 652
5ST3 653
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
027
027
027
0.071
0.130
0.118
5ST3 655
10 units
027
0.003
5ST3 656
1 set
027
5.460
5ST3 657
1 set
027
7.650
A
A
5ST3 730
5ST3 732
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.032
0.034
1
1+1.5
A
A
5ST3 734
5ST3 736
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.070
0.072
1
1+1+1.5
1.5
}
A
A
5ST3 738
5ST3 741
5ST3 743
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.084
0.078
0.075
5ST3 745
1 unit
027
0.119
A
A
5ST3 731
5ST3 733
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.153
0.157
1
1+1.5
A
A
5ST3 735
5ST3 737
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.343
0.327
1
1+1+1.5
1.5
}
A
A
5ST3 740
5ST3 742
5ST3 744
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.440
0.421
0.420
5ST3 746
1 unit
027
0.600
Three-phase,
For 2 MCBs 3P
For 4 MCBs 3P
For 6 MCBs 1P
For 9 MCBs 1P
Three-phase,
4-phase
Touch protection
For free connections, yellow (RAL 1004)
5 x 1 pin
Range
10 mm2
20 5ST3 613 + 10 5ST3 614 +
50 5ST3 615 + 50 5ST3 655
16 mm2
20 5ST3 643 + 10 5ST3 644 +
50 5ST3 645 + 50 5ST3 655
5ST3 7 busbar systems, 10 mm2 12 MW,
for MCBs,
Single-phase, angled
For 12 MCBs 1P
For 9 MCBs 1P with AS or FC
1
1.5
214
2-phase
For 6 MCBs 2P
Three-phase
For 4 MCBs 3P
4-phase

for MCBs,
For MCBs 1P
For MCBs 1P with AS or FC
1
1.5
1016
2-phase
For MCBs 2P
Three-phase
For MCBs 3P
4-phase
For MCBs 4P or 3P+N
1)
3/40
Siemens AG 2011

Busbars
Pin
Length
spacing
MW1)
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
mm
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

for MCBs,
For MCBs 1P
}
A
5ST3 700
5ST3 702
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.039
0.040
1
1+1.5
}
A
5ST3 704
5ST3 706
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.092
0.090
1
1+1+1.5
1.5
}
A
A
5ST3 708
5ST3 711
5ST3 713
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.116
0.098
0.098
5ST3 715
1 unit
027
0.142
}
}
5ST3 701
5ST3 703
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.196
0.185
1
1+1.5
}
}
5ST3 705
5ST3 707
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.452
0.446
1
1+1+1.5
1.5
}
}
}
5ST3 710
5ST3 712
5ST3 714
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.610
0.580
0.540
5ST3 716
1 unit
027
0.798
5ST3 770-2
10 units
027
0.400
5ST3 770-3
10 units
027
0.550
5ST3 770-4
10 units
027
0.100
5ST3 770-5
10 units
027
0.160
A
}
A
5ST3 748
5ST3 750
5ST3 718
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
027
027
027
0.001
0.001
0.001
1
1.5
214
2-phase
For MCBs 2P
Three-phase
For MCBs 3P
4-phase
For MCBs 4P or 3P+N

for MCBs,
For MCBs 1P
1
1.5
1016
2-phase
For MCBs 2P
Three-phase
For MCBs 3P
4-phase
For MCBs 4P or 3P+N
5ST3 7 busbar systems, 10 mm2 56 MW

can be cut, with end caps, with touch protection
4-phase
For MCBs 2P and RCBOs 1P+N 1
1008

4-phase
For MCBs 2P and RCBOs 1P+N 1
1008

4-phase
For 6 MCBs 1P+N and
RCCBs 4P, N connection, right
288

4-phase
For 6 MCBs 1P+N and
RCCBs 4P, N connection, right
288
End caps for 5ST3 7, can be cut

For single-phase busbars
For two-phase and three-phase busbars
For 4-phase busbars
1)
3/41
Siemens AG 2011

Busbars
Pin
Length
spacing
MW1)
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
mm
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

Single-phase
For 12 MCBs 1+N, gray
For 12 MCBs 1+N, blue
1
1
216
A
A
5ST3 762
5ST3 763
1
1
10 units
10 units
027
027
0.022
0.001
A
A
5ST3 764
5ST3 765
1
1
10 units
10 units
027
027
0.134
0.134
A
A
5ST3 766
5ST3 767
1
1
10 set
10 set
027
027
0.001
0.001
5ST3 768
25 units
027
0.018

Single-phase
For MCBs 1+N, gray
For MCBs 1+N, blue
1
1
1016
End caps for 5ST3 76

1 set comprises a right and a left cap
Gray
Blue
Terminals for 5ST3 76
Terminal version S
For conductors up to 25 mm2
1)
3/42
Siemens AG 2011

Busbars
According to UL 508, 5ST3 7 . . - . HG
Overview
Products according to UL standards are used in North America,
but also in several other countries. This is important in particular
for exporting machines or electrical switchgear and equipment
to the USA. Acceptance and delivery are possible only if the relevant UL standards are satisfied.
The 5ST3 7 busbar system according to UL 508 and CSA is suitable for both universal use worldwide with all 5SY and 5SP miniature circuit breakers for Supplementary Protection certified according to UL 1077 and for 3NW and 3NC fuse holders certified
according to UL 512.
The busbars are available in single-, two- and three-phase version with different pin spacings and with two cross-sections
18 mm and 25 mm. Infeed can be directly into the terminals of
the miniature circuit breaker or through connection terminals.
The connection terminals are available in two versions for direct infeed at the busbar or for infeed directly at the miniature circuit breaker/fuse holder. Pins that are not required can be covered with touch protection covers.
Benefits
Bus-mounting with infeed through a connection terminal directly on the miniature circuit breaker up to a conductor crosssection of 35 mm
Infeed directly on the miniature circuit breaker up to a crosssection of 35 mm and connection terminal for connection
directly on the busbar up to a conductor cross-section of
50 mm
Suitable for universal use according to both IEC and UL standards
Can be used for 5SY, 5SP miniature circuit breakers and for
Class CC, cylindrical and SITOR fuse holders
UL-tested combination device and busbar
Different cross-sections 18 mm and 25 mm.
Bus mounting with infeed at the fuse holder for conductor

cross-sections up to 35 mm
3/43
Siemens AG 2011

Busbars
5ST3 7. .-0HG
5ST3 7. .-2HG
Standards
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14-M 95
Approvals
UL 508 File No. E328403

CSA
5ST3 770-0HG
5ST3 770-1HG
Operational voltage
Acc. to IEC
Acc. to UL 508
V AC
V AC
690
600
Rated conditional short-circuit current
kA
10
Dielectric strength
Surge strength
kV/mm
kV
25
> 9.5
Rated current
--
--
115
A
A
80
160
100
200
---
---
25
--
--

Pollution degree
III
2
2
mm Cu 18
Busbar cross-section
Any
Infeed
AWG
mm2
---
---
10 ... 1/0
6 ... 35
14 ... 1
6 ... 50
Nm
lbs/in
---
---
5
50
3.5
35
Terminals

3
I201_13754a
I201_13755
3/44
Siemens AG 2011

Busbars

Pin
Length DT
spacing
MW1)
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
mm
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
5ST3 7. .-.HG busbars according to UL 508, 18 mm2,

Single-phase
For MCBs 1P (5SY) or
fuse holders 10 x 38/class CC
(3NC1 091, 3NW7 513-0HG)
For MCBs 1P (5SY, 5SP) with AS or 1.5

FC or fuse holders 14 x 51
(3NC1 491, 3NW7 111)
1000
5ST3 701-0HG
10 units
012
0.330
1000
5ST3 703-0HG
10 units
012
0.330
2-phase
fuse holders 10 x 38 class CC
(3NC1 092, 3NW7 523-0HG)
1000
5ST3 705-0HG
10 units
012
0.700
For MCBs 2P (5SY) with AS or FC
1+1.5
1000
5ST3 707-0HG
10 units
012
0.690

fuse holders 10 x 38 class CC
(3NC1 093, 3NW7 533-0HG)
1000
5ST3 710-0HG
10 units
012
0.850
For MCBs 3P (5SY) with AS or FC
1+1+1.5 1000
Three-phase
For MCBs 1P (5SY, 5SP) with AS or 1.5

FC or fuse holders 14 x 51
(3NC1 493, 3NW7 131)
1000
5ST3 712-0HG
10 units
012
0.850
5ST3 714-0HG
10 units
012
0.850

Single-phase
For MCBs 1P (5SP) or
fuse holders 14 x 51
(3NC1 491, 3NW7 111)
1.5
1000
5ST3 701-2HG
10 units
012
0.340
1.5
1000
5ST3 705-2HG
10 units
012
0.800
1.5
1000
5ST3 710-2HG
10 units
012
1.090
5ST3 748-0HG
10 units
012
0.001
For two- and three-phase busbars
5ST3 750-0HG
10 units
012
0.002
5ST3 770-0HG
10 units
012
0.035
5ST3 770-1HG
10 units
012
0.035
5ST3 655-0HG
10 units
012
0.005
2-phase
(3NC1 492, 3NW7 121)
Three-phase
(3NC1 493, 3NW7 131)
End caps for 5ST3 7. .-.HG
Terminals according to UL 508

Infeed to device
35 mm2
Infeed to busbar
50 mm2
Touch protection covers for busbars according to UL 508
5 x 1 pin
1)
3/45
Siemens AG 2011

5SJ4 . . . - . HG miniature circuit breaker
and accessories, according to UL 489 and IEC
Overview
UL standards are used in North America as well as in several
other countries. This is of particular importance to European exporters of electrical switchgear equipment for machines who export to the USA, as their products will only be accepted if they
meet the relevant UL standards.
The key difference between the three device series is their application in different power supply systems.
5SJ4 -.HG40: 240/120 V AC, 1-pole, "same polarity only",
5SJ4 -.HG41: 240 V AC, 1-, 2- and 3-pole,
5SJ4 -.HG42: 480Y/277 V AC, 1-, 2- and 3-pole.
A wide range of low-voltage circuit protection devices from

Siemens comply with UL standards and are therefore suitable for
implementation worldwide in both IEC/EN and UL applications
within the framework of their specified use.
The terminals are suitable for "field wiring". This means that the
devices can be installed not only in factory-finished distribution
boards and control cabinets, but also on-site in a customer system.
Miniature circuit breakers certified to UL 489 permit use as an

all-round solution for protection tasks in distribution boards, control cabinets and control systems to UL 508A as "branch protectors". In particular, they are also approved for the protection of
electrical circuits in heating, ventilating and cooling systems
(HVAC), as well as for DC applications up to 60 V/125 V.
Using this mounting concept, all additional 5ST3 . . .-.HG components can be combined with miniature circuit breakers of the
5SJ4 -.HG range. The auxiliary switch (AS) signals the contact
position. In the event of a fault, the fault signal contact (FC) signals the automatic tripping of the MCB as well as the contact position. Shunt trips (ST) are used for the remote tripping of miniature circuit breakers. Captive metal brackets on the additional
components ensure fast mounting on the devices.
This covers a wide range of protection tasks, in residential and

non-residential buildings, as well as in industry. The tripping
characteristics B, C and D to EN/IEC 60898-1 have been
adapted so that they fall in the permissible tripping range according to UL 489, as well as for applications at 25 C and 40 C.
This means that the devices are approved for use according to
both standards. The enclosure dimensions of the devices correspond to DIN format. This means that the device series are suitable for universal use worldwide according to IEC or UL standards.
Single-, two- and three-phase busbars in 3 lengths with 6, 12 or

18 pins are available as accessories for all device series. The infeed is via connection terminals, which are available in two versions, for direct infeed at either the busbar or the miniature circuit breakers. Pins that are not required can be covered with
touch protection covers.
Benefits
Can be used globally for all applications in residential, nonresidential and industrial buildings. This facilitates the planning of plants and enhances export opportunities
The devices can be used according to IEC/EN 60898-1 and
UL 489, which means these devices can be installed anywhere in the world
Miniature circuit breakers with 480Y/277 V up to 40 A, with
240/120 V and 240 V up to 63 A
Can be used for both AC voltage and DC voltage up to 125 V
Rated switching capacity up to 14 kA in acc with UL 489 and
up to 15 kA in acc. with IEC 60947-2
Fast mounting with busbars up to 115 A and feeder terminals
up to 50 mm2.
Infeed direct at miniature circuit breaker for conductor crosssections up to 35 mm2
Bus mounting with central infeed directly on the busbar up to

conductor cross-section of 50 mm2
3/46
Accessories: Auxiliary switches, fault signal contacts and

shunt trips up to 480 V can be easily mounted onto the miniature circuit breaker.
Siemens AG 2011

5SJ4 . . .-.HG40
5SJ4 . . .-.HG41
Standards
EN 60898-1; EN 60947-2; UL 489; UL-File E243414; CSA C22.2 No. 5-02
Approvals

B, C, D
C, D
Operational voltage
Min.
V AC/DC
24
Acc. to IEC 60898-1
Max.
Max.
V DC/pole
V AC
60
250/440
Acc. to UL 489 and CSA C22.2 No.5-02
Max.
V AC
DC V/1P
DC V/2P
240/120
60
--
240
60
125
480Y/277
60
125
kA AC
kA AC
kA AC
10
15
14/101)
14/101)
101)
V AC
250
3/III
Rated breaking capacity

Icn acc. to IEC 60898-1
Icu acc. to IEC 60947-2
Acc. to UL 489 and CSA C22.2 No.5-02
250/440
Touch protection according to EN 50274
Yes
Yes
Degree of protection to EN 60529
Yes
Mounting
On standard mounting rail
Terminals
Combined terminals at both ends
Terminal tightening torque, only for Cu, 60/75 C
Solid and stranded, acc. to UL489 and CSA C22.2 No.5-02
Solid and stranded, according to IEC 60898-1
Nm
lb. in
Yes
3.5
31
AWG
mm2
mm2
14 ... 4
0.75 ... 35
0.75 ... 25
Mains connection
Any
Mounting position
Any
20000 actuations
EMC environment
Acc. to EN 60947-2
Ambient temperature
Suitable for environment "B" (immunity to interference not applicable)

C
1)

6 cycles
Resistance to climate acc. to IEC 60068-2-30

Resistance to vibrations acc. to IEC 60068-2-6
5SJ4 . . .-.HG42
m/s2
50 at 25 ... 150 Hz and 60 at 35 Hz (4 sec)
For detailed information about the rated switching capacity, see engineering manual at: www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals.
Auxiliary switches
(AS)
Fault signal contacts Shunt trips (ST)

(FC)
5ST3 010-0HG
5ST3 011-0HG
5ST3 012-0HG
5ST3 020-0HG
5ST3 021-0HG
5ST3 022-0HG
5ST3 030-0HG
5ST3 031-0HG
UL 489, UL-File E243414;

CSA 22.2 No. 5-02
Standards
IEC/EN 62019, IEC/EN 60947-5-1
IEC/EN 60947-1
V AC
A AC
400
2
230
6 (NC: AC13, S: AC14)
110 ... 415

--
24 ... 60
--
V DC
A DC
220
1
110
1
60
3
24
6 (DC13)
---
24 ... 60
--
V AC
A AC
480
1.5
277
3
240
4
120
6
110 ... 480

--
24 ... 60
--
V DC
A DC
125
1
60
3
---
24 ... 60
--
Operational voltage/operational current (load)

Acc. to IEC
Acc. to UL
Miniature circuit breaker or 6 A fuse
50 mA, 24 V
Tripping operations
--
12000 actuations
--
max. 2000
Primary operating range
x Un
--
0.7 ... 1.1
AWG
mm2
22 ... 14
0.5 ... 2.5
22 ... 14
0.5 ... 2.5
Nm
lb/in
0.5
4.5
0.8
6.8
Terminals
3/47
Siemens AG 2011

Version
Busbars
Terminals
Type
5ST3 663-.HG
5ST3 664-.HG
5ST3 665-.HG
5ST3 666-0HG
Standards
UL 489;
UL File No. E243414
Operational voltage
Acc. to IEC
Acc. to UL 489
V AC
V AC
690
480Y/277 and 240

Dielectric strength
Surge strength
kA
kV/mm
kV
15 (with NH3 355A gL/gG 500 V)

30
> 9.5
Rated current at 40 C ambient temperature
115
Pollution degree
5ST3 666-2HG
2
III
mm2
Busbar cross-section (Cu)
16
Any
Infeed
AWG cables
Solid and stranded
AWG
mm2
---
14 ... 2
1.5 ... 35
14 ... 1
1.5 ... 50
Nm
lb. in
---
3.3
30
3.3
30
Temperature resistance
200 UL 94-V0/0.4 mm
Terminals

Characteristic B
In
Mounting width
MW1)
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MCBs
"same polarity only"
1P, 240 V AC
6
10
13
1)
B
B
C
5SJ4 106-6HG40
5SJ4 110-6HG40
5SJ4 113-6HG40
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.153
0.157
0.152
15
16
20
C
C
C
5SJ4 118-6HG40
5SJ4 116-6HG40
5SJ4 120-6HG40
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.153
0.149
0.147
25
30
32
C
C
C
5SJ4 125-6HG40
5SJ4 130-6HG40
5SJ4 132-6HG40
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.154
0.154
0.154
35
40
45
C
C
C
5SJ4 135-6HG40
5SJ4 140-6HG40
5SJ4 145-6HG40
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.156
0.156
0.120
50
60
63
C
C
C
5SJ4 150-6HG40
5SJ4 160-6HG40
5SJ4 163-6HG40
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.159
0.120
0.162
3/48
Siemens AG 2011

Characteristic C
In
Mount- DT
ing
width
MW1)
Order No.
Characteristic D
Price
per PU
PG DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MCBs
"same polarity only"
1P, 240 V AC
0.3
1
C
0.5
C
1
B
5SJ4 114-7HG40
5SJ4 105-7HG40
5SJ4 101-7HG40
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 114-8HG40
5SJ4 105-8HG40
5SJ4 101-8HG40
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.152
0.152
0.156
1.6
2
3
C
B
B
5SJ4 115-7HG40
5SJ4 102-7HG40
5SJ4 103-7HG40
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 115-8HG40
5SJ4 102-8HG40
5SJ4 103-8HG40
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.151
0.151
0.139
4
5
6
B
C
B
5SJ4 104-7HG40
5SJ4 111-7HG40
5SJ4 106-7HG40
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 104-8HG40
5SJ4 111-8HG40
5SJ4 106-8HG40
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.153
0.150
0.150
8
10
13
B
B
C
5SJ4 108-7HG40
5SJ4 110-7HG40
5SJ4 113-7HG40
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 108-8HG40
5SJ4 110-8HG40
5SJ4 113-8HG40
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.152
0.151
0.147
15
16
20
C
B
B
5SJ4 118-7HG40
5SJ4 116-7HG40
5SJ4 120-7HG40
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 118-8HG40
5SJ4 116-8HG40
5SJ4 120-8HG40
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.153
0.152
0.152
25
30
32
B
C
C
5SJ4 125-7HG40
5SJ4 130-7HG40
5SJ4 132-7HG40
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 125-8HG40
5SJ4 130-8HG40
5SJ4 132-8HG40
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.152
0.158
0.156
35
40
45
C
C
C
5SJ4 135-7HG40
5SJ4 140-7HG40
5SJ4 145-7HG40
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 135-8HG40
5SJ4 140-8HG40
5SJ4 145-8HG40
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.161
0.156
0.159
50
60
63
C
C
C
5SJ4 150-7HG40
5SJ4 160-7HG40
5SJ4 163-7HG40
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 150-8HG40
5SJ4 160-8HG40
5SJ4 163-8HG40
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.159
0.157
0.157
C
C
C
5SJ4 114-7HG41
5SJ4 105-7HG41
5SJ4 101-7HG41
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 114-8HG41
5SJ4 105-8HG41
5SJ4 101-8HG41
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.155
0.155
0.175
1.6
2
3
C
C
C
5SJ4 115-7HG41
5SJ4 102-7HG41
5SJ4 103-7HG41
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 115-8HG41
5SJ4 102-8HG41
5SJ4 103-8HG41
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.155
0.168
0.171
4
5
6
C
C
C
5SJ4 104-7HG41
5SJ4 111-7HG41
5SJ4 106-7HG41
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 104-8HG41
5SJ4 111-8HG41
5SJ4 106-8HG41
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.170
0.155
0.169
8
10
13
C
C
C
5SJ4 108-7HG41
5SJ4 110-7HG41
5SJ4 113-7HG41
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 108-8HG41
5SJ4 110-8HG41
5SJ4 113-8HG41
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.172
0.173
0.172
15
16
20
C
C
C
5SJ4 118-7HG41
5SJ4 116-7HG41
5SJ4 120-7HG41
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 118-8HG41
5SJ4 116-8HG41
5SJ4 120-8HG41
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.155
0.172
0.171
25
30
32
C
C
C
5SJ4 125-7HG41
5SJ4 130-7HG41
5SJ4 132-7HG41
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 125-8HG41
5SJ4 130-8HG41
5SJ4 132-8HG41
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.172
0.155
0.155
35
40
45
C
C
C
5SJ4 135-7HG41
5SJ4 140-7HG41
5SJ4 145-7HG41
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 135-8HG41
5SJ4 140-8HG41
5SJ4 145-8HG41
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.155
0.175
0.155
50
60
63
C
C
C
5SJ4 150-7HG41
5SJ4 160-7HG41
5SJ4 163-7HG41
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 150-8HG41
5SJ4 160-8HG41
5SJ4 163-8HG41
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.155
0.155
0.155
MCBs
1P, 240 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
1)
3/49
Siemens AG 2011

Characteristic C
In
Mount- DT
ing
width
MW1)
Order No.
Characteristic D
Price
per PU
PG DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MCBs
2P, 240 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
C
C
C
5SJ4 214-7HG41
5SJ4 205-7HG41
5SJ4 201-7HG41
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 214-8HG41
5SJ4 205-8HG41
5SJ4 201-8HG41
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.310
0.341
0.337
1.6
2
3
C
C
C
5SJ4 215-7HG41
5SJ4 202-7HG41
5SJ4 203-7HG41
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 215-8HG41
5SJ4 202-8HG41
5SJ4 203-8HG41
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.332
0.332
0.329
4
5
6
C
C
C
5SJ4 204-7HG41
5SJ4 211-7HG41
5SJ4 206-7HG41
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 204-8HG41
5SJ4 211-8HG41
5SJ4 206-8HG41
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.329
0.310
0.335
8
10
13
C
C
C
5SJ4 208-7HG41
5SJ4 210-7HG41
5SJ4 213-7HG41
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 208-8HG41
5SJ4 210-8HG41
5SJ4 213-8HG41
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.337
0.332
0.332
15
16
20
C
C
C
5SJ4 218-7HG41
5SJ4 216-7HG41
5SJ4 220-7HG41
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 218-8HG41
5SJ4 216-8HG41
5SJ4 220-8HG41
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.310
0.335
0.334
25
30
32
C
C
C
5SJ4 225-7HG41
5SJ4 230-7HG41
5SJ4 232-7HG41
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 225-8HG41
5SJ4 230-8HG41
5SJ4 232-8HG41
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.333
0.336
0.342
35
40
45
C
C
C
5SJ4 235-7HG41
5SJ4 240-7HG41
5SJ4 245-7HG41
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 235-8HG41
5SJ4 240-8HG41
5SJ4 245-8HG41
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.310
0.343
0.310
50
60
63
C
C
C
5SJ4 250-7HG41
5SJ4 260-7HG41
5SJ4 263-7HG41
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 250-8HG41
5SJ4 260-8HG41
5SJ4 263-8HG41
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.343
0.310
0.310
C
C
C
5SJ4 314-7HG41
5SJ4 305-7HG41
5SJ4 301-7HG41
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 314-8HG41
5SJ4 305-8HG41
5SJ4 301-8HG41
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.465
0.465
0.465
1.6
2
3
C
C
C
5SJ4 315-7HG41
5SJ4 302-7HG41
5SJ4 303-7HG41
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 315-8HG41
5SJ4 302-8HG41
5SJ4 303-8HG41
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.465
0.488
0.486
4
5
6
C
C
C
5SJ4 304-7HG41
5SJ4 311-7HG41
5SJ4 306-7HG41
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 304-8HG41
5SJ4 311-8HG41
5SJ4 306-8HG41
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.484
0.465
0.489
8
10
13
C
C
C
5SJ4 308-7HG41
5SJ4 310-7HG41
5SJ4 313-7HG41
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 308-8HG41
5SJ4 310-8HG41
5SJ4 313-8HG41
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.498
0.492
0.494
15
16
20
C
C
C
5SJ4 318-7HG41
5SJ4 316-7HG41
5SJ4 320-7HG41
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 318-8HG41
5SJ4 316-8HG41
5SJ4 320-8HG41
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.499
0.506
0.495
25
30
32
C
C
C
5SJ4 325-7HG41
5SJ4 330-7HG41
5SJ4 332-7HG41
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 325-8HG41
5SJ4 330-8HG41
5SJ4 332-8HG41
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.494
0.504
0.504
35
40
45
C
C
C
5SJ4 335-7HG41
5SJ4 340-7HG41
5SJ4 345-7HG41
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 335-8HG41
5SJ4 340-8HG41
5SJ4 345-8HG41
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.465
0.505
0.465
50
60
63
C
C
C
5SJ4 350-7HG41
5SJ4 360-7HG41
5SJ4 363-7HG41
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 350-8HG41
5SJ4 360-8HG41
5SJ4 363-8HG41
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.499
0.465
0.465
MCBs
3P, 240 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
1)
3/50
Siemens AG 2011

Characteristic C
In
Mount- DT
ing
width
MW1)
Order No.
Characteristic D
Price
per PU
PG DT
Order No.
Price
PU
PS*/
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MCBs
1P,
480Y/277 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
C
C
C
5SJ4 114-7HG42
5SJ4 105-7HG42
5SJ4 101-7HG42
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 114-8HG42
5SJ4 105-8HG42
5SJ4 101-8HG42
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.155
0.155
0.155
1.6
2
3
C
C
C
5SJ4 115-7HG42
5SJ4 102-7HG42
5SJ4 103-7HG42
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 115-8HG42
5SJ4 102-8HG42
5SJ4 103-8HG42
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.155
0.155
0.155
4
5
6
C
C
C
5SJ4 104-7HG42
5SJ4 111-7HG42
5SJ4 106-7HG42
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 104-8HG42
5SJ4 111-8HG42
5SJ4 106-8HG42
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.155
0.155
0.155
8
10
13
C
C
C
5SJ4 108-7HG42
5SJ4 110-7HG42
5SJ4 113-7HG42
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 108-8HG42
5SJ4 110-8HG42
5SJ4 113-8HG42
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.155
0.155
0.155
15
16
20
C
C
C
5SJ4 118-7HG42
5SJ4 116-7HG42
5SJ4 120-7HG42
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 118-8HG42
5SJ4 116-8HG42
5SJ4 120-8HG42
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.155
0.155
0.155
25
30
32
C
C
C
5SJ4 125-7HG42
5SJ4 130-7HG42
5SJ4 132-7HG42
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 125-8HG42
5SJ4 130-8HG42
5SJ4 132-8HG42
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.155
0.155
0.155
35
40
C
C
5SJ4 135-7HG42
5SJ4 140-7HG42
012
012
---
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
C
C
C
5SJ4 214-7HG42
5SJ4 205-7HG42
5SJ4 201-7HG42
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 214-8HG42
5SJ4 205-8HG42
5SJ4 201-8HG42
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.310
0.310
0.310
1.6
2
3
C
C
C
5SJ4 215-7HG42
5SJ4 202-7HG42
5SJ4 203-7HG42
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 215-8HG42
5SJ4 202-8HG42
5SJ4 203-8HG42
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.310
0.310
0.310
4
5
6
C
C
C
5SJ4 204-7HG42
5SJ4 211-7HG42
5SJ4 206-7HG42
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 204-8HG42
5SJ4 211-8HG42
5SJ4 206-8HG42
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.310
0.310
0.310
8
10
13
C
C
C
5SJ4 208-7HG42
5SJ4 210-7HG42
5SJ4 213-7HG42
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 208-8HG42
5SJ4 210-8HG42
5SJ4 213-8HG42
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.310
0.310
0.310
15
16
20
C
C
C
5SJ4 218-7HG42
5SJ4 216-7HG42
5SJ4 220-7HG42
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 218-8HG42
5SJ4 216-8HG42
5SJ4 220-8HG42
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.310
0.310
0.310
25
30
32
C
C
C
5SJ4 225-7HG42
5SJ4 230-7HG42
5SJ4 232-7HG42
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 225-8HG42
5SJ4 230-8HG42
5SJ4 232-8HG42
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.310
0.310
0.310
35
40
C
C
5SJ4 235-7HG42
5SJ4 240-7HG42
012
012
---
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
0.155
0.155
MCBs
2P,
480Y/277 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
1)
0.310
0.310
3/51
Siemens AG 2011

Characteristic C
In
Mount- DT
ing
width
MW1)
Order No.
Characteristic D
Price
per PU
PG DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MCBs
3P,
480Y/277 V AC
0.3
0.5
1
C
C
C
5SJ4 314-7HG42
5SJ4 305-7HG42
5SJ4 301-7HG42
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 314-8HG42
5SJ4 305-8HG42
5SJ4 301-8HG42
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.465
0.465
0.465
1.6
2
3
C
C
C
5SJ4 315-7HG42
5SJ4 302-7HG42
5SJ4 303-7HG42
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 315-8HG42
5SJ4 302-8HG42
5SJ4 303-8HG42
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.465
0.465
0.465
4
5
6
C
C
C
5SJ4 304-7HG42
5SJ4 311-7HG42
5SJ4 306-7HG42
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 304-8HG42
5SJ4 311-8HG42
5SJ4 306-8HG42
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.465
0.465
0.465
8
10
13
C
C
C
5SJ4 308-7HG42
5SJ4 310-7HG42
5SJ4 313-7HG42
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 308-8HG42
5SJ4 310-8HG42
5SJ4 313-8HG42
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.465
0.465
0.465
15
16
20
C
C
C
5SJ4 318-7HG42
5SJ4 316-7HG42
5SJ4 320-7HG42
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 318-8HG42
5SJ4 316-8HG42
5SJ4 320-8HG42
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.465
0.465
0.465
25
30
32
C
C
C
5SJ4 325-7HG42
5SJ4 330-7HG42
5SJ4 332-7HG42
012 C
012 C
012 C
5SJ4 325-8HG42
5SJ4 330-8HG42
5SJ4 332-8HG42
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
012
012
012
0.465
0.465
0.465
35
40
C
C
5SJ4 335-7HG42
5SJ4 340-7HG42
012
012
---
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
0.465
0.465
PG
MW1)
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Auxiliary switches (AS) acc. to UL 489

1 NO + 1 NC
5ST3 010-0HG
1 unit
012
0.071
2 NO
0.5
5ST3 011-0HG
1 unit
012
0.050
2 NC
5ST3 012-0HG
1 unit
012
0.050
Fault signal contacts (FC) acc. to UL 489

1 NO + 1 NC
5ST3 020-0HG
1 unit
012
0.050
2 NO
0.5
5ST3 021-0HG
1 unit
012
0.050
2 NC
5ST3 022-0HG
1 unit
012
0.050
5ST3 030-0HG
1 unit
012
0.098
5ST3 031-0HG
1 unit
012
0.098
Shunt trips (ST) acc. to UL 489

110 ... 480 V AC
24 ... 60 V AC/DC
1)
3/52
Siemens AG 2011

Accessories
Pin spacing
Length
MW1)
mm
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Busbars according to UL 489

specially for 5SJ4 ... -.HG.. MCBs,
fixed length, cannot be cut2)
UL-File E321559
Single-phase
For 6 MCBs 1P
For 12 MCBs 1P
For 18 MCBs 1P
100
205
310
A
A
A
5ST3 663-0HG
5ST3 663-1HG
5ST3 663-2HG
1 10 units
1 10 units
1 10 units
012
012
012
0.056
0.112
0.170
100
205
310
A
A
A
5ST3 664-0HG
5ST3 664-1HG
5ST3 664-2HG
1 10 units
1 10 units
1 10 units
012
012
012
0.065
0.137
0.211
100
205
310
A
A
A
5ST3 665-0HG
5ST3 665-1HG
5ST3 665-2HG
1 10 units
1 10 units
1 10 units
012
012
012
0.067
0.155
0.243
Infeed at the miniature circuit breaker

Max. 35 mm2
5ST3 666-0HG
1 10 units
012
0.033
Infeed at the busbar

Max. 50 mm2
5ST3 666-2HG
1 10 units
012
0.034
3 1 pin
5ST3 666-1HG
1 10 units
012
0.003
Handle locking devices according to UL,

UL-File E321559
5ST3 801
1 unit
027
0.012
5ST3 802
1 unit
027
0.031
2-phase
For 3 MCBs 2P
For 6 MCBs 2P
For 9 MCBs 2P
Three-phase
For 2 MCBs 3P
For 4 MCBs 3P
For 6 MCBs 3P

specially for 5SJ4 ... -.HG.. MCBs
Touch protection covers

for busbars acc. to UL 489
Can be sealed against unwanted manual ON/OFF switching, padlock with max. 3 mm shackle
Padlocks
For 5ST3 801 handle locking device
1)
2)
All unassigned pins of the busbar must be covered with 5ST3 666-1HG
touch protection covers.
3/53
Siemens AG 2011

More information
Mounting concept for mounting 5ST3 0. .-0HG accessories on
5SJ4 . . .-.HG miniature circuit breakers
The diagram shows which additional components can be
mounted on the right.
2 auxiliary switches (AS) or fault signal contacts (FC) can

be mounted to the right of the miniature circuit breaker
(CB) in any combination
5ST30.
or
5SJ4 ...-.HG..
or
FC
AS
or
AS
FC
AS
FC
AS
FC
FC
AS
AS
FC
FC
AS
I2_18121
CB
or
ST
AS
or
FC
or
AS
FC
AS
FC
Max. 1 shunt trip (ST) can be mounted on the right of the

miniature circuit breaker (CB). 2 auxiliary switches (AS)
or fault signal contacts (FC) can also be mounted to the
right of the ST in any combination
CB:
ST:
AS:
FC:
Circuit breaker
Shunt trip
Auxiliary switch
3/54
Siemens AG 2011

5SP3 main miniature circuit breakers, SHU
Overview
Benefits
Selective main miniature circuit breakers are used as circuit

breakers at meter panels and provide an optimum solution.
Characteristic E is adapted to the special application requirements for cascade circuits between melting fuses and miniature
circuit breakers in distributor circuits.
An integrated adapter enables quick and easy mounting of the
devices on 40-mm busbars. The reduced width of 1.5 MW creates lots of additional space in the meter cabinet.
The screwless outgoing terminal provides optimum user-friendliness.
Used in conjunction with the downstream miniature circuit

breaker, selective main miniature circuit breakers ensure effective protection and optimum availability of the system.
Quick and easy installation due to direct bus-mounting

Space saving field installation due to reduced mounting width
Tool-free connection of meter cable
Reliable and high selectivity
Optimum availability of customer system
Voltage-independent operation of selective main miniature circuit breakers
Practical locking options
Excellent current limitation characteristics increase plant protection, thanks to the selective main miniature circuit breakers
supporting downstream miniature circuit breakers.
High and safe selectivity between sub-distribution and meter
panel ensures the continued supply of the unaffected circuits
in the event of a fault, thus improving plant availability
The selective main miniature circuit breaker prevents the
affected circuit from being reconnected until the fault is eliminated. Greater safety during operation
No previous knowledge required for operation of the selective
main miniature circuit breakers. This ensures fast and safe disconnection and reconnection of loads.
Complies with all the requirements of TAB 2007.
5SP3 7. ., 5SP3 7. .-1
5SP3 7. .-2,
5SP3 7. .-2KK0.
DIN VDE 0645
E DIN VDE 0641-21
V AC
V AC
230/400
400
--
V AC
V AC
110
440
Rated frequency
Hz
50 ... 60
Rated current In
16 ... 100
Rated insulation voltage Ui
V AC
690
25000
Standards
Rated voltage Un
1-pole
3 x 1-pole
Operational voltage
Min.
Max.
5SP3 8. .-2
-400
16 ... 63
Pollution degree
Surge strength Uimp
IV
3
kV
Impact resistance
30 g, at least 3 impacts, impact duration 11 ms
2 g, 20 frequency cycles 5 ... 150 ... 15 Hz

OFF = green, ON = red
Switching position indication

Main conductor characteristics
Acc. to EN 60204-1
Yes
Yes
Cutoff
ON/OFF
--
Device depth
mm
92
Locking slide with lock, additional wire seal, cable

ties and Antilux
Mains connection
Any
Mounting position
Any
Mounting
On standard mounting rail Direct tool-free mounting on the busbar system

or interface adapter

Conductor connections
Actuations
20000
Saddle terminals at both
ends
Top
Screwless spring terminal for flexible cables,

in particular for meter connecting cables acc. to
DIN 43870-3
Bottom
Box terminal, also for infeed of the busbar system,

up to 100 A input terminal current
3/55
Siemens AG 2011

5SP3 7. ., 5SP3 7. .-1
5SP3 7. .-2,
5SP3 7. .-2KK0.
mm2
mm2
2.5 ... 70
2.5 ... 50
---
mm2
2
---
2.5 ... 16
2.5 ... 50
Storage temperature
-40 ... +70
Ambient temperature
-25 ... +55
5SP3 8. .-2
Top and bottom, solid and stranded
Top and bottom, finely stranded
Top, finely stranded

Bottom, solid, stranded and finely stranded, with end sleeve mm

In
Mount- DT
ing
width
MW1)
Main miniature circuit breakers, 1P, L1
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For direct bus-mounting (spacing: 40 mm), no further

accessories required
16
20
25
C
C
C
5SP3 716-2KK01
5SP3 720-2KK01
5SP3 725-2KK01
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
005
005
005
0.400
0.400
0.400
35
40
50
C
C
C
5SP3 735-2KK01
5SP3 740-2KK01
5SP3 750-2KK01
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
005
005
005
0.400
0.400
0.400
63
5SP3 763-2KK01
1 unit
005
0.400
C
C
C
5SP3 716-2KK02
5SP3 720-2KK02
5SP3 725-2KK02
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
005
005
005
0.400
0.400
0.400
35
40
50
C
C
C
5SP3 735-2KK02
5SP3 740-2KK02
5SP3 750-2KK02
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
005
005
005
0.400
0.400
0.400
63
5SP3 763-2KK02
1 unit
005
0.400
C
C
C
5SP3 716-2KK03
5SP3 720-2KK03
5SP3 725-2KK03
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
005
005
005
0.400
0.400
0.400
35
40
50
C
C
C
5SP3 735-2KK03
5SP3 740-2KK03
5SP3 750-2KK03
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
005
005
005
0.400
0.400
0.400
63
5SP3 763-2KK03
1 unit
005
0.400
C
C
C
5SP3 716-2
5SP3 720-2
5SP3 725-2
1
1
1
1 set
1 set
1 set
005
005
005
1.275
1.275
1.275
35
40
50
C
C
C
5SP3 735-2
5SP3 740-2
5SP3 750-2
1
1
1
1 set
1 set
1 set
005
005
005
1.275
1.275
1.275
63
5SP3 763-2
1 set
005
1.275
C
C
C
5SP3 816-2
5SP3 820-2
5SP3 825-2
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
005
005
005
1.275
1.275
1.275
35
40
50
C
C
C
5SP3 835-2
5SP3 840-2
5SP3 850-2
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
005
005
005
1.275
1.275
1.275
63
5SP3 863-2
1 unit
005
1.275
1.5

16
20
25
1.5

16
20
25
1.5
Main miniature circuit breakers, 1P

each1x L1, L2, L3, packaged as set
16
20
25
3 x 1.5
Main miniature circuit breakers, 3 x 1P

single-pole switching
16
20
25
1)
4.5

3/56
Siemens AG 2011

In
Mount- DT
ing
width
MW1)
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Main miniature circuit breakers, 1P

For mounting on standard mounting rail, busbar (spacing:
40 mm, with 5ST1 busbar adapter), or for screw fixing
16
20
C
C
5SP3 716
5SP3 720
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
005
005
0.474
0.461
25
32
35
C
C
C
5SP3 725
5SP3 732
5SP3 735
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
005
005
005
0.497
0.465
0.497
40
50
63
C
C
C
5SP3 740
5SP3 750
5SP3 763
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
005
005
005
0.461
0.501
0.517
80
100
C
C
5SP3 780
5SP3 791
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
005
005
0.512
0.487
C
C
5SP3 780-1
5SP3 791-1
1
1
1 set
1 set
005
005
1.827
1.855
5ST1 322
1 10 units
005
0.025
5ST1 328
1 unit
005
0.256
5ST1 318
1 10 units
005
0.003
5ST1 323
3 units
005
0.011
5ST1 316
6 units
005
0.004
Main miniature circuit breakers, 3 x 1P

Premounted on 5ST1 324 busbar adapter; can be clipped
onto busbars (spacing: 40 mm); including three 5ST1 323
transparent operating protective covers
80
100
Mounting plates
For mounting on standard mounting rails according to EN 50022
For 1 or 2 standard mounting rails, universal application, tier spacing 125 mm
Busbar adapters for 5SP3 7. . and 5SP3 7. .-1

Suitable for busbar spacing 40 mm
can be equipped with 3 selective main miniature circuit breakers
Breaker blocking covers for 5SP3 7. . and 5SP3 7. .-1

To prevent manual off-switching
Operating protective covers, transparent, for 5SP3 7. .

and 5SP3 7. .-1
Multiple locking options against accidental and
intentional operation
Padlocks
Phillips screwdrivers
Special wrenches (Antilux)
These can be installed by the operator or the
power supply company
Terminal covers for 5SP3 7. . and 5SP3 7. .-1
2 units required per contactor
Terminal covers in compliance with cladding
dimensions acc. to DIN 43880
1)
3/57
Siemens AG 2011

Overview
Benefits
Circuit breaker terminals are used for short-circuit protection or

for protection against overloading and short-circuiting in auxiliary and control circuits after control transformers. All terminals
are designed for 2 wires. The terminal block labeling accessories are used for inscription.
Integration of line protection switching function in the terminal

technology of control cabinets in compact 12 mm design
Display of switching position or the "Tripped" state for the fast
detection of faults
Switching/isolating function facilitates fault locating
Device versions with integrated auxiliary switch (AS) signal
the contact position
Device versions with floating through-type connection parallel
to the switching contacts facilitate line connection
These devices are listed as "Supplementary Protectors" according to UL 1077 (UL Recognized Components) and CSA 235
(CSA Component Accepted).
5SK9 011-1KK2.,
5SK9 011-2KK2.
5SK9 011-4KK2.,
5SK9 011-6KK2.,
5SK9 011-8KK2.
DIN VDE 0660-101, IEC/EN 60947-2, UL 1077
Standards
Rated operational voltage
Max.
AC
250 V at 50/60 Hz
DC
60 V
Operational voltage
Min.
V AC/DC
24
Power loss
Max.
kV
Rated impulse withstand voltage

Pollution degree
Acc. to EN 60664-1
Rated current of through-type connection
16
Rated operational current of auxiliary switch
Mechanical service life
Actuations
16000
Electrical service life, on average, with rated load
Actuations
8000
Polarity with direct current
Any
Mounting position
Any
10 g at 70 Hz
Enclosures
With thermoplastic insulating body

Screw connection at both ends for 2 conductors each
Enclosed on both sides
Touch protection
Acc. to EN 50274-1
Yes
Terminal size
mm2
1.5
Terminal tightening torque, recommended
Nm
0.8
Solid
mm2
1 or 2 (0.75 ... 1.5)
mm2
1 or 2 (1 ... 2.5)
2.5
UAWG 14-12
Yes
--
sAWG 14
Yes
--
Stripped length
3/58
mm
10
Siemens AG 2011


Version
In
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
A
Terminal size 1.5 mm2
With short-circuit release
1
2
4
}
}
A
5SK9 011-1KK24
5SK9 011-1KK25
5SK9 011-1KK26
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
027
027
027
0.053
0.052
0.053
6
10
}
A
5SK9 011-1KK27
5SK9 011-1KK28
1
1
10 units
10 units
027
027
0.053
0.050
1
2
4
}
}
}
5SK9 011-2KK24
5SK9 011-2KK25
5SK9 011-2KK26
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
027
027
027
0.053
0.052
0.053
6
10
}
A
5SK9 011-2KK27
5SK9 011-2KK28
1
1
10 units
10 units
027
027
0.053
0.050
A
A
A
5SK9 011-6KK24
5SK9 011-6KK25
5SK9 011-6KK26
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
027
027
027
0.096
0.093
0.092
A
A
5SK9 011-6KK27
5SK9 011-6KK28
1
1
5 units
5 units
027
027
0.093
0.090
A
}
}
5SK9 011-4KK24
5SK9 011-4KK25
5SK9 011-4KK26
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
027
027
027
0.089
0.092
0.091
6
10
A
B
5SK9 011-4KK27
5SK9 011-4KK28
1
1
5 units
5 units
027
027
0.105
0.088
0.5
1
2
A
}
}
5SK9 011-8KK23
5SK9 011-8KK24
5SK9 011-8KK25
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
027
027
027
0.092
0.092
0.097
4
6
10
D
}
B
5SK9 011-8KK26
5SK9 011-8KK27
5SK9 011-8KK28
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
027
027
027
0.092
0.090
0.090
Feeder terminals
Rated uninterrupted current 76 A
Connection up to 16 mm
5ST1 822-7KK00
10 units
027
0.010
Link rails, single-phase

5ST1 822-7KK02
20 units
027
0.023
9 connections
104 mm long
For terminals: 5SK9 011-1KK2.,
5SK9 011-2KK2.
5ST1 822-7KK07
20 units
027
0.016
10 connections
206 mm long
5SK9 011-6KK2.
5ST1 822-7KK01
20 units
027
0.030
18 connections
206 mm long
5SK9 011-2KK2.
5ST1 822-7KK06
20 units
027
0.037
5 connections/pole
104 mm long
5ST1 822-7KK04
10 units
027
0.032
9 connections/pole
206 mm long
5ST1 822-7KK03
10 units
027
0.061
With overload and short-circuit release
Terminal size 2.5 mm2

With short-circuit release, auxiliary switch
with 1 NO and 1 NC
1
2
4
6
10
With overload and short-circuit release, auxiliary
switch with 1 NC and
through-type connection
1
2
4
With overload and short-circuit release,

auxiliary switch with 1 NO and 1 NC
5ST1 822-7KK02
5ST1 822-7KK06
5 connections
104 mm long
5SK9 011-6KK2., 5SK9 011-8KK2.
Link rails, two-phase

for terminal 5SK9 011-4KK2.
5ST1 822-7KK04
3/59
Siemens AG 2011

Notes
3/60
Siemens AG 2011
Residual Current
Protective Devices
4/2
Introduction
4/3
4/5
4/6
5SM3 RCCBs, Type AC and Type A

5SM3 RCCBs, Type AC
5SM3 RCCBs, Type A
4/9
SIQUENCE 5SM3 and 5SU1

Universal Current-Sensitive
RCCBs, Type B and Type B+
4/13
Additional Components
4/15
5SM2 RC Units, Type A
4/18
5SU1 RCBOs, Type AC and Type A
4/23
Busbars
4/26
5SM1 and 5SZ9 RCCB Socket

Outlets
4/27
Accessories
4/28
Residual-Current Operated Circuit

Breakers
can be found at
under Product List:
under Entry List:
- Updates
- Downloads
- FAQ
- Manuals
- Certificates
and at
configurators
- Configurators
Siemens AG 2011

Introduction
Page
Residential
buildings
Industry
Devices
Non-residential
buildings
Overview
Standards
4/3
Personnel, material and fire protection, IEC/EN 61008

as well as protection against direct contact. SIGRES with active condensation
protection for use in harsh environments. Super resistant and selective
versions
SIQUENCE, the technology of universal VDE 0664-100

current-sensitive residual current proVDE 0664-200
tective devices
VDE V 0664-110
--
Remote controlled mechanisms, auxiliary switches for all residual current

operated circuit breakers.
IEC/EN 62019
--
4
5SM3 RCCBs, type AC and type A
SIQUENCE 5SM3 and 5SU1 universal 4/9

current-sensitive RCCBs, type B and
type B+
4/13
Used in
Leakage current measurement device

for fault locating and the optimum
selection of RCCBs
5SM2 RC units, type A
4/15
The freely selectable combination of RC IEC/EN 61009

units with miniature circuit breakers permits the flexible configuration of RCBO
combinations
--
5SU1 RCBOs, type AC and type A
4/18
The ideal protection combination for all IEC/EN 61009

electrical circuits due to the compact
device versions of RCCBs and miniature circuit breakers in a single device
Busbars
4/23
Busbars in 10 mm2 and 16 mm2 save

-space in the distribution board and time
during mounting.
5SM1 and 5SZ9 RCCB socket outlets 4/26
For retrofitting in existing installations
VDE 0664
Accessories
4/27
Locking devices, covers - everything

you need for mounting
--
5SV8 residual current monitors
Ch. 12
Monitoring of residual currents in elec- IEC 62020

trical plants with indication if a specified EN 62020
limit value is exceeded.
--
see chapter: "Monitoring Devices

> Monitoring Devices for Electrical
Values > Residual current monitors"
4/2
Siemens AG 2011
-25
(Typ AC) (Typ A)

Overview
RCCBs of type A are used in all systems up to 240/415 V AC.
They trip in the event of both sinusoidal AC residual currents and
pulsating DC residual currents.
RCCBs with a rated residual current of maximum 30 mA are
used for personnel, material and fire protection, as well as for
protection against direct contact. RCCBs with a rated residual
current of 10 mA are primarily used in areas that represent an increased risk for personnel.
Since DIN VDE 0100-410 came into effect in June 2007, all
socket outlet current circuits up to 20 A must now also be fitted
with residual current protective devices with a rated residual current of max. 30 mA. This also applies to outdoor electrical circuits up to 32 A for the connection of portable equipment.
Devices with a rated residual current of maximum 300 mA are
used as preventative fire protection in case of insulation faults.
RCCBs with a rated residual current of 100 mA are primarily
used outside Europe.
SIGRES
SIGRES RCCBs were developed for use in harsh ambient conditions, such as swimming baths as protection against chlorine
and ozone, in the agricultural sector (ammonia), on building
sites and in the chemical industry (nitrogen oxide, sulfur dioxide,
solvents), in the food processing industry (hydrogen sulfide) and
in unheated rooms (dampness). The patented active condensation protection requires a continuous power supply and bottom
infeed if the RCCB is switched off.
Benefits
Instantaneous RCCBs with the N connection on the left-hand
side enable simple bus mounting with standard pin busbars
with miniature circuit breakers installed on the right-hand side
Instantaneous RCCBs with the N connection on the right-hand
side can be bus-mounted with miniature circuit breakers using
a special pin busbar
Instantaneous devices have a surge current withstand capability with current waveform 8/20 s of > 1 kA, super resistant
of > 3 kA and selective of > 5 kA. This ensures safe operation
SIGRES has an extremely long service life due to patented active condensation protection and the same dimensions for the
quick and easy replacement of instantaneous RCCBs already
installed
Super resistant devices increase plant availability, as unnecessary tripping is prevented in systems with short-time
glitches
Selective RCCBs increase plant availability, as in the event of
a fault, a staggered tripping time enables the selective tripping of RCCBs connected in series
Auxiliary switches or remote controlled mechanisms are also
available as additional components
The operating handle and the test button can be locked by
means of a handle locking device.
Design
RCCB
By use in ambient conditions in acc. with product standard

EN 61008-1, the operation interval for pressing the test button
can be extended to 1x a year.
RCBO
Super resistant
Super resistant (short-time delayed) RCCBs meet the maximum
permissible break times for instantaneous devices. However, by
implementing a short-time delay they prevent unnecessary trippings, and thus plant faults, when pulse-shaped leakage currents occur - as is the case when capacitors are switched on.
Selection
criterion
RC unit
Equipment Circuit,
load current,
residual current
B
B+
Type
A
AC
Version
K
1+N
SIGRES 500 V
50- 400 Hz
System, equipment,
ambient conditions
Selective
Can be used as upstream group switch for selective tripping
contrary to a downstream, instantaneous or super resistant
RCCB.
Number of poles
3
Equipment
3+N
Note:
You will find further information on the subject of residual current
protective devices in the technology primer "Residual current
protective devices",
Order No.: E10003-E38-9T-B3011 and in the
Technology Manual under:
Rated residual current In

protection objective
residual current protection
In > 30mA
Additional
Trip conditions
Fire
protection
limited In
protection
In 30 mA
In 300 mA
Installation
regulation
VDE 0100-410
-530
-7xx
-482
VDS 3501
Rated current In
Equipment
Only with RCBOs with

MCB characteristic
C
Trip conditions acc.

to VDE 0100-410
Equipment
I2_15509a
Selection aid for finding the suitable residual current protective device
4/3
Siemens AG 2011
-25
(Typ AC) (Typ A)
Instantaneous
SIGRES
Super resistant
Selective
Standards
IEC/EN 61008-1 (VDE 0664-10), IEC/EN 61008-2-1 (VDE 0664-11);

IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664-30)
Approvals
IEC 61008-1, IEC 61008-2-1; EN 61008-1, EN 61008-2-1
Surge current withstand capability

with current waveform 8/20 s
Acc. to DIN VDE 0432-2
kA
>1
Minimum operational voltage for test function operation
V AC
100
>3
>5
--
--
--
--
--
2.5 ... 50
3.0 ... 3.5
III
Terminal conductor cross-sections

For 2 MW
At In = 16 A, 25 A, 40 A
At In = 100 A, 125 A
mm2
mm2
1.0 ... 16
1.5 ... 50
For 2.5 MW
At In = 63 A, 80 A
mm2
1.5 ... 25
For 4 MW
At In = 25 A, 40 A, 63 A, 80 A
At In = 125 A
mm2
mm2
1.5 ... 25
2.5 ... 50
Up to In 80 A
Nm
2.5 ... 3.0
At In = 100 A, 125 A
Mains connection
Nm
3.0 ... 3.5
--
--
Top or bottom
Bottom
Top or bottom
Any
Mounting position
Acc. to EN 60529
(VDE 0470-1)
IP20, if the distribution board is installed, with connected conductors
Touch protection
Acc. to EN 50274
(VDE 0660-514)
Finger and back-of-hand safe
Service life
Test cycle acc. to IEC/EN 61008 Switching

cycles
> 10000
Storage temperature
-40 ... +75
Ambient temperature
-25 ... +45,

marked with
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
4/4
-25
28 cycles (55 C; 95 % rel. air humidity)

Yes
Siemens AG 2011
-25
(Type AC)

5SM3 RCCBs, type AC
Applications
Personnel and fire protection
- In 30 mA: additional protection in case of direct contact
- In 300 mA: preventative fire protection in the case of
ground fault currents
Product standards: VE/NORM EN 61008;
VE/NORM E 8601
Un 230/400 V; 50 to 60 Hz; can be used in systems up to:

240/415 V AC
G type: at least 10 ms trip delayed.
High surge current withstand capability: > 3 kA.

current
In
In
mA
Max.
permissible
short-circuit
series fuse
Width DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
10 000
MW
kg
RCCBs, type AC
instantaneous
2P; 125 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30
100
25
40
401)
63
X
X
X
5SM3 312-0LB
5SM3 314-0LB
5SM3 314-0LA
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
006
006
006
0.230
0.230
0.280
X
X
5SM3 412-0LB
5SM3 414-0LB
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
006
006
0.230
0.230
X
X
X
5SM3 342-0LB
5SM3 344-0LB
5SM3 344-0LA
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
006
006
006
0.515
0.515
0.515
63
631)
X
X
5SM3 346-0LB
5SM3 346-0LA
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
006
006
0.515
0.522
25
40
401)
X
X
X
5SM3 442-0LB
5SM3 444-0LB
5SM3 444-0LA
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
006
006
006
0.515
0.515
0.515
63
631)
X
X
5SM3 446-0LB
5SM3 446-0LA
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
006
006
0.515
0.522
25
40
63
X
X
X
5SM3 642-0LB
5SM3 644-0LB
5SM3 646-0LB
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
006
006
006
0.515
0.515
0.515
25
40
4P; 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz

30
100
300
25
40
401)
63
4P; 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz

30
125
5SM3 345-0
1 unit
006
0.300
100
125
125
5SM3 445-0
1 unit
006
0.533
300
125
5SM3 645-0
1 unit
006
0.300
500
125
5SM3 745-0
1 unit
006
0.522
RCCBs, type AC
short-time delayed
2P; 125 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30
401)
63
5SM3 314-0LA01
1 unit
006
0.280
100
X
X
X
X
5SM3 344-0LB01
5SM3 344-0LA01
5SM3 346-0LB01
5SM3 346-0LA01
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
006
006
006
006
0.515
0.515
0.515
0.522
X
X
X
X
5SM3 444-0LB01
5SM3 444-0LA01
5SM3 446-0LB01
5SM3 446-0LA01
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
006
006
006
006
0.515
0.515
0.515
0.522
4P; 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
1)
30
40
401)
63
631)
100
40
401)
63
631)
Thermal overload protection according to VE/NORM E 8001 possible

up to rated current of the RCCB.
4/5
Siemens AG 2011
-25
(Type A)
5SM3 RCCBs, type A

current
In
In
mA
Max.
permissible
short-circuit
series fuse
Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
10 000
MW
kg
RCCBs, type A
Instantaneous
1P+N; 125 ... 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
N connection, right
10
16
63
5SM3 111-6
1 unit
007
0.251
30
16
25
40
63
A
}
}
5SM3 311-6
5SM3 312-6
5SM3 314-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
0.248
0.248
0.247
63
80
100
125
100
2.5
A
B
B
B
5SM3 316-6
5SM3 317-6
5SM3 318-6KK
5SM3 315-6KK
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
007
0.328
0.330
0.272
0.269
25
40
63
63
100
2.5
B
B
B
5SM3 412-6
5SM3 414-6
5SM3 416-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
0.240
0.240
0.315
125
B
B
B
5SM3 417-6
5SM3 418-6KK
5SM3 415-6KK
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
0.324
0.272
0.273
63
100
2.5
A
A
B
5SM3 612-6
5SM3 614-6
5SM3 616-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
0.231
0.233
0.299
125
Up to 40 A
100
80
100
125
300
63 A and 80 A
25
40
63
80
100
125
5SM3 617-6
1 unit
007
0.320
B
B
5SM3 618-6KK
5SM3 615-6KK
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
0.256
0.255
N connection, left
10
16
63
5SM3 111-6KL
1 unit
007
0.280
30
16
25
40
63
C
B
B
5SM3 311-6KL
5SM3 312-6KL
5SM3 314-6KL
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
0.280
0.251
0.249
63
100
2.5
5SM3 316-6KL
1 unit
007
0.327
100
40
63
63
100
2
2.5
C
C
5SM3 414-6KL
5SM3 416-6KL
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
0.280
0.310
300
25
40
63
63
100
2.5
B
B
B
5SM3 612-6KL
5SM3 614-6KL
5SM3 616-6KL
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
0.234
0.235
0.313
}
}
}
5SM3 342-6
5SM3 344-6
5SM3 346-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
0.494
0.495
0.530
A
}
5SM3 347-6
5SM3 348-6
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
0.535
0.538
100 A and 125 A
3P+N; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz

N connection, right
30
25
40
63
100
80
100
Up to 80 A
125
125
100
40
63
100
125
100
300
25
40
63
100
80
100
125
100 A and 125 A
500
25
40
63
100
125
5SM3 345-6
1 unit
007
0.564
A
A
}
B
5SM3 444-6
5SM3 446-6
5SM3 448-6
5SM3 445-6
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
007
0.474
0.488
0.538
0.538
A
A
A
5SM3 642-6
5SM3 644-6
5SM3 646-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
0.457
0.460
0.460
A
}
A
5SM3 647-6
5SM3 648-6
5SM3 645-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
0.462
0.538
0.540
B
A
A
5SM3 742-6
5SM3 744-6
5SM3 746-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
0.462
0.463
0.460
}
A
5SM3 748-6
5SM3 745-6
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
0.538
0.527
125
125
100
125
4/6
Siemens AG 2011
-25
(Type A)
5SM3 RCCBs, type A

current
In
In
mA
Max.
permissible
short-circuit
series fuse
Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
10 000
MW
kg
RCCBs, type A
Instantaneous
3P+N; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
N connection, left
30
25
40
63
80
100
B
}
B
B
5SM3 342-6KL
5SM3 344-6KL
5SM3 346-6KL
5SM3 347-6KL
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
007
0.494
0.495
0.527
0.532
300
25
40
63
80
100
B
B
B
B
5SM3 642-6KL
5SM3 644-6KL
5SM3 646-6KL
5SM3 647-6KL
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
007
0.458
0.463
0.464
0.454
500
63
100
5SM3 746-6KL
1 unit
007
0.460
63
5SM3 311-6KK13
1 unit
007
0.248
RCCBs, type A
Instantaneous, special versions
1P+N; 24 ... 125 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
30
16
3P+N; 500 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz

30
25
40
63
63
B
B
B
5SM3 352-6
5SM3 354-6
5SM3 356-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
0.493
0.497
0.531
300
25
40
63
63
B
B
B
5SM3 652-6
5SM3 654-6
5SM3 656-6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
0.459
0.461
0.464
B
B
5SM3 342-6KK03
5SM3 344-6KK03
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
0.515
0.510
3P+N; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 400 Hz

30
25
40
80
RCCBs, type A
SIGRES instantaneous
1P+N; 125 ... 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
30
25
40
63
B
C
5SM3 312-6KK12
5SM3 314-6KK12
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
0.248
0.251
63
80
100
2.5
B
B
5SM3 316-6KK12
5SM3 317-6KK12
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
0.330
0.331
3P+N; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz

30
25
40
63
80
100
B
B
B
B
5SM3 342-6KK12
5SM3 344-6KK12
5SM3 346-6KK12
5SM3 347-6KK12
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
007
0.495
0.499
0.529
0.530
300
40
63
100
B
B
5SM3 644-6KK12
5SM3 646-6KK12
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
0.457
0.458
4/7
Siemens AG 2011
-25
(Type A)
5SM3 RCCBs, type A

current
In
In
mA
Max.
permissible
short-circuit
series fuse
Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
10 000
MW
kg
RCCBs, type A
SIGRES, selective
3P+N; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
300
63
100
5SM3 646-8KK12
1 unit
007
0.506
5SM3 312-6KK01
5SM3 314-6KK01
5SM3 316-6KK01
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
0.250
0.247
0.329
RCCBs, type A
Super resistant
1P+N; 125 ... 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
30
25
40
63
63
100
2.5
B
B
B
300
63
100
2.5
5SM3 616-6KK01
1 unit
007
0.314
3P+N; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz

30
25
40
63
100
B
B
B
5SM3 342-6KK01
5SM3 344-6KK01
5SM3 346-6KK01
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
0.515
0.520
0.519
300
40
63
80
100
B
B
B
5SM3 644-6KK01
5SM3 646-6KK01
5SM3 647-6KK01
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
0.492
0.490
0.498
RCCBs, type A
Selective
1P+N; 125 ... 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
100
63
100
2.5
5SM3 416-8
1 unit
007
0.325
300
40
63
80
63
100
100
2
2.5
B
A
B
5SM3 614-8
5SM3 616-8
5SM3 617-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
0.248
0.314
0.314
3P+N; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz

N connection, right
Up to 80 A
100
40
63
100
B
B
5SM3 444-8
5SM3 446-8
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
0.513
0.531
300
40
63
100
125
100
A
A
B
C
5SM3 644-8
5SM3 646-8
5SM3 648-8
5SM3 645-8
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
007
0.507
0.505
0.538
0.546
500
125
125
5SM3 745-8
1 unit
007
0.531
1000
63
100
5SM3 846-8
1 unit
007
0.470
100
5SM3 646-8KL
1 unit
007
0.513
125
N connection, left
300
63
4/8
Siemens AG 2011
kHz
-25
(Type B/type B+)
SIQUENCE 5SM3 and 5SU1 universal currentsensitive RCCBs, type B and type B+
Overview
Benefits
Frequency converters, medical devices and UPS systems are

seeing increasing use in industry. Smooth DC residual currents
or currents with low residual ripple may occur in the event of
faults on these devices.
Type A residual current protective devices are unable to detect
these smooth DC residual currents. Furthermore, such smooth
DC residual currents make Type A devices increasingly insensitive to AC residual currents and pulsating DC residual currents.
If a fault occurs, there is therefore no tripping and the desired
protective function is no longer assured.
UC-sensitive residual current protective devices of Types B and
B+ have an additional transformer which is supplied with a control signal. This enables an evaluation of the change of the transformer's operating range caused by smooth DC residual currents, thus ensuring the desired protective function.
The residual current protective devices of type B are suitable for
use in three-phase current systems before input circuits with rectifiers. They are not intended for use in DC systems and in networks with operating frequencies other than 50 Hz or 60 Hz.
Universal current-sensitive residual current protective devices

detect not only AC residual currents and pulsating DC residual
currents, but also smooth DC residual currents, thus ensuring
the desired protective function with all types of residual current.
With Type B, the tripping characteristic is adapted to the increase of leakage currents at higher frequencies in systems
with capacitive impedances and results in increased operating safety
Type B+ versions offer enhanced preventative fire protection
and correspond to the prestandards DIN V VDE V 0664-110
and/or DIN V VDE V 0664-210 and VdS Directive 3501
The RCBO is a compact device for up to 125 A. It provides not
only personnel, property and fire protection but also overload
and short-circuit protection for cables. Wiring and mounting
outlay is reduced as a result
The RCBOs offer external remote tripping over terminals
Y1/Y2. This supports implementation of central OFF circuits.
The devices in this series are designed as residual current operated circuit breakers (RCCBs) up to 80 A and as residual current
circuit breakers with integral overcurrent protection (RCBOs) for
100 A or 125 A in Characteristics C or D.
Type B+ residual current protective devices also offer enhanced,
preventative fire protection. In these versions, the tripping value
is limited to a maximum of 420 mA up to 20 kHz.
Standards
SIQUENCE, RCCBs
Type B and type B+
5SM3
SIQUENCE RCBOs
Type B and type B+
5SU1
IEC/EN 61008-1 (VDE 0664-10);

VDE 0664-100;
IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664-30);
IEC 62423
IEC/EN 61009-1 (VDE 0664-20);

VDE 0664-200;
IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664-30);
IEC 62423
And in addition for type B+:

DIN V VDE V 0664-110
Versions
1P+N
3P+N
4P
--
--
C, D
kA
kA
>3
--
>3
>5
>3
>5
Minimum operational voltage for test

function operation
V AC
150
150
150
Rated voltages Un
V AC
230
400
400, 480
Rated frequency fn
Hz
50 ... 60
Rated currents In
16, 25, 40, 63
25, 40, 63, 80
100, 125
Rated residual currents In
mA
30, 300
30, 300, 500
30, 300

Im
Icn
A
kA
800
--
Surge current withstand capability with

current waveform 8/20 s
acc. to DIN VDE 0432-2
Super resistant
Selective
-10
III
Solid and stranded
mm2
mm2
1.5 ... 25
1.5 ... 16
6 ... 50
6 ... 35
Terminal tightening torques for all devices
Nm
2.5 ... 3.0
3.0 ... 3.5
Mains connection
Either top or bottom
Mounting position
Any
acc. to EN 60529 (VDE 0470-1)
Touch protection
acc. to EN 50274 (VDE 0660-514)
4/9
Siemens AG 2011
kHz
-25
(Type B/type B+)
SIQUENCE, RCCBs
Type B and type B+
5SM3
SIQUENCE RCBOs
Type B and type B+
5SU1
> 10 000 switching cycles
Service life, electrical and mechanical;

(test cycle according to regulations)
Storage temperature
-40 ... +75
Ambient temperature
-25 ... +45,

marked with
-25
Resistance to climate acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
Yes
I t characteristic curves, see Technology Manual under:


Rated
residual
current
Rated current Max. permissible Mount- DT

short-circuit
ing
series fuse
width
In
In
mA
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
10 000
MW
kg
SIQUENCE RCCBs, type B

Super resistant
1P+N; 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
30
16
25
40
63
100
A
A
A
A
5SM3 321-4
5SM3 322-4
5SM3 324-4
5SM3 326-4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
015
015
015
015
0.590
0.590
0.588
0.591
300
16
25
40
63
100
A
A
A
A
5SM3 621-4
5SM3 622-4
5SM3 624-4
5SM3 626-4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
015
015
015
015
0.600
0.600
0.591
0.586
3P+N; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz

30
25
40
63
80
100
D
D
D
B
5SM3 342-4
5SM3 344-4
5SM3 346-4
5SM3 347-4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
015
015
015
015
0.582
0.578
0.581
0.587
300
25
40
63
80
100
D
D
A
B
5SM3 642-4
5SM3 644-4
5SM3 646-4
5SM3 647-4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
015
015
015
015
0.592
0.581
0.576
0.585
500
63
80
100
B
B
5SM3 746-4
5SM3 747-4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
015
015
0.575
0.575
SIQUENCE RCCBs, type B

Selective
3P+N; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
300
63
80
100
B
B
5SM3 646-5
5SM3 647-5
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
015
015
0.578
0.587
500
63
80
100
B
D
5SM3 746-5
5SM3 747-5
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
015
015
0.520
0.520
SIQUENCE RCCBs, type B+

Super resistant
1P+N; 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
30
16
25
40
63
100
C
C
C
C
5SM3 321-4KK14
5SM3 322-4KK14
5SM3 324-4KK14
5SM3 326-4KK14
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
015
015
015
015
0.587
0.600
0.600
0.600
300
16
25
40
63
100
C
C
C
C
5SM3 621-4KK14
5SM3 622-4KK14
5SM3 624-4KK14
5SM3 626-4KK14
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
015
015
015
015
0.600
0.600
0.600
0.600
4/10
Siemens AG 2011
kHz
-25
(Type B/type B+)
Rated
residual
current

short-circuit
ing
series fuse
width
In
In
mA
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
10 000
MW
kg

Super resistant
3P+N; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
30
25
40
63
80
100
C
C
C
C
5SM3 342-4KK14
5SM3 344-4KK14
5SM3 346-4KK14
5SM3 347-4KK14
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
015
015
015
015
0.600
0.600
0.600
0.600
300
25
40
63
80
100
C
C
C
C
5SM3 642-4KK14
5SM3 644-4KK14
5SM3 646-4KK14
5SM3 647-4KK14
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
015
015
015
015
0.600
0.600
0.600
0.600
C
C
5SM3 646-5KK14
5SM3 647-5KK14
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
015
015
0.600
0.600

Selective
3P+N; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
300
63
80
100
SIQUENCE RCBOs, Type B

Super resistant ,
rated switching capacity 10 kA
4P; 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
Characteristic C
30
100
125
11
B
B
5SU1 374-7AK81
5SU1 374-7AK82
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
017
017
2.067
2.053
300
100
125
11
B
B
5SU1 674-7AK81
5SU1 674-7AK82
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
017
017
2.069
2.088
Characteristic D
30
100
11
5SU1 374-8AK81
1 unit
017
2.084
300
100
11
5SU1 674-8AK81
1 unit
017
2.082
11
C
B
5SU1 674-7CK81
5SU1 674-7CK82
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
017
017
2.050
2.050
11
5SU1 674-7BK82
1 unit
017
2.082
11
5SU1 674-8BK81
1 unit
017
2.078
4P; 480 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz

Characteristic C
300
100
125
SIQUENCE RCBOs, Type B

Selective ,
4P; 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
Characteristic C
300
125
Characteristic D
300
100
SIQUENCE RCBOs, Type B+

Super resistant ,
4P; 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
Characteristic C
30
100
125
11
C
C
5SU1 374-7DK81
5SU1 374-7DK82
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
017
017
2.067
2.053
300
100
125
11
C
D
5SU1 674-7DK81
5SU1 674-7DK82
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
017
017
2.069
2.088
Characteristic D
30
100
11
5SU1 374-8DK81
1 unit
017
2.084
300
100
11
5SU1 674-8DK81
1 unit
017
2.082
11
C
C
5SU1 674-7FK81
5SU1 674-7FK82
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
017
017
2.050
2.050
4P; 480 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz

Characteristic C
300
100
125
4/11
Siemens AG 2011
kHz
-25
(Type B/type B+)
Rated
residual
current

short-circuit
ing
series fuse
width
In
In
mA
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
10 000
MW
kg
SIQUENCE RCBOs, Type B+

Selective ,
4P; 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
Characteristic C
300
125
11
5SU1 674-7EK82
1 unit
017
2.082
11
5SU1 674-8EK81
1 unit
017
2.078
Characteristic D
300
100
4/12
Siemens AG 2011

Overview
Benefits
Auxiliary switches (AS) signal the contact position of the

RCCB.
Remote controlled mechanisms are used for the remote ON/OFF
switching of RCCBs. They also enable local manual switching.
A blocking function permits maintenance work. A tripped RCCB
must be acknowledged prior to switching back on.
The leakage current measurement device detects the leakage
currents - like the circuit breaker - thus providing a direct statement as to the current loading of the RCCB. It is used to measure
leakage currents up to 300 mA. This requires a voltmeter with an
internal resistance > 1 M/V and a measuring range for AC voltages of Ueff = 1 mV to 2 V. For the fault-free operation of an
RCCB, the measured leakage current should be no greater than
1/3 of the rated residual current.
Using captive brackets, the remote-controlled operating

mechanism can be attached (or retroffitted) to the right-hand
side of the basic device without the need for tools
Bus systems, such as instabus KNX, AS-Interface bus or
PROFIBUS, can be integrated in the communication over
binary inputs
The leakage current measurement device enables the systematic selection of the rated residual current, thus preventing
the inadvertent tripping of RCCBs.
5SW3 30.
Standards
IEC/EN 60947-5-1
Approvals
DIN VDE 0660-200

5SW3 330
Terminals
Conductor cross-section
mm2
0.75 ... 2.5
Tightening torques
Nm
0.6 ... 0.8
B6 or C6 or gL/gG 6 A fuse
Min. contact load
50 mA/24 V
Max. contact load

230 V AC, AC-12
230 V AC, AC-14
3.6
--
220 V DC, DC-12
0.5
4/13
Siemens AG 2011


Version
Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MW
for 5SM3 RCCBs up to 80 A
1 NO + 1 NC
0.5
5SW3 300
1 1/10 units
008
0.050
2 NC
0.5
5SW3 301
1 1/10 units
008
0.049
2 NO
0.5
5SW3 302
1 1/10 units
008
0.050
0.5
5SW3 330
1 unit
008
0.041
3.5
5ST3 051
1 unit
027
0.449
5SM1 930-0
1 unit
008
0.489

for 5SM3 RCCBs up to 100 ... 125 A, 3P+N
1 NO + 1 NC

for 5SM3 RCCBs up to 80 A
Rated voltage Un = 230 V AC
Leakage current measurement devices

Rated voltage Un = 500 V AC;
50 ... 60 Hz; 4P
Rated residual current In = 0 ... 300 mA
Rated current In = 63 A.
I201_13711a
Covers for connection terminals

For residual current operated circuit breakers
up to 80 A, sealable (2 units in plastic bag)
2
5SW3 010
1 1/50 units
008
0.008
2.5
5SW3 011
1 1/50 units
008
0.008
5SW3 008
1 1/50 units
008
0.008
5SW3 303
10 units
008
0.009
5ST3 802
1 unit
027
0.031
5SW3 312
1 set
008
0.028
Locking devices
For RCCBs up to 80 A, sealable and lockable
4.5 mm lock hasp diameter
Padlocks
For 5SW3 303 locking device
Locking devices with padlock

Comprising 5SW3 303 locking device and
5ST3 802 padlock
4/14
Siemens AG 2011
-25
(Type A)
Overview
Benefits
Our wide variety of RC unit types and comprehensive range of
miniature circuit breakers offer a huge spectrum of combinations for all applications
All devices have surge current withstand capability of more
than 1 kA, thus ensuring safe and reliable operation
All additional components for miniature circuit breakers can
be retrofitted on the right-hand side
All 100 A and 125 A RC units offer external remote tripping
over terminals Y1/Y2. This supports implementation of central
OFF circuits.
Both components can be simply plugged into each other and
secured with captive metal brackets - no tools required. This
saves considerable time when mounting.
RC units of type A can be used in all systems up to

240/415 V AC. They trip in the event of both sinusoidal AC fault
currents and pulsating residual currents.
RCCBs with a rated residual current of maximum 30 mA are
protection against direct contact.
RC units are combined with miniature circuit breakers with characteristics A, B, C and D, provided that these are available in the
MCB range. The two components are simply plugged together
without the need for any tools.
They then form a combination of RCCB and MCB for personnel,
fire and line protection.
Super resistant
Super resistant (short-time delayed) RC units satisfy the maximum permissible break times for instantaneous devices. However, by implementing a short-time delay they prevent unnecessary trippings, and thus plant faults, when pulse-shaped
leakage currents occur - as is the case when capacitors are
switched on.
Selective
Can be used as upstream group switch for selective tripping
contrary to a downstream, instantaneous or super resistant
RCCB.
The dimensioning of the rated residual current depends on the
size of the plant.
5SM2
Standards
IEC/EN 61009-1 (VDE 0664-20), IEC/EN 61009-2-1 (VDE 0664-21),

IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664-30)
Approvals
EN 61009-1, EN 61009-2-1; IEC 61009-1, IEC 61009-2-1

With current waveform 8/20 s
Instantaneous
Super resistant
Selective
kA
kA
kA
>1
>3
>5
Minimum operational voltage for test function operation

Up to In = 63 A, 2 and 3-pole
Up to In = 63 A, 4-pole
At In = 80 ... 100 A
V AC
V AC
V AC
195
100
100
Rated voltage Un
V AC
230 ... 400
Rated frequency fn
Hz
50 ... 60
Rated currents In
0.3 ... 16; 0.3 ... 40; 0.3 ... 63; 80 ... 100
mA
10, 30, 100, 300, 500, 1000
III

Up to In 63 A
At In = 80 ... 100 A
mm2
mm2
1.5 ... 25
6.0 ... 50
Nm
2.5 ... 3.0

Either top or bottom
Mains connection
Any
Mounting position
Acc. to EN 60529 (VDE 0470-1)
Touch protection
Acc. to EN 50274 (VDE 0660-514)
Service life
Test cycle acc. to DIN/EN 61009
> 10 000 switching cycles
Storage temperature
-40 ... +75
Ambient temperature
-25 ... +45,

marked with
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
-25

Yes
4/15
Siemens AG 2011
-25
(Type A)

current
In
In
mA
Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
MW
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
RC units, type A
Instantaneous
not suitable for use with 5SY5, 5SY8 and 5SY6 0. .,
2P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
10
0.3 ... 16
5SM2 121-6
1 unit
007
0.207
30
300
0.3 ... 40
}
A
5SM2 322-6
5SM2 622-6
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
0.209
0.199
30
100
300
500
0.3 ... 63
A
B
B
B
5SM2 325-6
5SM2 425-6
5SM2 625-6
5SM2 725-6
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
007
0.215
0.211
0.203
0.198
A
A
5SM2 332-6
5SM2 632-6
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
0.314
0.295
B
B
B
B
5SM2 335-6
5SM2 435-6
5SM2 635-6
5SM2 735-6
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
007
0.359
0.327
0.298
0.322
}
}
5SM2 342-6
5SM2 642-6
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
0.337
0.326
A
B
A
A
5SM2 345-6
5SM2 445-6
5SM2 645-6
5SM2 745-6
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
007
0.397
0.357
0.328
0.326
3.5
B
B
5SM2 327-6
5SM2 627-6
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
0.529
0.458
B
A
5SM2 347-6
5SM2 647-6
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
0.934
0.682

3P; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
30
300
0.3 ... 40
30
100
300
500
0.3 ... 63

4P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30
300
0.3 ... 40
30
100
300
500
0.3 ... 63

2P, 125 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30
300
80 ... 100

4P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30
300
80 ... 100
4/16
Siemens AG 2011
-25
(Type A)

current
In
In
mA
Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
MW
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
RC units, type A
Super resistant
2P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30
0.3 ... 40
30
0.3 ... 63
5SM2 322-6KK01
1 unit
007
0.215
5SM2 325-6KK01
1 unit
007
0.214

3P; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
30
0.3 ... 40
30
0.3 ... 63
5SM2 332-6KK01
1 unit
007
0.365
5SM2 335-6KK01
1 unit
007
0.365

4P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30
0.3 ... 40
30
0.3 ... 63
5SM2 342-6KK01
1 unit
007
0.390
5SM2 345-6KK01
1 unit
007
0.388
5SM2 622-8
1 unit
007
0.210
5SM2 625-8
1 unit
007
0.210
RC units, type A
Selective
2P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
300
0.3 ... 40
300
0.3 ... 63

3P; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
1000
0.3 ... 40
5SM2 832-8
1 unit
007
0.301
300
500
1000
0.3 ... 63
B
B
D
5SM2 635-8
5SM2 735-8
5SM2 835-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
0.341
0.323
0.304
A
A
A
5SM2 645-8
5SM2 745-8
5SM2 845-8
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
007
0.373
0.333
0.333
3.5
5SM2 627-8
1 unit
007
0.519
A
A
5SM2 647-8
5SM2 847-8
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
007
007
0.838
0.706

4P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
300
500
1000
0.3 ... 63

2P, 125 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
300
80 ... 100

4P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
300
1000
80 ... 100
4/17
Siemens AG 2011
-25
(Type AC) (Type A)
Overview
RCBOs are a combination of an RCCB and a miniature circuit

breaker in a compact design for personnel, fire and line protection. For personnel and fire protection, the residual current part
of the type A trips in the event of sinusoidal AC residual currents
and pulsating DC residual currents.
RCBOs with a rated residual current of maximum 30 mA are
protection against direct contact. RCBOs with a rated residual
current of 10 mA are primarily used in areas that represent an increased risk for personnel and the outdoor installations of residential buildings.
The MCB part of the RCBO protects lines against overload and
short circuits and is available in characteristics B and C.
Since DIN VDE 0100-410 came into effect in June 2007, all
socket outlet current circuits up to 20 A must now also be fitted
with residual current protective devices with a rated residual current of max. 30 mA. This also applies to outdoor electrical circuits up to 32 A for the connection of portable equipment.
In order to implement this protection, we recommend the national use of RCBOs with 30 mA.
Assignment to each individual branch circuit helps prevent the
unwanted tripping of fault-free circuits induced by the accumulation of operation-related leakage currents or by transient current pulses during switching operations.
Additional components of the 5SY miniature circuit breakers can
be mounted at the side and carry out additional functions.
For further details on additional components, please refer to the
chapter "Miniature Circuit Breakers".
RCBOs comprise one part for fault-current detection and one
part for overcurrent detection. They are equipped with a delayed
overload/time-dependent thermal release (thermal bimetal) for
low overcurrents and with an instantaneous electromagnetic release for higher overload and short-circuit currents.
The special contact materials used guarantee a long service life
and offer a high degree of protection against contact welding.
Benefits
For all versions

facilitates controls
Large and easily accessible wiring space enables easy insertion of conductor in the terminals.
The surge current withstand capability of > 1 kA ensures safe
and reliable operation.
All additional components for miniature circuit breakers can
be retrofitted on the right-hand side.
For all 10 kA versions up to 40 A
Integrated movable terminal covers located at the cable entries ensure the terminals are fully insulated when the screws
are tightened. The effective touch protection when grasping
the device considerably exceeds the requirements of BGV A3.
The RCBOs can be quickly and easily removed from the
assembly by hand if connections need to be changed. This
saves time if parts need to be replaced because the busbars
no longer need to be freed from the adjacent miniature circuit
breakers.
4/18
For all 125 A versions

The RCBOs offer external remote tripping over terminals
Y1/Y2. This supports implementation of central OFF circuits.
Siemens AG 2011
-25
(Type AC) (Type A)

Up to 40 A
125 A
IEC/EN 61009-1 (VDE 0664-20), IEC/EN 61009-2-1 (VDE 0664-21)

IEC/EN 61543; VDE 0664-30
Standards
IEC 61009-1, IEC 61009-2-1; EN 61009-1, EN 61009-2-1
Approvals
Rated voltages Un
V AC
125 ... 230
Rated frequency fn
Hz
50 ... 60
Rated currents In
6, 8, 10, 13, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40
125
mA
10, 30, 300
30, 300, 1000
kA
6, 10
10
--
kA
kA
kA
>1
>3
>5
--
V AC
100
Energy limitation class
400

With current waveform 8/20 s
Instantaneous
Super resistant
Selective
Minimum voltage for operation of the test equipment

III

Solid and stranded
mm2
mm2
0.75 ... 35
0.75 ... 25
6 ... 50
6 ... 35
Nm
2.5 ... 3.0
3.0 ... 3.5
Top or bottom
Mains connection
Any
Mounting position
Acc. to EN 60529
(VDE 0470-1)
Touch protection
Acc. to EN 50274
(VDE 0660-514)
Service life
Test cycle acc. to

IEC/EN 61009
Switching
cycles
> 10000
Storage temperature
-40 ... +75
Ambient temperature
-25 ... +45,

marked with
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
-25

Yes

Tripping characteristic B
Rated
Rated Mount- DT Order No.
residual current ing
current
width
In
In
mA
Tripping characteristic C
Price PG
per PU
DT Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
MW
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
RCBOs, type AC
RCBOs, type AC
Instantaneous
1P+N; 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
6 000
3
30
6
8
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
300
6
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
X
X
X
X
5SU1 356-0KK06
-5SU1 356-0KK10
5SU1 356-0KK13
5SU1 356-0KK16
010 X
X
010 X
010 X
010 X
5SU1 356-1KK06
5SU1 356-1KK08
5SU1 356-1KK10
5SU1 356-1KK13
5SU1 356-1KK16
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
010
010
010
010
010
0.279
0.278
0.279
0.283
0.279
X
X
X
X
5SU1 356-0KK20
5SU1 356-0KK25
5SU1 356-0KK32
5SU1 356-0KK40
010
010
010
010
X
X
X
X
5SU1 356-1KK20
5SU1 356-1KK25
5SU1 356-1KK32
5SU1 356-1KK40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
010
010
010
010
0.289
0.293
0.296
0.295
X
X
X
X
5SU1 656-0KK06
5SU1 656-0KK10
5SU1 656-0KK13
5SU1 656-0KK16
010
010
010
010
X
X
X
X
5SU1 656-1KK06
5SU1 656-1KK10
5SU1 656-1KK13
5SU1 656-1KK16
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
010
010
010
010
0.279
0.278
0.283
0.280
X
X
X
X
5SU1 656-0KK20
5SU1 656-0KK25
5SU1 656-0KK32
5SU1 656-0KK40
010
010
010
010
X
X
X
X
5SU1 656-1KK20
5SU1 656-1KK25
5SU1 656-1KK32
5SU1 656-1KK40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
010
010
010
010
0.293
0.294
0.292
0.290
4/19
Siemens AG 2011
-25
(Type AC) (Type A)

Rated
current
width
In
In
mA
Price PG
per PU
DT Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
MW
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
RCBOs, type AC
Instantaneous
1P+N; 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
10 000
3
30
6
8
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
100
6
10
13
16
X
X
X
X
5SU1 354-0KK06
-5SU1 354-0KK10
5SU1 354-0KK13
5SU1 354-0KK16
010 X
X
010 X
010 X
010 X
5SU1 354-1KK06
5SU1 354-1KK08
5SU1 354-1KK10
5SU1 354-1KK13
5SU1 354-1KK16
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
010
010
010
010
010
0.260
0.260
0.260
0.260
0.260
X
X
X
X
5SU1 354-0KK20
5SU1 354-0KK25
5SU1 354-0KK32
5SU1 354-0KK40
010
010
010
010
X
X
X
X
5SU1 354-1KK20
5SU1 354-1KK25
5SU1 354-1KK32
5SU1 354-1KK40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
010
010
010
010
0.260
0.260
0.260
0.260
-----
X
X
X
X
5SU1 454-1KK06
5SU1 454-1KK10
5SU1 454-1KK13
5SU1 454-1KK16
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
010
010
010
010
0.260
0.260
0.260
0.260
-----
X
X
X
X
5SU1 454-1KK20
5SU1 454-1KK25
5SU1 454-1KK32
5SU1 454-1KK40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
010
010
010
010
0.260
0.260
0.260
0.260
20
25
32
40
300
6
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
X
X
X
X
5SU1 654-0KK06
5SU1 654-0KK10
5SU1 654-0KK13
5SU1 654-0KK16
010
010
010
010
X
X
X
X
5SU1 654-1KK06
5SU1 654-1KK10
5SU1 654-1KK13
5SU1 654-1KK16
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
010
010
010
010
0.260
0.260
0.260
0.260
X
X
X
X
5SU1 654-0KK20
5SU1 654-0KK25
5SU1 654-0KK32
5SU1 654-0KK40
010
010
010
010
X
X
X
X
5SU1 654-1KK20
5SU1 654-1KK25
5SU1 654-1KK32
5SU1 654-1KK40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
010
010
010
010
0.260
0.260
0.260
0.260
X
X
X
5SU1 354-0LB10
5SU1 354-0LB13
5SU1 354-0LB16
010 X
010 X
010 X
5SU1 354-1LB10
5SU1 354-1LB13
5SU1 354-1LB16
1
1
1
1 unit 010
1 unit 010
1 unit 010
0.260
0.260
0.260
X
X
X
X
5SU1 354-0LB20
5SU1 354-0LB25
5SU1 354-0LB32
5SU1 354-0LB40
010
010
010
010
X
X
X
X
5SU1 354-1LB20
5SU1 354-1LB25
5SU1 354-1LB32
5SU1 354-1LB40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
010
010
010
010
0.260
0.260
0.260
0.260
A
B
}
5SU1 356-6KK06
-5SU1 356-6KK10
5SU1 356-6KK13
5SU1 356-6KK16
011 A
B
011 }
011 A
011 }
5SU1 356-7KK06
5SU1 356-7KK08
5SU1 356-7KK10
5SU1 356-7KK13
5SU1 356-7KK16
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
011
011
011
011
011
0.279
0.278
0.279
0.283
0.279
B
B
B
B
5SU1 356-6KK20
5SU1 356-6KK25
5SU1 356-6KK32
5SU1 356-6KK40
011
011
011
011
B
A
B
B
5SU1 356-7KK20
5SU1 356-7KK25
5SU1 356-7KK32
5SU1 356-7KK40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
011
011
011
011
0.289
0.293
0.296
0.295
B
B
B
B
5SU1 656-6KK06
5SU1 656-6KK10
5SU1 656-6KK13
5SU1 656-6KK16
011
011
011
011
B
A
B
A
5SU1 656-7KK06
5SU1 656-7KK10
5SU1 656-7KK13
5SU1 656-7KK16
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
011
011
011
011
0.279
0.278
0.283
0.280
B
B
B
B
5SU1 656-6KK20
5SU1 656-6KK25
5SU1 656-6KK32
5SU1 656-6KK40
011
011
011
011
B
B
B
B
5SU1 656-7KK20
5SU1 656-7KK25
5SU1 656-7KK32
5SU1 656-7KK40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
011
011
011
011
0.293
0.294
0.292
0.290
RCBOs, type AC
short-time delayed
2P (1P+N); AC 230 V;
50 ... 60 Hz
10 000
3
30
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
RCBOs, type A
RCBOs, type A
Instantaneous
1P+N; 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
6 000
3
30
6
8
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
300
6
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
4/20
Siemens AG 2011
-25
(Type AC) (Type A)

Rated
current
width
In
In
mA
Price PG
per PU
DT Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
MW
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
RCBOs, type A
Instantaneous
1P+N; 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
10 000
3
10
6
10
13
16
B
B
B
B
5SU1 154-6KK06
5SU1 154-6KK10
5SU1 154-6KK13
5SU1 154-6KK16
011
011
011
011
B
B
B
}
5SU1 154-7KK06
5SU1 154-7KK10
5SU1 154-7KK13
5SU1 154-7KK16
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
011
011
011
011
0.288
0.287
0.290
0.284
30
6
8
10
13
16
B
B
B
}
5SU1 354-6KK06
-5SU1 354-6KK10
5SU1 354-6KK13
5SU1 354-6KK16
011 }
B
011 }
011 B
011 }
5SU1 354-7KK06
5SU1 354-7KK08
5SU1 354-7KK10
5SU1 354-7KK13
5SU1 354-7KK16
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
011
011
011
011
011
0.283
0.260
0.283
0.288
0.282
B
B
B
B
5SU1 354-6KK20
5SU1 354-6KK25
5SU1 354-6KK32
5SU1 354-6KK40
011
011
011
011
B
B
B
B
5SU1 354-7KK20
5SU1 354-7KK25
5SU1 354-7KK32
5SU1 354-7KK40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
011
011
011
011
0.289
0.288
0.292
0.286
B
B
B
B
5SU1 654-6KK06
5SU1 654-6KK10
5SU1 654-6KK13
5SU1 654-6KK16
011
011
011
011
B
B
B
B
5SU1 654-7KK06
5SU1 654-7KK10
5SU1 654-7KK13
5SU1 654-7KK16
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
011
011
011
011
0.284
0.282
0.288
0.281
B
B
B
B
5SU1 654-6KK20
5SU1 654-6KK25
5SU1 654-6KK32
5SU1 654-6KK40
011
011
011
011
B
B
B
B
5SU1 654-7KK20
5SU1 654-7KK25
5SU1 654-7KK32
5SU1 654-7KK40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
011
011
011
011
0.285
0.285
0.287
0.289
B
}
B
}
5SU1 324-6FA06
5SU1 324-6FA10
5SU1 324-6FA13
5SU1 324-6FA16
011
011
011
011
B
}
B
}
5SU1 324-7FA06
5SU1 324-7FA10
5SU1 324-7FA13
5SU1 324-7FA16
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
011
011
011
011
0.421
0.414
0.423
0.414
B
B
B
B
5SU1 324-6FA20
5SU1 324-6FA25
5SU1 324-6FA32
5SU1 324-6FA40
011
011
011
011
B
B
B
B
5SU1 324-7FA20
5SU1 324-7FA25
5SU1 324-7FA32
5SU1 324-7FA40
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
011
011
011
011
0.427
0.432
0.427
0.427
5SU1 324-6KK82
011 B
5SU1 324-7KK82
1 unit 011
1.212
5SU1 624-6KK82
011 B
5SU1 624-7KK82
1 unit 011
0.930
5SU1 344-6KK82
011 B
5SU1 344-7KK82
1 unit 011
2.024
5SU1 644-6KK82
011 B
5SU1 644-7KK82
1 unit 011
2.025
20
25
32
40
300
6
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
2P; 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
10 000
3
30
6
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
2P; 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
10 000
30
125
300
125
6.5
4P; 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz

10 000
30
125
300
125
11
4/21
Siemens AG 2011
-25
(Type AC) (Type A)

Rated
current
width
In
In
mA
Price PG
per PU
DT Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
MW
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
RCBOs, type A
Super resistant
1P+N; 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
10 000
3
30
10
16
20
25
-----
B
B
C
C
5SU1 354-7VK10
5SU1 354-7VK16
5SU1 354-7VK20
5SU1 354-7VK25
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
011
011
011
011
0.293
0.292
0.296
0.296
RCBOs, type A
Selective
2P; 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
10 000
300
125
6.5
5SU1 624-6WK82
011 B
5SU1 624-7WK82
1 unit 011
0.930
5SU1 644-6WK82
011 B
5SU1 644-7WK82
1 unit 011
2.018
4P; 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz

10 000
300
125
11
Version
DT Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Handle couplers for additional components

For mounting the additional components auxiliary switches, fault }
signal contacts, shunt trips and undervoltage releases onto 5SU1
RCBOs, you require a handle coupler (1 set = 5 units).
5ST3 805-1
1 set 027
0.006
Note:
The same additional components are used for RCBOs as for miniature circuit breakers. See chapter "Miniature Circuit Breakers".
5ST3
or
AS
or
FC
or
AS
FC
AS
FC
AS
FC
FC
AS
AS
FC
FC
AS
AS
FC
FC
AS
5SU1
or
or
I2_13658b
or
RCBO
RCBO:
RC:
UR:
ST:
AS:
FC:
RC
Residual current operated

circuit breaker
Remote controlled
mechanism
Shunt trip
Auxiliary switch
ST
AS
FC
or
UR
AS
AS
FC
AS
FC
or
FC
or
AS
FC
AS
FC
4/22
Siemens AG 2011

Busbars
Overview
4-pole 5SM3 RCCBs are bus-mounted either together or in combination with miniature circuit breakers. RCCBs with an N wire
connection on the left-hand side facilitate installation because
standard busbars are used, as those used for mounting miniature circuit breakers.
2
Busbars in 10 mm and 16 mm versions are available.

The extremely flexible 5ST3 6 busbar system with fixed lengths
enables installation in any length as the busbars can be overlapped.
No further need for time-consuming tasks, such as cutting, cutting to length, deburring, cleaning of cut surfaces and mounting
of end caps.
Any free pins on the busbars can be made safe by covering with
touch protection.
If several RCBOs are bus-mounted together, this is implemented
with two-phase busbars, which are used as 1+N busbars.
Benefits
Connection of miniature circuit breakers to 4-pole RCCBs with
N connection right and three-phase busbar, using busbar
specially designed for this application. No cutting or end caps
required.
Connection of miniature circuit breakers to 4-pole RCCBs with

N connection left, with three-phase busbar that can be cut. No
additional items to be stored and busbars that are always
available.
Connection of 1P+N RCBOs with two-phase busbar. No cutting or end caps required.
Bus-mounting of RCCBs on busbar (3-phase +N) that can be

cut. A proven and frequently used application.
4/23
Siemens AG 2011

Busbars
5ST3, 5ST2
Standards
EN 60439-1 (VDE 0660-500): 2005-01
Busbar material
SF-Cu F 24
Partition material

Heat-resistant over 90 C
flame-retardant and
self-extinguishing,
V AC 400

Rated current In
A
A
63
80
kV
kV
6.2
kA
25
Constant atmosphere
Humid heat
Acc. to DIN 50015

Acc. to IEC 68-2-30
23/83; 40/92; 55/20

28 cycles
Acc. to IEC 664 (VDE 0110-1)
Pollution degree
III
2

A
A
63
80

A
A
100
130

3
3
I201_13754a
I201_13755

Version
Pin
spacing
Length
MW
mm
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
5ST3 6 busbar systems,

fixed lengths, cannot be cut, fully insulated
For 1 FI 4P, N connection right, and 8 LS 1P
3-phase 10 mm2
3-phase 16 mm2
1
1
210
210
A
A
5ST3 624
5ST3 654
1 10 units
1 10 units
027
027
0.077
0.108
210
210
A
A
5ST3 608
5ST3 638
1 10 units
1 10 units
027
027
0.063
0.089
5ST3 717
1 25 units
027
0.115
A
}
5ST3 734
5ST3 704
1
1
027
027
0.070
0.092
For 6 RCBOs 1P+N together

2-phase 10 mm2
2-phase 16 mm2
5ST3 7 busbar systems,
12 MW, can be cut to length, with end caps
For 1 FI 4P, N connection right, and 8 LS 1P
3-phase 16 mm2
For 6 RCBOs 1P+N
2-phase 10 mm2
2-phase 16 mm2
1
1
216
216
1 unit
1 unit
4/24
Siemens AG 2011

Busbars
Version
Pin
spacing
Length
MW
mm
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
5ST3 7 busbar systems, with end caps,

can be cut to length, with touch protection
For RCBO 1P+N and MCB 2P
4-phase 10 mm2
4-phase 16 mm2
1
1
1008
1008
A
A
5ST3 770-2
5ST3 770-3
1 10 units
1 10 units
027
027
0.400
0.550
288
288
A
A
5ST3 770-4
5ST3 770-5
1 10 units
1 10 units
027
027
0.100
0.160
}
A
5ST3 750
5ST3 718
1 10 units
1 10 units
027
027
0.001
0.001
5ST3 655
1 10 units
027
0.003
5ST2 145
1 unit
027
0.145
5ST2 156
1 10 units
027
0.001
5ST2 157
027
0.028
For RCCB 4P, N right and 6 MCB 1P+N

4-phase 10 mm2
4-phase 16 mm2
1
1
End caps for 5ST3 7, can be cut

For two-phase and three-phase busbars
For 4-phase busbars
Touch protection
For free connections, yellow (RAL 1004)
5 x 1 pin
Busbars, 12 MW, with fork-type connections,
can be cut to length, with end caps
For bus mounting RCCBs together
Three-phase + N, 16 mm2
1
216
End caps for 5ST2 145 busbars, can be cut to length

For three-phase busbars
Terminals up to 35 mm2 (stranded),

for direct infeed of 5ST2 145 busbar
Side-by-side mounting possible
5 units
4/25
Siemens AG 2011

5SM1 and 5SZ9 RCCB socket outlets
Overview
Number of
poles
Rated
current In
Rated residual
current In
mA
(Type A)
RCCB protective socket outlets

For mounting onto device box, equipped with RCCB and
2 SCHUKO socket outlets
16
10, 30
Molded-plastic enclosures, equipped with RCCB and

SCHUKO socket outlet
16
10
= Type A for AC and pulsating DC residual currents
Application
Molded-plastic enclosure equipped with RCCB and flush-type
SCHUKO socket outlet or flush-type SCHUKO double
socket outlet
For electric devices where there is a risk of accidental contact
with live parts in the event of damage
Rated voltage: 230 V AC, 50 Hz to 60 Hz

For outdoor connection of gardening equipment and socket
outlets in workshops or for agricultural purposes
Degree of protection IP21 (5SM1 920-.),
degree of protection IP54 (5SZ9 2.6).

Rated
residual
current
In
Rated current DT
mA
Order No.
In
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

RCCB protective socket outlets according to VDE 0664,
for mounting on device boxes, equipped with residual
current operated circuit breaker and 2 childproof
SCHUKO socket outlets, degree of protection IP21
10
16
30
5SM1 920-5
1 unit
008
0.513
5SM1 920-8
1 unit
008
0.533
5SZ9 206
1 unit
008
0.761
5SZ9 216
1 unit
008
0.763
RCCB protective socket outlet according to VDE 0664 in

molded-plastic enclosure, equipped with residual current
operated circuit breaker and flush-mounted SCHUKO
socket outlet, degree of protection IP54
10
30
16
4/26
Siemens AG 2011

Accessories
Accessories
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Terminal covers, gray

sealable, with 35 mm standard mounting rail
Up to 2.5 MW
5SW3 004
1 unit
008
0.091
Up to 4.5 MW
5SW3 005
1 unit
008
0.171
Up to 2.5 MW
5SW3 006
1/4 units
008
0.133
Up to 4.5 MW
5SW3 007
1 unit
008
0.162
5SW1 200
1 unit
008
0.447
Wall enclosures, gray

For flush mounting, degree of protection IP40,
with 35 mm standard mounting rail
Molded-plastic enclosures, gray

for surface mounting, degree of protection IP54,
sealable, with 35 mm standard mounting rail,
with transparent hinged lid
For 4.5 MW
Covers
Can be assembled as mini distribution board, suitable
for all devices, cover parts prepared for rail mounting of
conventional label caps,
comprising:
End plates (for snapping onto standard mounting rail) }
5ST2 134
10 units
027
0.021
Angled profile (approx. 1 m long)
5ST2 135
5 units
027
0.288
Alternative flat profiles

(as a cover between the rows of devices length
approx. 1 m)
5ST2 136
5 units
027
0.239
5SW3 313
1 set
008
0.012
5ST2 201
1 unit
027
0.013
5ST2 173
1 set
027
0.049
Touch protection
For RCCBs up to 80 A
1 set contains 12 units
Fixing parts
Plastic
4 MW
Inscription labels (white)
15 mm 9 mm, 3 frames with 44 labels each
Any attachment and inscription,
self-adhesive
Labeling systems
Inscription on self-adhesive labels for a uniform and tidy appearance in electrical power distribution.
The labeling program can be downloaded to your PC free of charge at:
www.siemens.com/beta
Recommended ELAT-3-747 labels for printing
out on normal printers can be ordered at:
Brady GmbH
Otto-Hahn-Str. 5-7
D-63222 Langen
Tel.: +49 (0) 61 03/75 98-660
4/27
Siemens AG 2011

Residual-current operated circuit breakers
Application
Standards1)
Required In
Recommended Siemens residual current

protective devices
[mA]
5SM.
(Type A)
5SM3
5SM3 . . .-6KK12
SIQUENCE
SIGRES
(Type B/type B+)
DIN VDE 0100-410 Sockets 20 A and end current circuits in the outdoor area
32 A
30
--
--
DIN VDE 0100-482 Fire protection for particular risks or safety hazard
30, 300
--
DIN VDE 0100-551 Low-voltage generating sets
30
--
--
DIN VDE 0100-559 Luminaires and lighting installations, display stands for lights
30
--
--
DIN VDE 0100-701 Rooms with baths or showers, socket outlets in zone 3
30
--
--
DIN VDE 0100-702 Swimming pools, zone 1 and 2
30
--
DIN VDE 0100-704 Construction and demolition site installations, socket outlet
current circuits (single-phase operation) up to 32 A
30
--
500
--
30
--
DIN VDE 0100-706 Conductive areas with limited freedom of movement
30
--
--
DIN VDE 0100-708 Feeding points for caravan parking spaces, camping sites
30
--
--
--
--
and for hand-held equipment

DIN VDE 0100-705 Agricultural and general horticultural premises
Socket outlet current circuits
DIN VDE 0100-710 Medical premises, depending on application group 1 or 2 and 30 or

equipment
300
DIN VDE 0100-722 Portable buildings, vehicles, mobile homes for fairgrounds
500
--
--
DIN VDE 0100-723 Classrooms with experiment equipment
30
--
--
DIN VDE 0100-738 Fountains zone 2, general
500
--
Socket outlets in zone 2
30
--
Zones 0 and 1
30
--
DIN VDE 0100-739 Additional protection against direct contact in homes
30
--
--
DIN VDE 0118-100 Mining plants
500
--
General requirements
for correct selection
when using res. current
protection
--
300
30
---
30
500
30
500
---
---
30 (recommended)
DIN EN 50178
(VDE 0160)
Fitting of power installations with electronic equipment
DIN VDE 0832-100 Traffic signals

Class T1
Class U1
BG FE
BGI 608
Selection and operation of electrical equipment on worksites

General:
Socket circuits 32 A
Socket circuits > 32 A
Frequency-controlled equipment:
With plug-and-socket device 32 A
With plug-and-socket device > 32 A
Chemical industry and food processing industries
1)
The standards of the range DIN VDE 0100-4.., -5.., -7.. essentially
correspond to the IEC standards of the range IEC 60364-4, -5, -7;
they have, however, been modified.
Note:
For reasons of basic fire protection, we recommend a maximum
rated residual current of 300 mA for residual current protective
devices.
4/28
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
5/2
Introduction
5/9
NEOZED Fuse Systems

Introduction
NEOZED fuse links
MINIZED switch disconnectors and
MINIZED fuse switch disconnectors
NEOZED fuse bases and accessories
5/12
DIAZED Fuse Systems
5/4
5/7
5/8
5/18
5/22
Cylindrical Fuse Systems

Cylindrical fuse sets and cylindrical
fuse holders
Compact fuse holders for motor
starter combinations N
5/25
Class CC Fuse Systems
5/27
Busbar Systems
5/33
5/42
5/44
LV HRC Fuse Systems

LV HRC fuse links
LV HRC signal detectors
LV HRC sockets and accessories
5/50
5/58
5/61
5/63
SITOR Semiconductor Fuses

SITOR LV HRC design
SITOR, cylindrical fuse design
NEOZED and DIAZED design,
SILIZED
Photovoltaic Fuses
Cylindrical fuse design
can be found at
under Product List:
under Entry List:
- Updates
- Downloads
- FAQ
- Manuals
- Certificates
and at
configurators
- Configurators
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
Introduction
Overview
Standards
5/4
MINIZED switch disconnectors, bases, Fuse system:

fuse links from 2 A to 63 A of operaIEC 60269-3;
tional class gG and accessories. Every- DIN VDE 0636-3;
thing you need for a complete system.
Used in
Industry
NEOZED fuse systems
Residential
buildings
Page
Non-residential
buildings
Devices
Safety switching
devices
IEC/EN 60947-3
DIN VDE 0638
DIAZED fuse systems
5/12
Fuse links from 2 A to 100 A in various

operational classes, base versions with
classic screw base connections.
A widely used fuse system.
IEC 60269-3;
DIN VDE 0635;
DIN VDE 0636-3;
CEE 16
5/18
Line protection or protection of switching devices.
IEC 60269-1, -2, -3;

NF C 60-200;
NF C 63-210, -211;
NBN C 63269-2,
CEI 32-4, -12
Cylindrical fuse systems

Cylindrical fuse sets and
cylindrical fuse holders
The fuse holders with touch protection

ensure the safe "no-voltage" replacement of fuse links.
Auxiliary switches can be retrofitted.
Compact fuse holders for motor

starter combinations
5/22
For installing fused loaded motor starter IEC 60947-4

combinations.
--
Class CC fuse systems
5/25
These comply with American standard

and have UL and SCA approval, for
customers exporting OEM products
and mechanical engineers.
Modern design with touch protection

acc. to BGV A3 for use in "branch circuit protection".
Busbar systems
5/2
5/27
Fuse holders:
UL 512; CSA 22.2
Fuse links:
UL 248-4; CSA 22.2
Busbars for NEOZED fuse bases,

EN 60439-1
NEOZED fuse disconnectors, MINIZED
switch disconnectors, DIAZED fuse
systems and cylindrical fuse systems.
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
Page
Non-residential
buildings
Residential
buildings
Industry
Introduction
Devices
Standards
Used in
LV HRC fuse links
5/33
Fuse links from 2 A to 1250 A for selec- IEC 60269-1, -2;

tive line protection and plant protection EN 60269-1;
in non-residential buildings, industry
DIN VDE 0636-2
and power supply companies.
5/42
Signal detectors for when a fuse is

tripped on all LV HRC fuse links with
combination or front indicators with
non-insulated grip lugs.
LV HRC fuse systems
Plus the comprehensive accessory

range required for NH fuse systems.
5/44
Fuse bases for screw or snap-on

IEC 60269-1, -2;
mounting onto standard mounting rails, EN 60269-1;
available as 1-pole or 3-pole version
DIN VDE 0636-2
SITOR LV HRC design
5/50
Fuse links in LV HRC design and a

huge variety of models support a wide
range of applications from 500 V to
1500 V and 150 A to 1250 A.
Fuses with slotted blade contacts, bolton links or female thread and special
designs.
--
--
5/58
Fuse sets, fuse holders usable as fuse

switch disconnectors and fuse bases
up to 600/690 V AC and 400/700 V DC
from 1 A to 100 A in the sizes
10 mm 38 mm, 14 mm 51 mm and
22 mm 58 mm.
--
--
NEOZED and DIAZED design,

SILIZED
5/61
NEOZED fuse links for 400 V AC and

250 V DC and DIAZED for 500 V AC
and 500 V DC.
--
--
5/63
Fuses with a rated voltage of

1000 V DC and operational class gPV
for the protection of photovoltaic modules and their connecting cables.
SITOR semiconductor fuses
Photovoltaic fuses
IEC 60269-6 (draft)
5/3
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
NEOZED Fuse Systems
Introduction
Overview
The NEOZED fuse system is primarily used in distribution technology and industrial switchgear assemblies. The system is easy
to use and is also approved for domestic installation.
The MINIZED switch disconnectors are primarily used in switchgear assemblies and control engineering. They are approved for
switching loads as well as for safe switching in the event of short
circuits. The MINIZED D02 is also suitable for use in the precounter sector in household applications in compliance with the
recommendations of the VDEW according to TAB 2007.
Due to its small footprint, the MINIZED D01 fuse switch disconnector is primarily used in control engineering.
The NEOZED fuse bases are the most cost-effective solution for
the application of NEOZED fuses. All NEOZED bases must be
fed from the bottom to ensure that the threaded ring is insulated
during removal of the fuse link. The terminals of the NEOZED
bases are available in different versions and designs to support
the various installation methods.
Benefits
MINIZED switch disconnectors

Clear and visible conductor connection that can be easily
checked. This facilitates cable entry and saves time
With draw-out technology for no-voltage replacement of fuses.
This provides enhanced safety.
The infeed of the devices can be from the top or the bottom.
This enables flexible application.
NEOZED fuse bases made of molded plastic

checked. This facilitates cable entry and saves time
Greater safety for personnel thanks to terminals with touch
protection acc. to BGV A3 at incoming and outgoing feeders.
This ensures enhanced safety
Two type ranges with different terminals offer expanded application options.
NEOZED fuse switch disconnectors

With draw-out technology for no-voltage replacement of fuses.
This provides enhanced safety.
Extremely slim design with a single MW per pole. This saves
space and costs.
NEOZED fuse bases made of ceramic

Different terminal versions support a huge range of different
installation methods. This increases flexibility
These bases are the most widely used devices for applications with NEOZED fuses. An unrivaled cost-effective solution.
5/4
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
NEOZED Fuse Systems
Introduction
NEOZED fuse links
5SE2
IEC 60269-3; DIN VDE 0636-3
Standards
gG
Operational class
V AC
400
V DC
250
Rated current In
2 ... 100
kA AC
50
kA DC
Rated voltage Un
Using adapter sleeves
Non-interchangeability
Up to 45 at 95 % rel. humidity
Ambient temperature
-5 ... +40, humidity 90 % at 20

MINIZED
switch disconnectors
MINIZED
Fuse bases,
fuse switch
made of ceramic
disconnectors
D02
D01
D01
D02
D03
D01/02
5SG7 1
5SG7 6
5SG1 5
5SG5 5
5SG1 6
5SG5 6
5SG1 8
5SG1 .01
5SG5 .01
5SG1 .30
5SG1 .31
5SG5 .30
16/63
16/63
DIN VDE 0638
Standards
Comfort
bases
Fuse bases
IEC 60269-3; DIN VDE 0636-3
IEC/EN 60947-3
Main switch characteristic
EN 60204-1
Yes
--
--
Insulation characteristic
EN 60664-1
Yes
--
--
Rated voltage Un
V AC
230/400, 240/415
400
1P
V DC
65
48
250
2P in series
V DC
130
110
250
Rated current In
63
16
16
V AC
500
400
--
kV AC
2.5
--
--
--
63
16
--
AC-22 B
63
16
--
AC-23 B
35
--
--
DC-22 B
63
--
--
63
100
Utilization category acc. to VDE 0638

AC-22
Utilization category acc. to EN 60947-3
Sealable
When switched on
Yes
Yes, with sealable screw caps
Mounting position
Any, but preferably vertical
Reduction factor of In with 18 pole

Side-by-side mounting
0.9
--
On top of one another, with vertical standard

mounting rail
0.87
--
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529
Terminals
With touch protection acc. to BGV A3
Yes
Ambient temperature
Terminal versions
No
Yes
-5 ... +40, humidity 90 % at 20

--
--
K, S
K/S
--
--
Solid and stranded
mm2
1.5 ... 35
1.5 ... 16
1.5 ... 4
1.5 ... 25
10 ... 50
0.75 ... 35
1.5 ... 35
Flexible, with end sleeve
mm2
1.5 ... 35
1.5
1.5
1.5
10
--
--
mm2
--
--
0.75 ... 25 --
--
--
--
Tightening torques
Nm
1.2
1.2
3.5/2.5
2.5 ... 3
5/5
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
NEOZED Fuse Systems
Introduction
More information
Fuse bases D01 with terminal version BB

Incoming feeders, clamp-type terminal B
Outgoing feeders, clamp-type terminal B
Fuse bases D02, with terminal version SS

Incoming feeders, saddle terminal S
Outgoing feeders, saddle terminal S
5/6
Fuse bases D02, with terminal version KS

Incoming feeders, screw head contact K
Outgoing feeders, saddle terminal S
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
NEOZED Fuse Systems
NEOZED fuse links

Sizes
Identification
color
In
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
A
NEOZED fuse sets
Rated voltage 400 V AC/250 V DC,
operational class gG
D01
D02
2
4
6
Pink
Brown
Green
}
}
}
5SE2 302
5SE2 304
5SE2 306
1
10 units
1
10 units
1 10/500 units
016
016
016
0.005
0.013
0.009
10
13
16
Red
Black
Gray
}
A
}
5SE2 310
5SE2 013-2A
5SE2 316
1 10/500 units
1
10 units
1 10/500 units
016
016
016
0.007
0.006
0.005
20
25
32
Blue
Yellow
Black
}
}
B
5SE2 320
5SE2 325
5SE2 332
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
016
016
016
0.011
0.010
0.013
35
40
50
Black
Black
White
}
B
}
5SE2 335
5SE2 340
5SE2 350
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
016
016
016
0.011
0.015
0.013
Copper
5SE2 363
10 units
016
0.015
Blue
Red
}
}
5SE2 280
5SE2 300
1
1
10 units
10 units
016
016
0.035
0.042
63
D03
80
100
5/7
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
NEOZED Fuse Systems
MINIZED switch disconnectors and

Sizes
Number of In
poles
Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MW
MINIZED switch disconnectors with fuses

Using draw-out technology with touch protection to
BGV A3 (adapter sleeves not included in delivery)
D02
1P
63
1.5
5SG7 113
1 unit
016
0.141
1P+N
63
5SG7 153
1 unit
016
0.259
2P
63
5SG7 123
1 unit
016
0.276
3P
63
4.5
5SG7 133
1 unit
016
0.411
3P+N
63
5SG7 163
1 unit
016
0.524
4.5
B
B
B
5SG7 133-8BA25
5SG7 133-8BA35
5SG7 133-8BA50
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
016
016
016
0.450
0.448
0.455
5SH5 532
1 unit
016
0.012
5SH5 527
1 10/100 units
016
0.001
Versions for Austria only,

with permanently fitted adapter sleeves,
incl. fuse set
D02
3P
25
35
50
Locking caps
In D02 MINIZED switch disconnectors
for applications in the precounter sector
Reducers
For fuse links D01
in MINIZED switch disconnectors D02
For MINIZED switch disconnectors D02
}
5ST3 010
1 unit
027
0.066
2 NO
5ST3 011
1 unit
027
0.055
2 NC
5ST3 012
1 unit
027
0.055
1 NO + 1 NC
0.5
For technical specifications, see chapter 3

"Miniature Circuit Breakers" > "Additional
components"
Auxiliary switches (AS) with TEST button
A
5ST3 010-2
1 unit
027
0.045
2 NO
1 NO + 1 NC
0.5
5ST3 011-2
1 unit
027
0.045
2 NC
5ST3 012-2
1 unit
027
0.045
For technical specifications, see chapter 3

"Miniature Circuit Breakers" > "Additional
components"
For industrial applications
With draw-out technology and touch protection to
BGV A3 (not compatible with NEOZED adapter
sleeves)
D01
1P
1P+N
2P
16
16
16
1
2
2
A
B
B
5SG7 610
5SG7 650
5SG7 620
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
016
016
016
0.082
0.169
0.165
3P
3P+N
16
16
3
4
A
B
5SG7 630
5SG7 660
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
016
016
0.241
0.323
For busbars, see page 5/29.
5/8
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
NEOZED Fuse Systems

Sizes
Number of
poles
In
Matching
cover1)
Terminals2) Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MW
NEOZED comfort bases made of molded plastic

With touch protection according to BGV A3
D01
D02
1P
16
63
---
1.5
}
}
5SG1 301
5SG1 701
1
1
3 units
3 units
016
016
0.114
0.116
D01
D02
3P
16
63
---
4.5
}
}
5SG5 301
5SG5 701
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
016
016
0.382
0.380
A
A
5SG1 330
5SG1 730
1
1
6 units
6 units
016
016
0.077
0.085
B
A
5SG1 331
5SG1 731
1
1
6 units
6 units
016
016
0.069
0.081
5SG5 330
5SG5 730
1
1
2 units
2 units
016
016
0.227
0.270
}
}
}
5SG1 553
5SG1 653
5SG1 693
1
1
1
6 units
6 units
6 units
016
016
016
0.065
0.091
0.080
NEOZED fuse bases made of molded plastic

For snap-on mounting on standard mounting rails, with cover
D01
D02
1P
16
63
(A1)
(A1)
1.5
1.5
For snap-on mounting on standard mounting rails,

without cover
D01
D02
1P
16
63
A1
A1
1.5
1.5

D01
D02
3P
16
63
(A2)
(A2)
4.5
4.5
A
A

D01
D02
D02
1P
16 (A4)
63 (A10)
63 (A10)
BB
SS
KS
1.5
1.5
1.5

without cover
D01
D02
D02
D03
1P
16
63
63
100
A4
A10
A10
A6, A9
BB
SS
KS
KS
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
B
}
B
A
5SG1 595
5SG1 655
5SG1 695
5SG1 812
1
6 units
1
6 units
1
6 units
1 10 units
016
016
016
016
0.059
0.082
0.078
0.190
BB
SS
KS
1.5
1.5
2.5
B
B
B
5SG1 590
5SG1 650
5SG1 810
1
6 units
1
6 units
1 10 units
016
016
016
0.056
0.081
0.184
}
B
B
5SG1 594
5SG1 694
5SG1 813
1
6 units
1
6 units
1 10 units
016
016
016
0.085
0.107
0.249
5SG5 553
5SG5 653
5SG5 693
1
1
1
016
016
016
0.203
0.272
0.256
For screw fixing only, without cover

D01
D02
D03
1P
16 A4
63 A10
100 A6, A9

with cap
D01
D02
D03
1P
16 (A8)
63 (A8)
100 (A9)
BB
SS
KS
1.5
1.5
2.5

D01
D02
D02
1)
3P
16 (A5)
63 (A11)
63 (A11)
Covers in parentheses are included in delivery.

Covers without parentheses are not included in delivery.
BB
SS
KS
}
}
}
4.5
4.5
4.5
2)
2 units
2 units
2 units
For terminal versions, see page 5/6.
5/9
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
NEOZED Fuse Systems
Sizes
Number of
poles
In
Matching
cover
Terminals1) Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MW

without cover
D01
D02
D02
3P
16 A5
63 A11
63 A11
BB
SS
KS
4.5
4.5
4.5
B
B
B
5SG5 555
5SG5 655
5SG5 695
1
1
1
2 units
2 units
2 units
016
016
016
0.188
0.260
0.240
BB
SS
KS
4.5
4.5
4.5
B
B
B
5SG5 550
5SG5 650
5SG5 690
1
1
1
2 units
2 units
2 units
016
016
016
0.189
0.260
0.235
For screw fixing only, without cover

D01
D02
D02
3P
16 A5
63 A11
63 A11
NEOZED covers1)
Made of molded plastic, plug-in,
for fuse base made of molded plastic
D01,
D02
A1
1.5
5SH5 244
1 15 units
016
0.002
D01,
D02
A2
4.5
5SH5 245
5 units
016
0.005
For fuse bases made of ceramic

D01
D02
A4
A10
1.5
1.5
B
B
5SH5 251
5SH5 253
1 15 units
1 15 units
016
016
0.008
0.006
D01
D02
A5
A11
4.5
4.5
C
C
5SH5 252
5SH5 254
1
1
5 units
5 units
016
016
0.022
0.023
A6
2.5
5SH5 233
1 20 units
016
0.019
A8
5SH5 235
5 units
016
0.021
A9
5SH5 234
1 10 units
016
0.065
Screw-on
D03
NEOZED caps
Made of molded plastic, plug-in
D01, D02
Screw-on
D03
1)
For terminal versions, see page 5/6.
5/10
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
NEOZED Fuse Systems
Sizes
For fuse links
Identification Mount- DT
color
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MW
NEOZED screw caps

Molded plastic, with inspection hole
}
}
5SH4 116
5SH4 163
1 10/1000 units
1 10/200 units
016
016
0.007
0.009
A
A
A
5SH4 316
5SH4 363
5SH4 100
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
3 units
016
016
016
0.017
0.022
0.074
}
}
5SH4 317
5SH4 362
1
1
20 units
20 units
016
016
0.017
0.019
Pink
Brown
Green
}
A
}
5SH5 002
5SH5 004
5SH5 006
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
016
016
016
0.001
0.001
0.001
10/13
Red
5SH5 010
10 units
016
0.001
20
25
32/35/40
Blue
Yellow
Black
}
}
}
5SH5 020
5SH5 025
5SH5 035
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
016
016
016
0.002
0.001
0.003
50
White
5SH5 050
10 units
016
0.001
80
Silver
5SH5 080
25 units
016
0.001
Pink
Brown
Green
A
A
A
5SH5 402
5SH5 404
5SH5 406
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
016
016
016
0.001
0.005
0.002
Red
Gray
A
A
5SH5 410
5SH5 416
1
1
10 units
10 units
016
016
0.014
0.002
5SH5 100
1/10 units
016
0.023
5SH5 400
25 units
016
0.002
5SH5 417
25 units
016
0.001
5SH5 503
1 unit
016
0.299
D01
D02
Ceramic
D01, sealable
D02, sealable
D03
Ceramic, with inspection hole
D01
D02
NEOZED adapter sleeves

D01
D02
D03
2
4
6
For fuse links D01 in base D02 and

MINIZED switch disconnectors D02
D02
2
4
6
10/13
16
NEOZED adapter sleeve fitters
NEOZED retaining springs

For fuse links D01 in screw caps
D02
2 ... 16
For fuse links D01 in screw caps DL1)

DL1)
2 ... 16
Busbar adapters
for mounting D02 MINIZED switch discon4.5
nectors on busbars 12 5 mm at a distance
of 40 mm
Rated current 63 A, 16 mm
1)
This spring enables the use of NEOZED fuses in DL fuse bases, e.g. in unrenovated prefabricated buildings.
5/11
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
DIAZED fuse systems
Overview
The DIAZED fuse system is one of the oldest fuse systems in the
world. It was developed by Siemens as far back as 1906. It is still
the standard fuse system in many countries to this day. It is particularly widely used in the harsh environments of industrial applications.
The series is available with rated voltages from 500 A to 750 V.
All DIAZED bases must be fed from the bottom to ensure an insulated threaded ring when the fuse link is being removed. Reliable contact of the fuse links is only ensured when used together
with DIAZED screw adapters.
The terminals of the DIAZED bases are available in different versions and designs to support the various installation methods.
The high-performing EZR bus-mounting system for screw connection is an outstanding feature. The busbars, which are particularly suited for bus-mounting bases, have a load capacity of up
to 150 A with lateral infeed.
DIAZED stands for Diametral gestuftes zweiteiliges Sicherungssystem mit Edisongewinde (diametral two-step fuse system with
Edison screw).
Benefits
DIAZED fuse systems are a result of a well-designed modular
system which enables the components to be combined in any
way to meet the various requirements and to facilitate different
installation methods.
$
%
&
(
)
*
+
,
.
/
1
10
7
5
2
9
6
11
DIAZED base
DIAZED cover
DIAZED cover ring
DIAZED cap
DIAZED fuse link, DII
DIAZED fuse link, NDz
DIAZED screw adapter
DIAZED adapter sleeve
DIAZED screw cap
Busbar, oblong hole, single-phase
Terminal, fork-type terminal, non-insulated
I201_16013a
5SA, 5SB, 5SC, 5SD
IEC 60269-3; DIN VDE 0635; DIN VDE 0636-3; CEE 16
Standards
Operational class
Acc. to IEC 60269; DIN VDE 0636
Characteristic
Acc. to DIN VDE 0635
gG
Slow and quick
Rated voltage Un
V AC
V DC
500, 690, 750

500, 600, 750
Rated current In
2 ... 100
kA AC
kA DC
50, 40 at E16
8, 1.6 at E16
Mounting position
Using screw adapter or adapter sleeves
Acc. to IEC 60529
Up to 45, at 95 % rel. humidity
Ambient temperature
-5 ... +40, humidity 90 % at 20

Terminal version
B
DII
DIII
NDz
DII
DIII
DIII
DIV
DII
DIII
mm2
mm2
mm2
1.5
10
10
2.5
25
25
1.0
6
6
1.5
10
10
2.5
25
25
2.5
25
25
10
50
50
1.5
35
35
1.5
35
35
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
1.2
2.0
2.5
3.5
Size
Rigid, min.
Rigid, max.
Tightening torques
Screw M4
Screw M5
Screw M6
Screw M8
5/12
--4
--
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
DIAZED fuse systems

Sizes Un
Identifica- Thread
tion color
In
V AC/V DC A
Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MW
DIAZED fuse links

Operational class gG
DII
500/500
DIII
500/500
DIV
500/400
2
4
6
Pink
Brown
Green
10
16
20
25
Red
Gray
Blue
Yellow
32
35
50
63
Black
Black
White
Copper
80 Silver
100 Red
}
}
}
5SB2 11
5SB2 21
5SB2 31
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
016
016
016
0.019
0.024
0.023
}
}
}
}
5SB2 51
5SB2 61
5SB2 71
5SB2 81
1
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
5 units
016
016
016
016
0.022
0.028
0.035
0.030
E33
B
A
A
A
5SB4 010
5SB4 11
5SB4 21
5SB4 31
1
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
5 units
016
016
016
016
0.046
0.051
0.048
0.054
R1"
B
B
5SC2 11
5SC2 21
1
1
3 units
3 units
016
016
0.129
0.119
E16
B
B
B
5SA2 11
5SA2 21
5SA2 31
1 10 units
1 10 units
1 10 units
016
016
016
0.011
0.020
0.015
B
B
B
B
5SA2 51
5SA2 61
5SA2 71
5SA2 81
1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
10 units
016
016
016
016
0.012
0.013
0.014
0.030
B
B
B
5SA1 11
5SA1 21
5SA1 31
1 10 units
1 10 units
1 10 units
016
016
016
0.011
0.011
0.015
B
B
B
B
5SA1 51
5SA1 61
5SA1 71
5SA1 81
1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
10 units
016
016
016
016
0.012
0.014
0.014
0.016
B
B
B
B
5SB1 11
5SB1 21
5SB1 31
5SB1 41
1
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
5 units
016
016
016
016
0.026
0.025
0.026
0.653
A
A
A
5SB1 51
5SB1 61
5SB1 71
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
016
016
016
0.025
0.028
0.032
E27
Characteristic: slow
TNDz 500/500
2
4
6
Pink
Brown
Green
10
16
20
25
Red
Gray
Blue
Yellow
Characteristic: quick
NDz
DII
500/500
500/500
2 Pink
4 Brown
6 Green
10
16
20
25
Red
Gray
Blue
Yellow
2
4
6
10
Pink
Brown
Green
Red1)
E16
E27
10 Red
16 Gray
20 Blue
25 Yellow
DIII
500/500
DIV
500/500
5SB1 81
5 units
016
0.031
E33
A
A
A
5SB3 11
5SB3 21
5SB3 31
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
016
016
016
0.050
0.049
0.054
R1"
B
B
5SC1 11
5SC1 21
1
1
3 units
3 units
016
016
0.123
0.124
B
B
B
5SD8 002
5SD8 004
5SD8 006
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
016
016
016
0.068
0.071
0.067
10 Red
16 Gray
B
B
5SD8 010
5SD8 016
1
1
5 units
5 units
016
016
0.067
0.072
20 Blue
25 Yellow
B
B
5SD8 020
5SD8 025
1
1
5 units
5 units
016
016
0.069
0.072
35 Black
50 White
63 Copper
B
B
B
5SD8 035
5SD8 050
5SD8 063
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
016
016
016
0.072
0.075
0.078
35 Black
50 White
63 Copper
80 Silver
100 Red
Operational class gG, use 5SF1 and 5SF5 fuse base

made of ceramic
For 2 A ... 25 A, use adaptor screw DII
DIII
1)
690/600
2 Pink
4 Brown
6 Green
E33
Use adaptor screw 6 A.
5/13
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
DIAZED fuse systems
Sizes
Un
Identifi- Thread
cation
color
In
Terminals
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
V AC/V DC A
DIAZED fuse links
Characteristic: quick,
also for direct current railway facilities
For 2 A ... 25 A, use adaptor screw DII
DIII
750/750
2 Pink
4 Brown
6 Green
E33
A
B
B
5SD6 01
5SD6 02
5SD6 03
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
016
016
016
0.066
0.072
0.068
10 Red
16 Gray
B
B
5SD6 04
5SD6 05
1
1
5 units
5 units
016
016
0.072
0.042
20
25
35
50
63
B
A
B
B
B
5SD6 06
5SD6 07
5SD6 08
5SD6 10
5SD6 11
1
1
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
5 units
5 units
016
016
016
016
016
0.074
0.072
0.072
0.077
0.078
Blue
Yellow
Black
White
Copper
DIAZED fuse bases made of ceramic

1P, for standard mounting rail
25
E16
KK
5SF1 012
5 units
016
0.062
DII
NDz
500/500
25
E27
BB
5SF1 005
5 units
016
0.093
DIII1)
63
E33
BS
5SF1 205
5 units
016
0.142
DIII1)
63
E33
SS
5SF1 215
5 units
016
0.141
1P, for screw fixing

25
E16
KK
5SF1 01
5 units
016
0.057
DII
NDz
500/500
25
E27
BB
5SF1 024
5 units
016
0.100
DIII1)
63
E33
BS
5SF1 224
5 units
016
0.143
DIII1)
63
E33
SS
5SF1 214
5 units
016
0.146
5SF1 401
1 unit
016
0.604
1P, with flat terminal

DIV
100
R1"
3P, for standard mounting rail,

with cap and N-type fixpoint terminal
DII
500/500
DIII1)
3 25
E27
BB
5SF5 067
1 unit
016
0.449
3 63
E33
BB
5SF5 237
1 unit
016
0.635
3P, for screw fixing,

with cap and N-type fixpoint terminal
DII
500/500
DIII1)
3 25
E27
KB
5SF5 066
1 unit
016
0.441
3 63
E33
KB
5SF5 236
1 unit
016
0.624
DIAZED fuse bases made of molded plastic

With touch protection according to BGV A3
1P, for standard mounting rail or screw fixing
DII
500/500
DIII
25
E27
5SF1 060
1 3/108 units
016
0.146
63
E33
5SF1 260
1 3/132 units
016
0.200
3 25
E27
5SF5 068
1/36 units
016
0.475
3 63
E33
5SF5 268
1/44 units
016
0.595
3P
DII
500/500
DIII
1)
Also for 690 V AC/600 V DC.
5/14
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
DIAZED fuse systems
Sizes
Un
In
V AC/V DC
Thread
Terminals DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
DIAZED components 750 V

DIAZED fuse bases
1P, for screw fixing,
with fine thread and cap
DIII
750/750
63
E33S
KK
5SF4 230
1 unit
016
0.504
5SH1 161
5 units
016
0.134
DIAZED screw caps

Made of ceramic, with fine thread
DIII
750/750
63
E33S
DIAZED EZR bus-mounting bases

1P, to snap onto EZR busbars
For screw fixing
DII
500/500
25
E27
5SF6 005
5 units
016
0.080
DIII
500/500
63
E33
5SF6 205
5 units
016
0.114
0.013
DIAZED screw caps

Molded plastic, with inspection hole, black,
not for SILIZED fuse links
NDz
500/500
25
E16
5SH1 112
20 units
016
DII
500/500
25
E27
5SH1 221
5/200 units
016
0.024
63
E33
5SH1 231
5/5000 units
016
0.038
25
E27
5SH1 12
1 50/30000 units
016
0.037
63
E33
5SH1 13
30 units
016
0.063
DIII
Ceramic
DII
500/500
DIII
Ceramic, with inspection hole, sealable

DII
500/500
DIII
25
E27
5SH1 22
50/5000 units
016
0.046
63
E33
5SH1 23
30/5000 units
016
0.068
R1"
5SH1 141
1 unit
016
0.223
E33
5SH1 170
5 units
016
0.095
Ceramic
DIV
500/500
100
Ceramic, prolonged version

DIII
690/600
63
5/15
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
DIAZED fuse systems
Sizes
Thread
For
fuse links
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
A
DIAZED screw adapters
NDz
E16
2
4
6
C
C
C
5SH3 28
5SH3 31
5SH3 05
1
1
1
20 units
20 units
20 units
016
016
016
0.003
0.002
0.004
10
16
C
C
5SH3 06
5SH3 07
1
1
20 units
20 units
016
016
0.003
0.002
2
4
6
}
}
}
5SH3 10
5SH3 11
5SH3 12
1 25/1500 units
1 25/1500 units
1 25/1500 units
016
016
016
0.014
0.009
0.015
10
16
20
}
}
}
5SH3 13
5SH3 14
5SH3 15
1 25/1500 units
1 25/1500 units
1 25/1500 units
016
016
016
0.021
0.008
0.013
25
5SH3 16
1 25/1500 units
016
0.012
35
50
63
}
}
}
5SH3 17
5SH3 18
5SH3 20
1
1
1
25/850 units
25/850 units
25/850 units
016
016
016
0.025
0.018
0.019
80
100
C
C
5SH3 21
5SH3 22
1 10/1000 units
1 10/1000 units
016
016
0.006
0.004
For NDz/TNDz fuse links in base DII
5SH3 01
10 units
016
0.011
For DII fuse links in DIII base
5SH3 02
10 units
016
0.012
5SH3 703
1 unit
016
0.046
}
}
5SH2 032
5SH2 232
1
1
10/620 units
10/620 units
016
016
0.016
0.020
A
A
A
5SH2 01
5SH2 02
5SH2 22
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
016
016
016
0.044
0.249
0.049
Also for 5SF2 30 to 750 V

DII
E27
Also for 5SF2 30 to 750 V

DIII
E33
DIAZED adapter sleeves

DIV
R1"
DIAZED adapter sleeves for screw caps
DIAZED adapter sleeve fitters

DII/DIII
DIAZED covers
Made of molded plastic
Not for SILIZED fuse links
DII
DIII
5 bases = 12 MW E27
4 bases = 12 MW E33
DIAZED caps
NDz
DII
DIII
E16
E27
E33
5/16
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
DIAZED fuse systems
Sizes
Thread
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
DIAZED cover rings

Ceramic DII and DIII, also for EZR bus-mounting base
DII
DIII
E27
E33
B
B
5SH3 32
5SH3 34
1
1
10 units
10 units
016
016
0.024
0.031
A
A
5SH3 401
5SH3 411
1
1
5/60 units
5/60 units
016
016
0.014
0.020
Made of molded plastic, also for EZR bus-mounting base

DII
DIII
E27
E33
More information
DIII fuse bases with terminal version BS

Outgoing feeders (top), saddle terminal S
Incoming feeders (bottom), clamp-type terminal B
NDz fuse bases with terminal version KK

Outgoing feeders (top), screw head contact K
Incoming feeders (bottom), screw head contact K
DIII fuse bases with terminal version BB

Outgoing feeders (top), clamp-type terminal B
Incoming feeders (bottom), clamp-type terminal B
DII fuse bases with terminal version SS

Outgoing feeders (top), saddle terminal S
Incoming feeders (bottom), saddle terminal S
5/17
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
Overview
Benefits
Cylindrical fuses are standard in Europe. There are a range of

different cylindrical fuse links and holders that comply with the
standards IEC 60269-1, -2 and -3, and which are suitable for use
in industrial applications. In South West Europe they are also
approved for use in residential buildings.
The cylindrical fuse holders are also approved to UL 512.

The cylindrical fuse holders are tested and approved as fuse
disconnectors according to the switching device standard
IEC 60947-3. They are not suitable for switching loads.
Devices with pole number 1P+N are available in a single

modular width. This reduces the footprint by 50 %.
The sliding catch for type ranges 8 x 32 mm and 10 x 38 mm
enables the removal of individual devices from the assembly.
Space for a spare fuse in the plug-in module enables the fast
replacement of fuses. This saves time and money and
increases plant availability.
A flashing LED signals that a fuse link has been tripped. This
enables fast detection during runtime.
Cylindrical fuse holders can be supplied with or without signal

detectors. In the case of devices with signal detector, a small
electronic device with LED is located behind an inspection
window in the plug-in module. If the inserted fuse link is tripped,
this is indicated by the LED flashing.
The switching state of the fuse holder can be signaled over a
side-mounted auxiliary switch, which enables the integration of
the fuses in the automation process.
Cylindrical fuse links
mm mm
Sizes
3NW6 3..
3NW6 0..
3NW6 1..
3NW6 2..
3NW8 0..
3NW8 1..
3NW8 2..
8 32
10 38
14 51
22 58
10 38
14 51
22 58
IEC 60269-1, -2, -3; NF C 60-200; NF C 63-210, -211; NBN C 63269-2, CEI 32-4, -12
Standards
gG
Operational class
Rated voltages Un
V AC
400 or 500
Rated current In
2 ... 20
kA AC
kA AC
100
20
aM
2 ... 32
4 ... 50
8 ... 100
0.5 ... 25
2 ... 50
10 ... 100

500 V version
400 V version
Mounting position
Cylindrical fuse holders

mm mm
Sizes
3NW7 3..
3NW7 0..
3NW7 1..
3NW7 2..
8 32
10 38
14 51
22 58
IEC 60269-1, -2, -3; NF C 60-200; NF C 63-210, -211; NBN C 63269-2-1, CEI 32-4, -12
Standards
---
U
s
V AC
V AC
400
400
690
600
Rated current In
A AC
20
32
kA
20
100
Acc. to UL
Acc. to CSA
Approvals
Rated voltage Un
Acc. to UL/CSA
Switching capacity
Utilization category
---
50
100
2.5 ... 10
2.5 ... 25
2.5 ... 16
4 ... 10
4 ... 50
4 ... 35
6 ... 10
--
2.0
2.5
AC-20B (switching without load), DC-20B
No-voltage changing
Of fuse links
Yes
Sealable
When installed
Yes
Mounting position
U
s
Acc. to IEC 60529
Terminals with touch protection

According to BGV A3 at incoming
and outgoing feeder
Ambient temperature
Yes
-5 ... +40, humidity 90 % at +20
mm2
mm2
mm2
0.5 ... 10
0.5 ... 10
0.5 ... 10
Rigid
Stranded
--
AWG (American Wire Gauge)

Tightening torques
5/18
Nm
1.2
10 ... 20
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems

Sizes
In
Un
mm mm
V AC
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Cylindrical fuse links,

8 32
2
4
6
400
B
B
B
3NW6 302-1
3NW6 304-1
3NW6 301-1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
018
018
018
0.004
0.004
0.011
B
B
B
3NW6 303-1
3NW6 305-1
3NW6 307-1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
018
018
018
0.001
0.001
0.004
}
}
}
3NW6 002-1
3NW6 004-1
3NW6 001-1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
018
018
018
0.009
0.008
0.008
8
10
12
B
}
B
3NW6 008-1
3NW6 003-1
3NW6 006-1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10/100 units
018
018
018
0.008
0.008
0.008
16
20
25
}
B
B
3NW6 005-1
3NW6 007-1
3NW6 010-1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
018
018
018
0.008
0.009
0.001
10
16
20
10 38
14 51
2
4
6
32
400
3NW6 012-1
10 units
018
0.008
4
6
8
500
B
B
B
3NW6 104-1
3NW6 101-1
3NW6 108-1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10/100 units
018
018
018
0.019
0.012
0.019
10
12
16
B
B
B
3NW6 103-1
3NW6 106-1
3NW6 105-1
1
1
1
10 units
10/100 units
10 units
018
018
018
0.022
0.017
0.023
20
25
32
B
B
B
3NW6 107-1
3NW6 110-1
3NW6 112-1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
018
018
018
0.021
0.221
0.023
B
B
3NW6 117-1
3NW6 120-1
1
1
10 units
10 units
018
018
0.018
0.021
B
B
B
3NW6 208-1
3NW6 203-1
3NW6 206-1
1
1
1
10/100 units
10/100 units
10/100 units
018
018
018
0.051
0.052
0.056
16
20
25
B
B
B
3NW6 205-1
3NW6 207-1
3NW6 210-1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
018
018
018
0.052
0.055
0.054
32
40
50
B
B
B
3NW6 212-1
3NW6 217-1
3NW6 220-1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
018
018
018
0.052
0.048
0.054
63
80
100
B
B
B
3NW6 222-1
3NW6 224-1
3NW6 230-1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
018
018
018
0.068
0.051
0.053
B
B
3NW8 000-1
3NW8 011-1
1
1
10 units
10 units
018
018
0.001
0.008
2
4
6
B
B
B
3NW8 002-1
3NW8 004-1
3NW8 001-1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
018
018
018
0.007
0.007
0.006
8
10
12
B
A
B
3NW8 008-1
3NW8 003-1
3NW8 006-1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10/100 units
018
018
018
0.011
0.005
0.007
16
20
25
B
B
B
3NW8 005-1
3NW8 007-1
3NW8 010-1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
018
018
018
0.008
0.006
0.008
B
B
B
3NW8 102-1
3NW8 104-1
3NW8 101-1
1
1
1
10/50 units
10 units
10/50 units
018
018
018
0.018
0.018
0.001
8
10
12
B
B
B
3NW8 108-1
3NW8 103-1
3NW8 106-1
1
1
1
10/50 units
10 units
10/50 units
018
018
018
0.018
0.016
0.018
16
20
25
B
B
B
3NW8 105-1
3NW8 107-1
3NW8 110-1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
018
018
018
0.017
0.016
0.186
32
40
50
B
B
B
3NW8 112-1
3NW8 117-1
3NW8 120-1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
018
018
018
0.019
0.018
0.019
40
50
22 58
500
8
10
12
400
500
400
Cylindrical fuse links,

operational class aM
10 38
14 51
0.5
1
2
4
6
500
400
500
400
5/19
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
Sizes
In
mm mm
22 58
Number of
poles
DT
Order No.
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
B
B
3NW8 203-1
3NW8 206-1
1 10/50 units
1 10/50 units
018
018
0.048
0.048
16
20
25
B
B
B
3NW8 205-1
3NW8 207-1
3NW8 210-1
1 10/50 units
1
10 units
1
10 units
018
018
018
0.048
0.046
0.040
32
40
50
B
B
B
3NW8 212-1
3NW8 217-1
3NW8 220-1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
018
018
018
0.052
0.047
0.049
63
80
100
B
B
B
3NW8 222-1
3NW8 224-1
3NW8 230-1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
018
018
018
0.046
0.054
0.050
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
10
12
Un
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
kg
V AC
500
400
In
For fuse links

of size
Mount- DT
ing
width
mm mm
MW
Order No.
kg
Cylindrical fuse holders with signal detector

1P
20
32
8 32
10 38
1
1
C
A
3NW7 314
3NW7 014
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
018
018
0.067
0.066
50
100
14 51
22 58
1.5
2
B
B
3NW7 112
3NW7 212
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
018
018
0.100
0.150
20
32
8 32
10 38
1
1
C
A
3NW7 354
3NW7 054
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
018
018
0.082
0.080
50
100
14 51
22 58
3
4
B
B
3NW7 152
3NW7 252
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
018
018
0.224
0.359
20
32
8 32
10 38
2
2
C
A
3NW7 324
3NW7 024
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
018
018
0.135
0.134
50
100
14 51
22 58
3
4
B
B
3NW7 122
3NW7 222
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
018
018
0.217
0.328
20
32
8 32
10 38
3
3
C
A
3NW7 334
3NW7 034
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
018
018
0.198
0.199
50
100
14 51
22 58
4.5
6
B
B
3NW7 132
3NW7 232
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
018
018
0.327
0.495
20
32
8 32
10 38
3
3
C
A
3NW7 364
3NW7 064
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
018
018
0.216
0.215
50
100
14 51
22 58
6
8
B
B
3NW7 162
3NW7 262
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
018
018
0.444
0.681
1P+N
2P
3P
3P+N
Cylindrical fuse holders without signal detector

1P
20
32
8 32
10 38
1
1
A
}
3NW7 313
3NW7 013
1
1
1 unit
1/12 units
018
018
0.066
0.076
50
100
14 51
22 58
1.5
2
}
}
3NW7 111
3NW7 211
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
018
018
0.108
0.165
20
32
8 32
10 38
1
1
A
}
3NW7 353
3NW7 053
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
018
018
0.080
0.078
50
100
14 51
22 58
3
4
B
B
3NW7 151
3NW7 251
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
018
018
0.237
0.362
20
32
8 32
10 38
2
2
A
}
3NW7 323
3NW7 023
1
1
1 unit
1/6 units
018
018
0.133
0.132
50
100
14 51
22 58
3
4
}
}
3NW7 121
3NW7 221
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
018
018
0.217
0.326
1P+N
2P
5/20
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
Number of
poles
In
For fuse links

of size
Mount- DT
ing
width
mm mm
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

3P
20
32
8 32
10 38
3
3
A
}
3NW7 333
3NW7 033
1
1
1 unit
1/4 units
018
018
0.194
0.194
50
100
14 51
22 58
4.5
6
}
}
3NW7 131
3NW7 231
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
018
018
0.324
0.488
20
32
8 32
10 38
3
3
A
}
3NW7 363
3NW7 063
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
018
018
0.208
0.205
50
100
14 51
22 58
6
8
A
A
3NW7 161
3NW7 261
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
018
018
0.452
0.685
B
B
3NW7 901
3NW7 902
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
018
018
0.048
0.048
3NW7 903
1 unit
018
0.034
3P+N
Auxiliary switches
For indicating disconnection of the fuse link, solely for
application of striker fuse links.
For retrofitting using the factory-fitted brackets.
Contact: 250 V AC, 5 A,
Minimum contact load: 12 V, 25 mA
For fuse bases
For fuse bases
14 51
22 58
0.5
For indicating the switching state of the fuse holder.

For retrofitting using the factory-fitted brackets.
Contact: 230 V AC, 6 A/110 V DC, 1 A
Minimum contact load: 12 V, 25 mA
Terminals 1.5 mm - 0.5 Nm
For fuse holders
10 38
0.5
More information
Mounting
Fuse holders, sizes 8 mm x 32 mm and 10 mm x 38 mm, have a
sliding catch that enables the removal of individual devices from
the assembly.
The infeed can be from the top or the bottom. Because the cylindrical fuse holders are fitted with the same anti-slip terminals at
the top and the bottom, the devices can also be rail-mounted at
the top or the bottom.
Auxiliary switches
Auxiliary switches are available for the cylindrical fuse holders.
These are simply clipped onto the base using the factory-fitted
brackets.
Sizes 8 mm 32 mm and 10 mm 38 mm:
The auxiliary switches support the remote display of the switching state ON or OFF of the fuse holder.
Sizes 14 mm 51 mm and 22 mm 58 mm:
The auxiliary switches support the remote display of fuse failure.
However, fuse links with strikers are required for this function.
When the fuse is tripped, a small striking pin - the striker - shoots
out of the front of the fuse. Over an armature link in the auxiliary
switch, the kinetic energy of this striker is used to switch a mini
switch, which then initializes this signal over a floating contact.
5/21
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
Compact fuse holders for

motor starter combinations
Overview
Fused motor starter combinations can be configured with the
fuse holders. The contactor and the fuse holder can be mounted
directly next to each other.
The accessories are generally UL-certified.

Customers can mount an auxiliary switch which signals the
switching state or prevents the fuse holder from switching off
under load by interrupting the contactor control, thus increasing
safety for the operator and process.
The strong current-limiting fuses ensure a type 2 protection level

(coordination according to IEC 60947-4, no damage protection)
for the contactor.
The UL version has an SCCR value of 200 kA.
Busbars and a matching three-phase feeder terminals complete

the product range.
Cylindrical fuse holder Class CC with signal detector and mounted auxiliary switch
Installation configuration of a cylindrical fuse holder and a SIRIUS contactor on busbar adapter for the 60 mm busbar system.
3NW7 0. .-1
mm mm 10 38
Sizes
3NW7 5. .-1HG
Class CC
Standards
IEC 60269; UL 512; CSA
UL 512; CSA
Approvals
Acc. to UL
Acc. to CSA
U, UL File Number E171267
u, UL File Number E171267

s
Rated voltage Un
V AC
690
600
Rated current In
A AC
32
30
Rated short-circuit strength
kA
120 (at 500 V)

80 (at 690 V)
200
AC-20B (switching without load)
--
Switching capacity
kV
6
III
Pollution degree
Max. power dissipation of the fuse link
No-voltage changing of fuse links
Yes
Sealable when installed
Yes
Lockable with padlock
Yes
Mounting position

Any
Current direction
acc. to IEC 60529

Yes
Terminals with touch protection according to BGV A3

at incoming and outgoing feeder
Ambient temperature
-5 ... +40, humidity 90 % at +20
AWG cables (American Wire Gauge)
mm2
AWG
1 ... 4
18 ... 10
Nm
lb. in
1.5
13
PZ2
Tightening torques
Terminal screws
5/22
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems

Auxiliary switches
3NW7 903-1
Standards
IEC 60947
Approvals
U, s, UL 508, UL File Number E334003
Rated voltage Un
V AC
V DC
Rated current In
AC-12
DC-13
250
--
-24
-120
-240
AC-15
24
--
120
--
240
--
Acc. to UL
240
--
0.5
0.25
1.5
Busbars
5ST2 60.
3NW7 0. .-1
For cylindrical fuse holders

Pin spacing
mm
3NW7 5. .-1HG
15
Standards
DIN EN 60974-1, VDE 0660 part 100, IEC 60947-1:2004, UL 508, CSA 22.2
Approvals
u, UL 4248-1, UL File Number E337131
Busbar material
E-Cu 58 F25
PA66-V0
Partition material
Lamp wire resistance /1.5 mm2
960
Overvoltage category III, degree of pollution 2
Rated voltage Un
Acc. to UL
Acc. to IEC
V AC
V AC
-690
600
--
Maximum busbar current In

Acc. to UL
Acc. to IEC
A
A
-80
65
--
Terminal
5ST2 600
3NW7 0. .-1
For cylindrical fuse holders

Pin spacing
mm
3NW7 5. .-1HG
15
Standards
IEC 60999:2000, UL 508
Approvals
u, UL 4248-1, UL File Number E337131

PA66-V0
Enclosure/cover material
Lamp wire resistance /1 mm2
960
Temperature resistance PA66-V0, HDT B ISO 179,

UL 94-V0/1.5
200
Overvoltage category III, degree of pollution 2
Max. operational voltage Umax
Acc. to UL
Acc. to IEC
V AC
V AC
-690
600
--
Maximum electrical load Imax

Acc. to UL
Acc. to IEC
A
A
-80
65
--
Rated current In
63
Solid/stranded
mm2
mm2
2.5 ... 35
2.5 ... 25
Tightening torque of clamping screw
Nm
2.5 ... 3.5
5/23
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems


Number of In
poles
For fuse links of size
Mount- DT
ing
width
mm x mm
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3NW7 cylindrical fuse holders

Cylindrical fuse holders U
3P
32
10 x 38
Without signal detectors
With signal detector
2.5
B
B
3NW7 033-1
3NW7 034-1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
017
017
7.700
0.190
B
B
3NW7 533-1HG
3NW7 534-1HG
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
018
018
0.181
0.200
3NW7 903-1
1 unit
017
0.010
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Cylindrical fuse holders class CC u

3P
30
class CC
Without signal detectors
With signal detector
2.5
Accessories
Auxiliary switches u
AC-12, 5 A, max. 250 V, 1 NO, 1 NC
Version
2.5
In
Pin
spacing
Length
mm
mm
63
15
45
90
135
180
kg
Busbar system 5ST2 60.

Busbars u
2 x 3P
3 x 3P
4 x 3P
5 x 3P
B
B
B
B
5ST2 601
5ST2 602
5ST2 603
5ST2 604
1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
10 units
027
027
027
027
0.450
0.705
0.950
1.230
5ST2 600
1 10 units
027
0.500
DT
Order No.
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Accessories
Terminals u
For conductor cross-section 2.5 mm2 ... 35 mm2
Length of
adapter
Width of
adapter
mm
mm
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Device adapters
Busbar device adapters1) with connecting cables
(above) u
Size S00,
rated voltage 690 V AC,
rated current 25 A,
1 mounting rail (35 mm),
connection cable AWG 12
200
260
45
}
}
8US12 51-5DS10
8US12 51-5DT10
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
0.183
0.183
8US19 98-7CB45
1 10 units
143
0.009
Accessories
Mounting rails for busbar device adapter u
For assembly of additional devices
1)
45
Further device adapters and accessories, see chapter "Busbar Systems".
5/24
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
Overview
Benefits
For switchgear and machine manufacturers who export their
systems. Compliance with the American standard is kept.
Approved according to UL and CSA for typical "branch circuit
protection" applications. This facilitates export.
Modern design with touch protection to BGV A3 ensures safe
installation.
Class CC fuses are used for "branch circuit protection".

The enclosed fuse holders are designed and tested to comply
with the US National Electrical Code NEC 210.20(A). This means
that when subject to continuous operation, only 80 % of the rated
current is permissible as operational current.
An operational current of 100 % of the rated current (30 A) is only
permissible short-time.
The devices are prepared for the inscription labels of the

ALPHA FIX terminal blocks 8WH8 120-7AA15 and
8WH8 120-7XA05.
There are three different series:
Characteristic: slow 3NW1 ...-0HG
For the protection of control transformers, reactors, inductances. Significantly slower than the minimum requirements
specified by UL for Class CC Fuses of 12 s at 2 In.
Characteristic: quick 3NW2 ...-0HG
For a wide range of applications, for the protection of lighting
installations, heating, control systems.
Characteristic: slow, current-limiting, 3NW3 ...-0HG
Slow for overloads and quick for short circuits. High current
limitation for the protection of motor circuits.
Note:
Compact fuse holders for motor starter combinations Class CC
can be found on page 5/24.
Class CC fuse holders
3NW7 5.3-0HG
UL 512; CSA C22.2
UL 512; UL File No. E171267; CSA C22.2
Standards
Approvals
Rated voltage
V AC
600
Rated current In
30
Max. power dissipation of fuse links

With cable, 6 mm2
With cable, 10 mm2
W
W
3
4.3
Solid and stranded
AWG Conductor cross-section, solid and stranded
mm2
AWG
1.5 ... 25
18 ... 4
Class CC fuse links
3NW1...-0HG
Characteristic
Rated voltage
V AC
3NW3 ...-0HG
Slow
Quick
Slow, current limiting
600
600
600
V DC
3NW2 ...-0HG
UL 248-4; CSA C22.2

UL 248-4; UL File Number E258218; CSA C22.2
Standards
Approvals
kA AC
150 (3 .... 15 A)
300 (< 3 A, > 15 A)
200
5/25
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems

Number of
poles
Un
In
Mount- DT
ing
width
MW
30
30
30
1
2
3
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Class CC fuse holders

1P
2P
3P
600
600
600
C
C
C
Characteristic: slow
In1)
DT
Order No.
1 12 units
1
6 units
1
4 units
3NW7 513-0HG
3NW7 523-0HG
3NW7 533-0HG
018
018
018
0.069
0.139
0.208
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Characteristic: quick
Price PG
per PU
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
kg
A
Class CC fuse links
0.6 (6/10)
0.8 (8/10)
1
1.5 (1 )
C
C
C
C
3NW1 006-0HG
3NW1 008-0HG
3NW1 010-0HG
3NW1 015-0HG
018
018
018
018
--3NW2 010-0HG
--
1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
10 units
2
3
4
5
C
C
C
C
3NW1 020-0HG
3NW1 030-0HG
3NW1 040-0HG
3NW1 050-0HG
018
018
018
018
C
C
C
C
3NW2 020-0HG
3NW2 030-0HG
3NW2 040-0HG
3NW2 050-0HG
1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
10 units
018
018
018
018
0.008
0.005
0.009
0.010
6
8
10
12
C
C
C
3NW1 060-0HG
3NW1 080-0HG
3NW1 100-0HG
--
018
018
018
C
C
C
C
3NW2 060-0HG
3NW2 080-0HG
3NW2 100-0HG
3NW2 120-0HG
1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
10 units
018
018
018
018
0.009
0.008
0.008
0.010
15
20
25
30
C
C
C
C
3NW1 150-0HG
3NW1 200-0HG
3NW1 250-0HG
3NW1 300-0HG
018
018
018
018
C
C
C
3NW2 150-0HG
3NW2 200-0HG
3NW2 250-0HG
--
1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
10 units
018
018
018
0.010
0.009
0.012
0.002
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
018
0.009
0.011
0.008
0.010
Characteristic: slow,
current limiting
In1)
DT
Order No.
kg
A
Class CC fuse links
0.6 (6/10)
0.8 (8/10)
1
1.5 (1 )
1)
--3NW3 010-0HG
--
1 10 units
018
0.017
2
3
4
5
C
C
C
C
3NW3 020-0HG
3NW3 030-0HG
3NW3 040-0HG
3NW3 050-0HG
1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
10 units
018
018
018
018
0.017
0.009
0.008
0.009
6
8
10
12
C
C
C
C
3NW3 060-0HG
3NW3 080-0HG
3NW3 100-0HG
3NW3 120-0HG
1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
10 units
018
018
018
018
0.009
0.009
0.001
0.008
15
20
25
30
C
C
C
C
3NW3 150-0HG
3NW3 200-0HG
3NW3 250-0HG
3NW3 300-0HG
1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
10 units
018
018
018
018
0.008
0.007
0.006
0.008
Values in brackets, American English Wording
5/26
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
Busbar systems
Overview
Busbars with pin-type connections can be used for NEOZED
safety switching devices and fuse bases. Busbars in 10 mm2
and 16 mm2 versions are available.
Busbars with fork plugs are used for the most frequently used
NEOZED fuse bases made of ceramic.
Benefits

checked when using NEOZED comfort base D02. This facilitates cable entry and saves time.
Bus-mounting of NEOZED fuse bases made of molded plastic

on three-phase busbar with fork plug, which can be cut to
length. Frequently used.
Bus-mounting of NEOZED fuse bases made of ceramic on

three-phase busbar with fork plug, which can be cut to length.
Most common application.
Bus-mounting of MINIZED fuse switch disconnectors D01 with

three-phase pin busbar, which can be cut to length with fork
plug. Tried and tested.

checked when using MINIZED switch disconnectors D02.
This facilitates cable entry and saves time.
Bus-mounting of cylindrical fuse holders 8 mm 32 mm and

10 mm 38 mm with three-phase pin busbar which can be
cut to length.
5/27
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
Busbar systems
5
Bus-mounting of SITOR cylindrical fuse holders
10 mm x 38 mm with the same terminal connection as
Class CC fuse holders with three-phase pin busbar which can
be cut to length.
Bus mounting with infeed through a connection terminal

directly on the fuse holder up to a conductor cross-section of
35 mm
5ST, 5SH
Standards
EN 60439-1: 2005-01
Busbar material
SF-Cu F 24
Partition material

heat-resistant over 90 C
flame-retardant and
self-extinguishing,
V AC
400
A
A
63
80
kV
kV
6.2
kA
25

Rated current In
Constant atmosphere
Humid heat
Acc. to DIN 50015

Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
23/83; 40/92; 55/20

28 cycles
Pollution degree
III
2

A
A
63
80

A
A
100
130
5/28
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
Busbar systems
5ST3 7 . . - . HG busbars acc. to UL 508
5ST3 7. .-0HG
5ST3 7. .-2HG
Standards
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14-M 95
Approvals
UL 508 File No. E328403

CSA
5ST3 770-0HG
5ST3 770-1HG
Operational voltage
Acc. to IEC
Acc. to UL 489
V AC
V AC
690
600
kA
10 (RMS symmetrical 600 V for three cycles)
Dielectric strength
Surge strength
kV/mm
kV
25
> 9.5
Rated current
--
--
115
A
A
80
160
100
200
---
---
25
--
--

Pollution degree
III
2
mm2 Cu 18
Any
Infeed
AWG
mm2
---
---
10 ... 1/0
6 ... 35
14 ... 1
1.5 ... 50
Nm
lbs/in
---
---
5
50
3.5
35
Terminals

3
3
I201_13754a
I201_13755
The sum of the output current per branch must not be greater than the busbar current IS1.2 / phase.

Phases
Conductor Load
crosscapacity
section
up to
Pin
spacing
Length
mm2
MW
mm
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Busbars
For NEOZED comfort bases D01/D02
5SG1 301, 5SG1 701, 5SG5 301, 5SG5 701
For NEOZED fuse bases D01/D02
Made of ceramic
Terminal version S (saddle terminal)
For cylindrical fuse holder 14 mm 51 mm
For cylindrical fuse holder SITOR 14 mm 51 mm
Can be cut to length, without end caps
Singlephase
16
130
1.5
1016
5ST3 703
1 unit
027
0.185
Threephase
16
120
1.5
1016
5ST3 714
1 unit
027
0.540
5/29
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
Busbar systems
Phases
Conductor Load
crosscapacity
section
up to
Pin
spacing
Length
mm2
MW
mm
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For MINIZED fuse switch disconnectors D01

Singlephase
Twophase
Threephase
16
120
1000
5ST2 190
1 unit
027
0.222
5ST2 191
1 unit
027
0.448
5ST2 192
1 unit
027
0.582
5ST2 186
1 unit
027
0.048
5ST2 187
1 unit
027
0.092
5ST2 188
1 unit
027
0.110
5SH5 321
1 unit
016
0.169
5SH5 322
1 unit
016
0.260
Can be cut to length, with 2 end caps

Singlephase
Twophase
Threephase
16
120
220
For NEOZED fuse bases D01/D02 made of molded plastic

5SG1 .30, 5SG1 .31, 5SG5 .30
For NEOZED fuse bases D01/D02 made of ceramic,
terminal version B and K (clamp-type terminal, screw head
contact)
Non-insulated
Singlephase
20
116
1.5
36
168
1.5
1000

Singlephase
24
160
1.5
1000
5SH5 517
1 unit
016
0.342
Threephase
16
120
1.5
1000
5SH5 320
1 unit
016
0.562
5ST3 701
1 unit
027
0.196
5ST3 705
1 unit
027
0.452
1016
5ST3 710
1 unit
027
0.610
214
5ST3 700
1 unit
027
0.039
5ST3 704
1 unit
027
0.092
5ST3 708
1 unit
027
0.116
For cylindrical fuse holder 8 mm 32 mm and

10 mm 38 mm
For cylindrical fuse holder SITOR 10 mm 38 mm
For class CC fuse holder
Singlephase
Twophase
16
Threephase
16
120
120
120
1016
Cannot be cut to length, fully insulated

Singlephase
Twophase
Threephase
16
End caps for busbars

For single-phase 5ST2 190 busbars
5ST2 196
1 10 units
027
0.001
For two-phase 5ST2 191 busbars and

for three-phase 5ST2 192 busbars
5ST2 197
1 10 units
027
0.001
For single-phase 5ST3 7, 5SH5 5 busbars
5ST3 748
1 10 units
027
0.001
For two-phase and three-phase 5ST3 7 busbars and

for three-phase 5SH5 320 busbars
5ST3 750
1 10 units
027
0.001
5/30
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
Busbar systems
Phases
Conductor Load capacity

crossup to
section
Length
mm2
mm
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Touch protection for free connection of

pin busbars
Yellow, (RAL1004)
5 x 1 pin
5ST3 655
10 units
027
0.003
Terminals
For NEOZED fuse bases D01/D02 made of ceramic
For DIAZED fuse bases DII/DIII made of ceramic
Terminal version S
For con- 2 ... 25
ductors
5SH5 327
10/300 units
016
0.011
Terminal versions B and K

For con- 6 ... 25
ductors
5SH5 328
10/300 units
016
0.016
For the infeed of fork-type or pin busbars

For con- 6 ... 35
ductors
5ST2 157
5 units
027
0.028
Busbars
For 1-pole DIAZED fuse bases made of ceramic
with terminal versions BB and BS
Size DII, for 19 bases
Single24
phase
80
1000
5SH3 500
1/25 units
016
0.120
Size DIII, for 25 bases

Single39
120
phase
1000
5SH3 501
1/25 units
016
0.200
For size DII, 42 5SF6 005 bases

Single48
150
phase
2000
5SH3 54
5 units
016
0.700
For size DIII, 34 5SF6 205 bases

Single48
150
phase
2000
5SH3 55
5 units
016
0.750
1.5 ... 16
8JH4 122
10 units
046
0.009
10 ... 35
8JH4 124
10 units
046
0.023
Busbars
For DIAZED bus-mounting bases/EZR
with thread for screw adapters
Bus-mounting terminals
For DIAZED EZR bus-mounting bases
Non-insulated
For conductors
For conductors
5/31
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
Busbar systems
5ST3 7 . . - . HG busbars acc. to UL 508
Pin
spacing
Length
MW
mm
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

Single-phase
For fuse holders 10 x 38

class CC (3NC1 091,
3NW7 513-0HG) or MCB 1P (5SY)
1000
5ST3 701-0HG
1 10 units
012
0.330

(3NC1 491, 3NW7 111) or
MCB 1P (5SY, 5SP) with AS or FC
1.5
1000
5ST3 703-0HG
1 10 units
012
0.330
1000
5ST3 705-0HG
1 10 units
012
0.700
For fuse holder 10 x 38/class CC

(3NC1 093, 3NW7 533-0HG) or
MCB 3P (5SY)
1000
5ST3 710-0HG
1 10 units
012
0.850

(3NC1 493, 3NW7 131) or
MCB 1P (5SY, 5SP) with AS or FC
1.5
1000
5ST3 714-0HG
1 10 units
012
0.850
Two-phase
For fuse holder 10 x 38/class CC
(3NC1 092, 3NW7 523-0HG) or
MCB 2P (5SY)
Three-phase

Single-phase
(3NC1 491, 3NW7 111) or
MCB 1P (5SP)
1.5
1000
5ST3 701-2HG
1 10 units
012
0.340
1.5
1000
5ST3 705-2HG
1 10 units
012
0.800
1.5
1000
5ST3 710-2HG
1 10 units
012
1.090
5ST3 748-0HG
1 10 units
012
0.001
For two- and three-phase busbars
5ST3 750-0HG
1 10 units
012
0.002
5ST3 770-0HG
1 10 units
012
0.035
5ST3 770-1HG
1 10 units
012
0.035
5ST3 655-0HG
1 10 units
012
0.005
Two-phase
For fuse holder 14 x 51
(3NC1 492, 3NW7 121) or
MCB 2P (5SP)
Three-phase
For fuse holder 14 x 51
(3NC1 493, 3NW7 131) or
MCB 3P (5SP)
End caps for 5ST3 7. .-.HG

Infeed to device
35 mm2
Infeed to busbar
50 mm2
Touch protection cover for busbars
according to UL 508
5 x 1 pin
5/32
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC fuse links
Overview
LV HRC fuse systems (NH type) are used for installation systems
in non-residential, commercial and industrial buildings as well as
in systems of power supply companies. They therefore protect
essential building parts and installations.
LV HRC fuse systems (NH type) are fuse systems designed for
operation by experts. There are no constructional requirements
for non-interchangeability of rated current and touch protection.
The components and auxiliary equipment are designed in such
a way as to ensure the safe replacement of NH type fuses or isolation of systems.
LV HRC fuse links are available in the sizes 000, 00, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
and 4a.
LV HRC fuse links are available in the following operational

classes:
gG for cable and line protection
aM for the short-circuit protection of switching devices in
motor circuits
gR or aR for the protection of power semiconductors
gS: The new operational class gS combines cable and line
protection with semiconductor protection.
LV HRC fuse links of size 000 can also be used in
LV HRC fuse bases, LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors,
LV HRC fuse strips as well as LV HRC in-line fuse switch disconnectors of size 00.
The fuse links 300 A, 355 A and 425 A comply with the standard
but do not have the VDE mark.
LV HRC components
2
6
7
8
1
9
14
10
15
I2_13743
11
16
12
17
13
18
19
$
%
&
(
)
*
+
,
.
/
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
LV HRC fuse base from the SR60 busbar system

LV HRC fuse base for busbar mounting
LV HRC fuse base, 3P
LV HRC fuse base, 1P
LV HRC contact cover
LV HRC fuse link
LV HRC signal detector
LV HRC partition
LV HRC protective cover
LV HRC fuse base with swivel mechanism
- For screw fixing on mounting plates
- For screw fixing on busbar systems
- For claw fixing on busbars
LV HRC protective cover for LV HRC fuse bases with swivel
mechanism
LV HRC swivel mechanism
LV HRC fuse base cover
LV HRC isolating link with insulated grip lugs
LV HRC isolating link with non-insulated grip lugs
LV HRC fuse puller with sleeve
LV HRC fuse puller
5/33
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC fuse links
Benefits
Tripped
Not tripped
Tripped
LV HRC fuse links with combination alarm signal the tripping

of a fuse by a clear color change from red to white. This enables fast identification and replacement of the tripped fuse
links. This increases plant availability
The insulated grip lugs made of metal are integrated in the top
and bottom covers of the fuse link in molded plastic and provide greater safety during replacement. The mark shown
below indicates that the grip lugs are insulated
Not tripped
In the standard series with front indicator, the front-mounted

red indicator signals the tripping of a fuse.
LV HRC fuse links are always equipped with silver-plated contact pins. This means that they are non-corroding and have
less contact resistance. This ensures the long-term operational safety of the plant.
LV HRC fuse links
Operational class
Operational
class
gG
aM
3NA6 ...-4
3NA6 ...-4KK
3NA3 83.-8
3NA6 ...
3NA6 ...-7
3NA7 ...
3NA7 ...-7
3NA3 ...
3NA3 ...-7
3NA6 ...-6
3NA7 ...-6
3NA3 ...-6
3ND1
3ND2
IEC 60269-1, -2; EN 60269-1; DIN VDE 0636

DIN VDE 0636-2; CSA 22.2 No.106, File Number 016325_0_00 (CSA approval of fuses 500 V for 600 V)
Standards
Approvals
Rated voltage Un
Sizes 000 and 00
Sizes 1 and 2
Size 3
Sizes 4 and 4a (IEC design)
V AC
400
500
500
690
690
500
V DC
--
250
250
250
250
--
V AC
400
500
500
690
690
690
V DC
--
440
440
440
440
-690
V AC
500
690
V DC
440
440
V AC
500
--
V DC
400
Rated current In
10 ... 400
kA AC
120
kA DC
--
25
Non-corroding, silver-plated
Contact pins
5/34
2 ... 400
-20 ... +50 at 95 % relative humidity
2 ... 1250
-2 ... 315
2 ... 500
6 ... 630
--
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC fuse links

Insulated grip lugs
Sizes
Mounting
width
In
Un
mm
V AC/V DC
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
LV HRC fuse links with combination alarm,

000
00
21
B
B
B
3NA6 803-4
3NA6 805-4
3NA6 807-4
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.127
0.128
0.128
25
32
35
B
B
B
3NA6 810-4
3NA6 812-4
3NA6 814-4
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.128
0.128
0.123
40
50
63
B
B
B
3NA6 817-4
3NA6 820-4
3NA6 822-4
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.113
0.125
0.126
80
100
B
B
3NA6 824-4
3NA6 830-4
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
0.124
0.120
B
B
3NA6 824-4KK
3NA6 830-4KK
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
0.201
0.204
B
B
3NA6 832-4
3NA6 836-4
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
0.193
0.206
B
B
B
3NA6 114-4
3NA6 117-4
3NA6 120-4
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.293
0.290
0.287
63
80
100
B
B
B
3NA6 122-4
3NA6 124-4
3NA6 130-4
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.294
0.288
0.278
125
160
B
B
3NA6 132-4
3NA6 136-4
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
0.276
0.295
47.2
200
224
250
B
B
B
3NA6 140-4
3NA6 142-4
3NA6 144-4
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.421
0.442
0.420
47.2
50
63
80
B
B
B
3NA6 220-4
3NA6 222-4
3NA6 224-4
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.460
0.461
0.460
100
125
160
B
B
B
3NA6 230-4
3NA6 232-4
3NA6 236-4
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.461
0.457
0.463
200
224
250
B
B
B
3NA6 240-4
3NA6 242-4
3NA6 244-4
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.462
0.441
0.464
300
315
355
400
B
B
B
B
3NA6 250-4
3NA6 252-4
3NA6 254-4
3NA6 260-4
1
1
1
1
013
013
013
013
0.666
0.619
0.660
0.662
30
10
16
20
80
100
400/--
400/--
125
160
30
57.8
35
40
50
400/--
400/--
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
5/35
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC fuse links
Non-insulated
grip lugs
Size
Mount- In
ing
width
Un
mm
V AC/
V DC
DT
Order No.
Insulated grip lugs

Price PG
per PU
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
LV HRC fuse links with

combination alarm,
000
00
21
30
30
47.2
47.2
57.8
2 500/
4 250
6
B
B
B
3NA7 802
3NA7 804
3NA7 801
013
013
013
B
B
B
3NA6 802
3NA6 804
3NA6 801
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.130
0.126
0.116
10
16
20
B
}
}
3NA7 803
3NA7 805
3NA7 807
013
013
013
B
}
}
3NA6 803
3NA6 805
3NA6 807
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.128
0.129
0.128
25
32
35
}
B
}
3NA7 810
3NA7 812
3NA7 814
013
013
013
}
B
}
3NA6 810
3NA6 812
3NA6 814
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.121
0.129
0.129
40
50
63
B
}
}
3NA7 817
3NA7 820
3NA7 822
013
013
013
B
}
}
3NA6 817
3NA6 820
3NA6 822
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.123
0.124
0.125
80
100
}
}
3NA7 824
3NA7 830
013
013
}
}
3NA6 824
3NA6 830
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
0.128
0.124
80 500/
100 250
125
B
B
}
3NA7 824-7
3NA7 830-7
3NA7 832
013
013
013
B
B
}
3NA6 824-7
3NA6 830-7
3NA6 832
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.182
0.202
0.206
160
3NA7 836
013
3NA6 836
1 3 units
013
0.194
16 500/
20 440
25
B
B
B
3NA7 105
3NA7 107
3NA7 110
013
013
013
B
B
B
3NA6 105
3NA6 107
3NA6 110
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.305
0.286
0.290
35
40
50
B
B
B
3NA7 114
3NA7 117
3NA7 120
013
013
013
B
B
B
3NA6 114
3NA6 117
3NA6 120
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.284
0.295
0.288
63
80
100
B
B
B
3NA7 122
3NA7 124
3NA7 130
013
013
013
B
}
}
3NA6 122
3NA6 124
3NA6 130
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.281
0.289
0.290
125
160
}
}
3NA7 132
3NA7 136
013
013
}
}
3NA6 132
3NA6 136
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
0.292
0.283
200
224
250
}
B
}
3NA7 140
3NA7 142
3NA7 144
013
013
013
}
B
}
3NA6 140
3NA6 142
3NA6 144
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.442
0.439
0.419
B
B
B
3NA7 214
3NA7 220
3NA7 222
013
013
013
B
B
B
3NA6 214
3NA6 220
3NA6 222
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.435
0.435
0.460
80
100
125
B
B
B
3NA7 224
3NA7 230
3NA7 232
013
013
013
B
B
B
3NA6 224
3NA6 230
3NA6 232
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.459
0.434
0.463
160
200
}
}
3NA7 236
3NA7 240
013
013
}
}
3NA6 236
3NA6 240
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
0.462
0.437
224
250
B
}
3NA7 242
3NA7 244
013
013
B
}
3NA6 242
3NA6 244
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
0.462
0.463
300
315
-3NA7 252
013
B
}
3NA6 250
3NA6 252
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
0.656
0.627
355
400
-3NA7 260
013
B
}
3NA6 254
3NA6 260
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
0.657
0.659
35 500/
50 440
63
5/36
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC fuse links
Non-insulated
grip lugs
Sizes
Mounting
width
In
Un
mm
V AC/V DC
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
LV HRC fuse links with front indicator,

000
00
21
30
30
30
47.2
}
}
}
3NA3 802
3NA3 804
3NA3 801
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
013
013
013
0.122
0.125
0.121
10
16
20
}
}
}
3NA3 803
3NA3 805
3NA3 807
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
013
013
013
0.130
0.123
0.120
25
32
35
}
}
}
3NA3 810
3NA3 812
3NA3 814
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3/90 units
013
013
013
0.123
0.124
0.129
40
50
63
}
}
}
3NA3 817
3NA3 820
3NA3 822
1
1
1
3 units
3/90 units
3/90 units
013
013
013
0.127
0.122
0.124
80
100
}
}
3NA3 824
3NA3 830
1
1
3/90 units
3/90 units
013
013
0.128
0.124
2
4
6
500/250
125
160
400/250
}
}
3NA3 832-8
3NA3 836-8
1
1
3/60 units
3/60 units
013
013
0.120
0.160
35
50
63
500/250
B
B
B
3NA3 814-7
3NA3 820-7
3NA3 822-7
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
013
013
013
0.190
0.189
0.190
80
100
125
B
B
}
3NA3 824-7
3NA3 830-7
3NA3 832
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
013
013
013
0.198
0.191
0.192
160
3NA3 836
3 units
013
0.189
B
B
B
3NA3 001
3NA3 003
3NA3 005
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
013
013
013
0.266
0.244
0.255
20
25
32
B
B
B
3NA3 007
3NA3 010
3NA3 012
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
013
013
013
0.253
0.258
0.270
35
40
50
B
B
B
3NA3 014
3NA3 017
3NA3 020
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
013
013
013
0.271
0.253
0.266
63
80
100
A
B
A
3NA3 022
3NA3 024
3NA3 030
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
013
013
013
0.271
0.256
0.260
125
160
A
A
3NA3 032
3NA3 036
1
1
3 units
3 units
013
013
0.259
0.272
B
B
B
3NA3 105
3NA3 107
3NA3 110
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
013
013
013
0.283
0.285
0.275
35
40
50
B
B
B
3NA3 114
3NA3 117
3NA3 120
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
013
013
013
0.283
0.275
0.280
63
80
100
}
}
}
3NA3 122
3NA3 124
3NA3 130
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
013
013
013
0.284
0.269
0.270
125
160
}
}
3NA3 132
3NA3 136
1
1
3 units
3 units
013
013
0.271
0.290
200
224
250
}
A
}
3NA3 140
3NA3 142
3NA3 144
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
013
013
013
0.412
0.411
0.447
6
10
16
16
20
25
500/440
500/440
5/37
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC fuse links
Non-insulated
grip lugs
Sizes
Mounting
width
In
Un
mm
V AC/V DC
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

47.2
57.8
57.8
71.2
35
50
63
B
B
A
3NA3 214
3NA3 220
3NA3 222
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.454
0.420
0.433
80
100
125
A
A
A
3NA3 224
3NA3 230
3NA3 232
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.431
0.430
0.429
160
200
}
}
3NA3 236
3NA3 240
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
0.432
0.427
224
250
}
}
3NA3 242
3NA3 244
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
0.432
0.440
300
315
A
}
3NA3 250
3NA3 252
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
0.626
0.625
355
400
}
}
3NA3 254
3NA3 260
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
0.617
0.624
B
B
A
3NA3 340
3NA3 342
3NA3 344
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.629
0.625
0.632
300
315
B
}
3NA3 350
3NA3 352
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
0.626
0.632
355
400
A
}
3NA3 354
3NA3 360
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
0.666
0.677
425
500
630
A
}
}
3NA3 362
3NA3 365
3NA3 372
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.892
0.880
0.885
B
A
A
3NA3 472
3NA3 475
3NA3 480
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
013
013
013
2.577
2.580
2.584
3NA3 482
1 unit
013
2.608
B
B
A
3NA3 665
3NA3 672
3NA3 675
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
013
013
013
2.692
2.694
2.707
A
A
3NA3 680
3NA3 682
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
013
013
2.708
2.748
200
224
250
500/440
500/440
Can only be used for 3NH3 530 LV HRC fuse base

4 (IEC design) 101.8
630
800
1000
500/440
1250
Can only be used for 3NH7 520 LV HRC fuse base or

for 3NJ56 43-0BB00 fuse switch disconnector with inline design
4a
101.8
500
630
800
1000
1250
500/440
5/38
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC fuse links
Non-insulated
grip lugs
Size
Mount- In
ing
width
Un
mm
V AC/
V DC
DT
Order No.
Insulated grip lugs

Price
per PU
PG
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
LV HRC fuse links with

combination alarm,
000
00
21
B
B
B
3NA7 802-6
3NA7 804-6
3NA7 801-6
013
013
013
B
B
B
3NA6 802-6
3NA6 804-6
3NA6 801-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.122
0.130
0.122
10
16
20
B
B
B
3NA7 803-6
3NA7 805-6
3NA7 807-6
013
013
013
B
B
B
3NA6 803-6
3NA6 805-6
3NA6 807-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.124
0.123
0.128
25
32
35
B
B
B
3NA7 810-6
3NA7 812-6
3NA7 814-6
013
013
013
B
B
B
3NA6 810-6
3NA6 812-6
3NA6 814-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.120
0.128
0.129
40 690/
50 250
63
B
B
B
3NA7 817-6
3NA7 820-6
3NA7 822-6
013
013
013
B
B
B
3NA6 817-6
3NA6 820-6
3NA6 822-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.203
0.196
0.202
B
B
3NA7 824-6
3NA7 830-6
013
013
B
B
3NA6 824-6
3NA6 830-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
0.187
0.202
B
B
B
3NA7 120-6
3NA7 122-6
3NA7 124-6
013
013
013
B
B
B
3NA6 120-6
3NA6 122-6
3NA6 124-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.271
0.280
0.284
100
125
160
B
B
B
3NA7 130-6
3NA7 132-6
3NA7 136-6
013
013
013
B
B
B
3NA6 130-6
3NA6 132-6
3NA6 136-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.291
0.282
0.293
47.2
200
3NA7 140-6
013
3NA6 140-6
1 3 units
013
0.439
47.2
80 690/
100 440
125
B
B
B
3NA7 224-6
3NA7 230-6
3NA7 232-6
013
013
013
B
B
B
3NA6 224-6
3NA6 230-6
3NA6 232-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.460
0.462
0.436
160
200
B
B
3NA7 236-6
3NA7 240-6
013
013
B
B
3NA6 236-6
3NA6 240-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
0.439
0.455
224
250
B
B
3NA7 242-6
3NA7 244-6
013
013
B
B
3NA6 242-6
3NA6 244-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
0.656
0.658
300
315
B
B
3NA7 250-6
3NA7 252-6
013
013
B
B
3NA6 250-6
3NA6 252-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
0.661
0.627
30
2 690/
4 250
6
80
100
1
30
57.8
50 690/
63 440
80
5/39
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC fuse links
Non-insulated
grip lugs
Sizes
Mounting
width
In
Un
mm
V AC/V DC
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

000
00
}
}
}
3NA3 802-6
3NA3 804-6
3NA3 801-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.127
0.128
0.123
10
16
20
}
}
}
3NA3 803-6
3NA3 805-6
3NA3 807-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.123
0.126
0.133
25
32
35
}
B
}
3NA3 810-6
3NA3 812-6
3NA3 814-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.126
0.121
0.128
B
}
}
3NA3 817-6
3NA3 820-6
3NA3 822-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.190
0.191
0.191
}
}
3NA3 824-6
3NA3 830-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
0.195
0.200
B
B
B
3NA3 120-6
3NA3 122-6
3NA3 124-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.285
0.276
0.277
100
125
160
}
}
}
3NA3 130-6
3NA3 132-6
3NA3 136-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.274
0.288
0.286
47.2
200
3NA3 140-6
1 3 units
013
0.439
47.2
80
100
125
B
B
B
3NA3 224-6
3NA3 230-6
3NA3 232-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.455
0.448
0.452
160
200
}
}
3NA3 236-6
3NA3 240-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
0.424
0.451
224
250
B
}
3NA3 242-6
3NA3 244-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
0.657
0.652
300
315
B
}
3NA3 250-6
3NA3 252-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
0.631
0.666
B
B
3NA3 344-6
3NA3 352-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
0.659
0.634
21
30
2
4
6
40
50
63
690/250
690/250
80
100
30
57.8
50
63
80
690/440
690/440
57.8
250
315
690/440
71.2
355
400
B
}
3NA3 354-6
3NA3 360-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
0.982
1.026
425
500
B
}
3NA3 362-6
3NA3 365-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
1.025
0.982
5/40
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC fuse links
Non-insulated
grip lugs
Sizes
Mounting
width
In
Un
mm
V AC/V DC
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

operational class aM
000
21
6
10
16
500/--
B
B
B
3ND1 801
3ND1 803
3ND1 805
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
014
014
014
0.114
0.127
0.129
20
25
32
B
B
B
3ND1 807
3ND1 810
3ND1 812
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
014
014
014
0.128
0.122
0.130
35
40
50
B
B
B
3ND1 814
3ND1 817
3ND1 820
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
014
014
014
0.123
0.123
0.134
63
80
B
B
3ND1 822
3ND1 824
1 3 units
1 3 units
014
014
0.122
0.129
00
30
100
125
160
500/--
B
B
B
3ND1 830
3ND1 832
3ND1 836
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
014
014
014
0.177
0.189
0.199
30
63
80
100
690/--
B
B
B
3ND2 122
3ND2 124
3ND2 130
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
014
014
014
0.284
0.281
0.276
47.2
125
160
B
B
3ND2 132
3ND2 136
1 3 units
1 3 units
014
014
0.405
0.440
200
250
B
B
3ND2 140
3ND2 144
1 3 units
1 3 units
014
014
0.441
0.420
B
B
3ND2 232
3ND2 236
1 3 units
1 3 units
014
014
0.428
0.435
200
250
B
B
3ND2 240
3ND2 244
1 3 units
1 3 units
014
014
0.453
0.450
57.8
315
355
400
B
B
A
3ND2 252
3ND2 254
3ND2 260
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
014
014
014
0.634
0.654
0.629
57.8
315
355
400
B
B
B
3ND2 352
3ND2 354
3ND2 360
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
014
014
014
0.638
0.664
0.633
71.2
500
630
B
B
3ND1 365
3ND1 372
1 3 units
1 3 units
014
014
0.980
0.980
47.2
125
160
690/--
690/--
5/41
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
Overview
3NX1 024 signal detector top
The signal detector top can be used with LV HRC fuse links,
sizes 000, 00, 1 and 2, which are equipped with non-insulated
grip lugs and have a front indicator or combination alarm. It is
simply plugged into the grip lugs
5TT3 170 fuse monitors
If a fuse is tripped, the front indicator springs open and
switches a floating microswitch. This solution should not be
used for safety-relevant plants. For this purpose, we recommend our electronic fuse monitors.
Benefits
Uniform solution for all sizes
LV HRC signal detectors reliably indicate when a fuse has
tripped. Tripped fuses are quickly located. This saves time and
increases plant availability.
$
%
&
(
)
*
LV HRC fuse links

Microswitch
The LV HRC signal detector top is a cost-effective solution for the

monitoring of Siemens LV HRC fuse links of sizes 000, 00, 1 and
2.
$
%
&
(
I2_13744
LV HRC signal detectors are used for remotely indicating that the
LV HRC fuse links have been tripped. 3 different solutions are
available:
3NX1 021 signal detectors with signal detector link
The LV HRC signal detectors with signal detector link support
monitoring of LV HRC fuse links with non-insulated grip lugs of
sizes 000 to 4 at 10 A or more. The signal detector link is connected in parallel to the LV HRC fuse link. In the event of a
fault, the LV HRC fuse links are released simultaneously with
the LV HRC fuse signaling link. A tripping pin switches a floating microswitch
Spring contact
LV HRC fuse links

Front indicator
Signal detector tops
Rocker/lever arm
Hinged lid
Signal detector links
5
4
$
(
2
3
&
5/42
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems

Sizes
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
3NX1 021
1 unit
014
0.039
kg
000 ... 4
Only for SIEMENS 3NA3, 3NA7 and 3ND
LV HRC fuse links with non-insulated grip
lugs
Rated voltage up to 690 V AC/600 V DC
Contact: microswitches 250 V AC, 6 A
Connection: flat termination 2.3 mm
Signal detector links

000 ... 4
Response value > 9 V; 2.5 A;
for standard applications
3NX1 022
1 3 units
014
0.014
Response value > 2 V; 7 A;

only for meshed networks
3NX1 023
1 3 units
014
0.023
000, 00, 1, 2 }
3NX1 024
1 unit
014
0.021
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Signal detector tops
Only for SIEMENS 3NA3, 3NA7 and 3ND

LV HRC fuse links with non-insulated grip
lugs
Contact: microswitch 230 V AC, 5 A, 1 CO
Connection: flat termination 2.3 mm
Ue
In
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
MW
Order No.
kg
Fuse monitors
For all low-voltage fuse systems.
Can be used in asymmetric systems afflicted with
harmonics and regenerative feedback motors.
Signal also for disconnected loads.
230
3 AC 380 ... 415
5TT3 170
1 unit
027
0.153
For more information on fuse monitors, please refer to the chapter "Monitoring Devices > Monitoring of electrical values".
5/43
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
Overview
Terminals for all applications
Terminals are as different as the requirements of individual systems.
Flat terminals with screws are suitable for connecting busbars or

cable lugs. They have a torsion-proof screw connection with
shim, spring washer and nut. When tightening the nut, always
ensure compliance with the specified torque due to the considerable leverage effect.
The double busbar terminal differs from the flat connection in
that it supports connection of two busbars, one on the top and
one at the bottom of the flat connection.
The modern box terminal ensures efficient and reliable connection to the conductors. They support connection of conductors
with or without end sleeves.
With the flat connection with nut, terminal lug of the nut is torsionproof. When tightening the nut, the torque must be observed
because of the considerable leverage effect.
Up to three conductors can be clamped to the terminal strip.
The plug-in terminal is equipped for connecting two conductors.
One conductor can be clamped to the saddle-type terminal.
5/44
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
Benefits
The silver-plated Lyra contact provides a large contact area
for the pin of the LV HRC fuse link. This improves heat transmission and lowers the temperature. It also minimizes the aging of the fuse link in the maximum load range, in particular
when using SITOR fuses
The large contact area also facilitates replacement of
LV HRC fuse links
The spring washer tensioning the contact is mechanically
galvanized. This will prevent hydrogen embrittlement. The
contact is resistant to aging and there will be no dreaded annealing of contacts, which considerably improves operating
safety.
LV HRC fuse bases, LV HRC bus-mounting bases
Size
000/00
Standards
IEC 60269-1, -2; EN 60269-1; DIN VDE 0636-2
Rated current In
160
160
Rated voltage Un
V AC
V DC
6901)
250
6901)
440
kA AC
120
kA DC
25
Nm
M8
M8
14
mm2
2.5 ... 50
mm2
6 ... 70
mm2
2.5 ... 50
mm2
Nm
1.5 ... 16
2
1
250
400
630
1250
690
440
Flat terminal
Screw
Nut
Max. tightening torque
M10
M12
-38
65
Plug-in terminal
--
Saddle-type terminal
--
Box terminals
Terminal strips
Conductor cross-section, 3-wire
Max. torque
for attachment of LV HRC fuse base
1)
-2.5
--
Extended rated voltage up to 1000 V (except LV HRC bus-mounting bases).

LV HRC fuse bases with swivel mechanism
Size
000/00
4a
20
32
M8
M8
14
M10
-38
M12
M16
Rated voltage Un
V AC
V DC
690
440
Power loss
Nm
Flat terminal
Screw
Nut
65
5/45
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems

Sizes
In
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
A
LV HRC fuse bases
Made of molded plastic, for standard rail mounting or screw fixing
160
1P
With flat terminals, screw
With saddle-type terminals
}
}
3NH3 051
3NH3 052
1 1/10 units
1 1/10 units
014
014
0.149
0.010
125
With box terminal, up to 50 mm2
3NH3 053
1 1/10 units
014
0.118
1P
With flat terminals, screw
With plug-in terminals
}
B
}
3NH3 030
3NH3 031
3NH3 032
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
014
014
014
0.217
0.260
0.204
With flat terminals and terminal strip

With flat terminals, nut
With flat and saddle-type terminals
B
B
B
3NH3 035
3NH3 038
3NH3 050
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
014
014
014
0.229
0.177
0.217
3P (incl. two partitions)

With flat terminals
With flat terminals and terminal strip
}
B
B
B
3NH4 030
3NH4 031
3NH4 032
3NH4 035
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
014
014
014
014
0.715
0.883
0.717
0.743
A
B
3NH3 120
3NH3 122
1
1
3 units
3 units
014
014
0.411
0.473
}
B
3NH3 230
3NH3 220
1
1
3 units
3 units
014
014
0.738
0.737
3NH4 230
1 unit
014
2.086
}
A
3NH3 330
3NH3 320
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
014
014
0.817
0.819
}
A
3NH3 430
3NH3 420
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
014
014
1.077
1.080
000/00
Made of ceramic for screw fixing

000/00
160

0
160
1P
With flat terminals

1
250
1P
With flat terminals
With double busbar terminals
Ceramic supports on base plate for screw fixing

1
250
3P (incl. two partitions)

With flat terminals

2
400
1P
With flat terminals

3
630
1P
With flat terminals
5/46
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
Sizes
In
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
A
LV HRC fuse bases
Ceramic supports on base plate for screw fixing
(IEC design)
4
1250 1P
With flat terminals
3NH3 530
1 unit
014
3.116
B
B
3NH3 036
3NH3 037
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
014
014
0.235
0.243
B
B
3NH4 037
3NH4 045
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
014
014
1.023
0.997
A
B
3NH7 030
3NH7 031
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
014
014
0.416
0.421
3NH7 032
1 unit
014
0.393
A
B
3NH7 230
3NH7 231
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
014
014
1.086
1.501
3NH7 232
1 unit
014
1.212
B
B
3NH7 330
3NH7 331
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
014
014
2.157
2.523
3NH7 332
1 unit
014
2.450
LV HRC bus-mounting base made of molded plastic

For busbars 12 mm 5 mm to 12 mm 10 mm,
busbar space 40 mm
000/00
000/00
160 1P
With top saddle-type terminal
With bottom saddle-type terminal
80 3P, in tandem design

3 outgoing feeders, top and bottom with
saddle-type terminal
With 4 barriers
With 2 non-interrupted barriers

With flat terminals and additional
saddle-type terminals (included)
000/00
160 1P
With screw fixing for mounting plate
With claw fixing for non-perforated
busbar
With screw fixing for perforated
busbar
250 1P
busbar
busbar
Can also be used for fuse links of size 2

3
630 1P
busbar
busbar, can be used as disconnector
5/47
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
Sizes
In
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
A
4a
1250 1P
With screw fixing
for mounting plate
3NH7 520
1 unit
014
5.428
000/00
0
1
}
B
}
3NX3 105
3NX3 114
3NX3 106
1
1
1
2/20 units
2/40 units
2/20 units
014
014
014
0.009
0.010
0.010
2
3
}
}
3NX3 107
3NX3 108
1
1
2/12 units
2/10 units
014
014
0.024
0.030
LV HRC contact covers for LV HRC fuse bases

Touch protection for contact pieces
LV HRC partitions for LV HRC fuse bases

As intermediate phase and end barrier
000/00
Type
0
1
3NH3 0/3NH4 0
3NH3 1
3NH3 2
}
B
}
3NX2 023
3NX2 030
3NX2 024
1
1
1
2 units
2 units
2 units
014
014
014
0.027
0.033
0.048
2
3
3NH3 3
3NH3 4
}
}
3NX2 025
3NX2 026
1
1
2 units
2 units
014
014
0.063
0.076
3NX3 115
10 units
014
0.039
3NX3 116
10 units
014
0.014
}
B
3NX3 105
3NX3 113
1
1
2/20 units
2/50 units
014
014
0.009
0.006
LV HRC protective covers IP2X

For LV HRC fuse bases
1P and 3P
000/00
LV HRC covers
000/00
For plugging into IP2X LV HRC protective

covers
LV HRC contact covers for LV HRC bus-mounting

bases
000/00
Touch protection for contact pieces

Outgoing terminal
Incoming terminal
LV HRC partitions for 3NH3 0 LV HRC bus-mounting

bases
000/00
As phase barrier
3NX2 027
2 units
014
0.018
000/00
As end barrier
3NX2 028
2/50 units
014
0.040
5/48
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
Sizes
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Non-interrupted barriers
000/00
For 3NH4 0 LV HRC bus-mounting bases
3NX2 031
1 2/30 units
014
0.067
Fuse-base covers
For LV HRC fuse bases, red,
with inscription "Trennstelle" (isolating point)
C
C
3NX1 003
3NX1 004
1
1
3 units
3 units
014
014
0.013
0.087
Without sleeve
3NX1 013
1 unit
014
0.301
With sleeve
3NX1 014
1 unit
014
0.558
}
C
3NG1 002
3NG1 102
1 3/30 units
1 1/10 units
014
014
0.066
0.116
}
}
}
3NG1 202
3NG1 302
3NG1 402
1 1/10 units
1
1/5 units
1
1/5 units
014
014
014
0.159
0.228
0.281
B
B
3NG1 503
3NG1 505
1
1
014
014
0.679
0.701
000/00
1, 2, 3
Fuse pullers
000 ... 4
For LV HRC fuse links
Isolating links
For LV HRC fuse bases and
fuse switch disconnectors
With insulated grip lugs
000/00
0
Silver-plated
1
2
3
With non-insulated grip lugs
4
4a
Tinned
Nickel-plated
3 units
1/5 units
5/49
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
SITOR LV HRC design
Overview
Benefits
SITOR fuses protect power semiconductors from the effects of

short circuits because the super quick disconnect characteristic
is far quicker than with conventional LV HRC fuses (NH type).
They protect expensive devices and system components, such
as converters with fuses in the input and the DC link, UPS systems and soft starters for motors.
Panel mounting requirements have given rise to various connection versions and designs.
The fuses with blade contacts comply with IEC 60269-2 and are
suitable for installation in LV HRC fuse bases, in LV HRC fuse
switch disconnectors and switch disconnectors with fuses. They
also include fuses with slotted blade contacts for screw fixing
with 110 mm mounting dimension, whose sizes are according to
IEC 60269-4.
Fuses with slotted blade contacts for screw fixing with 80 mm or
110 mm mounting dimension are often screwed directly onto
busbars for optimum heat dissipation. Even better heat transmission is provided by the compact fuses with M10 or M12 female
thread, which are also mounted directly onto busbars.
Bolt-on links with 80 mm mounting dimension are another panelmounting version for direct busbar mounting.
The fuses for SITOR thyristor sets, railway rectifiers or electrolysis systems were developed specially for these applications.
The LV HRC bases useable for SITOR fuses and safety switching
devices are on pages 5/46 and 5/47.
Fuse characteristics, configuration notes and the assignments
of SITOR fuses to the fuse bases and 3NP and 3KL safety
switching devices can be found under:
The new size 3 type ranges have a round ceramic body instead
of a square one. These series are characterized by small It values with low power dissipation and high capability under alternating load. The dimensions and functional dimensions correspond to the current standards IEC 60269-4/ EN 60269-4.
Note:
The ordering data of the fuses are listed in ascending order of
the rated voltage in the selection tables.
5/50
SITOR fuses have a high varying load factor, which ensures a

high level of operating safety and plant availability - even
when subject to constant load change.
The use of SITOR fuses in LV HRC bases or Siemens switch
disconnectors has been tested with regard to heat dissipation
and maximum current loading. This makes planning and
dimensioning easier and prevents consequential damage.
Our high standard of quality ensures good compliance with
the characteristic curve and accuracy. This ensures long-term
protection of devices.
Operational classes
Fuses are categorized according to function and operational
classes. SITOR semiconductor fuses, in LV HRC design, are
available in the following operational classes:
aR: for the short-circuit protection of power semiconductors
(partial range protection)
gR: for the protection of power semiconductors
(full range protection)
gS: The operational class gS combines cable and line protection with semiconductor protection (full range protection).
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
SITOR LV HRC design

Sizes
Ie
Ue
V AC
Opera- Breaking
I2t value
tional
classes
A2s
Power Varyloss
ing
load
factor
W
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
PS*/
SET,
M)
PG
WL
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
SITOR LV HRC design

With slotted blade contacts for M10 screw fixing, mounting
dimension: 110 mm, or for installation in LV HRC fuse
bases or switch disconnectors
3
150
200
250
300
350
400
500 gR
aR
33 000 35
64 000 40
99 000 50
0.85
0.85
0.85
B
B
B
3NC2 423-3C
3NC2 425-3C
3NC2 427-3C
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
0.940
0.940
0.940
132 000 65
249 000 60
390 000 50
0.85
0.85
0.85
B
B
B
3NC2 428-3C
3NC2 431-3C
3NC2 432-3C
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
0.940
0.940
0.940
With slotted blade contacts with two M10 oblong slots, or

for installation in LV HRC fuse bases or fuse switch disconnectors
3
150
200
250
300
350
400
500 gR
aR
33 000 35
64 000 40
99 000 50
0.85
0.85
0.85
D
D
D
3NC2 423-0C
3NC2 425-0C
3NC2 427-0C
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
0.940
0.940
0.940
132 000 65
249 000 60
390 000 50
0.85
0.85
0.85
D
C
D
3NC2 428-0C
3NC2 431-0C
3NC2 432-0C
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
0.940
0.940
0.940
D
B
3NE1 437-1
3NE1 438-1
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
1.179
1.100
0.85
0.85
0.85
B
B
B
3NC8 423-3C
3NC8 425-3C
3NC8 427-3C
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
0.940
0.940
0.940
0.85
0.85
0.9
B
B
C
3NC8 431-3C
3NC8 434-3C
3NC8 444-3C
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
0.940
0.940
0.940
D
D
D
D
3NE1 224-3
3NE1 225-3
3NE1 227-3
3NE1 230-3
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
0.610
0.610
0.610
0.610
D
D
D
D
3NE1 331-3
3NE1 332-3
3NE1 333-3
3NE1 334-3
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
0.750
0.750
0.750
0.750
With blade contacts for mounting in LV HRC fuse bases or

3
710
800
600 gR
2 460 000 65
3 350 000 72
1.0
1.0

3
150
200
250
350
500
1 000
690 gR
600 aR
17 600 40
38 400 55
70 400 72
176 000 95
448 000 130
2 480 000 140

1
160
200
250
315
690 gR
18 600
51 800
80 900
168 000
30
28
35
42
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

2
350
400
450
500
690 gR
177 000
224 000
276 500
398 000
44
54
62
65
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
5/51
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
SITOR LV HRC design
Sizes
Ie
Ue
V AC
Operational
classes
Breaking
I2t value
Power
loss
Varying
load
factor
A2s
WL
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
PS*/
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
SITOR LV HRC design

dimension: 110 mm, or for installation in LV HRC fuse bases
or switch disconnectors
560
630
670
690 gR
710
800
850
890 000 60
1 390 000 62
1 640 000 65
1.0
1.0
1.0
D
D
D
3NE1 435-3
3NE1 436-3
3NE1 447-3
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
1.150
1.150
1.150
1 818 000 72
2 475 000 82
3 640 000 76
1.0
1.0
1.0
D
D
D
3NE1 437-3
3NE1 438-3
3NE1 448-3
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
1.150
1.150
1.150
With slotted blade contacts with two M10 oblong slots for
screw fixing, or for installation in LV HRC fuse bases or switch
disconnectors
3
150
200
250
690 gR
350
500
Size
Ie
Ue
V AC/
V DC
Operational
classes
17 600 40
38 400 55
70 400 72
0.85
0.85
0.85
B
B
B
3NC8 423-0C
3NC8 425-0C
3NC8 427-0C
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
0.940
0.940
0.940
176 000 95
448 000 130
0.85
0.85
B
B
3NC8 431-0C
3NC8 434-0C
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
0.940
0.940
Breaking Power
I2t value loss
Varying
load
factor
DT
Order No.
A2s
WL
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
SITOR LV HRC design

With M8 bolt-on links, mounting dimension: 80 mm,
for screwing onto busbars
000
1)
20
690/ gR
7001)
83 7
0.9
3NE8 714-1
1 10 units
047
0.128
25
32
140 9
285 10
0.9
0.9
B
A
3NE8 715-1
3NE8 701-1
1 10 units
1 10 units
047
047
0.130
0.110
40
50
63
490 12
815 15
1 550 16
0.9
0.9
0.95
A
A
A
3NE8 702-1
3NE8 717-1
3NE8 718-1
1 10 units
1 10 units
1 10 units
047
047
047
0.122
0.131
0.130
80
100
125
2 700 18
4 950 19
9 100 23
0.9
0.95
0.95
}
}
}
3NE8 720-1
3NE8 721-1
3NE8 722-1
1 10 units
1 10 units
1 10 units
047
047
047
0.132
0.123
0.130
160
200
250
17 000 31
30 000 36
55 000 42
0.9
0.9
0.9
}
}
}
3NE8 724-1
3NE8 725-1
3NE8 727-1
1 10 units
1 10 units
1 10 units
047
047
047
0.122
0.117
0.132
315
85 500 54
0.85
3NE8 731-1
1 10 units
047
0.127
aR
DC voltage acc. to UL.
5/52
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
SITOR LV HRC design
Sizes
Ie
Ue
V AC
Operational
classes
Breaking
I2t value
Power
loss
Varying
load
factor
A 2s
WL
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
PS*/
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
SITOR LV HRC design

000
200 3.0
430 3.5
780 4.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
}
}
}
3NE1 813-0
3NE1 814-0
3NE1 815-0
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
0.133
0.124
0.127
35
40
50
1 700 5.0
3 000 5.0
4 400 6.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
}
}
}
3NE1 803-0
3NE1 802-0
3NE1 817-0
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
0.128
0.126
0.129
63
80
9 000 7.0
18 000 8.0
1.0
1.0
}
}
3NE1 818-0
3NE1 820-0
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
0.126
0.124
33 000 10
63 000 11
1.0
1.0
}
}
3NE1 021-0
3NE1 022-0
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
0.204
0.195
16
20
25
690 gS
00
100
125
690 gS
160
200
250
315
690 gS
60 000
100 000
200 000
310 000
24
27
30
38
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
}
}
}
A
3NE1 224-0
3NE1 225-0
3NE1 227-0
3NE1 230-0
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
0.522
0.518
0.515
0.519
350
400
450
500
690 gS
430 000
590 000
750 000
950 000
42
45
53
56
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
}
}
A
A
3NE1 331-0
3NE1 332-0
3NE1 333-0
3NE1 334-0
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
0.687
0.519
0.689
0.765
560
630
710
800
690 gS
1 700 000
2 350 000
3 400 000
5 000 000
50
55
60
59
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
A
A
A
A
3NE1 435-0
3NE1 436-0
3NE1 437-0
3NE1 438-0
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
1.000
1.113
1.045
1.560
00
80
100
125
690 gR
1.0
1.0
1.0
A
A
A
3NE1 020-2
3NE1 021-2
3NE1 022-2
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
0.200
0.197
0.195
160
200
250
315
690 gR
18 600
51 800
80 900
168 000
30
28
35
42
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
A
A
A
A
3NE1 224-2
3NE1 225-2
3NE1 227-2
3NE1 230-2
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
0.535
0.508
0.533
0.519
350
400
450
500
690 gR
177 000
224 000
276 500
398 000
44
54
62
65
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
A
D
A
A
3NE1 331-2
3NE1 332-2
3NE1 333-2
3NE1 334-2
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
0.684
0.760
0.691
0.695
560
630
670
690 gR
890 000 60
1 390 000 62
1 640 000 65
1.0
1.0
1.0
A
A
A
3NE1 435-2
3NE1 436-2
3NE1 447-2
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
1.098
1.038
1.044
1 818 000 72
2 475 000 82
3 640 000 76
1.0
1.0
1.0
B
A
A
3NE1 437-2
3NE1 438-2
3NE1 448-2
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
1.031
1.067
1.048
710
800
850
5 800 10.5
11 000 11.5
23 000 13.5
5/53
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
SITOR LV HRC design
Sizes
Ie
Ue
V AC
Operational
classes
Breaking
I2t value
Power
loss
Varying
load
factor
A2s
WL
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
PS*/
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
SITOR LV HRC design

switch disconnectors (contd.)
00
25
35
50
690 gR
63
80
100
aR
125
160
180 7
400 9
700 14
0.95
0.95
0.95
}
}
}
3NE8 015-1
3NE8 003-1
3NE8 017-1
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
0.193
0.195
0.614
1 400 16
2 400 19
4 200 22
0.95
0.95
0.95
}
}
}
3NE8 018-1
3NE8 020-1
3NE8 021-1
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
0.196
0.206
0.207
6 500 28
13 000 38
0.95
0.95
}
}
3NE8 022-1
3NE8 024-1
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
0.195
0.195
120
130
135
145
0.85
0.85
0.9
0.9
C
D
C
D
3NC3 236-1
3NC3 237-1
3NC3 238-1
3NC3 240-1
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
0.785
0.785
0.785
0.785
975 000 155

1 382 000 165
1 990 000 175
0.95
0.95
0.95
C
D
C
3NC3 241-1
3NC3 242-1
3NC3 243-1
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
0.785
0.785
0.785
2 100 000 200

2 860 000 240
0.95
0.9
D
D
3NC3 244-1
3NC3 245-1
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
0.785
0.785
0.9
0.9
0.95
0.95
C
D
C
D
3NC3 236-6
3NC3 237-6
3NC3 238-6
3NC3 240-6
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
0.765
0.765
0.765
0.765
975 000 145

1 382 000 150
1 990 000 155
1.0
1.0
1.0
C
D
C
3NC3 241-6
3NC3 242-6
3NC3 243-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
0.765
0.765
0.765
2 100 000 175

2 860 000 195
1.0
0.95
C
C
3NC3 244-6
3NC3 245-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
0.765
0.765
With slotted blade contacts for M12 screw fixing,

mounting dimension: 80 mm
3
630
710
800
900
690 aR
1 000
1 100
1 250
1 400
1 600
500
244 000
346 000
498 000
677 000
With M12 female thread at both ends for direct busbar

mounting
3
630
710
800
900
690 aR
1 000
1 100
1 250
1 400
1 600
500
244 000
346 000
498 000
677 000
125
130
135
140

2
250
315
450
800 aR
500
710
29 700 105
60 700 120
191 000 140
0.85
0.85
0.85
}
}
}
3NE4 327-0B
3NE4 330-0B
3NE4 333-0B
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
0.780
1.539
0.682
276 000 155

923 000 155
0.85
0.85
}
}
3NE4 334-0B
3NE4 337
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
0.683
0.689

0
32 1 000 gR
40
50
63
80
100
125
160
aR
280 12
500 13
800 16
0.9
0.9
0.9
}
}
}
3NE4 101
3NE4 102
3NE4 117
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
0.824
0.258
0.274
1 500 20
3 000 22
6 000 24
0.9
0.9
0.9
}
}
}
3NE4 118
3NE4 120
3NE4 121
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
0.257
0.261
0.260
14 000 30
29 000 35
0.9
0.9
}
}
3NE4 122
3NE4 124
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
0.265
0.274
5/54
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
SITOR LV HRC design
Sizes
Ie
Ue
V AC
Operational
classes
Breaking
I2t value
Power
loss
Varying
load
factor
A2s
WL
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
PS*/
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
SITOR LV HRC design

1
100 1 000 aR
125
160
4 800 28
7 200 36
13 000 42
0.95
0.95
0.95
A
A
}
3NE3 221
3NE3 222
3NE3 224
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
0.510
0.506
0.513
200
250
315
30 000 42
48 000 50
80 000 65
0.95
0.95
0.95
}
}
}
3NE3 225
3NE3 227
3NE3 230-0B
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
0.586
0.580
0.513
350
400
450
100 000 75
135 000 85
175 000 95
0.9
0.9
0.9
A
A
}
3NE3 231
3NE3 232-0B
3NE3 233
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
0.515
0.520
0.580
400 1 000 aR
450
500
135 000 85
175 000 90
260 000 90
1.0
1.0
1.0
A
A
}
3NE3 332-0B
3NE3 333
3NE3 334-0B
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
0.683
0.687
0.697
560
630
360 000 95
600 000 100
1.0
1.0
}
}
3NE3 335
3NE3 336
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
0.692
0.810
800 000 105

850 000 130
920 000 165
1.0
0.95
0.95
}
}
}
3NE3 337-8
3NE3 338-8
3NE3 340-8
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
0.687
0.686
0.657
710
800
900
900 aR
800
690

dimension: 130 mm
3
100 1 000 aR
224
315
13 500 25
54 000 85
218 000 80
1.0
1.0
1.0
D
B
B
3NE3 421-0C
3NE3 626-0C
3NE3 430-0C
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
1.120
1.120
1.120
400
450
364 000 110

488 000 110
1.0
1.0
B
B
3NE3 432-0C
3NE3 635-0C
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
1.120
1.120
500
630
710
870 000 95
1 280 000 132
1 950 000 145
1.0
1.0
1.0
B
D
D
3NE3 434-0C
3NE3 636-0C
3NE3 637-0C
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
1.120
1.120
1.120
3NE3 635-6
1 3 units
047
1.184
3NE3 637-1C
1 3 units
047
1.120
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.9
0.9
C
D
C
D
C
3NC3 336-1
3NC3 337-1
3NC3 338-1
3NC3 340-1
3NC3 341-1
1
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
047
1.020
1.020
1.020
1.020
1.020
0.9
0.9
D
D
3NC3 342-1
3NC3 343-1
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
1.020
1.020
With M10 female thread at both ends for direct mounting on

busbars
3
450 1 000 aR
488 000 110
1.0

dimension: 140 mm
3
710 1 000 aR
1 950 000 145
1.0

3
630 1 000 aR
710
800
900
1 000
418 000
569 000
819 000
1 160 000
1 670 000
1 100
1 250
1 910 000 185

2 600 000 210
800
145
150
155
165
170
5/55
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
SITOR LV HRC design
Sizes
Ie
Ue
V AC
Operational
classes
Breaking
I2t value
Power
loss
Varying
load
factor
A2s
WL
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
PS*/
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
SITOR LV HRC design

mounting
3
630 1 000 aR
710
800
900
1 000
418 000
569 000
819 000
1 160 000
1 670 000
130
140
150
160
165
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.95
0.95
C
D
C
D
C
3NC3 336-6
3NC3 337-6
3NC3 338-6
3NC3 340-6
3NC3 341-6
1
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
047
0.980
0.980
0.980
0.980
0.980
1 100
1 250
1 910 000 175

2 600 000 185
0.95
0.95
D
C
3NC3 342-6
3NC3 343-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
0.980
0.980
800
With slotted blade contacts for M12 screw fixing,

mounting dimension: 110 mm
3
315 1 250 aR
400
500
630
72 500
163 000
290 000
650 000
80
95
115
120
0.95
0.95
0.90
0.95
D
D
D
D
3NC3 430-1
3NC3 432-1
3NC3 434-1
3NC3 436-1
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
1.010
1.010
1.010
1.010
800 1 100
985 000 145
0.90
3NC3 438-1
1 3 units
047
1.150

mounting
3
315 1 250 aR
400
500
630
72 500
163 000
290 000
650 000
80
95
115
120
0.95
0.95
0.90
0.95
D
D
D
D
3NC3 430-6
3NC3 432-6
3NC3 434-6
3NC3 436-6
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
1.010
1.010
1.010
1.010
800 1 100
985 000 145
0.95
3NC3 438-6
1 3 units
047
1.110

dimension: 210 mm
3
160 1 500 aR
224
315
54 000 56
138 000 80
311 000 115
1.0
1.0
1.0
D
C
D
3NE5 424-0C
3NE5 426-0C
3NE5 430-0C
1 2 units
1 2 units
1 2 units
047
047
047
1.860
1.860
1.860
350
450
428 000 135

870 000 145
1.0
0.95
D
D
3NE5 431-0C
3NE5 433-0C
1 2 units
1 2 units
047
047
1.860
1.860
3NE5 433-1C
1 2 units
047
1.860
D
B
D
3NE5 627-0C
3NE5 633-0C
3NE5 643-0C
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
1.520
1.520
1.520

dimension: 210 mm
450
870 000 145
0.95

dimension: 170 mm
3
250 1 500 aR
450
600
84 000 130
590 000 160
1 950 000 145
1.0
1.0
1.0

dimension: 210 mm
3
200 2 000 aR
250
350
400
450
630
138 000
218 000
555 000
870 000
75
110
120
150
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
D
D
D
D
3NE7 425-0C
3NE7 427-0C
3NE7 431-0C
3NE7 432-0C
1
1
1
1
2 units
2 units
2 units
2 units
047
047
047
047
1.860
1.860
1.860
1.860
960 000 160

1 950 000 220
1.0
1.0
D
D
3NE7 633-0C
3NE7 636-0C
1 2 units
1 2 units
047
047
1.860
1.860
C
D
C
B
3NE7 633-1C
3NE7 648-1C
3NE7 636-1C
3NE7 637-1C
1 2 units
1 2 units
1 1 unit
1 2 units
047
047
047
047
1.860
1.860
1.860
1.860

dimension: 210 mm
3
450 2 000 aR
525
630
710
960 000
1 120 000
1 950 000
3 110 000
160
210
220
275
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
5/56
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
SITOR LV HRC design
Sizes
Ie
Ue
V AC
Operational
classes
Breaking
I2t value
Power
loss
Varying
load
factor
A2s
WL
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
PS*/
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
SITOR LV HRC design

dimension: 260 mm
3
125 2 500 aR
400
500
630
34 500 78
620 000 250
1 270 000 235
2 800 000 275
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
D
D
D
D
3NE9 622-1C
3NE9 632-1C
3NE9 634-1C
3NE9 636-1C
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
047
047
047
047
2.500
2.350
2.350
2.350
Fuses for special applications

For screwing onto water-cooled busbars, for rectifiers in
electrolysis systems
--1)
350
800 aR
600 1 000
630
800
800 1 000
710
1 250
900
600
260 000
888 000
888 000
1 728 000
80
150
145
170
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
X
D
D
D
3NC5 531
3NC5 840
3NC5 841
3NC5 838
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
0.671
1.485
1.177
3.569
620 000 150

2 480 000 210
0.9
0.9
D
D
3NE6 437-7
3NE9 450-7
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
1.062
1.072
D
D
C
D
3NE6 437
3NE9 440-6
3NE6 444
3NE9 450
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
1.030
0.960
1.105
1.011
D
D
3NE3 525-5
3NE3 535-5
1 2 units
1 2 units
047
047
0.744
0.735
C
B
B
3NE4 117-5
3NE4 121-5
3NE4 146-5
1 2 units
1 2 units
1 2 units
047
047
047
0.300
0.299
0.287

mounting, for air-cooled rectifiers in electrolysis systems
--1)
710
850
900
1 250
900
600
900
600
aR
gR
aR
aR
620 000
2 480 000
1 920 000
2 480 000
150
85
170
210
0.9
1.0
0.9
0.9
Fuses with installation holder for SITOR 6QG10 thyristor sets

--
200 1 000 aR
450
44 000 50
395 000 90
0.85
0.85
Fuses with installation holder for SITOR 6QG11 thyristor sets

--1)
50 1 000 gR
100
aR
170
aR
1 100 20
7 400 35
60 500 43
0.85
0.85
0.85
Fuses female thread at both ends for SITOR 6QG12 thyristor

sets
--1)
250
315
450
800 aR
500
710
29 700 105
60 700 120
191 000 140
0.85
0.85
0.85
}
}
}
3NE4 327-6B
3NE4 330-6B
3NE4 333-6B
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
0.650
0.655
0.642
276 000 155

923 000 155
0.85
0.95
}
}
3NE4 334-6B
3NE4 337-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
0.681
0.640
D
D
3NC7 327-2
3NC7 331-2
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
0.670
0.740
With M12 female thread at both ends for direct mounting on

busbars for railway supply rectifiers
--1)
1)
250
350
680 aR
635 000 25
1 430 000 32
0.9
0.9
Special design
5/57
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
Overview
Benefits
SITOR cylindrical fuses protect power semiconductors from the

effects of short-circuits because the super quick disconnect
characteristic is far quicker than that of conventional fuses. They
protect expensive devices and system components such as
solid-state contactors, electronic relays (solid state), converters
with fuses in the input and in the DC link, UPS systems and soft
starters for motors up to 100 A.
The cylindrical design is approved for industrial applications.

The cylindrical fuse links comply with IEC 60269.
Cylindrical fuse holders also comply with IEC 60269 and
UL 512. The cylindrical fuse holders for 10 x 38 mm and
14 x 51 mm have been tested and approved as fuse switch disconnectors and the cylindrical fuse holders for 22 x 58 mm as
fuse disconnectors according to the switching device standard
IEC 60947-3. The utilization category and the tested current and
voltage values are specified in the Table "Technical Specifications".
Cylindrical fuses have an extremely compact design and a

correspondingly small footprint
The cylindrical fuses have IEC and UL approval and are suitable for universal use worldwide.
The use of SITOR cylindrical fuses in the cylindrical fuse holders and bases has been tested with regard to heat dissipation
and maximum current loading. This makes planning and
dimensioning easier and prevents consequential damage.
The use of fuse holders as switch disconnectors expands the
area of application of these devices and increases operating
safety.
The cylindrical fuse holders have been specially developed for

the application of SITOR fuse links with regard to heat tolerance
and heat dissipation and are therefore not recommended for
standard applications.
Cylindrical fuse bases do not offer the same comprehensive
touch protection as the fuse holders, but have better heat dissipation. The single-pole cylindrical fuse bases for 14 x 51 mm
and 22 x 58 mm allow modular expansion to multipole bases.
mm mm
Sizes
10 38
14 51
22 58

3NC1 0, 3NC1 4, 3NC2 2
IEC 60269-4; UL 248-13; CSA C22.2 No. 248.13
UL 248-13; UL File No. E167357; CSA C22.2 No. 248.13
Standards
Approvals
Fuse holders, fuse bases

3NC1, 3NC2
IEC 60269-2; EN 60947-3; UL 512; CSA C22.2 No. 39-M
UL 512; UL File No. E220063; CSA C22.2 No. 39-M
Standards
Approvals
Rated voltage
V AC
690
Rated current In
32
50
100
Max. power dissipation of fuse links

(conductor cross-section used)
3 (6 mm2)
4.3 (10 mm2)
5 (10 mm2)
6.5 (25 mm2)
9.5 (35 mm2)

11 (50 mm2)
Feeder terminals
mm2
1.5 ... 25
1.5 ... 35
4 ... 50
Solid and stranded
mm2
AWG Conductor cross-section, solid and stranded AWG
1.5 ... 25
18 ... 4
1.5 ... 35
14 ... 2
4 ... 50
10 ... 1/0
22B/32 A/400 V AC
22B/10 A/690 V AC
22B/50 A/400 V AC
22B/20 A/690 V AC
20B/690 V AC
50 (32 A gG)
100 (50 A gG)
100 (100 A gG)

80 (80 A gG)
Acc. to IEC 60947-3

At 400 V
5/58
kA
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems

Sizes
Ie
Ue
Breaking
I2t value
Power
loss
mm mm
V AC/
V DC
A2s
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Cylindrical fuse links, operational class aR

10 38
14 51
22 58
3
6
8
600/400
8
20
30
1.2
1.5
2
A
}
B
3NC1 003
3NC1 006
3NC1 008
1 10 units
1 10 units
1 10 units
047
047
047
0.008
0.008
0.006
10
12
16
60
110
150
2.5
3
3.5
}
B
}
3NC1 010
3NC1 012
3NC1 016
1 10 units
1 10 units
1 10 units
047
047
047
0.007
0.006
0.009
20
25
32
200
250
500
4.8
6
7.5
}
}
}
3NC1 020
3NC1 025
3NC1 032
1 10 units
1 10 units
1 10 units
047
047
047
0.016
0.008
0.010
1
2
3
4
660/7001)
1.2
10
15
25
5
3
2.5
3
B
}
B
}
3NC1 401
3NC1 402
3NC1 403
3NC1 404
1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
10 units
047
047
047
047
0.018
0.020
0.018
0.018
5
6
690/7001)
9
12
1.5
1.5
B
}
3NC1 405
3NC1 406
1 10 units
1 10 units
047
047
0.021
0.022
10
15
20
20
75
120
4
5.5
6
}
}
}
3NC1 410
3NC1 415
3NC1 420
1 10 units
1 10 units
1 10 units
047
047
047
0.019
0.020
0.020
25
30
32
250
300
700
7
9
7.6
}
B
}
3NC1 425
3NC1 430
3NC1 432
1 10 units
1 10 units
1 10 units
047
047
047
0.020
0.020
0.028
40
50
900
1 800
8
9
}
}
3NC1 440
3NC1 450
1 10 units
1 10 units
047
047
0.020
0.001
220
300
450
4.6
5.6
7
B
B
B
3NC2 220
3NC2 225
3NC2 232
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
047
047
047
0.056
0.053
0.055
700
1 350
8.5
9.5
B
}
3NC2 240
3NC2 250
1
1
5 units
5 units
047
047
0.055
0.056
2 600
5 500
8 000
11
13.5
16
}
}
}
3NC2 263
3NC2 280
3NC2 200
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
047
047
047
0.051
0.055
0.052
90
100
500
4
5.5
6
B
B
B
3NC1 410-5
3NC1 415-5
3NC1 420-5
1 10 units
1 10 units
1 10 units
047
047
047
0.001
0.001
0.020
25
30
32
400
500
600
7
9
7.6
C
C
B
3NC1 425-5
3NC1 430-5
3NC1 432-5
1 10 units
1 10 units
1 10 units
047
047
047
0.001
0.020
0.022
40
50
900
2 000
8
9
B
B
3NC1 440-5
3NC1 450-5
1 10 units
1 10 units
047
047
0.020
0.020
240
350
500
5
6
8
C
C
B
3NC2 220-5
3NC2 225-5
3NC2 232-5
1 10 units
1
5 units
1
5 units
047
047
047
0.039
0.041
0.057
20
25
32
690/7001)
40
50
63
80
100
600/700
1)
Cylindrical fuse links with striking pin,

operational class aR
14 51
22 58
22 58
1)
10
15
20
20
25
32
690/7001)
690/7001)
40
50
800
1 500
9
9.5
B
B
3NC2 240-5
3NC2 250-5
1
1
5 units
5 units
047
047
0.039
0.058
63
80
3 000
6 000
11
13.5
B
B
3NC2 263-5
3NC2 280-5
1
1
5 units
5 units
047
047
0.040
0.057
8 500
16
3NC2 200-5
5 units
047
0.042
100
600/7001)
DC voltage acc. to UL.
5/59
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
Sizes
Version
mm mm
Rated voltage
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
V AC

Can be used as fuse switch disconnectors1)
}
}
}
3NC1 091
3NC1 092
3NC1 093
1 12 units
1
6 units
1
4 units
047
047
047
0.067
0.126
0.200
1P
2P
3P
}
}
B
3NC1 491
3NC1 492
3NC1 493
1
1
1
6 units
3 units
2 units
047
047
047
0.102
0.203
0.279
1P
2P
3P
}
}
B
3NC2 291
3NC2 292
3NC2 293
1
1
1
1 unit
3 units
2 units
047
047
047
0.204
0.358
0.512
10 38
1P
2P
3P
14 51
22 58
690

Can be used as fuse switch disconnectors,
with alarm switches for fuse links with striking pin1)
14 51
22 58
1P
1P
690
B
B
3NC1 491-5
3NC2 291-5
1
1
6 units
6 units
047
047
0.130
0.181
10 38
1P
2P
3P
600
B
C
B
3NC1 038-1
3NC1 038-2
3NC1 038-3
1 10 units
1
8 units
1
6 units
047
047
047
0.045
0.074
0.113
14 51
22 58
1P
1P
690
B
B
3NC1 451-1
3NC2 258-1
1
1
3 units
3 units
047
047
0.108
0.225
C
B
3NC1 038
3NC1 451
1 20 units
1 20 units
047
047
0.001
0.118
3NC1 000
047
0.069
Cylindrical fuse bases
Cylindrical fuse clips

For fuses 10 38
For fuses 14 51
Fuse tongs
10 38,
14 51,
22 58
1)
1 unit
Please observe the utilization category and current/voltage values specified in the "Technical specifications" table.
5/60
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
NEOZED and DIAZED design, SILIZED
Overview
Benefits
SILIZED is the brand name of the NEOZED fuses (D0 fuses) and
the DIAZED fuses (D fuses) with super quick characteristic for
semiconductor protection. The fuses are used in combination
with fuse bases, fuse screw caps and accessory parts of the
standard fuse system.
SILIZED fuses protect power semiconductors from the effects of
short-circuits because the super quick disconnect characteristic
is far quicker than that of conventional fuses. They protect expensive devices and system components, such as semiconductor contactors, static relays, converters with fuses in the input
and in the DC link, UPS systems and soft starters for motors
up to 100 A.
SILIZED fuses have an extremely compact design. This

means they have a very small footprint particularly the
NEOZED version.
The rugged and well-known DIAZED design complies with
IEC 60269-3. It is globally renowned and can be used in many
countries.
A huge range of fuse bases and accessories are available for
the NEOZED and DIAZED versions of the SILIZED fuses. This
increases the application options in many devices.
When using fuse bases and fuse screw caps made of molded
plastic, always heed the maximum permissible power loss
values due to the high power loss (power dissipation) of the
SILIZED fuses. When using these components, the following
maximum permissible power loss applies:
NEOZED D02: 5.5 W
DIAZED DII: 4.5 W
DIAZED DIII: 7.0 W
For this reason, sometimes a thermal permanent load of only
50 % is possible.
The DIAZED screw adapter DII for 25 A is used for the 30 A fuse
link.
SILIZED fuse links,
NEOZED design
5SE1 3
Standards
DIN VDE 0636-3; IEC 60269-3;

DIN VDE 0636-4; IEC 60269-4
Operational class
gR
SILIZED fuse links,

DIAZED design
5SD4
Super quick
Characteristic
Rated voltage Un
V AC
V DC
400
250
500
500
Rated current In
10 ... 63
16 ... 100
kA AC
kA DC
50
8
Mounting position
Using adapter sleeves
up to 45 at 95 % rel. humidity
Ambient temperature
-5 ... +40, humidity 90 % at 20
Using screw adapter or adapter sleeves
5/61
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems

Sizes
Ie
Ue
Breaking
I2t value
Power
loss
V AC/
V DC
A2s
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Fuse links, NEOZED design, SILIZED

Operational class gR
D01
10
16
D02
Sizes
400/250
73
120
6.9
6.2
B
B
5SE1 310
5SE1 316
1 10 units
1 10 units
016
016
0.007
0.007
20
25
35
190
215
470
8.1
8.2
16.7
B
B
B
5SE1 320
5SE1 325
5SE1 335
1 10 units
1 10 units
1 10 units
016
016
016
0.012
0.013
0.013
50
63
1 960
4 230
12.0
15.5
B
B
5SE1 350
5SE1 363
1 10 units
1 10 units
016
016
0.017
0.016
DT
Order No.
Ie
Ue
Breaking
I2t value
Power
loss
V AC/
V DC
A2s
Price
PU
PS*/
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Fuse links, DIAZED design, SILIZED

Operational class gR
DII
16
20
25
30
DIII
DIV
500/500
60
139
205
310
12.1
12.3
12.5
13.5
A
A
A
A
5SD4 20
5SD4 30
5SD4 40
5SD4 80
1
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
5 units
016
016
016
016
0.028
0.029
0.029
0.031
35
50
63
539
1 250
1 890
14.8
18.5
28
A
A
A
5SD4 50
5SD4 60
5SD4 70
1 5 units
1 5 units
1 5 units
016
016
016
0.047
0.048
0.049
80
100
4 200
8 450
34.3
41.5
B
B
5SD5 10
5SD5 20
1 3 units
1 3 units
016
016
0.131
0.115
5/62
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
Photovoltaic fuses
In spite of the lack of uniform international and European standards, cylindrical fuses for photovoltaic applications are already
being deployed in many European countries.
There is still no uniform international or European standard for PV

fuses and fuse holders, but work on integrating the special requirements of these fuses in the IEC 60269 set of standards is in
progress. UL approval for the international market will be available soon.
The fuse inserts have a rated voltage of 1000 V and a high operational class of gPV for the protection of PV modules and their
connecting cables.
The correct selection and dimensioning of these fuses must take

account of the specific operating conditions as well as the data
of the PV modules when calculating the voltage and the current.
Overview
The cylindrical fuse holders can be supplied in single-pole and

two-pole versions with and without signal detectors. In the case
of devices with signal detector, a small electronic device with
LED is located behind an inspection window in the plug-in module. If the inserted fuse link is tripped, this is indicated by the LED
flashing.
The fuse holders size 10 mm x 38 mm have a sliding catch that
enables the removal of individual devices from the assembly.
The infeed can be from the top or the bottom. Because the cylindrical fuse holders are fitted with the same anti-slip terminals at
the top and the bottom, the devices can also be rail-mounted at
the top or the bottom.
Benefits
Protection of the module connection leads and the modules in
case of reverse currents
Safe disconnection in case of fault currents reduces the risk of
fire due to DC electric arcs
Safe isolation when the fuse holder is open
A flashing LED on the fuse holder indicates when the fuse link
disconnects. This enables fast detection during runtime.
The PV cylindrical fuse holders comply with IEC 60269-2 and are
regarded as fuse disconnectors in the sense of the switching
device standard IEC 60947. Under no circumstances are they
suitable for switching loads.

3NW7 0. .-4 cylindrical fuse
holders
Size
mm x mm 10 x 38
IEC 60269, IEC 60269-6 (draft),
IEC 60947
Standards
UL 712 (available soon)
Approvals
Rated voltage Un
V DC
1000
Rated current In
A DC
25
kA
30

Switching capacity
AC-20B, DC-20B
(switching without load)
Max. power dissipation of

the fuse link
3.4
Rated impulse withstand

voltage
kV
II
Pollution degree
3NW6 0.. -4 cylindrical fuse links

Size
mm x mm 10 x 38
Standards
IEC 60269-6 (draft)
Approvals
UL 248-13 (available soon)

gPV
Operational class
Rated voltage Un
V DC
1000 at time constant (L/R) 3 ms
Rated current In
A DC
4 ... 16
kA DC
30

Mounting position
Ambient temperature
-5 ... +40,
Humidity 90 % at +20
No-voltage changing of fuse links

Yes
Sealable when installed
Yes
Mounting position
Current direction
Any (signal detector with antiparallel LED)
Degree of protection acc. to

IEC 60529
Terminals are touch-protected according to BGVA3 at the incoming and out- Yes
going feeder
Ambient temperature
finely stranded, with end sleeve mm2
AWG (American Wire Gauge)
Tightening torques
Nm
-5 ... +40,
Humidity 90 % at +20
0.75 ... 25
18 ... 4
1.2
5/63
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse Systems
Photovoltaic fuses

Sizes
In
Un
Pv
mm x mm
A DC
V DC
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Cylindrical fuse links, operational class gPV

10 x 38
4
6
8
1000
10
12
16
Number of
poles
1.4
2.0
1.8
B
B
B
3NW6 004-4
3NW6 001-4
3NW6 008-4
1 10 units
1 10 units
1 10 units
018
018
018
0.008
0.010
0.008
2.5
2.0
2.7
B
B
B
3NW6 003-4
3NW6 006-4
3NW6 005-4
1 10 units
1 10 units
1 10 units
018
018
018
0.010
0.010
0.010
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
In
For fuse links of size
Mount- DT
ing
width
A DC
mm x mm
MW
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Cylindrical fuse holders with signal detector

1P
25
10 x 38
3NW7 014-4
1 12 units
018
0.007
2P
25
10 x 38
3NW7 024-4
6 units
018
0.014

1P
25
10 x 38
3NW7 013-4
1 12 units
018
0.006
2P
25
10 x 38
3NW7 023-4
018
0.013
6 units
5/64
Siemens AG 2011
Overvoltage Protection
Devices
6/2
Introduction
6/3
Lightning Arresters, Type 1
6/5
Combination Surge Arresters,

Type 1 and Type 2
6/7
Surge Arresters, Type 2
6/11
Surge Arresters, Type 3
6/12
Accessories for Surge Arresters
6/13
Link Rails
6/14
Configuration
6/16
Surge Arresters for Measuring and

Control Technology
can be found at
under Product List:
under Entry List:
- Updates
- Downloads
- FAQ
- Manuals
- Certificates
and at
configurators
- Configurators
Siemens AG 2011

Introduction
Standards
Used in
Industry
Lightning arresters, type 1
Page
Residential
buildings
Devices
Non-residential
buildings
Overview
6/3
With plug-in protective modules for

TN-C, TN-S and TT systems
Rated voltage 350 V AC for lightning
currents from 25 kA to 100 kA.
All versions with remote signaling
contact.
EN 61643-11
EN 61643-11
EN 61643-11

EN 61643-11
single-phase and three-phase systems.
Rated voltage, single-phase
24 V AC/DC, 60 V, 120 V, 230 V and
three-phase 230/400 V AC.
For installation in main distribution

boards, upstream or downstream of the
counter.
Combination surge arresters,
type 1 and type 2
6/5

TN-C, TN-S and TT systems.
Rated voltage 350 V AC for lightning
currents from 25 kA to 100 kA.
All versions with remote signaling
contact.
For installation in main distribution
boards downstream of the counter.
Surge arresters, type 2
6/7

TN-C, TN-S and TT systems
Rated voltage 350 V AC, rated
discharge surge current 20 kA and
discharge surge current 40 kA.
For installation in sub-distribution
boards.
6/11
For installation as close as possible

upstream from the terminal equipment.
6/2
Accessories for surge arresters
6/12
Plug-in parts for lightning and surge

EN 61643-11
arresters and through-type terminals for
installation.
Link rails
6/13
Link rails provide the electrical intercon- -nection of the N conductors, PE conductors or PEN conductors of 1-pole
surge arresters, type 2.
Configuration
6/14
Everything you need to know about

overvoltage protection. Function,
mounting and technical connections.
Surge arresters for measuring and

control technology
6/16

measuring and control technology for
installation in signal circuits.
--
EN 61643-21
Siemens AG 2011

Overview
Benefits
Lightning arresters type 1 protect low-voltage systems against

any overvoltage or high impulse currents that may be triggered
by a direct or indirect lightning strike.
The protection level is lowered to 1.5 kV by the lightning arrester.
The lightning arresters are enclosed and are suitable for installation in the precounter area.
All spark gaps are tripped. For this reason, decoupling reactors
are no longer required for the installation of overvoltage protection devices.
The lightning arresters are tested using a wave-shaped 25 kA to
100 kA lightning impulse current with waveform 10/350 s.
The rated arrester voltage is a uniform 350 V AC. This increases safety in systems with extended voltage overshoots.
All lightning arresters are fitted with a mechanical fault indication, which does not require an extra power supply. This
means they can be installed in the precounter area, where
electrical plants can be protected particularly effectively.
The protective modules are plug-in versions. No dismantling
of electrical wires required when replacing the protective
modules. When taking insulation measurements, the protective modules are simply removed in order to ensure disconnection from the power supply.
All lightning arresters have a remote signaling contact, which
signals if the device fails.
5SD7 411-1
5SD7 413-1
5SD7 414-1
IEC 61643-11; EN 61643-11

-UL/cUL
UL/cUL
UL/cUL
V AC
240
240/415
V AC
350
kA
kA
25
--
25
100
25/75
--
25/75
100
kA
kA
25
--
25
100
25/75
--
25/75
100
kV
1.5
kA
A
50/25
--
50/25
100
50/25
--
50/25
100
ns
ns
100
--
100
100
100
--
100
100
For parallel connection

For series connection
A
A
315 gL/gG
125 gL/gG
Short-circuit strength with max. back-up fuse
kArms
50
Temperature range
-40 ... +80
Standards
Approvals
Rated voltage UN
5SD7 412-1
Rated arrester voltage UC

L/N, N/PE, L/PEN
Lightning impulse current Iimp (10/350 s)
L/N or L/PEN, 1P/3P
N/PE
Rated discharge surge current In (8/20 s)
L/N or L/PEN, 1P/3P
N/PE
Protection level Up
L/N, N/PE, L/PEN
Follow current discharge capacity Ifi (AC)
L/N or L/PEN
N/PE
for 264 V/350 V
Response time tA
L/N or L/PEN
L-(N)-PE
Max. back-up fuse
Acc. to IEC 61643-11
Finely stranded
Solid
Mounting width
Acc. to DIN 43880
mm2
mm2
2.5 ... 25
2.5 ... 35
MW
Contact type
Operational voltage, max.
Yes
Remote signaling (RS)

V AC
V DC
Floating CO contact (plug-in)

250
125
Operational current, max.

- Resistive/inductive load
A AC
1/1
mA DC 200/30
- Finely stranded
- Solid
mm2
mm2
1.5
1.5
6/3
Siemens AG 2011


Version
Discharge
capacity
Mount- DT
ing
width
kA
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Lightning arresters
1P
25
For single-conductor systems
With remote signaling
5SD7 411-1
1 unit
008
0.424
2P
For TN-S and TT systems
100
5SD7 412-1
1 unit
008
0.808
3P
For TN-C systems
75
5SD7 413-1
1 unit
008
1.221
4P
100
5SD7 414-1
1 unit
008
1.609
6/4
Siemens AG 2011

Combination surge arresters, type 1 and type 2
Overview
Benefits
Combination surge arresters type 1 and type 2 protect lowvoltage systems against the overvoltages and high currents
triggered by direct lightning strikes. They are tested by waveshaped lightning impulse, 25 KA to 100 kA with waveform
10/350 s.
The protection level is lowered to 1.5 kV by the combination
surge arresters.
A thermal isolating arrester disconnector offers a high degree of
protection against overload.
All combination surge arresters are fitted with a mechanical
fault indication, which does not require an extra power supply.
The same type 2 overvoltage protective modules are used as
for the slim version of the surge arresters (5SD7 42.). This
simplifies stock-keeping.
All combination surge arresters have a remote signaling
contact, which signals if the device fails.
5SD7 441-1
5SD7 443-1
5SD7 444-1
IEC 61643-11; EN 61643-11

-KEMA, UL/cUL
KEMA, UL/cUL
KEMA, UL/cUL
V AC
240
240/415
V AC
350
kA
kA
25
--
25
100
25/75
--
25/75
100
kA
kA
25
--
25
100
25/75
--
25/75
100
kV
1.5
kA
kA
25
--
25
100
25
--
25
100
ns
ns
25
--
100
100
100
--
100
100

A
A
315 gL/gG
125 gL/gG
kArms
25
Temperature range
-40 ... +80
Standards
Approvals
Rated voltage UN
5SD7 442-1

L/N, N/PE, L/PEN
L/N or L/PEN, 1P/3P
N/PE
L/N or L/PEN, 1P/3P
N/PE
Protection level Up
L/N, N/PE, L/PEN
Follow current discharge capacity Ifi (AC)
L/N or L/PEN
N/PE
Response time tA
L/N or L/PEN
L-(N)-PE
Max. back-up fuse
Finely stranded
Solid
Mounting width
Acc. to DIN 43880
mm2
mm2
2.5 ... 25
2.5 ... 35
MW
Visual function/fault indication
Yes
Yes
Contact type
V AC
V DC

250
125

A AC
1/1
mA DC 200/30
- Finely stranded
- Solid
mm2
mm2
1.5
1.5
6/5
Siemens AG 2011


Version
Discharge
capacity
Mount- DT
ing
width
kA
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Combination surge arresters
1P
25
For single-conductor systems
5SD7 441-1
1 unit
008
0.356
2P
100
5SD7 442-1
1 unit
008
0.741
3P
For TN-C systems
75
5SD7 443-1
1 unit
008
1.004
4P
100
5SD7 444-1
1 unit
008
1.403
6/6
Siemens AG 2011

Overview
Benefits
Surge arresters type 2 are used downstream of lightning arresters type 1 in main distribution boards or sub-distribution boards.
They protect low-voltage systems against transient overvoltages.
The type 2 surge arrester lowers the protection level to
1.4 / 1.5 kV. A remote signaling contact signals whether a
protective module has been disconnected from the network
by the thermal arrester disconnector or whether it is just not
plugged in.
To ensure fault-free operation of photovoltaic systems, it is
essential to have standardized protection against lightning and
overvoltages. SPDs (5SD7 483-.) on the DC side protect the
photovoltaic generator and the inverter against overvoltages.
All type 2 surge arresters are fitted with a mechanical fault
indication, which does not require an extra power supply.
A thermal isolating arrester installed in each device offers a
high degree of protection. In the event of overload, the surge
arrester is disconnected from the mains - the plant continues
running
All surge arresters are available with a remote signaling
contact, which signals if the device fails.
The SPDs 5SD7 473-. and 5SD7 485-. are especially available
for protecting IT systems.
Surge arresters, standard design
N/PE
Single-pole
Multipole
Plug-in
Plug-in
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
5SD7 481-0
5SD7 461-.
5SD7 463-.
5SD7 464-.
5SD7 473-.
5SD7 485-.
5SD7 483-.
IEC 61643-11; EN 61643-11

KEMA
--
Standards
Approvals
V AC
240
240
240/415
240/415
500
240/415
--
L/N
V AC
--
350
--
--
--
--
--
L/N or L/PEN
N/PE
V
V AC
-260
---
350 AC
--
350 AC
260
580 AC
--
440 AC
--
1000 DC
--
L/N
kA
--
20
--
--
--
--
--
L/N or L/PEN, 1P
N/PE
kA
kA
-20
---
20
--
20
20
15
--
20
--
15
--
Rated voltage UN
Max. discharge surge current Imax (8/20 s)

L/N
kA
--
40
--
--
--
--
--
L/N or L/PEN, 1P
kA
--
--
40
40
--
--
30
L/N or L/PEN, 1P/multipole

N/PE
kA
kA
-40
---
---
-40
30
--
40
--
---
kA
12
--
kV
kV
- 1.5
1.4
--
1.4
--
1.4
1.5
2.5
--
2.2
--
5
--
ns
ns
- 100
25
--
25
--
25
100
25
--
25
--
25
--
Protection level Up
L/N or L/PEN
N/PE
Response time tA
L/N or L/PEN
N/PE
Max. back-up fuse

A
A
125 gL/gG
63 gL/gG
Short-circuit strength
with max. back-up fuse
kArms
25
Temperature range
-40 ... +80

Finely stranded
Solid
mm2
mm2
1.5 ... 25
1.5 ... 35
Mounting width according to DIN 43880
MW
Yes
6/7
Siemens AG 2011

Multipole surge arresters, narrow design
5SD7 422-0 5SD7 422-1 5SD7 423-0 5SD7 423-1 5SD7 424-0 5SD7 424-1
IEC 61643-11; DIN VDE 06754-6
KEMA
KEMA/
KEMA
UL/cUL
Standards
Approvals
KEMA/
UL/cUL
KEMA
V AC
240
240/415
240/415
V AC
V AC
350
264
350
--
350
264
kA
kA
20
20
20
--
20
20
kA
kA
40
40
40
--
40
40
kV
kV
1.4
1.5
1.4
--
1.4
1.5
ns
ns
25
100
25
--
25
100

A
A
125 gL/gG
63 gL/gG
kArms
25
25
25
Temperature range
-40 ... +80
Rated voltage UN
L/N or L/PEN
N/PE
L/N or L/PEN, 1P/3P
N/PE

L/N or L/PEN, 1P/3P
N/PE
Protection level Up
L/N or L/PEN
N/PE
Response time tA
L/N
N/PE
Max. back-up fuse
Finely stranded
Solid
Mounting width
Acc. to DIN 43880
mm2
mm2
1.5 ... 16
1.5 ... 25
mm
26
38
Yes
Remote signaling contact

Yes
Contact type
V AC
V DC
250
125

Resistive/inductive load
Resistive/inductive load
A AC
1/1
mA DC 200/30
Finely stranded
Solid
mm2
mm2
6/8
1.5
1.5
50
KEMA/
UL/cUL
Siemens AG 2011


Version
Discharge
Mounting DT
surge current width
In/Imax
kA
MW
20/40
20/40
1
1
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Surge arresters,
standard design
1P, plug-in
- Without remote signaling
- With remote signaling
A
A
5SD7 461-0
5SD7 461-1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
008
008
0.133
0.139
6
N/PE, 1P, plug-in
20/40
5SD7 481-0
1 unit
008
0.122
20/40
20/40
3
3
A
B
5SD7 463-0
5SD7 463-1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
008
008
0.362
0.371
15/30
15/30
3
3
A
A
5SD7 483-0
5SD7 483-1
1
1 unit
1 1/44 units
008
008
0.344
0.352
20/40
20/40
4
4
A
A
5SD7 464-0
5SD7 464-1
1
1
008
008
0.426
0.432
3P, plug-in, 3+0 circuit

For TN-C systems
3P, plug-in
For protecting the DC part of the photovoltaic
systems up to 1000 V DC acc. to IEC 60364-7712

1 unit
1 unit
6/9
Siemens AG 2011

Version
Discharge
Mounting DT
surge current width
In/Imax
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
kA
MW
15/30
15/30
3
3
A
A
5SD7 473-0
5SD7 473-1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
008
008
0.384
0.371
4
4
A
A
5SD7 485-0
5SD7 485-1
1 1/44 units
1
1 unit
008
008
0.445
0.455
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Surge arresters,
standard design
For IT systems
6
For IT systems with N-conductor incorporated in
the cable
Version
20/40
20/40
Discharge
Mounting DT
surge current width
In/Imax
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
kg
kA
mm (MW)
20/40
20/40
24 (1 1/3) A
24 (1 1/3) B
5SD7 422-0
5SD7 422-1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
008
008
0.220
0.229
20/40
20/40
36 (2)
36 (2)
A
B
5SD7 423-0
5SD7 423-1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
008
008
0.320
0.317
20/40
20/40
48 (2 2/3) A
48 (2 2/3) A
5SD7 424-0
5SD7 424-1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
008
008
0.407
0.423
Surge arresters,
narrow design
2P
3P
For TN-C systems
4P
6/10
Siemens AG 2011

Overview
Benefits
The protective modules are plug-in versions. No mounting
work required when replacing the protective modules
All type 3 surge arresters are fitted with a fault indication,
which does not require an extra power supply
In the event of a power failure, a remote signaling is output
over an optocoupler with open collector output.
Type 3 surge arresters are installed after the type 2 surge arresters in sub-distribution boards close to the loads in single or
multiphase systems and further limit the overvoltage in order to
protect the connected loads.
Multipole surge arresters, plug-in
2P
Standards
Approvals
5SD7 432-2
5SD7 432-3
IEC 61643-11; EN 61643-11

KEMA
--
5SD7 432-4
5SD7 434-1
KEMA
Rated voltage UN
V AC
230
120
60
24
230/400
Rated load current IL (at 30 C)
26
26
26
26
3 26
V AC
253
150
100
34
335
kA
2.5
2.5
1.5
kA
10
10
6.5
4.5
Combined surge Uoc
kV
1500/ 600
850/ 350
700/ 250
550/ 100
1200
Response time tA
ns
100
100
100
100
100
Required back-up fuse, max.
25 gL/gG
25 gL/gG
25 gL/gG
25 gL/gG
25 gL/gG
Temperature range
-40 ... +85
LN/L(N)PE
Protection level Up
4P
5SD7 432-1
Finely stranded
Solid
Acc. to DIN 43880
Mounting width
mm2
mm2
0.2 ... 4
0.2 ... 2.5
MW
Yes
Yes
Contact type
V AC
NC contacts
250
3

Version
Rated voltage
UN
Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
V AC
MW
24
5SD7 432-4
1 unit
008
0.086
60
5SD7 432-3
1 unit
008
0.087
120
5SD7 432-2
1 unit
008
0.089
230
5SD7 432-1
1 unit
008
0.087
230/400
5SD7 434-1
1 unit
008
0.135
kg
Surge arresters, plug-in

2P
4P
6/11
Siemens AG 2011


Version
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Plug-in parts for lightning arresters type 1 and

combination surge arresters type 1 and type 2
Lightning arresters L/N Ifi 50 kArms
for 5SD7 41 lightning arresters.
Lightning arresters N/PE
for 5SD7 41. lightning arresters and 5SD7 44.
combination surge arresters.
5SD7 418-1
1 unit
008
0.270
5SD7 418-0
1 unit
008
0.254
B
B
5SD7 448-1
5SD7 418-0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
008
008
0.148
0.254
5SD7 428-1
1 unit
008
0.069
5SD7 428-0
1 unit
008
0.067
B
B
5SD7 468-1
5SD7 488-0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
008
008
0.066
0.056
5SD7 488-1
1 unit
008
0.053
5SD7 498-1
1 unit
008
0.065
Rated voltage UN = 230 V
5SD7 437-1
1 unit
008
0.042
5SD7 437-2
1 unit
008
0.041
5SD7 437-3
1 unit
008
0.041
5SD7 437-4
1 unit
008
0.042
Plug-in parts for 5SD7 434-1 surge arresters,

type 3
5SD7 438-1
1 unit
008
0.060
Plug-in parts for lightning arresters type 1 and

Lightning arresters L/N Ifi 50 kArms
Plug-in parts for surge arresters type 2 and
Surge arresters L/N
for 5SD7 42. surge arresters and 5SD7 44.
Plug-in parts for 5SD7 46. surge arresters,
type 2
Surge arresters L/N
Surge arresters N/PE
Plug-in parts for 5SD7 485-. surge arresters,

type 2
Surge arresters for IT systems
Plug-in parts for 5SD7 473-. and 5SD7 483-.

surge arresters, type 2
Surge arresters for photovoltaics and
IT systems
Plug-in parts for 5SD7 432-. surge arresters,

type 3
6/12
Siemens AG 2011

Link rails
Overview
Benefits
Link rails let you combine 1-pole surge arresters to create

complete solutions for multiphase systems.
These link rails allow cable lengths to be reduced to a minimum

and save time during mounting.
Link rails
5SD7 490-2, 5SD7 490-3, 5SD7 490-4
Standards
EN 60439-1
Busbar material
SF-Cu F 24
Plastic, cycolor 3600 temperature resistant 90 C
Partition material
mm2
16
V AC
400
80
kV
kV
6.2
kA
25
Rated current In
Constant atmosphere acc. to DIN 50015
Humid heat (acc. to IEC 68, Part 2-30)
23/83; 40/92; 55/20

28 cycles
Insulation coordination according to IEC 60664-1

Pollution degree
III
2
Maximum busbar current Is/phase

80
130
Maximum current in the arm IE/phase


Version
Linking
sequence
Length
MW
mm
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Link rails for the interconnection of single-pole

surge arresters, type 2
2-pole
34
5SD7 490-2
10/100 units
008
0.093
3-pole
51.8
5SD7 490-3
10/100 units
008
0.143
4-pole
69.6
5SD7 490-4
10/100 units
008
0.194
6/13
Siemens AG 2011

Configuration
More information
Selection of overvoltage protection devices
Situation
Systems
Which type of building do you

want to protect?
Generally speaking, all our
devices are suitable for residential buildings, office buildings, industrial and commercial
buildings.
Low risk buildings
Basic protection
For installation upstream of counters in main distribution boards
or in combined main/sub-distribution boards
TN-S and TT systems

Narrow design
5SD7 424-0, 5SD7 424-1
Wide design
5SD7 464-0, 5SD7 464-1
With or without remote signaling
- No outer lightning protection

- Power supply
over ground conductor
TN-C systems

Narrow design
5SD7 423-0, 5SD7 423-1
Wide design
5SD7 463-0, 5SD7 463-1
High-risk buildings
TN-S and TT systems

5SD7 414-1
- Outer lightning protection

system
TN-C systems

5SD7 413-1
5SD7411-1
TN-S and TT systems

5SD7 444-1
- Power supply
over overhead lines
TN-C systems

5SD7 443-1
- Grounded aerial structures

5SD7441-1
IT systems
without N-conductor incorporated in the
cable
IT systems
with N-conductor incorporated in the
cable
6/14
Typically, IT systems are only installed in special

building sections. There are generally still TN-C,
TN-S or TT systems in the area of the main
distribution board. In this case, the protective
devices shown above must be installed.
Siemens AG 2011

Configuration
Medium protection
Fine protection
For installation upstream of counters in main distribution boards

or in combined main/sub-distribution boards
For installation directly upstream of the terminal equipment
Narrow design
5SD7 424-0, 5SD7 424-1
For installation in sub-distribution boards

or control cabinets
Standard design
5SD7 464-0, 5SD7 464-1
5SD7 432-x and 5SD7 434-1


Only required if the distance between the main and sub-distribution boards is > 10 m
Narrow design
5SD7 423-0, 5SD7 423-1
Standard design
5SD7 463-0, 5SD7 463-1
Narrow design
5SD7 424-0, 5SD7 424-1
Standard design
5SD7 464-0, 5SD7 464-1
Narrow design
5SD7 423-0, 5SD7 423-1
Standard design
5SD7 463-0, 5SD7 463-1
Narrow design
5SD7 424-0, 5SD7 424-1
Standard design
5SD7 464-0, 5SD7 464-1
Narrow design
5SD7 423-0, 5SD7 423-1
Standard design
5SD7 463-0, 5SD7 463-1
5SD7 473-0, 5SD7 473-1
3-pole (3+0 circuit)
Uc = 580 V AC
with or without remote signaling
5SD7 485-0, 5SD7 485-1
4-pole (4+0 circuit)
Uc = 440 V AC
with or without remote signaling
6/15
Siemens AG 2011

Surge arresters for
measuring and control technology
Overview
Benefits
The surge arresters for measuring and control technology are

overvoltage protection modules that comprise two parts, a basic
element and a plug-in part. Their application area is the protection of signal circuits.
The cable shields of basic elements can be either directly or indirectly grounded.
The mounting width of the new surge arrester is 1 MW.
Through the number of integrated paths, it is possible to protect
up to four signal cores or two double cores against overvoltages.
The two-component design offers users maximum maintenance convenience. The basic element is always a fixed integral part of the installation. There are therefore no laborious
access problems during repair work, etc.
The benefits:
- Two-part design comprising plug-in part and basic element
- Interruption-free and impedance neutral plugging in and
pulling out of the plug-in part
- Reverse polarity protection through mechanical encoding
- An electric surge voltage resistant connection is made automatically when it is snapped onto the standard mounting
rail no laborious wiring of ground.
The arrangement of suppressor diodes between signal cores
achieves a fine protection in connection with a fast response.
The low-limiting coupling of the suppressor diodes to the signal cores supports fast data transmission rates.
The use of gas-filled surge arresters ensures a high discharge
capacity.
5SD7 502-0
IEC category/EN type
5SD7 520-1
5SD7 522-7
5SD7 530-3
5SD7 541-7
5SD7 550-4
C1/C2/C3/D1 C1/C2/C3/
D1/B2
C1/C2/C3/D1 C1/C2/C3/D1 C1/C2/C3/D1 C1/C2/C3/D1
Max. continuous voltage UC

Direct voltage
AC voltage
V DC
V AC
68
48
185
130
40
28
5.2
3.6
40
28
14
9.8
Rated current IN
mA
2000
450
450
450
300
450
Lightning test current Iimp 10/350 s Per path
kA
--
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
kA
kA
-20
10
10
10
10
10
10
-10
10
10
kA
40
10
20
20
20
20
V
V
- 600
300
300
55
450
15
15
- 55
25
25
Core - Core
--
15
--
25
--
160
(C2/5 kA)
160
(C2/5 kA)
55
Core - Ground
--
30
55
40
ns
ns
- 100
500
500
1
100
500
500
-1
500
500
Symmetrical in the 50- system
dB
--
--
--
--
--
Asymmetrical in the 50- system

dB
dB
0.1 (1 MHz)
--
-Typ. 0.2
(5 MHz)
Typ. 0.5
(1.5 MHz)
---
-0.2 (5 MHz)
0.5 (1.5 MHz) --0.2 (5 MHz)
MHz
MHz
MHz
----
--Typ. 70
Typ. 8
---
--Typ. 70
-Typ. 8
--
--Typ. 70
Resistor per path
--
--
2.2
2.2
4.7
2.2
Temperature range
-40 ... +85
Rated discharge current In
8/20 s
Core - Core
Core - Ground
Total surge current IN
8/20 s
Output voltage limit at 1 kV/s

Core - Core
Core - Ground
Residual voltage at In
Response time tA
Core - Core
Core - Ground
Insertion loss A E
Limit frequency fG (3 dB)

Asymmetrical in the 50- system
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529/EN 60529
IP20
Flammability class acc. to UL 94
V0
Test standards
EN 61643-21
6/16
IEC 61643-21 EN 61643-21
IEC 61643-21 EN 61643-21
IEC 61643-21
Siemens AG 2011

Surge arresters for
measuring and control technology
Combination options for basic elements and plug-in parts
Plug-in part
Basic elements
5SD7 502-0
5SD7 520-1
5SD7 522-7
5SD7 530-3
5SD7 541-7
5SD7 550-4
5SD7 500-0
--
--
--
--
--
5SD7 512-1
--
--
--
--
5SD7 522-0
--
--
--
--
5SD7 522-1
--
--
--
--
5SD7 541-1
--
--
--
--
--

Version
Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MW
Basic elements
For plug-in parts with protection circuit for a
2-wire ungrounded signal circuit
5SD7 512-1
1 unit
008
0.052
5SD7 522-1
1 unit
008
0.056
5SD7 522-0
1 unit
008
0.057
For plug-in parts with protection circuit for four con- 1

ductors single-sided grounded signal circuit
5SD7 541-1
1 unit
008
0.056
5SD7 500-0
1 unit
008
0.050
5SD7 530-3
1 unit
008
0.020
5SD7 520-1
1 unit
008
0.020
5SD7 522-7
1 unit
008
0.024
5SD7 550-4
1 unit
008
0.026
5SD7 541-7
1 unit
008
0.026
5SD7 502-0
1 unit
008
0.020
Jumper between terminals 3/4 (GND) and 9/10

For 5SD7 520-1 and 5SD7 530-3 plug-in parts
Gas arrester between terminals 3/4 (GND) and 9/10

For 5SD7 541-7 plug-in parts
For 5SD7 502-0 plug-in parts
Plug-in parts - PROFIBUS
Protection for 2 signal cores with shared reference
potential
For 5SD7 512-1 basic element
Plug-in parts for analog telecommunication
interfaces
Protection for 2-wire Telecom cable
(Uk0 or T-DSL)
Plug-in parts, 24 V AC
Protection for 2-wire ungrounded signal circuit.
Miniature protection element between the connected
cores
For 5SD7 522-0 and 5SD7 522-1 basic elements
Plug-in parts, 12 V DC
Protection for field bus systems and signal circuits in
3- or 4-wire method
For 5SD7 522-0 and 5SD7 522-1 basic elements
Plug-in parts, 24 V DC
Protection for 4 signal cores with shared reference
potential
Plug-in parts, 2-wire
Coarse protection for 2 single-sided signal leads
6/17
Siemens AG 2011

Notes
6/18
Siemens AG 2011
7/2
Introduction
7/3
7/6
7/11
7/16
7/18
7/20
7/21
SENTRON 3LD Main and

EMERGENCY-STOP Switches
up to 250 A
Introduction
Front mounting
Floor mounting
Distribution board mounting
Molded-plastic enclosures
DC applications
Accessories
7/26
7/27
5TE1 Switch Disconnectors

up to 200 A
Introduction
General data
7/31
7/34
7/39
7/40
SENTRON 3KA, 3KE Switch

Disconnectors up to 1000 A
Introduction
Floor mounting
Accessories
7/43
7/45
7/47
7/48
SENTRON 3KL Switch

Disconnectors with Fuses
up to 800 A
Introduction
Floor mounting
Front mounting
Accessories
7/52
7/54
7/55
SENTRON 3KM Switch

Disconnectors with Fuses and
Isolating Plug Connector
up to 400 A
Introduction
For snapping onto busbars
Accessories
7/57
7/62
7/63
7/64
7/69
7/71
7/73
7/82
8UC Door-Coupling Rotary

Operating Mechanisms
For 3K switch disconnectors
Individual parts
Operating mechanisms for fixed
mounting
7/89
7/92
7/94
7/96
7/98
SENTRON 3NP1 Fuse Switch

Introduction
Floor mounting
For 40 mm busbar system
Accessories
7/106
7/108
7/109
7/109
7/110
7/114
7/117
SENTRON 3NP5 Fuse Switch

Introduction
Floor mounting
With fuse monitoring
Accessories
Assembly kits for distribution systems
7/118
7/121
7/122
7/123
SENTRON 3NJ4, 3NJ5 In-Line Fuse

Switch Disconnectors up to 2000 A
Introduction
1-pole switchable
3-pole switchable
Accessories
can be found at
under Product List:
- Technical Specifications
under Entry List:
- Updates
- Download
- FAQ
- Manuals
- Certificates
and at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/configurators
- Configurators
SENTRON 3NJ62 In-Line Switch

Disconnectors with Fuses
up to 630 A
Introduction
For BS fuse links
For LV HRC and BS fuse links
Accessories
Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
Overview
Order No.
Page
3LD
7/3
5TE1
7/26
3KA, 3KE
7/31
3KL, 3KM
7/43
3NJ62
7/64
3NP1 / 3NP5
7/89
3NJ4, 3NJ5
7/118
Switch disconnectors
Main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches 16 A to 250 A
Devices for front mounting, floor mounting with door-coupling rotary operating
mechanism, distribution board mounting or in molded-plastic enclosures
Front mounting with four-hole and center hole arrangement
3-, 4- and 6-pole versions
3LD
3- and 4-pole load transfer switches

Solar plant isolators 800 V DC
100 A Switch Disconnectors up to 200 A
For floor and distribution board mounting
5TE1
63 A switch disconnectors up to 1000 A
Devices for floor mounting with handle, with door-coupling rotary operating
mechanism, in molded-plastic enclosures and for mounting in control cabinet
side panels
3- and 4-pole versions
3KA/3KE
Accessories for use as load transfer switches and parallel switches
Switch Disconnectors with Fuses

Switch disconnectors with fuses up to 800 A
Devices for floor mounting with door-coupling rotary operating mechanism and for
mounting in control cabinet side panels
3KM versions with isolating plug connector for mounting on vertical busbars
3- and 4-pole versions
3KL
Suitable for NH and BS 88 fuse systems

In-line switch disconnectors with fuses, plug-in type, up to 630 A
Suitable for NH and BS 88 fuse systems
3NJ62
Manually operated or with motorized operating mechanism

Optionally with integrated current transformers, auxiliary switches and electronic
fuse monitoring
Fuse switch disconnectors

Fuse switch disconnectors up to 630 A
Connection components are available for flat connection, saddle terminal connection, prism terminal connection and box terminal connection
Electromechanical and electronic fuse monitoring with/without network monitoring
function
Mounting variants for floor mounting and 40/60mm busbar system
3NP1
In-line fuse switch disconnectors up to 2000 A
1- and 3-pole switchable versions
Versions for secondary-side fusing of transformers
In-line incoming versions up to 2000 A with isolating links
Connection components are available for flat connection, stud bolt connection, saddle terminal connection, prism terminal connection and box terminal connection
Versions with/without integratable current transformer
Versions with/without electronic fuse monitoring
3NJ4/3NJ5
7/2
Siemens AG 2011
SENTRON 3LD Main and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches up to 250 A
Introduction
Overview
7
3
8
7
6
3
1
NSG0_00112a
4th contact (N conductor)
N or PE/ground terminal, continuous
Auxiliary switch 1 NO + 1 NC
Rotary operating mechanism, red/yellow
Rotary operating mechanism, black
Front plate, English/German
Terminal cover, three-pole
Terminal cover, single-pole
The 3LD main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches are manually

operated switch disconnectors according to IEC 60947-3/
EN 60947-3 and comply with the conditions for switch disconnectors.
In EN 60204-1, main control switches are called "disconnector
units", while EMERGENCY-STOP switches are termed "devices
for emergency shutdown".
The 3LD switches for 16 to 250 A are approved according to

UL 508 and can be used as "manual motor controllers" and
"motor disconnects".
Maintenance personnel can protect themselves against unauthorized startup with padlocks (up to three can be fitted).
The 3LD switches can be used in any mounting position.
Application
The 3LD switches are used for switching main and auxiliary circuits, but also for switching induction motors and other loads
during maintenance and repair work.
They can be used as:

ON-OFF switches
EMERGENCY-STOP switches
Main control switches according to EN 60204-1.
7/3
Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
Design
Construction of the contacts
Each switch has three adjacent contact elements1). A fourth
leading contact for switching the N conductor, a continuous
PE terminal, an auxiliary switch (1 NO + 1 NC) can be fitted to
each side of the switch. The auxiliary switches operate as leading contacts on opening. On opening, the NO contact opens before the main contacts, so that a contactor carries the switching
capacity in the circuit and the maintenance or safety switch
switches at zero current. On closing, the auxiliary switch
switches later than or at the same time as the main contacts.
Construction of rotary operating mechanisms
The rotary operating mechanisms of the switches for front or

floor mounting are mounted on control cabinet doors, front or
side panels with four-hole or center-hole mounting with a standard diameter of 22.5 mm and operated from the outside. In their
Off position, they can be locked with up to three padlocks with a
hasp thickness of 8 mm. Controls with defeatable door-coupling
rotary operating mechanism are available in addition.
Switch position indicator:
The switch position is clearly marked with direction arrows and
an "O" for OFF and a "I" for ON at the front.
Switches for front mounting:
The switches for front mounting are connected directly to the
rotary operating mechanism through the fixing screws or - in
the case of center-hole mounting - a special-purpose coupling.
Switches for floor mounting:
The switches for floor mounting are snapped onto 35 mm
standard mounting rails according to EN 60715 or screwmounted on mounting plates. The actuators are connected to
the lower section of the switch through a door coupling, which
can be released in its zero position, and a 300 mm long switch
shaft. When the control cabinet door is open, the switch can
be protected against inadvertent operation by removing the
switch shaft from the lower section of the switch.
The mounting depth can be adapted to individual requirements by adjusting the switch shaft length.
Switches for distribution board mounting:
The switches for distribution board mounting are suited for operation in switchboards and for switching inside control cabinets or distributors. They have cap and mounting dimensions
to DIN 43880 and can be fitted under the same cover together
with miniature circuit breakers. The selector switches can be
locked in their Off position with up to 2 padlocks with a hasp
thickness of 6 mm.
Switches in molded-plastic enclosure:
For surface mounting of individual main and EMERGENCYSTOP switches, molded plastic-enclosed switches to degree
of protection IP65 are used. The actuators can be locked in
their Off position with three padlocks with a hasp thickness of
8 mm.
The molded-plastic enclosures each contain an N and/or a PE
terminal.
1)
3LD2 704-0TK53 switch

for front mounting
with rotary operating mechanism

for front mounting
with knob
3LD2 122-7UK01 3-pole

changeover switch
for front mounting with knob
3LD2 103-3VK53 6-pole switch

for front mounting with rotary
operating mechanism

for floor mounting
and door coupling

for distribution board mounting
with knob
3LD2 264-0TB5 switch

in molded-plastic enclosure
3LD2 217-1TL13 switch

for floor mounting
and defeatable door coupling
3LD2 265-8VQ51-0AF6
solar plant isolator

for floor mounting, 250 A,
and door coupling
16 A versions have four contact elements; 3-pole changeover switches

and 6-pole main control switches have six contact elements.
7/4
Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
IEC 60947-3
Standards
Switches
Type
3LD2 0
690

Rated frequency
V AC 690
50 ... 60
Hz
Rated short-time withstand current (1 s current, rms value)
Short-circuit protection, max. back-up fuse (gG)
3LD2 1
3LD2 2
3LD2 5
3LD2 7
3LD2 8
3LD2 3
3LD2 4
690
690
690
690
690
690
690
690
340
640
640
1260
2000
2000
4000
4000
20
25
40
63
100
125
160
250
Rated conditional short-circuit current with upstream fuses

at AC 50/60Hz, 690V
kArms 50
50
50
50
50
20
50
50
Permissible let-through current of the fuse
kA
3.5
4.5
10
10
15
15
Rated uninterrupted current Iu
16
25
32
63
100
125
160
250
AC-21A load-break switch
Rated operational current Ie A
16
25
32
63
100
125
160
250
AC-3 motor load switches

In-service switching
of individual motors
Rating
At 220 ... 240 V
At 380 ... 440 V
At 660/690 V
kW
kW
kW
3.0
5.5
5.5
4.0
7.5
7.5
5.5
9.5
9.5
11.0
18.5
15.0
18.5
30.0
22.0
22.0
37.0
30.0
35.0
50.0
37.0
55.0
110.0
45.0
AC-23A main control switch

Repair switch
frequent, but not in-service switching
of individual motors
Rating
At 220 ... 240 V
At 380 ... 440 V
At 660/690 V
kW
kW
kW
4.0
7.5
7.5
5.0
9.5
9.5
6.0
11.5
11.5
11.0
22.0
18.5
18.5
37.0
30.0
22.0
45.0
37.0
45.0
75.0
45.0
75.0
132.0
55.0
0.5
1.1
1.8
4.5
7.5
12.0
36.0
36.0
Power loss per conducting path at Ie

Endurance mechanical
Switching cycles
100 000
Switching frequency
1/h
50
Permissible ambient temperature
-25 ... +55
690
Solid or stranded
mm2
1 ... 6
1.5 ... 16 1.5 ... 16 2.5 ... 35 4 ... 50
Finely stranded with end sleeve (max.)
mm2
10
Up to max.
Isolating features
Conductor cross-sections for main conductors 1)
Copper cable
Torque for terminal
4 ... 50
16 ...185 16 ... 185
10
16
35
35
150
AWG 18 ... 10 14 ... 8
14 ... 8
14 ... 6
12 ... 1
12 ... 1
Nm
2 ... 2.5
2.5 ... 3
2.5 ... 3
2.5 ... 3
9.5 ... 10 9.5 ... 10
Touch protection acc. to EN 50274
1.5 ... 2
2 ... 2.5
150
Yes
Auxiliary switches
V AC 500
A
10
At 120 V
At 220 ... 240 V
At 380 ... 415 V
1.8
At 500 V
1.4
10

Rated operational current Ie, AC-15
500
Short-circuit protection, auxiliary switch,

max. back-up fuse (gG)
Conductor cross-sections for auxiliary conductors
Connection type
Terminals
Solid or stranded
mm2
2 (0.75 ... 2.5). 1 4
mm2
2 (0.75 ... 1.5) 1 x 2.5
Torque for terminal
Nm
0.8
SENTRON 3LD main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches for UL/CSA

UL/CSA
Standards
Switches
Type 3LD2 0
3LD2 1
3LD2 2
3LD2 5
3LD2 7
3LD2 8
3LD2 3
3LD2 4

V AC 600
A
10
A 600
P 600
A
16
600
20
A 600
P 600
25
600
30
A 600
P 600
32
600
60
--63
600
100
--100
600
125
--125
600
160
--160
600
250
--250
3 120 V
240 V
480 V
600 V
HP
HP
HP
HP
1
3
7.5
10
3
7.5
10
15
3
10
20
30
5
15
40
50
10
30
60
75
15
40
75
100
-40
75
75
-50
100
75
1 120 V
240 V
HP
HP
0.5
1.5
2
3
2
3
3
10
---
---
---
---
14 ... 8
2 ... 2.5
14 ... 6
2.5 ... 3
12 ... 1
2.5 ... 3
12 ... 1
2.5 ... 3
1 ... MCM400
10
10
Current rating
Pilot duty
Conventional thermal current Ith

Maximum rated power (AC-3)
Alternating current operating
mechanisms 40 ... 60 Hz
Torque
1)
Cu cable
AWG 18 ... 10 14 ... 8

Nm 1.5 ... 2 2 ... 2.5
Depending on the cable infeed, only small cross-sections are possible with
devices in molded-plastic enclosures
7/5
Siemens AG 2011
Front mounting

Number and version of the
contacts
Rated data at
50 ... 60 Hz, 380 ... 440 V
Main contact Auxiliary con- P/AC-3

elements
tact elements
kW
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
P/AC-23A Iu/
AC-21A
kW
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches with rotary

operating mechanism/knob-operated mechanism
Lockable in 0 position with up to 3 padlocks
Degree of protection at front side IP65
All versions with rotary operating mechanism
Exception: 3LD2 3 and 3LD2 4 with knob-operated mechanism
Including terminal cover for the infeed side
Front plate:
- 3LD2 0, 3LD2 1, 3LD2 2: 67 mm 67 mm
- 3LD2 0, 3LD2 1, 3LD2 2: 67 mm 67 mm
- 3LD2 3 to 3LD2 4: 96 mm 96 mm
Four-hole mounting
7
3LD2 203-0TK51
--
5.5
7.5
9.5
18.5
30
37
50
110
7.5
9.5
11.5
22.0
37.0
45.0
75.0
132.0
16
25
32
63
100
125
160
250
}
}
}
}
}
A
A
A
3LD2 003-0TK5@
3LD2 103-0TK5@
3LD2 203-0TK5@
3LD2 504-0TK5@
3LD2 704-0TK5@
3LD2 804-0TK5@
3LD2 305-0TK1@
3LD2 405-0TK1@
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
0.207
0.206
0.206
0.424
0.501
0.503
2.100
2.100
3+N
--
5.5
7.5
9.5
18.5
7.5
9.5
11.5
22.0
16
25
32
63
}
A
A
A
3LD2 003-1TL5@
3LD2 103-1TL5@
3LD2 203-1TL5@
3LD2 504-1TL5@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
0.217
0.243
0.243
0.424
30.0
37.0
100
3LD2 704-0TK5@
+1)
3LD9 280-0B
1 unit
103
0.501
1 unit
103
0.101
37.0
45.0
125
1 unit
103
0.503
3LD2 804-0TK5@
+1)
3LD9 280-0B
1 unit
103
0.101
50
110
75.0
132.0
160
250
A
A
3LD2 305-1TL1@
3LD2 405-1TL1@
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
2.600
2.600
1 NO + 1 NC 5.5
7.5
9.5
18.5
30.0
37
7.5
9.5
11.5
22.0
37.0
45.0
16
25
32
63
100
125
A
A
A
A
A
A
3LD2 003-1TP5@
3LD2 103-1TP5@
3LD2 203-1TP5@
3LD2 504-1TP5@
3LD2 704-1TP5@
3LD2 804-1TP5@
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
0.250
0.249
0.206
0.424
0.503
0.503
50.0
75.0
160
3LD2 305-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
2.100
1 unit
103
0.046
110.0
132.0
250
1 unit
103
2.100
3LD2 405-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.046
7.5
9.5
16
25
A
A
3LD2 003-2EP5@
3LD2 103-2EP5@
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.272
0.287
9.5
11.5
32
3LD2 203-1TL5@
+2)
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.243
1 unit
103
0.046
18.5
22.0
63
3LD2 504-1TP5@
+1)
3LD9 250-0BA
1 unit
103
0.424
1 unit
103
0.079
30.0
37.0
100
3LD2 704-0TK5@
+1)
3LD9 280-0B
+2)
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.501
1 unit
103
0.101
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 804-0TK5@
+1)
3LD9 280-0B
+2)
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.503
1 unit
103
0.101
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 305-1TL1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
2.600
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 405-1TL1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
2.600
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 704-0TK53
3+N
1 NO + 1 NC 5.5
7.5
}
}
}
}
}
37.0
45.0
125
A
}
}
50.0
75.0
160
110.0
132.0
250
}
}
Actuator color
Black
Red/yellow (EMERGENCY-STOP)
1)
4. Contact element as N conductor to be ordered separately,

see "Accessories".
2)
>
1
3
Auxiliary switches 1 NO + 1 NC to be ordered separately,
see "Accessories".
7/6
Siemens AG 2011
Front mounting
Number and version of the Rated data at
contacts
50 ... 60 Hz, 380 ... 440 V
Main contact Auxiliary
elements
contact
elements
DT
P/AC-3
P/AC-23A
Iu/
AC-21A
kW
kW
Order No.
Price
PU
PS*/
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches with rotary

operating mechanism/knob-operated mechanism
Front plate
- 3LD2 0, 3LD2 1, 3LD2 2: 67 mm 67 mm
- 3LD2 5 to 3LD2 8: 90 mm 90 mm
- 3LD2 3 to 3LD2 4: 96 mm 96 mm
Center-hole mounting 22.5 mm

3
3+N
--
--
3LD2 254-0TK53
3
1 NO +
1 NC
5.5
7.5
16
3LD2 054-0TK5@
1 unit
103
0.215
7.5
9.5
25
3LD2 154-0TK5@
1 unit
103
0.215
9.5
11.5
32
3LD2 254-0TK5@
1 unit
103
0.214
18.5
22
63
3LD2 555-0TK5@
1 unit
103
0.443
5.5
7.5
16
3LD2 054-1TL5@
1 unit
103
0.230
7.5
9.5
25
3LD2 154-1TL5@
1 unit
103
0.256
9.5
11.5
32
3LD2 254-1TL5@
1 unit
103
0.260
18.5
22
63
1 unit
103
0.443
3LD2 555-0TK5@
+1)
3LD9 250-0BA
1 unit
103
0.079
5.5
7.5
16
3LD2 054-1TP5@
1 unit
103
0.261
7.5
9.5
25
3LD2 154-1TP5@
1 unit
103
0.257
9.5
11.5
32
3LD2 254-0TK5@
+2)
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.214
1 unit
103
0.046
18.5
22
63
1 unit
103
0.443
3LD2 555-0TK5@
+2)
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.046
3+N
1 NO +
1 NC
5.5
7.5
7.5
9.5
16
25
A
C
3LD2 054-2EP5@
3LD2 154-2EP5@
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.276
0.304
9.5
11.5
32
3LD2 254-1TL5@
+2)
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.260
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 555-0TK5@
+1)
3LD9 250-0BA
+2)
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.443
1 unit
103
0.079
1 unit
103
0.046
}
18.5
22
63
A
}
}
Actuator color
Black
1)

see "Accessories".
2)

see "Accessories".
>
1
3
7/7
Siemens AG 2011
Front mounting
Number and version
of the contacts
Rated data at
50 ... 60 Hz, 380 ... 440 V
Main contact Auxiliary

elements
contact
elements
P/AC-23A
Iu
kW
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches

with knob-operated mechanism
Lockable in 0 position (can be modified to I position) with
max. 2 padlocks
Front plate
- 48 mm 48 mm
Four-hole mounting
3
3+N
--
--
7.5
16
3LD2 022-0TK1@
1 unit
103
0.186
9.5
25
3LD2 122-0TK1@
1 unit
103
0.181
11.5
32
3LD2 222-0TK1@
1 unit
103
0.182
7.5
16
3LD2 022-1TL1@
1 unit
103
0.206
9.5
25
3LD2 122-1TL1@
1 unit
103
0.180
11.5
32
3LD2 222-0TK1@
+1)
3LD9 220-0B
1 unit
103
0.182
1 unit
103
0.039
3LD2 022-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.186
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 122-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.181
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 222-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.182
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 022-1TL1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.206
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 122-1TL1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.180
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 222-0TK1@
+1)
3LD9 220-0B
+2)
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.182
1 unit
103
0.039
1 unit
103
0.046
}
3LD2 222-0TK11
1 NO + 1 NC 7.5
16
9.5
25
11.5
32
1 NO + 1 NC 7.5
16
9.5
25
11.5
32
}
}
}
3+N
}
}
}
}
Actuator color
Black
1)

see "Accessories".
2)

see "Accessories".
>
1
3
7/8
Siemens AG 2011
Front mounting
Number and version
of the contacts
Rated data at
50 ... 60 Hz, 380 ... 440 V
Main
contact
elements
P/AC-23A
Iu
kW
Auxiliary
contact
elements
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

Lockable in 0 position (can be modified to I position)
with max. 2 padlocks
Front plate: 48 mm 48 mm

3
3+N
--
--
7.5
16
3LD2 050-0TK1@
1 unit
103
0.197
9.5
25
3LD2 150-0TK1@
1 unit
103
0.191
11.5
32
3LD2 250-0TK1@
1 unit
103
0.192
7.5
16
3LD2 050-1TL1@
1 unit
103
0.215
9.5
25
3LD2 150-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.191
1 unit
103
0.046
11.5
32
3LD2 250-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.192
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 050-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.197
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 150-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.191
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 250-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.192
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 050-1TL1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.215
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 150-0TK1@
+1)
3LD9 220-0B
+2)
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.191
1 unit
103
0.039
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 250-0TK1@
+1)
3LD9 220-0B
+2)
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.192
1 unit
103
0.039
1 unit
103
0.046
}
}
3LD2 150-0TK13
3
1 NO +
1 NC
7.5
16
9.5
25
11.5
32
7.5
16
9.5
25
}
}
}
3+N
1 NO +
1 NC
}
}
}
11.5
32
A
}
}
Actuator color
Black
1)

see "Accessories".
2)

see "Accessories".
>
1
3
7/9
Siemens AG 2011
Front mounting
Number and version of Rated data at
the contacts
50 ... 60 Hz, 380 ... 440 V
Main
contact
elements
Auxiliary
contact
elements
DT
P/AC-3
P/AC-23A
Iu
kW
kW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

with rotary operating mechanism/
knob-operated mechanism (6-pole)
Front plate
- 3LD2 0, 3LD2 1, 3LD2 2: 67 mm 67 mm
- 3LD2 5: 90 mm 90 mm
- 3LD2 3 to 3LD2 4: 96 mm 96 mm
7
Four-hole mounting
3LD2 103-3VK53
--
1 NO +
1 NC
7.5
9.5
25
3LD2 103-3VK5@
1 unit
103
0.380
9.5
11.5
32
3LD2 203-3VK5@
1 unit
103
0.381
18.5
22.0
63
3LD2 504-3VK5@
1 unit
103
0.854
50
75
160
3LD2 305-3VK1@
1 unit
103
3.900
110
132
250
3LD2 405-3VK1@
1 unit
103
3.900
7.5
9.5
25
3LD2 103-4VP5@
1 unit
103
0.432
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
>
1
Actuator color
Black

the contacts
50 ... 60 Hz, 380 ... 440 V
Main
contact
elements
Auxiliary
contact
elements
DT
P/AC-3
P/AC-23A
Iu
kW
kW
Order No.
kg
Changeover switches
Black actuator
Knob-operated mechanism on 3LD2 3 and 3LD2 4 is lockable,
on all other versions it is non-lockable
Four-hole mounting
3
--
3LD2 123-7UK01
3+N
7.5
9.5
25
3LD2 123-7UK01
1 unit
103
0.374
9.5
11.5
32
3LD2 223-7UK01
1 unit
103
0.378
18.5
22.0
63
3LD2 524-7UK01
1 unit
103
0.841
30.0
37.0
100
3LD2 724-7UK01
1 unit
103
1.061
50
75
160
3LD2 305-7UK01
1 unit
103
4.300
110
132
250
3LD2 405-7UK01
1 unit
103
4.400
50
75
160
3LD2 305-7UL01
1 unit
103
5.700
110
132
250
3LD2 405-7UL01
1 unit
103
5.700
3LD2 405-7UL01
7/10
Siemens AG 2011
Floor mounting

Number and version
of the contacts
Rated data at
50 ... 60 Hz, 380 ... 440 V
Main
contact
elements
P/AC-23A
Iu
kW
Auxiliary
contact
elements
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches with

door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
With shaft
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism with integrated tolerance compensation (16 A to 125 A)
Exception: 3LD2 3 and 3LD2 4 with knob-operated

mechanism
Mounting using screws or snap-on mounting on 35 mm
standard mounting rail (16 A to 125 A)
Front plate
- 3LD2 0, 3LD2 1, 3LD2 2: 67 mm x 67 mm
- 3LD2 5 to 3LD2 8: 90 mm x 90 mm
- 3LD2 3 to 3LD2 4: 96 mm x 96 mm
Mounting dimensions
- 3LD2 0, 3LD2 1, 3LD2 2: 380 mm
- 3LD2 5 to 3LD2 8: 390 mm
- 3LD2 3 to 3LD2 4: 600 mm
Four-hole mounting
3
3+N
3LD2 213-0TK53
--
--
7.5
16
3LD2 013-0TK5@
1 unit
103
0.412
9.5
25
3LD2 113-0TK5@
1 unit
103
0.407
11.5
32
3LD2 213-0TK5@
1 unit
103
0.405
22
63
3LD2 514-0TK5@
1 unit
103
0.655
37
100
3LD2 714-0TK5@
1 unit
103
0.765
45
125
3LD2 814-0TK5@
1 unit
103
0.766
75
160
3LD2 318-0TK1@
1 unit
103
2.400
132
250
3LD2 418-0TK1@
1 unit
103
2.700
7.5
16
3LD2 013-1TL5@
1 unit
103
0.412
9.5
25
3LD2 113-1TL5@
1 unit
103
0.450
11.5
32
3LD2 213-1TL5@
1 unit
103
0.446
22
63
3LD2 514-1TL5@
1 unit
103
0.720
37
100
3LD2 714-0TK5@
+1)
3LD9 280-0C
1 unit
103
0.765
1 unit
103
0.102
45
125
1 unit
103
0.766
3LD2 814-0TK5@
+1)
3LD9 280-0C
1 unit
103
0.102
75
160
3LD2 318-1TL1@
1 unit
103
2.900
132
250
3LD2 418-1TL1@
1 unit
103
3.200
Actuator color
Black
1)
>
1
3

see "Accessories".
7/11
Siemens AG 2011
Floor mounting
Number and version
of the contacts
Rated data at
50 ... 60 Hz, 380 ... 440 V
Main
contact
elements
P/AC-23A
Iu
kW
7.5
16
9.5
25
Auxiliary
contact
elements
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Four-hole mounting (continued)

3
1 NO +
1 NC
}
}
}
}
}
11.5
32
22
63
37
100
45
125
75
160
132
250
7.5
16
9.5
25
}
}
3LD2 213-0TK53
}
}
}
3+N
1 NO +
1 NC
}
}
11.5
32
22
63
37
100
}
}
}
}
}
45
125
A
}
}
75
160
132
250
}
Actuator color
Black
1)

see "Accessories".
2)

see "Accessories".
3LD2 013-0TK5@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.412
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 113-0TK5@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.407
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 213-0TK5@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.405
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 514-0TK5@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.655
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 714-0TK5@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.765
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 814-0TK5@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.766
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 318-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
2.400
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 418-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
2.700
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 013-1TL5@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.412
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 113-1TL5@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.450
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 213-1TL5@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.446
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 514-1TL5@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.720
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 714-0TK5@
+1)
3LD9 280-0C
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.765
1 unit
103
0.102
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 814-0TK5@
+1)
3LD9 280-0C
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.766
1 unit
103
0.102
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 318-1TL1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
2.900
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 418-1TL1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
3.200
1 unit
103
0.046
>
1
3
7/12
Siemens AG 2011
Floor mounting
Number and version
of the contacts
Rated data at
50 ... 60 Hz, 380 ... 440 V
Main
contact
elements
P/AC-23A
Iu
kW
Auxiliary
contact
elements
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

with door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
With shaft
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism with integrated tolerance compensation (16 A to 125 A)
Exception: 3LD2 3 and 3LD2 4 with knob-operated
mechanism

standard mounting rail (16 A to 125 A)
Front plate
- 3LD2 0, 3LD2 1, 3LD2 2: 67 mm x 67 mm
- 3LD2 5 to 3LD2 8: 90 mm x 90 mm
- 3LD2 3 to 3LD2 4: 96 mm x 96 mm
Mounting dimensions
- 3LD2 0, 3LD2 1, 3LD2 2: 380 mm
- 3LD2 5 to 3LD2 8: 390 mm
- 3LD2 3 to 3LD2 4: 600 mm

3
3+N
--
--
7.5
16
3LD2 044-0TK5@
1 unit
103
0.430
9.5
25
3LD2 144-0TK5@
1 unit
103
0.426
11.5
32
3LD2 244-0TK5@
1 unit
103
0.427
22
63
3LD2 545-0TK5@
1 unit
103
0.710
7.5
16
3LD2 044-1TL5@
1 unit
103
0.433
9.5
25
3LD2 144-1TL5@
1 unit
103
0.461
11.5
32
3LD2 244-1TL5@
1 unit
103
0.465
22
63
3LD2 545-0TK5@
+1)
3LD9 250-0CA
1 unit
103
0.710
1 unit
103
0.080
7.5
16
3LD2 044-0TK5@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.430
1 unit
103
0.046
9.5
25
3LD2 144-0TK5@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.426
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 244-0TK5@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.427
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 545-0TK5@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.710
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 044-1TL5@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.433
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 144-1TL5@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.461
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 244-1TL5@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.465
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 545-0TK5@
+1)
3LD9 250-0CA
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.710
1 unit
103
0.080
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 144-0TK53
}
3
1 NO +
1 NC
}
}
11.5
32
22
63
}
}
3+N
1 NO +
1 NC
7.5
16
9.5
25
11.5
32
22
63
}
}
}
}
}
Actuator color
Black
1)

see "Accessories".
2)

see "Accessories".
>
1
3
7/13
Siemens AG 2011
Floor mounting
Number and version of
the contacts
Rated data at
50 ... 60 Hz, 380 V ... 440 V
Main
contact
elements
P/AC-3
P/AC-23A
Iu
kW
kW
Auxiliary
contact
elements
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches with

door-coupling rotary operating mechanism (6-pole)
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism with integrated
tolerance compensation (for 3LD21)
Exception: 3LD2 3 and 3LD2 4 with door-coupling rotary
operating mechanism as selector switch
standard mounting rail

Front plate
- 3LD2 0, 3LD2 1, 3LD2 2: 67 mm 67 mm
- 3LD2 3, 3LD2 4: 96 mm 96 mm
Four-hole mounting
6
--
9.5
25
3LD2 113-3VK5@
1 unit
103
0.604
--
50
7.5
75
160
3LD2 318-3VK1@
1 unit
103
4.500
--
110
132
250
3LD2 418-3VK1@
1 unit
103
4.500
1 NO +
1 NC
25
3LD2 113-4VP5@
1 unit
103
0.645
9.5
9.5
3LD2 113-3VK51
>
1
Actuator color
Black

the contacts
50 ... 60 Hz, 380 V ... 440 V
Main
contact
elements
Auxiliary
contact
elements
DT
P/AC-3
P/AC-23A
Iu
kW
kW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Changeover switches
with door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
Handle and cover black
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms as selector
switch
Four-hole mounting
3
50
75
160
3LD2 318-7UK01
1 unit
103
5.000
110
132
250
3LD2 418-7UK01
1 unit
103
5.000
3+N
50
75
160
3LD2 318-7UL01
1 unit
103
6.400
3+N
110
132
250
3LD2 418-7UL01
1 unit
103
6.400
7/14
Siemens AG 2011
Floor mounting
the contacts
Rated data at
50 ... 60 Hz, 380 ... 440 V
Main
contact
elements
P/AC-23A
Iu
kW
Auxiliary
contact
elements
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

with defeatable door-coupling rotary operating
mechanism
The SENTRON 3LD main and EMERGENCY-STOP switch
with defeatable door-coupling rotary operating mechanism enables you to conduct repairs, maintenance work
or tests on electrical plants and machines without having
to interrupt their operation. With the help of the defeatable door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, an electrician can bypass the interlock in ON position and open
the control cabinet door with the plant activated.
SENTRON 3LD main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches

with defeatable door-coupling rotary operating mechanism are approved according to UL 508.
With 300 mm switch shaft
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism with integrated tolerance compensation
standard mounting rail
Front plate 65 mm 65 mm
Four-hole mounting
3
3+N
--
--
7.5
16
3LD2 017-0TK1@
1 unit
103
0.412
11.5
32
3LD2 217-0TK1@
1 unit
103
0.412
22
63
3LD2 517-0TK1@
1 unit
103
0.412
7.5
16
3LD2 017-1TL1@
1 unit
103
0.412
11.5
32
3LD2 217-1TL1@
1 unit
103
0.412
22
63
3LD2 517-1TL1@
1 unit
103
0.412
3LD2 017-0TK..
Actuator color
Black
>
1
3
7/15
Siemens AG 2011

the contacts
Rated data at
50 ... 60 Hz, 380 ... 440 V
Main
contact
elements
P/AC-23A
Iu
kW
Auxiliary
contact
elements
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
ON/OFF and EMERGENCY-STOP switches

with masking plate and selector switch
With screw mounting
With snap-on mounting on 35 mm standard mounting rail
(16 to 125 A)
Lockable in 0 position with up to 2 (160 A and 250 A:
max. 3) padlocks
Including terminal cover for the infeed and outgoing terminal (160 A and 250 A)
3
--
3LD2 530-0TK13
3+N
--
7.5
16
3LD2 030-0TK1@
1 unit
103
0.169
9.5
25
3LD2 130-0TK1@
1 unit
103
0.171
11.5
32
3LD2 230-0TK1@
1 unit
103
0.168
22
63
3LD2 530-0TK1@
1 unit
103
0.311
37
100
3LD2 730-0TK1@
1 unit
103
0.379
45
125
3LD2 830-0TK1@
1 unit
103
0.379
75
160
3LD2 330-0TK1@
1 unit
103
2.000
132
250
3LD2 430-0TK1@
1 unit
103
2.000
7.5
16
3LD2 030-1TL1@
1 unit
103
0.183
9.5
25
3LD2 130-0TK1@
+1)
3LD9 220-0C
1 unit
103
0.171
1 unit
103
0.039
11.5
32
3LD2 230-0TK1@
+1)
3LD9 220-0C
1 unit
103
0.168
1 unit
103
0.039
22
63
3LD2 530-0TK1@
+1)
3LD9 250-0CA
1 unit
103
0.311
1 unit
103
0.080
3LD2 730-0TK1@
+1)
3LD9 280-0C
1 unit
103
0.379
1 unit
103
0.102
3LD2 830-0TK1@
+1)
3LD9 280-0C
1 unit
103
0.379
1 unit
103
0.102
3LD2 330-0TK1@
+1)
3LD9 240-0C
1 unit
103
2.000
1 unit
103
0.500
3LD2 430-0TK1@
+1)
3LD9 240-0C
1 unit
103
2.000
1 unit
103
0.500
}
}
}
3LD2 330-0TK11
37
100
45
125
75
160
132
250
}
}
}
}
Actuator color
Black
1)
>
1
3
4. contact element as N conductor to be ordered separately;

see "Accessories for floor mounting".
7/16
Siemens AG 2011
the contacts
Rated data at
50 ... 60 Hz, 380 ... 440 V
DT
Order No.
Main
contact
elements
Auxiliary
contact
elements
P/AC-23A
kW
1 NO +
1 NC
7.5
16
9.5
25
11.5
32
22
63
}
37
100
45
125
}
}
75
160
132
250
7.5
16
9.5
25
}
}
1 NO +
1 NC
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
3LD2 030-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.169
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 130-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.171
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 230-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.168
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 530-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.311
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 730-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.379
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 830-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.379
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 330-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
2.000
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 430-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
2.000
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 030-1TL1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.183
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD2 130-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
+1)
3LD9 220-0C
1 unit
103
0.171
1 unit
103
0.046
1 unit
103
0.039
3LD2 230-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
+1)
3LD9 220-0C
1 unit
103
0.168
1 unit
103
0.046
1 unit
103
0.039
3LD2 530-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
+1)
3LD9 250-0CA
1 unit
103
0.311
1 unit
103
0.046
1 unit
103
0.080
3LD2 730-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
+1)
3LD9 280-0C
1 unit
103
0.379
1 unit
103
0.046
1 unit
103
0.102
3LD2 830-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
+1)
3LD9 280-0C
1 unit
103
0.379
1 unit
103
0.046
1 unit
103
0.102
3LD2 330-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
+1)
3LD9 240-0C
1 unit
103
2.000
1 unit
103
0.046
1 unit
103
0.500
3LD2 430-0TK1@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
+1)
3LD9 240-0C
1 unit
103
2.000
1 unit
103
0.046
1 unit
103
0.500
kg
3+N
PS*/
P. unit
Iu
}
3LD2 530-0TK11
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
}
}
}
11.5
32
A
}
}
22
63
A
}
}
37
100
A
}
}
45
125
A
}
}
75
160
A
}
}
132
250
A
}
}
Actuator color
Black
1)

2)

see "Accessories".
>
1
3
7/17
Siemens AG 2011

Number and version of Base
Rated data at
the contacts
terminal 50 ... 60 Hz,
380 ... 440 V
Main
contact
elements
Auxiliary
contact
elements
DT
P/AC-23A
Iu
kW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

With N- and/or PE-/ground base terminals
Lockable in 0 position with
up to 3 padlocks
Degree of protection IP65
Rotary operating mechanisms with center-hole mounting
For floor-mounted auxiliary switches
Metric screwed glands

3
3+N
--
--
3LD2 164-0TB53
PE + N 7.5
16
3LD2 064-0TB5@
1 unit
103
0.463
PE + N 9.5
25
3LD2 164-0TB5@
1 unit
103
0.463
PE + N 11.5
32
3LD2 264-0TB5@
1 unit
103
0.465
PE + N 22
63
3LD2 565-0TB5@
1 unit
103
0.906
PE + N 37
100
3LD2 766-0TB5@
1 unit
103
1.890
PE + N 45
125
3LD2 866-0TB5@
1 unit
103
1.890
PE
7.5
16
3LD2 064-1TC5@
1 unit
103
0.453
PE
9.5
25
3LD2 164-1TC5@
1 unit
103
0.487
PE
11.5
32
3LD2 264-1TC5@
1 unit
103
0.500
PE
22
63
3LD2 565-1TC5@
1 unit
103
0.960
PE + N 37
100
3LD2 766-0TB5@
+1)
3LD9 280-0C
1 unit
103
1.890
1 unit
103
0.102
PE + N 45
125
1 unit
103
1.890
3LD2 866-0TB5@
+1)
3LD9 280-0C
1 unit
103
0.102
3+N
1 NO +
1 NC
1 NO +
1 NC
7.5
16
3LD2 064-1GP5@
1 unit
103
0.507
9.5
25
3LD2 164-1GP5@
1 unit
103
0.501
11.5
32
3LD2 264-1GP5@
1 unit
103
0.488
22
63
3LD2 565-1GP5@
1 unit
103
0.935
37
100
3LD2 766-1GP5@
1 unit
103
1.838
45
125
3LD2 866-1GP5@
1 unit
103
1.843
PE
7.5
16
3LD2 064-1TC5@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.453
1 unit
103
0.046
PE
9.5
25
3LD2 164-1TC5@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.487
1 unit
103
0.046
PE
11.5
32
3LD2 264-1TC5@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.500
1 unit
103
0.046
PE
22
63
3LD2 565-1TC5@
+2)
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.960
1 unit
103
0.046
37
100
3LD2 766-1GP5@
+1)
3LD9 280-0C
1 unit
103
1.838
1 unit
103
0.102
45
125
3LD2 866-1GP5@
+1)
3LD9 280-0C
1 unit
103
1.843
1 unit
103
0.102
}
}
}
}
}
}
Actuator color
Black
1)

2)

see "Accessories".
>
1
3
7/18
Siemens AG 2011
Number and version Base
Rated data at
of the contacts
380 ... 440 V
Main
Auxiliary
contact
contact
elements elements
DT
P/AC-3
P/AC-23A Iu
kW
kW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

with rotary operating mechanism (6-pole)
6
--
1 NO +
1 NC
PE + N 7.5
9.5
25
3LD2 165-3VB5@
1 unit
103
0.880
PE + N 9.5
11.5
32
3LD2 265-3VB5@
1 unit
103
0.878
PE + N 18.5
22.0
63
3LD2 566-3VB5@
1 unit
103
2.105
7.5
9.5
25
3LD2 165-4VD5@
1 unit
103
0.914
9.5
11.5
32
3LD2 265-4VD5@
1 unit
103
0.910
22.0
63
3LD2 566-4VD5@
1 unit
103
2.084
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
PE + N 18.5
3LD2 165-3VB53
>
1
Actuator color
Black
Number and version Base

Rated data at
of the contacts
380 ... 440 V
Main
Auxiliary
contact
contact
elements elements
DT
P/AC-3
P/AC-23A Iu
kW
kW
Order No.
kg
Changeover switches
Black actuator
Lockable in 0 position with up to 3 padlocks (25 A and 32 A)
3
--
PE + N 7.5
9.5
25
3LD2 165-7UB01
1 unit
103
0.888
PE + N 9.5
11.5
32
3LD2 265-7UB01
1 unit
103
0.888
PE + N 18.5
22.0
63
3LD2 566-7UB01
1 unit
103
2.105
PE + N 30.0
37.0
100
3LD2 766-7UB01
1 unit
103
2.335
3LD2 165-7UB01
7/19
Siemens AG 2011
DC applications

Mains voltage
Rated current Ie
at 800 V DC
Max.
DC-21A
DC-22A
V DC
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Solar plant isolators

in molded-plastic enclosure
Molded-plastic enclosure IP65
(W x H x D) 146 mm x 199 mm x 136 mm
Conductor cross-sections:
- Solid and stranded 1.5 16 mm2
- Finely stranded with end sleeve max. 10 mm2
Lockable
800
32
16
3LD2 265-8VQ5@-0AF6
1 unit
103
0.878
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
3LD2 265-8VQ5.-0AF6
>
1
Actuator color
Black
Mains voltage
Rated current Ie
at 800 V DC
Max.
DC-21A
DC-22A
V DC
DT
Order No.
kg
Solar plant isolators

for distribution board mounting
Conductor cross-sections:
- Solid and stranded 1.5 16 mm2
- Finely stranded with end sleeve up to 10 mm2
Actuator color: Black
800
32
16
3LD2 230-8VQ11-0AF6
1 unit
103
0.878
3LD2 265-8VQ11-0AF6
7/20
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories

Version
DT 3LD2 0
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Price
per PU
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For front mounting

}
3LD9 200-2B
1 unit
103
0.030
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD9 200-5BF
1 unit
103
0.028
3LD9 200-2C
1 unit
103
0.032
1 NO + 1 NC
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.046
2 NO
3LD9 200-6C
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD9 200-5CF
1 unit
103
0.028
A
A
3LD9 224-1B
1 unit
103
0.072
3LD9 224-3B
1 unit
103
0.075
- Black
3LD9 224-1D
1 unit
103
0.080
- Red/Yellow
3LD9 224-3D
1 unit
103
0.081
3LD9 256-0A
5 units
103
0.027
Length 300 mm
3LD9 205-0C
5 units
103
0.476
Length 600 mm
3LD9 205-2C
5 units
103
0.476
With English/German inscription

(MAIN SWITCH/HAUPTSCHALTER)
3LD9 286-1A
1 10 units
103
0.005
Without inscription
3LD9 286-4A
1 10 units
103
0.054
1-pole
3LD9 201-2A
100
4 units
103
0.200
3-/4-pole
3LD9 201-1A
4 units
103
0.007
N or PE terminals
Through-type
3LD9 200-2B
3LD9 200-5B
Auxiliary switches
For mounting on the left and/or right, lagging switch-on,
leading switch-off
1 NO + 1 NC
with gold-plate contacts for SIMATIC request, leading
switch-off
1 NO + 1 NC
For floor mounting, distribution board mounting or molded-plastic

enclosures
N or PE terminals
Through-type
3LD9 200-2C
Auxiliary switches
leading switch-off
3LD9 200-5C (left)

3LD9 200-6C (right)

with gold-plate contacts for SIMATIC request, leading
switch-off
1 NO + 1 NC
For front and floor mounting

For four-hole mounting, including seal
- Black
- Red/Yellow
3LD9 224-1B
For center-hole mounting, including seal and nut
3LD9 224-3D
Assembly tools
For center-hole mounting with nut
3LD9 256-0A
Switching shafts 6 x 6 mm
Inscription labels
3LD9 286-1A
Terminal covers as additional touch protection

(also for distribution board mounting)
Can be snapped on at top and bottom
3LD9 201-2A
7/21
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Version
DT 3LD2 1 and 3LD2 2
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
Price
per PU
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For front mounting

}
3LD9 220-0B
1 unit
103
0.039
3LD9 220-2B
1 unit
103
0.036
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD9 200-5BF
1 unit
103
0.028
3LD9 220-0C
1 unit
103
0.039
3LD9 220-2C
1 unit
103
0.037
}
}
3LD9 200-5C
3LD9 200-6C
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.046
0.046
3LD9 200-5CF
1 unit
103
0.028
- Black
3LD9 224-1B
1 unit
103
0.072
- Red/Yellow
3LD9 224-3B
1 unit
103
0.075
- Black
3LD9 224-1D
1 unit
103
0.080
- Red/Yellow
3LD9 224-3D
1 unit
103
0.081
3LD9 256-0A
5 units
103
0.027
Length 300 mm
3LD9 205-0C
5 units
103
0.476
Length 600 mm
3LD9 205-2C
5 units
103
0.476

3LD9 286-1A
1 10 units
103
0.005
Without inscription
3LD9 286-4A
1 10 units
103
0.054
1-pole
3LD9 221-2A
100
4 units
103
0.100
3-pole
3LD9 221-0A
4 units
103
0.007
4. contact (N conductor)
Leading switch-on, lagging switch-off
N or PE terminals
Through-type
3LD9 220-0B (left)

3LD9 220-2B (right)
Auxiliary switches
leading switch-off
1 NO + 1 NC
leading switch-off, with gold-plate contacts for SIMATIC
request
1 NO + 1 NC
3LD9 200-5B

enclosures
3LD9 220-0C
N or PE terminals
Through-type
3LD9 200-5C (left)

3LD9 200-6C (right)
Auxiliary switches
leading switch-off
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NO
request
1 NO + 1 NC

For four-hole mounting
3LD9 224-1B
3LD9 224-3D
Assembly tools
3LD9 256-0A
Inscription labels
3LD9 286-1A

3LD9 221-2A (left)
3LD9 221-0A (right)
7/22
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Version
DT 3LD2 3 and 3LD2 4
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Price
per PU
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For front mounting

}
3LD9 240-0B
1 unit
103
0.500
3LD9 240-2B
1 unit
103
0.450
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD9 200-5BF
1 unit
103
0.028
3LD9 242-4F
5 units
103
0.159
3LD9 240-0C
1 unit
103
0.500
3LD9 240-2C
1 unit
103
0.450
1 NO + 1 NC
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.046
2 NO
3LD9 200-6C
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD9 200-5CF
1 unit
103
0.028
- Black
3LD9 243-1B
1 unit
103
0.154
- Red/Yellow
3LD9 243-3B
1 unit
103
0.154
Length 300 mm
3LD9 245-0C
5 units
103
0.476
Length 600 mm
3LD9 245-2C
5 units
103
0.476

3LD9 286-1A
1 10 units
103
0.005
Without inscription
3LD9 286-4A
1 10 units
103
0.054
3LD9 241-2A
103
0.010
N or PE terminals
Through-type
3LD9 240-0B (left)
3LD9 240-2B (right)
Auxiliary switches
leading switch-off
1 NO + 1 NC
3LD9 200-5B

request
1 NO + 1 NC
For floor and distribution board mounting

Coupling piece
no ON-lock
3LD9 242-4F
N or PE terminals
Through-type
3LD9 240-0C (left)
3LD9 240-2C (right)
Auxiliary switches
leading switch-off
3LD9 200-5C (left)

3LD9 200-6C (right)

request
1 NO + 1 NC

Knob-operated mechanism
3LD9 243-1B
Inscription labels
3LD9 286-1A

1-pole
4 units
3LD9 241-2A
7/23
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Version
DT
3LD2 5
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
Price
per PU
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For front mounting

}
3LD9 250-0BA
1 unit
103
0.079
3LD9 250-2BA
1 unit
103
0.072
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD9 200-5BF
1 unit
103
0.028
3LD9 250-0CA
1 unit
103
0.080
3LD9 250-2CA
1 unit
103
0.073
}
}
3LD9 200-5C
3LD9 200-6C
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.046
0.046
3LD9 200-5CF
1 unit
103
0.028
- Black
3LD9 284-1B
1 unit
103
0.154
- Red/Yellow
3LD9 284-3B
1 unit
103
0.152
- Black
3LD9 284-1D
1 unit
103
0.155
- Red/Yellow
3LD9 284-3D
1 unit
103
0.155
3LD9 256-0A
5 units
103
0.027
Length 300 mm
3LD9 205-0C
5 units
103
0.476
Length 600 mm
3LD9 205-2C
5 units
103
0.476

3LD9 286-1A
1 10 units
103
0.005
Without inscription
3LD9 286-4A
1 10 units
103
0.054
1-pole
3LD9 251-2A
100
4 units
103
0.100
3-pole
3LD9 251-0A
4 units
103
0.009
N or PE terminals
Through-type
3LD9 250-0BA (left)
3LD9 250-2BA (right)
Auxiliary switches
leading switch-off
1 NO + 1 NC
request
3LD9 200-5B
1 NO + 1 NC

enclosures
N or PE terminals
Through-type
3LD9 250-0CA (left)
3LD9 250-2CA (right)
3LD9 200-5C (left)

3LD9 200-6C (right)
Auxiliary switches
leading switch-off
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NO
request
1 NO + 1 NC

3LD9 284-1B
3LD9 284-3D
Assembly tools
3LD9 256-0A
Inscription labels
3LD9 286-1A

3LD9 251-2A (left)
3LD9 251-0A (right)
7/24
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Version
DT
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
3LD2 7 and 3LD2 8
Order No.
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Price
per PU
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For front mounting

}
3LD9 280-0B
1 unit
103
0.101
3LD9 280-2B
1 unit
103
0.092
3LD9 200-5B
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD9 200-5BF
1 unit
103
0.028
3LD9 280-0C
1 unit
103
0.102
3LD9 280-2C
1 unit
103
0.093
1 NO + 1 NC
3LD9 200-5C
1 unit
103
0.046
2 NO
3LD9 200-6C
1 unit
103
0.046
3LD9 200-5CF
1 unit
103
0.028
Black
3LD9 284-1B
1 unit
103
0.154
Red/Yellow
3LD9 284-3B
1 unit
103
0.152
Length 300 mm
3LD9 205-0C
5 units
103
0.476
Length 600 mm
3LD9 205-2C
5 units
103
0.476

3LD9 286-1A
1 10 units
103
0.005
Without inscription
3LD9 286-4A
1 10 units
103
0.054
3LD9 281-2A
103
0.007
N or PE terminals
Through-type
3LD9 280-0B (left)
3LD9 280-2B (right)
Auxiliary switches
leading switch-off
1 NO + 1 NC
3LD9 200-5B

leading switch-off, with gold-plate contacts for SIMATIC request
1 NO + 1 NC

enclosures
N or PE terminals
Through-type
3LD9 280-0C (left)
3LD9 280-2C (right)
Auxiliary switches
leading switch-off
3LD9 200-5C (left)

3LD9 200-6C (right)

leading switch-off, with gold-plate contacts for SIMATIC request
1 NO + 1 NC

Rotary operating mechanisms for four-hole mounting
Lockable in 0 position with up to 3 padlocks,
including seal
3LD9 284-1B
Inscription labels
3LD9 286-1A
Terminal covers as additional touch protection (also for

distribution board mounting)
1-pole (1 pack = 4 units)
4 units
3LD9 281-2A
7/25
Siemens AG 2011
5TE1 Switch Disconnectors up to 200 A
Introduction
Overview
Benefits
The 5TE1 switch disconnectors are available from 100 A to

200 A in 3 and 4-pole versions and can be used as main
switches, repair switches, outgoing feeder switches and emergency system interrupters.
The series corresponds to the requirements of IEC/EN 60947-3
and its key features are its compact and robust design, high
short-circuit strength, high DC switching capacity and comprehensive accessories.
Transparent enclosures ensure that the contact position is

always visible
Contacts with double breaks ensure reliable insulation characteristics
Can be locked in the OFF position to allow for maintenance
work.
With a red knob and yellow cap, it can also be used as an
emergency system interrupter.
Its small footprint means it is easy to install in all types of enclosures, distribution boards and control cabinets.
The devices are approved to UL 508 and KEMA certified.
5TE1 .1
5TE1 .2
5TE1 .3
5TE1 .4
IEC/EN 60947-3, UL 508

UL 508 for the following types: 5TE1 320, 5TE1 330,
5TE1 340, 5TE1 420, 5TE1 430 and 5TE1 440.
UL File No. E302554
Standards
Approvals
Rated operational current Ie

With utilization category AC-21A
Per conducting path
At Ue=
400 V
415 V
500 V
690 V
A
A
A
A
100
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
160
160
160
160
200
200
200
200

Per conducting path
At Ue=
400 V
415 V
500 V
690 V
A
A
A
A
100
100
100
63
125
125
100
63
160
160
160
160
200
200
200
200

Per conducting path
At Ue=
400 V
415 V
500 V
690 V
A
A
A
A
80
80
50
40
125
125
125
63
160
160
125
80

With utilization category DC-23A
2 poles in series
2 poles in series
4 poles in series
110 V
220 V
220 V
A
A
A
100
-100
160
100
160
V AC
Acc. to UL: 480, acc. to IEC: 690
V AC
690
2000 m
kV
Impulse test voltage
At sea level
kV
12.3
kW
kW
kW
kW
44
46
35
36
At Ue=
Max. rated operational power

400 V
415 V
500 V
690 V
88
92
86
76
Rated thermal current Ith
At 40 C, 50 C and 60 C
100
160
200
Rated making capacity
At 415 V AC-23A
1875
3200
4000
At 415 V AC-23A
1000
1920
2400
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Icm
Per conducting path
400 V
415 V
500 V
690 V
kA
kA
kA
kA
10
10
6.7
6.7

(peak value)
Per conducting path
0.25 s
1s
kA
kA
5
2.5
400 V
415 V
500 V
690 V
kA
kA
kA
kA
50
50
50
33
33
20
18
kVar
50
60
77
97
4.5
6.5
10
At Ue=

With back-up protection with back-up fuse
With identical rated current
Capacitive load
At Ue=
At 400 V
VA
2.9
Frequency
Hz
50/60
Solid and stranded
AWG cables
Copper busbars
mm2
AWG
mm2
6 ... 50
10 ... 1/0
--
Per pole
Endurance
Electrical
Mechanical
According to UL 508
UL 508 General Use 480 V
UL 508 Manual motor controller 230 V
UL 508 Manual motor controller 480 V
UL 508 Short-circuit at 480 V
In
FLA (Full load amperes)
Rating
Rating
With Class H or K5 fuses
With J fuses
7/26
6
3
2/3/4
Number of poles
Rated power dissipation Pv
125
69
72
86
60
-8
max. 20 6
Switching 1500
cycles 20000
A
A
hp
hp
kA
kA
-------
1000
10000
80
28
10
20
10
50
100
34
25
15
125
40
30
15
Siemens AG 2011
General data

Version
Ie
Ue
Width DT
A AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Switch disconnectors, lockable,

with gray knob and transparent enclosure,
mounting depth 92mm
2 NO
100
125
690
160
200
B
B
5TE1 210
5TE1 220
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.485
0.492
B
B
5TE1 230
5TE1 240
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.646
0.655
B
B
5TE1 310
5TE1 320
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.533
0.541
B
B
5TE1 330
5TE1 340
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.694
0.697
B
B
5TE1 410
5TE1 420
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.602
0.591
B
B
5TE1 430
5TE1 440
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.774
0.794
B
B
5TE1 610
5TE1 620
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.592
0.606
B
B
5TE1 630
5TE1 640
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.791
0.789
3 NO
100
125
690
160
200
4 NO
100
125
690
160
200
3 NO with N-conductor through-type terminal
100
125
690
160
200
Switch disconnectors with red knob and yellow cap,

can be used as emergency mains switching off device
acc. to IEC 60204-1, EN 60204-1 if switch is easily
accessible, mounting depth 92 mm
3 NO
100
125
690
160
200
B
B
5TE1 315
5TE1 325
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.545
0.550
B
B
5TE1 335
5TE1 345
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.693
0.722
B
B
5TE1 415
5TE1 425
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.596
0.609
B
B
5TE1 435
5TE1 445
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.803
0.806
4 NO
100
125
160
200
690
7/27
Siemens AG 2011
General data
Accessories
Version
Ie
Ue
A AC
V AC
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Terminal covers
Sealable
For 100 A and 125 A load disconnect switches
5TE9 000
1 unit
027
0.043
For 160 A and 200 A load disconnect switches
5TE9 001
1 unit
027
0.037
1 set = 3 units
5TE9 003
1 set
027
0.245
1 set = 4 units
5TE9 004
1 set
027
0.323
Cage Clamp terminals
For 160 A und 200 A load disconnect switches,

14.5 mm terminal diameter for 35 mm2 cables,
hexagonal socket head screw 5 mm
Auxiliary switches
Can be mounted optionally left or right or both
sides (2 units);
minimum contact load 24 V, 50 mA
1 CO
230
5TE9 005
1 unit
027
0.042
2 CO
230
5TE9 006
1 unit
027
0.048
5TE9 014
1 unit
027
0.017
5TE9 015
1 set
027
0.078
B
B
5TE9 010
5TE9 011
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.177
0.234
B
B
5TE9 012
5TE9 013
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.175
0.234
Locking units
For up to three padlocks with max. 8 mm
Conversion kits, 4-pole, for 100 A and 125 A for the

connection of busbars or cables with cable lugs
For busbars max 15 mm wide
including terminal cover
Rotary actuators with extension axes for mounting

on hinged doors or enclosure lids, lockable, IP65
Black knob
Axis length 200 mm
Axis length 400 mm
Red knob
Axis length 200 mm
Axis length 400 mm
7/28
Siemens AG 2011
General data
Dimensional drawings
5TE1 switch disconnectors, 100 A and 125 A
5TE9 auxiliary switches

73
9
90
5TE1 210
5TE1 220
5TE1 310
5TE1 315
5TE1 320
5TE1 325
5TE1 410
5TE1 415
5TE1 420
5TE1 425
42
92,5
5TE1 610
5TE1 620
5TE9 005
5TE9 006
5TE9 014 locking units

1x 2x 3x
max. 8 mm
5,5
73
90
45
13
ON
OFF
I2_07110a
80
70
44
I2_07112a
35
35
73
5TE1 switch disconnectors, 160 A and 200 A

35
45
90
44
I2_07109a
I2_07111c
45
90
75
44
70
144
5TE1 230
5TE1 240
5TE1 330
5TE1 335
5TE1 340
5TE1 345
5TE1 430
5TE1 435
5TE1 440
5TE1 445
92,5
5TE1 630
5TE1 640
5TE9 rotary actuators with extension axis
19 H 165/365
65
53,5
73
79
19 H 165/365
H+35 L H+100
2,5
SW16
H-7
SW16
H-7
65
53,5
H+35 L H+100
I2_07205b
2,5
73
79
0 37,5
6
32
I2_07206b
With switch disconnectors 100 A and 125 A

5TE9 010, 5TE9 011,
5TE9 012, 5TE9 013
It is possible to open the door in a disconnected state.
With switch disconnectors 160 A and 200 A

5TE9 010, 5TE9 011,
5TE9 012, 5TE9 013
It is possible to open the door in a disconnected state.
7/29
Siemens AG 2011
General data
Schematics
Diagram
5TE9 auxiliary switches
1 3
1 3 5
1 3 5 7
1 2
2 4
2 4 6
2 4 6 8
5TE1 210
5TE1 220
5TE1 230
5TE1 240
5TE1 310
5TE1 320
5TE1 330
5TE1 340
2 4 6
2 4 6
5TE1 610
5TE1 620
5TE1 630
5TE1 640
5TE1 315
5TE1 325
5TE1 335
5TE1 345
5TE9 005
L1
L2
5TE9 006
1 3 5 7
1 3 5
1 3 5 N
5TE1 410
5TE1 420
5TE1 430
5TE1 440
1 2 3 4
2 4 6 8
5TE1 415
5TE1 425
5TE1 435
5TE1 445
More information
Connection of 5TE1 3 and 5TE1 4 switches, 160 and 200 A
10-12
I2_08070a
SW 5
SW 13
max. 12 Nm
10-12
8,5
max. 6
5TE9 003
5TE9 004
SW 5
7/30
20 max.
max. 14
Design
From 160 A: supplied with one terminal cover
160 A and 200 A: version for connection with cable lug
Screw fixing on base plate
Installation on standard mounting rail to EN 60715, which is
raised at least 5 mm from the base plate.
Siemens AG 2011
SENTRON 3KA, 3KE Switch Disconnectors up to 1000 A
Introduction
Overview
NSE0_01931b
7
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
Auxiliary switch (3SB for 3KA; 3KX for 3KE)

IP20 terminal cover (Operator side)
3K switch disconnector
Arcing contacts (only for 3KE)
Extension shaft
8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism in standard version
(ti-grey) or EMERGENCY-STOP version (red/yellow).
7 8UC9 knob for fixed mounting in standard version (black) or
EMERGENCY-STOP version (red/yellow).
All components from the switch to the actuator are provided with
non-interchangeability features.
For the 3KA switch disconnectors, complete kits for standard

and EMERGENCY-STOP application are available for installation
in the side and rear panels of control cabinets.
An operating linkage permits simultaneous switching of two 3KE

switch disconnectors with identical or different rated operational
currents.
A changeover operating mechanism is available for the use of

2 switch disconnectors in the 3KE series as load changeover
switches.
Identical accessories for 3KA switch disconnectors and for 3KL

and 3KM switch disconnectors with fuses simplify stock keeping.
Application
3KA and 3KE switch disconnectors are used as main,
EMERGENCY-STOP, maintenance and transfer switches in distribution boards for residential and non-residential buildings as
well as industrial switchboards. As three and four-pole versions,
they ensure activation and deactivation of the specified rated
current under load. At the same time, they constitute a safety isolating function and isolating distance in all low-voltage circuits.
All 3K switch disconnectors are climate-proof and meet the

requirements of IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-3. Switch disconnectors in the type-tested 8HP molded-plastic distribution board
enclosure (degree of protection IP65) are available for use as
safety switches.
Additional data, see catalog LV 10.2, chapter 18
"Distribution Boards" and chapter 19 "Terminal Blocks".
7/31
Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
Standards
IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3

3KA50
3KA51
3KA521)
3KA531)
3KA551)
3KA571)
3KA581)
63
80
125
160
250
400
6303)
Type
63
80
125
160
250
400
6303)
690
690
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
kV
50/60 Hz AC
690
DC
V
V
V
440 (3 conducting paths series-connected)

110 (1 conducting path)
Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm

with upstream fuses4)
At 50/60 Hz 690 V AC, peak value
kA
220
220
220
220
176
176
105
Rated conditional short-circuit current with upstream

fuses4)
At 50/60 Hz 690 V AC, rms value
Max. rated current In of the fuses
Permissible let-through current of the fuses
Maximum permissible let-through I2t value
kA
100
100
100
100
80
80
50
A
kA
kA2s
63
8
55
80
10
55
160
17
223
160
17
223
400
305)
1000
400
305)
1000
630
405)
2600
Permissible let-through current of an upstream circuit

breaker
kA
15
25
25
32
Rated short-circuit making capacity without fuses

At AC 50 Hz/60 Hz 690 V, peak value
kA
20
25
35
500
650
1000
1280
2000
3200
5040
A
kW
63
30
80
40
125
65
160
80
250
132
400
200
6306)
350
500
640
1000
1280
2000
3200
3200
A
A
kW
63
63
40
80
80
50
125
125
90
160
160
110
250
250
185
400
400
280
630
400
280
500
500
1000
1280
2000
3200
3200
A
A
kW
63
63
50
80
63
50
125
125
110
160
160
150
250
250
220
400
400
375
630
400
375
A
A
250
63
260
63
500
125
640
160
10008)
2509)
1600
400
1600
400
Rated short-time current Icw

(1 s current, rms value)
kA
2.5
2.5
3.2
3.2
11
15
C
C
-25 ... +55 for operation3)

-50 ... +80 when stored
15000
15 000
12 000
12 000
12 000
Conventional free-air thermal current Ith
2)
Switching capacity (infeed from the top or bottom)

At 400 V AC
Breaking current Ic (at p.f. = 0.35, rms value)
Rated operational current Ie at
- AC-21A, AC-22A, AC-23A
Motor switching capacity AC-23A
At 500 V AC
- AC-21A, AC-22A
- AC-23A
At 690 V AC
- AC-21A, AC-22A
- AC-23A
At 440 V DC (3 conducting paths series-connected)7)
Breaking current Ic (L/R = 15 ms)
Rated operational current Ie at DC-23A
Mechanical endurance, operating cycles
15 000
IP00/IP20 (from the operator side, with busbar and terminal covers)
15 000
Power loss of the switch disconnector at Ith
12
22
22
33
72
170
Main conductor connections

Busbar systems, max. dimensions (w x t)
Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section (stranded)
mm
mm2
25 x 9
35
25 x 9
35
45 x 10
70
45 x 10
120
40 x 12
150
40 x 15
2 x 240
Nm
6 ... 7.5
M6
6 ... 7.5
M6
7 ... 10
M6
18 ... 22
M8
35 ... 45
M10
40 x 12
2 x 150 or
1 x 240
35 ... 45
M10
mm
mm2
---
---
---
---
20 x 2.5
70
20 x 2.5
120
20 x 2.5
120
Tightening torque
Terminal screws
Protective conductor connections
Flat bars
1)
Technical specifications for approval on request.
5)
3ND1 switchgear protection fuse.
2)
Configuring note: Max. permissible operating temperature at connections

100 C.
6)
AC-23B.
7)
220 V DC (L1 and L3 series-connected) or 110 V DC

(one conducting path) at DC-23A.
8)
At 440 V L/R = 4 ms, at 220 V L/R = 15 ms.
9)
At 440 V DC-22A, at 220 V DC-23A.
3)
With 3KA58 for operation -25 C ... +35 C, 570 A at 55 C.
4)
Only available with fuses 3NA3 8, 3NA3 2 or 3ND1 8, 3ND1 2

(otherwise only 105 kA/50 kA).
7/32
35 ... 45
M10
Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
Standards
IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3
Type
3KE42
3KE43
3KE44
3KE45
250
400
630
1000
AC 1000, DC 1200
kV
50/60 Hz AC
690
DC

kA
35
35
60
60
Rated short-circuit making capacity with upstream fuses

kA
105
105
105
84
Rated conditional short-circuit current with upstream

fuses
At 50/60 Hz 690 V AC (rms value)
50
50
50
40
kA2s
2150
2150
5400
19000
Permissible let-through current of an upstream circuit

breaker
kA
35
35
60
60
Max. rated current In of the fuse
400
400
630
1000
Permissible let-through current of the fuses (peak value)
kA
38
38
60
75
1000
1000
2520
2520

At 400 V AC
- AC-21A
250
400
630
1000
- AC-22A
250
330
630
800
- AC-23A
125
125
315
315
1000
1000
2520
2520
At 500 V AC
- AC-21A
250
400
630
1000
- AC-22A
250
330
630
800
- AC-23A
125
125
315
315
1 000
1000
2520
2520
At 690 V AC
- AC-21A
250
400
630
1000
- AC-22A
250
330
630
800
- AC-23A
125
125
315
315
1000
1000
2520
2520
- DC-21A
250
400
630
1000
- DC-22A
250
250
630
630
kA
12.5
12.5
21
21
-25 ... +55 for operation
At 440 V DC (3 conducting paths series-connected)

Rated short-time current Icw

(1 s current, rms value)
10 000
IP00
W
15
33
78
180
mm
25 x 10
25 x 10
2 x 40 x 10
2 x 40 x 10
mm2
2 x 150
2 x 150, 1 x 240
2 x 240
2 x 240

7/33
Siemens AG 2011
Floor mounting
Applications
3KA switch disconnectors are implemented as main switches
and EMERGENCY-STOP switches for normal switching duty and
isolation of main circuits and auxiliary circuits. Another field of
application is the switching of induction motors and other loads
in the event of maintenance and repair.
Main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches are manually operated

switch disconnectors according to IEC 60947-3 and
EN 60947-3 and comply with the conditions for switch disconnectors and the requirements of the machinery directive
EN 60204-1.

All switch disconnectors with degree of protection IP00
Conductor connecting screws are generally included in the scope of supply
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
kg
Weight
per PU
approx.
Complete versions with 8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating

mechanism (black handle)
3-pole for motor loads and for power distribution
63
80
125
160
B
B
B
B
3KA50 30-1GE01
3KA51 30-1GE01
3KA52 30-1GE01
3KA53 30-1GE01
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
1.444
1.403
2.383
2.426
250
400
630
B
B
B
3KA55 30-1GE01
3KA57 30-1GE01
3KA58 30-1GE01
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
5.475
5.556
6.128
63
80
125
160
B
B
B
B
3KA50 40-1GE01
3KA51 40-1GE01
3KA52 40-1GE01
3KA53 40-1GE01
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
2.498
2.540
2.490
2.458
250
400
630
B
B
B
3KA55 40-1GE01
3KA57 40-1GE01
3KA58 40-1GE01
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
6.038
5.154
6.595
4-pole1) for power distribution
Basic switch versions without handle

3KA53 30-1AE01
63
80
125
160
B
B
B
}
3KA50 30-1AE01
3KA51 30-1AE01
3KA52 30-1AE01
3KA53 30-1AE01
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
0.946
0.918
1.880
2.028
250
400
630
B
B
B
3KA55 30-1AE01
3KA57 30-1AE01
3KA58 30-1AE01
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
4.514
4.630
5.151
63
80
125
160
B
B
B
B
3KA50 40-1AE01
3KA51 40-1AE01
3KA52 40-1AE01
3KA53 40-1AE01
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
2.100
2.112
2.090
2.240
250
400
630
C
B
B
3KA55 40-1AE01
3KA57 40-1AE01
3KA58 40-1AE01
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
5.042
5.195
5.740
3KA53 40-1AE01
8UC7 EMERGENCY-STOP door-coupling rotary operating

mechanisms (red handle, yellow indicator plate) for basic switch
versions without handle
63
80
125
160
B
B
B
B
8UC71 21-3BB10
8UC71 21-3BB10
8UC72 22-3BB20
8UC72 22-3BB20
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.200
250
400
630
B
B
B
8UC73 23-3BB30
8UC73 23-3BB30
8UC73 23-3BB30
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
0.200
0.200
0.200
63
80
125
160
B
B
B
B
8UC72 22-3BB20
8UC72 22-3BB20
8UC72 22-3BB20
8UC72 22-3BB20
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.200
250
400
630
B
B
B
8UC73 23-3BB30
8UC73 23-3BB30
8UC73 23-3BB30
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
0.200
0.200
0.200
8UC71 21-3BB10
1)
Rated values reduced in the event of strong harmonics caused by frequency converter operation.
For 8UC7 EMERGENCY-STOP door-coupling rotary operating

mechanisms (red handle, yellow indicator plate),
see Accessories.
7/34
Siemens AG 2011
Floor mounting
DT
3-pole, assembly kits for mounting

in control cabinet side panels
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Assembly kits (IP40 from front)

Comprising: Lockable handle and
three terminal covers for the infeed
side
Order No.
A
Price
per PU
kg
Black handle
63
80
125
160
B
B
B
B
3KX3 516-2AA
3KX3 516-2AA
3KX3 536-2AA
3KX3 536-2AA
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
0.591
0.591
0.843
0.843
250
400
630
B
B
B
3KX3 556-2AA
3KX3 556-2AA
3KX3 556-2AA
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
1.560
1.560
1.560
3KA53 30-1AE01 with

3KX3 536-2AA
EMERGENCY-STOP red handle

63
80
125
160
B
B
B
B
3KX3 516-2BA
3KX3 516-2BA
3KX3 536-2BA
3KX3 536-2BA
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
0.584
0.584
0.860
0.860
250
400
630
B
B
B
3KX3 556-2BA
3KX3 556-2BA
3KX3 556-2BA
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
1.590
1.590
1.590
7/35
Siemens AG 2011
Floor mounting
With high speed closing and opening
Conductor connecting screws are generally included in the scope of supply
DT
3-pole, operating mechanism and

actuation from the front
Direct operating mechanisms
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Price
per PU
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Complete versions with black handle

250
400
630
1000
B
B
B
B
3KE42 30-0BA
3KE43 30-0BA
3KE44 30-0BA
3KE45 30-0BA
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
4.210
4.178
7.184
7.838
B
B
B
B
3KE42 30-0AA
3KE43 30-0AA
3KE44 30-0AA
3KE45 30-0AA
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
3.879
3.870
6.915
7.427
8UC93 71
+
3KX2 210-0H
1 unit
103
0.146
1 unit
103
0.236
8UC93 71
+
3KX2 210-0H
1 unit
103
0.146
1 unit
103
0.236
8UC93 75
+
3KX2 210-0H
1 unit
103
0.165
1 unit
103
0.236
8UC93 75
+
3KX2 210-0H
1 unit
103
0.165
1 unit
103
0.236
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
3KE43 30-0BA

250
400
630
1000
EMERGENCY-STOP red handles + coupling sockets

for basic switch versions without handle
250
B
400
B
B
630
B
B
1000
B
B
DT
3-pole, operating mechanism and

actuation from the front
Door-coupling rotary operating
mechanisms (lockable)
Order No.
Price
per PU
kg

250
400
630
1000
B
B
B
B
3KE42 30-0GA
3KE43 30-0GA
3KE44 30-0GA
3KE45 30-0GA
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
5.032
5.041
7.885
8.532
B
B
B
B
3KE42 30-0AA
3KE43 30-0AA
3KE44 30-0AA
3KE45 30-0AA
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
3.879
3.870
6.915
7.427
8UC73 24-3BB44
1 unit
103
0.200

250
400
630
1000

mechanisms (red handle, yellow indicator plate)
250, 400, 630, 1000
7/36
Siemens AG 2011
Floor mounting
DT
3-pole, rear operating mechanism

and actuation
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Price
per PU
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

250
400
630
1000
B
B
C
C
3KE42 30-0CA
3KE43 30-0CA
3KE44 30-0CA
3KE45 30-0CA
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
5.306
5.030
7.395
7.990
B
B
C
C
3KE42 30-0CA
3KE43 30-0CA
3KE44 30-0CA
3KE45 30-0CA
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
5.306
5.030
7.395
7.990
8UC93 70
+
8UB95 30
+
8UC96 31-0B
1 unit
103
0.128
1 unit
103
0.028
1 unit
103
0.011
8UC93 70
+
8UB95 30
+
8UC96 31-0B
1 unit
103
0.128
1 unit
103
0.028
1 unit
103
0.011
8UC93 74
+
1 unit
103
0.145
8UB95 30
+
8UC96 31-0B
1 unit
103
0.028
1 unit
103
0.011
8UC93 74
+
8UB95 30
+
8UC96 31-0B
1 unit
103
0.145
1 unit
103
0.028
1 unit
103
0.011
8UC93 70
+
8UC95 63
+
8UC96 31-0B
1 unit
103
0.128
1 unit
103
0.271
1 unit
103
0.011
8UC93 70
+
8UC95 63
+
8UC96 31-0B
1 unit
103
0.128
1 unit
103
0.271
1 unit
103
0.011
8UC93 74
+
8UC95 63
+
8UC96 31-0B
1 unit
103
0.145
1 unit
103
0.271
1 unit
103
0.011
8UC93 74
+
8UC95 63
+
8UC96 31-0B
1 unit
103
0.145
1 unit
103
0.271
1 unit
103
0.011
Direct operating mechanisms (lockable)

250
400
630
1000
Handles (black) + masking plates + display plates (silver)

250
A
A
400
B
A
A
630
A
1000
B
A
A

250
B
B
A
400
B
B
A
630
B
B
A
1000
B
B
A
7/37
Siemens AG 2011
Floor mounting
DT
3-pole, rear operating mechanism

and actuation
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Price
per PU
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
EMERGENCY-STOP red handles + masking plates + display plates

(yellow) for basic switch versions without handle
250
B
A
A
400
B
A
A
630
B
A
A
1000
B
A
A
8UC93 71
+
8UB95 30
+
8UC96 33-0B
1 unit
103
0.146
1 unit
103
0.028
1 unit
103
0.011
8UC93 71
+
8UB95 30
+
8UC96 33-0B
1 unit
103
0.146
1 unit
103
0.028
1 unit
103
0.011
8UC93 75
+
8UB95 30
+
8UC96 33-0B
1 unit
103
0.165
1 unit
103
0.028
1 unit
103
0.011
8UC93 75
+
8UB95 30
+
8UC96 33-0B
1 unit
103
0.165
1 unit
103
0.028
1 unit
103
0.011
8UC93 71
+
8UC95 63
+
8UC96 33-0B
1 unit
103
0.146
1 unit
103
0.271
1 unit
103
0.011
8UC93 71
+
8UC95 63
+
8UC96 33-0B
1 unit
103
0.146
1 unit
103
0.271
1 unit
103
0.011
8UC93 75
+
8UC95 63
+
8UC96 33-0B
1 unit
103
0.165
1 unit
103
0.271
1 unit
103
0.011
8UC93 75
+
8UC95 63
+
8UC96 33-0B
1 unit
103
0.165
1 unit
103
0.271
1 unit
103
0.011
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.

250
B
B
A
400
B
B
A
630
B
B
A
1000
B
B
A
DT
3-pole, rear rotary operating

Order No.
Price
per PU
kg

250
400
630
1000
B
B
C
C
3KE42 30-0CA
3KE43 30-0CA
3KE44 30-0CA
3KE45 30-0CA
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
5.306
5.030
7.395
7.990
8UC73 14-1BB44
1 unit
103
0.200
8UC73 24-3BB44
1 unit
103
0.200
8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms (black handle)

250, 400, 630, 1000

250, 400, 630, 1000
7/38
Siemens AG 2011
Benefits
Lockable with 3 padlocks
Generous terminal compartment
Maintenance-free
Easy mounting
Application
Our master and EMERGENCY-STOP switches provide absolute
safety, even during maintenance and repair work. All-round
safety for people and machines.
building and industrial installations as well as the food and

chemical industry. Even with the enclosure open, they comply
with protection class 2. IP20 is the minimum!
With their high degree of protection IP65, they can even withstand dust and water spray, providing unparalleled safety in the

Main
Auxiliary
contact
contacts
elements
P/AC-23A
at
380 ...
400 V
kW
Iu
At 660/
690 V
kW
Conductor crosssection of main

conductor/PEN
mm
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Main control switches complete with rotary operating mechanism, black1)

3
--
65
80
132
110
150
220
125
160
250
200
375
400
350
315
375
315
35/352)
120/702)
150/702)
2 150 or
1 240/120
630
2 240/120
3)
2 240/240
800
C
C
C
8HP2 707
8HP2 711
8HP2 712
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
046
046
046
5.240
8.039
12.242
8HP2 717
1 unit
046
12.378
C
C
8HP2 718
8HP2 738
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
046
046
13.050
14.290
C
C
C
8HP2 747
8HP2 748
8HP2 761
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
046
046
046
5.217
7.992
12.340
8HP2 762
1 unit
046
12.354
C
C
8HP2 763
8HP2 758
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
046
046
12.875
14.329
8HP2 7..
EMERGENCY-STOP switches complete with rotary operating mechanism,

red/yellow1)
3
--
65
80
132
110
150
220
125
160
250
200
375
400
350
315
375
315
35/352)
120/702)
150/702)
2 150 or
1 240/120
630
2 240/120
3)
2 240/240
800
1)
With PE/ground or N terminal.
2)
For a fifth conductor, the same terminal can be fitted additionally.
3)
At ambient temperatures up to 35 C.
7/39
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories

Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3KA50 30/3KA51 30
Terminal covers
For 3-pole devices (1set = 6 units)
3KX3 552-3DA01
3KX3 516-1AA
}
B
3KX3 552-3DA01
3KX3 552-3DB01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.077
0.102
C
B
8UC71 11-1BB10
8UC71 21-3BB10
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200
Operating mechanisms for fixed mounting

Black handle, shaft 250 mm
3KX3 516-1AA
1 unit
103
0.088
Extension shaft 300 mm long
8UC60 31
1 unit
103
0.068
8UC60 81
1 unit
103
0.136
Shaft connecting pieces
8UC60 21
1 unit
103
0.031
1 NO + 1 NC
3SB14 00-0A
1 unit
102
0.020
2 NO
3SB14 00-0G
1 unit
102
0.020
2 NC
3SB14 00-0H
1 unit
102
0.020
Terminal covers
For 3-pole 3KA52 devices (1set = 6 units)
3KX3 552-3DA01
1 unit
103
0.077
For 3KA53
3KX3 553-3DA01
1 unit
103
0.147
For 4-pole 3KA52 devices (1set = 8 units)
3KX3 552-3DB01
1 unit
103
0.102
For 3KA53
3KX3 553-3DB01
1 unit
103
0.170
C
B
8UC72 12-1BB20
8UC72 22-3BB20
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200

3KX3 536-1AA
1 unit
103
0.155
8UC60 32
1 unit
103
0.132
8UC60 82
1 unit
103
0.265
8UC60 22
1 unit
103
0.023
1 NO + 1 NC
3SB14 00-0A
1 unit
102
0.020
2 NO
3SB14 00-0G
1 unit
102
0.020
2 NC
3SB14 00-0H
1 unit
102
0.020
1 NO + 1 NC, 20 ms leading
3KX3 552-3EA01
1 unit
103
0.019
Terminal covers
}
B
3KX3 557-3DA01
3KX3 557-3DB01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.277
0.362
C
B
8UC73 13-1BB30
8UC73 23-3BB30
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200

3KX3 176-1E
1 unit
103
0.285
8UC60 33
1 unit
103
0.217
8UC60 83
1 unit
103
0.430
8UC60 23
1 unit
103
0.085
1 NO + 1 NC
3SB14 00-0A
1 unit
102
0.020
2 NO
3SB14 00-0G
1 unit
102
0.020
2 NC
3SB14 00-0H
1 unit
102
0.020
3KX3 552-3EA01
1 unit
103
0.019
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms

IP65
EMERGENCY-STOP (yellow/red),
square shaft 300 mm
Auxiliary switches
3SB14 00-0A
3KA50 40/3KA51 40/3KA52/3KA53
3KX3 552-3DA01

IP65
square shaft 300 mm
8UC72 12-1BB20
Auxiliary switches
3SB14 00-0A
3KA55/3KA57/3KA58

IP65
square shaft 300 mm
3KX3 176-1E
Auxiliary switches
3SB14 00-0A
7/40
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3KE42/3KE43
Changeover switches
Changeover switches with interruption
Switch I ON Switch II OFF
Switch I OFF Switch II OFF
Switch I ON Switch II ON
3KX2 210-0D
1 unit
103
2.442

mechanisms IP65
Handle (black), shaft 300 mm
8UC74 14-1BF44
1 unit
103
0.200

Twin handle (black) for fixed mounting
8UC93 81
1 unit
103
0.264
3KX2 210-0E
1 unit
103
2.448
8UC74 14-1FG44
1 unit
103
0.200
8UC93 81
1 unit
103
0.264
3KX2 250-1A
1 unit
103
0.750

mechanisms IP65
8UC74 14-1BB44
1 unit
103
0.200
EMERGENCY-STOP door-coupling rotary

operating mechanisms IP65
Twin handle (red), shaft 300 mm
8UC74 24-3BB44
1 unit
103
0.200

Handle (black) for fixed mounting
8UC93 81
1 unit
103
0.264
3KX3 557-3DA01
1 unit
103
0.277
C
B
8UC73 14-1BB44
8UC73 24-3BB44
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200
8UC60 34
1 unit
103
0.315
8UC60 84
1 unit
103
0.640
Auxiliary switches with switching cam

1 NO + 1 NC (complete mounting kit)
3KX2 231-1A
1 unit
103
0.049
Grounding brackets
3KX2 252-1A
1 unit
103
0.049
Arc chute
(spare part with 3 arc-splitter assemblies)
3KY2 202-0B
1 unit
103
0.640
Arcing contacts
(spare part with 3 fixed and 3 movable contacts)
3KY2 204-0A
1 unit
103
0.202
3KX2 210-0D
Changeover switches without interruption

B
Switch I OFF Switch II ON
mechanisms IP65
Parallel switches
Further accessories
Terminal covers
(1 set = 6 units)
3KX3 557-3DA01
mechanisms IP65
square shaft 300 mm
3KX2 231-1A
3KY2 204-0A
7/41
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3KE44/3KE45
Changeover switches
3KX2 210-0D

C
mechanisms IP65
Handle (black) for changeover switches with
interruption, shaft 300 mm

B
3KX2 210-0D
1 unit
103
2.442
8UC74 14-1BF44
1 unit
103
0.200
8UC93 81
1 unit
103
0.264
3KX2 210-0E
1 unit
103
2.448

mechanisms IP65
Handle (black) for changeover switches
without interruption, shaft 300 mm
8UC74 14-1FG44
1 unit
103
0.200

8UC93 81
1 unit
103
0.264
3KX2 250-1A
1 unit
103
0.750

mechanisms IP65
8UC74 14-1BB44
1 unit
103
0.200
EMERGENCY-STOP door-coupling rotary

operating mechanisms IP65
Twin handle (red), shaft 300 mm
8UC74 24-3BB44
1 unit
103
0.200

Handle (black) for fixed mounting
8UC93 81
1 unit
103
0.264
3KX2 252-0C
1 unit
103
0.424
C
B
8UC73 14-1BB44
8UC73 24-3BB44
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200
8UC60 34
1 unit
103
0.315
8UC60 84
1 unit
103
0.640
Auxiliary switches
1 NO + 1 NC (complete mounting kit)
3KX2 231-1A
1 unit
103
0.049
Grounding brackets
3KX2 252-1A
1 unit
103
0.049
Arc chute
(spare part with 3 arc-splitter assemblies)
3KY2 232-0A
1 unit
103
1.040
Arcing contacts
Spare part with 3 fixed and 3 movable contacts
3KY2 234-0A
1 unit
103
0.105
Parallel switches
Further accessories
Terminal covers
(top and bottom)
mechanisms IP65
square shaft 300 mm
3KX2 231-1A
3KY2 232-0A
7/42
Siemens AG 2011
SENTRON 3KL Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 800 A
Introduction
Overview
NSE0_01557b
1
4
9
8
3
3KL or 3KM basic device
Plug-in contact strip for 3KM
3
Fuses, optionally BS-88 or LV HRC fuses

Terminal cover, IP20 (vertical to operator side)
Coupling driver with extension shaft
Optional
8UC9 knob for fixed mounting in standard version (black) or
EMERGENCY-STOP version (red), or
9 8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism in standard
version (ti-grey) or EMERGENCY-STOP version (red/yellow)
Standard products from the Siemens 3SB1 range

are used as auxiliary switches.
Single-pole terminal cover from 63 A to 630 A, IP20
(vertical to operator side)
All switch disconnectors feature double contact interruption and

an isolating distance. As a result, the fuses of the switch disconnectors are de-energized in the OFF position.
Generally all 3K.5 switch disconnectors can can be secured to
the shaft with padlock against unauthorized reclosing.
Identical accessories for 3KA load disconnectors and 3KL and

3KM load disconnectors with fuses simplifies inventory.
Please inquire about a special variant with reduced values that
is particularly resistant to atmospheres high in sulfur, e.g. in the
paper and cellulose processing industries.
Application
3KL switch disconnectors with fuses protect against overload
and short-circuits as main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches of
switch boards, distribution boards, power supply and motor outgoing feeders.
In conjunction with Siemens SITOR semiconductor fuses, they
are also used in UPS systems, frequency converters and capacitor control systems.

requirements of IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-3.
7/43
Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
Standards
IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3

3KL50
3KL521)
3KL531)
3KL551)
3KL571)
3KL611)
3KL621)

For fuse links acc. to DIN 43620,
(when SITOR semiconductor fuses are used,
a reduction of rated current is necessary,
see reference to technical information at start of chapter)
A
Size
63
00 and
000
125
00 and
000
160
00 and
000
250
1 and 2
400
1 and 2
630
3 and 2
800
3 and 2
Conventional free-air thermal current Ith2)
63
125
160
250
400
630
800
690
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
kV

50/60 Hz AC
DC
V
V
690
220 (2 conducting paths series-connected) 3)
Rated short-circuit making capacity with fuses

peak value at 50/60 Hz 690 V AC
kA
220
220
220
176
176
105
105
Rated conditional short-circuit current with fuses
kA
100
100
100
80
80
50
50
80
160
160
400
400
6304)
800
Max. permissible power loss of the installed fuse

NH
BS
W
W
6
9
8 (A2/A3) 11.5 (A4)
11.5
11.5
32
32
45
45
48
48
62
60.5
kA
17
17
305)
305)
50
50
kA2s
55
223
223
1000
1000
5400
10500
At 400 V AC
Breaking current Ic (at p.f. = 0.35, rms)
Rated operational current Ie with AC-21A, AC-22A, AC-23A
A
A
kW
500
63
30
1000
125
65
1280
160
80
2000
250
132
3200
400
200
5100
6306)
335
6400
8006)
400
At 500 V AC
A
A
kW
500
63
40
1000
125
90
1280
160
110
2000
250
185
3200
400
280
5100
6306)
425
6400
8006)
500
At 690 V AC
A
A
kW
500
63
50
1000
125
110
1280
160
150
2000
250
220
3200
400
375
5100
6305)
560
6400
8005)
700

A
A
250
63
500
125
640
160
10008)
25010)
1600
400
25209)
63010)
25209)
63010)
Rated short-time current Icw (1 s current, rms value)
kA
2.5
3.2
3.2
11
32
32
C
C
-25 ... +55 for operation4),

12000
12000
3000
3000
Type
15000
IP00/IP20 (from the operator side, with fuse and terminal covers)
15000
15000
8.5
22
36
33
86
140
225

mm
25 x 9
45 x 10
45 x 10
40 x 12
40 x 15
40 x 17
40 x 17
mm2
35
70
120
150
2 x 150 or 2 x 240
1 x 240
2 x 240
Tightening torque
Terminal screws
Nm
6 ... 7.5
M6
7 ... 10
M6
18 ... 22
M8
35 ... 45
M10
35 ... 45
M10
56
M12
56
M12
mm
mm2
---
---
---
20 x 2.5
70
20 x 2.5
120
---
---

(plus power loss of the fuses)

Flat bars
1)
Technical specifications for approval on request.
Note:
2)
Configuring note: Max. permissible operating temperature for fuse blades

135 C, for connections 100 C.
For the 3KL switch disconnectors, complete kits for standard

and EMERGENCY-STOP application are available for installation
in the side and rear panels of control cabinets.
3)
110 V (one conducting path).
4)
With 3KL61 for operation -25 C ... +35 C, at +55 C: Ith = 570 A.
5)
With 3ND1 switchgear protection fuse.
6)
AC-23B.
7)

8)
At 440 V L/R = 4 ms, at 220 V L/R = 15 ms.
9)
Only DC-22A (L/R = 2.5 ms)
10)
At 440 V DC-22A, at 220 V DC-23A.
7/44
Siemens AG 2011
Floor mounting

Conductor connecting screws and fuse partitions are generally included in the scope of supply
Rated uninterrupted
current Iu
LV HRC fuse links1)

acc. to DIN 436202)
Size
DT
Order No.
Operational
class
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

3-pole for NH fuse systems
63
125
160
250
00 and 000
00 and 000
00 and 000
1 and 2
gG, aM
gG, aM
gG, aM
gG, aM
B
B
B
B
3KL50 30-1GB01
3KL52 30-1GB01
3KL53 30-1GB01
3KL55 30-1GB01
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
1.460
2.414
2.600
6.112
400
630
6303)
8003)
2 and 1
3 and 2
3 and 23)
3 and 23)
gG, aM
gG, aM
gG, aM3)
gG, aM3)
B
B
D
C
3KL57 30-1GB01
3KL61 30-1GB00
3KL61 30-1GB02
3KL62 30-1GB02
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
113
113
113
6.067
18.070
15.200
15.200

63
125
160
00 and 000
00 and 000
00 and 000
gG, aM
gG, aM
gG, aM
B
B
C
3KL50 40-1GB01
3KL52 40-1GB01
3KL53 40-1GB01
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
2.542
2.623
2.776
250
400
630
1 and 2
2 and 1
3 and 2
gG, aM
gG, aM
gG, aM
B
B
B
3KL55 40-1GB01
3KL57 40-1GB01
3KL61 40-1GB00
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
113
6.642
6.886
16.690
3-pole for fuses acc. to BS 88

63
125
Form A2/A3
Form A2/A3
B
B
3KL50 30-1GG01
3KL52 30-1GG01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
1.455
2.360
125
160
Form A4
Form A4
B
B
3KL52 30-1GJ01
3KL53 30-1GJ01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
2.406
2.575
250
400
Form B1-B3
Form B1-B3
B
B
3KL55 30-1GG01
3KL57 30-1GG01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
6.115
6.582
630
800
Form C1-C3
Form C1-C3
C
D
3KL61 30-1GG00
3KL62 30-1GG00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
16.278
15.400

63
125
Form A2/A3
Form A2/A3
B
B
3KL50 40-1GG01
3KL52 40-1GG01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
2.563
2.560
125
160
Form A4
Form A4
B
B
3KL52 40-1GJ01
3KL53 40-1GJ01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
2.614
2.780
250
400
Form B1-B3
Form B1-B3
B
B
3KL55 40-1GG01
3KL57 40-1GG01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
6.639
7.148
630
Form C1-C3
3KL61 40-1GG00
1 unit
113
16.996

3KL52 30-1AB01
63
125
160
250
00 and 000
00 and 000
00 and 000
1 and 2
gG, aM
gG, aM
gG, aM
gG, aM
}
}
}
}
3KL50 30-1AB01
3KL52 30-1AB01
3KL53 30-1AB01
3KL55 30-1AB01
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
1.055
1.989
2.200
5.715
400
630
6303)
8003)
2 and 1
3 and 2
3 and 23)
3 and 23)
gG, aM
gG, aM
gG, aM3)
gG, aM3)
}
A
A
A
3KL57 30-1AB01
3KL61 30-1AB0
3KL61 30-1AB02
3KL62 30-1AB02
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
113
113
113
5.400
17.696
14.000
15.200

63
125
160
00 and 000
00 and 000
00 and 000
gG, aM
gG, aM
gG, aM
B
B
B
3KL50 40-1AB01
3KL52 40-1AB01
3KL53 40-1AB01
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
2.219
2.195
2.344
250
400
630
1 and 2
2 and 1
3 and 2
gG, aM
gG, aM
gG, aM
B
B
A
3KL55 40-1AB01
3KL57 40-1AB01
3KL61 40-1AB00
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
113
5.577
5.670
15.423
3KL52 40-1AB01
3KL52 30-1AJ01
63
125
Form A2/A3
Form A2/A3
B
B
3KL50 30-1AG01
3KL52 30-1AG01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.993
1.939
125
160
Form A4
Form A4
B
B
3KL52 30-1AJ01
3KL53 30-1AJ01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
2.033
2.170
250
400
Form B1-B3
Form B1-B3
B
B
3KL55 30-1AG01
3KL57 30-1AG01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
5.145
5.666
630
800
Form C1-C3
Form C1-C3
A
C
3KL61 30-1AG00
3KL62 30-1AG00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
15.075
14.200
Fuse monitoring through 5TT3 170 safety monitor with a floating

1 NO signaling contact, see chapter 5 "Fuse Systems".
For footnotes, see page 7/46.
7/45
Siemens AG 2011
Floor mounting
Rated uninterrupted
current Iu
LV HRC fuse links1)

acc. to DIN 436202)
Size
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Operational
class
kg
3KL52 40-1AJ01
with fuses
63
125
Form A2/A3
Form A2/A3
B
B
3KL50 40-1AG01
3KL52 40-1AG01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
2.145
2.161
125
160
Form A4
Form A4
B
B
3KL52 40-1AJ01
3KL53 40-1AJ01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
2.120
2.230
250
400
Form B1-B3
Form B1-B3
B
B
3KL55 40-1AG01
3KL57 40-1AG01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
5.666
6.441
630
Form C1-C3
3KL61 40-1AG00
1 unit
113
15.708
8UC7 EMERGENCY-STOP door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms

(red handle, yellow indicator plate)
63
125
160
00 and 000
00 and 000
00 and 000
gG, aM
gG, aM
gG, aM
B
B
B
8UC71 21-3BB10
8UC72 22-3BB20
8UC72 22-3BB20
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
0.200
0.200
0.200
250
400
1 and 2
2 and 1
gG, aM
gG, aM
B
B
8UC73 23-3BB30
8UC73 23-3BB30
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200
630
3 and 2
gG, aM
8UC74 24-3BB44
+
1 unit
103
0.200
8UC92 53
1 unit
103
0.115
800
3 and 2
gG, aM
1 unit
103
0.200
8UC74 24-3BB44
+
8UC92 53
1 unit
103
0.115
8UC71 21-3BB10

63
125
160
00 and 000
00 and 000
00 and 000
gG, aM
gG, aM
gG, aM
B
B
B
8UC72 22-3BB20
8UC72 22-3BB20
8UC72 22-3BB20
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
0.200
0.200
0.200
250
400
1 and 2
2 and 1
gG, aM
gG, aM
B
B
8UC73 23-3BB30
8UC73 23-3BB30
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200
630
3 and 2
gG, aM
1 unit
103
0.200
8UC74 24-3BB44
+
8UC92 53
1 unit
103
0.115

63
125
Form A2/A3
Form A2/A3
B
B
8UC71 21-3BB10
8UC72 22-3BB20
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200
125
160
Form A4
Form A4
B
B
8UC72 22-3BB20
8UC72 22-3BB20
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200
250
400
Form B1-B3
Form B1-B3
B
B
8UC73 23-3BB30
8UC73 23-3BB30
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200
630
Form C1-C3
8UC74 24-3BB44
+
8UC92 53
1 unit
103
0.200
1 unit
103
0.115
800
Form C1-C3
1 unit
103
0.200
8UC74 24-3BB44
+
8UC92 53
1 unit
103
0.115

63
125
Form A2/A3
Form A2/A3
B
B
8UC72 22-3BB20
8UC72 22-3BB20
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200
125
160
Form A4
Form A4
B
B
8UC72 22-3BB20
8UC72 22-3BB20
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200
250
400
Form B1-B3
Form B1-B3
B
B
8UC73 23-3BB30
8UC73 23-3BB30
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200
630
Form C1-C3
8UC74 24-3BB44
+
8UC92 53
1 unit
103
0.200
1 unit
103
0.115
Fuse monitoring through 5TT3170 safety monitor with a floating

Footnotes for pages 7/45 and 7/46:
1)
Silver-plated fuse blades. Silver-plated isolating links can be used if

desired.
2)
For the assignment of semiconductor fuses see "Accessories".
3)
With SITOR 3NE fuse links cUus-approved.
7/46
Siemens AG 2011
Front mounting

Conductor connecting screws and fuse partitions are generally included in the scope of supply
Rated uninterrupted
current Iu
LV HRC fuse links1)

acc. to DIN 436202)
Size
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Operational
class
kg
Assembly kits (IP40) comprising: lockable handle, cover for NH fuse

systems (locked in ON state) and three terminal covers for infeed side
3-pole, assembly kits for mounting in control cabinet side
panels
Black handle
63
125
160
00
00
00
gG, aM
gG, aM
gG, aM
B
B
B
3KX3 516-3AA
3KX3 526-3AA
3KX3 536-3AA
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
0.626
0.820
0.880
250
400
1 and 2
2 and 1
gG, aM
gG, aM
B
B
3KX3 556-3AA
3KX3 556-3AA
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
1.720
1.720
EMERGENCY-STOP red handle

63
125
160
00
00
00
gG, aM
gG, aM
gG, aM
B
B
B
3KX3 516-3BA
3KX3 526-3BA
3KX3 536-3BA
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
0.625
0.846
0.883
250
400
1 and 2
2 and 1
gG, aM
gG, aM
B
B
3KX3 556-3BA
3KX3 556-3BA
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
1.690
1.690

1)

desired.
2)
For the assignment of semiconductor fuses see "Accessories".
7/47
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories

Version
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3KL50 30
Terminal covers
3KX3 552-3DA01
3KX3 552-3DA01
1 unit
103
0.077
Fuse covers
(interlock only detachable in the OFF position)
3KX3 517-3AA
1 unit
103
0.041
Cover IP20
For 3-pole devices
3KX3 507-0CA02
1 unit
103
0.400
Fuse partitions
(1 set = 5 units)
3KX3 507-0AA01
1 unit
103
0.044
Lyre-shaped fuse covers

(1 set = 6 units)
3KX3 507-0BA01
1 unit
103
0.033
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms IP65

C
EMERGENCY-STOP (yellow/red), square shaft 300 mm B
8UC71 11-1BB10
8UC71 21-3BB10
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200
3KX3 5.7-3AA
3KX3 507-0BA01

3KX3 516-1AA
1 unit
103
0.088
8UC60 31
1 unit
103
0.068
8UC60 81
1 unit
103
0.136
8UC60 21
1 unit
103
0.031
1 NO + 1 NC
3SB14 00-0A
1 unit
102
0.020
2 NO
3SB14 00-0G
11.90
1 unit
102
0.020
2 NC
3SB14 00-0H
11.90
1 unit
102
0.020
Fuse monitor connections

(1 set = 6 units)
3KX3 505-0AA
1 unit
103
0.014
3KL52
3KX3 552-3DA01
1 unit
103
0.077
3KL53
3KX3 553-3DA01
1 unit
103
0.147
3KL50 40, 3KL52
3KX3 552-3DB01
1 unit
103
0.102
3KL53
3KX3 553-3DB01
1 unit
103
0.170
Fuse covers1)
3KX3 527-3AA
1 unit
103
0.071
Cover IP20
For 3KL52 3-pole devices
3KX3 527-0CA02
1 unit
103
0.765
Cover IP20
For 3KL53 3-pole devices
3KX3 537-0CA02
1 unit
103
0.765
Fuse partitions
(1 set = 5 units)
3KX3 507-0AA01
1 unit
103
0.044

(1 set = 6 units)
3KX3 507-0BA01
1 unit
103
0.033
Auxiliary switches
3SB14 00-0A
3KL50 40/3KL52/3KL53
Terminal covers
For 3-pole devices (1 set = 6 units)
3KX3 552-3DA01
3KX3 5.7-3AA
3KX3 507-0BA01
1)
For 3KX3 527-3AA: Not suitable for use with type A4 BS fuses.
7/48
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

C
8UC72 12-1BB20
8UC72 22-3BB20
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200

3KX3 536-1AA
1 unit
103
0.155
8UC60 32
1 unit
103
0.132
8UC60 82
1 unit
103
0.265
8UC60 22
1 unit
103
0.023
1 NO + 1 NC
3SB14 00-0A
1 unit
102
0.020
2 NO
3SB14 00-0G
1 unit
102
0.020
2 NC
3SB14 00-0H
1 unit
102
0.020
3KX3 552-3EA01
1 unit
103
0.019

(1 set = 6 units)
3KX3 505-0AA
1 unit
103
0.014
}
B
3KX3 557-3DA01
3KX3 557-3DB01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.277
0.362
Fuse covers
3KX3 557-3AA
1 unit
103
0.212
Cover IP20
For 3-pole devices
3KX3 557-0CA02
1 unit
103
1.235
Fuse partitions
(1 set = 5 units)
3KX3 557-0AA01
1 unit
103
0.162

C
8UC73 13-1BB30
8UC73 23-3BB30
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200
Auxiliary switches
3SB14 00-0A
3KL55/3KL57
Terminal covers
3KX3 5.7-3AA
Operating mechanisms for fixed mounting, size 3

3KX3 176-1E
1 unit
103
0.285
8UC60 33
1 unit
103
0.217
8UC60 83
1 unit
103
0.430
8UC60 23
1 unit
103
0.085
3KX3 176-1E
Auxiliary switches
1 NO + 1 NC
3SB14 00-0A
1 unit
102
0.020
2 NO
3SB14 00-0G
1 unit
102
0.020
2 NC
3SB14 00-0H
1 unit
102
0.020
3KX3 552-3EA01
1 unit
103
0.019

(1 set = 6 units)
3KX3 505-0AA
1 unit
103
0.014
3SB14 00-0A
7/49
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3KL61/3KL62
Terminal covers
}
B
3KX3 561-3DA01
3KX3 561-3DB01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.263
0.365
Fuse covers
Cover plate
Complete covers1)
A
A
3KX3 561-0AA00
3KX3 561-1AA00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
113
113
0.408
0.408

8UC74 14-1BB44
+
8UC92 53
1 unit
103
0.200
1 unit
103
0.115
1 unit
103
0.200
8UC74 24-3BB44
+
8UC92 53
1 unit
103
0.115

3KX3 616-1A
1 unit
103
0.490
8UC60 34
1 unit
103
0.315
8UC60 84
1 unit
103
0.640
8UC60 24
1 unit
103
0.077
3KX3 612-1B
1 unit
113
0.201
8UC92 53
}
Auxiliary switches2)
1 NO + 1 NC
1)
2)
Only for NH fuse systems.
For more 3SB34 00-0. contact blocks with other contact types, see
catalog IC 10, chapter 10 "Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights".
SITOR fuses for 3KL and KM fuse switch disconnectors: Assignment table
For switch disconnectors
Type 3KL
Permissible
(Type 3KM) load current1)
Order No.
SITOR fuses
Required
conductor
crosssection
Cu
Size
Operational
class
mm 2
Rated Rated DT
current voltage
Price
per PU
PU
PS*/
(UNIT, P. unit
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
SITOR 3NE1 fuses for 3KL5, 3KL6 and 3 KM5

3KL50 30
16
(3KM50 30) 20
25
35
40
50
63
1.5
2.5
4
6
10
10
16
000 1)
000 1)
000 1)
000 1)
000 1)
000 1)
000 1)
gR/gS
gR/gS
gR/gS
gR/gS
gR/gS
gR/gS
gR/gS
16
20
25
35
40
50
63
690
690
690
690
690
690
690
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
3NE1 813-0
3NE1 814-0
3NE1 815-0
3NE1 803-0
3NE1 802-0
3NE1 817-0
3NE1 818-0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
047
047
047
0.133
0.124
0.127
0.128
0.126
0.129
0.126
3KL52 30
80
(3KM52 30) 100
125
125
25
35
50
50
000 1)
00
00
00
gR/gS
gR/gS
gR/gS
gR
80
100
125
125
690
690
690
690
}
}
}
A
3NE1 820-0
3NE1 021-0
3NE1 022-0
3NE1 022-2
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
0.124
0.204
0.195
0.195
3KL55 30 160
(3KM55 30) 160
200
200
250
245
70
70
95
95
120
120
1
1
1
1
1
1
gR/gS
gR
gR/gS
gR
gR/gS
gR
160
160
200
200
250
250
690
690
690
690
690
690
}
A
}
A
}
A
3NE1 224-0
3NE1 224-2
3NE1 225-0
3NE1 225-2
3NE1 227-0
3NE1 227-2
1
1
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
047
047
0.522
0.535
0.518
0.508
0.515
0.533
3KL57 30 315
(3KM57 30) 280
2 70
2 70
1
1
gR/gS
gR
315
315
690
690
A
A
3NE1 230-0
3NE1 230-2
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
0.519
0.519
3KL57
350 (330)2)
3KL61 30 350 (300)2)
(3KM57 30) 400 (375) 2)
2 95
2 95
2 95
2
2
2
gR/gS
gR
gR/gS
350
400
400
690
690
690
}
A
}
3NE1 331-0
3NE1 331-2
3NE1 332-0
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
0.687
0.684
0.519
3KL61 30 450 (400) 2)

(3KM57 30) 450 (325) 2)
500 (400) 2)
500 (350) 2)
2 120
2 120
2 120
2 120
2
2
2
2
gR/gS
gR
gR/gS
gR
450
450
500
500
690
690
690
690
A
A
A
A
3NE1 333-0
3NE1 333-2
3NE1 334-0
3NE1 334-2
1
1
1
1
047
047
047
047
0.689
0.691
0.765
0.695
1)
Permissible load current in the switch disconnector.

In the case of cyclic loads, the currents may have to be reduced again
(precise values on request).
2)
Values in blue in brackets apply to 3KM switch disconnectors.
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
7/50
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Type 3KL Permissible
(Type 3KM) load current1)
3KL61 30
(3KL62)
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
3NE1 437-0
3NE1 437-1
3NE1 437-2
3NE1 438-0
3NE1 438-1
3NE1 438-2
1
1
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
047
047
1.045
1.179
1.031
1.560
1.100
1.067
A
A
3NE1 447-2
3NE1 448-2
1
1
3 units
3 units
047
047
1.044
1.048
SITOR fuses
Required
conductor
crosssection
Cu
Size
Operational
class
3
3
3
3
3
gR/gS
gR
gR
gR/gS
gR
gR
gR
gR
mm 2
630 (710)3)
630 (710)3)
630 (700)3)
630 (800)3)
630 (800)3)
630 (760)3)
2 x (40 x 5)
2 x (40 x 5)
2 x (40 x 5)
2 x (50 x 5)
2 x (50 x 5)
2 x (50 x 5)
630 (670)3)
630 (790)3)
2 x (40 x 5) 3
2 x (40 x 8) 3
Rated
current
Rated
voltage
DT
710
710
710
800
800
800
690
600
690
690
600
690
A
D
B
A
B
A
670
850
690
690
Price
per PU
kg
SITOR fuses 3NE3 ... 3NE8, 3NC2 for 3KL5, 3KL6 and 3KM5
3KL50
(3KM50)
25
33
45
54
4
6
10
16
00
00
00
00
gR
gR
gR
gR
25
35
50
63
690
690
690
690
}
}
}
}
3NE8 015-1
3NE8 003-1
3NE8 017-1
3NE8 018-1
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
0.193
0.195
0.614
0.196
3KL52
(3KM52)
68
89
106
130
25
35
50
70
00
00
00
00
aR
aR
aR
aR
80
100
125
160
690
690
690
690
}
}
}
}
3NE8 020-1
3NE8 021-1
3NE8 022-1
3NE8 024-1
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
0.206
0.207
0.195
0.195
32
40
50
63
6
10
10
16
0
0
0
0
gR
gR
gR
gR
32
40
50
63
1000
1000
1000
1000
}
}
}
}
3NE4 101
3NE4 102
3NE4 117
3NE4 118
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
0.824
0.258
0.274
0.257
80
95
120
150
25
35
50
70
0
0
0
0
aR
aR
aR
aR
80
100
125
160
1000
1000
1000
1000
}
}
}
}
3NE4 120
3NE4 121
3NE4 122
3NE4 124
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
0.261
0.260
0.265
0.274
90
110
140
175
210
35
50
70
95
120
1
1
1
1
1
aR
aR
aR
aR
aR
100
125
160
200
250
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
A
A
}
}
}
3NE3 221
3NE3 222
3NE3 224
3NE3 225
3NE3 227
1
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
047
0.510
0.506
0.513
0.586
0.580
3KL57
(3KM57)
240
265
290
320
185
240
240
2 150
1
1
1
1
aR
aR
aR
aR
315
350
400
450
1000
1000
1000
1000
}
A
A
}
3NE3 230-0B
3NE3 231
3NE3 232-0B
3NE3 233
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
0.513
0.515
0.520
0.580
3KL61
(3KL62)
(3KM57)
340 (360)3) (290)4)

380 (400)3) (320) 4)
440 (470)3) (360)4)
500 (530)3) (400)4)
540 (580)3) (400)4)
240
2 150
2 150
2 185
2 185
2
2
2
2
2
aR
aR
aR
aR
aR
400
450
500
560
630
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
A
A
}
}
}
3NE3 332-0B
3NE3 333
3NE3 334-0B
3NE3 335
3NE3 336
1
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
047
0.683
0.687
0.697
0.692
0.810
600 (640)3) (400)4)

630 (720)3) (400)4)
630 (800)3) (400)4)
2 200
2 200
2 200
2
2
2
aR
aR
aR
710
800
900
900
800
690
3NE3 337-8
3NE3 338-8
3NE3 340-8
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
0.687
0.686
0.657
200 (200)3) (175)4)

260 (260)3) (230)4)
370 (370)3) (340)4)
425 (450)3) (380)4)
600 (630)3) (400)4)
120
240
2 x (30 x 5)
2 x (30 x 5)
2 x (40 x 5)
2
2
2
2
2
aR
aR
aR
aR
aR
250
315
450
500
710
800
800
800
800
800
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
3NE4 327-0B
3NE4 330-0B
3NE4 333-0B
3NE4 334-0B
3NE4 337
1
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
047
0.780
1.539
0.682
0.683
0.689
145 (150)3)
180 (190)3)
225 (240)3)
255 (270)3)
330 (345)3)
400 (400)3)
70
95
120
185
240
240
3
3
3
3
3
3
gR
gR
gR
gR
gR
gR
150
200
250
300
350
400
500
500
500
500
500
500
B
B
B
B
B
B
3NC2 423-3C
3NC2 425-3C
3NC2 427-3C
3NC2 428-3C
3NC2 431-3C
3NC2 432-3C
1
1
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
047
047
0.940
0.940
0.940
0.940
0.940
0.940
135 (140)3)
180 (190)3)
225 (240)3)
300 (315)3)
425 (450)3)
70
95
120
240
2 150
3
3
3
3
3
gR
gR
gR
gR
gR
150
200
250
350
500
660
660
660
660
660
B
B
B
B
B
3NC8 423-3C
3NC8 425-3C
3NC8 427-3C
3NC8 431-3C
3NC8 434-3C
1
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
047
0.940
0.940
0.940
0.940
0.940
630 (800)3)
2 (60 x 6) 3
aR
1000
600
3NC8 444-3C
3 units
047
0.940
3KL552)
(3KM55)2)
3KL61
(3KL62)
1)
Permissible load current in the switch disconnector.

2)
Due to the mechanical stress on the relatively long fuse blades,

SITOR 3NE4 1 fuses should be switchable only occasionally and
only at zero current.
3)
Values in black in brackets apply to 3KL62 switch disconnectors.
4)
Values in blue in brackets apply to 3KM switch disconnectors.
For technical specifications and dimensional drawings of the

SITOR fuses, see chapter 5 "Fuse Systems"
7/51
Siemens AG 2011
SENTRON 3KM Switch Disconnectors with Fuses and Isolating Plug Connector up to 400 A
Introduction
Overview
NSE0_01557b
7
1
4
9
8
3
3KL or 3KM basic device
Plug-in contact strip for 3KM
3
Fuses, optionally BS-88 or LV HRC fuses

Terminal cover, IP20 (vertical to operator side)
Coupling driver with extension shaft
Optional
8UC9 knob for fixed mounting in standard version (black) or
EMERGENCY-STOP version (red), or
9 8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism in standard
version (ti-grey) or EMERGENCY-STOP version (red/yellow)
Standard products from the Siemens 3SB1 range

are used as auxiliary switches.
Single-pole terminal cover from 63 A to 630 A, IP20
(vertical to operator side)
All switch disconnectors feature double contact interruption and

an isolating distance. As a result, the fuses are de-energized
when the switch disconnectors are in the disconnected position.
The 3KM switch disconnectors with fuses also feature an isolating plug connector. This facilitates mounting and contact establishment in motor control centers (MCCs) in conjunction with vertical busbars. Generally all 3K.5 switch disconnectors can can
be secured to the shaft with padlock against unauthorized reclosing.

Identical accessories for 3KA switch disconnectors and for 3KL
and 3KM switch disconnectors with fuses simplify stock keeping. Please inquire about a special variant with reduced values
that is particularly resistant to atmospheres high in sulfur, e. g. in
the paper and cellulose processing industries.
Application
3KM switch disconnectors with fuses protect against overload
and short-circuits as main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches of
switch boards, distribution boards, power supply and motor outgoing feeders. In conjunction with Siemens SITOR semiconductor fuses, they are also used in UPS systems, frequency
converters and capacitor control systems.
7/52

requirements of IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-3.
Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
Standards
IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3

3KM50
3KM52
3KM53
3KM55
3KM57

For fuse links acc. to DIN 43620,
(when SITOR semiconductor fuses are used,
a reduction of rated current is necessary,
see reference to technical information at start of chapter)
A
Size
63
00 and 000
125
00 and 000
160
00 and 000
250
1 and 2
400
1 and 2
Conventional free-air thermal current Ith1)
63
125
160
250
400
690
1000
1000
1000
1000
kV
Type

50/60 Hz AC
690
DC
V
V

220 (2 conducting paths series-connected) 2)
Rated short-circuit making capacity with fuses

(peak value, at 50/60 Hz 690 V AC)
kA
220
220
220
176
176

kA
100
100
100
80
80
80
160
160
400
400
Max. permissible power loss of the installed fuse

NH
11.5
32
45
BS
8 (A2/A3)
11.5 (A4)
11.5
32
45
kA
17
17
303)
303)
kA2s
55
223
223
1000
1000

At 400 V AC
500
1000
1280
2000
3200
63
125
160
250
400
kW
30
65
80
132
200
At 500 V AC
500
1000
1280
2000
3200
63
125
160
250
400
kW
40
90
110
185
280
At 690 V AC
500
1000
1280
2000
3200
63
125
160
250
400
kW
50
110
150
220
375

250
500
640
10004)
1600
63
125
160
2505)
400
Rated short-time current (1 s current), rms value
kA
2.5
3.2
3.2
11
C
C
-25 ... +55 for operation6)

15000
12000
12000
15000
IP00/IP20 (from the operator side, with fuse and terminal covers)
15000
8.5
22
36
33
86
Busbar systems, max. dimensions (w t)
mm
25 9
45 10
45 10
40 12
40 15
mm2
35
70
120
150
2 150 or
1 240
Busbar systems, max. dimensions (w t)
mm
25 9
45 10
45 10
40 12
40 15
Tightening torque
Nm
6 ... 7.5
7 ... 10
18 ... 22
35 ... 45
35 ... 45
M6
M6
M8
M10
M10

(plus power loss of the fuses)
Terminal screws
Flat bars
mm
--
--
--
20 2.5
20 2.5
mm2
--
--
--
70
120
1)
Configuring note: Max. permissible operating temperature for fuse blades

135 C, for connections 100 C.
2)
110 V (one conducting path).
3)

4)
At 440 V L/R = 4 ms, at 220 V L/R = 15 ms.
5)
At 440 V DC-22A, at 220 V DC-23A.
6)
3ND1 switchgear protection fuse.
7/53
Siemens AG 2011
For snapping onto busbars

Mounting on vertical busbars with busbar center-to-center spacing of 60 mm and bar thickness from 5 mm to 6.35 mm
Conductor connecting screws and fuse partitions are generally included in the scope of supply.
Rated uninterrupted
current Iu
LV HRC fuse links1) acc. to

DIN 436202)
Size
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Operational
class
kg

mechanisms
(black handle)
63
125
160
00 and 000
00 and 000
00 and 000
gG, aM
gG, aM
gG, aM
B
B
B
3KM50 30-1GB01
3KM52 30-1GB01
3KM53 30-1GB01
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
1.890
2.860
2.935
250
400
1 and 2
2 and 1
gG, aM
gG, aM
B
B
3KM55 30-1GB01
3KM57 30-1GB01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
5.670
6.938

Complete versions with 8UC7 door-coupling rotary
operating mechanism (black handle)
125
Form A2/A3
3KM52 30-1GG01
1 unit
103
2.785
125
160
Form A4
Form A4
C
C
3KM52 30-1GJ01
3KM53 30-1GJ01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
2.340
2.926
250
400
Form B1-B3
Form B1-B3
C
C
3KM55 30-1GG01
3KM57 30-1GG01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
6.651
7.175

63
125
160
00 and 000
00 and 000
00 and 000
gG, aM
gG, aM
gG, aM
B
B
C
3KM50 30-1AB01
3KM52 30-1AB01
3KM53 30-1AB01
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
1.515
2.450
2.516
250
400
1 and 2
2 and 1
gG, aM
gG, aM
B
B
3KM55 30-1AB01
3KM57 30-1AB01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
5.698
5.966
3KM53 30-1AB01
with fuses
63
125
Form A2/A3
Form A2/A3
C
C
3KM50 30-1AG01
3KM52 30-1AG01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
1.450
2.405
125
160
Form A4
Form A4
C
C
3KM52 30-1AJ01
3KM53 30-1AJ01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
2.430
2.520
250
400
Form B1-B3
Form B1-B3
C
C
3KM55 30-1AG01
3KM57 30-1AG01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
5.689
6.250
3KM55 30-1AG01
with fuses
8UC7 EMERGENCY-STOP door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms

(red handle, yellow indicator plate)
8UC71 21-3BB10
63
125
160
00 and 000
00 and 000
00 and 000
gG, aM
gG, aM
gG, aM
B
B
B
8UC71 21-3BB10
8UC72 22-3BB20
8UC72 22-3BB20
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
0.200
0.200
0.200
250
400
1 and 2
2 and 1
gG, aM
gG, aM
B
B
8UC73 23-3BB30
8UC73 23-3BB30
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200

63
125
Form A2/A3
Form A2/A3
B
B
8UC71 21-3BB10
8UC72 22-3BB20
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200
125
160
Form A4
Form A4
B
B
8UC72 22-3BB20
8UC72 22-3BB20
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200
250
400
Form B1-B3
Form B1-B3
B
B
8UC73 23-3BB30
8UC73 23-3BB30
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200

1)

desired.
2)
For the assignment of semiconductor fuses see "3KL Switch Disconnectors

with Fuses up to 800 A" --> "Accessories".
7/54
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories

Version
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3KM50
Terminal covers
3KX3 552-3DA01
1 unit
103
0.077
Fuse covers
3KX3 517-3AA
1 unit
103
0.041
Fuse partitions
(1 set = 5 units)
3KX3 507-0AA01
1 unit
103
0.044

(1 set = 6 units)
3KX3 507-0BA01
1 unit
103
0.033

C
8UC71 11-1BB10
8UC71 21-3BB10
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200
3KX3 5.7-3AA
3KX3 507-0BA01

3KX3 516-1AA
1 unit
103
0.088
8UC60 31
1 unit
103
0.068
8UC60 81
1 unit
103
0.136
8UC60 21
1 unit
103
0.031
1 NO + 1 NC
3SB14 00-0A
1 unit
102
0.020
2 NO
3SB14 00-0G
1 unit
102
0.020
2 NC
3SB14 00-0H
1 unit
102
0.020

(1 set = 6 units)
3KX3 505-0AA
1 unit
103
0.014
}
}
B
B
3KX3 552-3DA01
3KX3 553-3DA01
3KX3 552-3DB01
3KX3 553-3DB01
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
0.077
0.147
0.102
0.170
Fuse covers1)
3KX3 527-3AA
1 unit
103
0.071
Fuse partitions
(1 set = 5 units)
3KX3 507-0AA01
1 unit
103
0.044

(1 set = 6 units)
3KX3 507-0BA01
1 unit
103
0.033

C
8UC72 12-1BB20
8UC72 22-3BB20
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200
3KX3 536-1AA
1 unit
103
0.155
Auxiliary switches
3SB14 00-0A
3KM52/3KM53
Terminal covers
3KM52
3KM53
3KM52
3KM53
3KX3 5.7-3AA
3KX3 507-0BA01

1)
For 3KX3 527-3AA: Not suitable for use with type A4 BS fuses.
7/55
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
8UC60 32
1 unit
103
0.132
8UC60 82
1 unit
103
0.265
8UC60 22
1 unit
103
0.023
1 NO + 1 NC
3SB14 00-0A
1 unit
102
0.020
2 NO
3SB14 00-0G
1 unit
102
0.020
2 NC
3SB14 00-0H
1 unit
102
0.020
3KX3 552-3EA01
1 unit
103
0.019

(1 set = 6 units)
3KX3 505-0AA
1 unit
103
0.014
}
B
3KX3 557-3DA01
3KX3 557-3DB01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.277
0.362
Fuse covers
3KX3 557-3AA
1 unit
103
0.212
Fuse partitions
(1 set = 5 units)
3KX3 557-0AA01
1 unit
103
0.162

C
8UC73 13-1BB30
8UC73 23-3BB30
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200
kg
Auxiliary switches
3SB14 00-0A
3KM55/3KM57
Terminal covers
3KX3 5.7-3AA
3KX3 557-0AA01

3KX3 176-1E
1 unit
103
0.285
8UC60 33
1 unit
103
0.217
8UC60 83
1 unit
103
0.430
8UC60 23
1 unit
103
0.085
1 NO + 1 NC
3SB14 00-0A
1 unit
102
0.020
2 NO
3SB14 00-0G
1 unit
102
0.020
2 NC
3SB14 00-0H
1 unit
102
0.020
3KX3 552-3EA01
1 unit
103
0.019

(1 set = 6 units)
3KX3 505-0AA
1 unit
103
0.014
3KX3 176-1E
Auxiliary switches
3SB14 00-0A
7/56
Siemens AG 2011
Overview
Available sizes
Rotary
operating
mechanisms
Size
Rated
torque1)
Shaft profile
Masking plate
8UC71
Nm
mm x mm
mm x mm
6x6
8UC72
75 x 75
8x8
75 x 75
8UC73
25
10 x 10 or 12 x 12
100 x 100
8UC74
40/552)
12 x 12
100 x 100
1)
Operating mechanisms tested with triple torque (according to

EN 60947-3). They are therefore also suitable for applications in this area.
2)
Operation with two hands.
Degree of protection when installed is IP65.

Standards
8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms are in line
with for example the following standards:
8UC7 rotary operating mechanism in STANDARD version (left) and
EMERGENCY-STOP version (right)
With door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms it is also possible to operate switch disconnectors from the outside with the
control cabinet doors closed
The rotary operating mechanisms are available in "STANDARD"
and "EMERGENCY-STOP" versions with the following differences:
STANDARD version: Masking plates in light-gray with black
inscription, handles in ti-grey.
EMERGENCY-STOP version: Masking plates in yellow with
black inscription, handles in red.
Standard
Title
IEC 60204-1, EN 60204-1
Safety of machinery; Electrical equipment

of machines
IEC 60439-1, EN 60439-1
Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear

assemblies
IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3
Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear;

Switches, disconnectors, switch disconnectors and fuse-combination units
7/57
Siemens AG 2011
Benefits
Application
Can be locked
The retractable locking device integrated in the handles is suitable for padlocks with shackle diameters of 4.5 mm to 8.5 mm
(locks according to DIN 7465).
Up to three padlocks with a shackle diameter of 8.5 mm and up
to five padlocks with a shackle diameter of 6 mm can be fitted
simultaneously.
In order to ensure that, when installing switches and door-coupling operating mechanisms, all components are assembled in
the correct position with respect to one another, the components
are provided with non-interchangeability features (rivel and lug).
Stops
Stops are used to prevent damage occuring as the result of excessive torque. These stops are supplied loose with the rotary
operating mechanisms and can be fitted as required. Stops are
fitted at the factory to size 1 and 2 rotary operating mechanisms
with a 90 operating angle (exception: 3RV motor starter protectors/circuit breakers).
Tolerance compensation
8UC7 rotary operating mechanisms are capable of taking up a
radial eccentricity of max. 3 mm between the actuating shaft of
the switching device and the door-coupling rotary operating
mechanism. Supporting the extension shaft is recommended
with greater tolerances.
NS
E0
_0
09
45
Coupling
drivers
With tolerance +3
compensation
Shaft
length
Without
+1.5 2.5 x+23.5
tolerance
compensation
Permissible radial eccentricity and axial tolerance compensation in mm
Pull-out strength
The pull-out strength of interlocked operating mechanisms, e.g. pulling
off the shaft or destruction of the operating mechanism, amounts to 800 N
when the pulling force acts directly onto the operating mechanism in direction of shaft.
7/58
8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms can be used

in electrical controls, distribution boards and switchboards in
cases where switches have to be mounted behind covers, end
plates and doors that must be opened and where they are to be
operated manually from outside.
Interlocking conditions
The basic versions of the rotary operating mechanisms comply
with the following interlocking conditions:
Operating mechanism and switch in "0" (OFF) position:
The control cabinet door can be opened. With padlocks fitted,
the control cabinet door remains locked however.
Operating mechanism and switch in "I" (ON) position:
The control cabinet door cannot be opened in this position.
However, the interlock can be overridden and the control cabinet door opened by trained personnel for performing checks.
No padlocks can be fitted in "I" position.
Other interlocking conditions:
If no door interlock is required, the user can remove the door
interlocking plate of the rotary operating mechanism.
It is easy for the user to fit padlocks to the rotary operating
mechanisms in the "I" position as well. In this case the door
cannot be opened, the operating mechanism cannot be actuated and the door interlock cannot be overridden.
Operating conditions and ambient conditions
The temperature range for operation of the rotary operating
mechanisms is between -25 C and +60 C.
Thanks to the use of glass fiber-reinforced molded plastic for
handles and masking plates as well as metal components with
surface protection, the rotary operating mechanisms are suitable for rough conditions, high air humidity and aggressive atmospheres.
Siemens AG 2011
Design
Components
Switch position
The rotary operating mechanisms consist of a masking plate

with handle, including seal and fixing screws for door installation, an extension shaft (300 mm) and a coupling driver to be
mounted onto the switch shaft.
In order to ensure compliance with locking and interlocking conditions, the controls and operating mechanisms must be installed such that, with two-position switches the "0" position lies
at 9 o'clock and the "I" position at 12 o'clock.
Operating mechanisms for 3KA / 3KL / 3KM switch disconnectors do not have a shaft coupling since the extension shaft is fitted directly into the switch. Extension shafts with a length of
600 mm are also available.
1
90
0
2
7
NSE0_00352a
1 12 o'clock position
2
9 o'clock position
4
3
Positions for two-position switches with 90 operating angle
2
10
1
8
NSE0_00022a
Handle with masking frame
Seal
Door
Fixing screws
Coupling driver
Extension shaft
Adapter
Operating shaft of switching device
Switching device
10
Tripped plate (can be glued on if required)
Design, schematic representation
7/59
Siemens AG 2011

Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms, fully lockable with padlocks,
with door interlock supplied with seal and fixing screws
Switching device Rated current Cross-section of Torque
the actuating
shaft
Rotary
Illustrated: Handle,
operating
masking plate
mechanisms
Type
Nm
Size
mm
8UC71
For switch disconnectors with or without fuses
6x6
6x6
3
3
80
6x6
3KA511)
NSE00355
75
3KL501), 3KM501) 63
63
3KA501)
36
8UC72
3KL52, 3KM52
125
3KL53, 3KM53
3KA52
3KA53
75
8x8
7.5
160
8x8
7.5
125
8x8
7.5
160
8x8
7.5
2
NSE00356
62
8UC73
100
250
10 x 10
16
3KL57, 3KM57
400
10 x 10
16
3KA55
250
10 x 10
16
3KA57
3KA58
400
630
10 x 10
10 x 10
16
16
3
NSE00357
3KL55, 3KM55
140
For switch disconnectors without fuses
100
250
12 x 12
15
3KE43
400
12 x 12
15
3KE44
630
12 x 12
24
3KE45
1000
12 x 12
24
3
NSE00357
3KE42
140
8UC74
For switch disconnectors with fuses
100
630
12 x 12
30
3KL622)
800
12 x 12
30
4
NSE00358
3KL612)
200
For switch disconnectors as changeover switches with break-before-make

feature
250
12 x 12
20
3KE43 (2 units)
400
12 x 12
20
3KE44 (2 units)
630
12 x 12
30
3KE45 (2 units)
1000
12 x 12
30
NSE0_01892
3KE42 (2 units)
100
200
For switch disconnectors as changeover switches without break-beforemake feature

250
12 x 12
40
3KE43 (2 units)
400
12 x 12
40
3KE44 (2 units)
630
12 x 12
55
3KE45 (2 units)
1000
12 x 12
55
100
3KE42 (2 units)
200
NSE0_01891
For load disconnect switch as parallel connection
1)
2)
250
12 x 12
40
3KE43 (2 units)
400
12 x 12
40
3KE44 (2 units)
630
12 x 12
55
3KE45 (2 units)
1000
12 x 12
55
Valid only for 3-pole switching devices. For 4-pole switching devices, an
operating mechanism with 8 x 8 mm actuating shaft must be used,
see lower level for 3KA52, 3KL52 or 3KM52.
100
4
NSE00358
3KE42 (2 units)
200
3)
The door interlocking plate must be removed.
4)
With shortened 8UC60 16/8UC60 17 coupling driver and reduced tolerance compensation, see "Dimensional Drawings".
Additionally required for 3KL61: 1 shaft coupling, order no. 8UC92 53,
see individual parts, table, page 7/62.
7/60
Siemens AG 2011
Individual parts
Version
DT
Rotary operating mechanisms,

complete
Order No.
Standard
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Price
per PU
Weight Handle with

per PU masking plate
approx.
Order No.
Coupling
drivers
Extension shaft
Length 300 mm
Shaft couplings
Order No.
Order No.
Order No.
kg
@ 6 mm
@ 6 mm
@ 6 mm by 6 mm
8UC60 11
8UC60 31
Not required
8UC71 11-1BB10
1 unit
103
0.200 8UC71 10-1BB
Standard4) C
8UC71 61-1BB10
1 unit
103
0.200 8UC71 10-1BB
8UC60 16
8UC60 31
Not required
EMERGENCYSTOP
8UC71 21-3BB10
1 unit
103
0.200 8UC71 20-3BB
8UC60 11
8UC60 31
Not required
@ 8 mm
@ 8 mm
@ 8 mm by 8 mm
Standard
8UC72 12-1BB20
1 unit
103
0.200 8UC72 10-1BB
8UC60 12
8UC60 32
Not required
Standard4) C
8UC72 62-1BB20
1 unit
103
0.200 8UC72 10-1BB
8UC60 17
8UC60 32
Not required
EMERGENCYSTOP
8UC72 22-3BB20
1 unit
103
0.200 8UC72 20-3BB
8UC60 12
8UC60 32
Not required
@ 10 mm
@ 10 mm
@ 10 mm by 10 mm
Standard
8UC73 13-1BB30
1 unit
103
0.200 8UC73 10-1BB
8UC60 13
8UC60 33
Not required
EMERGENCYSTOP
8UC73 23-3BB30
1 unit
103
0.200 8UC73 20-3BB
8UC60 13
8UC60 33
Not required
@ 12 mm
@ 12 mm
@ 12 mm by 12 mm
Standard
8UC73 14-1BB44
1 unit
103
0.200 8UC73 10-1BB
8UC60 14
8UC60 34
8UC60 24
EMERGENCYSTOP
8UC73 24-3BB44
1 unit
103
0.200 8UC73 20-3BB
8UC60 14
8UC60 34
8UC60 24
@ 12 mm
@ 12 mm
@ 12 mm by 12 mm
Standard
8UC74 14-1BB44
1 unit
103
0.200 8UC74 10-1BB
8UC60 14
8UC60 34
8UC60 24
EMERGENCYSTOP
8UC74 24-3BB44
1 unit
103
0.200 8UC74 20-3BB
8UC60 14
8UC60 34
8UC60 24
@ 12 mm
@ 12 mm
@ 12 mm by 12 mm
Standard
8UC74 14-1BF44
1 unit
103
0.200 8UC74 10-1BF
8UC60 14
8UC60 34
8UC60 24
@ 12 mm
@ 12 mm
@ 12 mm by 12 mm
Standard
8UC74 14-1FG44
1 unit
103
0.200 8UC74 10-1FG
8UC60 14
8UC60 34
8UC60 24
@ 12 mm
@ 12 mm
@ 12 mm by 12 mm
Standard
8UC74 14-1BB44
1 unit
103
0.200 8UC74 10-1BB
8UC60 14
8UC60 34
8UC60 24
7/61
Siemens AG 2011
Individual parts

Switching
device
Type
Rotary
operating
mechanisms
Size
Crosssection
of the
actuating
shaft
Version4) DT

door-coupling rotary
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Price
per PU
mm mm
Type
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Handles with masking plate (including flat gasket and fixing screws)
3KL50,
3KM50,
3KA50,
3KA51
8UC71
66
Standard C
8UC71 10-1BB
1 unit
103
0.200
EMERGENCYSTOP
8UC71 20-3BB
1 unit
103
0.200
Standard C
8UC72 10-1BB
1 unit
103
0.200
EMERGENCYSTOP
8UC72 20-3BB
1 unit
103
0.200
Standard C
8UC73 10-1BB
1 unit
103
0.200
EMERGENCYSTOP
8UC73 20-3BB
1 unit
103
0.200
Standard C
8UC74 10-1BB
1 unit
103
0.200
EMERGENCYSTOP
8UC74 20-3BB
1 unit
103
0.200
Standard C
8UC74 10-1BF
1 unit
103
0.200
Standard C
8UC74 10-1FG
1 unit
103
0.200
Standard C
8UC74 10-1BB
1 unit
103
0.200
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
8UC71
3KL52, 3KM52, 8UC72

3KL53, 3KM53,
3KA52, 3KA53
3KL55, 3KM55, 8UC73

3KL57, 3KM57,
3KA55, 3KA57,
3KE42, 3KE43,
3KE44, 3KE45
3KL61, 3KL62
88
8UC72
10 10
or
12 x 12
8UC73
8UC74
3KE42, 3KE43, 8UC743) 4

3KE44, 3KE45
8UC74
12 12
12 12
Rotary operating
mechanisms
Cross-section of the
actuating shaft
Type
mm mm
DT

door-coupling rotary
Order No.
Price
per PU
kg
Coupling drivers, extension shafts, shaft couplings and reducers

Coupling drivers for 3K
Rivet
nse0_00372
8UC60 11
8UC71
8UC712)
8UC72
8UC722)
8UC73
8UC73/74
66
66
88
88
10 10
12 12
B
A
B
A
B
B
8UC60 11
8UC60 16
8UC60 12
8UC60 17
8UC60 13
8UC60 14
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
103
0.078
0.070
0.075
0.043
0.251
0.253
B
B
C
B
8UC60 31
8UC60 32
8UC60 33
8UC60 34
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
0.068
0.132
0.217
0.315
66
88
10 10
12 12
B
B
B
B
8UC60 81
8UC60 82
8UC60 83
8UC60 84
1 unit
103
0.136
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
0.265
0.430
0.640
66
88
10 10
12 12
12 12
B
B
B
B
}
8UC60 21
8UC60 22
8UC60 23
8UC60 24
8UC92 53
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
103
0.031
0.023
0.085
0.077
0.115
8 8 to 6 6
12 12 to 8 8
C
C
8UC70 58
8UC70 50
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200
0.200

8UC71
8UC72
8UC73
8UC73/74
NSE0_00373
Groove
8UC60 31 ... 34
66
88
10 10
12 12

8UC71
8UC72
8UC73
8UC73/74
NSE0_00373
Groove
8UC60 81 ... 84
Shaft couplings
nse0_00374
Lug Rivet
8UC60 21 to 8UC6024
8UC71
8UC72
8UC73
8UC73/74
8UC74 (3KL61)
Reducers
8UC71
8UC72
ns
g0
2
00
44
8UC70 58
ns
g0
_0
02
45
8UC70 50
1)
Non-interchangeability features.
2)
Shortened coupling driver with reduced tolerance compensation.
3)
For switch disconnectors as changeover switches in various versions,

4)
Standard: Ti-grey handle, light-gray masking plate;

EMERGENCY-STOP: Red handle, yellow masking plate.
7/62
Siemens AG 2011
8UC93 54
Switching
device
Crosssection
of the
actuating
shaft
Torque
of the
operating
mechanism1)
Oper- Color of
ating
handle
mechanism
DT
Type
mm mm Nm
Size
3KA50,
3KA51,
3KL50,
3KM50
66
Black
2)
7.5
Black
2)
7.5
Black
Operating mechanisms for fixed

mounting
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
8UC93 54
1 unit
103
0.031
8UC93 60
1 unit
103
0.047
8UC93 62
1 unit
103
0.041
Order No.
Price
per PU
kg
8UC93 60
8UC93 65
3KA52
3KA53,
3KL52,
3KM52,
3KL53,
3KM53
88
3KL55,
3KM55,
3KL57,
3KM57
10 10
7
16
3KA55,
3KA57,
3KA58
Red
8UC93 63
1 unit
103
0.044
Black
8UC93 65
1 unit
103
0.138
Red
8UC93 66
1 unit
103
0.160
3KE42,
3KE43
12 12
16
Black
3)
8UC93 70
1 unit
103
0.128
Red
3)
8UC93 71
1 unit
103
0.146
3KE44,
3KE45
12 12
30
Black
3)
8UC93 74
1 unit
103
0.145
Red
3)
8UC93 75
1 unit
103
0.165
Black
8UC93 81
1 unit
103
0.264
Red
8UC93 82
1 unit
103
0.273
8UC93 74
3KL61
12 12
55
8UC93 81
1)
Operating mechanisms were tested with triple torque (EN 60947-3). They
are therefore qualified for use in all controls, especially for disconnectors.
2)
Red handle available on request.
3)
Also required: 3KX2 210-0H coupling socket.
7/63
Siemens AG 2011
SENTRON 3NJ62 In-line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A
Introduction
Overview
All key product features at a glance

In-line
Type-tested according to IEC EN 60947-3
Voltage levels up to 690 V AC/440 V DC
160 A to 630 A for LV HRC and BS 88 fuse links, according to
IEC 60269-1/EN 60269-1
2-, 3- and 4-pole versions available
185 mm phase center distance of plug-in contacts
Manually operated or with motorized operating mechanism
Electronic fuse monitoring (EFM)
Developed for switchgears in plug-in design
Horizontal or vertical mounting position
Front panel locked in ON position
3NJ62 Switch Disconnectors with Fuses
Overview of components and accessory parts

7/64
11
Connection terminals
12
Stud terminal
13
Terminal cover
Motor drive
14
Multifunction plug
Connection module
15
Holder for measuring device with electronic fuse monotoring (EFM10)
Blanking cover
16
Holder for measuring device with electronic fuse monotoring (EFM20/25)
Guide rails
17
Holder for measuring device without EFM
Busbar cover
18
Bimetal current measuring device
Contact extension
19
Moving-iron current measuring device
Current transformer
20
BS fuse
10 Current transformer bar
21
NH fuse
22
Auxiliary switch
3NJ62 switch disconnector basic device

here in size 00, open, without front cover
Hand drive
,B
Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
Benefits
Key advantages for switchgear manufacturers due to the
following:
Compact, modular design
Simple and efficient mounting due to incoming plug-in contact
High packing density in the field
Cable connection with cable clamps or cable lugs
Can be mounted in different control cabinet depths
Comprehensive range of accessories
The advantages for users are:
Conversion, retrofitting and replacement without switching off
the switchgear
Dead-state fuse replacement
Maintenance free
High personal safety
Operating handle can be locked in OFF position
Clear and unambiguous switch position indicator
Application
Function
Fuse monitoring
Fuse monitoring is used to detect, indicate and report faults.
The electronic fuse monitors are available in 2 versions.
EFM10 electronic fuse monitor:
For use up to 690 V AC
Operational voltage < 20 V
Display: ready-to-run
Individual fault display per phase
1 CO contact as centralized fault signaling unit
EFM20/25 electronic fuse monitor and line monitor:
EFM20 for use up to 690 V AC, EFM25 for use up to 440 V DC
Operational voltage < 13 V (EFM20) < 20 V (EFM25)
Test function
Closed-circuit principle or open-circuit principle
2 CO contacts as centralized fault signaling unit incl. line monitoring functions with phase failure detection (EFM20), undervoltage/overvoltage detection
The plug-in 3NJ6 switch disconnectors with fuses are installed

in low-voltage distribution boards where a minimum amount of
space is available for a maximum number of cable ducts to the
power distribution. They can be easily fitted in all common control cabinets (minimum depth: 400 mm).
The plug-in 3NJ62 switch disconnectors with fuses are available
for rated uninterrupted currents from 160 A to 630 A.
LV HRC fuse links according to IEC 60269-1/EN 60269-1 (sizes
NH 00 to NH 3) or BS fuse links according to BS 88 provide overload and short-circuit protection up to 690 V AC.
The switch disconnectors can be retrofitted at any time with auxiliary switches, an ammeter (48 mm x 48 mm) and current transformers, with no extra space required. For installation in control
cabinets of > 400 mm depth, the mounting depth of the disconnectors can be increased by 200 mm using a contact extension.
Further installation accessories, such as guide rails and blanking covers, complete the product range.
EFM10 electronic fuse monitor
EFM20/25 electronic fuse monitor
7/65
Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
Main devices of sizes 00 and 1
Size
BG00
Switch disconnectors with fuses

Type 3NJ62...
BS
...02-3
...02-4
...43-3
...53-3
Switching capacity
Size 1
NH
...03-1
...04-1
...04-2
...62-3
...62-4
...03-3
...03-4
...12-3
...12-4
...13-1
...14-1
...14-2
...13-3
...13-4
...63-3
...63-4
...72-3
...72-4
...74-1
...74-2
...73-3
...73-4
--
--
1000
8000
63
100
160
--
160
125
For LV HRC fuse links (NH type)
--
--
00 and 000
160
125
250
1
For BS fuse links acc. to BS 88
A3
A3
00T1)
B2

At 50/60Hz rated frequency
At DC
V
V
690
--
--
-230
-440
500
--
690
--
500
--
690
--
AC23B
DC23B DC21B
AC22B
AC23B
100
66
60
60
100
55
100
66
690
230
440
DC23B DC21B AC22B AC23B

Short-circuit strength (rms value)
Short-circuit making capacity
(rms value)
kA
kA
60
60
100
55
66

p.f. = 0.65
p.f. = 0.45
p.f. = 0.35
A
A
A
-630
--
-1000
--
----
----
480
---
375
---
--1600
--1250
----
----
750
---
--2500
A
A
A
-504
--
-800
--
----
----
480
---
375
---
--1280
--1000
----
----
750
---
--2000

p.f. = 0.65
p.f. = 0.45
p.f. = 0.35
Endurance
Operating cycles total
2000
1600
1600
Electrical (690 V p.f. = 0.65)
300
200
200
Power loss (no fuse links)
17
43
78
-5...+55
Horizontal and vertical with bottom connection
Permissible mounting positions
IP41
Degree of protection (in operating

state)
Connection type
Cable lug connection
(Al/Cu, solid or stranded) acc. to
DIN 46235 (Cu) and DIN 46239 (Al)
Screw size
Torque
mm2
1x 10-95
2x 16-70
1x 25-240
2x 25-70
Nm
M8
15
M12
30
mm2
mm2
mm2
mm2
Nm
1x 10-50
1x 10-50
1x 16-95
1x 16-95
15
Terminal connection
1)
Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), rm

Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), re
Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), sm
Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), se
Required torque
The fuse is available from Lawson fuses (UK) and does not correspond to
BS 88.
7/66
1x
1x
1x
1x
16-185
16-150
35-240
35-300
25
Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
Main devices of sizes 2 and 3
Size
Size 2
3NJ62 switch disconnectors with fuses NH
...22-3
...22-4
BS
...82-3
...82-4
Size 3
...23-1
...24-1
...24-2
...23-3
...23-4
...32-3
...32-4
...33-1
...34-1
...34-2
...33-3
...33-4
...83-3
...83-4
...92-3
...92-4
...94-1
...94-2
...93-3
...93-4
...33-3
...33-4
Switching capacity
1000
8000

For fuse links acc. to IEC 60269/ BS88
400
For LV HRC fuse links (NH type)
630
500
2 and 1
3 and 2
B4
3T1)
For BS fuse links acc. to BS 88
630
500
500
--
690
--

At 50/60Hz rated frequency
At DC
V
V
-230
-440
690
--
DC23B
DC21B
AC22B
AC23B
230
--
440
--
DC23B
DC21B
500
--
690
-AC22B
AC23B

Short-circuit strength (rms value)
Short-circuit making capacity
(rms value)
kA
kA
60
60
100
55
66
60
60
100
55
66

p.f. = 0.65
p.f. = 0.45
p.f. = 0.35
A
A
A
----
----
1200
---
--4000
----
----
1890
---
1500
---
--6300
--5000
A
A
A
----
----
1200
---
--3200
----
----
1890
---
1500
---
--5040
--4000

p.f. = 0.65
p.f. = 0.45
p.f. = 0.35
Endurance
1000
1000
electrical (690 V p.f. = 0.65)
200
200
158
357
Power loss
(no fuse links)
-5...+55
Horizontal and vertical with bottom connection
IP41
Degree of protection (in operating

state)
Connection type
Cable lug connection
(Al/Cu, solid or stranded) acc. to
DIN 46235 (Cu) and DIN 46239 (Al)
Screw size
Torque
mm2
Nm
1x 25-300
2x 25-240
1x 25-300
2x 25-240
2x M12
30
2x M12
30
Terminal connection
1)
Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), rm

Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), re
Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), sm
Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), se
Required torque
mm2
mm2
mm2
mm2
Nm
2x
2x
2x
2x
16-185
16-150
35-240
35-300
25
2x
2x
2x
2x
16-185
16-150
35-240
35-300
25
The fuse is available from Lawson fuses (UK) and does not correspond to
BS 88.
7/67
Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
Auxiliary switches
Electronic fuse monitor, DC-version (EFM 25)
Acc. to IEC 60947-5-1
Size
2/3
690
Blind power uptake
VA
S approx. 2.5
8000
Internal resistance of measurement

circuit
M
Rin > 6
A
A
A
A
8
6
4
2
Storage temperature
Operating temperature
(500 V and/or 500 A)
C
C
C
- 20 ... + 80
- 5 ... + 55
- 5 ... + 35
At AC15, Ue = 120 V
At AC15, Ue = 230 V
At AC15, Ue = 400 V
At AC15, Ue = 690 V
Size
00
Blind power uptake
Rated operating voltage of the main

switching devices
V DC
S approx. 2.5
Voltage limits
15
Rin > 6
Undervoltage
Overvoltage
V
V
200
240
Voltage drop for faulty fuses
> 20
Delay time
VA
Internal resistance of measurement circuit M

Storage temperature
Operating temperature (500 V or 500 A)
IP40
Protection rating in closed in-line

connector
Electronic fuse monitor AC-version (EFM 10)
00
C
C
C
2/3
- 20 ... + 80
- 5 ... + 55
- 5 ... + 35
IP40

connector
Rated operating voltage of the main
switching devices
V AC
Hz
Voltage limits
15
Signaling relay acc. to IEC 60947-5-1
A
kV
V
Ith = 1.5
Uimp = 4
Ui = 250
220 ... 440
0.1
as relay 1
(fuse
monitor)
Relay 2
230 ... 690

50/60
Off
Storage function
Closed-circuit principle
Open/closed-circuit principle
Run mode
Mode
Display of
voltage values/
signals
Menu option
Load capacity of the signaling relay

Ue
DC - 13; Ie
AC - 15; Ie
V
A
A
24
1
125
0.2
1.5
240
0.1
Max. fuse protection

Diazed 2 A gG
Size
00
VA
Rin > 6
C
C
C
Rated operating volatge of the main

switching devices
V AC
Hz
Voltage limits
15
Undervoltage
Overvoltage
V
V
375
425
Voltage drop for faulty fuses
> 13
Delay time
0.1
Moving-iron measuring instruments

Bi-metal measuring instruments
Display of
voltage values/
signals
A
kV
V
Signaling relay 2
V
A
A
7/68
24
1
125
0.2
1.5
240
0.1

Diazed 2 A gG
-15
Power consumption
VA
0.6
1
VA

00
Control supply voltage
V DC
Power consumption
2/3
24 2
1.1
1.3
2.8
Service life (no limitation of circuit

breaker acc. to IEC 60947-3)
1600
200
Switch cycles under load

Signal duration

Ue
DC - 13; Ie
AC - 15; Ie
min
min
Size
Ith = 1.5
Uimp = 4
Ui = 250
1 changeover for fuse
monitoring
1 changeover as output
for central fault
OR as signaling relay 1
(presetting)
Signaling relay 1
1.2 times
2 times
Slave pointer
Run mode
Menu option
x/1 A or x/5 A

Off
Mode
240
0.1
Overload
Closed-circuit principle
Open/closed-circuit principle
125
0.2
1.5

Diazed 2 A gG
Inputs
as relay 1
(fuse
monitor)
Storage function
24
1
Ammeters
230 ... 690

50/60
Relay 2
V
A
A
IP40

connector

Ue
DC - 13; Ie
AC - 15; Ie
- 20 ... + 80
- 5 ... + 55
- 5 ... + 35
Ith = 1.5
Uimp = 4
Ui = 250
1 changeover for fuse
monitoring
1 changeover as output
for central fault
OR as signaling relay 1
(presetting)
Signaling relay 1
2/3
S approx. 2.5
Internal resistance of measurement circuit M

Storage temperature
Operating temperature (500 V or 500 A)
A
kV
V
Signaling relay 2
Electronic fuse monitor, AC-version (EFM 20)

Blind power uptake
min. 0.5 or
continuous signal
Siemens AG 2011

Rated current In
Size
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
kg
2-pole, high switching capacity H

Manually operated N
160
250
400
630
00
1
2
3
Manually operated, EFM 25 N

160
250
400
630
00
1
2
3
Motorized operating mechanisms N

160
250
400
630
00
1
2
3
C
C
C
C
3NJ62 02-3AA0@-0AA0
3NJ62 12-3AA0@-0AA0
3NJ62 22-3AA0@-0AA0
3NJ62 32-3AA0@-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
3.630
6.750
15.000
15.360
C
C
C
C
3NJ62 02-3AE0@-0AA0
3NJ62 12-3AE0@-0AA0
3NJ62 22-3AE0@-0AA0
3NJ62 32-3AE0@-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
3.830
6.950
15.200
15.560
C
C
C
C
3NJ62 02-4AA0@-0AA0
3NJ62 12-4AA0@-0AA0
3NJ62 22-4AA0@-0AA0
3NJ62 32-4AA0@-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
3.630
6.750
15.000
15.360
Motorized operating mechanisms, EFM 25 N

160
250
400
630
3-pole, standard switching capacity S

Manually operated N
160
250
400
630
00
1
2
3
C
C
C
C
3NJ62 02-4AE0@-0AA0
3NJ62 12-4AE0@-0AA0
3NJ62 22-4AE0@-0AA0
3NJ62 32-4AE0@-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
7.450
7.450
15.700
16.060
00
1
2
3
A
A
A
A
3NJ62 03-1AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 13-1AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 23-1AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 33-1AA0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
3.630
6.750
15.000
15.360
B
B
B
B
3NJ62 03-1AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 13-1AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 23-1AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 33-1AB0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
3.830
6.950
15.200
15.560
00
1
2
3
B
B
B
B
3NJ62 03-1AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 13-1AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 23-1AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 33-1AC0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
3.830
6.950
15.200
15.560
00
1
2
3
A
A
A
A
3NJ62 03-3AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 13-3AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 23-3AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 33-3AA0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
3.630
6.750
15.000
15.360
B
B
B
B
3NJ62 03-3AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 13-3AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 23-3AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 33-3AB0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
3.830
6.950
15.200
15.560
B
B
B
B
3NJ62 03-3AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 13-3AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 23-3AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 33-3AC0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
3.830
6.950
15.200
15.560
C
C
C
C
3NJ62 03-4AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 13-4AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 23-4AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 33-4AA0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
3.630
6.750
15.000
15.360
3NJ62 03-4AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 13-4AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 23-4AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 33-4AB0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
4.330
7.450
15.700
16.060
3NJ62 03-4AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 13-4AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 23-4AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 33-4AC0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
4.330
7.450
15.700
16.060

160
250
400
630
00
1
2
3

160
250
400
630
Weight
per PU
approx.

Manually operated
160
250
400
630
160
250
400
630
00
1
2
3
160
250
400
630
00
1
2
3

160
250
400
630
00
1
2
3
160
250
400
630
00
1
2
3
C
C
C
C
160
250
400
630
00
1
2
3
C
C
C
C
Add. price
Standard Order No. supplement

(more Order No. supplements from page 7/73 onwards)
Without auxiliary switches, ammeters, current transformers
0 0AA0
None
7/69
Siemens AG 2011
Rated current In
Size
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

Manually operated
160
250
400
630
00
1
2
3
160
250
400
630
00
1
2
3
160
250
400
630
00
1
2
3
160
250
400
630
00
1
2
3
A
A
A
A
3NJ62 04-1AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 14-1AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 24-1AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 34-1AA0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
6.160
10.380
18.900
20.000
B
B
B
B
3NJ62 04-1AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 14-1AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 24-1AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 34-1AB0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
6.830
9.950
18.200
18.560
B
B
B
B
3NJ62 04-1AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 14-1AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 24-1AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 34-1AC0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
6.830
9.950
18.200
18.560
C
C
C
C
3NJ62 04-2AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 14-2AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 24-2AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 34-2AA0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
6.160
10.380
18.900
20.000
3NJ62 04-2AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 14-2AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 24-2AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 34-2AB0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
7.330
10.450
18.700
19.060
3NJ62 04-2AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 14-2AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 24-2AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 34-2AC0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
7.330
10.450
18.700
19.060
160
250
400
630
00
1
2
3
C
C
C
C
160
250
400
630
00
1
2
3
C
C
C
C
Add. price

0 0AA0
None
7/70
Siemens AG 2011
For BS fuse links

Rated current In
Size
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
kg

Manually operated N
160
250
400
630
00T1)
B2
B4
3T1)
160
250
400
630
00T1)
B2
B4
3T1)
160
250
400
630
Weight
per PU
approx.
00T1)
B2
B4
3T1)
C
C
C
C
3NJ62 62-3AA0@-0AA0
3NJ62 72-3AA0@-0AA0
3NJ62 82-3AA0@-0AA0
3NJ62 92-3AA0@-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
3.630
6.750
15.000
15.360
C
C
C
C
3NJ62 62-3AE0@-0AA0
3NJ62 72-3AE0@-0AA0
3NJ62 82-3AE0@-0AA0
3NJ62 92-3AE0@-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
3.830
6.950
15.200
15.560
C
C
C
C
3NJ62 62-4AA0@-0AA0
3NJ62 72-4AA0@-0AA0
3NJ62 82-4AA0@-0AA0
3NJ62 92-4AA0@-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
3.630
6.750
15.000
15.360

00T1)
B2
B4
3T1)
C
C
C
C
3NJ62 62-4AE0@-0AA0
3NJ62 72-4AE0@-0AA0
3NJ62 82-4AE0@-0AA0
3NJ62 92-4AE0@-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
4.330
7.450
15.700
16.060
63
100
160
A3
A3
00T1)
C
C
C
3NJ62 43-3AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 53-3AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 63-3AA0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
3.630
3.630
3.630
250
400
630
B2
B4
3T1)
C
C
C
3NJ62 73-3AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 83-3AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 93-3AA0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
6.750
15.000
15.360
C
C
C
C
3NJ62 63-3AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 73-3AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 83-3AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 93-3AB0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
3.830
6.950
15.200
15.560
C
C
C
C
3NJ62 63-3AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 73-3AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 83-3AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 93-3AC0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
3.830
6.950
15.200
15.560
C
C
C
C
3NJ62 63-4AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 73-4AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 83-4AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 93-4AA0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
3.630
6.750
15.000
15.360
3NJ62 63-4AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 73-4AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 83-4AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 93-4AB0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
4.330
7.450
15.700
16.060
3NJ62 63-4AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 73-4AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 83-4AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 93-4AC0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
4.330
7.450
15.700
16.060
160
250
400
630

Manually operated
160
250
400
630
00T1)
B2
B4
3T1)
160
250
400
630
00T1)
B2
B4
3T1)

160
250
400
630
00T1)
B2
B4
3T1)
160
250
400
630
00T1)
B2
B4
3T1)
C
C
C
C
160
250
400
630
00T1)
B2
B4
3T1)
C
C
C
C
Add. price

1)
0 0AA0
None
The fuse is available from Lawson fuses (UK) and

does not correspond to BS 88.
7/71
Siemens AG 2011
For BS fuse links
Rated current In
Size
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
kg

Manually operated
160
250
400
630
00T1)
B2
B4
3T1)
160
250
400
630
00T1)
B2
B4
3T1)
160
250
400
630
Weight
per PU
approx.
00T1)
B2
B4
3T1)
C
C
C
C
3NJ62 64-1AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 74-1AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 84-1AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 94-1AA0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
6.160
10.380
18.900
20.000
C
C
C
C
3NJ62 64-1AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 74-1AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 84-1AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 94-1AB0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
6.830
9.950
18.200
18.560
C
C
C
C
3NJ62 64-1AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 74-1AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 84-1AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 94-1AC0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
6.830
9.950
18.200
18.560
C
C
C
C
3NJ62 64-2AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 74-2AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 84-2AA0@-@@@@
3NJ62 94-2AA0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
6.160
10.380
18.900
20.000
3NJ62 64-2AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 74-2AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 84-2AB0@-@@@@
3NJ62 94-2AB0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
7.330
10.450
18.700
19.060
3NJ62 64-2AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 74-2AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 84-2AC0@-@@@@
3NJ62 94-2AC0@-@@@@
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
7.330
10.450
18.700
19.060

160
250
400
630
00T1)
B2
B4
3T1)
160
250
400
630
00T1)
B2
B4
3T1)
C
C
C
C
160
250
400
630
00T1)
B2
B4
3T1)
C
C
C
C
Add. price

1)
0 0AA0
None
The fuse is available from Lawson fuses (UK) and

does not correspond to BS 88.
7/72
Siemens AG 2011
Options
Auxiliary switch wired to multi-function plug
DT

3NJ62 ..-....@-....
Additional
price
PS*/
P. unit
Without
1 NO contact
}
B
0
1
None
1 unit
1 unit
1 NC contact
1 unit
1 NO contact + 1 NC contact
1 unit
3NJ62 ..-.....-@@@@
Additional
price
PS*/
P. unit

Ammeter and current transformer wired
Ammeters
Current transformers
Primary
current
Secondary
current
Without
Without
DT
Accuracy
class
For size NH 00 and BS 00T

Without
Without
0AA0
None
1 unit
T1
NSE0_01925
1 current transformer to 1 ammeter
Moving iron
Moving iron
50
50
1
5
1
1
B
B
1DB1
1DB4
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
100
100
1
5
1
1
B
B
1DD1
1DD4
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
150
150
1
5
1
1
B
B
1DE1
1DE4
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
50
50
1
5
1
1
B
B
2DB1
2DB4
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
100
100
1
5
1
1
B
B
2DD1
2DD4
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
150
150
1
5
1
1
B
B
2DE1
2DE4
1 unit
1 unit
NSE0_01967
1 current transformers to multi-function plug
T1
Without
Without
50
50
1
5
1
1
B
B
0BB1
0BB4
1 unit
1 unit
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
100
100
100
100
100
100
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
0BD1
0BD2
0 B D3
0BD4
0BD5
0BD6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
150
150
150
150
150
150
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
0BE1
0BE2
0BE3
0BE4
0BE5
0BE6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
T2
T3
NSE0_01968
T1
Without
Without
50
50
1
5
1
1
B
B
0CB1
0CB4
1 unit
1 unit
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
100
100
100
100
100
100
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
0CD1
0CD2
0CD3
0CD4
0CD5
0CD6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
150
150
150
150
150
150
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
0CE1
0CE2
0CE3
0CE4
0CE5
0CE6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
7/73
Siemens AG 2011
Ammeters
Primary
current
Secondary
current
DT
Accuracy
class

3NJ62 ..-.....-@@@@
Additional
price
PS*/
P. unit
For size NH 00 and BS 00T (continued)
T1
NSE0_01924
1 current transformer to 1 ammeter and multi-function plug
Moving iron
Moving iron
50
50
1
5
1
1
B
B
1EB1
1EB4
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
100
100
100
100
100
100
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
1ED1
1ED2
1ED3
1ED4
1ED5
1ED6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
150
150
150
150
150
150
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
1EE1
1EE2
1 E E3
1EE4
1EE5
1EE6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
50
50
1
5
1
1
B
B
2EB1
2EB4
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
100
100
100
100
100
100
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
2ED1
2ED2
2ED3
2ED4
2ED5
2ED6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
150
150
150
150
150
150
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
2EE1
2EE2
2EE3
2EE4
2EE5
2EE6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
3 current transformers to 1 ammeter and multi-function plug
T1
T3
NSE0_01923
T2
Moving iron
Moving iron
50
50
1
5
1
1
B
B
1 FB 1
1 FB 4
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
100
100
100
100
100
100
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
1FD1
1FD2
1FD3
1 FD 4
1FD5
1FD6
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
150
150
150
150
150
150
1
5
5
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
50
50
1
5
1
1
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
100
100
100
100
100
100
1
1
1
5
5
5
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
150
150
150
150
150
150
1
1
1
5
5
5
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1FE1
1FE2
1FE3
1FE4
1FE5
1FE6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
B
B
2FB1
2FB4
1 unit
1 unit
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
2FD1
2FD2
2FD3
2 FD 4
2 FD 5
2 FD 6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
2FE1
2FE2
2 F E3
2FE4
2FE5
2FE6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
7/74
Siemens AG 2011
Ammeters
Primary
current
Secondary
current
Without
Without
DT
Accuracy
class

3NJ62 ..-.....-@@@@
Additional
price
PS*/
P. unit
For size NH 1 and BS B2

Without
Without
0AA0
None
1 unit
T1
NSE0 01925
Moving iron
Moving iron
50
50
1
5
1
1
B
B
1DB1
1DB4
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
100
100
1
5
1
1
B
B
1DD1
1DD4
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
150
150
1
5
1
1
B
B
1DE1
1DE4
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
200
200
1
5
1
1
B
B
1 D F1
1DF4
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
250
250
1
5
1
1
B
B
1DG
1DG4
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
50
50
1
5
1
1
B
B
2DB1
2DB4
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
100
100
1
5
1
1
B
B
2DD1
2DD4
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
150
150
1
5
1
1
B
B
2DE1
2DE4
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
200
200
1
5
1
1
B
B
2 D F1
2 D F4
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
250
250
1
5
1
1
B
B
2DG1
2DG4
1 unit
1 unit
NSE0_01967
T1
Without
Without
50
50
1
5
1
1
B
B
0BB1
0BB4
1 unit
1 unit
Without
Without
Without
Without
100
100
100
100
1
1
5
5
1
0.5
1
0.5
B
B
B
B
0BD1
0BD2
0BD4
0BD5
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Without
Without
Without
Without
150
150
150
150
1
1
5
5
1
0.5
1
0.5
B
B
B
B
0BE1
0BE2
0BE4
0BE5
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Without
Without
Without
Without
200
200
200
200
1
1
5
5
1
0.5
1
0.5
B
B
B
B
0B F1
0BF2
0BF4
0BF5
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Without
Without
Without
Without
250
250
250
250
1
1
5
5
1
0.5
1
0.5
B
B
B
B
0BG1
0BG 2
0BG 4
0BG5
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
T2
T3
NSE0_01968
T1
Without
Without
50
50
1
5
1
1
B
B
0CB1
0CB4
1 unit
1 unit
Without
Without
Without
Without
100
100
100
100
1
1
5
5
1
0.5
1
0.5
B
B
B
B
0C D 1
0C D 2
0C D 4
0C D 5
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Without
Without
Without
Without
150
150
150
150
1
1
5
5
1
0.5
1
0.5
B
B
B
B
0C E 1
0C E 2
0C E 4
0C E 5
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Without
Without
Without
Without
200
200
200
200
1
1
5
5
1
0.5
1
0.5
B
B
B
B
0C F 1
0C F 2
0 C F4
0CF5
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Without
Without
Without
Without
250
250
250
250
1
1
5
5
1
0.5
1
0.5
B
B
B
B
0CG1
0CG2
0CG4
0CG5
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
7/75
Siemens AG 2011
Ammeters
Primary
current
Secondary
current
DT
Accuracy
class

3NJ62 ..-.....-@@@@
Additional
price
PS*/
P. unit
For size NH 1 and BS B2 (continued)
T1
NSE0_01924
Moving iron
Moving iron
50
50
1
5
1
1
B
B
1EB1
1EB4
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
100
100
100
100
1
1
5
5
1
0.5
1
0.5
B
B
B
B
1ED1
1ED2
1ED4
1ED5
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
150
150
150
150
1
1
5
5
1
0.5
1
0.5
B
B
B
B
1EE1
1EE 2
1EE 4
1EE 5
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
200
200
200
200
250
250
250
250
1
1
5
5
1
1
5
5
1
0.5
1
0.5
1
0.5
1
0.5
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
1EF1
1EF2
1EF4
1EF5
1EG1
1EG2
1EG4
1EG5
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
50
50
1
5
1
1
B
B
2EB1
2EB4
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
100
100
100
100
1
1
5
5
1
0.5
1
0.5
B
B
B
B
2ED1
2E D2
2E D4
2E D5
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
150
150
150
150
1
1
5
5
1
0.5
1
0.5
B
B
B
B
2 EE1
2EE2
2EE4
2EE5
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
200
200
200
200
1
1
5
5
1
0.5
1
0.5
B
B
B
B
2 EF1
2EF2
2EF4
2EF5
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
250
250
250
250
1
1
5
5
1
0.5
1
0.5
B
B
B
B
2 EG 1
2 EG 2
2 EG 4
2 EG 5
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
T1
T3
NSE0_01923
T2
Moving iron
Moving iron
50
50
1
5
1
1
B
B
1FB1
1FB4
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
100
100
100
100
1
1
5
5
1
0.5
1
0.5
B
B
B
B
1FD1
1FD2
1FD4
1FD5
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
150
150
150
150
1
1
5
5
1
0.5
1
0.5
B
B
B
B
1FE1
1FE 2
1FE 4
1FE 5
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
200
200
200
200
1
1
5
5
1
0.5
1
0.5
B
B
B
B
1FF 1
1FF2
1FF4
1FF5
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
250
250
250
250
1
1
5
5
1
0.5
1
0.5
B
B
B
B
1FG1
1FG 2
1FG 4
1FG5
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
50
50
1
5
1
1
B
B
2 FB1
2FB4
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
100
100
100
100
1
1
5
5
1
0.5
1
0.5
B
B
B
B
2FD1
2F D2
2F D4
2F D5
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
150
150
150
150
1
1
5
5
1
0.5
1
0.5
B
B
B
B
2 FE1
2 F E2
2FE4
2FE5
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
200
200
200
200
1
1
5
5
1
0.5
1
0.5
B
B
B
B
2 FF1
2FF2
2FF4
2FF5
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
250
250
250
250
1
1
5
5
1
0.5
1
0.5
B
B
B
B
2 FG 1
2 FG 2
2 FG 4
2 FG 5
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
7/76
Siemens AG 2011
Ammeters
Primary
current
Secondary
current
Without
Without
DT
3NJ62 ..-.....-@@@@
Additional
price
PS*/
P. unit
0AA0
None
1 unit
Accuracy
class

Without
T1
NSE0_01925
Moving iron
Moving iron
300
300
1
5
1
1
B
B
1DH1
1DH4
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
400
400
1
5
1
1
B
B
1DJ1
1DJ4
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
300
300
1
5
1
1
B
B
2DH1
2DH4
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
400
400
1
5
1
1
B
B
2DJ1
2DJ4
1 unit
1 unit
NSE0_01967
T1
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
300
300
300
300
300
300
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
0BH1
0BH2
0BH3
0BH4
0BH5
0BH6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
400
400
400
400
400
400
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
0BJ1
0BJ2
0BJ3
0BJ4
0BJ5
0BJ6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
NSE0_01968
T1
T2
T3
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
300
300
300
300
300
300
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
0CH1
0CH2
0 C H3
0CH4
0CH5
0CH6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
400
400
400
400
400
400
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
0CJ1
0CJ2
0CJ3
0CJ4
0CJ5
0CJ6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
T1
NSE0_01924

Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
300
300
300
300
300
300
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
1EH1
1EH2
1EH3
1EH4
1EH5
1EH6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
400
400
400
400
400
400
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
1EJ1
1EJ2
1EJ3
1EJ4
1EJ5
1EJ6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
300
300
300
300
300
300
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
2EH1
2EH2
2EH3
2EH4
2EH5
2EH6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
400
400
400
400
400
400
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
2EJ1
2EJ2
2EJ3
2EJ4
2EJ5
2EJ6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
7/77
Siemens AG 2011
Ammeters
Primary
current
Secondary
current
DT
Accuracy
class

3NJ62 ..-.....-@@@@
Additional
price
PS*/
P. unit

T1
T3
NSE0_01923
T2
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
300
300
300
300
300
300
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
1FH1
1FH2
1FH3
1FH4
1FH5
1FH6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
400
400
400
400
400
400
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
1FJ1
1FJ2
1FJ3
1FJ4
1FJ5
1FJ6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
300
300
300
300
300
300
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
2FH1
2FH2
2FH3
2FH4
2FH5
2FH6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
400
400
400
400
400
400
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
2FJ1
2FJ2
2FJ3
2FJ4
2FJ5
2FJ6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
7/78
Siemens AG 2011
Ammeters
Primary
current
Secondary
current
DT
Accuracy
class

3NJ62 ..-.....-@@@@
Additional
price
PS*/
P. unit
For size NH 3 and BS 3T

Without
Without Without
Without
0AA0
None
1 unit
T1
NSE0 01925
Moving iron
Moving iron
300
300
1
5
1
1
B
B
1DH1
1DH4
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
400
400
1
5
1
1
B
B
1DJ1
1DJ4
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
500
500
1
5
1
1
B
B
1DK1
1DK4
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
600
600
1
5
1
1
B
B
1DL1
1DL4
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
300
300
1
5
1
1
B
B
2DH1
2DH4
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
400
400
1
5
1
1
B
B
2DJ1
2DJ4
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
500
500
1
5
1
1
B
B
2DK1
2DK4
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
600
600
1
5
1
1
B
B
2DL1
2DL4
1 unit
1 unit
NSE0_01967
T1
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
300
300
300
300
300
300
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
0BH1
0BH2
0BH3
0BH4
0BH5
0BH6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
400
400
400
400
400
400
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
0BJ1
0BJ2
0BJ3
0BJ4
0BJ5
0BJ6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
500
500
500
500
500
500
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
0BK1
0BK2
0BK3
0BK4
0BK5
0BK6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
600
600
600
600
600
600
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
0BL1
0BL2
0BL3
0BL4
0BL5
0BL6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
T2
T3
NSE0_01968
T1
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
300
300
300
300
300
300
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
0CH1
0CH2
0CH3
0 CH 4
0CH5
0CH6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
400
400
400
400
400
400
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
0CJ1
0CJ2
0CJ3
0CJ4
0CJ5
0CJ6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
500
500
500
500
500
500
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
0CK1
0CK2
0CK3
0CK4
0CK5
0CK6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
Without
600
600
600
600
600
600
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
0CL1
0CL2
0CL3
0CL4
0CL5
0CL6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
7/79
Siemens AG 2011
Ammeters
Primary
current
Secondary
current
DT
Accuracy
class

3NJ62 ..-.....-@@@@
Additional
price
PS*/
P. unit
T1
NSE0_01924

Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
400
400
300
300
300
300
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
1EH1
1 EH 2
1EH3
1EH4
1EH5
1EH6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
400
400
400
400
400
400
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
1EJ1
1EJ2
1EJ3
1EJ4
1EJ5
1EJ6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
500
500
500
500
500
500
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
1EK1
1EK2
1EK3
1EK4
1EK5
1EK6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
600
600
600
600
600
600
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
1EL1
1EL2
1 E L3
1EL4
1EL5
1EL6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
300
300
300
300
300
300
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
2EH1
2EH2
2EH3
2EH4
2EH5
2EH6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
400
400
400
400
400
400
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
2EJ1
2EJ2
2EJ3
2EJ4
2EJ5
2EJ6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
500
500
500
500
500
500
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
2EK1
2EK2
2EK3
2EK4
2EK5
2EK6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
600
600
600
600
600
600
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
2EL1
2EL2
2EL3
2EL4
2EL5
2EL6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
7/80
Siemens AG 2011
Ammeters
Primary
current
Secondary
current
DT
Accuracy
class

3NJ62 ..-.....-@@@@
Additional
price
PS*/
P. unit

T1
T3
NSE0_01923
T2
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
300
300
300
300
300
300
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
1FH1
1FH2
1FH3
1FH4
1FH5
1FH6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
400
400
400
400
400
400
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
1FJ1
1FJ2
1FJ3
1FJ4
1FJ5
1FJ6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
500
500
500
500
500
500
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
1FK1
1FK2
1FK3
1FK4
1FK5
1FK6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
Moving iron
600
600
600
600
600
600
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
1FL1
1FL2
1FL3
1FL4
1FL5
1FL6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
300
300
300
300
300
300
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
2FH1
2FH2
2FH3
2FH4
2FH5
2FH6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
400
400
400
400
400
400
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
2FJ1
2FJ2
2FJ3
2FJ4
2FJ5
2FJ6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
500
500
500
500
500
500
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
2FK1
2FK2
2FK3
2FK4
2FK5
2FK6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
600
600
600
600
600
600
1
1
1
5
5
5
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
B
D
B
B
D
2FL1
2FL2
2FL3
2FL4
2FL5
2FL6
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
7/81
Siemens AG 2011
SENTRON 3NJ62 in-line switch disconnectors with fuses up to 630 A
Accessories

Version
DT
Order No.
Price per
PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For size NH 00, BS A3 and BS 00T

Terminals
3NJ69 23-1BA00
Single terminal for 2-/3-pole devices, 10 ... 95 mm2

(1 set = 3 units)
3NJ69 23-1BA00
1 unit
143
0.210
Single terminal for 4-pole devices, 10 ... 95 mm2

(1 set = 4 units)
3NJ69 24-1BA00
1 unit
143
0.280
For 2-/3-pole devices
3NJ69 23-1DA00
1 unit
143
0.063
Only for 4th pole
3NJ69 04-1DA00
1 unit
143
0.070
3-pole
3NJ69 23-1EB00
1 unit
143
1.700
4-pole
3NJ69 24-1EB00
1 unit
143
2.000
EFM 10 electronic fuse monitoring for AC networks
3NJ69 20-3FB00
1 unit
143
0.400
3NJ69 20-3FC00
1 unit
143
0.450
EFM 25 electronic fuse monitoring for DC networks
3NJ69 20-3FE00
1 unit
143
0.450
1 NO contact (1 NO) with cover
3NJ69 20-2BB00
1 unit
143
0.080
1 NO contact (1 NO)
3NJ69 00-2BC00
1 unit
143
0.020
1 unit
143
0.080
Terminal covers
3NJ69 23-1DA00
Contact extensions
3NJ69 23-1EB00
Electronic fuse monitor and line monitor
3NJ69 23-3FB00
3NJ69 23-3FC00
Auxiliary switches
3NJ69 20-2BB00
1 NC contact (1 NC) with cover
3NJ69 20-2CB00
1 NC contact (1 NC)
3NJ69 00-2CC00
1 unit
143
0.020
A
A
3NJ69 20-3BB11
3NJ69 20-3BB21
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
0.160
0.160
3NJ69 00-2BC00
Current transformers for main devices and contact
extensions
= Feed-through opening diameter
3NJ69 20-3BD11
1 VA, 21 mm
1 VA, 21 mm
50 A / 1 A
50 A / 5 A
Class 1
Class 1
100 A / 1 A
100 A / 1 A
100 A / 1 A
Class 1
2.5 VA, 21 mm
Class 0.5
1.5 VA, 21 mm
Class 0.5 calibrated 1.5 VA, 14 mm
A
A
D
3NJ69 20-3BD11
3NJ69 20-3BD12
3NJ69 20-3BD13
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
0.160
0.160
0.160
100 A / 5 A
100 A / 5 A
100 A / 5 A
Class 1
2.5 VA, 21 mm
Class 0.5
1.5 VA, 21 mm
Class 0.5 calibrated 1.5 VA, 14mm
A
A
D
3NJ69 20-3BD21
3NJ69 20-3BD22
3NJ69 20-3BD23
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
0.160
0.160
0.160
150 A / 1 A
150 A / 1 A
150 A / 1 A
Class 1
2.5 VA, 21 mm
Class 0.5
1.5 VA, 21 mm
A
A
D
3NJ69 20-3BE11
3NJ69 20-3BE12
3NJ69 20-3BE13
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
0.170
0.170
0.170
150 A / 5 A
150 A / 5 A
150 A / 5 A
Class 1
1.5 VA, 21 mm
Class 0.5
1.5 VA, 21 mm
A
A
D
3NJ69 20-3BE21
3NJ69 20-3BE22
3NJ69 20-3BE23
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
0.170
0.170
0.170
7/82
Siemens LV 1 0.1 2011
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Version
DT
Order No.
Price per
PU
PU
(UNIT.
SET. M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For size NH 00, BS A3 and BS 00T (continued)

Current transformer busbars for current transformers with feed-through opening 21 mm
3NJ69 20-3DB00
For 1 current transformers
3NJ69 20-3DB00
1 unit
143
0.070
3NJ69 20-3DC00
1 unit
143
0.210
For 4 current transformers1)
3NJ69 20-3DD00
1 unit
143
0.280

3NJ69 20-3DC00
3NJ69 20-3DE00
1 unit
143
0.070
3NJ69 20-3DF00
1 unit
143
0.210
3NJ69 20-3DG00
1 unit
143
0.280
Holders for ammeters
3NJ69 00-4GA00
1 unit
143
0.040
3NJ69 20-3DD00
For sizes 00, 1, 2, 3
3NJ69 00-4GA00
Ammeters
Moving-iron measuring instruments for measurements on transformer x/1A with double overload
3NJ69 00-4H...
50 A / 1 A
0.6 VA
3NJ69 00-4HB11
1 unit
143
0.100
100 A / 1 A
0.6 VA
3NJ69 00-4HD11
1 unit
143
0.100
150 A / 1 A
0.6 VA
3NJ69 00-4HE11
1 unit
143
0.100
50 A / 5 A
0.6 VA
3NJ69 00-4HB21
1 unit
143
0.100
100 A / 5 A
0.6 VA
3NJ69 00-4HD21
1 unit
143
0.100
150 A / 5 A
0.6 VA
3NJ69 00-4HE21
1 unit
143
0.100
Bi-metal measuring instruments for measurements

on transformer x/1A with 1.2-times the overload
50 A / 1 A
1 VA
3NJ69 00-4HB12
1 unit
143
0.100
100 A / 1 A
1 VA
3NJ69 00-4HD12
1 unit
143
0.100
150 A / 1 A
1 VA
3NJ69 00-4HE12
1 unit
143
0.100

3NJ69 00-4H...
50 A / 5 A
1 VA
3NJ69 00-4HB22
1 unit
143
0.100
100 A / 5 A
1 VA
3NJ69 00-4HD22
1 unit
143
0.100
150 A / 5 A
1 VA
3NJ69 00-4HE22
1 unit
143
0.100
Multi-function plugs
6 x 2.5 mm2, with fixing screws
3NJ69 20-3EB00
1 unit
143
0.047
8 x 2.5 mm2, without fixing screws
3NJ69 20-3ED00
1 unit
143
0.047
10 x 1.5 mm2 and 8 x 2.5 mm2,

without fixing screws
3NJ69 20-3EE00
1 unit
143
0.070
For NH: 3NJ62 03-1AA... and 3NJ62 03-3AA...

without/with EFM
3NJ69 23-4BB00
1 unit
143
0.400
For BS: 3NJ62 03-1AA... and 3NJ62 03-3AA...

without/with EFM
3NJ69 23-4BC00
1 unit
143
0.400
3NJ69 20-3EB00
3NJ69 20-3ED00
3NJ69 20-3EE00
Front panel
3NJ69 23-4BB00
1)
Not available in combination with multi-function plug
7/83
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Version
DT
Order No.
Price per
PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

Terminals
3NJ69 33-1BA00
Single terminal for 2-/3-pole devices, 16 ... 300 mm2

(1 set = 3 units)
3NJ69 33-1BA00
1 unit
143
0.230
Single terminal for 4-pole devices, 16 ... 300 mm2

(1 set = 4 units)
3NJ69 34-1BA00
1 unit
143
0.310
3NJ69 33-1DA00
1 unit
143
0.146
Internal terminal covers for 2-/3-pole devices
3NJ69 33-1DB00
1 unit
143
0.020
Only for 4th pole
3NJ69 04-1DA00
1 unit
143
0.070
3-pole
3NJ69 33-1EB00
1 unit
143
2.400
4-pole
3NJ69 34-1EB00
1 unit
143
2.800
3NJ69 30-3FB00
1 unit
143
0.400
3NJ69 30-3FC00
1 unit
143
0.450
3NJ69 30-3FE00
1 unit
143
0.450
3NJ69 30-2BB00
1 unit
143
0.050
1 NO contact (1 NO)
3NJ69 00-2BC00
1 unit
143
0.020
3NJ69 30-2CB00
1 unit
143
0.050
1 NC contact (1 NC)
3NJ69 00-2CC00
1 unit
143
0.020
Terminal covers
3NJ69 33-1DA00
3NJ69 33-1DB00
Contact extensions
3NJ69 33-1EB00
3NJ69 23-3FB00
3NJ69 23-3FC00
Auxiliary switches
3NJ69 30-2BB00
3NJ69 00-2BC00
For main devices and contact extensions
= Feed-through opening diameter
3NJ69 20-3BD11
50 A / 1 A
50 A / 5 A
Class 1
Class 1
1 VA, 21 mm
1 VA, 21 mm
A
A
3NJ69 20-3BB11
3NJ69 20-3BB21
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
0.160
0.160
100 A / 1 A
100 A / 1 A
100 A / 5 A
100 A / 5 A
Class 1
Class 0.5
Class 1
Class 0.5
2.5 VA, 21 mm
1.5 VA, 21 mm
2.5 VA, 21 mm
1.5 VA, 21 mm
A
A
A
A
3NJ69 20-3BD11
3NJ69 20-3BD12
3NJ69 20-3BD21
3NJ69 20-3BD22
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
0.160
0.160
0.160
0.160
150 A / 1 A
150 A / 1 A
150 A / 5 A
150 A / 5 A
Class 1
Class 0.5
Class 1
Class 0.5
2.5 VA, 21 mm
1.5 VA, 21 mm
1.5 VA, 21 mm
1.5 VA, 21 mm
A
A
A
A
3NJ69 20-3BE11
3NJ69 20-3BE12
3NJ69 20-3BE21
3NJ69 20-3BE22
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
0.170
0.170
0.170
0.170
200 A / 1 A
200 A / 1 A
200 A / 5 A
200 A / 5 A
Class 1
Class 0.5
Class 1
Class 0.5
2.5 VA, 21 mm
5 VA, 21 mm
2.5 VA, 21 mm
2.5 VA, 21 mm
A
A
A
A
3NJ69 30-3BF11
3NJ69 30-3BF12
3NJ69 30-3BF21
3NJ69 30-3BF22
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
0.180
0.180
0.180
0.180
250 A / 1 A
250 A / 1 A
250 A / 5 A
250 A / 5 A
Class 1
Class 0.5
Class 1
Class 0.5
5 VA, 21 mm
5 VA, 21 mm
2.5 VA, 21 mm
2.5 VA, 21 mm
A
A
A
A
3NJ69 30-3BG11
3NJ69 30-3BG12
3NJ69 30-3BG21
3NJ69 30-3BG22
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
0.180
0.180
0.180
0.180
7/84
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Version
DT
Order No.
Price per
PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

3NJ69 30-3DB00
3NJ69 30-3DB00
1 unit
143
0.210
3NJ69 30-3DC00
1 unit
143
0.310
3NJ69 30-3DD00
1 unit
143
0.410
3NJ69 00-4GA00
1 unit
143
0.040
A
A
A
A
A
3NJ69 00-4HB11
3NJ69 00-4HD11
3NJ69 00-4HE11
3NJ69 00-4HF11
3NJ69 00-4HG11
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
143
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
A
A
A
A
A
3NJ69 00-4HB21
3NJ69 00-4HD21
3NJ69 00-4HE21
3NJ69 00-4HF21
3NJ69 00-4HG21
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
143
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
A
A
A
A
A
3NJ69 00-4HB12
3NJ69 00-4HD12
3NJ69 00-4HE12
3NJ69 00-4HF12
3NJ69 00-4HG12
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
143
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
A
A
A
A
A
3NJ69 00-4HB22
3NJ69 00-4HD22
3NJ69 00-4HE22
3NJ69 00-4HF22
3NJ69 00-4HG22
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
143
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
3NJ69 20-3EB00
1 unit
143
0.047
3NJ69 20-3ED00
1 unit
143
0.047
10 x 1.5 mm2 and 8 x 2.5 mm2,

3NJ69 20-3EE00
1 unit
143
0.070

without/with EFM
3NJ69 33-4BB00
1 unit
143
0.500

without/with EFM
3NJ69 33-4BC00
1 unit
143
0.500
3NJ69 30-3DC00
3NJ69 30-3DD00
For sizes 00, 1, 2, 3
3NJ69 00-4GA00
Ammeters
3NJ69 00-4H...
50 A / 1 A
100 A / 1 A
150 A / 1 A
200 A / 1 A
250 A / 1 A
0.6 VA
0.6 VA
0.6 VA
0.6 VA
0.6 VA
50 A / 5 A
100 A / 5 A
150 A / 5 A
200 A / 5 A
250 A / 5 A
0.6 VA
0.6 VA
0.6 VA
0.6 VA
0.6 VA

50 A / 1 A
100 A / 1 A
150 A / 1 A
200 A / 1 A
250 A / 1 A
3NJ69 00-4H...
1 VA
1 VA
1 VA
1 VA
1 VA

50 A / 5 A
100 A / 5 A
150 A / 5 A
200 A / 5 A
250 A / 5 A
1 VA
1 VA
1 VA
1 VA
1 VA
3NJ69 20-3EB00
3NJ69 40-3EE00
Front panel
3NJ69 33-4BB00
1)
Not available in combination with multi-function plug.
7/85
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Version
DT
Order No.
Price per
PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For size NH 2, NH 3, BS B4 and BS 3T

Terminals
3NJ69 43-1CA00
Double terminal for 2-/3-pole devices,

2 x (16 mm2 ... 300 mm2, 1 set = 6 units)
Double terminal for 4-pole devices,
2 x (16 mm2 ... 300 mm2, 1 set = 8 units)
3NJ69 43-1CA00
1 unit
143
0.450
3NJ69 44-1CA00
1 unit
143
0.600
3NJ69 43-1DA00
1 unit
143
0.195
Only for 4th pole
3NJ69 04-1DA00
1 unit
143
0.070
3-pole
3NJ69 43-1EB00
1 unit
143
8.400
4-pole
3NJ69 44-1EB00
1 unit
143
9.200
3NJ69 40-3FB00
1 unit
143
0.400
3NJ69 40-3FC00
1 unit
143
0.450
3NJ69 40-3FE00
1 unit
143
0.450
3NJ69 40-2BB00
1 unit
143
0.024
1 NO contact (1 NO)
3NJ69 00-2BC00
1 unit
143
0.020
3NJ69 40-2CB00
1 unit
143
0.024
1 NC contact (1 NC)
3NJ69 00-2CC00
1 unit
143
0.020
Terminal covers
3NJ69 43-1DA00
Contact extensions
3NJ69 44-1EB00
3NJ69 23-3FB00
3NJ69 23-3FC00
Auxiliary switches
3NJ69 40-2BB00
3NJ69 00-2BC00
For main devices and contact extensions
3NJ69 40-3B...
300 A / 1 A
300 A / 1 A
300 A / 1 A
300 A / 5 A
300 A / 5 A
300 A / 5 A
Class 1
Class 0.5
Class 0.5 calibrated
Class 1
Class 0.5
5 VA
5 VA
5 VA
5 VA
5 VA
5 VA
A
A
D
A
A
D
3NJ69 40-3BH11
3NJ69 40-3BH12
3NJ69 40-3BH13
3NJ69 40-3BH21
3NJ69 40-3BH22
3NJ69 40-3BH23
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
143
143
0.330
0.330
0.330
0.330
0.330
0.330
400 A / 1 A
400 A / 1 A
400 A / 1A
400 A / 5 A
400 A / 5 A
400 A / 5 A
Class 1
Class 0.5
Class 1
Class 0.5
5 VA
5 VA
5 VA
5 VA
5 VA
5 VA
A
A
D
A
A
D
3NJ69 40-3BJ11
3NJ69 40-3BJ12
3NJ69 40-3BJ13
3NJ69 40-3BJ21
3NJ69 40-3BJ22
3NJ69 40-3BJ23
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
143
143
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
500 A / 1 A
500 A / 1 A
500 A / 1 A
500 A / 5 A
500 A / 5 A
500 A / 5 A
Class 1
Class 0.5
Class 1
Class 0.5
5 VA
5 VA
5 VA
5 VA
5 VA
5 VA
A
A
D
A
A
D
3NJ69 40-3BK11
3NJ69 40-3BK12
3NJ69 40-3BK13
3NJ69 40-3BK21
3NJ69 40-3BK22
3NJ69 40-3BK23
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
143
143
0.460
0.460
0.460
0.460
0.460
0.460
600 A / 1 A
600 A / 1 A
600 A / 1 A
600 A / 5 A
600 A / 5 A
600 A / 5 A
Class 1
Class 0.5
Class 1
Class 0.5
5 VA
5 VA
5 VA
5 VA
5 VA
5 VA
A
A
D
A
A
D
3NJ69 40-3BL11
3NJ69 40-3BL12
3NJ69 40-3BL13
3NJ69 40-3BL21
3NJ69 40-3BL22
3NJ69 40-3BL23
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
143
143
0.460
0.460
0.460
0.460
0.460
0.460
7/86
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Version
DT
Order No.
Price per
PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For size NH 2, NH 3, BS B4 and BS 3T (continued)

3NJ69 00-4GA00
1 unit
143
0.040
For sizes 00, 1, 2, 3
3NJ69 00-4GA00
Ammeters
Moving-iron measuring instruments for measuring
input on transformer x/1A with double overload
3NJ69 00-4H...
300 A / 1 A
0.6 VA
3NJ69 00-4HH11
1 unit
143
0.100
400 A / 1 A
0.6 VA
3NJ69 00-4HJ11
1 unit
143
0.100
500 A / 1 A
0.6 VA
3NJ69 00-4HK11
1 unit
143
0.100
600 A / 1 A
0.6 VA
3NJ69 00-4HL11
1 unit
143
0.100
Moving-iron measuring instruments for measuring

input on transformer x/5A with double overload
300 A / 5 A
0.6 VA
3NJ69 00-4HH21
1 unit
143
0.100
400 A / 5 A
0.6 VA
3NJ69 00-4HJ21
1 unit
143
0.100
500 A / 5 A
0.6 VA
3NJ69 00-4HK21
1 unit
143
0.100
600 A / 5 A
0.6 VA
3NJ69 00-4HL21
1 unit
143
0.100

3NJ69 00-4H...
300 A / 1 A
1 VA
3NJ69 00-4HH12
1 unit
143
0.100
400 A / 1 A
1 VA
3NJ69 00-4HJ12
1 unit
143
0.100
500 A / 1 A
1 VA
3NJ69 00-4HK12
1 unit
143
0.100
600 A / 1 A
1 VA
3NJ69 00-4HL12
1 unit
143
0.100

300 A / 5 A
1 VA
3NJ69 00-4HH22
1 unit
143
0.100
400 A / 5 A
1 VA
3NJ69 00-4HJ22
1 unit
143
0.100
500 A / 5 A
1 VA
3NJ69 00-4HK22
1 unit
143
0.100
600 A / 5 A
1 VA
3NJ69 00-4HL22
1 unit
143
0.100
3NJ69 40-3EC00
1 unit
143
0.147
3NJ69 40-3ED00
1 unit
143
0.147
12 x 1.5 mm2 and 8 x 2.5 mm2,

3NJ69 40-3EF00
1 unit
143
0.170

without/with EFM
3NJ69 43-4BB00
1 unit
143
0.700

without/with EFM
3NJ69 43-4BC00
1 unit
143
0.700

without/with EFM
3NJ69 53-4BB00
1 unit
143
0.700

without/with EFM
3NJ69 53-4BC00
1 unit
143
0.700
3NJ69 40-3EC00
3NJ69 40-3ED00
3NJ69 40-3EF00
Front panel
3NJ69 43-4BB00
7/87
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Version
DT
Order No.
Price per
PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Common accessories
Busbar covers
Mounting height 200 mm, IP20
3NJ69 16-4EA00
1 unit
113
0.472
3NJ69 00-4CB00
1 unit
143
0.800
For power takeoff from field distribution bus up to 400 A A
3NJ69 15-3BA00
1 unit
113
1.524
3NJ69 16-4EA00
Blanking covers
Mounting height 50 mm, IP41
3NJ69 00-4CB00
Connection modules
3NJ69 15-3BA00
Guide rails
Depth 200 mm (1 x left and 1 x right)
3NJ69 00-4FB00
1 unit
143
1.300
Depth 400 mm (1 x left and 1 x right)
3NJ69 00-4FC00
1 unit
143
1.800
For NH00
XPT:8PT9624
1 unit
195
0.497
For NH1, 2, 3
XPT:8PT9625
1 unit
195
0.505
3NJ69 00-4FB00
3NJ69 00-4FC00
NH fuse puller tongs
7/88
Siemens AG 2011
SENTRON 3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A
Introduction
Overview
Box terminals available for all sizes
Connection of circular conductors and laminated conductors
Fuse monitoring possible throughout
Busbar supports can be built over
Conversion of 5 /10 mm thick busbars without parts which can
be lost or broken off
Convertibility of cable feeder at top/bottom without intervention in the internal conducting paths
Optimum integration in various system environments through
cover levels and on busbar systems with/without base
Touch protection also with rear incoming unit
Fuses are removed using a release shaft without the fuses
being touched
All units can be sealed and locked
3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors
Overview of components and accessory parts

NSG0_00235

Box terminal

Auxiliary conductor connection for box terminal
Reach-around protection for Siemens busbar system

Flat connector
Reach-around protection for Rittal busbar system

Auxiliary conductor connection for flat connector
Locking device

Deep-drawn connection module
Auxiliary switch with actuator

Prism terminal
Molded-plastic masking frame

Auxiliary conductor connection for prism terminal
Fuse carrier with MFM electromechanical fuse monitoring

Saddle terminal
Fuse carrier with EFM 10 electronic fuse monitoring

Cable connection cover
Fuse carrier with EFM 20/25 electronic fuse monitoring

Cable connection cover with rear reach-around protection
SENTRON 3NP1 fuse switch disconnector
Cover support

7/89
Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
Benefits
Advantages during planning and configuration
Low level of equipment variance through easy convertibility of
cable feeder at top/bottom (delivered from factory with cable
feeder at bottom).
Only one device variant for applications in industry and infrastructure thanks to touch and reach-around protection as a
standard feature.
Uniform grid sizes for easy configuration.
Application
Possible uses
Mounting
3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors can be used for protecting and

switching the most diverse electrical loads:
Motor starter combinations
In conjunction with SITOR fuses for the protection of frequency
converters and soft starters
Fusing of compensation modules
Cable feeders
Group fusing of small loads
Floor mounting
The devices are optimized for operation in all kinds of system

environments:
Low-voltage switchboards for power distribution and MCCs
(e.g. main and sub-distribution boards)
Distribution systems with cover levels of 32 and 70 mm or
45 and 70 mm
Mechanical engineering
Railway applications
Fuse monitors are used to detect, indicate and report faults:
MFM electromechanical fuse monitoring for AC/DC networks
EFM 20 electronic fuse monitoring with line monitoring for
AC networks
EFM 25 electronic fuse monitoring with line monitoring for
DC networks
45
70
NH 000, 00
System
cover
(alternatively) NH 1, 2, 3
NSG0_00236
Mounting plate
3NP1 fuse switch disconnector for floor mounting
Busbar mounting
Mounting on Siemens 8US
busbar systems with 32/70 mm
cover level
Mounting on Rittal Riline 60

busbar systems with base
70
32
Advantages during operation and service

The optional rear covers for the cable connections guarantee
optimum touch protection even for distribution boards with access from the rear.
Innovative design enables the highest safety for equipment
and personnel.
Fuses can be released and removed using a release shaft.
Lockable and sealable design enables safe working and prevents unauthorized access.
Advantages during installation

Only one device variant is required for cable feeders at
top/bottom and there is no need to intervene in the internal
conducting paths.
One device variant with very high short-circuit values dispenses with having to order and install arc splitters to increase
the electrical values.
On all sizes it is possible to install two CO contacts for indicating the switch position.
All devices feature all-round touch protection.
Box terminals are available for all sizes and shorten the mounting time appreciably.
Snapping on the sizes NH000 and NH00 shortens the mounting time greatly compared to fixing with screws.
The screw-fixing method on sizes NH1, NH2 and NH3 provides for easy positioning and at the same time secure contacting of the larger and heavier device variants.
Small space requirement through compact devices and busbar supports which can be built over.
Device variants for busbar mounting can be converted to
5 mm or 10 mm thick busbars without parts which can be lost
or broken off.
NSG0_00237
Base
Mounting plate
Busbar support
Busbar support
Standards and specifications

The 3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors are compliant with:
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1
IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3
7/90
3NP1 fuse switch disconnector for busbar mounting
Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
Standards
IEC/EN 60439-1
Type
3NP1 123...
3NP1 133...
3NP1 143...
3NP1 153...
3NP1 163...
160
160
250
400
630
For fuse links acc. to IEC 60269-1
Size
000
00 and 000
1 and 0
2 and 1
3 and 2
Conventional free-air thermal current

Ith
160
160
250
400
630
50 Hz/60 Hz AC
690
690
690
690
690
DC (3 conducting paths series-connected)
440
440
440
440
440
DC (2 conducting paths series-connected)
220/240
220/240
220/240
220/240
220/240
Rated insulation voltage Ui1)
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
kV
Rated conditional short-circuit current with

fuses
Size/A
000 / 160
00 / 160
1 / 250
2 / 400
3 / 630
Rated current at 500 V / 690 V AC
kA
80
80
80
80
50
Permissible let-through current of the fuses,

peak value
kA
10
15
25
40
50
Short-circuit strength with fuses
Size/A
000 / 160
00 / 160
1 / 250
2 / 400
3 / 630
Rated current at 500 V / 690 V, rms value
kA
120
120
120
100
100
Let-through I2t value
kA2s
56
158
780
2150
5400
Permissible let-through current of the fuses,

peak value
kA
15
23
32
40
60
Rated switching capacity at 500 V AC
kA
17
17
17
Rated making and breaking capacity

At AC-21B, 22B, 23B
400 V AC
160
160
250
400
630
At AC-21B
500 V AC
160
160
250
400
630
At AC-22B
500 V AC
125
160
250
400
630
At AC-23B
500 V AC
40
63
200
315
500
At AC-21 B
690 V AC
160
160
250
400
630
At AC-22B
690 V AC
50
125
250
400
500
At AC-23B
690 V AC
25
35
100
125
200
At DC-21B
240 V DC
160
160
250
400
630
At DC-22B
240 V DC
100
160
250
400
630
At DC-23B
240 V DC
80
100
200
250
400
At DC-21B
440 V DC
100
160
250
400
630
At DC-22B
440 V DC
50
125
200
315
500
At DC-23B
440 V DC
25
63
100
160
250
Capacitor rating
kvar
50
50
50
50
50
Rated current In
72
72
72
72
72
Capacitor switching capacity

At 400 V AC
At 525 V AC
Capacitor rating
kvar
50
50
50
50
50
Rated current In
55
55
55
55
55
Permissible ambient temperature2)
-25 ... +55 for operation, -50 ... +80 during storage
1000
1000
2000
2000
1600
Degree of protection (operator side)

Without molded-plastic masking frame/cable lug
cover
IP30 (switch closed) / IP20 (switch open)

IP40 (switch closed) / IP20 (switch open)
With molded-plastic masking frame/cable lug cover

Power loss of the switch at Ith (plus fuses)
12
23
34
48
Max. conductor cross-section of main conductor

connection
Flat terminals
mm2
--
Up to 95 (M8)
Up to 150 (M10)
Up to 240 (M10)
Up to 300 (M10)
Box terminals
mm2
1.5 ... 50
6 ... 70
70 ... 185
120 ... 240
150 ... 300
Prism terminal
mm2
--
16 ... 95
70 ... 150
120 ... 240
150 ... 300
Saddle terminals
mm2
--
1.5 ... 70
70 ... 150
120 ... 240
150 ... 300
Laminated conductors in box terminal
mm
8x8
9x8
10 x 20
10 x 32
10 x 32
3NP19...-1FA00 auxiliary switch
0.25 (Ith = 5 A)
3NP19...-1FB00 auxiliary switch
0.1 (Ith = 0.1 A)
Rated operational current of auxiliary switch

1)
Up to pollution degree 2, above this Ui = 690 V.
Vertical and horizontal (no derating)

2)
Only with isolating links; otherwise, please observe specifications of fuse

manufacturer.
7/91
Siemens AG 2011
Floor mounting

Rated current Iu
NH type LV HRC fuse links

acc. to IEC 60269-1
Size
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For 45 mm cover level

Basic units
Flat terminals
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1CA10
1 unit
143
0.730
Box terminals
1001)
000
3NP1 123-1CA20
1 unit
143
0.470
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1CA20
1 unit
143
0.730
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1CA11
1 unit
143
1.170
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1CA21
1 unit
143
1.170
3NP1 133-1CA12
1 unit
143
0.870
3NP133-1CA20
With electromechanical MFM fuse monitoring

Flat terminals
160
Box terminals
160
3NP1 133-1CA21
With electronic EFM 10 fuse monitoring

Flat terminals
160
00 / 000
Box terminals
1001)
000
3NP1 123-1CA22
1 unit
143
0.590
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1CA22
1 unit
143
0.870
3NP1 133-1CA13
1 unit
143
0.870
3NP1 133-1CA22
With electronic EFM 20 fuse monitoring and

line monitoring
Flat terminals
160
00 / 000
Box terminals
1001)
000
3NP1 123-1CA23
1 unit
143
0.590
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1CA23
1 unit
143
0.870
3NP1 133-1CA23
1)
160 A available in combination with feeder terminal 3NP1 923-1BD00
7/92
Siemens AG 2011
Floor mounting
Rated current Iu

acc. to IEC 60269-1
Size
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For 70 mm cover level

Basic units
Flat terminals
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1DA10
1 unit
143
2.190
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1DA10
1 unit
143
4.210
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1DA10
1 unit
143
6.310
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1DA20
1 unit
143
2.190
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1DA20
1 unit
143
4.660
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1DA20
1 unit
143
6.730
Box terminals
3NP1 143-1DA20

Flat terminals
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1DA11
1 unit
143
2.630
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1DA11
1 unit
143
4.650
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1DA11
1 unit
143
6.750
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1DA21
1 unit
143
2.630
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1DA21
1 unit
143
5.100
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1DA21
1 unit
143
7.170
Box terminals
3NP1 143-1DA21

Flat terminals
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1DA12
1 unit
143
2.330
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1DA12
1 unit
143
4.350
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1DA12
1 unit
143
6.450
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1DA22
1 unit
143
2.330
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1DA22
1 unit
143
4.800
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1DA22
1 unit
143
6.870
Box terminals
3NP1 143-1DA22

line monitoring
Flat terminals
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1DA13
1 unit
143
2.330
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1DA13
1 unit
143
4.350
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1DA13
1 unit
143
6.450
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1DA23
1 unit
143
2.330
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1DA23
1 unit
143
4.800
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1DA23
1 unit
143
6.870
Box terminals
3NP1 143-1DA23
7/93
Siemens AG 2011

Rated current Iu

acc. to IEC 60269-1
Size
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For cover level 32 / 70 mm with reach-around protection

for Siemens 8US busbar system and Rittal system without base
for busbar width 12 to 30 mm and thickness 5 mm or 10 mm
Basic units
Flat terminals
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1BB10
1 unit
143
0.980
Box terminals
1001)
000
3NP1 123-1BB20
1 unit
143
0.820
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1BB20
1 unit
143
0.980
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1BB11
1 unit
143
1.420
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1BB21
1 unit
143
1.420
3NP1 133-1BB12
1 unit
143
1.120
3NP1 133-1BB20

Flat terminals
160
Box terminals
160
3NP1 133-1BB21

Flat terminals
160
00 / 000
Box terminals
1001)
000
3NP1 123-1BB22
1 unit
143
0.940
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1BB22
1 unit
143
1.120
3NP1 133-1BB13
1 unit
143
1.120
3NP1 133-1BB22

line monitoring
Flat terminals
160
00 / 000
Box terminals
1001)
000
3NP1 123-1BB23
1 unit
143
0.940
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1BB23
1 unit
143
1.120
3NP1 133-1BB23
1)
Note:
Delivered from factory with cable feeder at bottom and convertible by the customer.
7/94
Siemens AG 2011
Rated current Iu

acc. to IEC 60269-1
Size
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For Rittal system with base

Basic units
Flat terminals
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1JB10
1 unit
143
0.980
Box terminals
1001)
000
3NP1 123-1JB20
1 unit
143
0.820
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1JB20
1 unit
143
0.980
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1JB11
1 unit
143
1.420
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1JB21
1 unit
143
1.420
3NP1 133-1JB12
1 unit
143
1.120
3NP1 133-1JB20

Flat terminals
160
Box terminals
160
3NP1 133-1JB21

Flat terminals
160
00 / 000
Box terminals
1001)
000
3NP1 123-1JB22
1 unit
143
0.940
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1JB22
1 unit
143
1.120
3NP1 133-1JB13
1 unit
143
1.120
3NP1 133-1JB22

line monitoring
Flat terminals
160
00 / 000
Box terminals
1001)
000
3NP1 123-1JB23
1 unit
143
0.940
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1JB23
1 unit
143
1.120
3NP1 133-1JB23
1)
Note:
7/95
Siemens AG 2011

Rated current Iu

acc. to IEC 60269-1
Size
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For cover level 32/70 mm, with reach-around protection

for Siemens 8US busbar system and Rittal Riline60 system without base
Basic units
Flat terminals
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1BC10
1 unit
143
0.980
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1BC10
1 unit
143
2.850
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1BC10
1 unit
143
4.760
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1BC10
1 unit
143
6.840
Box terminals
3NP1 133-1BC20
1001)
000
3NP1 123-1BC20
1 unit
143
0.820
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1BC20
1 unit
143
0.980
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1BC20
1 unit
143
2.850
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1BC20
1 unit
143
4.990
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1BC20
1 unit
143
7.040

Flat terminals
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1BC11
1 unit
143
1.420
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1BC11
1 unit
143
3.290
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1BC11
1 unit
143
5.200
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1BC11
1 unit
143
7.280
Box terminals
3NP1 133-1BC21
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1BC21
1 unit
143
1.420
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1BC21
1 unit
143
3.290
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1BC21
1 unit
143
5.430
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1BC21
1 unit
143
7.480

Flat terminals
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1BC12
1 unit
143
1.120
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1BC12
1 unit
143
2.990
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1BC12
1 unit
143
4.900
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1BC12
1 unit
143
6.980
Box terminals
3NP1 133-1BC22
1001)
000
3NP1 123-1BC22
1 unit
143
0.940
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1BC22
1 unit
143
1.120
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1BC22
1 unit
143
2.990
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1BC22
1 unit
143
5.130
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1BC22
1 unit
143
7.180

line monitoring
Flat terminals
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1BC13
1 unit
143
1.120
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1BC13
1 unit
143
2.990
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1BC13
1 unit
143
4.900
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1BC13
1 unit
143
6.980
Box terminals
3NP1 133-1BC23
1)
1001)
000
3NP1 123-1BC23
1 unit
143
0.940
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1BC23
1 unit
143
1.120
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1BC23
1 unit
143
2.990
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1BC23
1 unit
143
5.130
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1BC23
1 unit
143
7.180
Note:
7/96
Siemens AG 2011
Rated current Iu

acc. to IEC 60269-1
Size
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For Rittal Riline60 system with base

Basic units
Flat terminals
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1JC10
1 unit
143
0.980
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1JC10
1 unit
143
2.850
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1JC10
1 unit
143
4.760
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1JC10
1 unit
143
6.840
Box terminals
3NP1 133-1JC20
1001)
000
3NP1 123-1JC20
1 unit
143
0.820
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1JC20
1 unit
143
0.980
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1JC20
1 unit
143
2.850
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1JC20
1 unit
143
4.990
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1JC20
1 unit
143
7.040

Flat terminals
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1JC11
1 unit
143
1.420
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1JC11
1 unit
143
3.290
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1JC11
1 unit
143
5.200
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1JC11
1 unit
143
7.280
Box terminals
3NP1 133-1JC21
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1JC21
1 unit
143
1.420
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1JC21
1 unit
143
3.290
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1JC21
1 unit
143
5.430
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1JC21
1 unit
143
7.480

Flat terminals
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1JC12
1 unit
143
1.120
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1JC12
1 unit
143
2.990
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1JC12
1 unit
143
4.900
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1JC12
1 unit
143
6.980
Box terminals
3NP1 133-1JC22
1001)
000
3NP1 123-1JC22
1 unit
143
0.940
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1JC22
1 unit
143
1.120
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1JC22
1 unit
143
2.990
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1JC22
1 unit
143
5.130
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1JC22
1 unit
143
7.180

line monitoring
Flat terminals
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1JC13
1 unit
143
1.120
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1JC13
1 unit
143
2.990
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1JC13
1 unit
143
4.900
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1JC13
1 unit
143
6.980
Box terminals
3NP1 133-1JC23
1)
1001)
000
3NP1 123-1JC23
1 unit
143
0.940
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1JC23
1 unit
143
1.120
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1JC23
1 unit
143
2.990
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1JC23
1 unit
143
5.130
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1JC23
1 unit
143
7.180
Note:
7/97
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories

Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For size NH000

Connection methods
Feeder terminals, 16 ... 95 mm2
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 923-1BD00
1 unit
143
0.097
3-way terminal, 3 x 2.5 ... 16 mm2,

for box terminal
(1 set= 3 units)
3NP1 923-1BE20
1 unit
143
0.134
Covering caps
For 1 blank space on a three-phase busbar
(1 set = 20 units)
3NP1 923-1BF10
1 unit
143
0.012
For 2 x NH000
3NP1 923-1BF20
1 unit
143
0.268
For 3x NH000
3NP1 923-1BF30
1 unit
143
0.436
For 4x NH000
3NP1 923-1BF40
1 unit
143
0.650
Connection piece, Iu = max. 225 A

For 3-phase busbars
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 923-1BF50
1 unit
143
0.263
Auxiliary conductor connection, 0.25 ... 1 mm2

For box terminal
(1 set= 3 units)
3NP1 923-1BG40
1 unit
143
0.004
3NP1 923-1BD00
7
3NP1 923-1BE20
3NP1 923-1BF10
3-phase busbar
Iu = max. 225 A
(1 set = 5 units)
3NP1 933-1BF30
3NP1 933-1BF50
7/98
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For size NH000 (continued)

Device covers, auxiliary switches
Reach-around protection for busbar mounting
(1x top, 1x bottom)
For System Siemens 8US
3NP1 923-1CA10
1 unit
143
0.048
For System Rittal
3NP1 923-1CA20
1 unit
143
0.053
Cable connection covers

Only for busbar systems 40 mm / 60 mm, top and bottom
3NP1 923-1CB00
1 unit
143
0.039
Masking frame supports

(1 set = 2 units)
3NP1 923-1CF00
1 unit
143
0.012
3NP1 923-1DA00
1 unit
143
0.049
3NP1 923-1EA00
1 unit
143
0.009
1 CO
3NP1 920-1FA00
1 unit
143
0.012
1 CO contact, solid-state compatible
3NP1 920-1FB00
1 unit
143
0.012
Standard
3NP1 923-1GA00
1 unit
143
0.124
3NP1 923-1GB20
1 unit
143
0.551

line monitoring
3NP1 923-1GB30
1 unit
143
0.573

line monitoring
3NP1 923-1GB50
1 unit
143
0.573
3NP1 900-1HA00
1 unit
143
0.006
3NP1 923-1CA10
3NP1 923-1CB00
3NP1 923-1CF00
System masking frames
Dimensions (H x W) 215 x 130 mm
3NP1 923-1DA00
Fixing kits
For 1 standard mounting rail
3NP1 923-1EA00
Auxiliary switches
3NP1 920-1FA00
Fuse carriers
3NP1 923-1GA00
Locking devices
(1 set = 10 units)
3NP1 900-1HA00
7/99
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For size NH00

Connection
Saddle terminals, 1.5 ... 70 mm2
For flat connection
(1 set= 3 units)
3NP1 933-1BA00
1 unit
143
0.081
Prism terminal single, 35... 95 mm2

For flat connection
(1 set= 3 units)
3NP1 933-1BB10
1 unit
143
0.121
Connection module, 6 ... 70 mm2

For flat terminals
For 32 mm cover level with box terminal
3NP1 933-1BC00
1 unit
143
0.145
3-way terminal, 3 x 2.5 ... 16 mm2

For flat terminals
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 933-1BE10
1 unit
143
0.087
3-way terminal, 3 x 2.5 ... 16 mm2

For box terminal
(1 set= 3 units)
3NP1 923-1BE20
1 unit
143
0.134

For flat connection
(1 set= 3 units)
3NP1 933-1BG10
1 unit
143
0.006

For prism terminal
(1 set= 3 units)
3NP1 933-1BG30
1 unit
143
0.004

For box terminal
(1 set= 3 units)
3NP1 933-1BG40
1 unit
143
0.006
3NP1 933-1BA00
3NP1 933-1BB10
3NP1 933-1BC00
3NP1 933-1BE10
3NP1 923-1BE20
3NP1 933-1BG10
3NP1 933-1BG30
3NP1 933-1BG40
7/100
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

(1x at top, 1x at bottom)
3NP1 933-1CA10
3NP1 933-1CA10
1 unit
143
0.058
For System Rittal
3NP1 933-1CA20
1 unit
143
0.044
Cable connection covers (at top and bottom)

For flat terminal
3NP1 933-1CB00
1 unit
143
0.045
Cable connection covers with rear reach-around protection in case of busbar mounting (at top and bottom)
For flat terminal
3NP1 933-1CC00
1 unit
143
0.093
3NP1 933-1CB00
3NP1 933-1CC00
Cable connection covers with rear reach-around
A
protection in case of busbar mounting (at top and bottom)
For flat terminal
3NP1 933-1CD00
1 unit
143
0.079
3NP1 933-1CF00
1 unit
143
0.012
3NP1 933-1DA00
1 unit
143
0.024
3NP1 933-1EB00
1 unit
143
0.009
1 CO
3NP1 930-1FA00
1 unit
143
0.012
3NP1 930-1FB00
1 unit
143
0.012
Standard
3NP1 933-1GA00
1 unit
143
0.165
3NP1 933-1GB10
1 unit
143
1.293
3NP1 933-1GB20
1 unit
143
0.589

and line monitoring
3NP1 933-1GB30
1 unit
143
0.611

line monitoring
3NP1 933-1GB50
1 unit
143
0.611
3NP1 900-1HA00
1 unit
143
0.006
3NP1 933-1CD00
Masking frame supports
(1 set = 2 units)
3NP1 933-1CF00
Fixing kits
For 2 standard mounting rails 125/150 mm
3NP1 933-1EB00
Auxiliary switches
3NP1 930-1FB00
Fuse carriers
3NP1 933-1GB10
Locking devices
(1 set = 10 units)
7/101
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For size NH1

Connection
Saddle terminals, 70 ... 150 mm2
For flat terminal
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 943-1BA00
1 unit
143
0.144

For flat terminal
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 943-1BB10
1 unit
143
0.270
Prism terminals double, 2 x 35 ... 70 mm2

For flat terminal
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 943-1BB20
1 unit
143
0.311

For flat terminal
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 943-1BG10
1 unit
143
0.009

For saddle-type or prism terminals
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 943-1BG30
1 unit
143
0.004

For box terminal
(1 set= 3 units)
3NP1 943-1BG40
1 unit
143
0.014
3NP1 943-1BA00
3NP1 943-1BB10
7
3NP1 943-1BB20
3NP1 943-1BG10
3NP1 943-1BG30
3NP1 943-1BG40
7/102
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

3NP1 943-1CA10
3NP1 943-1CA10
1 unit
143
0.024
For System Rittal
3NP1 943-1CA20
1 unit
143
0.034
3NP1 943-1CB00
1 unit
143
0.172
Cable connection covers with rear reach-around

protection (at top and bottom)
3NP1 943-1CD00
1 unit
143
0.277
3NP1 943-1CB00
7
3NP1 943-1CD00
Masking frame supports (1 set = 2 units)
3NP1 943-1CF00
1 unit
143
0.026
3NP1 943-1DA00
1 unit
143
0.092
3NP1 943-1EB00
1 unit
143
0.017
1 CO
3NP1 940-1FA00
1 unit
143
0.018
3NP1 940-1FB00
1 unit
143
0.018
Standard
3NP1 943-1GA00
1 unit
143
0.602
3NP1 943-1GB10
1 unit
143
1.726
3NP1 943-1GB20
1 unit
143
1.022

and line monitoring
3NP1 943-1GB30
1 unit
143
1.044

line monitoring
3NP1 943-1GB50
1 unit
143
1.044
3NP1 900-1HA00
1 unit
143
0.006

Fixing kits
For 2 standard mounting rails 125/150 mm
3NP1 943-1EB00
Auxiliary switches
3NP1 940-1FA00
Fuse carriers
3NP1 943-1GB20
Locking devices
(1 set = 10 units)
7/103
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For size NH2

Connection
For flat terminal
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 953-1BA00
1 unit
143
0.187

For flat terminal
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 953-1BB10
1 unit
143
0.420

For flat terminal
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 953-1BB20
1 unit
143
0.473

For flat terminal
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 943-1BG10
1 unit
143
0.009

(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 953-1BG30
1 unit
143
0.006

For box terminals
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 953-1BG40
1 unit
143
0.029
3NP1 953-1CA10
1 unit
143
0.028
For System Rittal
3NP1 953-1CA20
1 unit
143
0.038
3NP1 953-1CB00
1 unit
143
0.242
Cable connection covers

With rear reach-around protection (at top and bottom)
3NP1 953-1CD00
1 unit
143
0.362
3NP1 943-1CF00
1 unit
143
0.026
3NP1 953-1DA00
1 unit
143
0.097
1 CO
3NP1 940-1FA00
1 unit
143
0.018
3NP1 940-1FB00
1 unit
143
0.018
Standard
3NP1 953-1GA00
1 unit
143
0.754
3NP1 953-1GB10
1 unit
143
1.797
3NP1 953-1GB20
1 unit
143
1.093

line monitoring
3NP1 953-1GB30
1 unit
143
1.115

line monitoring
3NP1 953-1GB50
1 unit
143
1.115
3NP1 900-1HA00
1 unit
143
0.006
3NP1 953-1BA00
3NP1 953-1BB10
7
3NP1 953-1BB20
3NP1 943-1BG10
3NP1 953-1BG30
3NP1 953-1BG40

3NP1 953-1CA10
3NP1 953-1CB00

Auxiliary switches
3NP1 940-1FA00
Fuse carriers
3NP1 953-1GB30
Locking devices
(1 set = 10 units)
7/104
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For size NH3

Connection
For flat terminal
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 963-1BA00
1 unit
143
0.210

For flat terminal
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 963-1BB10
1 unit
143
0.643

For flat terminal
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 963-1BB20
1 unit
143
0.681

For flat terminal
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 943-1BG10
1 unit
143
0.009

(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 953-1BG30
1 unit
143
0.006

For box terminals
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 953-1BG40
1 unit
143
0.029
3NP1 963-1CA10
1 unit
143
0.032
For System Rittal
3NP1 963-1CA20
1 unit
143
0.043
3NP1 963-1CB00
1 unit
143
0.269

With rear reach-around protection (at top and bottom)
3NP1 963-1CD00
1 unit
143
0.411
3NP1 943-1CF00
1 unit
143
0.026
3NP1 963-1DA00
1 unit
143
0.116
1 CO
3NP1 940-1FA00
1 unit
143
0.018
3NP1 940-1FB00
1 unit
143
0.018
Standard
3NP1 963-1GA00
1 unit
143
0.825
3NP1 963-1GB10
1 unit
143
1.966
3NP1 963-1GB20
1 unit
143
1.262

line monitoring
3NP1 963-1GB30
1 unit
143
1.284

line monitoring
3NP1 963-1GB50
1 unit
143
1.284
3NP1 900-1HA00
1 unit
143
0.006
3NP1 963-1BA00
3NP1 963-1BB10
3NP1 963-1BB20
3NP1 943-1BG10
3NP1 953-1BG30
3NP1 953-1BG40

3NP1 963-1CA10
3NP1 963-1CB00

Auxiliary switches
3NP1 940-1FA00
Fuse carriers
3NP1 963-1GB50
Locking devices
(1 set = 10 units)
7/105
Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
Overview
Application
The SENTRON 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors are ideally
suited for surface mounting and installation in distribution
boards (e.g. ALPHA, SIKUS), meter cabinets
(e.g. ALPHA 400-ZS), and molded-plastic distribution systems
such as 8HP.
The possibility of mounting them onto a range of different busbar
systems allows their very diverse implementation in switchgear
cabinet and control engineering.
The SENTRON 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors are ideal for
operation in combination with other switching devices, for example in capacitor modules for reactive-power compensation.
3NP5 0
In conjunction with semiconductor protection fuses (e.g. SITOR),

these are used for the effective protection of frequency converters and soft starters.
3NP5 2
3NP5 4
7
3NP5 fuse switch disconnector range
SENTRON 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors are controls for the

occasional manual switching/isolating of loads and distribution
boards. They are able to switch on, control and switch off the
specified rated current (including a specific overload).
With the SENTRON 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors, all poles of
downstream electric loads can be safely disconnected from the
system under load.
7/106
The SENTRON 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors are suitable for

use in any climate and comply with standards IEC 60947-1 and
IEC 60947-3.
In addition, the SENTRON 3NP5 series of fuse switch disconnectors complies with the requirements of BS 5419 and is also approved for operation in marine applications.
All SENTRON 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors can be sealed as
standard (or can be sealed through accessories).
Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
Standards
IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3

3NP50
3NP52
3NP53
3NP54
160
250
400
630
For fuse links acc. to IEC 60269-1
Size
00
1 and 0
2 and 1
3 and 2
160
250
400
630

50/60 Hz AC
DC
V
V
690
440 (3 conducting paths series-connected),
220 (2 conducting paths series-connected and with fuse monitoring
through 3RV)
6901)
6901)
6901)
6901)
kV

with fuses (by fast switch on)
With fuse links
Rated current
At 500 V AC (rms value)
Size/A
kA
kA
00/160
50
15
1/250
50
25
2/400
50
40
3/630
50
50
Short-circuit strength with fuses (with closed disconnector)

With fuse links
Rated current
At 500 V AC (rms value)
Size/A
kA
kA2s
kA
00/160
100
223
23
1/250
100
780
32
2/400
50
2150
40
3/630
50
5400
60
Rated short-circuit making capacity with isolating links2)

At 500 V AC (peak value)
Size
kA
00
6
1
17
2
17
3
17
A
A
00
1600
160
1
2500
250
0
1600
160
2
4000
400
1
2500
250
3
5040
630
2
4000
400
A
A
1300
160
2500
250
1600
160
4000
400
2500
250
5040
630
4000
400
A
A
A
800
160
100
1280
250
160
1000
160
125
2520
400
315
1600
250
200
3200
630
400
2520
400
315
At 220 (440) V DC, with 2 (3) conducting paths series-connected and fuse links:
A
A
Rated operational current Ie at DC-23B
640
160
1000
250
640
160
1600
250
1600
250
2520
630
1600
400
Capacitor switching capacity

Capacitor rating at 400 V AC
Rated current In at 525 V AC
Capacitor rating
Rated current In
kvar
A
kvar
A
80
116
100
110
90
130
125
137
-25 ... +55 for operation4), -50 ... +80 when stored
Type
Rated making and breaking capacity2) (infeed from top or bottom)3)

Size
Breaking current Ic (p.f. = 0.35) at 400 V AC, with fuse links, rms value,
Rated operational current Ie at AC-21B, AC-22B, AC-23B at 500 V AC, with fuse
links
Breaking current Ic (p.f. = 0.35) (rms. value)
Rated operational current Ie at AC-21B, AC-22B, AC-23B at 690 V AC, with fuse
links
Breaking current Ic (p.f. = 0.35) (rms. value)
Rated operational current Ie at AC-21B, AC-22B
Rated operational current Ie at AC-23B
1600
Without molded-plastic masking frame
With molded-plastic masking frame with closed fuse carrier on the operator side
With molded-plastic masking frame with open fuse carrier
IP005)
IP30
IP10
150
216
200
220
250
361
300
330
Power loss of the switch at Ith (without power loss of fuse links)
Without busbar adapter
7.8 (16.3)6)
7.5
15
39

Busbar
Clamp terminals
mm2
mm
mm2
2.5 ... 120

16 ... 22
2.5 ... 50
6 ... 150
22 ... 30
35 ... 120
6 ... 240
22 ... 30
--
6 ... 2 240
22 ... 30
--
16/6
A 6.3 ... 0.8
Auxiliary switch 1 NO + 1 NC (accessories)

(the same voltage potential must be applied to both NO and NC contact)
At 50 Hz/60 Hz to 400 V AC, rated operational current Ie at AC-12/AC-15 A
Flat terminal (DIN 46244)
Vertical or horizontal
(partially reduced switching capacity with horizontal mounting)
Signaling contact for solid-state fuse monitoring

At 250 V, DC-13
At 240 V, AC-15
Thermal free-air rated current Ith
2 NO + 1 NC
A
A
A
0.27
1.5
5
1)
When observing degree of pollution 2 (instead of 3) operation is also possible up to Ui = 1000 V.
4)
When using isolating links. If using fuse links, please observe specifications of fuse manufacturer.
2)
Rated making and breaking current according to IEC 60947-3

Rated making current
I = 10 Ie (AC-23); 3 Ie (AC-22); 1.5 Ie (AC-21)
Rated breaking current
Ie = 8 Ie (AC-23); 3 Ie (AC-22); 1.5 Ie (AC-21).
5)
For 3NP52 with terminal clamp connection, degree of protection IP10.
6)
With busbar adapter.
3)
When using electronic fuse monitoring, infeed must be from the top.
7/107
Siemens AG 2011
Floor mounting

Rated Connection types
uninter- (on both sides)
rupted
current
Iu
Connection For conductor crosssection
For LV
HRC fuse
links
acc. to
IEC 60269
For
isolating
links
Auxiliary DT
switch on
switch
disconnectors
Degree of protection IP00,

without fuse links,
without isolating links,
with terminal screws
NH size
NH
size
Version
Order No.
1)
PU
PS*/
(UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
PG
Price
per PU
mm2
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Completely compartmentalized, with high speed closing features

00 and
000
00
Without4) }
1 NO + B
1 NC
3NP50 60-0CA00
3NP50 60-0CA10
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
1.608
1.650
Clamp
terminals
1 conductor 00 and
2.5 ... 50 or 000
2 conductors
1 2.5 ... 50
1 2.5 ... 35
00
Without4) A
1 NO + B
1 NC
3NP50 60-0CB00
3NP50 60-0CB10
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
1.739
1.748
Flat
terminals
6 ... 1505)
1 and 0
Without
1 NO +
1 NC
}
A
3NP52 60-0CA00
3NP52 60-0CA10
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
5.475
5.491
Clamp
terminals
35 ... 120
1 and 0
Without
1 NO +
1 NC
C
B
3NP52 60-0CB00
3NP52 60-0CB10
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
5.605
5.814
400
Flat
terminals
6 ... 2405)
2 and 1
Without
1 NO +
1 NC
}
A
3NP53 60-0CA00
3NP53 60-0CA10
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
6.532
6.551
630
Flat
terminals
6 ... 2 2405) 3 and 2
Without
1 NO +
1 NC
}
B
3NP54 60-0CA00
3NP54 60-0CA10
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
7.945
7.958
160
Flat
2.5 ... 1503)
connector2)
3NP50 60-0CA00
250
3NP52 60-0CA00
3NP53 60-0CA00
3NP54 60-0CA00
1)
For LV HRC fuse links, see chapter 5 "Fuse Systems".
2)
For 3NP50 60 with flat connectors, appropriate 3NY1 106 cable lug covers
must be used to provide finger-safe cover, according to EN 50274
(see Accessories).
3)
According to DIN 46234 or 16 mm2 ... 95 mm2 according to DIN 46235

(use M10 cable lug as necessary).
4)
If auxiliary switch is retrofitted, additional drill holes are required on the

switch.
5)
According to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; with cable lug to DIN 46235:
Min. conductor cross-section 16 mm2 (use M12 cable lug if necessary).
7/108
Siemens AG 2011

Rated
uninterrupted
current
Iu
Connection types
(on both sides)
For LV HRC
fuse links
acc. to
DIN 436201)
For isolating
links
Connection
NH size
NH size Version
For conductor crosssection
Auxiliary
switch on
DT

without fuse links,
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Price
per PU
mm2
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Completely compartmentalized, with high speed closing features2)

Busbars with a width of 12 mm and thickness of 5 mm or 10 mm
160
Flat
terminals
2.5 ... 1503)

Connection
at bottom
00 and 000
Without
1 NO +
1 NC
C
B
3NP50 65-1CF00
3NP50 65-1CF10
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
2.380
2.370
Clamp
terminal
1 conductor 00 and 000

2.5 ... 50 or
2 conductors
1 2.5 ... 50
1 2.5 ... 35
bottom connection
Without
1 NO +
1 NC
B
B
3NP50 65-1CG00
3NP50 65-1CG10
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
2.433
2.437
1)
2)
For accessories and more devices on busbar systems, see "Accessories".
3)
According to DIN 46234 or 16 ... 95 mm2 according to DIN 46235

Overview
Note:
For switch versions "For installation in any distribution board" and
busbar adapters see page 7/117.
7/109
Siemens AG 2011

Fuse monitoring by motor starter protectors
Floor mounting
Rated
uninterrupted
current
Iu
Connection types
(on both sides)
Auxiliary switches
Connection
On switch On MSP
disconnector
For LV HRC
fuse links
acc. to
1)
For conduc- DIN 43620
tor crosssection
mm
NH size
Version
DT

without fuse links,
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
Version
kg
Completely compartmentalized, with high speed closing features

with fuse monitoring by SIRIUS motor starter protectors
With plug-in connection of the auxiliary switch connecting cable
(length approx. 1 m) to the motor starter protector
160
Flat
2.5 ... 1503) 00 and 000
terminals
2)
Clamp
terminals 2.5... 50
2 conductor
1 2.5 ... 50
1 2.5 ... 35
250
Flat
6 ... 1504)
terminals
Clamp
35 ... 120
terminals
1 and 0
1 and 0
3NP52 60-0EA86
400
Flat
6 ... 2404)
terminals
2 and 1
1 NO +
1 NC
1 NO +
1 NC
1 NO +
1 NC
2 NO
1 NO +
1 NC
1 NO +
1 NC
1 NO +
1 NC
2 NO
1 NO +
1 NC
1 NO +
1 NC
1 NO +
1 NC
2 NO
1 NO +
1 NC
1 NO +
1 NC
1 NO +
1 NC
2 NO
1 NO +
1 NC
1 NO +
1 NC
1 NO +
1 NC
2 NO
1 NO +
1 NC
1 NO +
1 NC
1 NO +
1 NC
2 NO
3NP50 60-0EA86
1 unit
103
2.484
3NP50 60-0EA26
1 unit
103
2.550
3NP50 60-0EB86
1 unit
103
2.616
3NP50 60-0EB26
1 unit
103
2.650
3NP52 60-0EA86
1 unit
103
6.014
3NP52 60-0EA26
1 unit
103
6.867
3NP52 60-0EB86
1 unit
103
7.095
3NP52 60-0EB26
1 unit
103
6.659
3NP53 60-0EA86
1 unit
103
7.083
3NP53 60-0EA26
1 unit
103
5.410
3NP54 60-0EA86
1 unit
103
8.462
3NP54 60-0EA26
1 unit
103
9.233
3NP53 60-0EA86
630
Flat
6 ... 2
terminals 2404)
3 and 2
3NP54 60-0EA86
1)
2)
(see Accessories).
3)
According to DIN 46234 or 16 ... 95 mm2 according to DIN 46235

4)
According to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235, with cable lug to DIN 46235:
7/110
Siemens AG 2011
Rated
uninterrupted
current
Iu
Connection types
(on both sides)
Connection
For conductor crosssection

mm2
For LV HRC
fuse links
acc. to
DIN 436201)
Auxiliary switches
NH size
Version
DT
On switch On MSP
disconnector

without fuse links,
Order No.
Version
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Price
per PU
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Completely compartmentalized, with high speed closing features with fuse

monitoring by SIRIUS motor starter protectors 2)
160
Flat
2.5 ... 1503)
terminals
Connection
at bottom
00 and 000
Clamp
terminals
2.5 ... 50
2 conductors
1 2.5 ... 50
1 2.5 ... 35
Connection
at bottom
1 NO +
1 NC
1 NO +
1 NC
1 NO +
1 NC
2 NO
1 NO +
1 NC
1 NO +
1 NC
1 NO +
1 NC
2 NO
1)
2)
For accessories and more devices on busbar systems, see chapter 10

"Busbar Systems".
3)

3NP50 65-1EF86
1 unit
103
2.908
3NP50 65-1EF26
1 unit
103
2.950
3NP50 65-1EG86
1 unit
103
3.020
3NP50 65-1EG26
1 unit
103
2.973

Note:
busbar adapters see page 7/117.
7/111
Siemens AG 2011
Fuse monitoring by electronic fuse monitoring device
Floor mounting
Rated
uninterrupted
current
Iu
Connection types
(on both sides)
Connec- For contion
ductor
crosssection
mm2
For LV HRC Auxiliary switches

fuse links
acc. to
On
On the
DIN 436201) switch
fuse
discon- monitor
nector
NH size
Version
DT

without fuse links,
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
Version
kg
Completely compartmentalized, with high speed closing feature,

with electronic fuse monitoring (self-powered), open-circuit principle
For rated operational voltages Ue from 400 V to 500 V AC,
infeed must come from above!
With plug-in connection for connecting cables from auxiliary switches
(approx. 1 m long) to the fuse monitoring device, status indicator:
green LED illuminated, fault indication: green LED flashing,
fuse failure: red LED (display per phase)
160
Flat
terminals 2)
2.5 ...
1203)
00 and 000
1 NO +
1 NC
2 NO +
1 NC
3NP50 60-0HA13
1 unit
103
2.375
Clamp
1 con00 and 000
terminals ductors:
2.5 ... 50
1 NO +
1 NC
2 NO +
1 NC
3NP50 60-0HB13
1 unit
103
2.500
2 conductors:
1
2.5 ... 50
1
2.5 ... 35
3NP50 60-0HA13
250
Flat
6 ... 1504) 1 and 0
terminals
1 NO +
1 NC
2 NO +
1 NC
3NP52 60-0HA13
1 unit
103
5.865
400
Flat
6 ... 2404) 2 and 1
terminals
1 NO +
1 NC
2 NO +
1 NC
3NP53 60-0HA13
1 unit
103
6.951
630
Flat
6 ...2404) 3 and 2
terminals
1 NO +
1 NC
2 NO +
1 NC
3NP54 60-0HA13
1 unit
103
8.513
3NP52 60-0HA13
3NP53 60-0HA13
3NP54 60-0HA13
1)
2)
(see Accessories).
3)

4)
According to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; with cable lug to DIN 46235:
7/112
Siemens AG 2011
Rated
uninterrupted
current
Iu
Connection types
(on both sides)
Connec- For contion
ductor
crosssection
mm2
For LV HRC Auxiliary switches

fuse links
acc. to
On
On the
DIN 436201) switch
fuse
discon- monitor
nector
NH size
Version
DT

without fuse links,
Order No.
PU
PS*/
(UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
Version
kg
Completely compartmentalized, with high speed closing feature,

with electronic fuse monitoring (self-powered), open-circuit principle
For rated operational voltages Ue from 400 V to 500 V AC, infeed
must come from above!
160
Flat
terminals
2.5 ...
1202)
Connection at
bottom
00 and 000
1 NO +
1 NC
2 NO +
1 NC
3NP50 65-1HF13
1 unit
103
2.776
7
3NP50 65-1HF13
1)
2)


Note:
busbar adapters see page 7/117. .
7/113
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories

Version
For fuse switch

disconnectors
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Fuse carriers
3NP50 6.-.C..0
3NP52 60-.C..0
3NP53 60-.C..0
3NP54 60-.C..0
B
B
B
B
3NY1 074
3NY1 371
3NY1 372
3NY1 373
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
0.620
0.263
1.510
1.690
With fuse monitoring by 3RV1 MSPs

(with auxiliary switch 1 NO + 1 NC),
with plug-in connection,
without connector and connecting cable
3NP50 6.-.E..6
3NP52 60-.E..6
3NP53 60-.E..6
3NP54 60-.E..6
B
B
B
B
3NY1 420
3NY1 421
3NY1 422
3NY1 423
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
1.405
1.900
1.980
2.600
Connector and connecting cable

1 m long
3 m long
3NP5 with 3RV1 B

B
3NY1 910
3NY1 911
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.097
0.261
With electronic fuse monitoring for

400 V ... 500 V
(with auxiliary switch 2 NO + 1 NC),
with plug-in connection,
without connector and connecting cable
3NP50 6.-.H.13
3NP52 60-.H.13
3NP53 60-.H.13
3NP54 60-.H.13
B
C
B
C
3NY1 513-0
3NY1 513-2
3NY1 513-3
3NY1 513-4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
103
1.235
2.130
2.146
0.325
Plugs and connecting cables (6-pole)

3 m long
3NP5 with EFM
3NY1 915
1 unit
103
0.372
With actuating cams,

screws and washers
(mounting kit)
3NP501)
3NY3 033
1 unit
103
0.015
With fixing bracket and

screws (mounting kit)
3NP52 ... 3NP54 B
3NY3 034
1 unit
103
0.015
3NP50
3NP52
3NP53, 3NP54
B
B
B
3NY4 031
3NY4 011
3NY4 012
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
0.218
0.215
0.240
A
A
A
3NY1 102
3NY1 103
3NY1 104
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
0.071
0.075
0.084
3NY1 074
3NY1 513-3
3NY1 915
Auxiliary switches 1 NO + 1 NC
3NY3 033
3NY3 034
Arc chute
(3 units each are required
for 3NP52, 3NP53 and
3NP54)
3NY4 031
3NY4 011
Molded-plastic masking frames
As replacement for mask- 300 220 mm 3NY1 210
ing frames from assembly 300 245 mm 3NY1 211
kits for installation (without 300 290 mm 3NY1 212
fixing brackets and small
parts)
1)
If retrofitted, drill holes required.
7/114
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
SITOR fuses for 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors: Assignment table
SITOR fuses
Type
NH
size
Permissible
load
current1)
Required
conductor
crosssection
Cu
mm 2
Operational
class
Order No.
Rated
current
Rated
voltage2)
DT
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
SITOR 3NE1 fuses for 3NP5

1.5
2.5
4
6
10
10
16
25
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
gR/gS
gR/gS
gR/gS
gR/gS
gR/gS
gR/gS
gR/gS
gR/gS
16
20
25
35
40
50
63
80
690
690
690
690
690
690
690
690
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
3NE1 813-0
3NE1 814-0
3NE1 815-0
3NE1 803-0
3NE1 802-0
3NE1 817-0
3NE1 818-0
3NE1 820-0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
047
047
047
047
0.133
0.124
0.127
0.128
0.126
0.129
0.126
0.124
100
125
125
35
50
50
00
00
00
gR/gS
gRgS
gR
100
125
125
690
690
690
}
}
A
3NE1 021-0
3NE1 022-0
3NE1 022-2
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
0.204
0.195
0.195
3NP52
160
160
200
200
250
250
70
70
95
95
120
120
1
1
1
1
1
1
gR/gS
gR
gR/gS
gR
gR/gS
gR
160
160
200
200
250
250
690
690
690
690
690
690
}
A
}
A
}
A
3NE1 224-0
3NE1 224-2
3NE1 225-0
3NE1 225-2
3NE1 227-0
3NE1 227-2
1
1
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
047
047
0.522
0.535
0.518
0.508
0.515
0.533
3NP53
315
315
350
350
400
2 70
2 70
2 95
2 95
2 95
2
2
2
2
2
gR/gS
gR
gR/gS
gR
gR/gS
315
315
350
350
400
690
690
690
690
690
A
A
}
A
}
3NE1 230-0
3NE1 230-2
3NE1 331-0
3NE1 331-2
3NE1 332-0
1
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
047
0.519
0.519
0.687
0.684
0.519
3NP54
450
450
500
2 120
2 120
2 120
2
2
2
gR/gS
gR
gR/gS
450
450
500
690
690
690
A
A
A
3NE1 333-0
3NE1 333-2
3NE1 334-0
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
0.689
0.691
0.765
560
560
630
625
710
690
685
800
750
720
655
820
2 150
2 150
2 185
2 185
2 (40 x 5)
2 (40 x 5)
2 (40 x 5)
2 (50 x 5)
2 (50 x 5)
2 (50 x 5)
2 (40 x 5)
2 (40 x 8)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
gR/gS
gR
gR/gS
gR
gR/gS
gR
gR
gR/gS
gR
gR
gR
gR
560
560
630
630
710
690
710
800
750
800
670
850
690
690
690
690
690
600
600
690
600
600
690
690
A
A
A
A
A
D
B
A
B
A
A
A
3NE1 435-0
3NE1 435-2
3NE1 436-0
3NE1 436-2
3NE1 437-0
3NE1 437-1
3NE1 437-2
3NE1 438-0
3NE1 438-1
3NE1 438-2
3NE1 447-2
3NE1 438-2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
047
047
047
047
047
047
047
047
1.000
1.098
1.113
1.038
1.045
1.179
1.031
1.560
1.100
1.067
1.044
1.067
3NP50
16
20
25
35
40
50
63
80
SITOR fuses 3NE3 ... 3NE8, 3NC2 up to 3NC8 for 3NP5

3NP50
25
33
45
54
68
89
106
130
4
6
10
16
25
35
50
70
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
gR
gR
gR
gR
aR
aR
aR
aR
25
35
50
63
80
100
125
160
690
690
690
690
690
690
690
690
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
3NE8 015-1
3NE8 003-1
3NE8 017-1
3NE8 018-1
3NE8 020-1
3NE8 021-1
3NE8 022-1
3NE8 024-1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
047
047
047
047
0.193
0.195
0.614
0.196
0.206
0.207
0.195
0.195
3NP523)
32
40
50
63
80
95
120
150
6
10
10
16
25
35
50
70
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
gR
gR
gR
gR
aR
aR
aR
aR
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
3NE4 101
3NE4 102
3NE4 117
3NE4 118
3NE4 120
3NE4 121
3NE4 122
3NE4 124
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
047
047
047
047
0.824
0.258
0.274
0.257
0.261
0.260
0.265
0.274
3NP53
100
120
150
190
230
285
310
330
360
35
50
70
95
120
185
240
240
2 150
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
aR
aR
aR
aR
aR
aR
aR
aR
aR
100
125
160
200
250
315
350
400
450
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
A
A
}
}
}
}
A
A
}
3NE3 221
3NE3 222
3NE3 224
3NE3 225
3NE3 227
3NE3 230-0B
3NE3 231
3NE3 232-0B
3NE3 233
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
047
047
047
047
047
0.510
0.506
0.513
0.586
0.580
0.513
0.515
0.520
0.580
210
270
400
120
2
240
2
2 x (30 x 5) 2
aR
aR
aR
250
315
450
800
800
800
}
}
}
3NE4 327-0B
3NE4 330-0B
3NE4 333-0B
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
0.780
1.539
0.682
1)
2)
When maintaining overvoltage category 2 (instead of 3) and degree of pollution 2 (instead of 3) to EN 60 947-1, the rated insulation voltage of the
3NP fuse switch disconnector is also Ui = 1000 V.
3)
Due to the mechanical stress on the relatively long fuse blades, SITOR
3NE41 fuses should be switchable only occasionally and only at zero current.
7/115
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
SITOR fuses
Type
Permissible
load
current1)
Required
conductor
crosssection
Cu
NH
size
Operational
class
mm 2
3NP54
360
400
450
510
580
630
630
630
240
2 x 150
2 x 150
2 x 185
2 x 185
2 200
2 200
2 200
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
aR
aR
aR
aR
aR
aR
aR
aR
450
600
2 x (30 x 5) 2
2 x (40 x 5) 2
145
180
225
255
330
400
70
95
120
185
240
240
135
180
225
300
425
800
70
95
120
240
2 x 150
3 x (60 x 6)
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
3NE3 332-0B
3NE3 333
3NE3 334-0B
3NE3 335
3NE3 336
3NE3 337-8
3NE3 338-8
3NE3 340-8
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
047
047
047
047
0.683
0.687
0.697
0.692
0.810
0.687
0.686
0.657
}
}
3NE4 334-0B
3NE4 337
1
1
3 units
3 units
047
047
0.683
0.689
500
500
500
500
500
500
B
B
B
B
B
B
3NC2 423-3C
3NC2 425-3C
3NC2 427-3C
3NC2 428-3C
3NC2 431-3C
3NC2 432-3C
1
1
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
047
047
0.940
0.940
0.940
0.940
0.940
0.940
660
660
660
660
660
600
B
B
B
B
B
C
3NC8 423-3C
3NC8 425-3C
3NC8 427-3C
3NC8 431-3C
3NC8 434-3C
3NC8 444-3C
1
1
1
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
047
047
047
0.940
0.940
0.940
0.940
0.940
0.940
DT
Rated
current
Rated
voltage2)
400
450
500
560
630
710
800
900
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
900
800
690
A
A
}
}
}
}
}
}
aR
aR
500
710
800
800
3
3
3
3
3
3
gR
gR
gR
gR
gR
gR
150
200
250
300
350
400
3
3
3
3
3
3
gR
gR
gR
gR
gR
aR
150
200
250
350
500
1000
1)
2)
When maintaining overvoltage category 2 (instead of 3) and degree of pollution 2 (instead of 3) to EN 60 947-1, the rated insulation voltage of the
3NP fuse switch disconnector is also Ui = 1000 V.
3)
Due to the mechanical stress on the relatively long fuse blades, SITOR
3NE41 fuses should be switchable only occasionally and only at zero current.
Price
per PU
kg
For technical specifications and dimensional drawings of the

SITOR fuses, see chapter 5 "Fuse Systems"
7/116
Siemens AG 2011
Assembly kits for distribution systems

Version
For fuse switch Dimensions

disconnectors
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
mm
For installation in any distribution board

For installation in the cabinet
Height Width
3NP50 with and 215 135

without auxiliary switch
With auxiliary
215 135
switch
3NY1 105
1 1/400 units
103
0.045
3NY1 115
1 1/400 units
103
0.044
For installation in metal front

plates
With and without auxiliary

switch
220 160
3NY1 125
1 unit
103
0.062
For covering the connection

terminals

3NY1 107
1 unit
103
0.073
For covering the cable lug

connections

3NY1 106
1 1/225 units
103
0.071
For separate covering of the

upper and lower cable lug
connections
With auxiliary
switch
290 135
3NY1 116
1 1/225 units
103
0.071

3NY1 108
1 1/200 units
103
0.048
3NY1 107
3NY1 106
Assembly kits for flush mounting

With molded-plastic masking
frame, fixing brackets and
small parts. For disconnectors with and without auxiliary
switches
3NP50 60
250 149
3NY1 208
1 unit
103
0.531
3NP52 60
300 220
3NY1 210
1 unit
103
0.287
3NP53 60
300 245
3NY1 211
1 unit
103
0.298
3NP54 60
300 290
3NY1 212
1 unit
103
0.313
3NY1 212
Covers for cable lug connections
Cover length
Can be screwed onto free

screw end to protect against
accidental touch
(1 set = 6 units)
3NP52
99
3NY1 241
1 unit
103
0.205
3NP53/3NP54
95
3TX6 546-3B
1 unit
101
0.260
120
3NY1 245
1 unit
103
0.336
3NP50
2.5 ... 50 mm2 1) B
3NY1 903
1 unit
103
0.108
3NP52
35 ... 120 mm2
3NY1 907
1 unit
103
0.225
3TX6 546-3B
Conductor
cross-section
Clamp terminals
(1 set = 3 units)
3NY1 907
Busbar width
Busbar adapters
3NP50
8US12 91-4SB00
1 unit
143
0.551
3NP52, 3NP53, 250 (length

A
320mm, M10
3NP542)
terminal screws,
connecting cables must be
manufactured)
108
8US12 10-4AG00
1 unit
143
3.060
3NP50
3NY1 940
1 unit
103
0.010
8US12 10-4AG00
Sealing lugs
Retrofittable
(1 pack = 10 units)
1)
Also available in 2-wire version: 1 2.5 mm2 ... 50 mm2 and

1 2.5 ... 35 mm2.
2)
Disconnector is wider than adapter. The adapter can, however, be

expanded to 276 mm with two 8US19 98-2BM00 side modules.
7/117
Siemens AG 2011
SENTRON 3NJ4, 3NJ5 In-Line Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 2000 A
Introduction
Overview
Compliant with IEC/EN 60439-1, IEC/EN 60947-3
Voltage levels up to 690 V AC
Rated operational current from 160 A to 2000 A
Fuse links according to IEC 60269 Part 1 can be used nickelplated fuse blades are not permissible due to the high transfer
resistance
In open position safe from touch by the back of the hand
(exception 3NJ56: IP00)
Parking position for maintenance
1-pole or 3-pole switchable
Vertical and horizontal mounting position
Climate-proof
Degree of protection IP30 with closed fuse carriers, IP10 with
open fuse carriers (exception 3NJ56: IP00)
7
3NJ4/3NJ5 fuse switch disconnectors
Overview of all components and accessory parts: 3NJ4/3NJ5 in size 00
13
3
12
7
8
9
10
16*BD
11
7/118
1 Cover
9 Prism terminal
2 Terminal strip
10 Box terminal
3 Busbar terminal
11 Cover
4 Adapter for screw fixing

on busbar systems
12 3NJ4/5 fuse switch disconnector

Basic device size 00
5 Current transformer
13 Auxiliary switch mounting kit
6 Distance compensation
7 Flat connector
8 Saddle terminal
Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
Overview of all components and accessory parts: 3NJ4/3NJ5 in sizes 1 to 3
4
5
6
16*BE
1 Terminal strip
V terminal
2 Distance
compensation
3 Auxiliary switch
Box terminal
Cover
4 Flat connector
5 Stud terminal
Benefits
Parking position
For maintenance e.g., the fuse carriers of the 1-pole switchable
in-line fuse switch disconnectors of sizes 1 to 3 and the 3-pole
switchable in-line fuse switch disconnectors of size 00 can be
mounted after being turned by 180 (fuse facing outwards).
9 3NJ4/5 fuse switch

disconnector
Basic device size 1/2/3
Application
SENTRON 3NJ41 and 3NJ56 single-pole and 3-pole in-line fuse
switch disconnectors are designed for installation in low-voltage
distribution boards, substations and cable distribution cubicles.
This results in the following advantages:

Visible disconnection point
Depot for fuse links (parking position)
No opportunity for mistakes on replacing the fuse links
Additional touch protection in the vicinity of the lyre-shaped
contacts
7/119
Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
Standards
IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3
Type
3NJ41 0
3NJ50
3NJ41 2
3NJ41 3
3NJ41 4
3NJ56
3NJ41 5
3NJ41 8
3NJ41 6
3NJ41 7
Conventional thermal current
Free-air with gG fuses, Ith
160
250
400
630
1250
630
800
1260
1600
Free-air with isolating link, Ith
--
--
--
800
--
1000
1250
1600
2000
Free-air with gTr fuses, Ith
--
--
--
--
1154
722
910
1154
1444
Rated apparent power of the transformer, Sn
kVA
--
--
--
--
800
500
630
800
1000
For fuse links and isolating links
Size
00
4a
2x3
2x3
gG acc. to IEC 60269, In
160
250
400
630
1250
630
800
2 x 630
2 x 800
Free-air with isolating link, In
--
--
--
--
--
1000
1250
2 x 800
2 x 1000
gTr acc. to VDE 0636-2011, Irat
--
--
--
--
1154
722
909
2 x 577
2 x 722
gTr acc. to VDE 0636-2011, Sn
kVA
--
--
--
--
800
500
630
2 x 400
2 x 500

At 40 Hz ...60 Hz AC
690
690
690
690
690
690
400
690
400
800
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
690
1000
690
kV
12
12
12
12
12
12

With gG fuse (rms value)
kA
80/50
110
110
110
80
110
50
80
50
With gTr fuse (rms value)
kA
--
--
--
--
--
--
50
--
--
Max. permissible power loss per

fuse link
12
32
45
48
110
51
61
48
51
Rated short-time withstand current ICW

rms value
kA
--
14.5
14.5
14.5
35
14.5
14.5
25
25
Rated making and breaking capacity

Rated operational current Ie for gG fuses
At AC-21B
400 V AC
160
250
400
630
1250
630
800
2 x 630
2 x 800
AC-22B
400 V AC
160
250
400
630
1250
630
800
2 x 630
2 x 800
AC-23B
400 V AC
--
250
400
--
--
--
--
--
--
AC-21B
500 V AC
160
250
400
630
1250
--
--
--
--
AC-22B
500 V AC
160
250
400
630
1250
--
--
--
--
AC-23B
500 V AC
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
AC-21B
690 V AC
100
250
400
630
1250
--
--
--
--
AC-22B
690 V AC
100
250
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
AC-23B
690 V AC
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
722
910
2 x 577
2 x 722
--
1000
1250
2 x 800
2 x 1000
--
--
--
--
Rated operational current Ie for gTr fuses

At AC-22B
400 V AC
Rated operational current Ie for isolating links

At AC-22B
--
--
--
--
Capacitive switching capacity
400 V AC
kvar
--
105 ...
115
155 ...
185
250 ...300 --
-25 ... +55, > 35 C with derating factors
1400
1400
800
800
500
800
500
500
500
Electrical endurance, operating cycles
200
200
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
IP30
IP30
IP30
IP30
IP10
IP30
IP30
IP30
IP30
IP10
IP10
IP10
IP10
IP00
IP10
IP10
IP10
IP10
18
23
54
115
190
275
155
350
375
With closed fuse carrier,
with terminal cover and peripheral cover
With open fuse carrier
Power loss of the main current paths at Ith

M8
M10
M12
M12
M16
2 M12
2 M12
3 M12
4 M12
Flat bars
mm
20
30
30
30
80
80 x 10
80 x 10
--
--
Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section

(stranded)
mm2
95
240
240
240
2 300
2 300
2 300
3 300
4 x 185
4 300
4 x 185
Tightening torque
Nm
12 ... 15
30 ... 35
35 ... 40
35 ... 40
50 ... 60
35 ... 40
35 ... 40
35 ... 40
35 ... 40
Clamp/V terminals
mm2
1.5 ... 70 25 ... 300 25 ... 300 25 ... 300 --
--
--
--
--
M8
M12
M12
M12
M16
M12
M12
M12
M12
16 ... 18
35 ... 40
35 ... 40
35 ... 40
50 ... 60
35 ... 40
35 ... 40
35 ... 40
35 ... 40
Terminal screws
Fixing screws
Required tightening torque for mounting on busbars
7/120
Nm
Siemens AG 2011
1-pole switchable

Rated
For fuse
Center-tooperational links acc. to center
current Ie IEC 60269-1 clearance
NH size
Connection type
DT
(terminal screws/clamptype terminals included in
the scope of supply)1)
optionally top or bottom
(rotatable!)
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
mm
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
In-line fuse switch disconnectors, 1-pole switchable

160
00 and 000
185
M8 flat connector
3NJ50 13-0BD00
1 unit
143
2.561
250
185
M10 flat connector
3NJ41 21-3BF01
1 unit
143
5.284
400
2 and 1
185
M12 flat connector
3NJ41 31-3BF01
1 unit
143
5.363
630
3 and 2
185
M12 flat connector
3NJ41 41-3BF01
1 unit
143
6.098
1250
4a
185
M16 60 stud terminal
3NJ56 43-0BB00
1 unit
143
23.608
7
3NJ41 21-3BF01
In-line fuse switch disconnectors, 1-pole switchable,

for integratable current transformers
250
185
M10 flat connector
3NJ41 21-3BF11
1 unit
143
5.690
400
2 and 1
185
M12 flat connector
3NJ41 31-3BF11
1 unit
143
5.720
630
3 and 2
185
M12 flat connector
3NJ41 41-3BF11
1 unit
143
6.680
3NJ41 21-3BF11
1)
Fixing screws for mounting on busbars must be ordered separately.
7/121
Siemens AG 2011
3-pole switchable

Rated
For fuse
Center-tooperational links acc. to center
current Ie IEC 60269-1 clearance
NH size
Connection type
(terminal screws/clamptype terminals included in
the scope of supply)1)
optionally top or bottom
(rotatable!)
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
mm
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
In-line fuse switch disconnectors, 3-pole switchable

160
100
M8 flat connector
3NJ41 03-3BF02
1 unit
143
1.400
F70 box terminal
3NJ41 03-3BR02
1 unit
143
1.479
160
00 and 000
185
M8 flat connector
3NJ50 33-0BD00
1 unit
143
2.608
250
185
M10 flat connector
3NJ41 23-3BF01
1 unit
143
5.481
M12 stud terminal
3NJ41 23-3BJ01
1 unit
143
5.512
V terminal
3NJ41 23-3BT01
1 unit
143
5.908
M12 flat connector
3NJ41 33-3BF01
1 unit
143
5.540
M12 stud terminal
3NJ41 33-3BJ01
1 unit
143
5.580
V terminal
3NJ41 33-3BT01
1 unit
143
5.899
M12 flat connector
3NJ41 43-3BF01
1 unit
143
6.426
M12 stud terminal
3NJ41 43-3BJ01
1 unit
143
6.321
V terminal
3NJ41 43-3BT01
1 unit
143
6.675
400
00 and 000
2 and 1
185
3NJ41 23-3BF01
630
3 and 2
185

with electronic fuse monitoring (EFM)
160
00 and 000
100
M8 flat connector
3NJ41 03-3CF02
1 unit
143
1.400
250
185
M10 flat connector
3NJ41 23-3CF01
1 unit
143
1.400
400
2 and 1
185
M12 flat connector
3NJ41 33-3CF01
1 unit
143
1.400
630
3 and 2
185
M12 flat connector
3NJ41 43-3CF01
1 unit
143
1.400
3NJ41 .3-3CF..

for integratable current transformers
160
00 and 000
100
M8 flat connector
3NJ41 03-3BF12
1 unit
143
1.140
250
185
M10 flat connector
3NJ41 23-3BF11
1 unit
143
5.890
400
2 and 1
185
M12 flat connector
3NJ41 33-3BF11
1 unit
143
5.910
630
3 and 2
185
M12 flat connector
3NJ41 43-3BF11
1 unit
143
6.870
In-line fuse switch disconnectors, 3-pole switchable, for integratable

current transformers, with electronic fuse monitoring (EFM)
160
00 and 000
100
M8 flat connector
3NJ41 03-3CF12
1 unit
143
1.400
250
185
M10 flat connector
3NJ41 23-3CF11
1 unit
143
1.400
400
2 and 1
185
M12 flat connector
3NJ41 33-3CF11
1 unit
143
1.400
630
3 and 2
185
M12 flat connector
3NJ41 43-3CF11
1 unit
143
1.400
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Transformer
apparent
power
Rated
apparent
power of
the gTr
fuses
Center-tocenter
clearance
Rated current Rated operaDT

tional current Ie
of gTr fuses
with 3NJ49148BA00 isolating
link
kVA
kVA
mm
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
kg

for secondary-side fusing of transformers and feeder lines
500
500
185
722
1000
3NJ41 53-3BF01
1 unit
143
11.030
630
630
185
909
1250
3NJ41 83-3BF01
1 unit
143
12.943
800
2 x 400
185
2 x 577
1600
3NJ41 63-3BF01
1 unit
143
12.943
1000
2 x 500
185
2 x 722
2000
3NJ41 73-3BF01
1 unit
143
12.943
3NJ41 63-3BF01
1)
Fixing screws for mounting on busbars must be ordered separately.
7/122
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories

Version
For in-line
fuse switch
disconnectors
or dimensions
DT
Order No.
Cover
Size 00
Additional touch protection with
use of cable lugs
3NJ50 33,
3NJ5013
Cover1)
Size 1 to 3
Additional touch protection
with use of cable lugs or connection
from above
3NJ41 2 to
3NJ41 4,
3NJ41 5,
3NJ41 8
Covers size 3
For double bars
3NJ41 4
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
3NJ49 12-1FA02
1 unit
143
0.090
3NJ49 12-1AA01
1 unit
143
0.103
3NJ49 12-1EA00
1 unit
143
0.200
3NJ49 12-1DA02
1 unit
143
0.005
50 mm wide
3NJ49 12-2AA00
1 unit
143
0.189
According to the size of the switch

disconnectors: sizes 1 to 3
(for fitting in the cutout of the control
panels)
100 mm wide
3NJ49 12-2BA00
1 unit
143
0.215
For 3NJ41 03
50 mm wide
3NJ49 12-2CA00
1 unit
143
0.090
Fixing clips
(1 set = 4 units, including
fixing accessories)
2 units per side, for fixing the cover of
the control panel front
3NJ41
3NJ49 18-0AA00
1 unit
143
0.130
kg
33NJ49 12-1AA01
3NJ49 12-1EA00
Cover size 00
3NJ41 03
(can also be used as spacer)
top and bottom
to cover long cable lugs and compensate for combination of 3NJ41 03 with
terminals 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
(1 set = 2 units: short and long 2) )
3NJ49 12-1DA02
Blanking covers
For panel cut-out
3NJ49 12-2AA01
3NJ49 12-2BA00
3NJ49 12-2CA01
3NJ49 18-0AAA00
1)
With cable lugs and connection from above, the terminal cover can be
extended by connecting two units together.
2)
Can be shortened (in exchange for short cover, included in the scope of
supply of the in-line disconnector).
7/123
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Version
For in-line
fuse switch
disconnectors
or dimensions
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Unequipped section cover for busbars

To be fitted directly in the drilled holes of the busbars
$ Busbar center-to-center spacing 185 mm 50 mm wide
3NJ49 12-3AA00
1 unit
143
0.148
% Busbar center-to-center spacing 185 mm 100 mm wide
3NJ49 12-3BA01
1 unit
143
0.372
& Busbar center-to-center spacing 100 mm 50 mm wide

(Also for covering a blank space on
3NJ49 18-0DA02 or 3NJ59 30-3BB)
3NJ49 12-3CA00
1 unit
143
0.105
For fitting of two 3NJ41 03 fuse switch

3NJ41 03
disconnectors (= 1 holder) onto a busbar
system with 185 mm center-to-center
spacing (including adaptation of the
installation depth to that of the 3NJ41 2 to
3NJ41 4 fuse switch disconnectors)
3NJ49 18-0DA02
1 unit
143
0.751
For fitting two 3NJ50 fuse switch disconnectors (= 1 holder) (to adapt the overall
depth of sizes 1 to 3)
3NJ59 30-3BB
1 unit
143
0.675
For fitting one 3NJ41 03 fuse switch dis3NJ41 03

connector (= 3 separate brackets) onto a
busbar system with 60 mm center-to-center spacing
3NJ49 18-0EA00
1 unit
143
0.232
Adapters with busbar terminals

3NJ41 03
For fitting two 3NJ41 03 fuse switch
disconnectors (= 1 holder) onto a busbar
system with 185 mm center-to-center
spacing (including adaptation of the overall
depth to the 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 fuse switch
disconnectors)
3NJ49 18-0DB02
1 unit
143
0.751
Fixing screws
for fitting 3NJ41 03 switch disconnectors
with integratable current transformers onto
adapters
(1 set = 3 items)
3NJ41 03
3NJ49 18-0DC02
1 unit
143
0.200
Busbar supports
For 100 mm and 185 mm center-to-center
spacing, for screwing on of busbars
3NJ41 and 3NJ5
3NJ59 74-0AB
1 unit
143
0.463
Grounding kit with

connecting cable 25 mm2
3NJ41 4 to
3NJ41 8
3NJ49 10-1AA00
1 unit
143
4.200
Busbar terminals
3NJ41 03
3NJ49 11-3AA00
1 unit
143
0.176
For rapid mounting of the in-line

disconnectors onto the busbars
(1 set = 3 units)
3NJ41 2 to
3NJ41 4
3NJ49 11-3BA01
1 unit
143
0.607

Adapters for screw fixing on busbar systems
3NJ49 18-0DA02
3NJ49 18-0EA00
3NJ50 13 and
3NJ50 33
3NJ59 74-0AB
3NJ49 10-1AA00
3NJ49 11-3AA00
3NJ49 11-3BA01
7/124
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Version
For fuse switch

disconnectors
DT
Order No.
Saddle terminals
Connector Cu, 1.5 ... 70 mm2
(1 set = 3 units)
3NJ41 03
Prism terminal kit

Connector Al/Cu, 10 ... 70 mm2
(1 set = 3 units)
3NJ41 03
Box terminal kit

Connector Al/Cu, 95 ... 240 mm2
(for connection to flat connector)
(1 set= 3 units)
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
3NJ49 11-4AA00
1 unit
143
0.041
3NJ49 11-1AA00
1 unit
143
0.098
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 A
3NJ49 11-2BQ00
1 unit
143
0.949
kg
3NJ49 11-4AA00
3NJ49 11-1AA00
3NJ4911-2BQ00
Busbar connection assembly kit for NH 1, 2, 3
With flat connector
2 x 240 mm2
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 A
3NJ49 11-5AA00
1 unit
143
0.500
2 x 300 mm2/3 x 120 mm2
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 A
3NJ49 11-5BA00
1 unit
143
1.700
1 x 400 mm2
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 A
3NJ49 11-5CA00
1 unit
143
1.800
3NJ49 11-5AA00
3NJ49 11-5BA00
3NJ49 11-5CA00
Busbar connection assembly kit for NH3
as double bars
3 x 300 mm2 / 4 x 185 mm2
3NJ41 4
3NJ49 11-6AA00
1 unit
143
2.800
4 x 240 mm2
3NJ41 4
3NJ49 11-6BA00
1 unit
143
3.800
3NJ49 11-6AA00
3NJ49 11-6BA00
7/125
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Version
For fuse switch

disconnectors
DT
Order No.
Mechanical coupling of operating

handles
3NJ41 4
Auxiliary switch mounting kit
3NJ41 to 3NJ50
3NJ41 8
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
3NJ49 11-6CA00
1 unit
143
0.150
3NJ49 13-1AA01
1 unit
143
0.029
3NJ49 14-8AA00
1 unit
143
1.341
3NJ49 14-8BA00
1 unit
143
2.800
3NJ49 18-1AA00
1 unit
143
0.120
kg
3NJ49 11-6BA00
For sizes 00 to 3 with connecting
cables, for 3-pole switchable switch
disconnectors only
3NJ49 13-6AA02
Fuse 630 kVA 909 A
Size NH 3
Specially for the protection of
transformers
(minimum order quantity 3 units)
Isolating links
Size NH 3, 1250 A
3NJ49 14-8BA00
Mounting hooks
(one per in-line disconnector required)
3NJ49 18-1AA00
Distance compensation
3NJ41 03
3NJ49 15-1BA00
1 unit
143
0.020
For fuse switch disconnectors, with

integratable current transformers if no
current transformer is built in.
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 }
3NJ49 15-2BA00
1 unit
143
0.095
Terminal strips
3NJ41 03
3NJ49 15-1CA00
1 unit
143
0.030
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 }
3NJ49 15-2CA00
1 unit
143
0.110
3NJ49 15-1BA00
3NJ49 15-2BA00
3NJ49 15-1CA00
3NJ49 15-2CA00
7/126
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories
Version
For fuse switch

disconnectors
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Current transformers .../1 A
3NJ49 15-1FB20
3NJ49 15-2HA20
100/1 A, Cl. 0.5, 1.5 VA

100/1 A, Cl. 1, 2.0 VA
150/1 A, Cl. 0.5, 2.5 VA
150/1 A, Cl. 0.5 calibrated, 2.5 VA
150/1 A, Cl. 1, 3.0 VA
75/1 A, Cl. 1, 1.5 VA
100/1 A, Cl. 0.5, 1.5 VA
100/1 A, Cl. 1, 2.0 VA
150/1 A, Cl. 0.5, 2.5 VA
150/1 A, Cl. 1, 2.5 VA
250/1 A, Cl. 0.5, 2.5 VA
250/1 A, Cl. 1, 5.0 VA
400/1 A, Cl. 0.5, 2.5 VA
400/1 A, Cl. 1, 5.0 VA
500/1 A, Cl. 0.5, 2.5 VA
500/1 A, Cl. 1, 5.0 VA
600/1 A, Cl. 0.5, 2.5 VA
600/1 A, Cl. 1, 5.0 VA
3NJ41 03
3NJ41 03
3NJ41 03
3NJ41 03
3NJ41 03
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
C
C
C
D
}
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
}
C
D
}
C
C
C
D
}
3NJ49 15-1EA10
3NJ49 15-1EA20
3NJ49 15-1FA10
3NJ49 15-1FA11
3NJ49 15-1FA20
3NJ49 15-2DA20
3NJ49 15-2EA10
3NJ49 15-2EA20
3NJ49 15-2FA10
3NJ49 15-2FA20
3NJ49 15-2GA10
3NJ49 15-2GA11
3NJ49 15-2GA20
3NJ49 15-2HA10
3NJ49 15-2HA11
3NJ49 15-2HA20
3NJ49 15-2JA10
3NJ49 15-2JA20
3NJ49 15-2KA10
3NJ49 15-2KA11
3NJ49 15-2KA20
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
3NJ41 03
3NJ41 03
3NJ41 03
3NJ41 03
3NJ41 03
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
C
C
C
D
}
D
D
D
C
C
C
D
}
C
D
}
D
D
D
D
}
3NJ49 15-1EB10
3NJ49 15-1EB20
3NJ49 15-1FB10
3NJ49 15-1FB11
3NJ49 15-1FB20
3NJ49 15-2DB20
3NJ49 15-2EB10
3NJ49 15-2EB20
3NJ49 15-2FB10
3NJ49 15-2FB20
3NJ49 15-2GB10
3NJ49 15-2GB11
3NJ49 15-2GB20
3NJ49 15-2HB10
3NJ49 15-2HB11
3NJ49 15-2HB20
3NJ49 15-2JB10
3NJ49 15-2JB20
3NJ49 15-2KB10
3NJ49 15-2KB11
3NJ49 15-2KB20
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
Current transformers .../5 A
3NJ49 15-1FB20
100/5 A, Cl. 0.5, 1.0 VA

100/5 A, Cl. 1, 1.5 VA
150/5 A, Cl. 0.5, 1.5 VA
150/5 A, Cl. 1, 2.5 VA
75/5 A, Cl. 1, 1.5 VA
100/5 A, Cl. 0.5, 1.0 VA
100/5 A, Cl. 1, 2.0 VA
150/5 A, Cl. 0.5, 1.5 VA
150/5 A, Cl. 1, 2.5 VA
250/5 A, Cl. 0.5, 2.5 VA
250/5 A, Cl. 1, 3.75 VA
400/5 A, Cl. 0.5, 2.5 VA
400/5 A, Cl. 1, 5.0 VA
500/5 A, Cl. 0.5, 2.5 VA
500/5 A, Cl. 1, 5.0 VA
600/5 A, Cl. 0.5, 2.5 VA
600/5 A, Cl. 1, 5.0 VA
3NJ49 15-2HB20
7/127
Siemens AG 2011
Notes
7/128
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
8/2
Introduction
8/5
Control Switches
8/8
Pushbuttons
8/12
Light Indicators
8/15
ON/OFF Switches
8/20
DC Isolators
8/22
Busbar Systems
8/24
Remote Control Switches
8/28
Switching Relays
8/30
8/33
Insta Contactors
Insta contactors, DC technology
Insta contactors, AC technology
8/37
Soft-Starting Devices
8/38
8/45
8/49
8/51
Timers
Digital time switches
Mechanical time switches
Timers for buildings
Timers for industrial applications
can be found at
under Product List:
under Entry List:
- Updates
- Downloads
- FAQ
- Manuals
- Certificates
and at
configurators
- Configurators
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Introduction
Industry
Devices
Standards
Used in
Control switches
8/5
For the switching of lighting and other

electrical devices up to 20 A.
IEC/EN 60947-3;
IEC/EN 60669-1;
GB14048.3-2002
CCC
For use in control cabinets for the logical
linking of functions.
Pushbuttons
8/8
To be used as pushbuttons in control

IEC/EN 60947-3;
systems, e.g. to switch on seal-in circuits IEC/EN 60669-1;

or as pushbuttons with maintained-con- GB14048.3-2002 CCC
tact function for manual use, as control
switches or for the switching of loads up
to 20 A.
--
Light indicators
8/12
Light indicators for signaling switching

states or faults in systems.
DIN VDE 0710-1
--
ON/OFF switches
8/15
For the switching of lighting, motors and 16 A ... 25 A and

other electrical devices from 20 to 125 A. 40 A ... 100 A:
IEC/EN 60947-3;
IEC/EN 60669-1,
(VDE 0632-1)
Non-residential
buildings
Page
Residential
buildings
Overview
32 A and 125 A:
IEC/EN 60947-3;
GB14048.3-2002 CCC
8/2
DC isolators
8/20
The DC isolator is a specific switch disconnector for activating the solar modules in photovoltaic systems according
to DIN VDE 0100-712.
IEC/EN 60947-3,
IEC/EN 60669-1
Busbar Systems
8/22
For fast and safe connection
IEC/EN 60439-1
--
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Page Field of application
Standards
Non-residential
Residential
buildings
Industry
Introduction
Devices
Used in
Remote control switches
8/24
For the switching of lighting up to

16 A in rooms using several pushbuttons and central ON/OFF
switches.
IEC 60669-1
IEC 60669-2
IEC 60669-3
EN 60669
EN 60669-2-2 and
EN 60669-2-2/A1
Switching relays
8/28
For the switching of small loads up

to 16 A or as coupling devices in
control systems.
EN 60947-5-1
--
8
Insta contactors
8/30
Insta contactors 24, 40 and 63 A for

the switching of heating, lighting,
such as fluorescent lamps, incandescent lamps, ohmic or inductive
loads.
IEC 60947-4-1
IEC 60947-5-1
IEC 61095
EN 60947-4-1
EN 60947-5-1
EN 61095
UL 508
8/33
Insta contactors 20, 25, 40 and 63 A

for the switching of heating, lighting,
such as fluorescent lamps, incandescent lamps, ohmic or inductive
loads.
IEC 60947-4-1
IEC 60947-5-1, IEC 61095,

EN 60947-4-1
EN 60947-5-1
EN 61095
NF C 61-480
(NF EN 61095)
Soft-starting devices
8/37
Protection of machines with transEN 60947-4-2

mission, belt or chain drives, conveyor belts, fans, pumps,
compressors, packing machines or
door operating mechanisms
--
--
8/3
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Page
Standards
Used in
Residential
buildings
Industry
Devices
Non-residential
buildings
Introduction
8/38
Minute-precise switching of devices and system components in day, week and year programs. Unique due to the wide variety of
functions offered by the Mini and Top versions;
for PC programming Astro, Profi and Expert
IEC 60730-1 and

IEC 60730-2-7
Accurate and 15-minute switching accuracy.

With automatic time setting during commissioning and automatic switching to daylight
savings.
IEC 60730-1 and

IEC 60730-2-7
Timers
8/45
EN 60730-1 and
EN 60730-2-7
EN 60730-1 and
EN 60730-2-7
UL 60730
8/4
8/49
Lighting controls with stairwell lighting timers

IEC 60699
ensure the safe use of stairwells and save
EN 60669,
energy. Expanded applications for common
DIN 18015
rooms and garages, as well as the time switching of ventilators and fluorescent lamps.
Timers for industrial

applications
8/51
Multifunctional, delay, wiper, flashing and OFF- IEC 60255

delay timers in control circuits expand the use EN 60255
of distribution boards in both small and large
plants.
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Control switches
Overview
Two-way switches are used in control cabinets and distribution
boards for switching small loads on/off or over.
Control switches in a range of contact versions have an integral

control lamp for the ON setting.
Group switches with center position permit the positions

open/stop/closed, for example to control anti-clockwise rotation
- Off - clockwise rotation.
The auxiliary switch (AS) signals the contact position of the

switch. It has the same design as the auxiliary switch used for
the miniature circuit breakers (see Chapter "Miniature Circuit
Breakers").
Benefits
8
The control switches can be bus-mounted with each other or
with 5TE4 8 pushbuttons, 5TE5 8 light indicators or 5TT4 1 remote control switches and 5TT4 2 switching relays. This saves
time and space.
The handle locking device prevents undesired manual on and

off switching. This increases operational safety.
The handle locking device is a universal accessory for all
switches and miniature circuit breakers. This simplifies
logistics.
5TE8 1
IEC/EN 60947-3;
IEC/EN 60669-1
EN 60669
Standards
Approvals
Per conducting path
1-pole
Multipole
V AC
V AC
Contact per pole
Conventional thermal current Ithe (enclosed)
VA
20
230
400
0.7
20
At p.f. = 0.65
60
At p.f. = 0.65
60
In conjunction with fuse of the same
rated operational current
EN 60269 gL/gG
kA
10
kV
>5
Open contacts
Between the poles
mm
mm
2>2
>7
mm
>7

Clearances
Creepage distances
Switching cycles
Electrical service life
Switching cycles

Rated short-time currents
Per conducting path at p.f. = 0.7
(The respective rated surge current can
be calculated by multiplying by a factor of 1.5).
Up to 0.2 s
Up to 0.5 s
Up to 1 s
Up to 3 s
Terminals
screw (Pozidriv)
Rigid

At 95 % relative humidity
Acc. to DIN 50015
25000
10000
V; mA
10; 300
A
A
A
A
650
400
290
170
Nm
1
1.2
mm2
mm2
1.5 ... 6
1 ... 6
-5 ... +40
45
8/5
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Control switches

Version
Ie
Ue
Conductor
crosssections
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
Up to mm2
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Two-way switches (20 A)

With sealable switch position,
separate handle locking device can be retrofitted
Mountable auxiliary switch
1 NO + 1 NC
20
400
5TE8 151
1 unit
027
0.075
Auxiliary switch cannot be retrofitted

2 NO + 2 NC
20
400
5TE8 152
1 unit
027
0.095
3 NO + 1 NC
20
400
5TE8 153
1 unit
027
0.094
1 CO
20
230
5TE8 161
1 unit
027
0.072
2 CO
20
400
5TE8 162
1 unit
027
0.090
8
Group switches with center position (20 A)
separate handle locking device can be retrofitted
1 CO
20
230
5TE8 141
1 unit
027
0.060
2 CO
20
400
5TE8 142
1 unit
027
0.091
Control switch (20 A)

With fixed mounted glow lamp 230 V or diode 48 V,
with replaceable, white transparent luminescent cap,
with sealable switch position, separate handle locking
device can be retrofitted
6
6
1
1
}
B
5TE8 101
5TE8 101-3
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.070
0.056
1 NO, for max. 150 m cable length

20
230
6
5TE8 105
1 unit
027
0.066
2 NO
20
400
5TE8 102
1 unit
027
0.078
3 NO
20
400
5TE8 103
1 unit
027
0.091
1.5
5TE8 108
1 unit
027
0.137
1 NO
20
20
230
48
With mounted auxiliary switch (1 NO, 1 NC)

3 NO
20
400
6
8/6
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Control switches
Version
Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MW
For right-side retrofitting with factory-fitted brackets,
for further technical specifications, see also Section
"Miniature circuit breakers"
1 NO + 1 NC
0.5
5ST3 010
1 unit
027
0.066
2 NO
0.5
5ST3 011
1 unit
027
0.055
2 NC
0.5
5ST3 012
1 unit
027
0.055
5ST3 801
1 unit
027
0.012

For all 5TE8 switches,
can be sealed against unwanted manual ON/OFF
switching,
for padlock with max. 3 mm shackle
Spacers
Contour for modular devices with a mounting depth
of 70 mm;
can be snapped onto either side of the busbar, so
that two spacers allow for convenient cable routing
0.5
5TG8 240
1 2 units
027
0.010
5TG8 068
027
0.006
Cap sets
For manual changing of the luminous plates for
5TE8 10 control switches
Cap set comprising 1 red, green, yellow, white and
blue plate each
1 set
For busbars for control switch, see page 8/22.
8/7
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Pushbuttons
Overview
The pushbuttons are used in control systems, e.g. to switch on
seal-in circuits or as pushbuttons with maintained-contact
function for manual use, as control switches or for the switching

of loads up to 20 A.
Benefits
Pushbuttons with setting function for momentary-contact or

maintained-contact operation can be changed over after
installation and connection. This increases the application
options of the devices and saves laborious working in the
distribution board.
Pushbuttons and light indicators with separate infeed in one

device. This means they can also be used for voltages other
than the switching voltage.
Control pushbuttons with remote signaling pilot light in one
modular width in momentary-contact or maintained-contact
operation save space.
In the case of devices with two pushbuttons and two lamps,

each pushbutton must be set separately. This increases the
application options of devices.
Pilot lights and caps can also be safely replaced during operation without the use of tools. Functionality is quickly restored.
A range of different-colored, transparent caps enable the
signaling of plant states in compliance with IEC 60073. Three
indications are possible for each device - this saves space.
The lamps are mounted in a slotted base, which protects

against polarity reversal. Thus, correct polarization is always
ensured for DC applications.
8/8
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Pushbuttons
5TE4 8
IEC/EN 60947-3;
IEC/EN 60669-1
EN 60669-1
Standards
Approvals
Per conducting path
20
1-pole
Multipole
V AC
V AC
230
400
Per pole
VA
0.6
20
Conventional thermal current Ithe (enclosed)

At p.f. = 0.65
60
At p.f. = 0.65
60
kV
>5
mm
mm
2>2
>7
mm
>7

Open contacts
Between the poles
Clearances
Creepage distances
Switching cycles

Rated short-time currents
Up to 0.2 s
Up to 0.5 s
Up to 1 s
Up to 3 s
(The respective rated surge current can

be calculated by multiplying by a factor of 1.5).
Terminals
screw (Pozidriv)
Rigid

Acc. to DIN 50015
Power loss of 5TG8 05.-. LEDs
5TG8 05.-.

LED
VA
25000
V; mA
10; 300
A
A
A
A
650
400
290
170
Nm
1
1.2
mm2
mm2
1.5 ... 6
1 ... 6
-5 ... +40
45
0.4
Color coding according to IEC 60073

Color
Safety of people or environment
Process state
System state
Red
Danger
Emergency
Faulty
Yellow
Warning/Caution
Abnormal
Green
Safety
Normal
Blue
Stipulation
White
Gray
Black
No special significance assigned
8/9
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Pushbuttons

Version
Ie
Ue
Conductor
crosssections
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
Up to mm2
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Pushbuttons without maintained-contact function

1 NO + 1 NC
1 gray pushbutton
20
400
5TE4 800
1 unit
027
0.073
1 NO, 1 NO
1 green pushbutton, 20
1 blue pushbutton
400
5TE4 804
1 unit
027
0.093
20
400
5TE4 805
1 unit
027
0.074
1 NO + 1 NC
1 green pushbutton 20
400
5TE4 806
1 unit
027
0.067
1 NO + 1 NC
1 yellow pushbutton 20
400
5TE4 807
1 unit
027
0.074
1 NO + 1 NC
1 blue pushbutton
400
5TE4 808
1 unit
027
0.071
1 NO + 1 NC
1 red pushbutton
20
Pushbuttons with maintained-contact function

1 NO + 1 NC
1 gray pushbutton
20
400
5TE4 810
1 unit
027
0.074
2 NO
1 gray pushbutton
20
400
5TE4 811
1 unit
027
0.074
3 NO + N
1 gray pushbutton
20
400
5TE4 812
1 unit
027
0.093
4 NC
1 gray pushbutton
20
400
5TE4 813
1 unit
027
0.092
2 CO
1 gray pushbutton
20
400
5TE4 814
1 unit
027
0.089
Control pushbuttons with maintained-contact function

and/or momentary-contact function and lamp, 230 V
For max. 5 m cable length
1 NO + 1 NC
1 red pushbutton
20
400
5TE4 820
1 unit
027
0.083
1 NO
1 red pushbutton
20
230
5TE4 821
1 unit
027
0.073
2 NO
1 red pushbutton
20
400
5TE4 823
1 unit
027
0.084
2 NC
1 red pushbutton
20
400
5TE4 824
1 unit
027
0.083
5TE4 822
1 unit
027
0.074
Control pushbuttons with maintained-contact function

and/or momentary-contact function and lamp, 230 V
1 NO
1 red pushbutton
20
230
Double pushbuttons with maintained-contact function and/or

momentary-contact function
1 NO and 1 NC,
1 red pushbutton
400
5TE4 830
1 unit
027
0.078
1 NO, 1 NC and 1NO, 1 NC

1 red pushbutton
400
5TE4 831
1 unit
027
0.095
8/10
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Pushbuttons
Version
Ie
Ue
Conductor
crosssections
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
Up to mm2
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Double pushbutton with maintained-contact function

and/or momentary-contact function and two lamps, 230 V
1 NO and 1 NO,
20
1 green pushbutton,
1 red pushbutton
400
5TE4 840
1 unit
027
0.094
1 NO and 1 NC,
20
1 green pushbutton,
1 red pushbutton
400
5TE4 841
1 unit
027
0.094
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Version
Ie
Un
mA
LEDs for manual replacement

White
Red
Yellow
0.4
DT
12 ... 60 AC/DC
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
kg
C
C
C
5TG8 056-0
5TG8 056-1
5TG8 056-2
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
027
027
027
0.005
0.005
0.005
C
C
5TG8 056-3
5TG8 056-4
1
1
5 units
5 units
027
027
0.005
0.005
C
C
C
5TG8 057-0
5TG8 057-1
5TG8 057-2
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
027
027
027
0.005
0.005
0.005
C
C
5TG8 057-3
5TG8 057-4
1
1
5 units
5 units
027
027
0.005
0.005
C
C
C
5TG8 058-0
5TG8 058-1
5TG8 058-2
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
027
027
027
0.005
0.005
0.005
C
C
5TG8 058-3
5TG8 058-4
1
1
5 units
5 units
027
027
0.005
0.005
Gray, non-transparent (1 set = 5 units)
5TG8 060
1 set
027
0.001
Red, transparent (1 set = 5 units)
5TG8 061
1 set
027
0.004
Green, transparent (1 set = 5 units)
5TG8 062
1 set
027
0.001
Yellow, transparent (1 set = 5 units)
5TG8 063
1 set
027
0.004
Blue, transparent (1 set = 5 units)
5TG8 064
1 set
027
0.003
Black, non-transparent (1 set = 5 units)
5TG8 065
1 set
027
0.001
White, transparent (1 set = 5 units)
5TG8 066
1 set
027
0.003
Red and green (1 set contains 10 lamps per color),

yellow, blue and white (1 set contains 5 lamps per color)
5TG8 067
1 set
027
0.011
Red, green, yellow (1 set = 3 units)
5TG8 070
1 set
027
0.007
Green
Blue
White
Red
Yellow
0.4
115 AC/DC
Green
Blue
White
Red
Yellow
0.4
230 AC
Green
Blue
Cap sets, manually replaceable with colored caps with
or without lamps
8/11
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Light indicators
Overview
Light indicators are used to signal switching states or faults in
systems.
They are available as single, double or triple light indicators.

The triple light indicators are used as phase or signal indicators.
Benefits
Pilot lights and caps can also be safely replaced during operation without the use of tools. Functionality is quickly restored.
The lamps are mounted in a slotted base, which protects

against polarity reversal. This ensures the correct polarization
for all DC applications.
The devices have preferred positions for the N terminals, so

that it is possible to bus-mount several devices. This ensures
fast and simple installation
The options for bus mounting are described in the chapter
"Miniature circuit breakers".
A light indicator with three lamps enables three-phase signaling and "traffic-light signaling" in a single modular width. This
saves valuable installation space and makes things more
manageable. This enables implementation of the signaling of
system states as defined in IEC 60073.
8/12
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Light indicators
5TE5 8
DIN VDE 0710-1
Standards
Max.

Clearances
Between the terminals
Terminals
screw (Pozidriv)
Rigid

Acc. to DIN 50015
V AC
230 (for different voltages see 5TG8 lamps)
VA
See 5TG8 lamps
mm
>7
Nm
1
1.2
mm2
mm2
1.5 ... 6
1 ... 6
-5 ... +40
45
Color coding according to IEC 60073
5TG8 05.
LED
VA
Meaning
0.4
Safety of people
and environment
Process state
System state
Color
Red
Danger
Emergency
Faulty
Yellow
Warning/Caution
Abnormal
Green
Safety
Normal
Blue
Stipulation
White
No special significance assigned

Version
Ue
Conductor
crosssections
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
Up to mm2
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Light indicators for a max. cable length of up to 5 m

With 1 red lamp
230
6
With 2 lamps, green and red
With 3 green lamps
With 3 lamps, red, yellow and green
}
}
}
}
5TE5 800
5TE5 801
5TE5 802
5TE5 803
1 1/12 units
1
1 unit
1
1 unit
1
1 unit
027
027
027
027
0.051
0.068
0.076
0.076
5TE5 804
027
0.063
Light indicators for a max. cable length of up to 250 m

With 1 red lamp
230
1 unit
8/13
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Light indicators
Ie
Ue
mA
0.4
12 ... 60 AC/DC
LEDs for manual replacement

White
Red
Yellow
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
C
C
C
5TG8 056-0
5TG8 056-1
5TG8 056-2
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
027
027
027
0.005
0.005
0.005
C
C
5TG8 056-3
5TG8 056-4
1
1
5 units
5 units
027
027
0.005
0.005
C
C
C
5TG8 057-0
5TG8 057-1
5TG8 057-2
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
027
027
027
0.005
0.005
0.005
C
C
5TG8 057-3
5TG8 057-4
1
1
5 units
5 units
027
027
0.005
0.005
C
C
C
5TG8 058-0
5TG8 058-1
5TG8 058-2
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
027
027
027
0.005
0.005
0.005
C
C
5TG8 058-3
5TG8 058-4
1
1
5 units
5 units
027
027
0.005
0.005
Red, transparent
(1 set = 5 units)
5TG8 061
1 set
027
0.004
Green, transparent
(1 set = 5 units)
5TG8 062
1 set
027
0.001
Yellow, transparent
(1 set = 5 units)
5TG8 063
1 set
027
0.004
Blue, transparent
(1 set = 5 units)
5TG8 064
1 set
027
0.003
White, transparent
(1 set = 5 units)
5TG8 066
1 set
027
0.003
Red and green

(1 set = 10 lamps per color),
yellow, blue and white
(1 set = 5 lamps per color)
5TG8 067
1 set
027
0.011
Red, green, yellow

(1 set = 3 units)
5TG8 070
1 set
027
0.007
Green
Blue
White
Red
Yellow
0.4
115 AC/DC
Green
Blue
White
Red
Yellow
0.4
230 AC
Green
Blue
Cap sets for manual changing of colored caps
8/14
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
ON/OFF switches
Overview
The devices are used for the switching of lighting, motors and
other electrical devices.
The ON/OFF switches in the rated currents 32 A to 125 A can be

used as switch disconnectors according to IEC/EN 60947-3.
The rated currents of the range are 20 A to 125 A. There is a

compact series of space-saving devices with up to 4 NO contacts in a single MW available for rated currents 20 A and 32 A.
A special version of the ON/OFF switch with rated current 63 A

is available for use in meter cabinets. This version can be locked
in the "OFF" position using a special key. The clamping screws
are mechanically covered so that they are no longer accessible.
Benefits
8
The switches can be retrofitted with auxiliary switches without
the need for tools
Uniform auxiliary switches for miniature circuit breakers and
switches. So no need to stock-keep additional components.

for safe and easy mounting.
The infeed can be either from the top or the bottom as the
terminals are identical. This simplifies connection.
The 20 A and 32 A switches can be bus-mounted with each

other or with 5TE4 8 pushbuttons, 5TE5 8 light indicators or
5TT4 1 remote control switches and 5TT4 2 switching relays.
This saves time and space
Spacers can be used as a compensating element and have a

width of 0.5 MW. They come with an integrated wiring duct for
the insertion of conductors.
Two oppositely installed spacers thus offer space for large
conductor cross-sections up to a 15 mm diameter. This simplifies cable routing in the distribution board.
The handle locking device is a universal accessory for all
switches and miniature circuit breakers. This simplifies
logistics.
The handle locking device prevents undesired manual on and

off switching. This increases operational safety.
8/15
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
ON/OFF switches
Standards
5TE8 2
IEC/EN 60947-3;
IEC/EN 60669-1
IEC/EN 60947-3
EN 60669-1
Approvals
Per conducting path
20
1-pole
Multipole
V AC
V AC
230
400
Per pole, max.
VA
0.7
32
20
32
At p.f. = 0.65
60
96
At p.f. = 0.65
60
96

In conjunction with fuse of the same rated
operational current
EN 60269 gL/gG
kA
10
kV
>5
Open contacts
Between the poles
mm
mm
2>2
>7
Creepage distances
mm
>7
Switching 25000
cycles
Switching 10000
cycles
V; mA
10; 300
A
A
A
A
650
400
290
170
Nm
1
1.2
mm2
mm2
1.5 ... 6
1 ... 6
-5 ... +40
45

Clearances
5TE8 1

(The corresponding rated surge current can be
established by multiplying by factor 1.5.)
Up to 0.2 s
Up to 0.5 s
Up to 1 s
Up to 3 s
Terminals
screw (Pozidriv)
Rigid

8/16
Acc. to DIN 50015
1000
630
450
250
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
ON/OFF switches
5TE8 3
5TE8 4
5TE8 5
5TE8 6
5TE8 7
5TE8 8
IEC/EN 60947-3
Standards
--
IEC/EN 60669-1
--
EN 60669-1
Approvals
Per conducting path
1-pole
Multipole
V AC
V AC
Per pole, max.
VA
32
40
63
80
100
125
230
400
0.7
0.9
2.2
3.5
5.5
8.6
32
40
63
80
100
125
At p.f. = 0.65
96
120
196
240
300
375
At p.f. = 0.65
96
120
196
240
300
375

In conjunction with fuse of the same
rated operational current
EN 60269 gL/gG
kA
10
kV
>5
Open contacts
Between the poles
mm
mm
>7
>7
Creepage distances
mm
>7
Switching 20000
cycles
Switching 10000
cycles
5000
1000
V; mA
24; 300
1-pole
2-pole
3-/4-pole
kW
kW
kW
5
9
15
6.5
11
15
10
18
30
13
22
39
16
28
48
16
28
48
Up to 0.2 s
Up to 0.5 s
Up to 1 s
Up to 3 s
A
A
A
A
760
500
400
280
950
630
500
350
1500
1000
800
560
2700
1650
1350
800
3400
2100
1700
1000
3400
2100
1700
1000
Nm
2
3.5
mm2
mm2
1 ... 35
1 ... 35
-5 ... +40
45

Clearances
Rated power
Switching of resistive loads
including moderate overload AC-21
(The corresponding rated surge current can be
established by multiplying by factor 1.5.)
Terminals
screw (Pozidriv)
Rigid

Acc. to DIN 50015
2.5 ... 50
2.5 ... 50

Version
Ie
Ue
Conductor
crosssections
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
Up to mm2
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
ON/OFF switches (20 A and 32 A)

separate handle locking device can be retrofitted,
Mountable auxiliary switch
1 NO
20
230
32
2 NO
20
400
32
}
B
}
}
B
B
5TE8 111
5TE8 211
5TE8 112
5TE8 212
5TE8 113
5TE8 213
1 1/12 units
1
1 unit
1
1 unit
1
1 unit
1
1 unit
1
1 unit
027
027
027
027
027
027
0.068
0.066
0.075
0.076
0.086
0.086
B
}
5TE8 114
5TE8 214
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.094
0.094
1.5
B
B
5TE8 118
5TE8 218
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.138
0.143

3 NO + N
20
400
6
32
With mounted auxiliary switch
3 NO + N
20
400
32
3 NO
20
32
400
8/17
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
ON/OFF switches
Version
Ie
Ue
Conductor
crosssections
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
Up to mm2
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
ON/OFF switches (32 A to 125 A)

Can be used as switch disconnector
According to EN 60947-1
With sealable switch position, separate handle locking
device can be retrofitted, auxiliary switches can be retrofitted
1 NO, red handle
63
100
1 NO, gray handle
32
40
63
80
100
125
230
B
B
5TE8 521
5TE8 721
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.108
0.110
35
B
B
B
5TE8 311
5TE8 411
5TE8 511
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.113
0.113
0.117
50
B
B
B
5TE8 611
5TE8 711
5TE8 811
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.124
0.123
0.124
B
B
5TE8 522
5TE8 722
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.195
0.216
63
100
2 NO, gray handle
32
40
63
35
}
}
}
5TE8 312
5TE8 412
5TE8 512
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.215
0.216
0.215
80
100
125
50
B
B
B
5TE8 612
5TE8 712
5TE8 812
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.237
0.240
0.229
B
B
5TE8 523
5TE8 723
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.321
0.355
400
35
50
2 NO, red handle
400
35
50
3 NO, red handle
63
100
3 NO, gray handle
32
40
63
35
}
}
}
5TE8 313
5TE8 413
5TE8 513
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.321
0.320
0.321
80
100
50
}
}
5TE8 613
5TE8 713
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.337
0.355
B
B
5TE8 524
5TE8 724
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.430
0.476
35
50
3 NO+ N, red
handle
63
100
3 NO+ N, gray
handle
32
40
63
35
}
}
}
5TE8 314
5TE8 414
5TE8 514
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.428
0.430
0.426
80
100
125
50
}
}
}
5TE8 614
5TE8 714
5TE8 814
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.475
0.476
0.477
32
40
63
35
B
B
B
5TE8 315
5TE8 415
5TE8 515
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.424
0.434
0.436
80
100
125
125
50
B
B
B
B
5TE8 615
5TE8 715
5TE8 815
5TE8 813
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
027
0.479
0.481
0.482
0.357
5TE8 533
1 unit
027
0.311
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NO
2 NC
0.5
0.5
0.5
}
A
A
5ST3 010
5ST3 011
5ST3 012
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.066
0.055
0.055
Auxiliary switches for small output

1 NO + 1 NC
2 NO
2 NC
0.5
0.5
0.5
}
B
B
5ST3 013
5ST3 014
5ST3 015
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.055
0.054
0.060
4 NO, gray handle
400
35
50
ON/OFF switches 63 A
Can be used as switch disconnector
According to EN 60947-1
Terminal access from the bottom and off-position lockable
with special key (exclusive power supply company tool)
Reduced lower terminal entry for conductors with
approx. 7 mm diameter
3 NO
63
400
35

for all 5TE8 switches,
for right-side retrofitting with factory-fitted brackets,
for further technical specifications, see also
Section "Miniature circuit breakers"
8/18
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
ON/OFF switches
Version
Ie
Ue
Conductor
crosssections
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
Up to mm2
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

For all 5TE8 switches,
can be sealed against unwanted manual
ON/OFF switching,
for padlock with max. 3 mm shackle
5ST3 801
1 unit
027
0.012
5ST3 800
1 10 units
027
0.002
Terminal covers
For all 5TE8 5 to 5TE8 8 switches,
in 1 MW per pole version,
for covering screw openings,
sealable
Spacers
Contour for modular devices with a mounting

depth of 70 mm;
can be snapped onto either side of the busbar,
so that two spacers allow for convenient cable
routing
0.5
5TG8 240
2 units
027
0.010
5TE9 112
1 unit
027
0.114
5TE9 113
1 unit
027
0.114
Phase connectors
For easier wiring in various wiring versions
and bus mountings or as a fixpoint terminal for conductors from 2.5 mm2 to 50 mm2
1P
125
230
50
N-conductor connectors
For easier wiring in various wiring versions
and bus mountings or as a fixpoint terminal for N conductors from 2.5 mm2 to 50 mm2 with blue color marking
1P
125
230
50
8/19
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
DC isolators
Overview
Benefits
Compact DIN rail device for applications up to 1000 V DC
Separate switching position display for unambiguous indication of the switching state
Compatible with all miniature circuit breaker accessories
reduced stock-keeping
The effective touch protection when grasping the device considerably exceeds the requirements of BGV A3.
Manual snap-on fixing and release systems that require no
tools enable fast assembly and disassembly of switch disconnectors
checked in front of the busbar
DIN VDE 0100-712 specifies the use of special switch disconnectors for isolating solar modules in photovoltaic systems. With
a high rated voltage of 1000 V DC, the 5TE2 515-1 switch disconnectors from Siemens go well above and beyond meeting
these requirements.
The optimally coordinated BETA Low-Voltage Circuit Protection
product range which includes DC overvoltage protection and
universal current-sensitive SIQUENCE TYPE B RCCBs enables the quick and easy implementation of standard-conform
protection for photovoltaic systems.
5TE2 515-1
IEC/EN 60947-3, IEC/EN 60669-1
Standards
63
For 4 poles in series
V DC
1000
Per pole, max.
4.4
Rated short-circuit strength Icw
1000 V DC, 4-pole
760
1000 V DC, 4-pole
500
kV
>5
Switching 10000
cycles
Switching
cycles
5000
DC-21B
Terminals
screw (Pozidriv)
Rigid

Acc. to DIN 50015
V; mA
24; 300
Nm
PZ 2
2.5 ... 3
mm2
mm2
0.75 ... 35
0.75 ... 25
-25 ... +45
45

Version
Ie
Ue
Conductor
crosssections
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
Up to mm2
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
DC isolators
1000 V DC,
can be used as switch disconnector according to
EN 60947-1,
with sealable switch position,
separate handle locking device can be retrofitted,
auxiliary switch can be retrofitted
4 NO
63
--
35
5TE2 515-1
1 unit
027
0.672
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NO
2 NC
0.5
0.5
0.5
}
A
A
5ST3 010
5ST3 011
5ST3 012
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.066
0.055
0.055
Auxiliary switches for small output

1 NO + 1 NC
2 NO
2 NC
0.5
0.5
0.5
}
B
B
5ST3 013
5ST3 014
5ST3 015
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.055
0.054
0.060

for DC isolator 5TE2, for right-side retrofitting with
factory-fitted brackets,
for further technical specifications, see also Section "Miniature circuit breakers"
8/20
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
DC isolators
Configuration
- 5
+ 7
- 1
- 4
+ 6
- 8
+ 2
+ 2
PV
- +
WR
I201_14005
- 1
For this reason it is essential to comply with the polarity specifications of the switches when connecting the conductor. Suitable
precautions should be taken during plant configuration to
ensure there can be no polarity reversal in DC operation
(e.g. photovoltaic plants).
- 5
+ 7
- 4
+ 6
- 8
WR
+ +
I201_14006
For DC voltages up to 1000 V, the four poles need to be connected in series. In contrast to normal flush-mounting switches,
these devices are also fitted with arcing chambers and permanent solenoids to aid the positive quenching of the electric arc in
direct currents.
PV
Legend:
PV: Photovoltaic
WR: Inverter
8/21
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Busbar systems
Overview
Siemens has developed a rail-mounting concept which makes
the linking of switching devices just as easy as that of miniature
circuit breakers.
The arrangement of the terminals on the devices is adapted to

the bus mounting. With only two busbars, this saves considerable mounting time.
Benefits
Uniform bus mounting on many devices

All 5TE8 switches (20 A and 32 A), 5TE4 8 pushbuttons,
5TE5 8 light indicators and 5TT4 1 remote control switches
and 5TT4 2 switching relays can be bus-mounted. This makes
installation tasks considerably easier.
Infeed: The phase busbar is fed in at the tunnel terminal for

conductors up to 6 mm2 up to 32 A. No additional feeder
terminals required.
8/22
All 5TE8 switches (20 A and 32 A) in 1 MW can be fed via the

single or two-phase busbars. Thus 2 two-phase busbars
support a 4-pole infeed. This is unique.
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Busbar systems

Version
Length DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
mm
Single-phase busbars
For all 5TE8, 20 A and 32 A switches
210
5TE9 100
1 10 units
027
0.034
220
5TE9 101
1 10 units
027
0.076
5TE9 102
027
0.001
In the 12 MW version for the cutting of unused

terminal lugs to ensure insulation clearances if
one device terminal is to be supplied separately
despite being mounted on the busbar,
modular clearance = 1 MW
Busbar infeed to unit terminal with conductor
cross-section of 6 mm2 up to 32 A
Can be mounted top or bottom in the front or
rear terminal area
Note:
An end cap is not required on single-phase
busbars.
Two-phase busbars
For all 5TE8, 20 A and 32 A switches
In 12 MW version with 1 MW division, whereby
the two busbars are offset by 0.5 MW
Both copper conductors of the two-phase busbar are insulated together.
Busbar infeed to unit terminal with conductor
cross-section of 6 mm2 up to 32 A
Can be mounted from top or bottom, or in the
front or rear terminal area, thus allowing realization of a 4-conductor connection using two twophase busbars.
End caps for two-phase busbars
End caps for 5TE9 101 two-phase busbars to
keep insulation clearances when the bar is
being cut.
1 set
1 set = 10 units
5ST3 6 and 5ST3 7 busbar systems
All busbars of the 5ST3 6 and 5ST3 7 busbar
systems can also be used for all 5TE8 switches
from 32 A to 125 A in 1 MW per pole versions
(see chapter "Miniature Circuit Breakers").
8/23
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Overview
Benefits
Remote control switches are used in residential and non-residential buildings, as well as the switchgear engineering sector.
They trip in the event of current inrushes, i.e. pulses, and then
electromechanically save the switching position (i.e. without
auxiliary power), even in the event of a power failure. In residential and non-residential buildings, used in conjunction with pushbuttons, they facilitate installation of systems where, for example, a corridor light needs to be switched from more than one
location. Because they save the switching position without
standby losses, they enable the energy-efficient control of
lighting.
With special functions, such as central and group control, or
series and shutter/blind control sequences, even high feature
control tasks can be implemented easily and energy-efficiently.
All the devices have the VDE mark and can also be equipped
with an additional auxiliary switch. All devices have a switching
position indicator and are operated manually. The switching
noise is particularly quiet and meets the requirements of residential buildings.
Note:
Busbars to match the 5TT4 1 remote control switch can be found
on page 8/22.
8/24
All the devices have the VDE mark. This increases operational
safety.
Remote control switches with central/group switching support
convenient and high feature applications
High functional reliability due to electromechanical design
without fault-prone electronics
The devices have no standby losses
All devices have a switching position indicator and are operated manually. This enables simple on-site operation and fast
recognition of the switching state.
The remote control switches can be bus-mounted on
5TE9 100 and 5TE9 101 busbars; e.g.: bus mounting of the
N conductor and/or infeed.
All the remote control switches can be fitted with an additional
auxiliary switch. This increases application flexibility.
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
5TT4 101
5TT4 102
5TT4 105
5TT4 115
5TT4 103
5TT4 104
Auxiliary switches
5TT4 12
5TT4 15
5TT4 13
5TT4 14
Standards
IEC 60669-1, IEC 60669-2, IEC 60669-3,

EN 60669, EN 60669-2-2, EN 60669-2-2/A1
Approvals
VDE 0632
Contact type
1 NO
2 NO
1 NO 1 NC
Manual operation
Yes
Yes
3 NO
4 NO
1 NO
2 NO
3 NO
1 NO 1 NC
Series
Shutter/
blind
5TT4 900
5TT4 901
1 CO
1 CO
---
Rated control voltage Uc
V AC
V DC
8 ... 230
12 ... 110
---
Uc
0.8 ... 1.1
--
Rated frequency fc (AC types)
Hz
50
--
kV
Magnet coil, only pulse

Per contact at 16 A
W/VA
W
4.5/7
1.2
V AC; mA 10; 100
10; 100
5 AC/DC; 1
Rated operational current Ie at p.f. = 0.6 ... 1
16
0.1
V AC
V AC
V AC
V AC
V AC
250
400
--250
250
-----
30 AC/DC

9/13
4.5/7
---
1 NO
2 NO
3 NO
4 NO
1 NO + 1 NC
--400
400
--
250
400
400
-250
-250
----
Glow lamp load at 230 V
mA
--
With one 5TT4 920 compensator

With two 5TT4 920 compensators
mA
mA
25
45
---
Incandescent lamp load
2400
--
Permissible
--
> 1.2
< 1.2
Different phases between magnet coil/contact

mm
Contact gap
Safe separation
Creepage distances and clearances between magnet coil/contact mm
>6
Pushbutton malfunction
Protected against continuous voltage, safe due to design
Yes
Minimum pulse duration
ms

At Ie/Ue or specified lamp load
In switching cycles 50000
Terminals screw (Pozidriv)
Acc. to DIN 50015

Mounting position
1)
Yes1)
Yes
--
50
Rigid
PTC
Acc. to EN 60529
mm2
mm2
1.5 ... 6
1 ... 6
35
-10 ... +40
0.5 ... 4
0.75 ... 4

Any
For 2.5 MW 5TT4 123-0 devices with PTC.
8/25
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices

Contacts
Ue
Ie
Uc
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
A AC
V AC
V DC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Remote control switches,

auxiliary switches can be retrofitted
1 NO
250
16
230
115
24
12
8
}
B
}
B
B
5TT4 101-0
5TT4 101-1
5TT4 101-2
5TT4 101-3
5TT4 101-4
1 1/12 units
1
1 unit
1
1 unit
1
1 unit
1
1 unit
027
027
027
027
027
0.135
0.138
0.134
0.133
0.128
2 NO
400
16
230
115
24
12
8
}
B
}
B
B
5TT4 102-0
5TT4 102-1
5TT4 102-2
5TT4 102-3
5TT4 102-4
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
027
027
0.144
0.150
0.144
0.145
0.141
3 NO
16
230
24
}
}
5TT4 103-0
5TT4 103-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.199
0.198
4 NO
16
230
24
}
}
5TT4 104-0
5TT4 104-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.211
0.210
230
115
24
12
8
}
B
}
B
B
5TT4 105-0
5TT4 105-1
5TT4 105-2
5TT4 105-3
5TT4 105-4
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
027
027
0.144
0.151
0.144
0.145
0.140
}
}
}
5TT4 115-1
5TT4 115-2
5TT4 115-3
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.144
0.147
0.144
5TT4 121-0
1 unit
027
0.155
5TT4 121-2
1 unit
027
0.165
5TT4 122-0
1 unit
027
0.163
5TT4 122-2
1 unit
027
0.175
8
1 NO + 1 NC
250
16
1 NO + 1 NC
250
16
110
24
12
Remote control switches with central ON/OFF switching,

auxiliary switch cannot be retrofitted
1 NO
250
16
230
1.5
24
2 NO
400
16
230
1.5
24
3 NO
400
16
230
2.5
5TT4 123-0
1 unit
027
0.227
1 NO + 1 NC
250
16
230
1.5
5TT4 125-0
1 unit
027
0.163
Remote control switches, with central and group ON/OFF

switching, auxiliary switch cannot be retrofitted
1 NO
250
16
230
24
1.5
1.5
}
}
5TT4 151-0
5TT4 151-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.145
0.144
2 NO
400
16
230
24
1.5
1.5
}
}
5TT4 152-0
5TT4 152-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.156
0.155
}
}
5TT4 132-0
5TT4 132-3
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.143
0.130
}
B
C
5TT4 142-0
5TT4 142-2
5TT4 142-3
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.144
0.145
0.143
Series remote control switches

Contact sequence 1 - 2 - 1+2 - 0
2 NO
250
16
230
12
Blinds remote control switches

Contact sequence 1 - 0 - 2 - 0
2 NO
250
16
230
24
12
8/26
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Contacts
Ue
Ie
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
A AC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Auxiliary switches
One device can be retrofitted per remote control switch
1 CO
250 V AC/5 A
250
1 CO
For small outputs
30 AC/DC 0.1
0.5
5TT4 900
1 unit
027
0.049
0.5
5TT4 901
1 unit
027
0.050
5TT4 920
1 unit
027
0.073
Compensators
For increasing the glow lamp load by 20 mA
250
--
8
More information
Mechanical storage
Busbar mounting
Remote control switches are used to switch lighting by means of

several pushbuttons. This makes complex cross/two-way
switching unnecessary. With each pushbutton impulse, the remote control switch changes its contact position from "OFF" to
"ON", etc. In the event of a power failure, the last switching position is mechanically stored. Electromechanical remote control
switches have no standby loss.
Pushbutton malfunction
Pushbuttons can jam, which may expose remote control
switches to a continuous voltage. All remote control switches are
protected against this type of malfunction through their design or
through PTC.
Central switching functions
Versions with central ON/OFF function allow the central switching of all connected remote control switches. This type of central
switching can also be actuated using a time switch. All remote
control switches can be switched to the ON or OFF switching
state, regardless of their current switching state.
Contact sequences
All 5TT4 1 remote control switches can be bus-mounted with

each other. This saves time and space.
Note:
Busbars to match the 5TT4 1 remote control switch can be found
on page 8/22.
1 2 1+2 0 or 1 - 0 - 2 - 0 means:
0: No contact closed
1: Only contact 1 closed
2: Only contact 2 closed
1+2: Contact 1 and Contact 2 are closed
The contact positions are constantly changing with each pushbutton impulse.
Note:
Synchronous switching of the contacts cannot be guaranteed
with parallel switching. Products with central/group switching
must be used for the mutual control of several remote control
switches.
8/27
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Switching relays
Overview
Benefits
Fast and simple installation thanks to bus-mounting
Switching position indicator when checking the plant for
enhanced safety
Manual intervention possible at any time easy fault locating
due to manual operation.
Switching relays are used in residential, non-residential and industrial buildings for the purpose of contact multiplication. They
can be used with safe isolation between coil voltage and contact. Switching relays for direct voltages in particular are seeing
increasing use.
With the 5TE9 100 and 5TE9 101 busbar, the switching relays
can be mounted quickly and safely, e.g. by bus-mounting the
N-conductor and/or infeed and this applies to the whole range
of switching relays.
Note:
Busbars to match the 5TT4 2 switching relay can be found on
page 8/22.
5TT4 201-.
5TT4 202-.
5TT4 204-.
Standards
EN 60947-5-1, EN 60669-2-2
Contact type
1 NO
Manual operation
Yes
V AC
V DC
8 ... 230
--
Uc
0.8 ... 1.1
Rated frequency fc
Hz
50
kV

Magnet coil
Per contact at 16 A
W/VA
W
2.4/3.0
1.0
V AC; mA 10; 100

At p.f. = 0.6 ... 1
Different phases
Between magnet coil/contact
4 NO
mm
> 1.2
Safe separation
Between creepage distances and clearances
magnet coil/contact
mm
>6
At Ie/Ue or specified lamp load
Acc. to DIN 50015

Acc. to EN 60529
Mounting position
8/28
5TT4 217-.
2 CO
2 CO
2.4/3.0
4.8/6.0
2.4/3.0
2.4/3.0
2.4/3.0
1.7
400
400
400
250
400
400
Switch50000
ing cycles
screw (Pozidriv)
Rigid
5TT4 207-.
-12 ... 110
1 NO + 1 NC 1 CO
Permissible
Contact gap
Terminals
5TT4 206-.
16
250
2 NO
5TT4 205-.
1
mm2
mm2
1.5 ... 6
1 ... 6
35
-10 ... +40

Any
< 1.2
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Switching relays

Contacts
Ue
Ie
Uc
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
A AC
V AC
V DC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Switching relays for AC voltage

1 NO
250
16
230
115
24
12
8
}
B
}
}
}
5TT4 201-0
5TT4 201-1
5TT4 201-2
5TT4 201-3
5TT4 201-4
1 1/12 units
1
1 unit
1
1 unit
1
1 unit
1
1 unit
027
027
027
027
027
0.130
0.138
0.132
0.131
0.129
2 NO
400
16
230
115
24
12
8
}
B
}
B
B
5TT4 202-0
5TT4 202-1
5TT4 202-2
5TT4 202-3
5TT4 202-4
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
027
027
0.143
0.147
0.142
0.142
0.139
4 NO
400
16
230
115
24
12
8
A
B
A
B
B
5TT4 204-0
5TT4 204-1
5TT4 204-2
5TT4 204-3
5TT4 204-4
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
027
027
0.266
0.276
0.278
0.262
0.261
1 NO +
1 NC
400
16
230
115
24
12
8
A
B
}
B
B
5TT4 205-0
5TT4 205-1
5TT4 205-2
5TT4 205-3
5TT4 205-4
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
027
027
0.142
0.147
0.144
0.142
0.139
1 CO
250
16
230
115
24
12
8
}
B
}
B
B
5TT4 206-0
5TT4 206-1
5TT4 206-2
5TT4 206-3
5TT4 206-4
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
027
027
0.135
0.140
0.137
0.136
0.137
2 CO
400
16
230
115
24
12
8
A
B
}
B
B
5TT4 207-0
5TT4 207-1
5TT4 207-2
5TT4 207-3
5TT4 207-4
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
027
027
0.149
0.153
0.150
0.145
0.147
}
}
A
}
5TT4 217-1
5TT4 217-6
5TT4 217-2
5TT4 217-3
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
027
0.150
0.135
0.152
0.145
5TG8 240
2 units
027
0.010
Switching relays for direct voltage

2 CO
400
16
110
30
24
12
Spacers
In the case of higher ambient temperatures, we 0.5
recommend placing a spacer after every second
switching relay for better heat dissipation.
More information
Busbar mounting
All 5TT4 2 switching relays can be bus-mounted with each
other. This saves time and space.
Note:
Busbars to match the 5TT4 2 switching relay can be found on
page 8/22.
8/29
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Insta Contactors
Overview
Insta contactors are standard devices in installation technology
and belong to the BETA switching device range. Insta contactors are particularly suitable for switching heating, lighting and
motors.
While Insta contactors have seen a considerable decline in use
in the electrical heating sector in residential buildings, they have
gained considerable significance for lighting circuits in buildings. Insta contactors are increasingly used in industry for
motors where distribution technology plays a major role, e.g. in
auxiliary installations for heat pumps and air conditioning technology.
In addition to their basic function, they can also be used for the
ON/OFF switching of single-phase and three-phase electrical
motors.
The 5TT5 7 Insta contactors meet the requirements of EN 60947
and are approved to UL 508.
Benefits
Safe cable routing through the cable entry funnel - saves time
during installation.
The insulation goes right through into the cable entry funnel thus ensuring maximum touch protection.
8/30
Switching position indicator for fast recognition of operating

state offers greater safety when checking the plant.
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Insta Contactors
5TT5 73
4-pole
5TT5 74
4-pole
5TT5 75
4-pole
EN 60947-4-1; EN 60947-5-1; EN 61095; UL 508

UL 508; UL File No. E303328
Standards
Approvals
Rated frequency at AC fn
Hz
40 ... 450
V AC
V DC
24, 115, 230

24, 110, 220
Uc
0.85 ... 1.1
440

AC-1/AC-7a, NO contacts
AC-1/AC-7a, NC contacts
AC-3/AC-7b, NO contacts
AC-3/AC-7b, NC contacts
At V AC
A
A
A
A
Acc. to UL 480; acc. to IEC 440

24
40
24
30
9
22
6
--
63
30
30
--

Pick-up power
Holding power
Per contact AC-1/AC-7a
VA/W
VA/W
VA
4/4
4/4
1.5
5/5
5/5
3
6.5/6.5
4.2/4.2
6
Switching times
Closing (NO contacts)
Opening (NO contacts)
ms
ms
40
40
kV
4
Contact gap (S contacts) min.
mm
2.4
2.8
2.6
For switching
cycles
For switching
cycles
150000
170000
240000
For switching
cycles
1 million
Switching
cycles/h
Switching
cycles/h
300
V AC
230
kW
kW
5.3
16
8.8
26
13.8
41
11
15

At Ie and load
AC-1/AC-7a
AC-3/AC-7b

Maximum switching frequency
At load
AC-1/AC-7a
AC-3/AC-7b
Switching of resistive loads AC-1

For rated operational power Ps (NO contacts)
Single-phase
Three-phase
500000
24, 230
24, 220
600
Switching of three-phase asynchronous motors AC-3

for rated operational power Ps (NO contacts)
Single-phase
Three-phase
V AC
400
kW
kW
-4
Minimum switching capacity
V; mA
17; 200
72
176
240
35
63
80
1
1
1
2
1
2
0.9
2.5
0.9
2.5
Overload withstand capability

Per conducting path (NO contacts only)
At 10 s
Short-circuit protection, according to coordination type 1

Back-up fuse characteristic gL/gG
Terminals
Coil connection
Main connection
screw (Pozidriv)
Tightening torques
Coil connection
Main connection
Nm
Nm
0.9
1.0
Coil connection
- Solid
- Stranded, with end sleeve
- AWG cables
Tightening torques
mm2
mm2
AWG
lb. in
1.5 ... 4
1.5 ... 2.5
16 ... 10
8
Main connection
- Solid
- Stranded, with end sleeve
- AWG cables
Tightening torques
mm2
mm2
AWG
lb. in
1.5 ... 10
1.5 ... 2.5
16 ... 8
9

For operation
For storage
C
C
-25 ... +55

-50 ... +80
Acc. to EN 60529
According to UL 508
UL 508 General Use 240 V/480 V
UL 508 AC discharge lamps
UL 508 motor load 240 V
UL 508 motor load 480 V
UL 508 Short-circuit at 480 V
In
FLA
Power
Power
K5 fuses
2.5 ... 25
2.5 ... 16
16 ... 4
20

A
A
A
hp
hp
A
kA
24
24
24
3
5
25
5
40
40
30
7.5
15
40
63
63
40
10
15
75
8/31
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Insta Contactors

Contacts
Ue
Ie
Uc
V AC
A AC
V AC
Mount- DT
ing
width
V DC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Insta contactors
For AC or DC continuous operation,
with switching position indication,
with DC magnetic system
4 NO
5TT5 730-0
440
24
230
115
24
220
110
24
A
B
A
5TT5 730-0
5TT5 730-1
5TT5 730-2
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.260
0.261
0.267
3 NO + 1 NC 440
24
230
24
220
24
A
A
5TT5 731-0
5TT5 731-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.259
0.266
2 NO + 2 NC 440
24
230
24
220
24
A
A
5TT5 732-0
5TT5 732-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.261
0.264
4 NC
440
24
230
24
220
24
A
B
5TT5 733-0
5TT5 733-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.257
0.265
4 NO
440
40
230
24
220
24
A
A
5TT5 740-0
5TT5 740-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.434
0.446
3 NO + 1 NC 440
401)
230
24
220
24
A
B
5TT5 741-0
5TT5 741-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.437
0.447
2 NO + 2 NC 440
401)
230
24
220
24
A
B
5TT5 742-0
5TT5 742-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.435
0.446
4 NO
63
230
24
220
24
A
A
5TT5 750-0
5TT5 750-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.443
0.446
3 NO + 1 NC 440
63
1)
230
24
220
24
B
B
5TT5 751-0
5TT5 751-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.445
0.441
2 NO + 2 NC 440
631)
230
24
220
24
B
B
5TT5 752-0
5TT5 752-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.441
0.451
5TT5 900
1 unit
027
0.059
5TT5 901
1 unit
027
0.059
5TG8 240
1 2 units
027
0.010
5TT5 902
1 set
027
0.007
5TT5 903
1 set
027
0.008
440
5TT5 740-0
Auxiliary switches
For installation on the left of Insta contactors 24 A, 40 A
and 63 A, max. one auxiliary current switch per Insta
contactor, minimum contact load AC 24 V; 5 mA.
2 NO
230
4
0.5
AC-15
1 NO + 1 NC 230
4
0.5
AC-15
Spacers
For heat dissipation between the Insta contactors. 0.5
We recommend placing a spacer after every
second Insta contactor.
Can be mounted reciprocally, so that two spacers
enable greater cable routing.
Sealable terminal covers

For Insta contactors 24 A,
(1 set = 2 units)
For Insta contactors 40 A and 63 A
(1 set = 2 units)
1)
For NC contacts 30 A.
8/32
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Insta Contactors
Overview
The 5TT5 8 Insta contactors are equipped with an AC magnetic
system and are ideal for use under harsh conditions. The auxiliary switches can be mounted without tools. When equipped
with terminal covers, the devices can also be sealed.
Insta contactors without manual switch

Insta contactors are playing an ever growing role in lighting circuits in buildings Insta contactors are increasingly used in industry for motors where distribution technology plays a major role,
e.g. in installations for heat pumps and air conditioning technology. In addition to their basic function, they can also be used for
the ON/OFF switching of single-phase and three-phase electrical motors.
Insta contactors with manual switch
A key feature of Insta contactors with manual operation is the
fact that users can switch consumers/loads on and off by hand.
Benefits
Extremely long service life of 3 million switching cycles is a

testimony to their reliability
Safe cable entry through cable entry funnel - saves time
during assembly
Insulated right through to the cable entry funnel. This provides
enhanced touch protection
Auxiliary switches can be retrofitted on all versions even on
the 20 A type. More functionality when using the devices.
Insta contactors with O/I/Automatic function enable the testing

of a plant by manual switch without the need to apply a control
voltage
Switching position indicator for fast recognition of operating
state offers greater safety when checking the plant.
8/33
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Insta Contactors
Insta contactors
5TT5 80.
5TT5 84.
5TT5 85.
5TT5 910
IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 60947-5-1, IEC 61095;

EN 60947-4-1, EN 60947-5-1, EN 61095
EN 61095
Standards
Approvals
Number of poles
5TT5 82.,
5TT5 83.
Auxiliary
switches
24, 115, 230
24, 230
24, 230
--
Rated frequency at AC
Hz
50/60
V AC
24, 230
Uc
0.85 ... 1.1
V AC
230
400
20
25
40
-230/400
63
6/4 (230/400 V)

Pick-up power (without manual switch
or manual switch in "I" position)
Pick-up power (with manual switch in "AUTO" position)
Holding power
Per contact
VA/W
6/3.8
10/5
15.4/6
--
VA/W
VA/W
VA
12/10
2.8/1.2
1.7
33/25
5.5/1.6
2.2
62/50
7.7/3
4
----
Switching times
Closing (NO contacts)
Opening (NO contacts)
Closing (NC contacts)
Opening (NC contacts)
ms
ms
ms
ms
15 ... 25
20
20 ... 30
10
10 ... 20
20
20 ... 30
10
15 ... 20
10
5 ... 10
10 ... 15
kV
440
500
Contact gap, minimum
mm
3.6
3.4

At Ie and load
AC-1/AC-7a
AC-3/AC-7b
For switching
cycles
200000
300000
500000
100000
150000
---
For switching
cycles
3 million
In switching
cycles/h
600
kW
kW
4
--
5.4
16
8.7
26
13.3
40
---
1.31)
--
1.3
4
3.7
11
5
15
---

Maximum switching frequency
At load
Switching of resistive loads AC-1/AC-7a
For rated operational power Ps
Single-phase 230 V
Three-phase 400 V
Switching of three-phase asynchronous motors AC-3/AC-7b

For rated operational power Ps
Single-phase 230 V
kW
Three-phase 400 V
kW
-----
V; mA
17; 50
72
68
176
240
--
Short-circuit protection, according to coordination type 1

Back-up fuse characteristic gL/gG
A
20
25
63
80
Minimum switching capacity

Overload withstand capability
Per conducting path
(NO contacts only)
Terminals
Coil connection
Main connection
At 10 s
screw (Pozidriv)
Tightening torques
Coil connection
Main connection
Coil connection
Main connection
Rigid
Flexible,
with end sleeve
Rigid
Flexible,
with end sleeve

For operation
For storage
1)
Acc. to EN 60529
For NO contacts only.
8/34
12; 5
1
1
1.2
3.5
-1
Nm
Nm
0.6
1.2
-0.8
mm2
mm2
1.0 ... 2.5

1.0 ... 2.5
mm2
mm2
1.0 ... 10
1.0 ... 6
C
C
-5 ... +55
-30 ... +80
--1 ... 25
1 ... 16
1 ... 2.5
1 ... 2.5
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Insta Contactors

Version
Ue
Ie
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
A AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Insta contactors without manual switch

For alternating current continuous operation,
with AC magnetic system
5TT5 800-0
}
}
5TT5 800-0
5TT5 800-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.143
0.141
230
24
}
}
5TT5 801-0
5TT5 801-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.141
0.142
20
230
24
}
}
5TT5 802-0
5TT5 802-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.143
0.141
400
25
230
115
24
}
B
}
5TT5 830-0
5TT5 830-1
5TT5 830-2
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.258
0.274
0.272
3 NO + 1 NC
400
25
230
115
24
}
B
B
5TT5 831-0
5TT5 831-1
5TT5 831-2
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.260
0.274
0.272
4 NO
for high capacitive
loads up to 150 F
400
25
230
5TT5 820-0
1 unit
027
0.230
2 NO + 2 NC
400
25
230
24
}
}
5TT5 832-0
5TT5 832-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.260
0.273
4 NC
400
25
230
24
}
B
5TT5 833-0
5TT5 833-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.258
0.271
4 NO
400
40
230
24
}
}
5TT5 840-0
5TT5 840-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.393
0.389
3 NO + 1 NC
400
40
230
24
B
B
5TT5 841-0
5TT5 841-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.387
0.398
2 NO + 2 NC
400
40
230
24
B
B
5TT5 842-0
5TT5 842-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.398
0.388
4 NC
400
40
230
24
}
B
5TT5 843-0
5TT5 843-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.396
0.396
4 NO
400
63
230
24
}
}
5TT5 850-0
5TT5 850-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.390
0.397
3 NO + 1 NC
400
63
230
24
}
B
5TT5 851-0
5TT5 851-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.391
0.391
2 NO + 2 NC
400
63
230
24
B
B
5TT5 852-0
5TT5 852-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.400
0.388
4 NC
400
63
230
24
}
B
5TT5 853-0
5TT5 853-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.403
0.396
0.5
}
}
5TT5 910-0
5TT5 910-1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.045
0.046
1
2
3
B
B
B
5TT5 910-5
5TT5 910-6
5TT5 910-7
1 2 units
1 2 units
1 2 units
027
027
027
0.002
0.003
0.003
2 NO
230
20
230
24
1 NO + 1 NC
230
20
2 NC
230
4 NO
5TT5 830-0
5TT5 840-0
Auxiliary switches
For mounting on right-hand side
Max. one auxiliary switch per Insta contactor.
2 NO
1 NO + 1 NC
230, AC-15
230, AC-15
6
6
---
5TT5 910-0
For Insta contactor 20 A
8/35
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Insta Contactors
Version
Ue
Ie
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
A AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Insta contactors with manual switch 0/I/Automatic

For alternating current continuous operation,
with AC magnetic system
}
}
5TT5 800-6
5TT5 800-8
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.141
0.143
B
B
5TT5 801-6
5TT5 801-8
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.143
0.148
}
}
5TT5 830-6
5TT5 830-8
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.261
0.261
}
B
5TT5 831-6
5TT5 831-8
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.261
0.263
}
B
5TT5 840-6
5TT5 840-8
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.399
0.402
230
24
B
B
5TT5 841-6
5TT5 841-8
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.399
0.406
230
5TT5 850-6
1 unit
027
0.394
5TT5 910-0
1 unit
027
0.045
5TT5 910-1
1 unit
027
0.046
B
B
B
5TT5 910-5
5TT5 910-6
5TT5 910-7
1 2 units
1 2 units
1 2 units
027
027
027
0.002
0.003
0.003
2 NO
230
20
230
24
1 NO + 1 NC
230
20
230
24
4 NO
400
25
230
24
3 NO + 1 NC
400
25
230
24
4 NO
400
40
230
24
3 NO + 1 NC
400
40
4 NO
400
63
5TT5 800-6
5TT5 830-6
3
5TT5 840-6
Auxiliary switches
For mounting on right-hand side
Max. one auxiliary switch per Insta contactor.
2 NO
230, AC-15
--
1 NO + 1 NC
230, AC-15
--
0.5

1
2
3
8/36
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Overview
The soft-starting device is an electronic control for the soft
startup of one-phase asynchronous machines. A phase control
causes the current to rise steadily. This also increases the motor
torque and the drive starts up smoothly. Because drive elements
are handled more gently they can be designed more cost-effectively. As well as a considerable reduction in startup noise, this
also helps prevent the tipping or sliding of materials to be transported. The starting current is minimized. There is no speed
adjustment. There is no marked soft start behavior without a
mechanically connected load.
If the power semiconductor is to be protected against short circuits or ground faults during startup, a super-quick fuse must be
installed. Otherwise, the usual line and motor protective measures must be used. In the case of high switching frequencies,
we recommend installing a thermistor motor protection for
monitoring the permissible motor temperature.
The soft-starting device must not be operated with capacitive

load. In order to ensure the safety of persons and systems, only
suitably qualified personnel should work on these devices.
To prevent losses in the device, the power electronics are
bridged with relay contacts after startup. Can be retrofitted in
existing plants at any time.
Benefits
On completion of startup, the power semiconductors are
bridged, which prevents overheating in the case of frequent
starting and inhibits premature wear and tear
Separate setting of ramp up time and starting torque enables
optimum adaptation to the mechanics
The LEDs for startup and continuous operation provide
constant information on the operating state.
5TT3 440
5TT3 441
EN 60947-4-2
Standards
Supply/motor voltage
V AC
400
Uc
0.8 ... 1.1
Rated power
VA
3.5
Rated frequency
Hz
50/60
1.4
3.5
4.6
1.7
0.7
VA
VA
5500
300
1500
100
Startup voltage
30 ... 70
20 ... 70
Starting ramp
0.1 ... 10
Recovery time
ms
100
200
Switching
cycles/h
Switching
cycles/h
36 (up to 3kW)
10
20 (from 3...5.5 kW)
10
20

Rated output of motor
- Max.
- Min.
Coil/drive
Contact1) per pole
230
At 400 V
At 400 V
Switching frequency
3 IN, TAN = 10 s, u = 20 %
3 IN, TAN = 10 s, u = 20 %
Semiconductor fuse
Super quick
35
Rigid
max. mm2
min. mm2
2 2.5
1 0.5
-20 ... +60
-20 ... +55
20/60/4
20/55/4

Acc. to EN 60068-1
1)
For rated operational current.

Version
Ue
Pc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
MW
230
100 ... 1500 2
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Single-phase
5TT3 441
1 unit
027
0.160
5TT3 440
1 unit
027
0.450
Soft-starting devices mounting depth 55 mm

Three-phase,
2-phase motor control
400
300 ... 5500 6
8/37
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Timers
Overview
Benefits
These days, time switching is taken for granted.

In fact, it is now hard to imagine many process sequences and
energy saving processes without time switching. It could also be
argued that time switching satisfies a basic need in the electrical
installation sector.
The new generation of digital time switches have a much more
diverse range of functions than earlier devices and, thanks to
better solutions, are simpler to operate.
They can be used for switching systems or system components,
or for functions, such as: irrigation systems, greenhouses, public
gardens, swimming pools, filtering installations, canopy controls, school bells, church bells, shop window lighting, advertising lighting, gym lighting, traffic signal controls, street lighting,
illuminated signs, office lighting, lighting of stairwells and
entrances, object illumination, preheating of industrial furnaces,
spraying machines, ovens, heating systems, air-conditioning
systems, fans and ventilation systems, heating and circulation
pumps and sauna systems.
All devices have the VDE mark and are UL approved

(not 7LF4 444).
8/38
The menu-assisted operation with background lighting, contrast setting of the display and illuminated keys offer a clear
overview for any application
The text-assisted programming of the time switches with their
logical 4 pushbutton system and extremely intuitive menudriven handling saves time
Simple programming on the PC enables the fast creation of
complicated switching programs, thus saving time and
eliminating errors
Data keys enable the transfer of programs to the switch key,
thus saving huge amounts of time during commissioning and
maintenance
Intuitive operation of 5-way joystick
Energy saving option via astro function.
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Timers
Mini
Top
Profi
Astro
Expert
7LF4 401-5
7LF4 411
7LF4 412
7LF4 421
7LF4 422
7LF4 431
7LF4 432
7LF4 444
Standards
EN 60730-1, -2-7; UL 60730
EN 60730-1, -2-7
Approvals
VDE, UL 60730-1,-2-7/UL 917 CSA C22.2 No. 14 and 177
VDE
V AC
V AC/DC
Uc
Hz
110 ... 240

-0.85 ... 1.1
50 ... 60
120, 230
-0.85 ... 1.1
50 ... 60
120, 230
24
0.85 ... 1.11)
50 ... 602)
230
-0.85 ... 1.1
50 ... 60
120/230
24
80 .. 253 V1)
50 ... 602)
VA
0.035
2.5/43)
1
250
16
10
1 or 2
V AC
A
A
1 CO
>5
6000 (20 A)
1 or 2 CO
10
100000
4 CO
Supply
Rated control supply voltage Uc
- Primary operating range
- Frequency ranges
Channels/contacts
Switching channels
- Rated operational voltage Ue
- Rated operational current Ie
At p.f. = 1
At p.f. = 0.6
Contacts
- Mechanical switching cycles (in millions)
- Electrical switching cycles
At p.f. = 1
- Incandescent lamp load
- Fluorescent lamp load
At 7 F
Uncorrected
- Energy-saving lamp load
V; mA
A
VA
VA
W
12; 100
5
58
1400
100
8
60
Safety
Different phases permissible between actuator/contact
Yes

- EMC: burst
Acc. to IEC 61000-4-4
- EMC: surge
Acc. to IEC 61000-4-5
- Electrostatic discharge
Acc. to IEC 61000-4-2
kV
kV
kV
kV
4
> 4.4
> 2.0
> 8.0
Power reserve storage

- Battery type
6/2
Li primary cell
6
Yes
Mains/battery
Program memory
Captive
--
Acc. to EN 61010-1
III
Function
Minimum switching sequences
1 min
Make and break cycles
1 min
Clock errors per day
Typical
Control input
Terminal S
s/day
+0.3 14)
1s
1s
0.86
--
Memory spaces
- Programs5)
- Pulse (alternatively)
- Pulse cycle
28
---
0.2
Yes
56 (2 28)
28 (2 14)
84
-1 s ... < 60 min --
4 3 28
Connections
PZ 1
Conductor cross-sections of main current paths

- Rigid, max.
- Rigid, min.
- Flexible with end sleeve
Max.
mm2
mm2
mm2
4
1.5
2.5
-10 ... +55
Storage temperature
-20 ... +60
Environmental conditions
-20 ... +55
Acc. to EN 60068-1
10/055/21
Acc. to EN 60529
Safety class
Acc. to EN 60730-1
II
1)
For 24 V devices (7LF4 421-2, 7LF4 422-2 and 7LF4 444-2):

Tolerance -10/+10 %; operating range 0.9 ... 1.1 Uc.
2)
For 24 V devices (7LF4 421-2, 7LF4 422-2 and 7LF4 444-2):

Frequency range 0 ... 60 Hz.
3)
For 24 V device (7LF4 444-2): Pv = 4 VA.
4)
At 25C a clock error of +0.3s is assumed. Accuracy may deviate by a

further 1s around this value.
5)
A program consists of an ON time, an OFF time and assigned ON and OFF

days or day blocks.
20/055/21
8/39
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Timers

Contacts
Ue
Ie
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
A AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Mini digital time switches

Weekly program
1 channel
1 CO
250
16
110 ... 240 1
7LF4 401-5
1 unit
027
0.156
Top digital time switches

Weekly program
With text-assisted programming concept languages:
German, English, French, Italian, Dutch, Spanish
1 channel
56 programs
1 CO
250
16
230
7LF4 411-0
1 unit
027
0.157
1 CO
250
16
120
7LF4 411-1
1 unit
027
0.159
2 channels
56 programs (28 per channel)
2 CO
250
16
230
7LF4 412-0
1 unit
027
0.182
2 CO
250
16
120
7LF4 412-1
1 unit
027
0.181
Profi digital time switches

Weekly program
Simple program creation by means of PC using the
software included with the 7LF4 940-0 USB adapter
Vacation program
Random program
Operating hours meter, counting range: 65535 h
1 channel
56 programs
Pulse function, 84 start times
1 CO
250
16
230
7LF4 421-0
1 unit
027
0.195
1 CO
250
16
120
7LF4 421-1
1 unit
027
0.192
1 CO
250
16
24 AC/DC 2
7LF4 421-2
1 unit
027
0.189
2 channels
2 CO
250
16
230
7LF4 422-0
1 unit
027
0.210
2 CO
250
16
120
7LF4 422-1
1 unit
027
0.209
2 CO
250
16
24 AC/DC 2
7LF4 422-2
1 unit
027
0.207
Astro digital time switches

Weekly program
Astro function
Vacation program
1 h test
Input disable over PIN code
1 channel
28 programs
With control input,
delay time 0 min ... 23 h 59 min
1 CO
250
16
230
7LF4 431-0
1 unit
027
0.206
230
7LF4 432-0
1 unit
027
0.221
2 channels
2 CO
250
16
8/40
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Timers
Contacts
Ue
Ie
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
A AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Expert digital time switches
Weekly program
Year program
Exception program (priority program)
Astro function
Cycle function for channel 1
Vacation function
1 h test
Input disable over PIN code
84 programs per channel
With control input (only 1 channel),
delay time 0 min ... 23 h 59 min
With Expert data key, Order No. 7LF4 940-2
4 channels
4 CO
250
16
120/230
7LF4 444-0
1 unit
027
0.460
4 CO
250
16
24 AC/DC 6
7LF4 444-2
1 unit
027
0.450
7LF4 940-1
1 unit
027
0.020
7LF4 940-2
1 unit
027
0.022
7LF4 940-0
1 unit
027
0.111
7LF9 006
1 unit
027
0.070
Data keys for digital time switches: Profi and Astro

Programming at the PC
(7LF4 940-0 USB adapter and software required)
Read-in of programs to the time switch
Writing of programs from the time switch
Transfer of programs
- From PC to time switch and vice versa
- From time switch to time switch
Data keys for Expert digital time switch
Programming at the PC
(7LF4 940-0 USB adapter and software required)
Read-in of programs to the time switch
Writing of programs from the time switch
Transfer of programs
- From PC to time switch and vice versa
- From time switch to time switch
USB adapter and software for digital time switches:
Profi, Astro and Expert
For the reading and writing of data keys at the PC
With programming software
With one data key for Profi, Astro
Order No. 7FL4 940-1
Can be connected over USB interface
System requirements:
- Windows 7, Windows Vista, Windows 2000,
Windows ME, Windows XP or Windows 98
Second Edition
- USB connection
- 40 MB free disk space
Holder for front panel installation
Cutout dimensions:
Height 45+0.5 mm
Width 23 mm, 41 mm, 59 mm, 77 mm, 95 mm or 113 mm B
8/41
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Timers
More information
Mini digital time switches
Easy commissioning:
You can get started with the programming straight away. Profi,
Astro and Expert are supplied with the time, date and automatic
daylight savings for Central Europe already set.
Clear contrast:
In order to maintain an overview even in bad light conditions and
extreme temperatures, the contrast of the display can be
adjusted - practical down to the very last detail.
Convenient programming:
It has never been so easy and uncomplicated to operate and
program a digital time switch.
The Mini digital time switch with a width of only 1 MW and its
hourly, daily and weekly program is ideal for replacement and
use in distribution boards with limited space.
The Mini digital time switch can be used flexibly as it can also be
operated in battery mode with all its functionalities. Furthermore,
the actuator of the clock can be removed from its enclosure for
easy programming over the 5-way joystick prior to mounting.
Top, Profi, Astro and Expert digital time switches
Whether you are programming locally using the text-assisted
programming, or sitting comfortably in front of your PC, the task
is quicker and easier with the Top, Profi, Astro and Expert digital
time switches.
1-channel time switches allow input of up to 56 switching programs, 2-channel time switches allow up to 28 programs per
channel and 4-channel time switches up to 84 programs per
channel. This means that the Profi, Astro and Expert time
switches are ideally equipped for even the most complex of
tasks.
Each entry required is clearly indicated so no prolonged studying of the operating instructions. And, particularly practical: you
don't even need a power supply to program the digital time
switches.
The Profi, Astro and Expert digital time switches offer more than
reliable switching. Numerous integrated convenience functions
make them versatile and simple problem solvers.
A data key enables easy programming of the Profi, Astro and
Expert digital time switches at a PC, simplifies the setting of time
switch programs and saves enormous amounts of time. This prevents human error and enables simple copying of complete time
switch programs to different time switches.
Astro function:
Simple operation:
Four programming pushbuttons offer user-friendly assistance
with a text menu.
Easy-to-read display:
And if you need to change the settings of the digital time switch
at the back of a dark control cabinet, the integral background
lighting of the display and the lighting of the control elements
offer a clear overview.
8/42
The Astro and Expert time switches have one key strength: the
Astro function. The exact time of sunrise and sunset is available
for every location and every day in the year. This means, for
example, that the connected outer lighting is only switched on
when it is dark - whether it is winter when the days are shorter or
in summer when the days are much longer. The benefits are
obvious:
Cost-savings, because electricity is only used when the lighting is really needed, and because this prolongs the service life
of the lighting itself. Particularly in the case of dusk-dependent
lighting controls.
Safety and convenience, because the light is always switched
on when it's dark
Ease-of-use, because the digital time switch doesn't have to
be reprogrammed throughout the year
Installation couldn't be easier, because Astro digital time
switches work in the distribution board. No further need for
laborious cable laying to the light sensors. This means that it
is not necessary to lay cables across the lightning protection
zones. The compact 2-MW series is also ideally suited for retrofitting or replacement.
It goes without saying that the digital time switches Astro and
Expert don't just switch at dawn and dusk, complex, combined
programs are also possible. You always have the choice between astronomically calculated and individually set switching
times, or a combination of both.
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Timers
PC programming:
Control input:
The delay time that can be adjusted in the control input enables
an additional switching of the relay, parallel to the switching program. Settable overtravel 0 min to 23 h 59 min, the delay time
starts as soon as the voltage drops out at the control input.
1 h test:
The "1H TEST" function can be used for simulating switching. If
"1H TEST" is activated, the switching outputs are switched for
one hour. At the end of the specified time, the digital time switch
automatically resumes execution of the switching commands
according to the programmed switching times.
PIN code:
Input and programming can be disabled using a four-digit PIN
code.
Week programs:
The Profi, Astro and Expert digital time switches support plug-in
data keys. This provides even greater safety and convenience.
For example, the data key lets you read out a program from a
digital time switch, copy it to a PC, where it can be saved and
edited - or simply transfer it to another time switch. You can also
work with several data keys and it takes only a matter of seconds
to change programs.
A safety copy ensures fast service. So if a time switch has been
interfered with, you can simply use the data key to transfer the
stored program back to the time switch.
Thanks to the standard operator interface, based on MS-Office,
there is no need for laborious program training.
Pulse function for 1-channel devices:
With the pulse function, up to 84 start times and a pulse time can
be programmed onto the time switch. The pulse duration can be
selected between 1 s and 59 min 59 s.
Random function:
If the random function is activated, the set switching times are
shifted within a range of +/- 30 min.
Operating hours meter:
For commercial fields of application in particular, it is often necessary to establish the running time of the switched load, e.g.
lighting. The operating hours meter shows the total ON time per
channel and the date of the last reset.
Programs that are designed to be repeated regularly every

week, e.g. light control, heating control. A weekly program
comprises an ON/OFF time and assigned ON/OFF days.
Year programs:
Programs that are only to be executed within a defined period of
validity. They overlap with the week programs of the same channel according to an OR operation. The period of validity is specified by entering the start/end date. Validity from start date
00:00:00 to end date 24:00:00. The start date must be prior to
the end date. Within their period of validity, these programs act
as weekly programs. Outside their period of validity, these
programs have no influence on the switching behavior.
Exception programs:
have a higher priority than week and year programs. Week and
year programs of the same channel will not be executed within
the period of validity of an exception program. However, within
the period of validity other exception programs will be executed.
The different exception programs overlap according to an OR
operation.
Cycle function:
On the year time switch, channel 1 has an additional option for
"cyclic switching". The term "cyclic switching" means that within
a specific period, the time switch is switched on for a specific
duration (ON time). The cycle time can be set between 2 seconds and 2 hours. The ON time can be set between one second
and one hour.
Vacation period function:

In the vacation program, the vacation period is set with start and
end date. If the vacation program is activated, the digital time
switch does not carry out any programmed switching commands during the relative period but, depending on the respective input, is set to "CONTINUOUSLY OFF" or "CONTINUOUSLY
ON" during the vacation period. At the end of the specified
vacation period, the digital time switch automatically resumes
execution of the switching commands according to the
programmed switching times.
8/43
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Timers
USB adapters
The Profi, Astro and Expert time switches are easy to program at
the PC using the data key with the USB adapter and software.
This enables the simple and fast creation of complicated time
switch programs. Storing and copying time switch programs is
also very easy and convenient.
Clear data on the annual ON time of the consumer enables a

precise statement on the annual power consumption.
You can create switching programs for digital time switches
easily and conveniently at the PC in the comfort of your own
home, store it on the data key and transfer it to the time switch
on site.
You save time not only when creating and transferring programs, but also during maintenance.
8/44
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Timers
Overview
These days, time switching is taken for granted.
These days, energy savings through time switching have become a matter of course. In fact, it is now hard to imagine many
process sequences without time switching.
Mechanical time switches are used wherever the minimum
switching interval is sufficient. The switching control pins can be
set without the use of tools at minimum intervals of 15 minutes.
They can be used for switching systems or system components,
or for functions, such as: irrigation systems, greenhouses, public
gardens, swimming pools, filtering installations, canopy controls, church bells, shop window lighting, advertising lighting,
gym lighting, traffic signal controls, street lighting, illuminated
signs, office lighting, lighting of stairwells and entrances, object
illumination, preheating of industrial furnaces, spraying machines, ovens, heating systems, air-conditioning systems, fans
and ventilation systems, heating and circulation pumps and
sauna systems.
Benefits
The automatic setting system automatically sets the clock timers during commissioning. No need to manually adjust the
pointer for daylight savings.
The automatic make ready system also continues to operate
automatically after a voltage failure. No need for manual time
reset.
The precision quartz clock mechanism adds all clock errors to
approx. +/- 1 min clock accuracy per year. So there is also no
need to reset the clock timer during operation.
All devices have the VDE mark and are approved to UL.
8/45
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Timers
Synchronous time switches without power
reserve
Quartz-clock time switches with power reserve
7LF5
300-1
7LF5
301-1
7LF5
300-5
7LF5
300-6
7LF5
300-7
7LF5
301-0
Standards
EN 60730-1, -2-7, UL 917
Approvals
UL 60730-1,-2-7/UL 917 CSA C22.2 No. 14 and 177
Operating mode
Synchronous
Time program
Day
Day
7LF5
301-4
7LF5
301-5
7LF5
301-6
7LF5
301-7
7LF5
305-0
Day
Week
Day
Week
Day
0.2
0.2
1 CO
1 CO
1 CO
1 CO
1 CO
Quartz
Week
Hour
Day
Day
Supply
V AC 230
Uc 0.85 ... 1.1
230
0.85 ... 1.1
Rated frequency
- Frequency ranges
Hz
Hz
50
50
50
50/60
VA
Channels/contacts
Switching channels
At p.f. = 1
At p.f. = 0.6
1
V AC 250
1
250
A
A
16
4
Contacts
- Mechanical switching cycles
in millions
- Electrical switching cycles at p.f. = 1
16
4
1 NO
20
100000
1 CO
1 CO
1 NO
1 CO
1 NO
20
100000
V; mA 4; 1
5
A
4; 1
5
VA
VA
60
1400
60
1400
Different phases permissible

between actuator/contact
Yes
Yes
Electrical isolation, creepage distances

and clearances, actuator/contact
mm
8/6
8/6

- Incandescent lamp load
- Fluorescent lamps
At 7 A
Uncorrected
Safety
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV

drive/contact
kV
- EMC: burst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4
> 4.4
> 4.4
- EMC: surge acc. to IEC 61000-4-5
kV
> 2.0
> 2.0
- Electrostatic discharge acc. to

IEC 61000-4-2
kV
> 8.0
> 8.0
a
h
----
100 h
48
NiMH
cell
6
-Li primary cell
100 h
48
NiMH cell
a
a
---
6
5
10
III
III
Power reserve storage

- Minimum loading time
- Battery type
- Service life of battery
At 20 C
At 40 C
Overvoltage category acc. to
EN 61010-1
Function
Minimum switching sequences
min
30
240
30
30
240
30
240
30
Make and break cycles
min
15
120
37.5 s
10
15
120
15
120
10
Switching accuracy
min
30
0.2
30
30
System-synchronized
2.5 s
PZ 1
PZ 1
Conductor cross-sections of main current

paths
- Rigid, max.
mm2
- Rigid, min.
mm2
- Flexible, with end sleeve
mm2
- Flexible, without end sleeve
mm2
4
1.5
2.5
4
4
1.5
2.5
4
Clock errors per day
60/year
2.5 s
Connections
-10 ... +55
-10 ... +55
Storage temperature
-10 ... +60
-10 ... +60
Resistance to climate acc. to EN 60068-1
10/055/21
10/055/21
Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529
Safety class acc. to EN 61140
II
II
8/46
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Timers

Contacts
Ue
Ie
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
A AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Synchronous time switches without power

reserve, 1 MW
Day disk
1 NO
250
16
230
7LF5 300-1
1 unit
027
0.083
250
16
230
7LF5 300-7
1 unit
027
0.083
Hour disk
1 NO
Synchronous time switches without power reserve,

3 MW
Day disk
1 CO
250
16
230
7LF5 300-5
1 unit
027
0.151
250
16
230
7LF5 300-6
1 unit
027
0.153
--
7LF5 301-0
1 unit
027
0.196
7LF5 301-1
1 unit
027
0.088
Week disk
1 CO
Synchronous time switches without power reserve,

for wall mounting
Day disk
1 CO
250
16
230

Day disk
1 NO
250
16
230

and automatic time setting
for Central European time zone
Time set automatically during commissioning

Automatic daylight savings
With quartz clock mechanism
clock accuracy 0.2 s/day
5-year power reserve
(time buffer in the event of a voltage failure)
Day disk
1 CO
250
16
230
7LF5 301-4
1 unit
027
0.182
250
16
230
7LF5 301-5
1 unit
027
0.179
Week disk
1 CO

Clock accuracy 2.5 s/day
Day disk
1 CO
250
16
230
7LF5 301-6
1 unit
027
0.157
250
16
230
7LF5 301-7
1 unit
027
0.158
--
7LF5 305-0
1 unit
027
0.205
Week disk
1 CO
Quartz-clock time switches with power reserve,

for wall mounting (surface mounting)
Day disk
1 CO
250
16
230
8/47
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Timers
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Holder for front panel installation

Cutout dimensions:
Height 45+0.5 mm
Width 23 mm, 41 mm, 59 mm, 77 mm, 95 mm or
113 mm
7LF9 006
1 unit
027
0.070
More information
Mechanical time switches with day disk
Mechanical time switches with week disk
Synchronous time switches without power reserve
LED display
The control gear is driven by a synchronous motor so it is dependent on the power supply frequency. If this frequency is unstable, the devices cannot be used. In the event of a power failure,
the time switch will stop.
The adjustment data for Central Europe are stored and an LED
provides information on the current state.

A quartz electronic circuit supplies the drive with a stabilized frequency so that the time switch is not dependent on the power
supply frequency. In the event of a power failure, the time switch
continues to operate on its power reserve.
Automatic setting system
So: simply unpack, snap into place, connect and set the desired
switching times - no tools required! This saves time and money.
Clear design
Extremely intuitive thanks to clear design. The switching times
are easy to read.
With the weekly time switch, the make and break cycles are only
120 minutes with a minimum switching interval of 240 minutes.
This supports fast and easy installation of the 7LF5 301-4 and
7LF5 301-5 time switches. These time switches self-adjust during commissioning in fast mode to the correct time and correct
day within the Central European zone. They also automatically
set the correct time for daylight saving. A further advantage is
the quartz-precise adjustment of the correct time and the correct
day as soon as the supply voltage is reconnected after a power
failure.
Precision quartz mechanism
Clock accuracy: The internal precision clockwork has an accuracy of 1 min. per year. Until now, this level of accuracy and automatic operational safety was only possible using digital time
switches.
Optimization of power consumption due to minimum make and
break cycles of 15 minutes: it is possible to set the switching
times in 15-minute patterns, with a switching interval of at least
30 minutes.
8/48
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Timers
Overview
Benefits
In many installations there is great savings potential to be found

in the lighting of corridors, stairwells and ancillary rooms. Many
installations are in operation for hours without anyone being
present. Lighting which is switched on unnecessarily in ancillary
rooms often goes unnoticed for days.
Due to the gradual phasing out of incandescent lamps starting
in September 2009, it is crucial we switch to other types of lighting. In particular compact fluorescent lamps (energy-saving
lamps such as the Osram Dulux EL) will be used more frequently
in stairwells as in other areas.
Energy savings through disconnection of unnecessary equipment

Reliable durable switching of different illuminants using patented contact design
Suitable for energy-saving lamps
Ultra-quiet stairwell lighting timers - ideal for residential areas
Warning of impending switch-off according to DIN 18015-2 for
stairwell lighting in apartment houses.
Our stairwell lighting timers offer different levels of convenience,

depending on the range of functions. On stairwell lighting timers
from Siemens, the required time can be precisely set without
tools using the push-to-lock knurling wheel. With modern fourwire installations, stairwell lighting timers can always just be
pressed again. A maintained light switch prevents the need for
repeated pressing, for example when moving house. The various types are available either with or without warning prior to
switch-off.
7LF6 110 7LF6 111 7LF6 113 5TT1 303 7LF6 114 7LF6 115 7LF6 116 7LF6 112
IEC 60669, EN 60669
Standards
Supply
At 50/60 Hz
V AC
Uc
230
0.9 ... 1.1
VA
Approx. 5
Setting range
min
0.5 ... 10
Accuracy
30
Manual switches
Automatic/permanent
Voltage endurance
0.5 ... 10 3 ... 60
--
700
10
16
0.3
>3
0.5 ... 10
Yes
ms
Minimum push duration
1 ... 10
At pushbutton input
(pushbutton malfunction)
30
Yes
700
V AC
A
250
16
Contact gap
mm
>3
V; mA
10; 300
Max. incandescent lamp load
2000
--
2000
--
Max. energy-saving lamp load 14 W
Unit(s)
20
--
20
--
Unit(s)
Unit(s)
Unit(s)
Unit(s)
20
2 20
10
25
--6
3
20
2 20
10
25
Glow lamp load
mA
50
10
50
Max. fan load
VA
--
Channels/contacts
Switching channels
Fluorescent lamp load 58 W

- Uncorrected
- DUO circuit
- Siemens ECG
At p.f. = 1
1 lamp
2 lamps
--
-200
Connections
PZ 1

- Rigid
Min.
mm2
mm2
1.5 ... 6
1
-20 ... +50
Acc. to EN 60068-1
Acc. to EN 60529
8/49
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Timers

Ue
Ie
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
A AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Stairway lighting timers

With switch for continuous light and latch setting,
setting range 0.5 ... 10 minutes
For 3-wire circuit, L-momentary contact,
not resettable
250
16
230
7LF6 110
1 unit
027
0.080
7LF6 111
1 unit
027
0.088
7LF6 113
1 unit
027
0.088
7LF6 114
1 unit
027
0.088
7LF6 116
1 unit
027
0.071
7LF6 115
1 unit
027
0.088
7LF6 112
1 unit
027
0.082
5TT1 303
1 unit
027
0.143
For 4-wire circuit, L-momentary contact, resettable,

or 3-wire circuit, N-momentary contact, resettable
250
16
230
With warning by flashing prior to switching off,

for 4-wire circuit, L-momentary contact, resettable,
250
16
230
Lighting timers
With switch for continuous light and push-to-lock knurling wheel setting,
with warning by flashing prior to switch-off, setting range
0.5 ... 10 minutes,
4-fold extension of runtime by pressing the pushbutton
for 1 second,
for 4-wire circuit, L-momentary contact,
or 3-wire circuit, N-momentary contact
250
16
230
Energy-saving timers
With switches for continuous light and push-to-lock
knurling wheel setting,
setting range 3 ... 60 minutes,
switch off by pressing pushbutton a second time briefly
(< 1 s) as with remote control switch, reset by pressing
pushbutton a second time for longer (> 1 s),
250
16
230
With switch for continuous light and push-to-lock knurling wheel setting,
with warning by flashing prior to switch-off, setting range
3 ... 60 minutes,
switch off by pressing pushbutton second time as with
remote control switch,
250
16
230
Timers for fans up to 200 VA

With switch for continuous operation and push-to-lock
knurling wheel setting,
setting range 0.5 ... 10 minutes,
for delayed switch-on of fan
250
16
230
ECG control switch for ECG 1 ... 10 V

With transparent cap, with switch for continuous light
and position indication, range 1 ... 10 minutes,
with warning of switching off through dimming,
direct voltage output 1 ... 10 V for controlling 20 ECG
250
10
230
8/50
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Timers
Overview
Benefits
Suitable for universal use because the devices can be operated with 12 - 240 V AC/DC and work across a broad range
from seconds to hours
An off-delay without auxiliary power supports expanded
application.
Time relays are primarily used in series applications where the

use of PLC controls is too labor and cost-intensive. Multifunction
relays are now the market standard. Operation is clear, simple
and offers a range of functions.
5TT3 185
5TT3 181
5TT3 182
5TT3 183
5TT3 184
110 ... 240

110 ... 240
EN 60255; EN 61810
Standards
Supply
V AC
V DC
Uc
12 ... 240
12 ... 240
0.8 ... 1.1
220 ... 240

--
Rated frequency fn
Hz
45 ... 400
50/60
VA
Approx. 1.5
Approx. 5
Approx. 1
See setting ranges, timing intervals
Setting ranges
ms
15 ... 80
Approx. 40
Approx. 100
Switching channels
V AC
A
250
4
Contact gap
- Minimum contact load
mm
V; mA
contact
10; 300
-1.5 105
1.5 105
--
Recovery time
Contacts
Input/output
kV
>4
In switching cycles
At AC-15
1A
1.5 105
--
Connections
Conductor cross-sections of main current

paths
- Rigid, max.
- Flexible, with end sleeve, min.
mm2
mm2
2 2.5
2 1.5
-40 ... +60
40/60/4
Acc. to EN 60068-1

Contacts
Ue
Ie
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
A AC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Multifunction timers
Programmable for:
response delay; passing make contact function;
delayed pulse generator; clock generator starting
with impulse; off-delay; pulse converter; passing
break contact function; response/off-delay
1 CO
250
DC 12 ... 240
AC 12 ... 240
5TT3 185
1 unit
027
0.085
220 ... 240 AC 1
5TT3 181
1 unit
027
0.090
220 ... 240 AC 1
5TT3 182
1 unit
027
0.079
220 ... 240 AC 1
5TT3 183
1 unit
027
0.084
110 ... 240 AC 1

110 ... 240 DC
5TT3 184
1 unit
027
0.077
Delay timers
1 CO
250
Wiper timers
1 CO
250
Flashing timers
Pulse time is equal to idle time
1 CO
250
Off-delay timers
1 CO
250
8/51
Siemens AG 2011
Switching Devices
Timers
More information
5TT3 185 multifunctional timers
Time operation interruption/time addition
Setting aids
For the functions AV, EW, IE, BI, the timing interval can be interrupted at any time by activating B1 (+) and by removing the control voltage continued again (time addition).
The period of the flashing of the green LED 1 when set for a timing interval is 1 s 4%, which can therefore be used as a setting
aid. This is particularly useful in the lower time setting range and
for long delay times because the multiplication factors between
the individual time ranges are exact.
Example:
Delay time to be set: 40 min.
Using the fine setting, this delay time can be set within the setting range 3 ... 300 min. However, in this case it takes a long time
to check the time and requires several operational sequences in
realtime. To speed up the setting process, the setting range will
be switched to 0.03 ... 3 min. In this case, the required value corresponds to a delay time 0.4 min (= 24 s). The timing interval is
triggered and the potentiometer is set to 24 flashing periods of
the yellow LED 2. The device is then set back to the setting
range 3 ... 300 min and the setting process is completed.
The functions RV, IF, AW, AV/RV can be controlled using the control input B1 (+) with potential against terminal A2. The auxiliary
voltage of terminal A1 can be used for this purpose, as well as
any other voltage within the range 12 ... 240 V AC/DC. The operation of parallel loads (e.g. contactors) from B1 (+) to A2 is also
permissible.
If voltage is simultaneously applied to the control input B1 (+)
and A1 for the IF function, this triggers an output pulse with the
set time interval t1.
Possible time setting ranges t:
Position Contact
Function
c
switch
Control S1
0.02
0.06
0.3
0.03
0.3
3
0.3
3
A1-A2
St
B1-A2
Response delay
AV
Passing make contact

function
EW
Pulse generator, delayed IE
Flashing relay,
starting with impulse
BI
15-18
15-16
15-18
15-16
1
6
30
3
30
300
30
300
s
s
s
min
min
min
h
h
15-18
15-16
15-18
15-16
Control S2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
0,5 s
t
t
t
A1 15
16 18
A1-A2
LED 1 green
B1-A2
OFF-delay
RV
Pulse shape
IF
Passing break contact

function
AW
AV/RV
Response delay
OFF-delay
Control S1
L+
E1
LED 2 yellow
15-18
15-16
15-18
15-16
15-18
15-16
15-18
15-16
t
t
L+
S2
A2
B1(+) A1
Contact S1
For the functions: response delay,
passing make contact function,
pulse generator delayed,
clock generator (start with pulse)
the timing interval is triggered by
closing the switching contact S1.
8/52
t
t
User interfaces
S1
A1
E2
t
B1(+) A2
I2_10908b
Control S2
A2
Control contact S2
The functions: off-delay,
pulse shape, passing break contact
function, response and off-delay are
triggered by continuous power
supply over the control contact S2
between A1 and B1 (+).
LED 1
LED 2
E1
Z
E2
I201_11970
Control input B1
Front view
Status display
LED 1 green: status display
LED 2 yellow: switching
Setting range adjuster
position
Fine adjuster for setting ranges
indication
Function settings for timing intervals E1: Setting range adjuster
Z: Fine adjuster for
Device displays
setting ranges
LED 1 Lights up if operational voltage
E2: Function settings for
is applied (green)
timing intervals
LED 2 indicates the timing interval and state
of the equalizing relay (yellow)
Continuous light
- Off output relay not activated,
no timing interval
- On output relay not activated,
no timing interval
Flashing light
- Short on, long off
Output relay not activated, timing interval
- Short on, long off
Output relay activated, timing interval
Siemens AG 2011
Transformers, Bells and

Socket Outlets
9/2
Introduction
9/3
Bell Transformers
9/5
Transformers for Permanent Loads
9/7
Power Supply Units
9/9
Bells and Buzzers
9/10
REG Socket Outlets

can be found at
under Product List:
under Entry List:
- Updates
- Downloads
- FAQ
- Manuals
- Certificates
and at
configurators
- Configurators
Siemens AG 2011

Introduction
Page
Non-residential
buildings
Residential
buildings
Industry
Overview
Devices
Standards
Used in
Bell transformers
9/3
Power supply up to 40 VA as safety extraEN 61558-2-8

low voltage (SELV) in residential buildings
for the supply of gongs, buzzers, bells, door
openers and remote control switches
--
Transformers for permanent

loads
9/5
Power supply up to 63 VA as safety extralow voltage (SELV) for the supply of control
circuits, switching relays and Insta contactors
EN 61558-2-2
--
Power supply units
9/7
Direct voltage power supply up to 24 V DC EN 61558-2-6

and 2 A as safety extra-low voltage (SELV)
for the supply of gongs, buzzers, bells, door
openers, switching relays and Insta contactors
Bells and buzzers
9/9
Bells and buzzers serve to indicate alarm

states or for general acoustic signaling.
They are used as modular installation
devices in distribution boards.
REG socket outlets
9/10
For power supply during maintenance in

distribution boards in DIN VDE, CEE 7,
CEI 23-50 and UL 489 versions
DIN VDE 0620-1,
CEE 7 standard sheet V,

CEI 23-50,
UL 498
9/2
Siemens AG 2011

Bell transformers
Overview
Benefits
A typical application for these bell transformers is short-time

use, as occurs with bells, gongs, door openers or remote control
switches in residential buildings.
The standard EN 61558 distinguishes between transformers for
short-time loading and those for permanent loading. This means
that clear requirements for bell transformers are defined. Bell
transformers must maintain 100 % of their rated power for
1 minute, or 20 % for 5 minutes, without tripping.
Bell transformers with a footprint of only one modular width

Reliable device protection through PTC resistors; for protection against overload and short-circuits
The bell transformers are IMQ (Italy) and VDE approved. This
ensures operational safety.
Siemens bell transformers are protected against short circuit or

moderate overload by a PTC resistor. If a disconnection occurs,
the bell transformer must be switched off for approx. 30 minutes
to cool down the PTC resistor.
4AC3 006
4AC3 008
4AC3 016
4AC3 108
4AC3 116
4AC3 140
16
16
40
EN 61558-2-8
EN 61558-2, IMQ
Standards
Approvals
Rated operational power Ps
VA
V AC 230
Operating range at 50/60 Hz
Ue
0.9 ... 1.06
Rated frequency
Hz
50
Operating frequency range
Hz
45 ... 65
Rated secondary voltage Usec

In series connection
V AC 12
V AC --
24
8
Rated secondary current Isec

At 4 V
At 8 V
At 12 V
At 24 V
A AC -A AC -A AC 0.67
--
2 1.0
1
---
2 2.0
1
---
--2 0.33
0.33
--2 0.67
0.67
--2 1.67
1.67
Rated power dissipation PV

In no-load operation
At rated load
W
W
0.78
1.65
1.8
5
2.4
7.5
1.6
3.6
1.6
8.2
1.2
17.2
Safe separation
Creepage distances and clearances
mm
>3
2 12
24
Insulation class
Test voltage, 50 Hz, 1 minute
Primary against secondary winding
Terminals
48 ... 62
kV
screw (Pozidriv)
> 3.75
Rigid
mm2
mm2
1 6 or 2 4
0.75
-10 .... +25
Permissible humidity
80
Acc. to EN 60629
IP20
Safety class
Acc. to EN 61140/
VDE 0140-1
II
9/3
Siemens AG 2011

Bell transformers

Ue
Uc
Isec
Ps
Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
V AC
V AC
A AC
VA
MW
0.67
4AC3 006
1 unit
027
0.189
kg
Bell transformers
With PTC protection
230
12
With two secondary voltages, optionally for

series or parallel switching
230
2 4/8
2 1/1
2 2/2
8
16
2
2
A
B
4AC3 008
4AC3 016
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.273
0.351
2 12/24
2 0.33/0.33
2 0.67/0.67
2 1.67/1.67
8
16
40
2
2
3
}
A
A
4AC3 108
4AC3 116
4AC3 140
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.269
0.347
0.570
9/4
Siemens AG 2011

Transformers for permanent loads
Overview
Benefits
The transformers with 24 VA, 40 VA and 63 VA cores are
molded, which means that they are hum-free and suitable for
installation in sound-sensitive distribution boards
Reliable device protection through PTC; provide longstanding
protection against overload and short circuits
The transformers are IMQ and VDE approved this ensures
operational safety.
These transformers up to 63 VA provide a safety extra-low voltage for supplying control current circuits, switching relays or
Insta contactors in continuous operation as alternating voltage
power supply for 8 V, 12 V or 24 V AC.
Siemens transformers for permanent loading are protected
against short circuit or moderate overload by a PTC resistor. If a
disconnection occurs, the transformer must be switched off for
approx. 30 min to allow the PTC resistor to cool down.
EN 61558-2-2 specifies that with transformers for permanent
loading the difference between the non-loaded output voltage
and the output voltage loaded with the rated load must not exceed 10 %. This requirement places the highest demands on the
design of this type of transformer. It can only be met by using
high-quality core materials and a core design with an extraordinarily high efficiency, such as type EI to DIN 41302.
4AC3 408 4AC3 516 4AC3 524 4AC3 540 4AC3 616 4AC3 624 4AC3 640 4AC3 663
EN 61558-2-2
EN 61558-2, IMQ
Standards
Approvals
VA
16
24
40
16
24
40
63
Rated short-time power

p.f. = 0.5; t = 10 s
VA
10
18
27
48
18
27
48
80
V AC
230
Operating range at 50/60 Hz
Ue
0.9 ... 1.1
Rated frequency
Hz
50
Hz
48 ... 62

In series connection
V AC
V AC
8
No
24
8
8
No

At 4 V
At 8 V
At 12 V
At 24 V
A AC
A AC
A AC
A AC
No
1
No
No
22
2
No
3
No
2 0.67
0.67
21
1
2 1.67
1.67
2 2.62
2.62

At rated load
VA
W
3.5
2.6
10.3
4.6
8.0
3.6
13.1
6.3
8.3
5.7
23.0
10.0
No
Yes
Hum-free Core molded
No
Safe separation
mm
Yes
2 12
24
13.8
6.9
3
B
Insulation class
Test voltage, 50 Hz, 1 minute
Terminals
8.0
2.7
kV
screw (Pozidriv)
Rigid
Flexible, with end sleeve, min.
4
1
mm2
mm2
1 ... 6
0.75

In operation
-10 ... +40
80
Acc. to EN 60529
IP20
Safety class
Acc. to
EN 61140/VDE 0140-1
II
9/5
Siemens AG 2011


Ue
Usec
Isec
Ps
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
V AC
A AC
VA
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

With PTC protection for AC voltage/current supply as
safety extra-low voltage
For continuous operation for the supply of control circuits,
switching relays and Insta contactors
With one secondary voltage
230
8
1
3
5
8
24
40
3
4
4
A
B
B
4AC3 408
4AC3 524
4AC3 540
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.513
0.827
0.802
With two secondary voltages, optionally for

series or parallel switching
230
2 4/8
2 2/2
16
4AC3 516
1 unit
027
0.560
2 12/24
2 0.67/0.67
2 1.0/1.0
2 1.67/1.67
2 2.62/2.62
16
24
40
63
3
4
4
5
A
A
A
A
4AC3 616
4AC3 624
4AC3 640
4AC3 663
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
027
0.563
0.873
0.811
1.096
9/6
Siemens AG 2011

Power supply units
Overview
Benefits
The electronic power supply unit provides a 24 V DC supply to

systems with an operational voltage of 85 to 265 V AC or
85 to 300 V DC. The device operates in the lower class for
minimum power supply with a safety extra-low voltage (SELV).
In the event of short circuits and high capacitive loads, the
power supply unit detects the overcurrent as soon as it is activated and shuts down immediately. It switches back on after
2.5 seconds. The electronic power supply unit is suitable for
supplying the 5TT7 1 GSM alarm modules within a supply
voltage range of 150 to 230 V AC.
Power supply units for direct voltages with rectifiers are used to
supply gongs, bells, door openers, switching relays, remote
control switches, Insta contactors or for safety extra-low voltage
systems (SELV) in continuous operation. They are protected
against short circuit or moderate overload by a PTC resistor. If
tripped, the power supply unit must be switched off for approx.
30 mins. to allow the PTC resistor time to cool down.
Expanded applications due to safety extra-low voltage SELV.

Electronic power supply units
Smallest electronic power supply unit in the lower power class
in 2 MW. This saves valuable space in distribution boards
Universal applications in many systems, thanks to wide range
voltage supply of 85 V to 265 V AC or 85 V to 300 V DC
Interference suppression to limit value Class B (lower limit)
even meets the requirements for residential buildings.
Power supply units with bridge rectifiers
The power supply units are IMQ and VDE approved. This
ensures continuous operation.
4AC2 400
4AC2 401
EN 61558-2-6
Standards
EN 60068-2,
EN 61558-1,
EN 61000-4
EN 61558-2; IMQ
Approvals
24
V AC
V DC
230
--
Permissible operational voltage

For the 5TT7 1 GSM alarm modules
4AC2 402
-43
85 ... 265
85 ... 300
V AC/DC --
150 ... 265
Ue
0.9 ... 1.1
--
Rated frequency
Hz
50
50/60
Hz
48 ... 52
V DC
12
24
24 5 %
A DC
2.0
1.8
0.35
At 50/60 Hz
Residual ripple
At rated load
Hum-free
Core molded
Safe separation
Creepage distances and

clearances
mV
--
W
W
5
10
50 Hz, 1 min
Insulation resistance
Electronic overload
protection
< 100
6
15
---
Yes
--
> 5.5
--
kV
>4
--
kV
--
--
6 kV/2
mm
Insulation class
Test voltage
--
PTC
Current limitation
Rated impulse withstand voltage/

degree of pollution
Acc. to IEC 60664-1
Static discharge
Acc. to IEC/EN 61000-4-2
kV
--
RF irradiation
V/m
--
10
Transient overvoltage (burst)
kV
--
Transient overvoltage (surge)

Supply lines A1, A2
A1/A2 and ground

kV
kV
---
1
2
RF, conducted disturbance
--
10
Interference suppression to lower limit class Acc. to EN 61000-6-3
--
Complied with
Terminals
Screw (slotted-head)
screw (Pozidriv)
-1
M2.5
--
Rigid
mm2
mm2
1.5 ... 6
0.75
0.5 ... 2.5

0.5 ... 1.5
-10 ... +40
-20 ... +60
80
Acc. to IEC/EN 60068-1
Frequency 10 ... 55 Hz
Acc. to EN 60529
Safety class
Acc. to EN 61140
II
mm
8.4
--
20/045/04
--
0.35 amplitude
9/7
Siemens AG 2011

Power supply units

Ue
V AC
V DC
Usec
Isec
Ps
Mount- DT
ing
width
V DC
A DC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Power supply units

With transformer for safety extra-low voltage,
with rectifier in center tap connection
230
--
12
2.0
24
4AC2 400
1 unit
027
0.840
--
24
1.8
43
4AC2 401
1 unit
027
1.106
0.35
8.4
4AC2 402
1 unit
027
0.081
Electronic power supply unit

SELV, short-circuit resistant
85 ... 265
85 ... 300
24 5 %
9/8
Siemens AG 2011

Bells and buzzers
Overview
Benefits
Bell transformers and buzzers with a footprint of only one
modular width
Reliable device protection through PTC; for protection against
overload and short circuits.
Bells and buzzers are typically used in residential buildings and

non-residential buildings, such as shops, offices, banks, etc.
They are used to indicate alarm states or for general acoustic
signaling.
Bells and buzzers are used as modular installation devices in
distribution boards. These devices are designed for short-time
use in compliance with IEC 62080.
7LQ2 204-0
7LQ2 205-0
7LQ2 206-0
7LQ2 204-1
7LQ2 205-1
7LQ2 206-1
IEC 62080
Standards
VA
5.5
V AC
230
12
Ue
0.94 ... 1.06
Rated frequency
Hz
50
Hz
45 ... 65
0.83
At 50/60 Hz
Pollution degree
Acc. to EN 61010-1
Working voltage
Acc. to EN 61010-1
Insulating material group
Acc. to EN 61010-1
2
V AC
230
12
II
Safe separation
Clearance
Creepage distances in device
mm
mm
3
2.5
1.5
1.5
Test voltage, 50 Hz, 1 min
kV
1.25
Flammability
Class
V0
Rigid
Flexible with end sleeve
mm2
mm2
1 6 or 2 4
0.75
Volume
dB
75
-10 ... +55
80
Acc. to EN 60529
Safety class
Acc. to EN 61140
II

Ue
Ps
Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
V AC
VA
MW
230
12
5.5
4
1
1
B
B
7LQ2 204-0
7LQ2 204-1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.072
0.086
230
12
5.5
4
1
1
B
B
7LQ2 205-0
7LQ2 205-1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.073
0.070
230
12
5.5
4
1
1
B
B
7LQ2 206-0
7LQ2 206-1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.053
0.103
kg
Bells
Buzzers
Bell-buzzer combinations
9/9
Siemens AG 2011

REG socket outlets
Overview
The socket outlets for mounting in distribution boards to
DIN 43880 and on TH35 standard mounting rails to DIN 60715
have since become standard in modern switchgear/distribution
boards. They are used for tasks such as the connection of plugin communication devices in communication distribution boards,
in switchgear assemblies for maintenance purposes or in private
plants for the occasional use of devices with heavy starting and
separate fusing.
The socket outlet range complies with a number of different standards and is available according to the standards of the following countries: VDE for Germany, CEE7 for Belgium/France,
CEI for Italy and UL for USA.
In distribution boards with 55 mm mounting depth the socket

outlet can only be used without the hinged lid. The lids can be
retrofitted on all devices. To make installation easier, the touchprotected terminals L, N and PE are located on the side of the
socket outlet.
In plant sections where equipment is still live, even after the main
switch has been disconnected, this must be indicated according to EN 50110-1 and IEC/EN 60204-1. Yellow socket outlets are
used for these applications.
Benefits
Complete program according to VDE, UL, CEI and CEE for
worldwide application.
By pulling on the hinges, the hinged lid stays open > 180.
This facilitates manual insertion of connectors.
5TE6 800
5TE6 801
5TE6 810
5TE6 802
5TE6 803
5TE6 804
Standards
VDE 0620-1
VDE 0620-1
VDE 0620-1
CEI 23-50
CEE 7 standard sheet V
UL 498
Approvals
VDE 0620-1
--
UL File No.
E258598/
CSA C22.2
No. 182.3M
V AC
230
125
A AC
16
15
PZ1
Terminal tightening torque, max.
1.2
Stripped length
mm
10
Rigid
Rigid
Flexible
mm2
mm2
AWG
AWG
1.5 ... 6
0.5 ... 4
10 ... 14
14
-10 ... +55
Acc. to EN 60529
Mounting position
Without cover: any, with cover: vertical or horizontal

Ue
Ie
Conductor Mount- DT
crossing
section
width
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
V AC
mm2
MW
2.5
5TE6 800
1 unit
027
0.086
2.5
5TE6 801
1 unit
027
0.093
kg
SCHUKO socket outlets

according to DIN VDE 0620-1
Without hinged lid
230
16

With hinged lid
230
16
9/10
Siemens AG 2011

REG socket outlets
Ue
Ie
Conductor Mount- DT
crossing
section
width
V AC
mm2
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
MW
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

Without hinged lid, yellow RAL 1018
230
16
6
2.5
5TE6 810
1 unit
027
0.089
2.5
5TE6 802
1 unit
027
0.093
Socket outlets
according to CEI 23-50
With hinged lid
230
16
Socket outlets
according to CEE 7 Standard sheet V
Without hinged lid, with grounding pin
230
16
6
2.5
5TE6 803
1 unit
027
0.089
2.5
5TE6 804
1 unit
027
0.088
Hinged lids for 5TE6 socket outlets
2.5
5TE9 120
1 unit
027
0.019
UL 498 socket outlets

Without hinged lid
125
15
9/11
Siemens AG 2011

REG socket outlets
More information
Hinged lid for simple application
The hinged lid can be opened at an angle greater than 180 degrees.
In order to make sure that it is possible to work on the distribution board in

the event of a power failure, we recommend that the infeed socket outlet is
fed using a short-circuit current proof cable installation and a separate fuse.
The yellow socket outlet must be used for this purpose.
9/12
By pulling on the hinges, the covers stay open, which facilitates plugging in.
The hinged lids can be retrofitted on all versions.
10
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
10/2
Introduction
10/3
General data
10/6
10/7
40 mm Busbar Systems
Introduction
Base assemblies up to 400 A
10/24
Introduction
Infeed and connection components
Busbar adapters and device holders
Connector for 3NP1 fuse switch
disconnectors
Accessories
10/26
Distribution Board Components
10/28
Built-in Components
10/8
10/9
10/13
10/14
10/16
10/23
can be found at
under Product List:
under Entry List:
- Updates
- Downloads
- FAQ
- Manuals
- Certificates
10
and at
- Configurators
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Introduction
Page
Application
Standards
Used in
Non-residential
buildings
Residential
buildings
Industry
Overview
Devices
10/6
Base assemblies up to 400 A,

busbar supports,
busbars,
covers for the touch protection
EN 13601
IEC 60439-1
IEC 61439-2
--
10/7

busbar supports,
busbars,
EN 13601
IEC 60439-1
IEC 61439-2
--
10/8

overview with different devices
EN 13601
IEC 60439-1
IEC 61439-2
UL 508 A
--
10/9

busbar supports,
busbars,
EN 13601
IEC 60439-1
IEC 61439-2
UL 508 A
--
10/13

busbar supports,
busbars,
EN 13601
IEC 60439-1
IEC 61439-2
UL 508 A
--
10/14
Feeder for busbar systems,

terminals...
EN 13601
IEC 60439-1
IEC 61439-2
UL 508 A
--
10/16
Busbar adapters and device

holders for the design of
3RV2/3RT2 load feeders
EN 13601
IEC 60439-1
IEC 61439-2
UL 508 A
--
Distribution board components
10/26
Longitudinal stays, assembly kits, IEC 60439-1

IEC 61439-3
DIN VDE 0603-1
--
Built-in components
10/28
3-pole NEOZED bus-mounting

bases or DIAZED bus-mounting
bases,
NEOZED bus-mounting switch
disconnectors,
LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors
and busbar device adapters.
--
NSE0_02123
NSE0_02112
10
16(B
10/2
IEC 60947-3
EN 60947-3
IEC 60269
EN 60269
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
General data
Overview
The use of busbar systems with their versatile rail-adaptable
connection, switching and installation devices is an ideal and
cost-effective electrotechnical enhancement of modern distribu-
tion boards due to their small footprint, compact design and

quick assembly contacts. Mounting is implemented on longitudinal stays. The busbar spacing is 60 mm.
6
5
7
8
4
3
2
I201_13633
$ Longitudinal stays
% Busbar supports, 3-phase
& Copper busbars
( Terminals
) Support for blanking cover
* Blanking covers
+ Supports
, Touch protection cover
- Busbar support, single-phase
Benefits
10
Design
Notable cost reduction compared to conventional installation in

switchgear and control cabinets due to the following reasons:
Mechanical fixing and electrical contacting in a single step
No access wiring and fewer busbar terminals used
Double use of the busbar space
Clear arrangement
Straightforward replacement of individual devices or whole
combinations
High operational safety through finger-safe covering of the
adapters and device holders
8US busbar systems with 60 mm busbar center-to-center clearance as well as flat copper profiles have become firmly established on the world market.
All the above advantages are felt especially in cases where

many tap-off units of the same performance range are required.
The busbar runs prove most advantageous when the incoming

supply is centrally located and the load is distributed symmetrically on both sides.
Application
8US busbar systems are used for the direct busbar-mounting of
current-limiting devices (protection devices) such as fuse switch
disconnectors and motor starter protectors/circuit breakers as
well as complete load feeders.
8US busbar systems are designed for horizontal mounting of the
busbars.
The permissible busbar temperature is decisive when dimensioning the busbars. The busbar temperature is dependent on
the current and the current distribution, on the busbar cross-section and the busbar surface, on the position of the busbars, convection and the ambient temperature. The values stated in the
following table can only be considered as guide values because
the conditions vary with each location. The values are based on
uninterrupted current over the whole busbar length.
Function
The short-circuit strength of the busbar system is dependent on
the distance of the busbar supports and on the busbar crosssection.
The short-circuit strength of the whole system is dependent on
the short-circuit strength of the busbars and of the adapters with
circuit breakers or switch disconnectors. If one of these values
is lower than the prospective short-circuit current at the place of
installation, a current-limiting protective device has to be
mounted upstream of the 8US busbar system. This may also be
mounted as a feeder circuit breaker on the busbar system itself.
10/3
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
General data
Uninterrupted current for busbars, E-Cu bare, at 35 C ambient temperature according to DIN 43671
Bar dimensions
System
Uninterrupted current at a busbar temperature of

65 C
85 C
105 C
mm
mm
12 5
15 5
40 + 60
40 + 60
188
222
248
293
295
349
20 5
25 5
30 5
60
60
60
274
327
379
362
432
500
430
513
595
12 10
20 10
30 10
40 + 60
60
60
302
427
573
398
564
756
474
670
900
Special profile up to 1600 A
60
1020
1020
1600
General technical specifications

V AC 1000
Of 8US1 busbar device adapter
Current limiting due to associated motor starter protectors/circuit breakers/load feeders

up to 50 kA
Of the busbar systems
see Characteristic Curves
Material of the 8US1 busbar supports, busbar device

adapters and device holders
Fiberglass-strengthened polyamide
Color
RAL 7035, light gray
Thermal stability (minimum values)
10
Busbar supports, busbar device adapters,

device holders, infeed and covers
120
AWG connecting cables
105 / 150
Cover profiles
110
Bases, partitions, edge profiles and blanking covers
70
Take care when machining that no cracks are formed. A cross-cut circular saw with the
following characteristic values has proven successful in cutting cover profiles for busbars:
Machining of plastic profiles
D = 300 mm, B 0 2.2 mm,

T = 120 R (5 negative replaceable tooth at a cutting rate of 50 ... 60 m/s)
Tooth feed 0.05 ... 0.1 mm
The plastic parts are secured so that vibration is ruled out.
Approvals
UR, CSA, cuUS- Listed
Busbar supports, busbar device adapters, device holders and terminals.
Technical specifications of the system components

Infeed, connection modules, three-phase
Center-to-center clearance
mm
Current carrying capacity of the terminal points

A
The specified current carrying capacities reflect the thermal load capability of the terminal points under favorable
conditions (with the largest conductors it is possible to
connect). This does not invalidate the assignment of conductor cross-sections and current carrying capacities as
defined in national and international specifications.
5SH3 538
5SH3 535
8US19 21-1BA00
8US19 21-1AA00
60
60
60
60
80
560
300
440
Tightening torque
Nm
--
30
8 ... 10
12 ... 15
Clamping space W H
mm
--
--
10 15
15 15
Conductors that can be used
mm2
1.5 ... 16
Cu, re, rm, f, f+AE
(reduction of the
maximum conductor
cross-sections may
be required)
150 ... 300

Cu, Al
(connections with aluminum conductors
are not maintenance
free), rm, sm, f
6 ... 50 (70)
Cu, rm, f, f+AE
(reduction of the
maximum conductor
cross-sections may
be required), la.
Cu 6 9 0.8
35 ... 120
Cu, rm, f, f+AE
(reduction of the
maximum conductor
cross-sections may
be required), la.
Cu 6/10 15.5 0.8
10/4
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
General data
Characteristic curves
Characteristic curves as a function of rated peak withstand current
pk
pk
kA
NSE0_01546
55
50
45
2 x 12x5
40
35

1 x 12x5
30
25
20
200 250 300 350 400 mm

Surge current
pk
Spacing of busbar supports

5-pole busbar supports
pk
kA
NSE0_00342b
90
kA
NSE0_01547
55
50
45
2 x 15x5
40
35
1 x 15x5
30
25
20
200 250 300 350 400 mm

Surge current
Spacing of busbar supports
80
75
70
65
60
30x10
30x5
55
50
45
40 20x5
12x5
35
pk
30
300
20x10
12x10
400
500
600 700 mm 800 900
2
1
Surge current
pk
2 Spacing of busbar supports
10
10/5
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Introduction
Overview
The 40 mm busbar system for the lower performance range up to 400 A: Terminals and covers for infeed and connection components
The 40 mm busbar system is used in machine engineering and

distribution boards, in meter cabinets and in power distribution
systems of the low performance range up to 400 A.
10
The busbar cross-sections are adapted to the rated currents and

are available in the sizes 12 x 5 mm, 12 x 10 mm, 15 x 5 mm and
15 x 10 mm. The basic system is configured without covers. If
touch protection is required, this is possible with busbar covers.
Terminals round off the product range of the 40 mm busbar system.
10/6
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Overview
2
1
4
5
NSE0_02112
1 Flat copper profile

2 Busbar support
3 Cover profile
4 Inlay part
5 Covering cap
40 mm busbar system: Base assembly up to 400 A

Description
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
%() Busbar supports

End and intermediate holders for
flat copper profiles
12 mm x 5 mm, 12 mm x 10 mm,
15 mm x 5 mm, 15 mm x 10 mm
8US19 03-3AB00
1 unit
143
0.184
8US19 03-5AA00
1 unit
143
0.137
B
B
8WC5 123
8WC5 121
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
1.100
1.550
3-pole, with inside fixing

(PU = 2 busbar supports including
inlay parts for bar thickness 5 mm
and lateral finger-safe covers)
8US19 03-3AB00
5-pole,
L1L3 + N +
12 mm x 5 mm and 12 mm x 10 mm PE/N
with inside fixing
8US19 03-5AA00
$ Flat copper profiles
(flat profile, approx. 2.4 m long,
bare, acc. to EN 12167)
8WC5
12 mm 5 mm
15 mm 5 mm
& Cover profiles for busbars
12 mm 5 mm
1000 mm long
8US19 22-2CA00
10 units
143
0.200
15 mm 5 mm
1000 mm long
8US19 22-2AA00
10 units
143
0.156
8US19 22-2CA00
10/7
10
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Introduction
Overview
The 60 mm busbar system for the medium and top performance range up to 1600 A, here for example with the 3NP1 switch disconnector, size 3
10
The 60 mm busbar system is used preferably in control cabinet

installation, in motor control centers and in power distribution
systems of the medium power range (630 A) and top performance range (1600 A, special profile).
The 60 mm busbar system can be configured as a basic system
without covers. The busbar cross-sections are available in the
sizes 12 x 5 mm to 30 x 10 mm and as a special profile.
Busbar adapters for SIRIUS, 3VL circuit breakers, 3KA and 3KL
switch disconnectors, and 3NP1 and 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors offer numerous options for configuring this busbar system. Feeder units, terminals and other accessories open up a
large range of application.
Busbars with a special profile are suitable for applications up to
1600 A. All components of the 60 mm busbar system can be fitted.
10/8
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Overview

NSE0_02123

Flat copper profile
Cover profile
Busbar supports
Support for blanking covers
End cover
Blanking cover
60 mm busbar system: Base assemblies up to 630 A

Longitudinal stays and assembly kits
Description
Dimensions
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
mm
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Longitudinal stays
For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards, two longitudinal stays are required
Height
600
750
900
A
A
A
8GK4 851-4KK00
8GK4 851-5KK00
8GK4 851-6KK00
1
1
1
1 set
1 set
1 set
039
039
039
1.000
1.300
1.500
1050
1200
1350
A
A
A
8GK4 851-7KK00
8GK4 851-8KK00
8GK4 852-8KK00
1
1
1
1 set
1 set
1 set
039
039
039
1.800
2.080
2.340
466 mm
300 250
300 500
A
A
8GK4 801-2KK13
8GK4 801-2KK23
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
039
039
0.500
0.700
716 mm
300 750
8GK4 801-2KK33
1 unit
039
0.900
216 mm
466 mm
450 250
450 500
A
A
8GK4 801-3KK13
8GK4 801-3KK23
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
039
039
0.650
0.900
716 mm
450 750
8GK4 801-3KK33
1 unit
039
1.150
Assembly kits
Comprising touch protection cover
and 4 supports
Cutout width for three-phase busbar systems
216 mm
1 set = 2 stays
10/9
10
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Busbar support and end cap
Description
Connections
Standard
plus
UL, CSA
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
% Busbar supports
End and intermediate holders for flat copper profiles
12 mm x 5 mm, 12 mm x 10 mm,
15 mm x 5 mm, 15 mm x 10 mm,
20 mm x 5 mm, 20 mm x 10 mm,
25 mm x 5 mm, 25 mm x 10 mm,
30 mm x 5 mm, 30 mm x 10 mm
3-pole, with fixing screws
8GK9 711-0KK03
1 unit
039
0.300
8GK9 711-0KK03
3-pole, with outside fixing
L1L3
8US19 23-2AA01
10 units
143
0.200
L1L3
8US19 23-3AA01
10 units
143
0.200
L1L3 + PE/N
8US19 23-4AA00
10 units
143
0.269
8US19 23-5AA00
10 units
143
0.200
5SH3 540
1 unit
016
0.059
8US19 23-1AA01
1 unit
143
0.200
10
8US19 23-3AA01
2-pole, with outside fixing
8US19 23-5AA00
N/PE busbar supports
1-pole, plus
for flat copper profile
for 5/10 mm busbar
PE/N
5SH3 540
1-pole, in addition for copper PE/N
profiles 6 x 6 mm,
mounting on 8US1923-2AA01
3-pole busbar supports or free
standing
UL508
8US19 23-1AA01
10/10
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Description
Connections
Standard
plus
UL, CSA
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
End and intermediate holders for flat copper profiles

5 mm x 20 mm, 10 mm x 20 mm, 10 mm x 30 mm
L1L3
UL 508A1)
8US19 23-3UA01
10 units
143
0.205
For 8US19 23-2AA01,

3AA01 and -3UA01
L1L3
UL 508A
8US19 22-1AC00
10 units
143
0.020
4-pole,
for 8US19 23-4AA00
1 pack = 2 units
(1x right, 1x left)
L1L3 + PE/N
8US19 22-1AB00
1 unit
143
0.055
Height 230 mm (3-pole)
5SH3 533
4 units
016
0.035
Height 290 mm
(4-pole or
3-pole + cable duct),
1 pack = 2 units
(1x right, 1x left)
5SH3 534
1 4/40 units
016
0.045
8US19 23-3UA01
& End covers
For covering unterminated
busbar ends
For 5SH3 532 holder

8US19 22-1AC00
5SH3 534
10
Covers, supports for blanking covers, flat copper profiles and busbar connection parts
Description
Length Width
mm
Standard
plus
UL, CSA
DT
Order No.
mm
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
( Cover profiles for busbars

12 mm x 5 mm
1000
15 mm x 5 mm,
20 mm x 5 mm,
25 mm x 5 mm,
30 mm x 5 mm
1000
12 mm x 10 mm,
15 mm x 10 mm,
20 mm x 10 mm,
25 mm x 10 mm,
30 mm x 10 mm
1000
8US19 22-2CA00
10 units
143
0.200
UL 508A
8US19 22-2AA00
10 units
143
0.156
UL 508A
8US19 22-2BA00
10 units
143
0.105
8US19 22-2CA00
8US19 22-2AA00
) Supports for blanking covers)

Mounting on busbar
(2 units per section of
blanking cover)
1000
190
UL 508
5SH3 536
1 4/160 units
016
0.037
Mounting on 5SH3 536

1000
support for blanking covers
202
UL 508A
5SH3 537
016
1.130
5SH3 536
* Blanking covers
2 units
5SH3 537
1)
Only with base plate 8US19 22-2UA01
10/11
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Description
Length Cross- Standard DT Order No.

section plus
UL, CSA
mm
mm2
1100
--
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Base plates
For 3-pole system,
width 230 mm
UL 508A A
8US19 22-2UA01
2 units
143
0.200
8US19 22-2UA01
$ Flat copper busbar (flat profile, bare)
Flat copper profile for universal applications
12 x 5 mm, current up to 200 A
2400
60
EN 12167 B
8WC5 123
1 unit
143
1.100
2400
75
EN 12167 B
8WC5 121
1 unit
143
1.550
2400
100
EN 12167 B
8WC5 126
1 unit
143
1.780
2400
125
EN 12167 B
8WC5 131
1 unit
143
2.240
2400
200
EN 12167 B
8WC5 128
1 unit
143
3.200
2400
150
EN 12167 B
8WC5 133
1 unit
143
2.680
2400
300
EN 12167 B
8WC5 134
1 unit
143
5.360
EN 12167
EN 12167
EN 12167
EN 12167
EN 12167
EN 12167
EN 12167
EN 12167
EN 12167
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
8GK9 731-0KK10
8GK9 731-0KK20
8GK9 731-0KK30
8GK9 731-0KK40
8GK9 731-0KK50
8GK9 733-0KK20
8GK9 733-0KK30
8GK9 733-0KK40
8GK9 733-0KK50
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
5 units
5 units
5 units
5 units
5 units
5 units
039
039
039
039
039
039
039
039
039
0.100
0.330
0.500
0.660
0.830
0.570
0.850
1.120
1.470
Flat copper profile for ALPHA distribution boards
10
250
500
750
1000
1250
500
750
1000
1250
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
250
100
EN 12167 A
8GK9 733-0KK10
5 units
039
0.290
250
500
750
1000
1250
150
150
150
150
150
EN 12167
EN 12167
EN 12167
EN 12167
EN 12167
A
A
A
A
A
8GK9 735-0KK10
8GK9 735-0KK20
8GK9 735-0KK30
8GK9 735-0KK40
8GK9 735-0KK50
1
1
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
5 units
5 units
039
039
039
039
039
0.400
0.750
1.460
2.170
2.880
250
500
750
1000
1250
300
300
300
300
300
EN 12167
EN 12167
EN 12167
EN 12167
EN 12167
A
A
A
A
A
8GK9 736-0KK10
8GK9 736-0KK20
8GK9 736-0KK30
8GK9 736-0KK40
8GK9 736-0KK50
1
1
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
5 units
5 units
039
039
039
039
039
0.750
1.720
2.600
3.400
4.600
2000
60
EN 12167 B
8WC5 051
1 unit
143
1.100
2000
75
EN 12167 B
8WC5 052
1 unit
143
1.550
2000
100
EN 12167 B
8WC5 053
1 unit
143
1.780
2000
125
EN 12167 B
8WC5 054
1 unit
143
2.240
2000
150
EN 12167 B
8WC5 055
1 unit
143
2.680
2000
200
EN 12167 B
8WC5 063
1 unit
143
3.200
2000
300
EN 12167 B
8WC5 065
1 unit
143
5.360
Extension terminals
--
--
--
8JK3 201
10 set
046
0.020
40
--
--
8US19 21-2BE00
6 units
143
0.070
55
--
--
8US19 21-2BF00
1 12 units
143
0.070
$ Flat copper profile, tinned
for busbars 12 x 5 mm
tightening torque 6.0 Nm
(busbar not included
1 set = 2 units)
8JK3 20
Busbar connection pieces
8US19 21-2BE00
For flat profiles (max. 630 A)

20 mm 5 mm,
20 mm 10 mm,
25 mm 5 mm,
25 mm 10 mm,
30 mm 5 mm,
30 mm 10 mm
8US19 21-2BF00
For flat profiles (max. 630 A)

12 mm 5 mm,
12 mm 10 mm,
15 mm 5 mm,
15 mm 10 mm,
20 mm 5 mm,
20 mm 10 mm
10/12
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Overview

NSE0_02113
Flat copper profile
Busbar support
End cover
60 mm busbar system: Base assembly up to 1600 A

Description
Standard
plus
UL, CSA
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Busbar supports
3-pole, end and intermediate
holder with finger-safe busbar
cover (1 pack = 2 busbar supports + finger-safe end covers)
8US19 43-3AA00
1 unit
143
1.310
8US19 48-2AA00
1 unit
143
15.360
8US19 22-2DA00
5 units
143
0.200
For special profiles/TT profiles up to 1600 A
8US19 41-2BF00
3 units
143
1.134
Barriers, closed
76 mm wide, 2400 mm long
For additional touch protection at the top/bottom
8US19 22-1JA00
1 unit
143
0.700
UL 508A
5SH3 536
1 4/160 units
016
0.037
UL 508A
5SH3 537
016
1.130
L1L3
8US19 43-3AA00
Flat copper profiles
(approx. 2.4 m long, tinned)
Special profile up to 1600 A, cross section 720 mm2
8US19 48-2AA00
Cover profiles
For flat copper profiles, length 1000 mm
76
48
8US19 41-2BF00
NSB0_91362b
2400
8US19 22-1JA00
Supports for blanking covers
Mounting on busbar
(2 units per section of blanking cover),
height 1000 mm
5SH3 536
Blanking covers
Mounting on 5SH3 536 support
for blanking covers,
height 1000 mm
2 units
5SH3 537
10/13
10
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Overview
60 mm busbar system: Terminals and covers for infeed and connection components

Description
10
Length Width
Conductor DT
crosssection
mm
mm2
mm
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Infeeds
Terminal plate with
cover
3-pole
200
20
1.5 ...16
5SH3 538
5 units
016
0.181
3-pole
200
54
6 ... 50
8US19 21-1BA00
1 unit
143
0.397
3-pole
200
81
35 ... 120
8US19 21-1AA00
1 unit
143
0.607
8US12 00-0AA00
1 unit
143
0.142
150 ... 300 C
5SH3 535
1 unit
016
1.608
120 ... 300 A
8US19 41-2AA03
1 unit
143
0.160
8US19 21-1AA00
Outgoing modules for PE/N
Connection module
242
for 4-pole (PE/N) up to
16 mm must be attached to an
adapter/device holder
18
SR60 terminal plates

3-pole with cover
(shown without
cover)
5SH3 535
Terminal sets
3-pole
without cover
for round cables
8US19 41-2AA03
10/14
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Description
Conductor DT
crosssection
Order No.
mm2
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Terminal sets
3-pole without cover
for flat bars up to
32 x 20 mm
8US19 41-2AA04
1 unit
143
0.140
Covers for 8US19 41-2AA03/04

terminal set
8US19 22-1GC00
1 unit
143
0.150
100 100 units

100 50 units
1 50 units
1 50 units
143
143
143
143
0.100
4.600
0.072
0.107
8US19 41-2AA04
8US19 22-1GC00
Terminals for circular conductors
5 mm busbar thickness1)
12 mm 5 mm,
15 mm 5 mm,
20 mm 5 mm,
25 mm 5 mm,
30 mm 5 mm
1.5 ... 16
4 ... 35
16 ... 70
16 ... 120
}
}
}
}
8US19 21-2AA00
8US19 21-2AB00
8US19 21-2AD00
8US19 21-2AC00
1.5 ... 16
4 ... 35
16 ... 70
16 ... 120
}
}
}
}
8US19 21-2AA01
8US19 21-2AB01
8US19 21-2AD01
8US19 21-2AC01
1
1
1
1
15 units
15 units
15 units
15 units
143
143
143
143
0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020
20 mm 5 mm, 25 mm 5 mm,
30 mm 5 mm
95 ... 185 }
150 ... 300 }
8US19 41-2AA01
8US19 41-2AA02
1
1
6 units
3 units
143
143
0.315
0.425
Terminals
10 mm busbar thickness
12 mm 10 mm,1)
15 mm 10 mm,1)
20 mm 10 mm,
25 mm 10 mm,
30 mm 10 mm
1.5 ... 16
4 ... 35
16 ... 70
16 ... 120
}
}
}
}
8US19 21-2BA00
8US19 21-2BB00
8US19 21-2BD00
8US19 21-2BC00
1 100 units
1 50 units
1 50 units
1 50 units
143
143
143
143
0.020
0.040
0.070
0.100
1.5 ... 16
4 ... 35
16 ... 70
16 ... 120
}
}
}
}
8US19 21-2BA01
8US19 21-2BB01
8US19 21-2BD01
8US19 21-2BC01
1
1
1
1
15 units
15 units
15 units
15 units
143
143
143
143
0.020
0.040
0.070
0.100
20 mm 10 mm,
25 mm 10 mm,
30 mm 10 mm
95 ... 185 }
150 ... 300 }
8US19 41-2AA01
8US19 41-2AA02
1
1
6 units
3 units
143
143
0.315
0.425
Terminals
Covers for terminals for circular conductors

(attachment to busbar)
For terminals up to 120 mm2
200 mm long, 84 mm wide
8US19 22-1GA00
10 units
143
0.126
2 2)
8US19 22-1GA02
1 unit
143
0.696
For cable lugs up to 240 mm2,

10 mm bar thickness
(threaded bolts M10)
8US19 41-2AC00
6 units
143
0.368
For copper bars or laminated conductors

20 mm x 5 mm,
20 mm x 10 mm,
25 mm x 5 mm,
25 mm x 10 mm,
30 mm x 5 mm,
30 mm x 10 mm
8US19 41-2BB00
6 units
143
0.307
For 2 x 40 mm x 10 mm
8US19 41-2BA00
3 units
143
0.824
For terminals up to 300 mm

200 mm long, 270 mm wide
8US19 22-1GA00
Terminals
8US19 41-2AC00
8US19 41-2BB00
8US1941-2BA00
1)
Cannot be used on a special profile up to 1600 A.
2)
Only for 20 mm 5 mm, 20 mm 10 mm, 25 mm 5 mm, 25 mm 10 mm,

30 mm 5 mm and 30 mm 10 mm.
10/15
10
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Overview
60 mm busbar system: Busbar adapters and device holders
All busbar device adapters and device holders are designed for
copper busbars according to DIN 46433, width 12 to 30 mm,
thickness 5 mm and 10 mm, and special profiles up to 1600 A.
10

For SIRIUS 3RV2/3RT2 load feeders
Welded connection conductor resistant up to 150 C
Busbar
device
adapters
for
Number Adapter
Connecting cables
StanDT Order No.
of
dard
mount- Length Width Cross- Tem- Rated Rated Addiing rails
secpera- current volttionally
(35 mm)
tion
ture
age
UL,
max.
CSA
mm
mm
AWG
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Size S00 devices with screw connection

1
200
45
12
150
25
690
UL 508 }
8US12 51-5DS10
1 unit 143
0.183
Direct-on- 1
line starters
200
45
12
150
25
690
UL 508 }
8US12 51-5DS10
1 unit 143
0.183
MSPs/
circuit
breakers
Device
holder with
3RA21 20
260
45
12
150
25
690
UL 508 }
8US12 51-5DT10
1 unit 143
0.183
Reversing
starters
+
200
45
12
150
25
690
UL 508 }
8US12 51-5DS10
1 unit 143
0.183
Device
holders
200
45
--
--
--
--
UL 508 }
8US12 50-5AS10
1 unit 143
0.183
Device
holder with
3RA21 20
MSPs/
circuit
breakers
200
45
12
150
25
690
UL 508
8US12 51-5DS11
1 unit 143
0.183
MSPs/
circuit
breakers
260
45
12
150
25
690
UL 508 }
8US12 51-5DT11
1 unit 143
0.183
Direct-on- 1
line starters
260
45
12
150
25
690
UL 508 }
8US12 51-5DT11
1 unit 143
0.183
Reversing
starters
+
260
45
12
150
25
690
UL 508 }
8US12 51-5DT11
1 unit 143
0.183
Device
holders
260
45
--
--
--
--
UL 508 }
1 unit 143
0.183
+
8US12 50-5AT10
10/16
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Busbar
device
adapters
for
Number Adapter
Connecting cables
StanDT Order No.
of
dard
secpera- current volttionally
(35 mm)
tion
ture
age
UL,
max.
CSA
mm
mm
AWG
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

1
260
45
10
150
32
690
UL 508 }
8US12 51-5NT10
1 unit 143
0.183
Direct-on- 1
line starters
260
45
10
150
32
690
UL 508 }
8US12 51-5NT10
1 unit 143
0.183
Reversing
starters
+
260
45
10
150
32
690
UL 508 }
8US12 51-5NT10
1 unit 143
0.183
Device
holders
260
45
--
--
--
--
UL 508 }
8US12 50-5AT10
1 unit 143
0.183
MSPs/
circuit
breakers
Device
holder with
3RA22 20
Size S0 devices with spring-type terminals

1
260
45
10
150
32
690
UL 508 }
8US12 51-5NT11
1 unit 143
0.183
Direct-on- 1
line starters
260
45
10
150
32
690
UL 508 }
8US12 51-5NT11
1 unit 143
0.183
Reversing
starters
+
260
45
10
150
32
690
UL 508 }
8US12 51-5NT11
1 unit 143
0.183
Device
holders
260
45
--
--
--
--
UL 508 }
1 unit 143
0.183
MSPs/
circuit
breakers
Device
holder with
3RA22 20
+
8US1250-5AT10
10
10/17
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Busbar
Number Adapter
device
of
adapters for mount- Length Width
ing rails
(35 mm)
Connecting cables
Standard
Cross- Tem- Rated Rated

secpera- current volttion
ture
age
max.
Additionally
UL,
CSA
DT Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
mm
mm
AWG
182
55
105
56
690
8US12 61-5FM08
1 unit 143
0.263
Contactors 1
+ overload
relay
182
55
105
56
690
8US12 61-5FM08
1 unit 143
0.263
Directon-line
starters
242
55
105
56
690
8US12 61-5FP08
1 unit 143
0.292
Reversing 1
starter
adapter
+
Device
-holders1)
+
Connecting -wedges
(2 units
needed for
attachment)
242
55
105
56
690
8US12 61-5FP08
1 unit 143
0.292
242
54
--
--
--
--
--
+
8US12 60-5AP00
1 unit 143
0.243
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
+
8US19 98-1AA00
100 100 units 143
0.100
600
UR,
CSA
8US12 11-4TR00
Size S2 devices
MSPs/
circuit
breakers
Reversing
feeder
Connecting
wedge

MSPs/
circuit
breakers
10
--
215
72
105
80
1 unit 143
0.470
Device holder
1)
Spacer and fixing screw for reversing contactor are included in the scope
of supply.
10/18
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
For motor starter protectors/circuit breakers and load disconnect switches which require busbar device adapters for
mounting on busbars
Busbar device Adapter
Connecting cables
Standard DT Order No.
adapters for
Length Width Type
Rated Rated Addicurrent voltage tionally
UL, CSA
mm
mm
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3VL circuit breakers1)
8US10 11-4SL01
3VL12)
175
108
Busbars
160
690
8US12 11-4SL01
1 unit
143
0.597
3VL22)
175
108
Busbars
160
690
8US12 11-4SL01
1 unit
143
0.597
3VL32)
175
108
Busbars
250
690
8US12 11-4SL00
1 unit
143
0.662
3VL1 to 3VL4 320

and also with
RCD module2)
184
M10 stud
terminal
400
690
1 unit
143
2.769
8US12 10-4AF00
+
8US19 27-4AF01
1 unit
143
0.575
3VL5
184
M8 stud
terminal
580
690
8US12 13-4AF00
1 unit
143
2.880
325
3VL UL circuit breakers

VL150X UL
CG-Frame
190
105
Tubular
contacts
150
600
UL 508A A
8US12 13-4AQ01
1 unit
143
1.020
VL150 UL
DG-Frame
190
105
Tubular
contacts
150
600
UL 508A A
8US12 13-4AQ03
1 unit
143
1.020
VL250 UL
FG-Frame
190
105
Tubular
contacts
250
600
UL 508A A
8US12 13-4AQ03
1 unit
143
1.020
VL400 UL
JG-Frame
296
140
Tubular
contacts
400
600
UL 508A A
8US12 13-4AH00
1 unit
143
1.900
VL400X UL
LG-Frame
296
140
Tubular
contacts
540
600
UL 508A A
8US12 13-4AH00
1 unit
143
1.900
8US12 13-4AQ01
10
8US12 13-4AH00
3KA und 3KL switch disconnectors
3KA523)
3KA533)
3KL523)
3KL533)
320
184
M10 stud
terminal
630
690
8US12 10-4AF00
1 unit
143
2.769
3KA553)
3KA573)
3KA583)
3KL553)
3KL573)
320
250
M10 stud
terminal
630
690
8US12 10-4AG00
1 unit
143
3.060
3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors

3NP50 60
(NH00)
175
108
Busbars
160
690
8US12 10-4AF00
1 unit
143
2.769
3NP524),
3NP534),
3NP545)
320
250
M10 stud
terminals
630
690
8US12 10-4AG00
1 unit
143
3.060
1)
Observe the short-circuit strength of the busbar system.

Short-circuit strength > 50 kA on request.
2)
3)
Without connecting cables. The connecting cable between adapter and

device should be manufactured in accordance with the rated current as a
round cable, e.g. H07V-R with cable lug, or as a flat conductor for a M10
stud terminal.
4)

round cable, e.g. H07V-R with cable lug, or as a flat conductor for a M10
stud terminal.
5)

round cable, e.g. H07V-R, bared at both ends for tunnel terminals.
10/19
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
SIRIUS 3RA6 compact feeder according to IEC and UL
Welded cable connection resistant up to 105 C
Busbar
device
adapter
for
Number Adapter
Connecting cables
StanDT Order No.
of
dard
section peracurrent volttionally
(35 mm)
ture
age
UL, CSA
max.
mm
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
mm
AWG
45
10
105
32
690
UR, CSA }
8US12 11-1NS10
1 unit 143
0.337
8US12 11-1NS10
1 unit 143
0.337
1 unit 143
0.239
Size equivalent to 3RA61

Directon-line
starters
200
Device
holder
Size equivalent to 3RA62
10
Reversing 1
starters
+
200
45
10
105
32
690
UR, CSA }
Device
holders
200
45
--
--
--
--
UL 508
+
}
8US1 250-1AA10
Device
holder
10/20
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
For universal device design
Number of Adapter
Connecting cables
mounting Length Width Cross- Tem- Length Rated
rails
section peracurrent
(35 mm)
ture
max.
mm
mm
AWG
mm
DT Order No.
Rated
voltage
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Devices 45 mm wide
Device holder for side mounting onto busbar device adapter,
no electrical contact
1
200
45
--
--
--
--
--
8US12 50-1AA10
1 unit 143
0.239
200
45
--
--
--
--
--
8US12 50-5AS10
1 unit 143
0.183
260
45
--
--
--
--
--
8US12 50-5AT10
1 unit 143
0.183
8US1250-1AA10
8US1250-5AS10
8US1250-5AT10
Devices 45 mm and 72 mm wide
Busbar device adapter with connection conductors for contact with
busbars, welded connection conductor resistant up to 150 C
8US1251-5DS10
200
45
12
150
165
25
690
8US12 51-5DS11
1 unit 143
0.183
200
45
12
150
99
25
690
8US12 51-5DS10
1 unit 143
0.183
260
45
12
150
99
25
690
8US12 51-5DT10
1 unit 143
0.183
260
45
12
150
165
25
690
8US12 51-5DT11
1 unit 143
0.183
260
45
12
150
99
32
690
8US12 51-5NT10
1 unit 143
0.183
260
45
12
150
165
32
690
8US12 51-5NT11
1 unit 143
0.183
200
45
10
105
118
32
690
8US12 11-1NS10
1 unit 143
0.337
--
215
72
105
210
100
690
8US12 11-4TR00
1 unit 143
0.470
8US1211-4TR00
10/21
10
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Busbar
device
adapters
Number Adapter
of mount- Length Width
ing rails
(35 mm)
mm
mm
Connecting cables
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
Cross- Rated Rated

section current voltage
mm2
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Busbar device adapters with terminals (at top) for any arrangement of components
--
182
45
1.5... 4
25
690
8US12 50-5RM07
1 unit
143
0.174
8US12 505RM07
Device holders for lateral attachment to busbar device adapters
of the same length
10
8US19 501AM00
Device
holders
182
45
--
--
--
8US12 50-5AM00
1 unit
143
0.158
Device
holders
182
55
--
--
--
8US12 60-5AM00
1 unit
143
0.202
Device
holders
--
242
54
--
--
--
8US12 60-5AP00
1 unit
143
0.243
--
--
--
--
--
8US19 98-1AA00
100 100 units
143
0.100
Connecting -wedges
(2 units
needed for
attachment)
Connecting
wedge
Side modules for extending busbar device adapters and device
holders of the same length
Side
modules
--
182
13.5
--
--
--
8US19 98-2BM00
4 units
143
0.036
Side
modules
--
200
--
--
--
8US19 98-2BJ10
1 unit
143
0.023
8US19 982BM00
10/22
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Connector for 3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors

For snap connections to 60-mm-busbar systems
Rated current Iu
LV HRC fuse links

acc. to IEC 60269-1
Size
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For cover level 32 / 70 mm,

with reach-around protection for 8US busbar system
Basic units
Flat terminals
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1BC10
1 unit
143
0.980
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1BC10
1 unit
143
2.850
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1BC10
1 unit
143
4.760
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1BC10
1 unit
143
6.840
160
000
3NP1 123-1BC20
1 unit
143
0.820
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1BC20
1 unit
143
0.980
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1BC20
1 unit
143
2.850
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1BC20
1 unit
143
4.990
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1BC20
1 unit
143
7.040
Box terminals
3NP1 133-1BC20

Flat terminals
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1BC11
1 unit
143
1.420
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1BC11
1 unit
143
3.290
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1BC11
1 unit
143
5.200
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1BC11
1 unit
143
7.280
Box terminals
3NP1 133-1BC21
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1BC21
1 unit
143
1.420
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1BC21
1 unit
143
3.290
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1BC21
1 unit
143
5.430
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1BC21
1 unit
143
7.480

Flat terminals
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1BC12
1 unit
143
1.120
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1BC12
1 unit
143
2.990
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1BC12
1 unit
143
4.900
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1BC12
1 unit
143
6.980
160
000
3NP1 123-1BC22
1 unit
143
0.940
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1BC22
1 unit
143
1.120
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1BC22
1 unit
143
2.990
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1BC22
1 unit
143
5.130
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1BC22
1 unit
143
7.180
Box terminals
3NP1 133-1BC22

line monitoring
Flat terminals
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1BC13
1 unit
143
1.120
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1BC13
1 unit
143
2.990
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1BC13
1 unit
143
4.900
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1BC13
1 unit
143
6.980
160
000
3NP1 123-1BC23
1 unit
143
0.940
160
00 / 000
3NP1 133-1BC23
1 unit
143
1.120
250
1 and 0
3NP1 143-1BC23
1 unit
143
2.990
400
2 and 1
3NP1 153-1BC23
1 unit
143
5.130
630
3 and 2
3NP1 163-1BC23
1 unit
143
7.180
3NP1 933-1BC00
1 unit
143
0.145
Box terminals
3NP1 133-1BC23
Accessories
Connection modules
For 32-mm-cover level with
box terminal 6 mm ... 70 mm2
10/23
10
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Accessories

The accessories are designed for the 8US 60-mm busbar system for Cu busbars according to DIN 46433, width 12 mm to
30 mm, thickness 5 mm and 10 mm, and special profiles up to
1600 A.
Description
Length
Width
mm
mm
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
8US19 21-2BE00 /
8US19 21-2BF00
20 mm 5 mm,
20 mm 10 mm,
25 mm 5 mm,
25 mm 10 mm,
30 mm 5 mm,
30 mm 10 mm
40
8US19 21-2BE00
6 units
143
0.070
12 mm 5 mm,
12 mm 10 mm,
15 mm 5 mm,
15 mm 10 mm,
20 mm 5 mm,
20 mm 10 mm
55
8US19 21-2BF00
1 12 units
143
0.070
45
8US19 98-7CB45
1 10 units
143
0.009
54
8US19 98-7CB54
1 10 units
143
0.100
72
8US19 98-7CB72
1 10 units
143
0.100
8US19 98-1AA10
1 50 units
143
0.183
8US19 98-1BA10
1 10 units
143
0.183
8US19 98-1CA10
143
0.183
Mounting rails (35 mm) plastic

with fixing screws
10
8US19 98-7CB45
8US19 98-7CB54
8US19 98-7CB72
Connecting elements
For connecting busbar adapters
and device holders
8US19 98-1AA10
Spacers
Fixes the feeder to the busbar
adapter
8US19 98-1AA1
Vibration & shock kit
1 unit
10/24
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Accessories
Description
Length
Width
mm
mm
DT
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
8US19 21-2BE00 /
8US19 21-2BF00
20 mm 5 mm,
20 mm 10 mm,
25 mm 5 mm,
25 mm 10 mm,
30 mm 5 mm,
30 mm 10 mm
40
8US19 21-2BE00
6 units
143
0.070
12 mm 5 mm,
12 mm 10 mm,
15 mm 5 mm,
15 mm 10 mm,
20 mm 5 mm,
20 mm 10 mm
55
8US19 21-2BF00
12 units
143
0.070
Mounting rails (35 mm) plastic

with fixing screws
45
8US19 98-7CA15
10 units
143
0.009
55
8US19 98-7CA16
10 units
143
0.100
72
8US19 98-4AA00
10 units
143
0.143
90
8US19 98-7CA08
10 units
143
0.187
110
8US19 98-7CA10
10 units
143
0.219
For fixing the motor starter protector to the mounting rail A

(for SIRIUS size S00/S0)
8US19 98-1DA00
100
20 units
143
0.100
8US19 98-1CA00
100
20 units
143
0.100
8US19 98-1BA00
100 100 units
143
0.100
8US19 98-1AA00
100 100 units
143
0.100
Mounting rail
Connection holders
NSE0_0347
8US19 98-1DA00
Screw holders
For supplementary screw mounting of the feeder
8US19 98-1CA00
Spacers
Fixes the feeder to the busbar adapter
8US19 98-1BA00
Connecting wedges
For mechanical linking of busbar device adapters and
device holder (2 units per combination)
Connecting wedge
10/25
10
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Overview
Material properties
Ambient temperatures
Busbar supports and busbar-mounting fuse bases (see "Built-in

components" from page 10/28) are manufactured from glass-fiber reinforced, thermoplastic polyester (color RAL 7035, light
gray). The material ensures excellent mechanical, chemical and
electrical properties. Furthermore, the material has an extremely
low flammability and meets the requirements of UL 94 V0. This
satisfies the load requirements of the busbar supports at rated
operational voltage 500 V and rated currents at 200 A to 630 A,
as well as the rated short-circuit strength 50 kA.
When dimensioning the busbars based on rated currents, the

ambient temperature and the Cu busbar temperature must also
be taken into account.
The location of the busbar system and its ability to dissipate heat
through convection also play a key role in this calculation. Because conditions can vary for each distribution board, the values
in the following table serve as a guideline only. However, they
must be applied to the entire busbar length.
Continuous currents depending on the Cu busbar dimensions and Cu busbar temperatures

at 35C ambient temperature
Cu busbar dimensions
HD
Uninterrupted current for open busbar routing

ambient temperature 35 C
Continuous current of fuse link

Operational class gL/gG
mm mm
12 5
12 10
200
360
200
315
15 5
15 10
250
447
250
400
20 5
20 10
320
520
315
500
25 5
25 10
400
580
400
500
30 5
30 10
447
630
400
630
As far as other types of upstream protective devices are concerned, please observe the permissible continuous current of the busbar.
10
Dynamic rated short-circuit strength

The electrodynamic load of the busbars depends on the level of
short-circuit current, the length of the busbar section through
which the current flows, the support spacing of the busbar supports and, of course, on the distance between the busbars themselves. This is because, for example, if an LV HRC fuse is connected upstream to the busbars in the protective device, the letthrough current iD is the maximum current to flow through this
protective device. The value iD depends on the maximum system short-circuit current and the current-limiting action of the
protective device used. The permissible let-through values of
the protective equipment are specified by the manufacturers in
the form of a current limitation diagram as a function of the socalled prospective short-circuit current (r.m.s. value of the possible rated short-circuit current for the system).
Diagram of the dynamic short-circuit strength of the busbars

I2_07483a
80
D
[kA]
70
It is essential to ensure that the permissible current carrying capacity of the individual busbars is not exceeded. A center infeed
is required in the limit range. However, the infeed can also be
carried out at both ends of the busbar.
10/26
630 A
500 A
60
30x10
Busbar dimension
mm
50
30x5
The current-limiting characteristics for the fuse links can be

found in the Technical Information, see note on Technical Information at the beginning of the chapter.
For busbar supports with busbars of 12 mm x 5 mm to
20 mm x 5 mm, the distance between the holders of the support
spacing should be adapted to suit the bars in the distribution
board and, if possible, should not exceed 250 mm. When using
busbars of 25 mm x 5 mm, 30 mm x 5 mm, 12 mm x 10 mm to
30 mm x 10 mm the distance can also be up to 500 mm. In the
case of larger distances, subcarriers must be fitted, as increased support spacing reduces the dynamic stability.
Let-through current
of the fuse links
Operating class
gL/gG
20x10
12x10
40
400 A
315 A
250 A
200 A
20x5
12x5
30
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
Distance between busbar support in mm
iD: Let-through values (kA) of the LV HRC fuse links, operational class
gL/gG with rated current 200 A to 630 A for a prospective short-circuit
current Ip = 120 kA.
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Planning dimensions
Width
mm
MW
NEOZED bus-mounting bases D02

Covers
Covers, extra wide
Covers, double width
27
36
54
1.5
2.0
3.0
DIAZED bus-mounting bases DII

Covers
42
84
2.3
4.7
DIAZED bus-mounting bases DIII

Covers
57
114
3.2
6.3
NEOZED bus-mounting switch disconnectors
27
1.5
LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors size 00
108
Number of built-in components that can be mounted

Height
Width
Cutout width
D02/63 A
5SH5 241
D02/63 A
5SH5 242
D02/63 A
5SH5 243
DII/25 A
5SH2 042
DIII/63 A
5SH2 242
5SG7 230 busmounting switch

disconnectors D02
mm
mm
mm
(27 mm width)
(36 mm width)
(54 mm width)
(42 mm width)
(57 mm width)
(26.8 mm width)
300
250
500
216
466
8
17
6
12
4
8
5
11
3
8
8
17
750
716
26
19
13
17
12
26
250
500
216
466
8
17
6
12
4
8
5
11
3
8
8
17
750
715
26
19
13
17
12
26
450
10
8GK9 busbar support
N/PE busbar support
34
SECTION: A-A
30,5
15
194
200
60
191
I2_13999a
50
I2_14000a
NSE0_01568a
65
60
6,5
4 Nm
A
20
60
49,5
36,5
33
20
60
Connection modules
49,5
20
28
5SH3 540
5SH5 538
Connection modules
Connection modules
Connection modules
200
84
20
55
70
8US19 21-1AA00
shown closed
80
84
8US19 21-1AA00
shown opened
31
46
55
I2_06439b
I2_07150a
60
60
194
60
60
200
175
189
200
32
94
8GK9 711-0KK03
NSE0_01598
54
32
8US19 21-1BA00
10/27
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Built-in components
Overview
Rail-adaptable built-in components, such as NEOZED and
DIAZED bus-mounting bases, adapters for modular installation
devices, LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors and NEOZED busmounting fuse switch disconnectors are made of glass-fiber reinforced, thermoplastic polyester. The material ensures the required mechanical, chemical and electrical properties.
have integrated reach-through guards, enable the implementation of cost-effective overall solutions.
Efficient power distribution up to 630 A.

Users have several options for mounting the SR60 busbar
system:
Higher overall efficiency and cost savings in the plant engineering industry.
Previously two optional solutions were provided, which can now

be replaced using new technology: touch protection over base
and edges or touch protection over partitions.
The fuse holders for cylindrical fuses, size 10 x 38 and for

American fuses, Class CC, can be used in the international plant
engineering industry. In addition, Siemens offers a broad range
of UL-approved components for the design of switchgear
assembly according to UL 508 A.
For further information, see Chapter "BETA Devices according to
UL Standards" in Catalog LV 16 2009.
1. Mounting in distribution boards

The busbar supports are mounted on the longitudinal stays.
Once the built-in components are mounted and connected, the
touch protection cover (section cover) protects against accidental contact with live parts.
2. Installation in industrial control cabinets
Fuse holders are available with a connection module 16 mm

and screwless terminals; this offers users maximum safety and
comfort.
The demand for comprehensive touch protection has generated

new solutions: built-in components, such as busbar fuse bases
7
6
5
4
10
1
I201_13634
I2_13634a
1
2
3
4
5
6
NEOZED bus-mounting bases, 3-pole

DIAZED bus-mounting bases, 3-pole
SR60 bus-mounting fuse holders, 3-pole
NEOZED bus-mounting switch disconnectors, 3-pole
Connection modules, three-phase

Adapters for modular installation devices according
to DIN 43880
7 LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors
Benefits
The direct contact of the rail-adaptable switching and installation devices on the Cu busbars reduces distribution panels
and mounting times.
Compared to conventional installation, the transfer resistance
of the connections is drastically reduced. This prevents unnecessary temperature rise.
10/28
New in-built components with touch protection ensure comprehensive touch protection without the previously required
partitions.
International application due to UL-approved components.
Enhanced effectiveness and increased safety due to screwless terminals.
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Built-in components
NEOZED SR60
bus-mounting bases
DIAZED SR60
bus-mounting bases
5SG6 202
5SG6 206
5SG6 207
5SF6 014
5SF6 015
5SF6 018
5SF6 020
5SF6 214
5SF6 215
5SF6 218
5SF6 220
DII
DIII
500
690/600
63
D01
D02
IEC 60269-3/ VDE 0636-3
Standards
Rated voltage
V AC/DC
400/250
Rated frequency
Hz
50
Rated current
16 (with NEOZED 63
retaining springs)
25
kA AC
kA DC
50
8
50
8
For fuse links with power losses per phase
2.5
Busbar center-to-center spacing
mm
60
60
3NW7 431
3NW7 431-0HG
3NW7 432-0HG
Standards
IEC 60269-2,
UL 512, CSA C22.2
UL 512, CSA C22.2
Approvals
U, CSA
UL, CSA
Sizes
10 38
Class CC
5.5
Rated frequency
Hz
50/60
Max. rated voltage Ue

IEC/EN
UL/CSA
V AC
V AC
690
600
-600
Max. rated operational current Ie

(When several devices are used next to each other, it is essential to comply with the
rated load factor acc. to EN 60 439-1, Table 1.)
IEC/EN
UL/CSA
A
A
32
30
-30
Utilization categories
IEC/EN
10
AC-22B (500 V)
AC-21B (690 V, 30 A)
Can only be used as fuse holder
UL/CSA
(type-tested with fuse links, operational class gL/gG)
IEC/EN
UL/CSA
kA
kA
100 (400 V, 500 V, 690 V)

50 (600 V)
-200
For fuse links with power losses per phase
--
Screwless wire connections

IEC/EN
UL/CSA
mm2
AWG
Cu 1.5 6 (f)
16 10 (str)
5SG7 230
3NW7 430
Standards
IEC 60269-3, IEC 60269-2
IEC 60269-3, IEC 60269-2
Approvals
EN 60947-3, IEC 60947-3
EN 60947-3, IEC 60947-3
Sizes
D01
10 mm 38 mm
D02
Rated frequency
Hz
50/60
50/60
Rated voltage Ue
V AC
V DC
400
110
690
--
800
800
kV
631)
Up to 32
AC-23 A (400 V)
DC-21 B (48 V) 1 pole
DC-21 B (110 V) 2 poles
AC-20
DC-20
Cu 1.5 6 (re)
Cu 1.5 16 (f)
Cu 1.5 16 (f+AE)
Cu 1.5 6 (re)
Cu 1.5 16 (f)
Cu 1.5 16 (f+AE)
Signaling switches for the display of switching positions
1 CO
1 CO
Cable terminals
Bottom
Bottom
Utilization categories
(Type-tested with 3-poled, switchable version)
Box terminals for wire connection
mm2
mm2
mm2
Busbar thickness
mm
Through combination foot for 5, 10 mm

(type-tested with fuse links, operational class gL/gG)
kA AC
kA DC
50
8
50
--
Permissible power loss of fuse links per phase

For standalone operation without lateral modules or for group operation with lateral
modules
5.5
1)
In the case of permanent load over 35 A, we recommend the use of

5SH5 526 lateral modules. Please observe EN 60 439-1, Table 1.
10/29
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Built-in components

Size
Rated current
Rated voltage
Mount- DT
ing
width
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
NEOZED SR60 bus-mounting bases with

touch protection, 3P
For 5/10 mm busbars
27 mm wide
D02
63
400
1.5
5SG6 206
4 units
016
0.175
400
5SG6 207
4 units
016
0.188
1.5
5SG6 202
1 4/104 units
016
0.141
D02
Extra wide, with clearance for wiring
1.5
5SH5 241
1 4/200 units
016
0.023
D02
5SH5 242
1 4/140 units
016
0.027
5SH5 243
1 4/120 units
016
0.039
2.3
3.2
B
B
5SF6 018
5SF6 218
1
1
4 units
4 units
016
016
0.301
0.402
2.3
3.2
B
B
5SF6 020
5SF6 220
1
1
4 units
4 units
016
016
0.291
0.392
36 mm wide
D02
63
NEOZED SR60 bus-mounting bases, 3P

Standard version
For 5/10 mm busbars
D02
63
400
NEOZED SR60 covers for standard version
10
With double width

For more clearance for wiring
D02
DIAZED SR60 bus-mounting bases with

touch protection, 3P
For 5/10 mm busbars
For use with DIAZED SR60 adapter rings
DII
25
500
DIII
63
500 V AC/DC (acc. to
DIN VDE 0636-3 also
690 V AC/600 V DC)
For use with DIAZED screw adapters

DII
25
500
DIII
63
DIN VDE 0636-3 also
690 V AC/600 V DC)
For NEOZED screw caps, adapter sleeves and fuse links, see chapter "Fuse Systems", NEOZED fuse systems.
10/30
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Built-in components
Size
Rated current
Rated voltage
Mount- DT
ing
width
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
DIAZED SR60 bus-mounting bases, 3P

Standard version
For 5/10 mm busbars
For use with DIAZED adapter rings
DII
25
500
DIII
63
DIN VDE 0636-3 also
690 V AC/600 V DC)
2.3
3.2
B
B
5SF6 014
5SF6 214
1
1
2/52 units
2/52 units
016
016
0.220
0.301
2.3
3.2
B
B
5SF6 015
5SF6 215
1
1
2/52 units
2/52 units
016
016
0.210
0.288
2.3
3.2
B
B
5SH2 042
5SH2 242
2/120 units
016
0.051
2/120 units
016
0.056
2
4
6
C
C
C
5SH3 071
5SH3 072
5SH3 073
1 10/1500 units
1 10/1500 units
1 10/3000 units
016
016
016
0.005
0.003
0.005
10
16
20
C
C
C
5SH3 074
5SH3 075
5SH3 076
1 10/4000 units
1 10/5000 units
1 10/3000 units
016
016
016
0.001
0.001
0.003
2
4
6
C
C
C
5SH3 078
5SH3 080
5SH3 081
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
016
016
016
0.009
0.009
0.008
10
16
20
C
C
C
5SH3 082
5SH3 083
5SH3 084
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
016
016
016
0.008
0.007
0.006
25
35
50
C
C
C
5SH3 085
5SH3 086
5SH3 087
1 10/1000 units
1 10/3500 units
1 10/600 units
016
016
016
0.005
0.005
0.004
For use with DIAZED screw adapters

DII
25
500
DIII
63
DIN VDE 0636-3 also
690 V AC/600 V DC)
DIAZED SR60 covers for standard version
DII
DIII
DIAZED SR60 adapter rings

Only for DIAZED SR60 bus-mounting bases
DII
DIII
SR60 bus-mounting fuse holders, 3P

For 5/10 mm busbars
with screwless terminals
For cylindrical fuses, 10 38 mm U, s
-30
690
1.5
3NW7 431
1 unit
018
0.185
For UL fuses, class CC u, s

-30
600
1.5
3NW7 431-0HG
1 unit
018
0.186
For UL fuses, class CC u, s

with LED signal detectors
-30
600
1.5
3NW7 432-0HG
1 unit
018
0.188
1.5
5SG7 230
1/30 units
016
0.747
1.5
3NW7 430
1/40 units
018
0.756
NEOZED SR60 bus-mounting switch disconnectors, 3P

For 5/10 mm busbars
D02
63*
400
*from 35 A load use 5SH5 526 side module
Rail-mounting disconnector SR60, 3P
For cylindrical fuses 10 mm 38 mm
For 5/10 mm busbars
--
32
690
For DIAZED screw caps, screw adapters and fuse links, see chapter "Fuse Systems", DIAZED fuse systems.
10/31
10
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Built-in components
Version
Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MW
Auxiliary switches for signaling the switching
state for NEOZED bus-mounting switch
disconnectors and bus-mounting disconnectors (for cylindrical fuses)
1 CO
0.5
5SH5 525
1/50 units
016
0.007
0.5
5SH5 526
5/50 units
016
0.051
5SH5 527
1 10/100 units
016
0.001
3NH4 052
014
0.663
5SH5 525
Lateral modules
For greater heat dissipation for loads > 35 A with
NEOZED bus-mounting switch disconnectors
5SH5 526
Reducers
For NEOZED fuse links D01
In SR60 bus-mounting switch disconnectors
5SH5 527
SR60 LV HRC bus-mounting fuse bases, 3P
Size 00
For 5/10 mm busbars
With cover, connections at top
Terminals up to 70 mm2
With saddle-type terminal
10
4 units
3NH4 052
10/32
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Built-in components
NEOZED SR60 bus-mounting bases
D02/63 A
(a = 27 mm, b = 50 mm)
D02/63 A
(a = 36 mm, b = 50 mm)
I2_13998
I2_07478a
60
60
177
169
189
194
200
60
60
D02/63 A
(a = 27 mm, t = busbar thickness)
32
35
43
23
33,5
55
28
5SG6 202 (t = 5 mm)
5SG6 206
b
5SG6 207
DIAZED SR60 bus-mounting bases

DII/25 A
(a = 42 mm)
DIII/63 A
(a = 57 mm)
DII/25 A
(a = 42 mm)
DIII/63 A
(a = 57 mm)
189
194
200
169
a
36
43,5
66
5SF6 014, 5SF6 015

(t = 5 mm)
I2_13998
I2_07496
I2_07497
60
60
60
169
169
60
60
60
10
t
36
43,5
66
5SF6 214, 5SF6 215

(t = 5 mm)
32
35
43
28
5SF6 018, 5SF6 020

(b = 70 mm)
b
5SF6 218, 5SF6 220
(b = 70 mm)
10/33
Siemens AG 2011
Busbar Systems
Built-in components
NEOZED SR60 covers
SR60 LV HRC bus-mounting fuse bases, 3P
D02/63 A
89
64
29
4
99
60
33
I2_07500
27
36
5SH5 241
1-fold
60
200
200
60
60
60
200
200
60
60
60
33
I2_07511
I2_07510
I2_07479a
54
5SH5 242
1.33-fold
5SH5 243
2-fold
DIAZED SR60 covers
3NH4 052
NEOZED SR60 bus-mounting switch disconnectors/

SR60 bus-mounting disconnectors
DII/25 A
DIII/63 A
19,2
27,5 31,5
I2_08543
I2_14008
57
42
5SH2 042 (1-fold: a = 42 mm)
200
I2_14009
5SH2 242 (1-fold: a = 57 mm)
SR60 bus-mounting fuse holders for cylindrical fuses

79
63
27,5
32
I2_14001
60
194
200
60
34
27
3NW7 431,
3NW7 431-0HG,
3NW7 432-0HG
10/34
60
60
60
200
200
60
60
60
10
26,8
5SG7 230
3NW7 430
100
11
Siemens AG 2011
Measuring Devices and

E-Counters
11/2
11/3
11/6
11/9
11/12
11/14
11/17
11/21
11/23
11/26
11/27
11/28
11/29
11/30
11/31
Introduction
Energy management systems
Measuring devices and E-counters
E-Counters
PAC1500 three-phase counters
PAC1500 single-phase counters
Expansion modules for E-counters N
Power Monitoring Devices
PAC3000 multimeters
PAC3000 multicounters
7KT1 391 LAN couplers
PAC3100, PAC3200 and PAC4200
power monitoring devices
PAC3100 power monitoring devices
PAC PROFIBUS DP expansion modules
PAC RS485 expansion modules
PAC 4DI/2DO expansion modules for
PAC4200 N
11/32
Analog Volt- and Ammeters

7KT1 0 measuring devices
11/33
Digital Volt- and Ammeters

7KT1 11, 7KT1 12 measuring devices
11/35
11/37
11/39
11/40
Time and Pulse Counters

Time and pulse counters for mounting
onto standard rail
Time counters for front-panel
mounting
11
Accessories
7KT1 2 current transformers
7KT9 0 measuring selector switches
can be found at
under Product List:
under Entry List:
- Updates
- Download
- FAQ
- Manuals
- Certificates
and at
- Configurators
Siemens AG 2011
Measuring Devices and E-Counters

Introduction
Energy management systems
Overview
System configuration
Operation & monitoring
Windows or web clients
Ethernet
Data processing
SENTRON powermanager server
Ethernet (Modbus)
Data detection
Measuring/protection devices
PAC3200
PAC4200
PAC3200
SENTRON
3WL
SENTRON
3VL
I202_01389
Modbus RS485
PAC3100
System overview
The SENTRON-based power management system is comprised

of a PC with the related power management software and with
the related devices which are connected directly to the PC
through Ethernet.
General goals of a power management system:
to identify savings potential
to reduce power costs
to ensure power availability
11
through transparency of the momentary conditions and through

comprehensive power assignments and evaluations.
SENTRON powermanager
The SENTRON powermanager power management software
is an independent power management software
can be operated with a PC and measuring instruments with
Ethernet connection
is expandable from the simple standard application to a fully
flexible customer solution
is fully scalable with regard to the number of devices and to
the software's functions
ensures the optimum integration of measuring instruments
from the SENTRON PAC range, SENTRON 3WL/3VL circuit
breakers and other devices
SENTRON powermanager is designed for:
collecting
monitoring
evaluating
presenting
archiving
power data from SENTRON PAC3100, PAC3200 and PAC4200
power monitoring devices, SENTRON 3WL/3VL circuit breakers,
and any Modbus-capable detecting devices.
Benefits
Transparency of power flows

Exact knowledge of the consumption profile
Increase of power efficiency
Optimization of power supply contracts
Compliance with contractual terms
Assignment of power costs to cost centers
Optimization of plant maintenance
Identification of critical plant conditions
The SENTRON product family includes not only a power management software in the form of SENTRON powermanager but
also the matching hardware in the form of the SENTRON PAC
and the SENTRON 3WL/3VL for realizing a complete power
management system.
The components are optimally coordinated with each other. For

example, special drivers for the SENTRON devices are integrated in the SENTRON powermanager software so that on the
one hand the power data acquisition can take place without any
great configuration effort and on the other hand the most important measured values or states are indicated by predefined displays. This reduces the amount of engineering work.
The SENTRON powermanager software comprises a server/client software for the acquisition, processing, presentation and archiving of power data. These power data are supplied primarily
by power monitoring devices (PAC) or 3WL/3VL circuit breakers
which are connected to the system through Ethernet.
More information
Hardware components of the Power Management System are
dealt with in this chapter, its software components in chapter 13.
11/2
You can find more information on the Internet at:

www.siemens.com/powermanagementsystem
Siemens AG 2011

Introduction
Page Application
Standards
Used in
Residential
buildings
Industry
Devices
Non-residential
buildings
Overview
11/6
EN 50470-1,
EN 50470-3
E-counters
7KT1 5 E-counters

7KT1 53, 7KT1 14 E-counters
Expansion modules
11/9
Measurement of consumption data and

plant capacity utilization in three-phase
systems of system components, offices
or holiday apartments.
EN 62052-23,
EN 62053-31
For the measurement of kWh in single- EN 50470-1, EN 50470-3,

phase systems, e.g. in industrial plants, EN 62053-31
offices and apartments in apartment
houses
11/12 Communication interfaces with IrDA

infraret interface for PAC1500 E-counters. Modules are available for the
following bus systems:
EN 13757
ISO/IEC 14543-3
EN 50090, EN 13321-1
11
M-Bus
Modbus RTU
KNX/EIB
RS 485
Multifunction measuring instruments

PAC3000 multimeters
7KT1 30
7KT1 31, 7KT1 34
11/14 Display of 23 electrical measured values IEC 60051-2, EN 60051-2

for switchgear assemblies, infeed or
IEC 61010-1, EN 61010-1
outgoing feeders.
(VDE 0411 T 1)
Easy commissioning due to fault detection if connected incorrectly.
--
11/17 Display of 35 electrical measured values IEC 60051-2, EN 60051-2

and consumption values in switchgear IEC 61010-1, EN 61010-1
assemblies, infeed or outgoing units.
(VDE 0411 T 1)
Easy commissioning due to fault detec- IEC 62053-21,
tion if connected incorrectly.
EN 62053-21
--
--
(VDE 0418 T 3-21)
11/21 Up-to-date consumption data of multiIEEE 802

counters and E-counters available worldwide using LAN data communication.
11/3
Siemens AG 2011

Introduction
AC/DC power supply unit with

screw connection
11/26 Display of 30 electrical measured values IEC 61557-12

and consumption values in switchgear
assemblies, infeed or tap-off units.
Used in
Industry
PAC3100 power monitoring

devices
Standards
Residential
buildings
Page Application
Non-residential
buildings
Devices
--
--
--
International standards and multi-lingual

displays for worldwide use.
Control panel flush-mounting instrument
with graphics display, integrated digital
in- and outputs and a RS 485-interface
for the transfer of measured values and
configurations.

devices
3 versions:
screw connection
DC power supply unit with extralow voltage, screw connection
ring terminal lug connection

devices
2 versions:
screw connection
11

ring terminal lug connection
11/27 Display of over 50 electrical measured

Energy-measurement
values for switchgear assemblies, infeed accuracy according to
or outgoing feeders. 10 dual-tarif energy IEC 62053
counters for precise energy monitoring
for power draw and feedback.
with graphics display, integrated digital
in- and outputs and an integrated
Ethernet interface for the transfer of
measured values and configurations.
Plug-in options module for Modbus RTU
or PROFIBUS DP.
11/28 Display of over 200 electrical measured IEC 61557-12
values for switchgear assemblies, infeed
or outgoing feeders. Extensive functions
for precise energy-monitoring for power
draw and feedback and for appraisal of
network quality.
with graphics display, user-defined
displays, memory, clok and calendar
function, digital in- and outputs and an
integrated Ethernet interface with gateway function to transfer measured values
and configurations. Plug-in options module for Modbus RTU or PROFIBUS DP.
PAC PROFIBUS DP expansion

modules
11/29 The SENTRON PAC PROFIBUS DP

expansion module is used to connect
the PAC3200 and PAC4200 multifunction
measuring instruments to the RS 485.
--
11/30 The SENTRON PAC PROFIBUS DP

expansion module is used to connect
the PAC3200 and PAC4200 multifunction
measuring instruments to the
PROFOBUS DP- V1..
--
--
PAC 4DI/2DO expansion modules 11/31 The SENTRON PAC 4DI/2DO expansion IEC 62053-31
module is used to expand the SENTRON
PAC4200 power monitoring device to up
to 10 digital inputs and 6 digital outputs.
11/4
Siemens AG 2011

Introduction
Page
Application
Non-residential
buildings
Residential
buildings
Industry

Devices
Standards
Used in
11/32
Voltage and current measurement for

IEC 60051-2,
monitoring incoming and outgoing cur- EN 60051-2
rents as well as device currents in order
to prevent plant overload.
--
7KT1 11, 7KT1 12 measuring devices 11/33
Voltage and current measurement with DIN 43751-1,

large 3-digit LEDs for monitoring incom- DIN 43751-2
ing and outgoing currents as well as
device currents in order to prevent plant
overload.
--
For monitoring operating hours and

starting operations for planning preventative maintenance tasks and preventing sudden shutdowns
Analog measuring devices

Digital measuring devices
Time and pulse counters

Time and pulse counters for mounting onto support rail
11/35
7KT5 8
IEC 60255-6,
EN 60255-6
(VDE 0435-301),
UL 94
11
Time counters for front-panel
mounting
11/37
For monitoring operating hours and

IEC 60255-6,
starting operations for planning preven- EN 60255-6
tative maintenance tasks and prevent- (VDE 0435-301)
ing sudden shutdowns.
11/39
Straight-through transformers for instal- IEC 60044-1,

lation in distribution boards and nonEN 60044-1
contact measuring of primary currents. (VDE 0414 T 44-1)
--
--
7KT5 5, 7KT5 6
Accessories
Ideal for combining with switch disconnectors, multimeters, multicounters and

E-counters.
11/40
For switching over the phases for voltmeters and ammeters
11/5
Siemens AG 2011

E-Counters
Overview
The E-counters (power meters) are used to record the amount of
electrical energy exported or imported. Siemens compact
E-counters are designed as modular devices for alternating
current and can be mounted on standard mounting rails. They
comply with the counter standard EN 50470 (Part 1 and 3) and
come with an LCD display.
Three-phases counters are available up to 80 A and in versions
with transformer connections (/5 A to 10000/5 A).
E-counters store both active and reactive energy, and comply
with accuracy class 1 (for active energy).
All E-counters have a pulse output (S0) and are designed for
2-tariff measurements. The calibrated versions are in
accordance with the Directive 2004/22/EC on measuring instruments.
3-phase counter PAC 1500 (7KT1 543) with direct connection up to 80 A
Benefits
11
Complies with the new counter standard EN 50470

(Part 1 and 3)
Easy-to-read LCD display
Versions calibrated in accordance with the Directive
2004/22/EC on measuring instruments can be used for
invoicing purposes
Exact recording thanks to accuracy class 1 (for active energy)
Direct connection up to 80 A;
Transformer current connection .../5 A
11/6
At the same time the E-counters have an integrated optical interface (IrDA) for connecting communication modules, which
enables their integration in a range of other systems, such as
energy management systems.
Siemens AG 2011

E-Counters
PAC1500 three-phase E-counters
7KT1 543
7KT1 545
7KT1 540
Standards
EN 50470-1, EN 50470-3,
EN 62053-23, EN 62053-31
Connection
Direct connection
Transformer current connection
-.../5 A
80 A
--
General data
Enclosure, mounting width
Mounting
Mounting height
Acc. to DIN 43880

Acc. to EN 60715
MW
mm
4
35 mm
70
Function
Operating mode
Storage of setting and counter reading
Tariff for active and reactive energy
Three-phase loads
Through (EEPROM)
Conductors
2-3-4
Yes
T1/T2
V AC
V
Hz
VA (W)
230
184 ... 276
50
8 (0.6)
3-4
Supply (through measuring terminals)
Rated control supply voltage Un

Voltage range
Rated frequency fn
Overload capability
Voltage Umax
Current Imax
Continuous operation:
Phase/phase
1 second: Phase/phase
Continuous operation: Phase/N
1 second: Phase/N
480
V
V
V
800
276
300
Continuous operation
Short-time operation (for 0.5 s)
Short-time operation (for 10 ms)
A
A
A
80
-2400
120
--
Display (readout)
Connection error and phase failure
Display of rotating field error
PHASE Err
Display
LCD
Digit dimensions
Digits
mm x mm
8 (1 decimal point)
6x3
Active energy: 1 display, 8-digit

+ display import or export (arrow)
Tariff/tariffs
Max. display (continuous)
kWh
kWh
000000.0 ... 999999.9

999999.9 ... 000000.0
Reactive energy: 1 display, 8-digit

Tariff/tariffs
Max. display (continuous)
kvarh
kvarh
000000.0 ... 999999.9

999999.9 ... 000000.0
11
000 ... 999

W, kW, MW
var, kvar, Mvar 000 ... 999
Instantaneous active power: 1 display, 3-digit

Instantaneous reactive power: 1 display, 3-digit
T1/T2
-2
Display tariff identification

Transformer primary current
Display period
1 display, 1-digit
Measuring accuracy
At 23 1 C based on nominal value
Active energy and active power

Reactive energy and reactive power
Acc. to EN 50470-3
Acc. to EN 62053-23
%
%
1 (B)
2
Phase/phase
Phase/N
V
V
Direct
400
230
Phase/phase
Phase/N
V
V
319 ... 480

184 ... 276
A
A
A
15
-0.75
-5
0.05
A
A
0.0025 ... 80
--
-0.010 ... 6
---
5 ... 10000
5
50
Symmetrical sinusoidal
25
10
5 ... 10000
2
Measuring inputs
Connection type
Voltage Un
Operating range voltage
Current Iref
Current In
Current Imin
Operating range current (Ist Imax)
Direct connection
Transformer connection
Transformer current
Primary current of the transformer A

Smallest input step
A
Frequency
Input ripple form
Operational starting current Ist
S0 interface
Hz
mA
Acc. to EN 62053-31
Pulse outputs
- For absorbed active and reactive energy T1 + T2
Yes
kWh
kWh
ms
-500
-30 5 ms
Required voltage
V AC
V DC
5 ... 230 5 %
5 ... 300
Permissible current
Permitted current
mA
A
90
1
Pulse quantity
- At 80 A
- Can be set on transformer
Pulse duration
Transformer TA-TC .../5 A
-1000 - 10 - 1
11/7
Siemens AG 2011

E-Counters
PAC1500 three-phase E-counters
7KT1 543
7KT1 545
7KT1 540
1000
10000
Optical interfaces
Calibration from the front (accuracy check)
LED
kWh
IR interface
At the side for connecting communication modules
(M-Bus / Modbus RTU / RS 485 / KNX)
Yes
Acc. to EN 50470-1
Safety
For indoor areas
Operational voltage
Yes
4
300
kV
Class
6
V0
Yes
Pozidriv
mm x mm
PZ2
0.8 x 3.5
PZ1
0.8 x 3.5
Conductor cross-sections of operational current and

main current paths
- Rigid
mm2
mm2
1.5 ... 35
1.5 ... 35
1.5 ... 6
1.5 ... 6
Conductor cross-sections for S0 pulse outputs

- Rigid
mm2
mm2
0.14 ... 2.5

0.14 ... 1.5
0.14 ... 2.5

0.14 ... 1.5
Test voltage
1.2/50 s
Flame resistance
UL 94
Seal between the top and bottom of the enclosure (mod. 7KT1 543)
Terminal connections
Lift terminals of main current paths
Lift terminals for S0 pulse outputs
Screw head Z
Blade for slotted screw
Ambient conditions
Mechanical environment
Electromagnetic environment
M1
E2
Temperature limits for storage and transport
Relative humidity (without condensation)
Vibrations
1)
11
Sinus amplitude at 50 Hz
Installed device
Front side/terminals
C
C
-10 ... +55

-25 ... +70
%
mm
80
0.075
IP511)/IP20
For installation in a distribution board with at least IP51 degree of protection.

Un
Imax
Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
PS*/
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
V AC
A AC
MW
For direct connection, double rate

230
80
7KT1 543
1 unit
027
0.386
For direct connection, double rate,

calibrated version
230
80
7KT1 545
1 unit
027
0.395
7KT1 540
1 unit
027
0.281
kg

Digital E-counter
For transformer connection, double rate

230
transformer /5
11/8
Siemens AG 2011

E-Counters
Overview
Benefits
Digital 7KT1 53 E-counter.
Complies with the new counter standard EN 50470
(Part 1 and 3)
Easy-to-read LCD display
Versions calibrated in accordance with the Directive
2004/22/EC on measuring instruments can be used for
invoicing purposes
Exact recording thanks to accuracy class 1 (for active
energy).
E-counters for active energy 7KT1 140
The drum-type register with digit size 4 mm 1.2 mm enables
easy reading
The short-circuit proof pulse output protects the device if it is
assembled incorrectly.
Direct connection up to 80 A
PAC1500 single-phase E-counters:

left: Digital 7KT1 53 E-counter
right: 7KT1 140 E-counters for active energy
The E-counters (power meters) are used to record the amount of

electrical energy exported or imported. Siemens compact
E-counters are designed as modular devices for alternating current and can be mounted on standard mounting rails. They comply with the counter standard EN 50470 (Part 1 and 3) and come
with an LCD display.
The PAC1500 single phase counters for direct connection are
available up to 80 A. They store both active and reactive energy
and all comply with accuracy class 1 (for active energy).
All E-counters have a pulse output (S0) and are designed for
1-tariff or 2-tariff measurements depending on the version. The
calibrated versions are in accordance with the Directive
2004/22/EC on measuring instruments.
11
At the same time the E-counters

except version 7KT1 140
have an integrated optical interface (IrDA) for connecting communication modules. Integration of the E-counters, e.g. in energy management systems, is thus possible.
PAC1500 single-phase counters,
direct connection up to 80 A
7KT1 530
7KT1 531
7KT1 533
7KT1 140
Standards
EN 50470-1, EN 50470-3, EN 62053-23, EN 62053-31
General data
Enclosures
Acc. to DIN 43880
Mounting
Acc. to EN 60715
Mounting height
MW
2
35 mm
mm
70
Conductors
Function
Operating mode
Single-phase loads
Storage of setting and counter reading
Through (EEPROM)
Yes
Rate
For active energy
T1
T1 + T2
T1
For reactive energy
T1
T1 + T2
--
--
Supply (through measuring terminals)

Rated control supply voltage Un
V AC
230
Voltage range
184 ... 276
Rated frequency fn
Hz
50
VA (W)
8 (0.6)
276
Short-time operation (for 1 s)
300
80
Overload capability
Voltage Umax
Current Imax
Short-time operation (for 10 ms) A
2400
11/9
Siemens AG 2011

E-Counters
PAC1500 single-phase counters,
direct connection up to 80 A
7KT1 530
7KT1 531
7KT1 533
7KT1 140
Display
Display mode
LCD
Digits
7 (1 decimal point)
Electromechanical
mm x mm
6x3

Tariff/tariffs
Max display (continuous)
kWh
kWh
000000.0 ... 999999.9

999999.9 ... 000000.0

Tariff/tariffs
Max display (continuous)
kvarh
kvarh
000000.0 ... 999999.9

999999.9 ... 000000.0
Instantaneous active power: 1 display, 3-digit
W, kW, MW
000 ... 999
Instantaneous reactive power: 1 display, 3-digit
var, kvar,
Mvar
000 ... 999
Display dimensions
3.8 x 1.5
---
--
Current tariff
1 display, 1-digit
Display period
Measuring accuracy at 23 1 C
T1
T1/T2
T1
--
Based on nominal value
Active energy and active power
Acc. to EN 50470-3
1 (B)
Reactive energy and reactive power
Acc. to EN 62053-23
--
Measuring inputs
Connection type
Phase/N
Phase/N
Current Iref
Current Imin
Operating range current (Ist ... Imax)
Direct connection
Frequency
Direct
V AC
184 ... 276
15
0.75
0.0025 ... 80
Hz
50
Current waveform
Symmetrical sinusoidal
mA
Operational starting current Ist

Pulse outputs
- For absorbed active and reactive energy
11
25
Acc. to EN 62053-31
S0 interface
Yes
Pulse count
Pulses/kWh
1000
Pulse duration
ms
30 5
Required voltage
V AC
V DC
5 ... 230 5 %
5 ... 300
Permissible current (pulse on)
mA
90
Permissible current (pulse off, maximum fault current)
Pulses/kWh
1000
Yes, only for

active energy
30 2
Optical interfaces
Calibration from the front (accuracy check)
LED
IR interface
At the side for connecting communication modules
(M-Bus / Modbus RTU / RS 485 / KNX)
--
Acc. to EN 50470-1
Safety
For indoor areas
Yes
4
Operational voltage
300
Test voltage
1.2/50 s
kV
Flame resistance
UL 94
Class
V0
Terminal connections
Lift terminals of main current paths
Screw head Z Pozidriv
Lift terminals for S0 pulse outputs
PZ2
mm x mm
0.8 x 3.5
Conductor cross-sections of operational current Rigid

and main current paths
mm2
mm2
1.5 ... 35
1.5 ... 35
Conductor cross-sections for S0 pulse outputs
mm2
mm2
0.14 ... 2.5

0.14 ... 2.5
Rigid
Ambient conditions
Mechanical environment
M1
E2
Electromagnetic environment
-10 ... +55
Temperature limits for storage and transport
-25 ... +70
Relative humidity (without condensation)
80
mm
0.075
Vibrations
Installed device
Front side/terminals
1)
For installation in a distribution board with at least IP51 degree of

protection.
11/10
IP511)/IP20
Yes
--
Siemens AG 2011

E-Counters

Un
Imax
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
A AC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

Digital E-counter
For direct connection, single rate
230
80
7KT1 530
1 unit
027
0.164
For direct connection, double rate

230
80
7KT1 531
1 unit
027
0.164
For direct connection, double rate,

calibrated version
230
80
7KT1 533
1 unit
027
0.190
7KT1 140
1 unit
027
0.141
PAC1500 single-phase counters for active energy

Digital E-counter,
with 7-digit drum-type register 4 mm 1.2 mm
with S0 interface, for single-phase operation
Direct connection, single rate
230
80
11
11/11
Siemens AG 2011

E-Counters
Overview
N
Expansion module versions
7KT1 908 (M-Bus communication module)
Power supply through bus cable
Baud rates: 300 to 9600 kbit/s
Status indication by LED on the module
Can be parameterized using M-Bus Master software
7KT1 907 (Modbus RTU communication module)
Power supply: 230 V AC
Baud rates: 4.8 / 9.6 / 19.2 and 38.4 kbit/s are supported.
Can be parameterized using RS-485 Master software
7KT1 900 (KNX/EIB communication module)
Power supply through the KNX/EIB bus cable
Expansion module for Instabus KNX (left) with
3-phase counter PAC 1500 (7KT1 543, right)
Expansion modules are used as communication interfaces for

PAC1500 E-counters. They have the following features:
The expansion modules can be selected independently of the
E-counter. Retrofitting of already installed E-counters is therefore possible if required.
Data transmission between the E-counters and the expansion
modules takes place through the IrDA infrared interface.
The expansion modules are placed alongside the E-counters
in the installation direction so that their IrDA interfaces lie exactly opposite.
11
11/12
7KT1 903 (RS-485 communication module)

Power supply: 230 V AC
Siemens AG 2011

E-Counters

Version
Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MW
Expansion module M-Bus
7KT1 908
1 unit
027
0.050
7KT1 907
1 unit
027
0.050
7KT1 903
1 unit
027
0.050
7KT1 900
1 unit
027
0.050
For connecting PAC1500 E-counters to

M-Bus
7KT1 908
Expansion module Modbus RTU

RTU Modbus
7KT1 907
Expansion module RS 485

For connecting PAC1500 E-counters via
RS 485 to LAN coupler 7KT1 391
7KT1 903
Expansion module KNX
11

Instabus KNX
7KT1 900
11/13
Siemens AG 2011

PAC3000 multimeters
Overview
Benefits
Clear display of all necessary measured values
All measured values can be read from a distance
Customized setting of the measured quantities for the standard display
Wide range of application thanks to flexible adaptation to
measuring current transformers
Detection of connection errors during commissioning saves
considerable time when trying to locate faults
Large, 11 mm high, green 7-segment displays for measured
values makes for easy reading
Indication of units of measurement directly alongside the related measured values provide a clear overview.
PAC3000 multimeters
Multimeters are mainly used in power distribution boards for infeeds into buildings and plants. They replace the more common
analog voltmeters and ammeters with measuring point changeover, as well as measuring devices for power outputs and power
factor p.f..
The standard measured quantity to be indicated in the 5 display
fields of the multimeter can be tailored to customer requirements. Versions for direct connection (63 A) or for transformers
(/5 A) with adjustable transformer primary current from 5 A to
5000 A, enable a wide range of application.
11
The green 7-segment displays for the measured values and the
orange indicators of the units of measurement directly alongside
the measured values make for easy reading.
PAC3000 multimeters
7KT1 300
Standards
DIN 43751-1, DIN 43751-2 and EN 61010-1
7KT1 301
Supply
V AC
230
Uc
0.8 ... 1.2
Rated frequency
Hz
50
Frequency ranges
Hz
45 ... 65
VA
10
Continuous: Phase/phase
V
V
480
800
Continuous: Phase/N
1 second: Phase/N
V
V
276
460
Continuous
0.5 s
10 ms
A
A
A
76
-1000
6
110
--
Direct
Transformer /5 A
Voltage Ue
Phase/phase
Phase/N
V
V
400
230
Phase/phase
Phase/N
V
V
87 ... 400
50 ... 230
Current Ie
63
Operating range current
0.1 ... 63
0.01 ... 5
A
A
---
5 ... 5000
5
Frequency
Hz
50
Frequency ranges
Hz
45 ... 65
Overload capability
Voltage
Current
Measuring inputs
Connection type
Transformer current
11/14
Primary current of the transformer

Smallest input step
Siemens AG 2011

PAC3000 multimeters
PAC3000 multimeters
7KT1 300
7KT1 301
Display
Connection errors
Inverted phases
Voltage: 3 displays, 3-digit
Delta L1 L2, L2 L3, L3 L1

Star L1/N L2/N L3/N
Voltage > 480/276 V
Voltage < 87/50 V
Current: 3 displays, 3-digit
L1 L2 L3
For current > 76 A or 6 A transformer
conversion ratio
For current < 0.1 A or 0.01 A transformer
conversion ratio
Err
V
V
87 ... 480
50 ... 276
HHH
0.3 ... 76 A
HHH
0.1 A ... 1.2 kA
OOO
Frequency: 1 display, 3-digit
Hz
45.0 ... 65.0
Active power: 3 displays, 3-digit or

1 display, 3 of 7 digits
L1 L2 L3, L
display with floating decimal point
W, kW
or MW
0 ... 999
Reactive power: 1 display, 3-digit
L, with capacitive or inductive indication;

var, kvar
or Mvar
0 ... 999
Apparent power: 3 displays, 3-digit or

1 display, 3-digit
L1 L2 L3, L
W, kW
or MW
0 ... 999
p.f.: 3 displays, 3-digit or 1 display, 3-digit L1 L2 L3, L

0.01 ... 1.00
Only if set
--
5 ... 5000
Transformer secondary current
Only if set
--
/s
Display period
EEPROM
Storage of setting
Measuring accuracy
Voltage
Current
Power
P.f.
Frequency
Safety according to EN 61010-1

Pollution degree
2
II
Operating voltage category
600
Clearances
mm
3.0
In device
On printed boards (not installed)
mm
mm
4.3
3.0
Test pulse voltage
1.2/50 s
kV
Test voltage
50 Hz, 1 min
kV
2.2
Creepage distances
11
Terminals
Main current paths
screw (Pozidriv)
Supply terminals
mm mm
2
0.4 2.5
Conductor cross-sections, main current

paths
Rigid, maximum
mm2
1 25 or 2 16
Rigid, minimum
mm2
1 1.5
Conductor cross-sections for supply

terminals
Rigid, maximum
mm2
1 2.5 or
2 1.5
Flexible, with end sleeve, minimum
mm2
1 0.75
Temperatures
0 ... +55
Relative humidity
80
mm
0.25
1
1 6 or
24
Ambient conditions
Vibrations
Acc. to EN 60529
Safety class
Acc. to EN 61010-1
II
11/15
Siemens AG 2011

PAC3000 multimeters

Ue
Ie
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
A AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
PAC3000 multimeters
For the display of 23 electrical values,
of which 5 values can be continuously displayed,
mounting onto standard rail
For direct connection
3 230/400 63
230
7KT1 300
1 unit
027
0.465
7KT1 301
1 unit
027
0.407
For transformer connection 5 ... 5000 A,

adjustable in 5 A steps, secondary current 5 A
3 230/400 transformer /5
230
7KT1 300
More information
Readout data
You can continuously display 5 measured quantities from the following 23 options.
11
No.
Measured value
Display
Unit
Assignment
Active power
D1
L1
Voltage
D1
L1
Current
D1
L1
Apparent power
D1
VA
L1
P.f.
D1
P.f.
L1
Voltage
D1
L1 L2
Active power
D2
L2
Voltage
D2
L2
Current
D2
L2
10
Apparent power
D2
VA
L2
11
P.f.
D2
P.f.
L2
12
Voltage
D2
L2 L3
13
Active power
D3
L3
14
Voltage
D3
L3
15
Current
D3
L3
16
Apparent power
D3
VA
L3
17
P.f.
D3
P.f.
L3
18
Voltage
D3
L3 L1
19
Active power
D1, D2, D3, D5
20
Apparent power
D1, D2, D3, D5
VA
21
Reactive power
D5
var
22
Frequency
D4
Hz
23
P.f.
D1, D2, D3, D4
P.f.
D5
CT/A
/5
CT/A
5 ... 5000
2 set values are also indicated:

24
Transformer setting
25
Transformer setting
11/16
Siemens AG 2011

Overview
Benefits
Clear display of all necessary measured values
All measured values can be read from a distance
Customized setting of the measured quantities for the standard display. Fast display of all measured quantities over operator buttons
Wide range of application thanks to flexible adaptation to
measuring current transformers
Detection of incorrect connections during installation
Communication with LAN or Modbus RTU enables integration
in an energy management system
Multicounter PAC3000
Multicounters are mainly used in power distribution boards for infeeds into buildings and plants. They replace the more common
analog voltmeters and ammeters with measuring point changeover, as well as measuring devices for power outputs and power
factor p.f..
The standard measured quantity to be indicated in the 6 display
fields of the PAC3000 multicounter can be tailored to customer
requirements. The measured values of all measured quantities
can also be displayed quickly and easily over the operator buttons. Versions for direct connection (63 A) or for transformers
(/5 A) with adjustable transformer primary current from 5 to
5000 A, enable a wide range of application.
11
The green 7-segment displays for the measured values and the
orange indicators of the units of measurement directly alongside
the measured values make for easy reading.
PAC3000 multicounters without communication interface
7KT1 310
7KT1 311
PAC3000 multicounters with RS 485 interface (Modbus RTU, for LAN couplers)
7KT1 340
7KT1 341
Standards
EN 61010-1, EN 62053-21, -23, -31
Supply
V AC
230
Uc
0.8 ... 1.2
Rated frequency
Hz
50
Frequency ranges
Hz
45 ... 65
VA
10
Continuous: Phase/phase
V
V
480
800
Continuous: Phase/N
1 second: Phase/N
V
V
276
460
Continuous
0.5 s
10 ms
A
A
A
76
-2000
6
110
--
Direct
Transformer /5 A
Phase/phase
Phase/N
V
V
400
230
Phase/phase
Phase/N
V
V
87 ... 480
50 ... 276
A
A
63
0.3 ... 63
5
0.012 ... 5
A
A
---
5 ... 5000
5
Hz
Hz
50
45 ... 65
Overload capability
Voltage
Current
Measuring inputs
Connection type
Voltage Ue
- Operating range voltage
Current Ie
- Operating range current
Transformer current
Frequency
- Operating frequency range
Primary current of the transformer

Smallest input step
11/17
Siemens AG 2011

7KT1 310
7KT1 311
7KT1 340
7KT1 341
Standards
EN 61010-1, EN 62053-21, -23, -31
Display
11
Connection errors
Inverted phases
Voltage: 3 displays, 3-digit
Delta L1 L2, L2 L3, L3 L1

Star L1/N L2/N L3/N
Voltage > 480/276 V
Voltage < 87/50 V
Err
Current:
L1 L2 L3 neutral conductor
0.3 ... 76 A
For current > 76 A or

6 A x transformer conversion ratio
For current < 0.3 A or
0.012 A x transformer conversion ratio
HHH
V AC
V AC
87 ... 480
50 ... 276
HHH
LLL
0.1 A ... 1.2 kA or
0.1 ... 6 A
transformer conversion ratio
OOO
Frequency: 1 display, 3-digit
Hz
45.0 ... 65.0
Active power: 3 displays, 3-digit
L1 L2 L3,
W, kW
or MW
0 ... 999
Active power: 3 displays, 3-digit,

3 of 7 digits +
display import or export
L,
W, kW
or MW
0 ... 999
Reactive power: 1 display,

3 of 7 digits + capacitive
or inductive load
L,
var, kvar or 0 ... 999

Mvar
Apparent power: 3 displays, 3-digit
L1 L2 L3, L
VA, kVA or
MV
0 ... 999
Apparent power: 5 displays, 3-digit,

adjustable
L,
VA, kVA or
MV
0 ... 999

display import or export,
+ display rate 1 or 2
L,
Wh, kWh or 0 ... 9999999

MW
or 0 ... 999

+ capacitive or inductive load
L,
varh, kvarh 0 ... 9999999

or Mvarh
or 0 ... 999
Apparent energy: 5 displays, 3-digit,

adjustable rate
L,
VAh, kVAh
or MVh
p.f.: 3 displays, 3-digit
L1 L2 L3,
0.01 ... 1.00
p.f.: 4 displays, 3-digit,

adjustable
0.01 ... 1.00
Only if set
--
5 ... 5000
Transformer secondary current
Only if set
--
Temperatures
0 ... +99
Display period
/s
0 ... 9999999
or 0 ... 999
EEPROM
Storage of setting and energy values

S0 interface
Terminal output
for direct connection 63 A, adjustable
Imp/kWh
Class A
10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001
--
Depending on the transformer factor,

adjustable
Imp/kWh
--
10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001
Pulse duration
ms
125 ... 300
Minimum interval between 2 pulses
ms
300
Required voltage
V DC
5 ... 30
Current ON/OFF
mA
10 ... 27/0 ... 2
Voltage
Current
Power outputs
Measuring accuracy
Active energy
Reactive energy
Class 2
Class 2
P.f.
Frequency
Safety according to EN 61010-1

Pollution degree
2
II
Operating voltage category
600
Clearances
mm
3.0
In device
On printed boards (not installed)
mm
mm
4.3
3.0
Test pulse voltage
1.2/50 s
kV
Test voltage
50 Hz, 1 min
kV
2.2
Creepage distances
11/18
Siemens AG 2011

7KT1 310
7KT1 311
7KT1 340
7KT1 341
Standards
EN 61010-1, EN 62053-21, -23, -31
Terminals
Main current paths
screw (Pozidriv)
Supply and control terminals
mm mm
2
0.4 2.5
Conductor cross-sections, main current paths
Rigid, maximum
mm2
1 25 or
2 16
Rigid, minimum
mm2
1 1.5
Supply and control terminals
Rigid, maximum
mm2
1 6 or
24
Flexible, with end sleeve, minimum
mm2
1 0.75
Temperatures
0 ... +55
Relative humidity
80
mm
0.25
1
1 6 or
24
Ambient conditions
Vibrations
Acc. to EN 60529
Safety class
Acc. to EN 61010-1
II

Ue
Ie
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
A AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For the display of 35 electrical values, of which
5 or 6 values can be continuously displayed.
For 3-phase, 3/4-wire connection,
with S0 interface
11
Without communication interface

Standard rail mounting
3 230/400
63
230
7KT1 310
1 unit
027
0.478
7KT1 311
1 unit
027
0.421
7KT1 340
1 unit
027
0.484
7KT1 341
1 unit
027
0.430

3 230/400
transformer /5
230
7KT1 310
With RS 485 interface and RTU Modbus

protocol or for connection to LAN networks over 7KT1 390 or 7KT1 391
LAN coupler
Standard rail mounting
3 230/400
63
230

3 230/400
transformer /5
230
11/19
Siemens AG 2011

More information
Readout data
You can continuously display 6 measured quantities from the following 35 options.
11
No.
Measured value
Display
Unit
Assignment
Active power
D1
L1
Voltage
D1
L1
Current
D1
L1
Apparent power
D1
VA
L1
P.f.
D1
P.f.
L1
Voltage
D1
L1 L2
Active power
D2
L2
Voltage
D2
L2
Current
D2
L2
10
Apparent power
D2
VA
L2
11
P.f.
D2
P.f.
L2
12
Voltage
D2
L2 L3
13
Active power
D3
L3
14
Voltage
D3
L3
15
Current
D3
L3
16
Apparent power
D3
VA
L3
17
P.f.
D3
P.f.
L3
18
Voltage
D3
L3 L1
19
Temperatures
D6
20
Current, N conductor
D6
21
Active power
D4
22
Reactive power
D5
var
23
Apparent power
D5
var
24
Frequency
D6
Hz
25
P.f.
D1, D2, D3, D6
P.f.
26
Active energy rate 1
D4
Wh
27
D4
Wh
28
D4
Wh
L
29
D4
Wh
L
30
Reactive energy rate 1
D5
varh
L, ind.
31
D5
varh
L, ind.
32
D5
varh
L, chap.
33
D5
varh
L, chap.
34
Apparent energy rate 1 D5
VAh
35
Apparent energy rate 2 D5
VAh
2 set values are also indicated:

36
Transformer setting
D4
CT/A
/5
37
Transformer setting
D5
CT/A
5 ... 5000
All the measured values are transmitted via LAN.
11/20
Siemens AG 2011

Overview
Application
Usable E-counters and multicounters
Following E-counters and multicounters can be connected
to the LAN coupler:
Order No.
Energy counters
Digital 3-phase counters
7KT 391 LAN couplers
PAC1500, for direct connection 80 A, double rate
7KT1 543
PAC1500, for direct connection 80 A, double rate,

calibrated version
7KT1 545
PAC1500, for transformer connection .../5 A, double

rate
7KT1 540
For transformer connection .../5 A, double rate,

calibrated version
7KT1 542
For direct connection 125 A, double rate
7KT1 546
For direct connection 125 A, double rate,

calibrated version
7KT1 548
For direct connection 63 A, double rate
7KT1 520
For transformer connection .../5 A, double rate
7KT1 521
A LAN coupler supports worldwide data recall from multicounters and E-counters over a LAN link to the Internet.
Digital 1-phase counters

PAC1500, for direct connection 80 A, double rate
7KT1 531
Up to 30 devices can be linked with a LAN coupler. In turn, the

LAN coupler is connected to a LAN.
PAC1500, for direct connection 80 A, double rate,

calibrated version
7KT1 533
Data communication between the LAN coupler and the PC takes

place using the TCP/IP protocol.
Multicounters
Benefits
PAC3000, for direct connection
7KT1 340
PAC3000, for transformer connection .../5 A
7KT1 341
For transformer connection .../5 A
7KT1 342
Integration of measuring devices in industrial or office communication

Use of existing local networks (LAN) for transmitting the measured data
The internal storage possibility (2 GByte internal memory)
makes a permanent connection unnecessary
TCP/IP data protocol enables a wide range of application
Data output in csv files enables the implementation of customized solutions for measured data indication and analysis
One LAN coupler for up to 30 devices
11
11/21
Siemens AG 2011

7KT1 391
IEEE 802.3 AS, IEC 60950, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3
Standards
General data
Enclosures
Mounting
Mounting height
Acc. to DIN 43880

Acc. to EN 60715
Supply
Rated frequency
Frequency ranges
Function
System start
LAN server identification
Transmission rate
Operating system
Browser
Limitation by LAN
mm
4 modules
Mounting onto standard mounting rail (35 mm)
70
VA
V AC
Uc
Hz
Hz
10
230
0.9 ... 1.10
50
45 ... 65
Mbit/s
Automatic upon switching on

Over the IP address of the PC
100
Windows XP/Vista/7
IE 7, 8; Mozilla Firefox 3.09 / 3.5.3 / 3.6; Opera 9.64 / 10 / 10.5;
Safari 3.2.2 /4.0.5; Google Chrome 3.0.195.27.
LAN interface
HW interface
Connection RJ 45
SW interface
TCP/IP
Interface to the measuring instruments

HW interface
RS 485 terminals
Number 3 (+/-/shielded twisted pair)
Line
Version
Minimum cross-section
Maximum line capacity
Impedance
Maximum overall cable length
Type of installation
mm2
pF/m
W
m
Measuring instruments can be connected

directly
11
Safety according to IEC 60950

Pollution degree
Operational voltage
Enclosure material group
Clearances
Creepage distances
Test pulse voltage
Flame resistance
STP (shielded twisted pair)

2 0.2 or 2 x AWG 24
< 50
100
1200
Serial
Number 30
kV
kV
Class
2
III
300
II
4.0
4.5
4
4
V0
kJ
2977.8
V
mm
1.2/50 s
50 Hz, 1 min
Acc. to UL 94
Fire load
Terminals
Lift terminals
screw (Pozidriv)
PZ1
Conductor cross-sections of main current Rigid

paths
Flexible with sleeve
Temperatures
Relative humidity
Vibrations
Safety class
mm2
0.75 ... 6
0.75 ... 6
mm
In operation
Storage and transport
In operation
acc. to IEC 60950
Installed device front side (terminals)
C
C
%
mm
-10 ... +55

-25 ... +70
80
0.25
III
IP20

Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
LAN couplers
For connection of up to 30 devices over RS 485
230
7KT1 391
1 unit
027
0.205
11/22
Siemens AG 2011

Overview
Measuring precisely with SENTRON PAC3100/3200/4200
Benefits
SENTRON PAC General
The common features of all power monitoring devices in the
SENTRON PAC series:
Simple mounting and commissioning
High IP65 degree of protection (front side, when installed) permits usage in extremely dusty and wet environments
Intuitive operation using 4 function buttons and multilingual
plain text displays
Easy adaptation to different systems using integrated and optional
- Digital inputs and outputs
- Communication interfaces
Worldwide use
- Min. 8 languages
- International approvals
- Developed and tested to European and international standards
Low mounting depth
The SENTRON PAC power monitoring devices:

PAC3200 (left), PAC3100 (center) and PAC4200 (right)
The power monitoring devices of the SENTRON PAC series are

used to measure and indicate all relevant network parameters in
low-voltage power distribution. They can be used for singlephase measurements as well as for multiphase measurements in
3 and 4-conductor networks (TN, TT, IT).
Power values for main distribution boards, electrical feeders or
individual loads are recorded precisely and reliably, and important measured values are supplied in addition for assessing the
state of the plant and the quality of the network.
More information
More information is available on the Internet at
SENTRON PAC3200 and SENTRON PAC4200

Additional performance characteristics of the SENTRON
PAC3200 and SENTRON PAC4200:
Precise energy recording
Versatile system integration
- Integrated Ethernet interface
- Optional communication modules available
- Multifunctional digital inputs and outputs
- Limit value monitoring
Can be connected directly to power supply networks up to
690 V AC (UL-L) , CATIII without voltage transformers.
Easy-to-use configuration software included as standard
SENTRON PAC4200
Additional performance characteristics of the SENTRON
PAC4200:
Monitoring the plant status and the system quality
- Basic information for evaluating network quality
- Logging of plant history in the form of operation, control and
system-related events
Recording of the power range through power averaging (load
profile)
Daily energy meters for apparent, active and reactive energy
across 365 days for cut-off date assessment
Detection of gas, water, compressed air or other energy
sources via pulse counter to the digital inputs
Can be expanded using modules to up to 10 digital inputs and
6 digital outputs
Meters for apparent, active and reactive energy for the precise
detection of the power consumption of a partial process or
manufacturing process
10/100 Mbit/s Ethernet interface with gateway function for the
easy connection of devices with serial RS485 interface via expansion module PAC RS485 to an Ethernet network
Comprehensive convenience indicators, such as user-defined
displays, bar and status indicators, phase diagram and list
and histogram graphics
Satisfies the accuracy requirements of class 0.2S high-precision meters used by power supply companies according to
IEC 62053-22, which are normally reserved for exacting industrial applications
11/23
11
Siemens AG 2011

System integration of RS485 field bus devices through Ethernet
Application
Three-phase power monitoring devices are used to measure
and indicate all relevant network parameters of an electrical installation and they monitor these parameters permanently.
Applications
Wherever power has to be distributed, be it in industrial or infrastructural buildings, the SENTRON PAC supplies important information to the building services system or the power controlling
system.
The many different communication options offered by the
SENTRON PAC make it an indispensable supplier of data for
energy management systems and for plant and building automation.
A special feature is the integrated gateway function of the

SENTRON PAC4200. It enables a cost-effective and simple
connection of devices with an RS485 interface to an Ethernet
network.
Everything required is provided by the SENTRON PAC RS485
expansion module, to which a maximum of 31 lower-level devices can be connected without a repeater and as many as 247
with a repeater.
The gateway function of the SENTRON PAC4200 supports the
Modbus protocol and can be parameterized using SENTRON
powerconfig.
SQL
database
Server
Client
Client
Industries
Power distribution systems for the power supply are needed in
all sectors of industry. SENTRON PAC is used accordingly in all
sectors where power consumption and electrical parameters are
to be measured.
Ethernet
Integration of PAC3200 and PAC4200

When the SENTRON PAC3200 and PAC4200 are fully integrated
in a energy management system, they monitor the power consumption and help to monitor the operating state of the plant.
Measured values, limit value violations, operating hours of a connected load or power flows are supplied by the instruments
quickly and reliably.
SENTRON PAC4200
with serial gateway
NSG0_00238a
Using the optionally available interface modules, it is possible to

integrate both instruments in every I&C system or every
SIMATIC S7 environment.
System integration using block libraries
11
Optionally available block libraries make it easy to integrate the

power monitoring devices in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system and the SCADA-System SIMATIC WinCC. Together with
the faceplates as user interface for SENTRON PAC3200, the
driver blocks and diagnostics blocks in the control system enable the operating and monitoring of technologically important
values and functions of the measuring devices in the respective
target system.
Faceplates
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS
Libraries for PCS7

and WinCC
16(BF
Integration of the SENTRON PAC3200 in SIMATIC PCS 7/WinCC
11/24
SENTRON
PAC3200
Modbus RTU
SENTRON VL
Power monitoring devices

SENTRON WL
Connecting Modbus-RTU devices to a power management system

through PAC4200
Siemens AG 2011

Instrument variants
SENTRON PAC3100
PAC3200
PAC4200
Basic measurement variables

Voltage, current
Neutral conductor current
--
Apparent power, active power, reactive power, power factor
Power factor of the fundamental

wave
--
--
Frequency
Of the reference phase
Min/max values
Slave pointer function | with date & time
| --
| --
Power measurement
--
Active energy, reactive energy
Input | Output | Balance
||
| | --
| | --
Number of tariffs
Apparent, active and reactive energy
Daily energy values for 365 days
--
--
Consumption recording of a subprocess or manufacturing process
--
--
Power averages of the last measure- Active and reactive power average with
ment period
min / max value
Load profile record
--
--
max. 3840 entries1)
Apparent energy
E-counter for S0 signal at a digital

input
Electrical energy | any energy
-- | --
| --
Accuracy class for active energy
Acc. to IEC 62053-21 / 62053-22
Class 1
Class 0.5S
Class 0.2S
Accuracy class for reactive energy
Class 3
Class 2
Class 2
Monitoring of state of the plant and quality of the network

Configurable displays
For presenting up to 4 measured quantities
--
--
Operating hours counter
Operating hours of loads
--
Sliding mean values
U, I, S, P, Q, LF
--
--
THD voltage, current
--
THD-R
THD
Distortion current strength
--
--
Phase angle, phase displacement angle
--
--
Unbalance
--
Unba | Inba2)
Unb | Inb3)
Voltage | current
Harmonics in voltage, current
11
--
--
3. to 31st
Limit value monitoring
Max. number of limit values
--
12
Boolean logic
For limit values | inputs
--| --
| --
Event memory for operation, control Including time stamp

and system-related events
--
--
(> 4000 events)
Battery backup for min / max values
--
--
System integration and communication

Ethernet (integrated)
Protocol
Modbus TCP
---
10 Mbit/s
10/100 Mbit/s
Gateway
Ethernet <--> RS485 (Modbus)
--
--
4)
PROFIBUS DP-V1
--
Expansion module optional
RS 485
Protocol
Modbus RTU
Integrated
Expansion module optional
4DI/2DO expansion module
Expansion to max. 10 DI / 6 DO
--
--
Number of expansion modules
Max.
--
Integrated digital inputs (DI)

Integrated digital outputs (DO)
Number | multifunctional
Number | multifunctional
2 | -2|
1|
1|
2|
2|
Dimensions (L x W x D)
In mm
96 x 96 x 56
96 x 96 x 56
96 x 96 x 82
Mounting depth
PAC | PAC with expansion module (in mm)
51 | --
51 | 73
77 | 99
Panel cutout (L x W)
In mm
92 x 92
92 x 92
92 x 92
CE / cULus / C-Tick / GOST
IEC 61557-12
--
(max. 2 modules)
Installation plan
Standards and approvals
1)
2)
This corresponds for example to a duration of 40 days with a measurement

period length of 15 minutes.
Unba, Inba - Unbalance with regard to amplitude
3)
Unba, Inba - Unbalance with regard to amplitude and phase
4)
In conjunction with SENTRON PAC RS485 expansion module
= Available, -- = Not available
11/25
Siemens AG 2011


Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
SENTRON PAC3100
Screw terminals
A
96 mm x 96 mm
Screw terminals for connecting current and
voltage
7KM3 133-0BA00-3AA0
1 unit
133
0.325
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
AC/DC universal power supply unit

UAUX:
100 240 V AC 10 %, 50/60 Hz
110 250 V DC 10 %
7KM3 133-0BA00-3AA0
Measuring inputs
Ue: max. 3 AC 480/277 V, 50/60 Hz
Ie: /5 A
Accessories
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
kg
SENTRON PAC TMP
Adapter for mounting on standard
mounting rail
11
7KM9 900-0YA00-0AA0
1 unit
133
0.105
7KM9 900-0YA00-0AA0
More information
Software components
Suitable current transformers can be found

in chapter 2 "Molded Case Circuit Breakers"
in the Industry Mall, section "Industry Automation and Drive
Technologies" --> "Low-Voltage Power Distribution and
Electrical Installation Technology" --> "Protection Devices"
--> "Molded Case Circuit Breakers"
--> "3VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers"
--> "3VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers up to 1600 A"
--> "Accessories and Spare Parts"
For more information about the software components

see chapter 13 and on the Internet at
11/26
Siemens AG 2011


Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
SENTRON PAC3200
Screw terminals
A
96 mm x 96 mm
voltage
7KM2 112-0BA00-3AA0
1 unit
133
0.325
1 unit
133
0.325
1 unit
133
0.325

UAUX:
95 240 V AC 10 %, 50/60 Hz
110 340 V DC 10 %
7KM2 112-0BA00-3AA0
Measuring inputs
Ue: max. 3 AC 690/400 V, 50/60 Hz
Ie: /1 A or /5 A
SENTRON PAC3200
Screw terminals
A
96 mm x 96 mm
voltage
7KM2 111-1BA00-3AA0
DC power supply unit with extra-low voltage

UAUX: 2265 V DC 10 %
Measuring inputs
Ue: max. 3 AC 500/289 V, 50/60 Hz
Ie: /1 A or /5 A
7KM2 111-1BA00-3AA0
SENTRON PAC3200
96 mm x 96 mm
Cable lug terminals for connecting current
and voltage
Ring terminal lug

connection
A
7KM2 112-0BA00-2AA0
11
AC/DC universal power supply unit:

UAUX:
95240 V AC 10 %, 50/60 Hz
110340 V DC 10 %
7KM2 112-0BA00-2AA0
Measuring inputs
Ue: max. 3 AC 690/400 V, 50/60 Hz
Ie: /1 A or /5 A
Accessories
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
SENTRON PAC TMP

mounting rail
7KM9 900-0YA00-0AA0
1 unit
133
0.105
7KM9 900-0YA00-0AA0
More information
Software components

in chapter 2 "Molded Case Circuit Breakers"
Software for PAC3200 see chapter 13, section "Configuring,

visualizing and controlling with SIMATIC"
11/27
Siemens AG 2011


Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
SENTRON PAC4200
Screw terminals
A
96 mm x 96 mm
voltage
7KM4 212-0BA00-3AA0
1 unit
133
0.450
1 unit
133
0.450
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
NSG0_00230

UAUX:
95 240 V AC 10 %, 50/60 Hz
110 340 V DC 10 %
7KM4 112-0BA00-3AA0
Measuring inputs
Ue: max. 3 AC 690/400 V, 50/60 Hz
Ie: /1 A or /5 A
SENTRON PAC4200
96 mm x 96 mm
Cable lug terminals for connecting current
and voltage
Ring terminal lug

connection
A
7KM4 212-0BA00-2AA0
DT
Order No.
AC/DC universal power supply unit:

UAUX:
95240 V AC 10 %, 50/60 Hz
110340 V DC 10 %
7KM4 112-0BA00-2AA0
Measuring inputs
Ue: max. 3 AC 690/400 V, 50/60 Hz
Ie: /1 A or /5 A
Accessories
11
Version
Price
per PU
kg
SENTRON PAC TMP
mounting rail
7KM9 900-0YA00-0AA0
1 unit
133
0.105
7KM9 900-0YA00-0AA0
More information
Software components

in chapter 2 "Molded case circuit breakers"

11/28
Siemens AG 2011

PAC PROFIBUS DP expansion modules
Overview
The PAC PROFIBUS DP expansion module has the following
features:
Pluggable PROFIBUS DP communication modules for
SENTRON PAC3200 and PAC4200 power monitoring devices
Parameterizable from the front of the device or using parameterization software
Using PROFIBUS DPV1, data can be transferred in both cyclic
and acyclic modes
Easy engineering thanks to integration into SIMATIC STEP 7
and/or simple integration via GSD file for other programming
systems
Optimum use of process image of a control for selection of individual measurment values for cyclical transfer
All baudrates from 9.6 kbit/s up to 12 Mbit/s are supported
Connection through 9-pole Sub-D connector according to
IEC 61158
No external auxiliary power necessary
Additional display via the device display and via LEDs on the
module
SENTRON PAC PROFIBUS DP expansion modules
Application
The SENTRON PAC PROFIBUS DP communication module is
plugged onto the rear of the power monitoring device. The device identifies the module automatically and presents the parameters of relevance for this module for selection in the parameterization menu.
All individual measurement variables supplied by the SENTRON

PAC multifunction measuring instruments are selected and cyclically transmitted by means of the GSD file. This permits the optimum use of the PROFIBUS Master process image.

Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
PAC PROFIBUS DP
Expansion module for
A
SENTRON PAC3200 and PAC4200
(PROFIBUS DP V1)
7KM9 300-0AB00-0AA0
1 unit
133
0.045
7KM9 300-0AB00-0AA0
11/29
11
Siemens AG 2011

Overview
The SENTRON PAC RS485 expansion module has the following
features:
PAC RS485 plug-in communication module for SENTRON
PAC3200 and PAC4200 power monitoring devices
Parameterizable from the front of the device or using parameterization software
Support for the Modbus RTU protocol
Plug and play
Baud rates 4.8 / 9.6 / 19.2 and 38.4 kBd are supported
Connection by means of 6-pole screw terminals
No external auxiliary power necessary
SENTRON PAC RS485 expansion module
Application
The SENTRON PAC RS485 communication module is plugged
into the back of the PAC power monitoring device.
The device identifies the module automatically and presents the
parameters of relevance for this module for selection in the parameterization menu. The state of the module is indicated by the
integrated LED.
11
In connection with the SENTRON PAC3200 and 4200 multifunction measuring instruments, the Modbus RTU protocols are supported with baud rates of 4.8/9.6/19.2 and 38.4 kBd.
The SENTRON PAC RS485 expansion module is required for the
gateway function of the PAC4200 to achieve simple devices with
RS485 interface, such as the PAC3100, via Ethernet
(Modbus TCP).

Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
PAC RS485
A
SENTRON PAC3200 and PAC4200
(Modbus RTU)
7KM9 300-0AM00-0AA0
1 unit
133
0.041
7KM9 300-0AM00-0AA0
11/30
Siemens AG 2011

PAC 4DI/2DO expansion modules for PAC4200
Overview
The SENTRON PAC 4DI/2DO expansion module is used to expand the SENTRON PAC4200 power monitoring device to up to
10 digital inputs and 6 digital outputs.
It offers the following features:
Up to two 4DI/2DO modules can be plugged onto a PAC4200.
The 4DI/2DO modules mean that the internal digital inputs and
outputs can be expanded by up to 8 inputs and 4 outputs.
The 4DI/2DO expansion modules can be parameterized via
the front of the device or via the SENTRON powerconfig configuration software.
The digital inputs can be used without external voltage
sources. They are self-powered.
All functions of the integrated multifunctional inputs/outputs on
the PAC4200 are also available in the 4DI/2DO expansion
module.
Inputs and outputs can be used as an S0 interface conforming
to IEC 62053-31.
The connection is made via a 9-pole screw terminal.
No external auxiliary power supply is required.
SENTRON PAC 4DI/2DO expansion modules
Application
There are many possible uses for the SENTRON PAC 4DI/2DO
expansion module. Some of these include:
Connection of up to 10 energy counters with pulsed output
(S0) for detecting the consumption of other energy-carriers
e.g. gas, water or compressed-air consumption
Integration of other media into energy management system
Monitoring of multiple, single switches with auxiliary contacts

via PAC4200
Use of the digital outputs as pulse output for active and reactive energy
Use of the digital outputs as outputs for switching operations
and/or for time synchronization.
Benefits
Digital inputs
Digital outputs
Consumption recording and evaluation

Cost-effective energy counters can be used as media counters.
It is not necessary to replace meters as the basic power meters with pulse output already installed can be used.
Other media can be easily integrated into a power management system.
Increase the transparency of the power flows, because the
power consumption of a sub-process or the product-related
power consumption can be detected and evaluated, for example.
Pulse counters can be easily assigned using user-definable
displays.
The digital outputs offer a high degree of flexibility as they can

be used as follows:
For status display
- for a limit value violation
- for a direction of rotation
- for an operating state on the PAC4200
As remote-controlled switching outputs
For synchronization of the periods load profile detection in
other devices
For signaling power measurement
- related active energy
- supplied active energy
- related reactive energy
- supplied reactive energy
Status monitoring
The digital inputs reduce the wiring outlay thanks to the effective
integration of basic protection equipment and switchgear.

Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
PAC 4DI/2DO
SENTRON PAC4200
7KM9 200-0AB00-0AA0
1 unit
133
0.041
7KM9 200-0AB00-0AA0
11/31
11
Siemens AG 2011

Analog Volt- and Ammeters
Overview
Benefits
The 7KT1 020 ammeters can be equipped with changeable
scales for primary currents of 60, 150 or 400 A AC, depending
on the transformer ratio of the installed current transformer.
The changeable scales are included in delivery. This ensures
universal application
Permanent overload up to 20 % does not damage the device.
Protection for your plant.
These devices for measuring voltages and currents can be used

for monitoring incoming and outgoing currents or device currents in electric plants. They are suitable for direct connection in
a single-phase system or with selector switches for the measured values in three-phase systems.
7KT1 000
Measuring ranges
Direct measurement
11
7KT1 01.
7KT1 020
-0 ... 25
0 ... 40
0 ... 60
--
----0 ... 150/5
1.5
EN 60051-2
Standards
Transformer measurement
V AC
A AC
A AC
A AC
A AC
0 ... 500
-----
Max. permissible measuring frequency
Hz
45 ... 65
Pointer
Display
at 23 1 C
Measuring accuracy
Temperature influence
Overload capability
Continuous
Short-time for 1 s
Test voltage
50 Hz, 1 min
Terminals
screw (Pozidriv)
Rigid, max.
1.5
VA
<2
< 1.1
%/C
0.03
1.2 Umeas
2 Umeas
kV
1.2 Imeas
10 Imeas
>2
1
mm2
mm2
1 6/2 4
0.75
1 25/2 16
1 6/2 4
0.75
-10 ... +55


Umeas
Imeas
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
A AC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Analog voltmeters
500
7KT1 000
1 unit
027
0.137
B
B
B
7KT1 010
7KT1 011
7KT1 012
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.152
0.160
0.168
7KT1 020
1 unit
027
0.136
Analog ammeters for direct connection

25
40
60
Analog ammeter for transformer connection
with 3 different interchangeable scales
0 ... 60 A,
0 ... 150 A and
0 ... 400 A
0 ... 60/5
0 ... 150/5
0 ... 400/5
11/32
Siemens AG 2011

Overview
Benefits
The ammeters have 14 measuring ranges from 0 A to 20 A to
0 A to 999 A, which can be set using a coding switch. This
ensures universal application.
Measuring devices 7KT1: Left voltmeter, right ammeter

These devices for measuring voltages and currents can be used
for monitoring incoming and outgoing currents or device currents in electric plants. They are suitable for direct connection in
a single-phase system or with measuring transducers in threephase systems.
The measuring ranges of the ammeter are set at the device with
a coding switch.
7KT1 110
7KT1 120
DIN 43751-1, -2
Standards
V AC
230
Uc
0.9 ... 1.15
Rated frequency
Hz
45 ... 65
VA
<2
11
Measuring range
Voltage
Direct measurement
V AC
12 ... 600
--
Current
Direct measurement
A AC
A AC
---
0.4 ... 20 direct

0.1 ... 1000/5
3 LEDs red; height 10 mm
Display
Voltage
> 600 V
< 12 V
HHH
-- -- --
---
Current
Direct > 20 A
Transformer > 5 A
---
HHH
HHH
Direct < 0.4 A

Transformer < 0.1 A
---
-- -- --- -- --
Measuring cycle
Measuring accuracy
At 23 C
/s
4 times
0.5 1 digit
%/C
0.03
Overload capability
Voltage
Continuous
Short-time for 1 s
V
V
720
780
---
Current
Continuous, direct
Continuous, transformer
A
A
---
22
5.5
Short-time for 1 s, direct

Short-time for 1 s, transformer
A
A
---
200
50
Electrical isolation
Clearances
Creepage distances in the device
Creepage distances on the printed board
Printed boards not installed
mm
mm
mm
3
4.3
3.0
1.5
2.1
1.5
Test voltage
50 Hz, 1 min
kV
2.2
1.35
Terminals
screw (Pozidriv)
Rigid, max.

1
mm2
mm2
1 6/2 4
0.75
-10 ... +55

11/33
Siemens AG 2011


Ue
Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
V AC
MW
230
7KT1 110
1 unit
027
0.214
230
7KT1 120
1 unit
027
0.219
kg
Digital voltmeters
Measuring range AC 12 ... 600 V
Digital ammeters for

direct and transformer connection
Measuring range
direct:
0.4 ... 20 A
transformer: 0.1 ... 1000 A/5
More information
Range selector switch for 7KT1 120 digital ammeter
11
0
1 2 3 4 1
I2_00183c
1234
Direct measurement
0000
20 A AC
1000
25/5 A AC 0 0 0 1
40/5 A AC 1 0 0 1
0100
50/5 A AC 0 1 0 1
1100
0010
60/5 A AC 1 1 0 1
1010
80/5 A AC 0 0 1 1
0110
100/5 A AC 1 0 1 1
1110
150/5 A AC 0 1 1 1
200/5 A AC
250/5 A AC
400/5 A AC
500/5 A AC
600/5 A AC
800/5 A AC
999/5 A AC
11/34
Siemens AG 2011

for mounting onto support rail
Overview
and monitoring of production sequences, maintenance cycles
and warranty times.
As well as the proven electromechanical time and pulse counters for mounting in distribution boards, we also supply digital
time and pulse counters.
The fields of application for both counter types are very diverse,
such as the recording of operating hours of machines, systems
or building management systems, as well as pulse counting for
general volume flow counting, registration of starting frequencies, starting cycles or production quantities in systems and machines.
Benefits
Time and pulse counters help to plan maintenance intervals,
which safeguard and ensure high plant availability
Versions without zero position and with electric or manual zero
position for all applications.
Flexible application of the digital counters for power supplies
of 12 V to 150 V DC and 24 V to 240 V AC in a single device.
Time counters: Left: electromechanical, right: Electronic
Time and pulse counters are used for the reliable monitoring of
production and service times, which enables the exact planning
7KT5 801

At 50/60 Hz
V AC
V DC
-12 ... 24
Uc
0.9 ... 1.1
Rated frequency
Hz
--
VA
<1
7KT5 802
7KT5 803
7KT5 804
7KT5 806
7KT5 807
EN 60255-6; UL 863
UL 863, UL File No. E300537, CSA C22.2 No. 6 and 55
Standards
Approvals
Method of operation
Counting of
Display
Drum-type register
Terminals
screw (Phillips)
Rigid

Acc. to EN 60529
Safety class
Acc. to EN 61140
115
230
115
50
230
60
11
<2
Hours
h
00000.00
1
mm2
mm2
1.5
0.75
-10 ... +70

II
24
--
< 80
7KT5 811 7KT5 812 7KT5 814 7KT5 821 7KT5 822 7KT5 823 7KT5 833
EN 60255-6; UL 863
UL 863, UL File No. E300537, CSA C22.2 No. 6 and 55
Standards
Approvals
-12 ... 24
Uc
0.9 ... 1.1
Rated frequency
Hz
--
VA
<1
At 50/60 Hz
V AC
V DC
24
--
230
--
24 ... 240
12 ... 150
<2
<1
50/60
Method of operation
Counting of
Pulses
Hours
Pulses
Display
Drum-type register
LCD
0000000
---
-000000.0
--
--0000000
Counting frequency
Hz
10
--
10
Pulse duration
ms
50
--
Resetting
Electrical
Mechanical
---
Terminals
screw (Phillips)
Rigid

Acc. to EN 60529
Safety class
Acc. to EN 61140
mm2
mm2
1.5
0.75
-10 ... +70
50
Yes
Yes

II
%
< 80
11/35
Siemens AG 2011

for mounting onto support rail

Uc
Frequency Mount- DT
ing
width
Hz
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Time counters
Mechanical counting mechanism,
display 00000.00 h without resetting
12 ... 24 DC
--
7KT5 801
1 unit
027
0.098
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC
50
A
B
A
7KT5 802
7KT5 803
7KT5 804
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.093
0.093
0.093
115 AC
230 AC
60
B
B
7KT5 806
7KT5 807
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.094
0.095
7KT5 811
1 unit
027
0.095
B
B
7KT5 812
7KT5 814
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.089
0.096
7KT5 821
1 unit
027
0.089
7KT5 822
1 unit
027
0.085
7KT5 823
1 unit
027
0.089
7KT5 833
1 unit
027
0.089
Pulse counters
Mechanical counting mechanism,
display 0000000
without resetting
12 ... 24 DC
--
24 AC
230 AC
50/60
Electronic time counters

LCD 000000.0 h without resetting
DC 12 ... 150,
AC 24 ... 240
-50/60
With electrical resetting

DC 12 ... 150,
AC 24 ... 240
-50/60
With electrical and mechanical resetting

DC 12 ... 150,
AC 24 ... 240
-50/60
Electronic pulse counters

LCD 0000000
11
With electrical and mechanical resetting

DC 12 ... 150,
AC 24 ... 240
-50/60
More information
Time counters count the time in hours with an accuracy of two
decimal places (hundredths of hours). The pulse counter adds
the number of pulses, e.g. the making operations of devices.
A power supply is required at terminals 1 and 3 of the electronic
counters so that the device can constantly display the measured
values. Once terminal 3 is supplied with voltage (for DC "+"), the
counting procedure starts. If terminal 4 is supplied short-time
with voltage (for DC "+"), the counter is reset.
In the case of electronic counters, the counting result is saved
indefinitely in the event of a power failure (EEPROM). On recovery of the power, the counting is continued from the saved value.
As well as a modern design, the electronic counter has a 7-digit
LCD, which can be reset electrically or manually.
11/36
Siemens AG 2011

Time counters for front-panel mounting
Overview
Time and pulse counters for control cabinets, control and mechanical engineering are used, e.g. in boilers, machine tools or
compressors. The pulse counters count the starting frequencies.
This supports planning for preventative maintenance.
In-time and regular maintenance is the best protection against
unexpected shutdowns.
Benefits
Time and pulse counters help to plan maintenance intervals,
which safeguard and ensure high plant availability.
Time counters: Left: Counting mechanism, right: Counting mechanism

with front frame
7KT5 500
7KT5 501
7KT5 502
7KT5 503
7KT5 504
7KT5 505
115
--
230
115
230
24
EN 60255-6
Standards
V AC
V DC
-10 ... 80
Uc
0.9 ... 1.1
Rated frequency
Hz
--
50
VA
<1
0.2
Method of operation
Counting of
Display
Drum-type register
00000.00
Pulse duration
Pulse length, pulse interval
ms
50
Front-panel mounting
Without masking frame
55 mm 55 mm
With masking frame
55 mm 55 mm
Switchboard cutout
Terminals
screw (Phillips)
Rigid
Front panel
Installation with seal
Terminals
Acc. to EN 60529
Safety class
Acc. to EN 61140
1.8
0.2
11
mm mm 45.2 45.2+0.3
50.2+0.3
1
mm2
mm2
1.5
0.75
-10 ... +70

IP65
IP43
II
< 93
7KT5 600
7KT5 601
7KT5 602
7KT5 603
7KT5 604
115
--
230
115
230
EN 60255-6
Standards
V AC
V DC
-10 ... 50
Uc
0.9 ... 1.1
Rated frequency
Hz
--
VA
<1
Method of operation
Counting of
Display
Drum-type register
00000.00
Pulse duration
Pulse length, pulse interval
ms
50
Front-panel mounting
Switchboard cutout
mm mm
68+0.5 68+0.5
Terminals
screw (Phillips)
Rigid

Front panel
Terminals
Acc. to EN 60529
Safety class
Acc. to EN 61140
50
0.9
Hours
mm
60
1.8
50
60
Hours
1
mm2
mm2
1.5
0.75
-10 ... +70

IP52
IP00
II
< 93
11/37
Siemens AG 2011

Time counters for front-panel mounting

Uc
Frequen- Mount- DT
cy
ing
width
Hz
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MW
Time counters
Mechanical counting mechanism, display
00000.00 h,
For front-panel mounting, front frame 48 mm x 48 mm
10 ... 80 DC
7KT5 500
1 unit
027
0.059
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC
50
A
A
A
7KT5 505
7KT5 501
7KT5 502
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.056
0.058
0.057
115 AC
230 AC
60
A
A
7KT5 503
7KT5 504
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.058
0.058
For front-panel mounting, front frame 72 mm x 72 mm

with narrow frame acc. to DIN 43700
10 ... 50 DC
7KT5 600
1 unit
027
0.131
115 AC
230 AC
50
B
A
7KT5 601
7KT5 602
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.128
0.129
115 AC
230 AC
60
B
B
7KT5 603
7KT5 604
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.128
0.129
7KT9 020
1 unit
027
0.005
7KT9 000
1 set
027
0.011
7KT9 021
1 unit
027
0.003
Covers for 7KT5 5 time counters

55 mm 55 mm
Sealing rings for 7KT9 020 covers
IP43 installation in switchboards with smooth surfaces
(1 set = 5 units)
Terminal covers for 7KT5 6 time counters
Degree of protection, IP20, with connected conductors
11
11/38
Siemens AG 2011

Accessories
Overview
Benefits
The current transformer has accuracy class 1 in accordance
with EN 60044-1. This value is better than most measuring devices in this area of application.
The versions designed for a transformer ratio of 60/5 A,
100/5 A and 150/5 A enable an even broader range of applications.
This 3-phase current transformer can be used in distribution

boards according to DIN 43880. The measuring leads are routed
vertically through the standard mounting rail.
This type of current transformer is suitable for supply systems or
outgoing conductors in connection with the installation of a 5TE8
switch or a 5TE1 disconnector, as the primary connecting leads
do not have to be interrupted.
The current transformer is designed for cables of up to 13 mm in
diameter, e.g. H07V-R with 50 mm2 conductor cross-section.
7KT1 200
7KT1 201
7KT1 202
2.5
3.75
3 100
3 150
EN 60044-1
Standards
Secondary rated current strength
Accuracy class
Cl.
Rated power
VA
1.25
Rated frequency fn
Hz
50/60
60 Ie
Thermal continuous current
Short-time
1 Ie
Overcurrent limit factor
FS
kV
>3
mm
>3
V AC
720
A AC
3 60
Thermal current limit Ith
PZ 1
- Rigid
mm2
mm2
0.5 ... 4
0.5 ... 2.5
-5 ... +60
Acc. to EN 60068-1
11
20/60/4

Ue
Ie
Isec
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
A AC
A AC
MW
3 60
3 100
3 150
Order No.
Price
PU
PS*/
SET,
M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
720
B
B
B
7KT1 200
7KT1 201
7KT1 202
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.499
0.512
0.510
11/39
Siemens AG 2011

Accessories
Overview
Benefits
Measuring selector switches are used as CO contacts of the

phases for voltages and currents in three-phase systems for voltmeters and ammeters.
The devices have a rated insulation voltage of 660 V. This permits use in many systems.
The design of these switches is adapted to match the modular

installation devices. They support use in compliance with
EN 60947-3.

Ue
Ie
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
V AC
A AC
V AC
MW
7KT9 010
1 1/48 units
027
0.126
7KT9 011
027
0.128
kg
Voltmeter selector switches

400
12
Ammeter selector switches for transformer

operation
400
12
1 unit
11
11/40
12
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
12/2
Introduction
12/5
Transfer Switches
SENTRON Transfer Control Devices
for ATSE
12/9
12/11
12/15
12/17
12/18
12/19
12/20
12/21
Monitoring Devices for

Electrical Values
Residual current monitors
Voltage relays
Current relays
Priority switches
Fuse monitors
Phase and phase sequence monitors
Insulation monitors for industrial
applications
Monitoring of medical premises
12/29
12/31
12/32
12/33
12/35
12/36
12/38
12/40
12/41
Monitoring Devices for Plants and

Devices
GSM alarm modules
Fault signaling units
EMERGENCY STOP modules
Level relays
Line circuit relays
Dusk switches
Temperature controllers
P.f. controllers
Thermistor motor protection relays
12
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Introduction
Page
Non-residential
buildings
Residential
buildings
Industry
Overview
Devices
Standards
Used in
12/5
The SENTRON ATC5300, equipped with IEC 60947-6-1

two motor-driven circuit breakers,
serves as a transfer system that automatically or manually switches between
two power supply systems in low-voltage power distribution applications.
12/9
To increase system availability and

IEC 62020;
operating safety through continuous
EN 62020
monitoring of residual current in electrical systems and alarms if a defined
threshold is exceeded.
--
Voltage relays
12/11
Monitoring the voltage of emergency

IEC 60255;
lighting in public buildings, short-time EN 50172
failures of 20 ms, for ensuring operational parameters for devices or system
components or monitoring the neutral
conductor for breaks.
--
Current relays
12/15
Monitoring of emergency and signal

lighting and motors.
--
Transfer switches
SENTRON transfer control devices
for ATSE
Monitoring devices for electrical values
12
IEC 60255
All current relays can be short-time

overloaded and connected either with
direct measurement or through transformers.
Priority switches
12/17
For a reduction of the connection fee in IEC 60669;

accordance with German Federal Reg- BTO 6 Section 4
ulations on Tariffs when used in systems
with electric storage heaters where the
continuous-flow heaters are switched
with priority.
--
--
Fuse monitors
12/18
Monitoring of all types of low-voltage

fuses.
--
Can be used in asymmetric systems

afflicted with harmonics and regenerative feedback motors.
12/2
IEC 60255
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Introduction
Standards
For the visual signaling of phase failures IEC 60255

or phase sequences in three-phase
systems.
Used in
Industry
Phase and phase sequence monitors 12/19
Residential
buildings
Page
Non-residential
buildings
Devices
--
--
The phase sequence is arbitrary. The

device is also suitable for 1, 2 or
3-phase operation.
Insulation monitors for industrial

applications
12/20
To increase system availability and

IEC 60255;
operating safety through continuous
IEC 61557
monitoring of the isolation resistance in
ungrounded direct voltage or alternating voltage networks.
--
--
12/21
For the insulation monitoring of a

medical IT system or the load current
monitoring of an IT system transformer
for a non-permissible temperature rise.
--
--
Mobile monitoring and switching of

plants worldwide by SMS for greater
safety and convenience. Plants can be
remotely switched and signals
received.
EN 61557-8;
IEC 61557-8;
DIN VDE 0100-710;
IEC 60364-7-710
Monitoring of the voltage supply with

automatic switchover.
Monitoring devices for plants and devices

GSM alarm modules
12/29
12
12/31
Evaluation and display of fault alarms

IEC 60255
and alarm signals for monitoring industrial plants and control systems.
With 4 inputs and connections for
39 expansion fault signaling units.
--
12/32
For EMERGENCY-STOP switching in

accordance with the Directive 98/37/EC
on Safety of Machines. Safe types of
circuits for machines, plants or test
stations in industrial, commercial and
private enterprise applications.
--
Level relays
12/33
Control of liquid levels in containers with IEC 60255

3 electrode connections for 1-step and
2-step level control. High immunity to
interference of the measuring circuit
isolated from the system.
--
According to the
Directive 98/37/EC;
EN 954-1;
EN ISO 13849-1
12/3
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Page
Standards
Used in
Non-residential
buildings
Residential
buildings
Industry
Introduction
Devices
Line circuit relays
12/35
For disconnecting the voltage or field

circuit of unused lines when loads are
disabled.
IEC 60255
--
--
Dusk switches
12/36
For demand-oriented switching of

lighting installations for shop windows
or paths in order to cut energy costs
EN 60730
--
12/38
For controlling and limiting temperaEN 60730

tures. Three adjustable ranges from
- 30 C to + 100 C. For PT 100 measuring element + 2 C to + 400 C.
P.f. controllers
12/40
For the monitoring of asynchronous

IEC 60255,
motors for underload and no-load oper- IEC 61557
ation, e.g. fan monitoring in the case of
V-belt breakage, filter blockages, pump
monitoring in the event of valve closure
or dry runs.
--
--
12/41
For the prevention of thermal motor

IEC 60255
overloads, e.g. due to high switching
frequency, single-phasing, disabled
cooling or excessive ambient temperatures.
With detection of wire breaks in the sensor circuit.
--
--
12
12/4
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Transfer Switches
SENTRON transfer control devices for ATSE
Overview
Mode of operation
The SENTRON ATC5300 controls the transfer between the main
and standby power supplies fully automatically, while talking into
consideration the set limit values and delay times. It detects
fluctuations occurring in the main power supply quickly and
switches to the standby power supply. The control device only
switches to the standby power supply after it has ensured that
the standby supply is delivering the required power supply quality. The devices switches back to the main power supply taking
into consideration the set parameters once the required power
supply quality is available again. If the standby power supply
and/or the main power supply is fed by a generator, the control
device also offers a wide range of settings, such as a generator
lead time, generator delay time, and generator start test at specified times.
The SENTRON ATC5300 can control air circuit breakers, compact molded case circuit breakers, switch disconnectors or contactors. The circuit breakers are controlled via the related motorized operating mechanisms.
Setting parameters and monitoring using
SENTRON ATC SOFTWARE
SENTRON ATC5300 network switchover controls
In addition to operation and parameterization on-site, you can

also monitor and set the parameters of the controller using the
SENTRON ATC software. The software offers a high level of convenience and quick access to all device settings, e.g. complex
settings which occur when connecting generators.
Automatic system transfer with the SENTRON ATC5300

The SENTRON ATC5300, equipped with two motor-driven circuit
breakers, serves as a transfer system that automatically or manually switches between two power supply systems in low-voltage
power distribution applications.
Measurement variables
In particular, the SENTRON ATC5300 is deployed everywhere

where a power failure is especially critical, e.g. in hospitals, in
conjunction with UPS systems, and for industrial processes.
Measured variables
Rated system voltage Un
V AC
The SENTRON ATC5300 records and monitors the following

measurement variables:
Default setting
Limit value setting
Delay time
Can be deactivated
100 ... 690
70 % ... 98 % (75 % ... 100 %) 1)
0.1 s ... 900 s
--
102 % ... 120 % (100 % ... 115 %) 1) 0.1 s ... 900 s
Voltage asymmetry
1 % ... 20 %
0.1 s ... 900 s
Phase failure
60 % ... 85 %
0.1 s ... 30 s
Left, right
--
--
50/60
80 % ... 100 %
0.1 s ... 900 s
101 % ... 120 %
0.1 s ... 900 s
70 % ... 100 %2)
0 ... 60 s
Direction of rotation
Frequency
Battery voltage Ub
Hz
V DC
12/24/48
110 % ... 140 %2)

1)
Hysteresis value for enabling back-transfer
2)
Warning only, no switching
12
yes
-- no
12/5
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Transfer Switches
Benefits
The advantages of the SENTRON ATC5300 at a glance:
Controls compact molded case circuit breakers MCCB, air circuit breakers ACB, switch disconnectors LBS, or contactors
Two measuring inputs for single-phase and multi-phase power
supply systems
Option for switching between system to system, generator to
system, system to generator, and generator to generator
configurations
Direct measurement of three-phase industrial systems ranging up to 400 V ACL-N or 690 V ACL-L (converter costs, no
assembly and installation costs for converters)
Has two voltage supply units to cover all standard AC/DC voltage supplies, alternative supply via main and standby system
possible
Low space requirements due to door installation and compact
design
Two displays for monitoring the normal/standby system and
displaying the phase and interlinked cable voltages
Setting control parameters for generator activation requirements
Calendar clock
8 digital inputs, 6 of which are programmable and 7 relay outputs, 5 of which are programmable
4 selectable operating modes: off, manual, automatic, test
Data, parameter and logged events (e.g. power failure, faults)
remain accessible and unaltered even after a power failure or
restarting a device
Status display of the connected switches or contactors
Logging and statistical processing of occurring events
possible
Easy system integration through integrated MODBUS interface (RTU and ASCII) for integrating e.g. into a power
management system
The illuminated LED display makes reading measured values
and parameters easy, even under unfavorable lighting conditions
The SENTRON SOFTWARE ATC programming software saves
considerable time when setting parameters and setting up the
SENTRON ATC5300
Generator test run function for mandatory testing intervals
Command option for switching to the second set of protection
parameters in the ETU76B (air circuit breaker 3WL).
Integration
12
Implementation of an automatic transfer system
Q1 and Q2, configured with SENTRON circuit breakers
The SENTRON ATC5300 is used to automatically and manually

switch from a main power supply to a standby power supply and
vice versa. In case system faults occur, the SENTRON ATC5300
controls the switching operations fully automatically. This ensures a very high level of operational continuity.
All SENTRON circuit breakers connected to the SENTRON

ATC5300 must be equipped with the following accessories:
3VL circuit breakers MCCB
The following is also required for each MCCB:
- A motor drive
- An alarm switch
- Two auxiliary switches 1 NO/1 NC
3WL air circuit breakers ACB
The following is also required for each 3WL ACB:
- A motor drive
- A closing solenoid
- An auxiliary release (shunt release)
- Tripped signal switch
- One auxiliary switch block 2 NO/2 NC (standard fittings)
SENTRON ATC5300 allows the implementation of an automatic

transfer control unit in conjunction with compact molded case
circuit breakers MCCB, air circuit breakers ACB, switch disconnectors LBS, or contactors.
The following devices are ideally matched to the SENTRON
ATC5300:
SENTRON 3VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
SENTRON 3WL Air circuit breakers
Component interaction
Feed-in system line 1 (main system) and line 2 (standby
system) are connected to SENTRON ATC5300.
In case of system anomalies, the SENTRON ATC5300 activates components Q1 and Q2 accordingly.
Q1 and Q2 can be implemented with compact molded case
circuit breakers MCCB, air circuit breakers ACB, switch disconnectors LBS, or contactors.
12/6
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Transfer Switches
L1
LINE 1
L2 L3
L1
LINE 2
L2 L3
QF1
QF2
Q2
Q1
I202_01380
LOAD L1
L2
L3
Implementation of an automatic transfer system
ATC5300
ATC5300
s
Auxiliary supply
Reversing time of control device
Rated voltage Un
AC
DC
Communication cables
V AC 220 ... 240
V DC 12 / 24 / 48
1200 ... 38400
Operating range
AC
DC
RS232 serial interface

bit/s
With programmable baud rate
Connection through RJ6/6 connector
V AC 187 ... 264

V DC 9 ... 70
RS485 serial interface

bit/s
Optically insulated
With programmable baud rate
Connection through plug-in terminals
1200 38400
Frequency
Hz
45 ... 65
Max. power consumption

at Un = 240 V AC
VA
Max. power loss

At 240 V AC
At 48 V DC
W
W
6.3
4.1
Max. current consumption

At 12 V DC
At 24 V DC
At 48 V DC
mA
mA
mA
300
180
90
Real-time clock
Energy storage
Safety in the event of short interruptions ms
50
Stored-energy capacitors
Operating time without feeding voltage Days Approx. 12 ... 15

Insulation voltage
690
-20 +60
Storage temperature
-30 +80
Measuring inputs
Relative humidity
<90
Max. rated voltage Un

Phase-phase
Phase-neutral
V AC 690
V AC 400
Max. pollution degree
Phase-phase measuring range
V AC 80 ... 800
Measuring category
CAT III
Frequency ranges
Hz
Measuring method
Measuring input impedance
Phase-phase
Phase-neutral
45 ... 65
RMS value (true RMS)
M
M
Connection method
Measuring errors
>1.1
>0.5
Connections
Terminal type
Removable/pluggable
Cable cross-section
mm2
0.2 ... 2.5 (24 ... 12 AWG)
Nm
0.5 (4.5 lbfin)
Enclosure
Single-phase, two-phase, or
three-phase system
Enclosure material
Thermoplast LEXAN 3412R
0.25 %,
Value range 1 digit
Version
Door installation
Number of inputs
8, 6 of which are programmable
Type of input
Negative
Input current
mA
10
Input signal
Logic state "0"
Logic state "1"
V
V
1.5 (typical 2.9)

5.3 (typical 4.3)
Input signal delay
ms
50
IP41 front, IP20 rear
Weight
Digital inputs
Contact configuration
2 relays with 1 NO contact
3 relays with 1 NO contact
2 relays with 1 CO contact
950
Certificates and conformity

ATS/ATSE standard
Complies with the ATS/ATSE

standard IEC 60947-6-1, in
combination with 3VL or
3WL1)
Environment classification
3K6 acc. to IEC 60721-3-3

3B2 acc. to IEC 60721-3-3
3C3 acc. to IEC 60721-3-3
3S2 acc. to IEC 60721-3-3
Relay outputs
Number of outputs
12
Ambient conditions
7, 5 of which are programmable
3M6 acc. to IEC 60721-3-3

1)
12 A, at 250 V AC (AC-1)
8 A, at 250 V AC (AC-1)
8 A, at 250 V AC (AC-1)
Acc. to IEC 60947-6-1
EMC
For more information see device manual at:
12/7
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Transfer Switches

Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Screw terminals
SENTRON ATC5300
Control panel instrument 144 x 144 x 94 mm
with the following features:
3KC9 000-8TL30
1 unit
143
0.950
3KC9 000-8TL70
1 unit
143
0.300
Screw terminal connection

AC/DC power supply unit
220 240 V AC, 45 ... 60 Hz
9 ... 70 V DC
Rated setting range: 100 690 V AC
3KC9 000-8TL30
SENTRON SOFTWARE ATC
Software for setting parameters and remote control
operations, incl. connection cable from control
device to PC,
cable length 1.8 m
CD incl. software and manuals.
3KC9 000-8TL70
Minimum hard- and software requirements:

- Pentium, 64 MB RAM
- COM interface (serial RS232)
- CD drive
- Windows 95/98/2000/XP/Vista/Windows 7
12
12/8
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Monitoring Devices for Electrical Values
Overview
n
100 % n
Disconnection
Residual current
Plant safety and operating safety are becoming increasingly important alongside the protection of personnel. Shutdowns due to
the unexpected tripping of protective devices cause high costs.
It is possible to detect residual currents in the electrical installation before the protective device responds.
Residual current monitors (RCM) monitor residual current in
electrical installations and issue a signal when the residual current exceeds a set value.
50 %
Alarm
The summation current transformer detects all conductors required to conduct the current, i.e. including the neutral conductor where applicable. In a fault-free system, the magnetizing effects of the conductors through which current is flowing cancel
each other out for the summation current transformer, i.e. the
sum of all currents is zero. If a residual current is flowing due to
an insulation fault, a residual magnetic field is left in the core of
the transformer and produces a voltage. This voltage is evaluated using the electronics of the RCM. The switched contact can
be used e.g. to operate an acoustic/optical signaling device, a
higher-level control system or a circuit breaker.
I202_16044
RCMs are used primarily in plants where a fault should result in

a signal but not in disconnection. This enables plant operators to
detect faults and eliminate their causes before the protective
devices disconnect the installation, which increases plant and
operating safety and cuts costs.
Time t
Time characteristic of the rated residual current n
Benefits
Higher plant availability and operating safety through permanent monitoring of residual currents
Adjustable limit values for residual current and response time
enable timely detection and signaling plant shutdowns are
often avoidable
Devices for every application:
The summation current transformers are available in various
sizes, the RCMs can be used optionally for signaling and/or
switching
Additional fire protection can be implemented using the
monitoring system.
RCM analog
RCM digital
RCM digital, 4 channels
EN 62020, IEC 62020
Standards
Frequency
V AC
Hz
230
50/60
Rated residual current n

Type A
Type AC
A
A
0.03 ... 3
3 ... 5
0.03 ... 3
3 ... 30
0.03 ... 3
3 ... 30
Response time tv
0.02 ... 5
0.02 ... 10, INS, SEL1)
0.02 ... 10, INS, SEL1)
1 alarm
1 alarm,
1 tripping operation
230
6
1 alarm,
4 tripping operation
230
6
--/Yes
Yes/Yes
Yes/Yes
Relay contacts
Rated voltage
Rated current
V AC
A
230
6
Summation current transformer
mm
20 ... 210
Yes/Yes
Test/Reset
External tripping operation/external reset
Mounting width
MW
Contacts
Front
1)
12
IP20
IP41
C
-10 ... +50
INS: instantaneous, SEL: selective.
12/9
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices

Rated operational voltage
Rated residual
current
Response
time
Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Ue
In
tv
V AC
MW
0.03 ... 3 (Type A)

3 ... 5 (Type AC)
0.02 ... 5
5SV8 000-6KK
1 unit
027
0.163
0.03 ... 3 (Type A)

3 ... 30 (Type AC)
0.02 ... 10,

INS, SEL1)
5SV8 001-6KK
1 unit
027
0.236
0.02 ... 10,

INS, SEL1)
5SV8 200-6KK
1 unit
027
0.236
Internal diameter
DT
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
RCM analog
230, 50/60 Hz
RCM digital
230, 50/60 Hz
RCM digital, 4 channels

230, 50/60 Hz
1)
0.03 ... 3 (Type A)

3 ... 30 (Type AC)
INS: instantaneous, SEL: selective.
Order No.
12
mm
kg

Including holder for standard
mounting rail
20
5SV8 700-0KK
1 unit
027
0.076
30
5SV8 701-0KK
1 unit
027
0.095
Including holder for wall mounting1)
35
70
105
B
B
B
5SV8 702-0KK
5SV8 703-0KK
5SV8 704-0KK
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.161
0.274
0.545
Including holder for wall mounting
140
210
B
B
5SV8 705-0KK
5SV8 706-0KK
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
1.222
2.040
5SV8 900-1KK
1 2 units
027
0.004
Holders for standard mounting rails

Suitable for summation current transformer with internal
diameter of 20 mm, 30 mm, 35 mm, 70 mm and 105 mm
1)
Mounting on standard mounting rail with optional holder for standard

mounting rail also possible.
12/10
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Voltage relays
Overview
Benefits
Complete voltage protection in a compact design for overvoltage and undervoltage monitoring in a single device
Plants and devices are reliably and easily protected by phasefailure relays
Overvoltages and consequential damage due to high voltages are prevented through N-conductor monitoring
Asymmetry monitoring in the voltage relay also protects threephase AC motors against operation with voltage skew.
Voltage relays are used for device and plant protection, supplying safety light devices and the detection of N-conductor breaks
and short-time voltage interruptions.
They are available as undervoltage, overvoltage and under/
overvoltage relays. The devices are equipped with different
functions, depending on their intended use, and comply with the
pertinent regulations.
5TT3 400
5TT3 401
5TT3 402
5TT3 403
V AC
230/400
Operating range (overload capability)
Uc
1.1
Hz
50/60
ON-switching
OFF-switching
Uc
0.9/0.95
0.7/0.85
V; mA
10; 100
Phase asymmetry
Setting accuracy
Repeat accuracy
%
%
---
Phase failure detection
At L1 or L2 or L3
ms
100
Rated frequency
5TT3 194
5TT3 195
400
1.35
4 % hysteresis
0.7 ... 0.95 0.9 ... 1.3
Approx. 5 ... 10
1
--
N-conductor monitoring
Between coil/contact
kV
Contacts
contact (AC-11)

clearances
Actuator/contact
mm
5.5
Actuator/contact
kV
> 2.5
>4
Terminals
screw (Pozidriv)
Rigid, max.
---
Approx. 5 ... 10
1
-Yes
5TT3 406
IEC 60255; IEC 61810
Standards
Response values
5TT3 404
5TT3 405
--
1
mm2
mm2
2 2.5
0.5
-20 ... +60
Acc. to EN 60068-1
12
20/60/4
5TT3 196
IEC 60255; IEC 61810
Standards
V AC
24

Coil/drive
Contact1) per pole
VA
VA
0.6
0.8
Hysteresis
Response values Uc
Undervoltage
Overvoltage
Undervoltage
Overvoltage
Residual ripple tripping Uc
Infinitely variable
0 ... 15
Overload capability
33 V DC
35 V DC
45 V DC
ms
ms
Continuous
500
10
mm
Input/output
kV
> 2.5
V/mA
24/300
AC-11
AC-1
A
A
1
4

0.82
1.18
contact
Contacts
In switching cycles at Ie
5 105
Terminals
screw (Pozidriv)
Rigid, max.
1)
Acc. to EN 60068-1
mm2
mm2
2 2.5
1 0.5
-20 ... +60

20/60/4
For rated operational current.
12/11
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Voltage relays
5TT3 407
V AC
230/400
Operating range (overload capability)
Uc
1.1
Rated frequency
Hz
50/60
5TT3 410
1.35
1.2
Back-up fuse
Terminals L1/L2/L3
Response values
Overvoltage:
OFF-switching
ON-switching
Uc
---
0.9 ... 1.3

4 % hysteresis
---
Undervoltage:
OFF-switching
ON-switching
Uc
0.8
0.85
0.7 ... 1.1

4 % hysteresis
---
V; mA
10; 100
Setting accuracy
Approx. 5 ... 10
Repeat accuracy
At L1, L2 or L3
ms
20
100
--
OFF delay
--
0.1 ... 20
--
Automatic reclosing delay
0.2 ... 20
--
--

Phase asymmetry
kV
Contacts
contact (AC-11)

clearances
Contact/contact
Actuator/contact
mm
mm
-4
-5.5
Actuator/contact
kV
>4
AC operation:
230 V and p.f. = 1
230 V and p.f. = 0.4
VA
VA
2000
1250
---
---
DC operation:
Ue = 24 V and Ie = 6 A
Ue = 60 V and Ie = 1 A
Ue = 110 V and Ie = 0.6 A
Ue = 220 V and Ie = 0.5 A
W
W
W
W
max. 100
max. 100
max. 100
max. 100
-----
-----
screw (Pozidriv)
Terminals
Rigid, max.
12
5TT3 408
IEC 60255; IEC 61810
Standards
Humidity class
1
mm2
mm2
2 2.5
0.5
-20 ... +60
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
Voltage relays
5TT3 411
5TT3 412
V AC
230
230/400
Overload capability
Uc
1.15
1.1
Rated frequency
Hz
50/60
Response values
ON-switching
OFF-switching

At L1, L2 or L3
2 % hysteresis
4 % hysteresis
Uc
0.9
0.9
V/mA
10/100
ms
--
100
--
Yes
kV
AC-15 NO contacts
AC-15 NC contacts
Electrical service life in switching cycles
AC-15, 1 A, 230 V AC
5 105
Acc. to IEC 60664-1
Contacts
kV
screw (Pozidriv)
Terminals
4
2
Pollution degree
Rigid
12/12
Acc. to EN 60068-1
mm2
mm2
2 2.5
2 1.5
-20 +60
20/060/04
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Voltage relays

Contacts
Ue
Ie
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Overvoltage relays
For the monitoring of 1, 2 or 3 phases against N,
switching thresholds:
0.9 ... 1.3 x Uc, 4 % hysteresis, adjustable
2 CO
230
230/400 AC 2
5TT3 194
1 unit
027
0.132
5TT3 195
1 unit
027
0.132
5TT3 196
1 unit
027
0.074
230/400 AC 1
5TT3 400
1 unit
027
0.081
5TT3 401
1 unit
027
0.079
5TT3 402
1 unit
027
0.126
5TT3 403
1 unit
027
0.126
5TT3 404
1 unit
027
0.130
5TT3 405
1 unit
027
0.128
5TT3 406
1 unit
027
0.131
For the monitoring of 3 phases against N,

with N-conductor monitoring,
2 CO
230
230/400 AC 2
Direct voltage monitors

for monitoring a 24 V direct voltage network;
undervoltage Ufrom = 0.82
overvoltage Ufrom = 1.18
residual ripple 0 % ... 15 %, adjustable
1 NO and 1 NC
230
24 DC
Undervoltage relays
with phase failure detection
Switching thresholds:
0.7 and 0.9 x Uc, not adjustable
1 CO
230
For the monitoring of safety light devices of 1, 2 or

3 phases against N,
with phase failure detection, switching
thresholds:
1 CO
230
230/400 AC 1

2 CO
230
230/400 AC 2

2 CO
230
230/400 AC 2
For the monitoring of 3 phases against N, with

asymmetry, reverse voltage and phase failure
detection, with N-conductor monitoring, switching
thresholds:
2 CO
230
230/400 AC 2
for monitoring of safety light devices of 3-phases

against N, with asymmetry, reverse voltage and
phase failure detection,
2 CO
230
230/400 AC 2

with asymmetry, reverse voltage and
phase failure detection,
2 CO
230
230/400 AC 2
12/13
12
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Voltage relays
Contacts
Ue
Ie
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Short-time relays
For the monitoring of short-time failure detection
20 ms of 1, 2 or 3 phases against N,
with phase failure detection and
N-conductor monitoring,
0.8 ... 0.85 x Uc, not adjustable
2 CO
230
230/400
5TT3 407
1 unit
027
0.133
230/400
5TT3 408
1 unit
027
0.136
230/400
5TT3 410
1 unit
027
0.129
5TT3 411
1 unit
027
0.220
5TT3 412
1 unit
027
0.230
Under and overvoltage relays

with asymmetry, reverse voltage and phase failure
detection, with N-conductor monitoring and adjustable time delay of 0.1 ... 20 s,
Undervoltage:
overvoltage:
2 CO
230
N conductor monitors
with asymmetry detection and
2 CO
230
Voltage relays for undervoltage monitoring of

medical premises
Single-phase against N with test button,
switching thresholds: 0.9 Un, 2 % hysteresis
2 NO + 2 NC
12
230
230
Single, two or three-phase against N,

detection, with N-conductor monitoring, and one
test button each for the phases, switching thresholds: 0.9 Un, 4 % hysteresis
1 CO, 1 NO, 1 NC 230
230/400
12/14
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Current relays
Overview
Benefits
Devices with an extremely broad range of applications of minimum 0.1 A to maximum 15 A without transformer
Permanent overload capability up to 20 A or 30 A max. for up
to 3 seconds, protect the function against uncontrolled plant
states and increase plant availability
Range changing enables the precise setting of current values
through a high resolution
Ultra compact current relays require only the smallest of
spaces and save costs
Current relays monitor single and three-phase systems for the

flow of current, e.g. in emergency lighting installations, and the
loading of motors. They are available as undercurrent, overcurrent and under/overcurrent relays.
Standards
Rated control current Ic
Overload capability, continuous
Overload capability, short-time
At 50 C ambient temperature max. 3 s
A
V AC
Uc
A
A
5TT6 111
IEC 60255; DIN VDE 0435-303
1 ... 10
230
0.9 ... 1.1
15
20
5TT6 112
Hz
50/60
Infinitely variable
permanent, 4 % hysteresis
Infinitely adjustable
Non-adjustable
s
ms
0.1 ... 20
Current corresponds to the rated operational power of the continuous-flow heater
V; mA
kV
10; 100
2.5
NO contacts
NC contacts
A
A
3
1

clearances
actuator/contact
mm

Terminals
Actuator/contact
screw (Pozidriv)
Rigid
kV
Rated frequency
Response values
Switching delay tv
Response time
Contacts
contact (AC-15)

ON-switching
OFF-switching
>4
1
max. mm2 2 2.5
2
min. mm 1 0.5
C
Acc. to EN 60068-1
12
-20 ... +60

20/60/4
5TT6 113
5TT6 114
5TT6 115
A
A
A
A
4 ranges
0.1 ... 1
0.5 ... 5
1 ... 10
1.5 ... 15
V AC
230

Overload capability, continuous
Overload capability independent of measuring range max. 3 s
Uc
A
A
0.9 ... 1.1

20
30
Rated frequency
Hz
50/60
1 range
0.5 ... 5
15
Response values
ON-switching
OFF-switching
Switching delay tv
Infinitely adjustable
0.1 ... 20
Response time
Non-adjustable
ms
see: www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals
V; mA
10; 100
kV
2.5
NO contacts
NC contacts
A
A
5
1

clearances
actuator/contact
mm
Actuator/contact
kV
>4
Terminals
screw (Pozidriv)
Rigid

Contacts
contact (AC-15)
Infinitely variable
Permanent, 4 % hysteresis
1
max. mm2 2 2.5
min. mm2 1 0.5
C

5TT6 120
IEC 60255; DIN VDE 0435-303
Standards
Acc. to EN 60068-1
-20 ... +60

20/60/4
12/15
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Current relays

Contacts
Ue
Ie
Measuring
range
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
A AC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Current relays for single-phase loads up to 230 V AC,

auxiliary voltage and measuring circuit, not isolated
Undervoltage monitoring, single-phase
1 CO
230
1 ... 10
5TT6 111
1 unit
027
0.084
5TT6 112
1 unit
027
0.080
5TT6 113
1 unit
027
0.152
5TT6 114
1 unit
027
0.148
5TT6 115
1 unit
027
0.154
5TT6 120
1 unit
027
0.245
Overcurrent monitoring, single-phase

1 CO
230
1 ... 10
Current relays for single-phase loads up to 230 V AC,

auxiliary voltage and measuring circuit,
galvanically isolated
Undervoltage monitoring, single-phase
2 CO
230
4 ranges
0.1 ... 1
0.5 ... 5
1 ... 10
1.5 ... 15
Overcurrent monitoring, single-phase

2 CO
230
4 ranges
0.1 ... 1
0.5 ... 5
1 ... 10
1.5 ... 15
Over/undervoltage monitoring, single-phase

2 CO
230
4 ranges
0.1 ... 1
0.5 ... 5
1 ... 10
1.5 ... 15
Current relays for three-phase loads for 3 400 V AC,

separate signal with N-wire connection
Over/undervoltage monitoring, three-phase
12
2 CO each for
overcurrent/
undercurrent
respectively
230
0.5 ... 5
12/16
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Priority switches
Overview
Benefits
In the mixed operation of electric hot water and electric storage

heaters, the priority switch interrupts the charging procedure of
the storage heater if hot water is required during the low-tariff
time, thus limiting the connected load in compliance with
BTO 6. The control circuit terminals must be sealable.
Reduction of the connection fee, which depends on the maximum load to be supplied (BTO, German Federal Regulation on
Tariffs 6 Section 4), when used in systems with continuous-flow
heaters and electric storage heaters where the continuous-flow
heaters are switched with priority.
5TT6 101
5TT6 102
5TT6 103
EN 60669, BTO 6 Section 4
Standards
40
54
6 ... 40
(Current corresponds to the rated operational power of the
continuous-flow heater).
Rated frequency
Hz
50
Response currents
13
23
(Continuous rise not permissible)
kW
kW
9
27
1.5 ... 9
4.5 ... 27
kV
> 2.5
V AC
250
Rated operational power

For continuous-flow heaters
Up to
230 V AC
Up to 3 230 V AC
At Ue =
230 V AC
Terminals
screw (Pozidriv)
Coil
Contacts
For conductor cross-sections up to mm2

For conductor cross-sections up to mm2
10
2 2.5

Acc. to DIN 50016
12
36
-20 ... +40

FW 24

Ue
Ie
Response
currents
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Priority switches
For continuous-flow heaters up to 27 kW
230
40
5TT6 101
1 unit
027
0.113
23
5TT6 102
1 unit
027
0.092
6 ... 40
5TT6 103
1 unit
027
0.113
13
For continuous-flow heaters up to 33 kW

230
54
For electronically controlled

continuous-flow heaters up to 27 kW
230
40
5TT6 101
12/17
12
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Fuse monitors
Overview
Benefits
Increase in plant availability, because fuse failures which
could cause considerable damage to the plant are detected
in plenty of time.
A fuse failure is detected even if the load is switched off. This
ensures the highest level of plant availability.
Fuse monitors serve to monitor all types and versions of melting

fuses that cannot be equipped with a fault signal contact. This
enables integration in fault signaling circuits or a central alarm in
order to improve plant availability.
5TT3 170
IEC 60255; IEC 61810
Standards
3 AC 380 ... 415
Uc
0.8 ... 1.1
Rated frequency
Hz
50 ... 400
Internal resistance of measuring paths
/V
> 1000
Max. permissible rear feed
90
Response/release time
ms
< 50

Input/output
kV
>4
V AC
250
AC-1
AC-11
in switching cycles at 1 A
1.5 105
Terminals
screw (Pozidriv)
Rigid, max.
mm2
mm2
2 2.5
1 0.5
-20 ... +45
Acc. to EN 60068-1
20/45/4
12
Ue
Ie
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
3 V AC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Fuse monitors
For all low-voltage fuse systems. Can be used in
asymmetric systems afflicted with harmonics and
regenerative feedback motors. Signal also for disconnected loads.
230
380 ... 415
5TT3 170
1 unit
027
0.153
12/18
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Phase and phase sequence monitors
Overview
Benefits
Phase monitors monitor the voltages in three-phase system and

signal the power failure of one or more phases over a floating
contact. Phase sequence monitors monitor the phase sequence
in three-phase systems and signal any changes in the phase sequence change of rotating field over a floating changeover
contact.
The three-phase LED display in the phase monitor and the

LED display in the phase sequence monitors provide constant
information on the switching state of the plant
The compact design in 1 MW saves space.
5TT3 421
5TT3 423
IEC 60255; IEC 61810
Standards
V AC
230/400
Uc
0.8 ... 1.1
Hz
50/60
VA
VA
9
0.2
V AC
250
V; mA
10; 100
Rated frequency
Electronics
Contacts
kV
Contacts
contact (AC-11)

clearances
Actuator/contact
mm
Actuator/contact
kV
> 2.5
Terminals
screw (Pozidriv)
Rigid, max.
Acc. to EN 60529
Safety class
Acc. to EN 61140
1
mm2
mm2
2 2.5

II

Acc. to EN 60068-1
400
-20 ... +60

20/60/4
12

Contacts
Ue
Ie
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
V AC
V AC
MW
230/400
5TT3 421
1 unit
027
0.080
5TT3 423
1 unit
027
0.080
kg
Phase monitors
With 3 green LEDs for 3 phases
1 CO
250
Phase sequence monitors

With one green LED, which lights up for rightrotating field
1 CO
250
400
12/19
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Insulation monitors for industrial applications
Overview
Insulation monitors are used for protection of persons and
against fire in non-grounded systems (IT systems). The insulation resistance of the system being monitored is measured
against ground.
These types of measurements are specified according to

DIN VDE 0100-410 Low-voltage electrical installations
Protection against electric shock (similar to IEC 60364-4-41).
5TT3 470
5TT3 471
V AC
V DC
220 ... 240

--
---
Uc
V DC
0.8 ... 1.1

--
---
Frequency range for Uc
Hz
45 ... 400
--
For DC supply
VA
W
Approx. 2
--
-Approx. 1
Terminals A1 to A2
Terminals L to PU
Terminals A1, A2 to L, PU
Terminals against contacts
kV
kV
kV
kV
<4
<4
<4
<6
<4
<4
<3
<6
For direct voltage and alternating voltage networks
For direct voltage systems
Power supply Uc
With AC supply
For DC supply
Measuring circuit
12
Measurement voltage range Umeas
V AC
V DC
0 ... 500
--
-12 ... 280
Umeas 0 ... 1.1
0.9 ... 1.1
Frequency range for Umeas
Hz
10 ... 1000
--
k
5 ... 100
5 ... 200
Infinitely variable
Infinitely variable
Alarm values
Measuring shunt RAL
Setting of alarm value
On absolute scale
Alternating current internal resistance
Internal testing resistor
k
> 250
--
Direct current internal resistance
Internal testing resistor

L+ and L- to PU
k
k
> 250
--
-75 each
Measurement voltage Umeas
Internal
V DC
Approx. 15
--
Max. measurement current Imeas
Short circuit
mA
< 0.1
0.2 ... 4 depending on the

voltage
Direct interference voltage
Max. permissible
V DC
500
--
Response delay
At RAL 50 k and 1 F
and up to 0.9 x Rmeas
and Rmeas from to 0
s
s
< 1.3
< 0.7
0.8
0.4
Switching hysteresis
At Rmeas 50 k
15
10 ... 15
Contacts
contact
2 CO
2 CO
V AC
230
230
A
A
A
A
A
A
4
---5
2
4
2
0.2
3
---

Thermal current limit Ith
DC-13 at 24 V DC
DC-13 at 250 V DC
AC-15
AC-15 NO contacts
AC-15 NC contacts
Rated operational current Is
Terminals
screw (Pozidriv)
Rigid, max.
mm2
mm2
2 2.5
1 0.50
-20 ... +60
Terminals (acc. to EN 60529)

Enclosure (acc. to EN 60529)
IP20
IP40
Acc. to EN 60068-1
20/060/04

Contacts
Uc
Ue
Measuring
range
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
k
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Insulation monitors
For monitoring the insulation resistance in non-grounded
three-phase and single-phase AC networks
from 10 ... 1000 Hz against ground
2 CO
230
0 ... 500 V AC 5 ... 100
5TT3 470
1 unit
027
0.184
5TT3 471
1 unit
027
0.149
For monitoring the insulation resistance in non-grounded

DC systems against ground
2 CO
--
12 ... 280 V DC 5 ... 200
12/20
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Overview
Benefits
In areas that conform to Group 2 of DIN VDE 0100-710, any interruption to the examination and/or treatment of patients would
place those patients at risk.
Limit monitoring
This is prevented through the use of changeover and monitoring
units. These monitor the insulation resistance of the nongrounded IT system, the load current and the temperature of the
transformer. If the limit value is exceeded, the insulation monitor
gives out a warning signal.
TV-certified switchover device with increased functionality

Plant state signal over contacts No specific manufacturer's
bus system
Easy operation over potentiometers as the set limit value is
always visible
Easy to integrate in existing plants, including plants from other
manufacturers.
Voltage monitoring
In addition, a special voltage relay monitors the voltage of the
power supply and switches to a second power supply if it falls
below the specified limit values.
Switchover device
7LQ3 361
7LQ3 362
IEC 60364-7-710; DIN VDE 0100-710
Standards
Power supply Uv
V AC
230
Uv
0.9 1.1
Supply frequency fv
Hz
50 60
230/400
IEC 60664-1
kV
4
3
Pollution degree
W
Power loss max. Pv
10.7
Power section
Mechanically latched; mechanically and electrically locked
Contactors
Rated operational current acc. to DIN VDE 0100-710
51
32
Rated operational current AC-3
113
71
Short-circuit protection acc. to DIN VDE 0100-710

Max. backup protection
gG
63
Switchover time
0.1 ... 10
k
50
12
Measuring circuit insulation monitoring

Response value Rresp
DIN VDE 61557-8
Response deviation
RF from to 0.5 Rto
RF from to 0 k
s
s
< 1.3
< 0.7
Hysteresis
15
Measurement voltage Um
V DC
Approx. 15
Measurement current Im max (at RF = 0 )
< 50
Internal resistance DC Ri
k
> 250
Impedance Zi at 50 Hz
k
> 250
Permissible direct interference voltage Ufg
V DC
< 300
Response time ton at Ron = 50 k, Ce = 1 F
External/internal
Test button
Measuring circuit load current monitoring

Response value,
adjustable with external transformer 50/5 A, Class 1
5 50
Hysteresis
%/C
0.05
Time delay tv, adjustable
0.1 20
Response value
k
3.2 3.8
Release value
k
1.5 1.8
Measuring circuit temperature monitoring
PTC thermistor
Acc. to DIN 44081/44082 Unit(s)
1 6 in series
ON-switching
OFF-switching
Uc
2 % hysteresis
0.9
4 % hysteresis
0.9
At L1, L2 or L3
ms
--
100
--
Yes
Measuring circuit, voltage monitoring

Response values
12/21
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Switchover device
7LQ3 361
7LQ3 362
Connection
Terminals
Load circuit
Feeder terminals
Output terminals
mm
4 ... 16
Communication
Status signals
Fault indications
mm
2.5
-20 ... 45
Vertical
Mounting position
Insulation monitors
7LQ3 354
7LQ3 355
EN 61557-8
Standards
Power supply Uv
V AC
230
Uv
0.9 1.1
Supply frequency fv
Hz
50 60
Power loss max. Pv
VA
Approx. 7
Rated system voltage Un (measuring circuit)
V AC
0 300
Rated frequency fn
Hz
10 1000
EMC immunity to interference
IEC 61000-6-2
EMC emitted interference
IEC 61000-6-3
IEC 60664-1
kV
Pollution degree
Flammability class
UL 94V-0
Measuring circuit insulation monitoring

k
Response value Rresp

RF from to 0.5 Ron
RF from to 0 k
s
s
< 1.3
< 0.7
Hysteresis
15
Measurement voltage Um
V DC
Approx. 15
Measurement current Im max (at RF = 0 )
< 50
Internal resistance DC Ri
k
> 250
Impedance Zi at 50 Hz
k
> 250
Permissible direct interference voltage Ufg
V DC
< 300
Response value,
adjustable with external transformer 50/5 A, Class 1
5 50
Hysteresis
%/C
0.05
Time delay tv, adjustable
0.1 20
Response value
k
3.2 3.8
Release value
k
1.5 1.8
Response time ton at Ron = 50 k, Ce = 1 F
12
50
50 ... 500
EN 61557-8
Response deviation
Measuring circuit load current monitoring
Measuring circuit temperature monitoring
PTC thermistor
Acc. to DIN 44081/44082 Unit(s)
1 6 in series
Display and control elements

Operating error
Acc. to IEC 61557-8
LED display
Current and temperature monitoring

Ready-to-run
Insulation fault
Line breakage monitoring of the isolation measuring circuit
One red and one green LED

Green
Red
Red
Display of current insulation resistance
--
Pushbuttons
Test and Reset
12/22
11-step LED chain
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Insulation monitors
7LQ3 354
7LQ3 355
Output relay
Contacts for
Overtemperature
Overload
Insulation fault
2 CO
2 CO
2 CO
Working current
Mode of operation
Contacts
AC-15 NO contacts
AC-15 NC contacts
A AC/V AC
A AC/V AC
3/230
1/230
AC-15, 1 A, 230 V AC
Switching
cycles
30000
A AC
Thermal current
Connection
Terminals
screw (Pozidriv)
Insulation fault
Rigid
2
mm2
mm2
2 2.5
1 2.5
-20 +60
Acc. to EN 60068-1
20/060/04
Acc. to EN 60529

any
Mounting position
Vibration strain
Amplitude
Frequency
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-6

mm
Hz
0.35
10 55
Test and signaling panels

7LQ3 356
V AC/DC
24
kV
Voltage range
AC
DC
0.8 ... 1.1 x Un

0.9 ... 1.2 x Un
Rated current per input
mA
0.25
Rated consumption
VA
Rated voltage Un
7LQ3 357
DIN VDE 0100-710; IEC 60364-7-710
Standards
Acc. to IEC 60664-1
Rated operating mode

Pollution degree
Acc. to IEC 60664-1
Enclosures
Terminals
Acc. to IEC/EN 60529

IP40
IP20
12
UL 94V-0
Flammability class
Vibration strain
Amplitude
Frequency
mm
Hz
0.35
10 55
20/045/04
EN 50005
Terminal marking
Solid
mm2
mm2
1 1.5
2 0.5
Strand
mm2
mm2
11
2 0.2
Strand with sleeve
mm2
1 0.5
Box terminals with wire protection
Conductor mounting
Device dimensions
mm
80 160 57
Temperature range
-20 ... +45
82 150 57
12/23
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Current transformer Class 1
7LQ3 358
IEC/EN 60044-1
Standards
V AC
230
Rated frequency
Hz
50/60
kV
Rated transmission ratio kn
50/5
Primary rated current
50
Secondary rated current
Rated power
V/A
1.5
50 Hz, 1 min
Test voltage
Class
Rated frequency
Hz
50 ... 60
Highest voltage at equipment / insulation level
kV
0.72/3
Overcurrent factor
Thermal rated short-time current
Thermal rated continuous current
In
In
FS5
60
1.2
Expanded current range
120
-20 +60
Test and signaling combination for insulation monitors

7LQ3 360
DIN VDE 0100-710; IEC 60364-7-710
Standards
Rated voltage Un
V AC
24
Voltage range
AC
0.8 ... 1.1 Un
Connected load
0.5
Rated operating mode

EMC
Static discharge
RF irradiation
Rapid transients
Surge voltage (surge)

kV
V/m
kV
kV
IP30
12
8 (air discharge)
10
2
1
Amplitude
mm
0.35
Frequency
Hz
10 ... 55
Temperature range
-5 ... +55
05/055/04
EN 50005
Terminal marking
Solid
Strand with sleeve and plastic collar
Strand with sleeve and plastic collar
Strand with sleeve
DIN 46228-1/-2/-3/-4
DIN 46228-1/-2/-3
mm2
mm2
mm2
2
mm
Box terminals with wire protection
Conductor mounting
Device dimensions
12/24
14
1 2.5
2 1.5
2 2.5
mm
80 80 35
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Voltage relays
5TT3 411
5TT3 412
V AC
230
230/400
Overload capability
Uc
1.15
1.1
Rated frequency
Hz
50/60
ON-switching
OFF-switching
Uc
2 % hysteresis
0.9
V/mA
10/100
At L1, L2 or L3
ms
--
100
--
Yes
Response values
kV
Contacts
AC-15 NO contacts
AC-15 NC contacts
3
2
Electrical service life in switching cycles
AC-15, 1 A, 230 V AC
5 105
Acc. to IEC 60664-1
kV
screw (Pozidriv)
Rigid
4
3
1
4
2
Pollution degree
Terminals
4 % hysteresis
0.9
2
mm2
mm2
2 2.5
2 1.5
-20 +60
Acc. to EN 60068-1
20/060/04
IT line transformer
4AT3/4AT4
In the case of isolating transformers used to set up medical IT systems,
overcurrent protective devices are only permissible as protection against
short circuits. To protect the isolating transformers against overload they
are fitted with monitoring devices that signal an excessive rise in temperature (e.g. 7LQ3 354 insulation monitors).
Standards
EN 61558-2-15
Safety class
Static shield between primary and secondary winding
with insulated connection
Thermistor transformer protection
Warning in the event of thermal overload1)

With center tap
Insulation monitoring
Short-circuit voltage Uz
3
No-load supply current I0

Starting current (rush), max.
%
x I1N
3
8
Rated ambient temperature ta /Thermal Class

1)
12
55 C/H
Tripping units must be ordered separately.
12/25
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices

Version
Ue
Ie
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Switchover device according to VDE 0100-710

for medical premises
2-pole,
for medical premises of Group 2,
for switching over two redundant supply leads,
monitoring of IT system and the IT line transformer,
up to 8 kVA
230
51
230
7LQ3 361
1 unit
027
17.500
230/400
7LQ3 362
1 unit
027
17.500
7LQ3 354
1 unit
027
0.396
7LQ3 355
1 unit
027
0.600
Surface mounting
7LQ3 356
1 unit
027
0.325
Flush mounting
7LQ3 357
1 unit
027
0.220
4-pole, for use with symmetric loads

230
32
Insulation monitors
With load current and temperature monitoring for medical
premises
230
With load current and temperature monitoring of medical

premises with adjustable response value of 50 500 k
and output for 7LQ3 360 test and signaling combination
230
12
Test and signaling panels

For switchover devices,
24 V AC/DC, 50/60 Hz
12/26
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Version
Ue
Ie
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Test and signaling combination for insulation

monitors
24 V AC 50/60 Hz
7LQ3 360
1 unit
027
0.105
7LQ3 358
1 unit
027
0.390
5TT3 411
1 unit
027
0.220
5TT3 412
1 unit
027
0.230
Current transformer 50A/5A AC Class 1

With base angle
230
Voltage relays for undervoltage monitoring of medical

premises
Single-phase against N with test button,
2 NO + 2 NC
230
230
Single, two or three-phase against N,

detection, with N-conductor monitoring,
and one test button each for the phases,
1 CO, 1 NO, 1 NC
230
230/400 4
Accessories
SIRIUS 4AT isolating transformers
Further information about the SIRIUS 4AT isolating transformers
can be found in the catalog IC 10 2011.
12
Rated
Voltage rise Rated voltages
power Pn during
no-load
operation uA
kVA
DT1) Order No.
Short-circuit protection for the

transformer
Input
U1N
Output
U2N
With fuse, With circuit breaker

gG opera- Type
Set
tional
value
class
PU
PS*/
(UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
PG
Cu
weight
per PU
approx.
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
kg
Isolating transformer
2.5
3.15
4
3.6
3.6
3.6
230
230
230
230-115
230-115
230-115
35
35
50
3RV20 21-4CA10
3RV10 31-4EA10
3RV10 31-4EA10
21
26
29
C
C
C
4AT30 12-1TA71-3MA0
4AT36 02-1TA71-3MA0
4AT36 12-1TA71-3MA0
1
1
1
1 unit 104
1 unit 104
1 unit 104
7.400
6.800
9.400
25.500
33.000
36.000
5
6.3
8
3.6
3.6
3.7
230
230
230
230-115
230-115
230-115
50
63
63
3RV10 31-4FA10 36
3RV10 31-4GA10 40
3RV10 41-4JA10 49
C
C
C
4AT39 02-1TA71-3MA0
4AT39 12-1TA71-3MA0
4AT43 02-1TA71-3MA0
1
1
1
1 unit 104
1 unit 104
1 unit 104
9.700
13.800
12.600
45.000
49.000
63.000

2.5
3.15
4
3.6
3.6
3.7
230
230
230
230-115
230-115
230-115
35
35
50
3RV20 21-4CA10
3RV10 31-4EA10
3RV10 31-4EA10
21
26
29
C
C
D
4AT30 12-1TA71-3MC0
4AT36 02-1TA71-3MC0
4AT36 12-1TA71-3MC0
1
1
1
1 unit 104
1 unit 104
1 unit 104
7.400
6.800
9.400
33.200
50.000
44.000
5
6.3
8
3.6
3.9
3.7
230
230
230
230-115
230-115
230-115
50
63
63
3RV10 31-4FA10 36
3RV10 31-4GA10 40
3RV10 41-4JA10 49
C
C
C
4AT39 02-1TA71-3MC0
4AT39 12-1TA71-3MC0
4AT43 02-1TA71-3MC0
1
1
1
1 unit 104
1 unit 104
1 unit 104
9.700
13.800
12.400
59.000
63.000
77.000
1)
Delivery time depends on the number of units ordered, the specified

delivery time applies to an order quantity of up to 5 units.
12/27
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
More information
TV-certified switchover device
The 7LQ3 361 and 7LQ3 362 switchover devices have been
tested and certified by TV Rhineland. Switchover devices
comply with DIN VDE 0100-710:2002-11 and
IEC 60364-7-710:2002-11.
12
Rhineland TV certificate for 7LQ3 361 and 7LQ3 362 switchover

devices
12/28
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Monitoring Devices for Plants and Devices
GSM alarm modules
Overview
Benefits
The GSM alarm module (GSM = Global System for Mobile Communications) enables cost-effective remote control of industrial
and private building management, e.g. of heating, air-conditioning and cooling systems. But it is also possible to safely control
elevators and escalators and all kinds of production equipment,
such as machines, automatic devices and conveyor belts. The
GSM alarm module is particularly suitable for distant plants,
such as monitoring the heating of summer houses or the pumps
of a water treatment plant.
Using voltage relays, current relays, fuse monitors, miniature circuit breakers, residual current operated circuit breakers or surge
arresters fitted with auxiliary switches or signal contacts, there
are virtually no limits to the type of monitoring tasks that can be
carried out. The use of remote controlled mechanisms with miniature circuit breakers and residual current operated circuit
breakers also allows realization of a range of cost-effective and
interesting solutions.
Mobile monitoring and control of electrical plants and system

components
Fast and reliable alarm signaling over SMS
Simple operation and parameterization over SMS
Saves space and can be retrofitted in any plant
1 administrator telephone number from any mobile network for
configuration
Transmission of alarm messages to up to 5 cell phones
Customized tests for 2 alarm inputs and switchable output.
Note:
Since the availability of mobile networks cannot be guaranteed,
GSM alarm modules should not be used for safety-relevant control functions.
5TT7 120-0
Rated power Ps
4.5
Digital inputs
V DC
24; 2-wire connection, isolated
Signal voltage "0" at the input
V DC
-2 ... 2
Signal voltage "1" at the input
V DC
8 ... 30
V; A
250; 5
Maximum contact load
V; A
30; 5
V DC
10 ... 30
Permissible residual ripple

- At 10 V
- At 30 V
%
%
<1
< 10
Maximum contact load
At p.f. = 1
Vibration resistance
Acc. to EN 60068-2-34
1 at 10 ... 500 Hz
Shock resistance
Acc. to EN 60068-2-27
30 for 18 ms
Shock resistance
Acc. to EN 60068-2-29
25 for 6 ms
EMC
Acc. to EN 6100-6-2,
EN 61000-6-3
12
Complied with
Frequency band
E-GSM 900 / GSM 1800
Power class
GSM 900:4 (2 CO) / GSM 1800:1 (1 CO)
GPRS class
Multislot Class 8, operation mode Class B, HSCSD, SAT
Connections
Terminals
screw (Pozidriv)

- Rigid, max.
mm2
mm2
1.5 ... 4
1 ... 2.5
Ambient temperature
-20 ... +50
Storage temperature
-20 ... +50
Humidity at 40 C
0 ... 95
12/29
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
GSM alarm modules

Ue
Ie
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
A AC
V DC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
GSM alarm modules

For GSM network operating with two alarm
inputs and one switching output
with backup battery for signaling in the event of
power failures
230
24
5TT7 120-0
1 unit
027
0.279
Rod aerial with magnet base, with MMC connection and connecting cable
5TT7 908-1
1 unit
027
0.075
Flat form for adhesion, with MMC connection

and connecting cable
5TT7 908-2
1 unit
027
0.048
4AC2 402
1 unit
027
0.081
Aerials1)
Electronic power supply unit

SELV, short-circuit resistant
For supplying the 5TT7 120 GSM alarm modules
within a supply voltage range of 150 to 230 V AC
For further information, please refer to chapter
Transformers, Bells and REG Socket Outlets.
12
1)
Essential accessories.
12/30
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Overview
Benefits
Fault signaling units are used in small plants where the installation of complex fault signaling systems would be too labor-intensive and too expensive. In the event of a fault, they enable fast
fault localization of all monitoring devices and limit monitors from
a central location. This increases plant availability. With the correct sensor configuration, they also provide the option of preventative maintenance.
4 fault signal inputs with LED
1 LED as centralized fault indicator
One unit each for centralized fault indication and acoustic
signaling
With acknowledgment for acoustic indicators
Open-/closed-circuit principle to the 4 inputs can be adjusted
via jumpers X1 - X2
A maximum of 39 5TT3 461 expansion fault signaling units can
be connected to the 5TT3 460 centralized fault signaling unit
The maximum possible cable length between 5TT3 460 centralized fault signaling units and 5TT3 461 expansion fault signaling units is approx. 100 m with a conductor cross-section
of 1.5 mm2.
Ultra compact device designs that only require the smallest of

spaces in distribution boards
The modular design means that it is easy to add devices as
your system expands.
5TT3 460
5TT3 461
IEC 60255; IEC 61810
Standards
V AC
230
Uc
0.8 ... 1.1
Rated frequency fn
Hz
50/60
Fault signaling inputs S1 ... S4
V AC
230
Signal voltage
7 ... 10
Noise pulse duration
ms
100
Acknowledgment pulse duration
ms
200
V AC
230
--
--
V; mA
10; 100
--
To terminals S and H
Contacts
12
Connections
screw (Pozidriv)
Terminals
PZ 1
- Rigid, max.
mm2
mm2
2 2.5
1 0.5
-20 ... +60
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
Humidity class

Ue
Ie
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
A AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Centralized fault signaling units with transparent cap

230
230
5TT3 460
1 unit
027
0.149
5TT3 461
1 unit
027
0.124
Expansion fault signaling units with transparent cap

230
--
--
12/31
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Overview
Benefits
EMERGENCY STOP circuits are common safety measures in all

laboratory equipment and industrial plants. The EMERGENCY
STOP modules used here must meet the most rigorous demands
with regard to functional reliability. Benchmark is the degree of
self-monitoring. The Directive 98/37/EC on Safety of Machines,
valid from 31.02.1994, only specifies global safety standards.
Details on how to implement individual safety demands are defined in standards, e.g. by the European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization (CENELEC), which are based on international standards.
The electrical isolation between electric circuit and control

meets the requirements of the standard
An LED for the operating and switching state provides constant information on the operating state
The safety category 4 to EN 954-1 expands the application
options in many fields
Compliance with the regulations according to EC Machine
Directive 98/37/EC supports a high safety standard for those
working in the plants.
5TT5 200
IEC 60204-1; EN 60204-1 (VDE 0113-1)
Standards
Supply
V AC
Uc
230
0.8 ... 1.1
Hz
50
Coil/drive
Contact per pole
VA
3.5
0.8
Control voltage
Terminal Y1
V AC/DC
24
Control current
Terminal Y1
mA DC
45
ms
500
Electrical isolation, creepage distances and clearances, actuator/contact
mm
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp actuator/contact
kV
>4
A
A
A
3
2
5
mm
>1
Switching
cycles
105
Switching
cycles/h
600
Rated frequency fn
Recovery time
Safety
Contacts
Contacts
NO contacts
NC contacts
NO contact/NC contact
AC-15
AC-15
AC-1
Contact gap
12
AC-15, 2 A, 230 V AC
Reliable switching frequency

Vibration resistance
Amplitude
Acc. to EN 60068-2-610
Up to 55 Hz mm
0.35
Connections
Terminals
screw (Pozidriv)
PZ 1

- Rigid
Max.
Min.
mm2
mm2
2 2.5
1 0.5
0 ... +50
Acc. to EN 60068-1
0/55/04

Ue
Ie
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
A AC
V AC
MW
230
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

400
5TT5 200
1 unit
027
0.284
12/32
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Level relays
Overview
Benefits
Level relays are used for the monitoring and control of conductive, non-combustible liquids and powders. They ensure overflow and dry run protection. Due to their sensor performance, the
devices can also be used for general resistance monitoring.
LED displays:
Green LED: lights up when operational voltage is applied
Yellow LED: lights up if MIN output relay is activated
Red LED: lights up if MAX output relay is activated.
The measuring range up to 450 k enables a differentiation between foam and liquid. It also increases the universal application
for resistance measurements.
Due to its low-frequency, electrically isolated measuring circuit,
the device has a high immunity to interference against system
coupling, which enables cable lengths of up to 1500 m and suppresses the effects of electrolysis in the liquid
The two outputs for minimum and maximum control can also
be used for the advance warning and tripping of limit values
3 electrode connections for 1-step and 2-step level control
All standard products can be used as electrodes
High immunity to interference of the measuring circuit isolated
from the system
Programmable for open-circuit principle (with bridge X2 COM)
or closed-circuit principle (without jumper)
Separately adjustable delay times for tv min and tv max,
0.2 s to 2 s.
5TT3 435
IEC 60255; IEC 61810
Standards
Supply
V AC
Uc
230
0.8 ... 1.1
Rated frequency fn
Hz
50/60
Setting range of the liquid level
k
2 ... 450
%
%
3
6
Switching point hysteresis of set value

At 450 k
At 2 k
Voltage temperature influence
From set value
<2
Max. cable length to the

Electrodes at 100 F/km
Set value k
450
100
35
10
5
m
m
m
m
m
50
200
500
1500
3000
Electrode voltage
Max.
V AC
Approx. 10
Electrode current
Max.
mA AC
Approx. 1.5
Response delay
Adjustable
0.2 ... 20
OFF-delay
Adjustable
0.2 ... 20
250
kV
kV
kV
4
4
4
12
Test voltage
Input/auxiliary circuit
Input/output circuit
Auxiliary/output circuit
Connections
Terminals
screw (Pozidriv)
- Rigid
Max.
Min.

Acc. to EN 60068-1
PZ 2
mm2
mm2
2 2.5
1 0.5
-20 ... +60

20/60/4
12/33
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Level relays

Ue
Ie
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
A AC
V AC
MW
230
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Level relays
230
5TT3 435
1 unit
027
0.188
5TG8 223
1 1/24 units
027
0.087
Immersion electrodes
Made of stainless steel, with PG13 sealing cap
Temperature range 0 ... 60 C
Suitable for pure water in open containers
With terminal connection
12
12/34
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Line circuit relays
Overview
Benefits
Line circuit relays are used to interrupt circuits and prevent electromagnetic fields in circuits where there are currently no active
loads.
If the loads are disconnected, and the line circuit relay measures
a usage of only 2 to 20 VA - adjustable - it disconnects the cable
to the supply voltage and switches over to extra-low voltage. As
soon as loads are reconnected, the line circuit relay detects the
increase in usage and switches back to the supply voltage.
While the line circuit relay switches off any unnecessary system
components, it is not a device for ensuring isolation in the sense
of safe disconnection.
High availability to a wide range of loads, as all resistive,

capacitive and inductive loads are detected
Adjustable from 2 VA to 20 VA
With status display for contact adjustment
With switch continuously ON
With safety information on stickers for socket outlets and
distribution boards.
The line circuit relay is unable to detect consumers with electronic power supply units, e.g. electronically controlled vacuum
cleaners. It is expedient to connect such equipment to a base
load resistor (PTC resistor) so that the line circuit relay is reset to
supply voltage.
5TT3 171
IEC 60255; IEC 61810
Standards
V AC
230
Uc
0.85 ... 1.15
Rated frequency
Hz
50/60
VA
VA
5
2.6
VA
2 ... 20
Electronics
Contacts

Monitoring voltage
Response value
adjustable
Release value
% of the response value
Input/output
70
kV
>4
V AC
250
AC-1
AC-11
A
A
16
3
In switching cycles at 3 A
AC-11
Terminals
screw (Pozidriv)

contact
Contacts
5 105
12
PZ 1
Rigid
Max.
Min.
mm2
mm2
2 2.5
1 0.5
-20 ... +45
Safety class
Acc. to EN 61140/VDE 0140-1
II
Humidity class
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30

Contacts
Ue
Ie
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
A AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Line circuit relays

For disconnecting the voltage or field circuit of
electrical systems even when loads are disabled.
1 NC
250
16
230
5TT3 171
1 unit
027
0.087
5TG8 222
1 unit
027
0.006
Base load resistors for electronic devices

With 15-cm connection wires, end sleeves
and shrink sleeving
12/35
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Dusk switches
Overview
Benefits
Dusk switches are used for the demand-oriented switching of

lighting installations for shop windows or paths in order to cut
operating costs.
A light sensor measures the level of daylight. Switching depends
on the desired brightness. A time delay and the switching
hysteresis prevent clock-pulse behavior.
The sensor must be mounted so that it is not influenced by the
lighting feedback.
The devices 7LQ2 101 and 7LQ2 103 have 2 switching channels that can be set independently of each other. This requires
a light sensor
12 dusk switches can be switched parallel to a light sensor.
This saves the multiple installation of light sensors in a single
system and all dusk switches operate independently of each
other and can be adjusted individually.
7LQ2 100
7LQ2 102
7LQ2 103
5TT3 303
V AC
230
Uc
0.8 ... 1.2
Rated frequency fn
Hz
45 ... 65
Measuring ranges, setting ranges
Lux
2 ... 500
2 2 ... 500
2 ... 500
2 2 ... 500
2 ... 500
75 25
No
No
2 50 ... 100
25
75 25
No
No
2 50 ... 100
25
50
No

At 50/60 Hz
Time delay
Non-adjustable
Adjustable
Status indication, LED
Switching status indication

Switching state OFF
Switching state ON
Different phases
Instantaneous
Green
Red
W
Incandescent lamp load

Actuator/contact permissible
Contact/contact
No
No
No
2000
2 2000
2000
2 2000
1200
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No

clearances
Actuator/contact
Contact/contact
mm
mm
4
No
No
No
No

1.2/50 s
Actuator/contact
Contact/contact
kV
kV
> 2.5
No
> 2.5
No
> 2.5
No
No
Contacts
contact
1 NO
2 NO
1 NO
2 NO
1 NO
12
7LQ2 101
EN 60730
Standards
V AC
250

- At p.f. = 1
- At p.f. = 0.4
A
A
16
4
V; mA
10; 100

Contact switching
Closes with approaching

darkness
Terminals 3/4
10
2
5/6 and 9/10
3/4
5/6 and 9/10
No
Connections
Terminals
screw (Pozidriv)
- Rigid
Min.
PZ 1
mm2
mm2
1.5 ... 6
0.75
1.5
0.5

- Device
- Light sensor
C
C
-10 ... +55

-30 ... +70
--
- Device
- Light sensor
%
%
< 80
< 98
--

IP55
IP65
IP54
No
- Device
- Light sensor
Acc. to EN 60529
Safety class
Acc. to EN 61010
12/36
II
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Dusk switches

Ue
Ie
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
V AC
A AC
V AC
MW
Setting range 2 ... 500 lux

with 7LQ2 910 light sensor
for surface mounting, IP55
250
16
230
7LQ2 100
1 unit
027
0.287
With 7LQ2 911 light sensor,

for flush wall mounting, IP65
250
16
230
7LQ2 102
1 unit
027
0.332

with 7LQ2 910 light sensor,
for surface mounting, IP55,
expandable to 24 channels through parallel
switching of 12 devices, which can be mutually
controlled through a light sensor.
250
16
230
3
7LQ2 101
1 unit
027
0.253
with 7LQ2 911 light sensor,

for flush wall mounting, IP65
expandable to 24 channels through parallel
switching of 12 devices, which can be mutually
controlled through a light sensor.
250
16
230
3
7LQ2 103
1 unit
027
0.279
5TT3 303
1 unit
027
0.226
kg
Dusk switches
1-channel version,
2-channel version,
1-channel version,
for surface mounting, IP54,
with integrated light sensor
250
10
230
12
Replacement light sensors

With watertight, resistant resin molding material,
heat-resistant to 70 C
Degree of protection IP55, for 7LQ2 100 and 7LQ2 101, B
for surface mounting, 2 ... 500 lux
7LQ2 910
1 unit
027
0.038
Degree of protection IP65, for 7LQ2 102 and 7LQ2 103, B

for flush wall mounting, 2 ... 500 lux
7LQ2 911
1 unit
027
0.080
12/37
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Overview
Benefits
The temperature controllers are used for controlling or limiting

temperatures in residential and non-residential buildings, as well
as in industrial areas. They're used for heating registers, panel
and hot air heating and direct floor heating, as a limiting thermostat for air-conditioning systems and cooling systems, switchgear cabinet cooling, etc. as well as for temperature control in
humid and dusty rooms. Can also be used for inaccessible room
temperature setting for rooms in public buildings, such as
schools, dayrooms and comparable applications.
Electronic temperature controllers with red/green LED for supply voltage indication, switching status indication and temperature sensor monitoring. This supports the monitoring of safe
operation at all times
The temperature sensor with the measuring element KTY or a
PT100 is monitored for short-circuits and interruptions. This
protects against unpleasant surprises during operation.
7LQ2 001
7LQ2 002
7LQ2 003
7LQ2 005
0 ... +60
+40 ... +100
2 ... +400
EN 60730
Standards
V AC
230
Uc
0.8 ... 1.2
Rated frequency fn
Hz
45 ... 65
Measuring ranges, setting ranges
-30 ... +30
1 ... 5

Switching hysteresis
At 50/60 Hz
Adjustable
4 ... 20
Status indication, LED

Switching status indication
Actuating voltage
Green
Switching state ON
Red
Red flashing
Break or short circuit of the sensor conductor
12
Different phases
Actuator/contact permissible

clearances, actuator/contact
Yes
mm

(1.2/50 s)
Actuator/contact
kV
> 2.5
Contacts
contact
1 CO
V AC
250

- At p.f. = 1
- At p.f. = 0.4
A
A
16
4
V; mA
10; 100
Terminals
3/4

Contact switching
Closes with increasing

temperature
Connections
Terminals
screw (Pozidriv)
- Rigid
Min.
PZ 1
mm2
mm2
1.5 ... 6
0.75

- Device
- Temperature sensor
C
C
-10 ... +55

-30 ... +105
--
- Device
%
%
80
98
--

IP65
--
- Device
Acc. to EN 60529
Safety class
Acc. to EN 61010
12/38
II
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices

Ue
Ie
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
A AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
With KTY 11-6 temperature sensor
Adjustment range -30 ... +30 C, 1 CO
250
16
230
7LQ2 001
1 unit
027
0.259
230
7LQ2 002
1 unit
027
0.260
7LQ2 003
1 unit
027
0.260
7LQ2 005
1 unit
027
0.232
7LQ2 900
1 unit
027
0.032
Adjustment range 0 ... +60 C, 1 CO

250
16
Adjustment range +40 ... +100 C, 1 CO

250
16
230
Temperature controllers without temperature

sensor
For PT100 measuring element
(not included in delivery)
Adjustment range +2 ... +400 C, 1 CO
250
16
230
KTY 11-6 replacement temperature sensors

Safety class IP65, for 7LQ2 001, 7LQ2 002 and
7LQ2 003, encapsulated,
with watertight/resistant resin material,
with 1 m silicone line,
heat-resistant up to 105C,
can be extended up to 100 m
230
12
12/39
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
P.f. controllers
Overview
The p.f. controllers monitor the phase displacement between
current and voltage. Because the phase displacement angle
changes with the load of the motor, this measurement method is
ideal for the monitoring of asynchronous motors for underload
and no-load operation, independent of size. However, in some
cases, the p.f. barely changes if the load of the motor changes,
e.g. in the case of relatively minor load changes on large-scale
motors or single-phase split-pole motors or collector motors.
in the event of valve closure or dry runs. A current transformer is

used for higher rated currents.
The p.f. controller monitors single and three-phase asynchronous motors up to approx. 5 A (without current transformer) for
underload and no-load operation. This is phase-sequence-independent and increases plant availability. Typical applications are
fan monitoring in the case of V-belt breakage, pump monitoring
If the p.f. value set at the p.f. monitor is fallen below for the duration of the set response delay, the output relay switches to the
alarm state and the red LED lights up. If it exceeds the p.f. value,
the output relay switches back without any significant delay.
Adjustable p.f. response value, from 0 to 0.97
Current range up to 8 A
LED display for operation and alarm
Automatic resetting of alarm.
Benefits
The ultra compact p.f. controller requires only the smallest of
spaces and saves costs.
5TT3 472
IEC/EN 60255, VDE 0435
Standards
3 V AC
400
Uc
0.8 ... 1.1
Frequency range fn
Hz
45 ... 65
VA
Approx. 11
kV
<4

With AC supply
Against contacts
For AC systems
Current measuring circuits

Current measuring range Imeas
For 2 s
For 0.5 s
Short-time load carrying capacity
12
A AC
0.4 ... 8
A
A
20
40
Current transformer, Class 3 or better
Secondary current
1 or 5
Setting range
Adjustable
p.f.
0 ... 0.97
Response delay
Adjustable
1 ... 100
Fuse 4 A gL
Contacts
contact
1 CO

Thermal current
AC-15 NO contacts
AC-15 NC contacts
AC-13 at 24 V DC
V AC
250
A
A
A
A
4
3
1
1
V; mA
10; 100
Connections
Terminals
screw (Pozidriv)
- Rigid
Max.
Min.
PZ 2
mm2
mm2
2 2.5
1 0.5
-20 ... +60
Acc. to EN 60068-1
20/60/4
Acc. to EN 60529

Contacts
Ue
Ie
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
A AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
P.f. controllers
For monitoring of the underload of motors
up to approx. 5 A AC
by making p.f. measurements,
setting range p.f. from 0 to 0.97
1 CO
3 400
0.4 ... 8
5TT3 472
1 unit
027
0.081
12/40
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Overview
Thermistor motor protection relays monitor the thermistors
wound in motors. This helps prevent thermal motor overloads,
e.g. due to high switching frequency, single-phasing, disabled
cooling or excessive ambient temperatures. Up to 6 thermistors
in series can be monitored. A conductor break in the sensor conductor will immediately trip the device. The device can also be
used for monitoring wound quick-break switches - e.g. bimetal
thermostats. This offers all-round motor protection.
For the detection of
- Temperature limits being exceeded
- Wire breaks in sensor circuits
1 input for 1 to 6 thermistors
With 2 LEDs green/red for ready-to-run and fault
Response value: 3.2 to 3.8 k

Release value: 1.5 to 1.8 k
Max. cable length of sensor supply cable NYM 2 1.5 mm2
is 100 m
Remote Reset: over A1/A2 (NC contact) or over X1/X2
(NO contact)
LED displays:
Green LED: lights up when operational voltage is applied
Red LED: lights up in the event of overtemperatures or an
interruption in the sensor circuit.
Benefits
The test button for the diagnosis of the devices ensures high
functional reliability for users
The ultra compact thermistor motor protection relay requires
only the smallest of spaces. This saves costs
A remote reset enables the device to be switched back on

again centrally at any time. This increases plant availability.
5TT3 431
5TT3 432
IEC 60255; IEC 61810
Standards
V AC
230
Uc
0.9 ... 1.1
Rated frequency
Hz
50/60
Response value
k
3.2 ... 3.8
Release value
k
1.5 ... 1.8
V; mA
10; 100
kV
Actuator/contact
kV
> 2.5
Contacts
contact (AC-11)
V AC
230
A
mm
5
4
Actuator/contact
12
Connections
Terminals
screw (Pozidriv)
- Rigid
Max.
Min.
PZ 1
mm2
mm2
2 2.5
1 0.5
-20 ... +60
Acc. to EN 60068-1
20/60/4

Ue
Ie
Uc
Mount- DT
ing
width
V AC
A AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

230
230
5TT3 431
1 unit
027
0.167
230
5TT3 432
1 unit
027
0.172
With fault storage,

reset pushbutton and remote reset
230
12/41
Siemens AG 2011
Monitoring Devices
Notes
12
12/42
13
Siemens AG 2011
Software
13/2
Introduction
13/4
13/5
13/6
Planning the Power Distribution

System with SIMARIS
SIMARIS design
SIMARIS project
SIMARIS curves
13/7
13/9
13/11
13/13
13/14
13/15
13/16
13/19
ALPHA SELECT Planning and Configuration Software

Configuring, Visualizing and
Controlling with SIMATIC
SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate
SIMATIC WinCC powerrate
SIMATIC PCS 7 Library PAC3200
3WL/3VL block library
for SIMATIC PCS 7
PAC3200 block library
for SIMATIC WinCC
PAC4200 block library
for SIMATIC WinCC
Configuring, Visualizing and
Controlling with SENTRON
Switch ES Power
can be found at
under Product List:
under Entry List:
- Updates
- Download
- FAQ
- Manuals
- Characteristics
- Certificates
13
and at
- Configurators
Siemens AG 2011
Software
Introduction
Overview
SIMARIS design
Software tool for the quick and effective dimensioning of power
distribution for non-residential and industrial buildings:
Dimensioning on the basis of real products according to
acknowledged technical rules and standards (VDE, IEC)
Automatic access to an integrated product database
Easy implementation and modification in the planning and
realization concept
Reduction of routine work
SIMARIS project
Software tool to provide a quick overview of the space requirement for electrical power distribution and simple costing for purpose-built and industrial buildings:
Automatic selection and placement of matching distribution
systems
Fast overview of space requirements and budget
Thorough planning from the medium voltage supply to the
distribution board
Easy adaptation of the project plans in case of changes in
use or expansions
New from Version 2.0 upwards: Automatic generation of
specifications
SIMARIS curves
Software tool for quickly and easily comparing tripping characteristics in Siemens low-voltage-protection equipment:
Characteristic curve display and overview
Device selection via order number or selection aid
Saving of selected devices as favorites
Saving of several characteristic curves including selected
settings as a complete project
13
More information about SIMARIS
You can find more information and order options on the Internet
at:
www.siemens.com/simaris
13/2
Siemens AG 2011
Software
Introduction
SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate, SIMATIC WinCC powerrate

SIMATIC PCS 7 and WinCC powerrate are add-ons to PCS 7
and WinCC respectively and throw light on power consumption
from the infeed to the load.
Identification of power-intensive consumer devices and processes in order to introduce measures for improving power
efficiency
Comparison of consumption profiles for greater efficiency of
process design
Optimizing the company according to energy parameters
based on an assessment of consumption and costs
Complying with the contractually agreed power limit, thus
preventing higher power supply costs or penalty payments.
SIMATIC PCS PAC3200 7 Library, SENTRON PAC3200 block
library for SIMATIC WinCC
The SENTRON PAC3200 block library enables the seamless integration of the SENTRON PAC3200 multifunction measuring instrument in the PSC 7 or WinCC process world.
3WL/3VL block library for SIMATIC PCS 7

The 3WL/3VL block library enables the seamless integration of
the 3WL/3VL circuit breaker in the PSC 7 process world.
13
Switch ES Power
Shared software platform for communication-capable
SENTRON 3WL and SENTRON 3VL circuit breakers:
Parameterization, documentation, operation and monitoring
in one software
Clear representation of all available parameters
All the available status information and measured values are
displayed in dialog boxes
Software for SENTRON 3WL and SENTRON 3VL
13/3
Siemens AG 2011
Software
Planning the Power Distribution System with SIMARIS
SIMARIS design
Overview
Benefits
SIMARIS design
Reduction of routine work

Dimensioning on the basis of real products according to
acknowledged technical rules and standards
Integrated product database
Detailed knowledge of products and systems not required
Easy implementation and modification in the planning and
realization concept
Clear-cut presentation of changes with specification of the
revision date
Detailed parts lists with exact product descriptions
Easy adaptation in case of changes in use or expansions
Comprehensive documentation with simple data transfer
(Office, CAD etc.)
Application
SIMARIS design is a software tool for the quick and effective dimensioning of power distribution for non-residential and industrial buildings.
In the planning phase already, the complete circuit can be dimensioned on the basis of real products. This avoids additional
costs due to uncoordinated systems in the implementation
phase. The right components and distribution systems for the
case in question are selected automatically in the light of the
product data stored in SIMARIS design.
Every configuration of the electric power distribution is subject
to frequent change and adaptation in the implementation phase
as well as in the planning phase. SIMARIS design incorporates
each change into the supply concept and automatically checks
its reliability in terms of the regulations and standards currently
in force.
13
Even an analysis of selectivity, for example for safety power supply elements, can be simply performed with SIMARIS design. All
these steps are precisely documented in SIMARIS design.
More information and order options
can be found on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/simarisdesign
13/4
SIMARIS design is suitable for dimensioning electric power distribution systems in all industrial and non-residential buildings.
From shopping centers to hospitals and production buildings
with SIMARIS design it is possible to reduce the amount of work
required for the overall planning of power distribution systems
and hence the time spent on selecting and dimensioning the
necessary equipment.
Siemens AG 2011
Software
SIMARIS project
Overview
Detailed information about Siemens units or their order numbers
are not needed because SIMARIS project makes the selection
automatically on the basis of the parameters entered. For each
item of switchgear or each distribution, SIMARIS project takes
the wiring, control and measurement etc. into account.
A system plan drawn up professionally in SIMARIS design can
also be imported into SIMARIS project, which means that selecting devices becomes redundant and the project structure is
formed automatically. Convenient output variants are available
to document the results, and Version 2.0 and higher also includes the automatic generation of specifications for the
planned systems.
Typical versions of a system planned in SIMARIS project can be
saved and imported continually into new projects from the favorites library. Automatically created systems can also be subsequently optimized or changed. This is particularly relevant if
planning becomes more detailed and the budget needs to be reinforced as a result.
SIMARIS project is a software tool for providing a quick overview

of the space requirement for electrical power distribution in nonresidential and residential buildings, for simple costing of the required systems and for the automatic generation of specifications.
For detailed calculation of costs on an up-to-date and regional

basis and for more project support please contact your
Siemens representative.
www.siemens.com/simarisproject
The following is determined in SIMARIS project based on the

pre-defined project structure and the basic technical specifications selected:
For medium-voltage switchgear: selection of the required system and the required fields, then presentation of a front view
with dimensions.
For transformers: selection of the required system and then
the required quantity. Selected transformers are presented as
a parts list.
For low-voltage switchgear and distribution boards: selection
of the required protection devices and switching devices per
system. The best suited distribution system is automatically
selected from the created list of distribution devices, is
equipped with the devices and presented graphically in an
automatically generated front view including dimensions.
For busway systems: selection of the required system, then
specification of the length and selection of the additionally required components, e.g. infeeds, junction units and tap-off
units. All the resulting components are listed in a parts list.
Benefits
Automatic selection and placement of matching distribution
systems
Fast overview of space requirements and budget
Thorough planning from the medium voltage supply to the distribution board
Intuitive and easy to operate
Saving planned systems for similar projects individually in the
favorites library and importing them from there into new projects
e.g. graphic views, lists and specifications
Easy adaptability to changes in use or expansions
Importing of a project drawn up in SIMARIS design 5.0 professional
13
Application
SIMARIS project is suitable for establishing space requirements
and determining the costs of electrical power distribution in all
industrial and non-residential buildings. From shopping centers
to hospitals and production buildings with SIMARIS project it is
possible to reduce the amount of work required for the overall
planning of power distribution systems and hence the time spent
on selecting and dimensioning the necessary equipment.
13/5
Siemens AG 2011
Software
SIMARIS curves
Overview
Benefits
Characteristic curve display and overview

Clearly structured catalog selection
Device selection via order number or selection aid
Saving of selected devices as favorites
Saving of several characteristic curves including settings as
complete project
User-friendly system documentation
Application
SIMARIS curves is a software tool for displaying tripping characteristics, let-through power curves and let-through current
curves of Siemens low-voltage controls and fuses. Ranging from
shopping malls through hospitals to production shops
SIMARIS curves lets you call up the required curves quickly and
documents in the required output language.
SIMARIS curves is a software tool for the quick and simply comparison of tripping characteristics for Siemens low-voltage-protection equipment and fuses.
With SIMARIS curves it is possible to simulate parameter settings on protective devices. The respective characteristic curve
is selected by direct entry of the Siemens order number or with
a user-friendly selection tool. Individual products with default attributes can be stored as favorites and called up again. Tripping
characteristics with tolerance ranges are available for presentation along with let-through current and let-through power characteristic curves. A printout summary documents the characteristic
curves selected and each of their settings.
www.siemens.com/simariscurves
13
13/6
Siemens AG 2011
Software
ALPHA SELECT Planning and
Configuration Software
Overview
Whether you are an installation engineer or a control cabinet engineer, an electrical wholesaler or a planner the software
ALPHA SELECT makes it quicker and easier than ever before to
plan and configure distribution boards and meter cabinets.
Easy-to-use, intuitive functions accompany you step-by-step
through the entire project, from planning to installation. Configuration errors are virtually impossible thanks to the collision tests
and configuration rules saved in the program.
ALPHA SELECT comprises:
ALPHA SIMBOX small distribution boards
ALPHA 400-ZS meter cabinets
ALPHA Distribution Boards
ALPHA 8HP molded-plastic distribution systems
ALPHA BOX IEC wall-mounted distribution boards
In addition you can use the electronic catalogs (EGH selection
catalog and CA 01) to select BETA low-voltage circuit protection
products, GAMMA instabus products (for building management) and many other items from the Siemens Industry product
selection.
Calculation of power loss
13
Selection of the ALPHA distribution system
Parts list with calculation
Distribution board equipment, front view
Illustration of the device structure as single-pole circuit diagram
13/7
Siemens AG 2011
Software
ALPHA SELECT Planning and
Configuration Software
Start with the selection of a suitable distribution system and distribution board by selecting the required degree of protection,
safety class and dimensions. You can then just drag & drop the
required assembly kits, devices and accessories of your choice.
Essential accessories are determined automatically. When selecting the devices, customer specifications can be prepared
using either item numbers or in accordance with the electrical
structure. In case 2 a graphical representation in the form of a
1-pole circuit diagram has been available since the launch of
Version 6.0.
The graphic representation of the structure enables individual
levels, such as doors, covers, equipment racks or devices, to be
visualized, rendered transparent and hidden in order to provide
users with a constant overview of already configured components.
There is also an integrated option for power loss calculation
which enables comparison of the calculated power loss values
of the devices installed in the distribution board with the thermal
rating of the distribution board, giving due consideration to the
point of installation and the permissible overtemperature
(related to 35 C ambient temperature).
Frequently required components can be saved as favorites for
integration in other projects at any time.
Used in conjunction with existing calculation aids, users are able
to tailor parts lists, assembly drawings and assembly structures
to individual requirements and output as both a hard copy and
in electronic form.
In addition to planning and calculation in the program, users are
also able to produce parts lists and graphic documentation to
accompany customer quotations or for ordering the required
components.
The workshop version, which comprises a structured list of the
distribution boards and the respectively installed parts and
graphical representation of the different user-defined layers, directly supports the building of distribution boards configured using ALPHA SELECT.
www.siemens.com/alpha-select
13
Benefits
Cabinet selection: simple selection of cabinet system, degree
of protection, safety class and dimensions
Selection of equipment using technical specifications
Alternative structuring of the devices according to
- Electrical structure and graphic output as 1-pole circuit diagram
- Item numbers in the customer specifications
Positioning of assembly kits and devices using drag & drop
Automatic determination of key accessories
Numbering of assembly kits in the assembly drawing
Automatic issue of item codes for devices
Calculation of power loss
Differentiated calculation options, including allowance made
for assembly work
Listing in the assembly structure of devices placed in the assembly kits, including numbering of the assembly kits and the
item codes of the devices
Easy drawing up of quotations for projects: Clearly arranged
output selection for parts lists, assembly drawing and assembly structure
Clearly arranged calculation aids. Calculations for individual
items and assembly, for material surcharges, shipment costs,
discounts and miscellaneous extras are easy to perform in the
parts list. Standard discounts for each price group can also be
saved in the memory.
Option for quotations with individual company logo
Update over the web with quick download times
Manual available as a download
ALPHA SELECT system requirements:
Processor: from 1 GHz
Main memory: minimum 512 MB
operating system: Windows 7/VISTA/XP/2000
Free hard disk space: 100 ... 500 MB
(depending on the number of modules installed)
Display resolution: minimum 1024768 with 16-bit color intensity
More information
Support for planning and configuration is available from:
Tel.:+49 (0)9 11 8 95 72 22
13/8
Siemens AG 2011
Software
Configuring, Visualizing and Controlling with SIMATIC
Overview
Benefits
Identification of power-intensive consumer devices and processes in order to introduce measures for improving power efficiency
process design
Complying with the contractually agreed power limit, thus preventing higher power supply costs or penalty payments
Integration of the SENTRON PAC3200 and
SENTRON PAC4200 measuring devices, with a quick overview of selected measured values and signals
Integration of switches, with an overview of switch status and
switching possibilities
Exact assignment and comparison of the consumption data of
certain work processes through batch-related consumption
recording
SIMATIC PCS 7 is an add-on to PCS 7 which throws light on

power consumption from the infeed to the load. Power data are
continuously collected, archived and processed further. With an
exact knowledge of the consumption profile, it is possible to
identify savings potential, optimize your power supply conditions and hence, lower your power costs. Monitoring the contractually agreed power limit helps on the one hand to prevent
unnecessarily high power prices or penalties and on the other
hand to make full use of the fixed power limit.
Application
SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate is used in all areas in which PCS 7 is
used and energy efficiency considerations play a major role. Full
integration in PCS 7 means that there is no need for a special
system environment. Predefined modules and symbols give you
the assurance of building on tested and certified product components, with interfaces which enable customized expandability.
Batch-related consumption recording enables the exact recording and evaluation of power consumption per batch.
The integration of switches through digital inputs/outputs enables the monitoring or indication of switch status and, with suitable authorization, remote switching. With integration through
DPV1, selected measured values and signals of the
SENTRON PAC3200 and SENTRON PAC4200 multifunction
measuring instruments can be indicated online.
Data recorded and archived by SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate can
be exported to Excel, and they can also be presented in different
reports.
Support for the WinCC Web Navigator means that the
SIMATIC powerrate functionality is also available over the web.
13
Full integration in PCS 7 enables the easy use of standard interfaces or standard functionalities from PCS 7.
Components
SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate is made up of the following components:
Blocks for the acquisition and processing of power data
Faceplates for the presentation and processing of power data
Components for implementing load management (calculating
trends, monitoring limits, enabling/disabling loads)
Blocks for batch-related consumption recording
Blocks for the integration of measuring devices and switches
Other components, for example, for time synchronization,
data buffering or data exchange with archives
Faceplates for presenting results and for entering values (e.g.
for configuration or from manual measured values)
Excel-based reports for allocating power data to cost centers,
for batch-related evaluation and for determining and presenting the duration curve
Exporting data to Excel
13/9
Siemens AG 2011
Software

SIMATIC PCS 7 V 6.1 SP3, V 7.0 SP3, V 7.1 and V7.1 SP1
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate V 3.0

Trial license
3ZS2 785-1CC30-0YG7
1 unit
276
0.200
3ZS2 785-1CC30-0YG0
1 unit
276
0.200
3ZS2 785-1CC30-0YE0
1 unit
276
0.200
Limited 30 day Engineering-/Runtime license
Unlimited Engineering-und AS-Runtime license1)

Also includes PAC3200 3VL/3WL block library
for SIMATIC PCS 7
Upgrade from SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate V 2.0 to V 3.0

Also includes PAC3200 3VL/3WL block library
for SIMATIC PCS 7
1)
For operation on one PCS 7 OS (single workstation system or server) and

an automation system (AS). A license is required per PCS 7 OS single
workstation system or server if using additional PCS 7 OS single workstation systems or servers.
More information
Information about using SIMATIC PCS 7 Powerrate
is available from
Siemens AG, Technical Support
Tel.: +49 (0) 911 895 7 222
Fax.: +49 (0) 911 895 7 223
www.siemens.com/automation/support-request
You can find further general information on the Internet at:
13
13/10
Siemens AG 2011
Software
Overview
Benefits
Identification of power-intensive consumer devices and processes in order to introduce measures for improving power efficiency
process design
Complying with the contractually agreed power limit, thus preventing higher power supply costs or penalty payments
Integration of the SENTRON PAC3200 and SENTRON 4200
measuring devices, with a quick overview of selected measured values and signals
Integration of switches, with an overview of switch status and
switching possibilities
Exact assignment and comparison of the consumption data of
certain work processes through batch-related consumption
recording
SIMATIC WinCC powerrate is an add-on to WinCC which throws

light on power consumption from the infeed to the load. Power
data are continuously collected, archived and processed further.
With an exact knowledge of the consumption profile, it is possible to identify savings potential, optimize your power supply
conditions and hence, lower your power costs. Monitoring the
contractually agreed power limit helps on the one hand to prevent unnecessarily high power prices or penalties and on the
other hand to make full use of the fixed power limit.
Batch-related consumption recording enables the exact recording and evaluation of power consumption per batch.
Application
SIMATIC WinCC powerrate is used in all areas in which WinCC
is used and energy efficiency considerations play a major role.
Full integration in WinCC means that there is no need for a special system environment. Predefined modules and symbols give
you the assurance of building on tested product components,
with interfaces which enable customized expandability.
SIMATIC WinCC powerrate V 3.0 can be used with
SIMATIC S7-317 and higher.
The integration of switches through digital inputs/outputs enables the monitoring or indication of switch status and, with suitable authorization, remote switching. With integration through
DPV1, selected measured values and signals of the
SENTRON PAC3200 and SENTRON PAC4200 multifunction
measuring instruments can be indicated online.
Data recorded and archived by SIMATIC WinCC powerrate can
be exported to Excel, and they can also be presented in different
reports.
Full integration in WinCC enables the easy use of standard interfaces or standard functionalities from WinCC.
13
Components
SIMATIC WinCC powerrate is made up of the following components:
Blocks for the acquisition and processing of power data
Faceplates for the presentation and processing of power data
Components for implementing load management (calculating
trends, monitoring limits, enabling/disabling loads)
Blocks for batch-related consumption recording
Blocks for the integration of measuring devices and switches
Other components, for example, for time synchronization,
data buffering or data exchange with archives
Faceplates for presenting results and for entering values
(e.g. for configuration or from manual measured values)
Excel-based reports for allocating power data to cost centers,
for batch-related evaluation and for determining and presenting the duration curve
Exporting data to Excel
13/11
Siemens AG 2011
Software

SIMATIC WinCC V 6.2 SP2/SP3 and V 7.0 SP1
- and related versions of STEP 7
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
SIMATIC WinCC powerrate V 3.0

Trial license
3ZS2 795-1CC30-0YG7
1 unit
276
0.200
3ZS2 795-1CC30-0YG0
1 unit
276
0.200
3ZS2 795-1CC30-0YE0
1 unit
276
0.200
Limited 30 day Engineering-/Runtime license

Also includes:
License for WinCC UserArchive
PAC3200 block library for SIMATIC WinCC
Upgrade from SIMATIC WinCC powerrate V 2.0 to V 3.0

Also includes:
License for WinCC UserArchive
1)
For operation on one WinCC OS (single workstation system or server) and

an automation system (AS). A license is required per WinCC single workstation system or server if using additional WinCC single workstation systems or servers.
More information
Information about using SIMATIC WinCC Powerrate
is available from
Siemens AG, Technical Support
Tel.: +49 (0) 911 895 7 222
Fax.: +49 (0) 911 895 7 223
www.siemens.com/automation/support-request
You can find further general information on the Internet at:
13
13/12
Siemens AG 2011
Software
SIMATIC PCS 7 Library PAC3200
Overview
Benefits
Full integration of SENTRON PAC3200 in the PCS 7 process
control system through PROFIBUS DPV1 using a certified
PCS 7 add-on module
Reading out and displaying device data
Inputting limit values for monitoring through the driver block
Resetting values on the device (min/max values)
Application
SIMATIC PCS 7 Library PAC3200 is used in all areas in which
PCS 7 is used. Full integration in PCS 7 means that there is no
need for a special system environment. Predefined modules and
symbols give you the assurance of building on tested and certified product components. In future the PAC4200 can also be
used as a measuring instrument.
The PCS 7 block library - SIMATIC PCS 7 Library PAC3200 - for

the SENTRON PAC3200 multifunction measuring instrument enables the seamless integration of the multifunction instrument in
the PCS 7 process world.
It comprises one driver block, one diagnostics block and the
faceplates. The blocks in the SIMATIC S7 supply energy data to
the faceplates in the user interface of the process control system, generate signals and guarantee connection to the maintenance system of PCS 7.
Faceplates
Faceplates serve as a user interface for operating and monitoring and enable technologically important values and functions of
the SENTRON PAC3200 to be displayed and performed as a
PCS 7 object.
Between the faceplates and the blocks as well as between the
blocks and the SENTRON PAC3200 there exist on the system
side bidirectional communication connections not only for displaying values in the faceplates but also for forwarding input
data to the device.
This makes the SENTRON PAC3200 power monitoring device an
integral component of PCS 7.
13
The operating systems supported are the same as those for the
SIMATIC PCS 7.

SIMATIC PCS 7 V 6.1 SP3, PCS 7 V 7.0 SP1
and PCS 7 V7.1 SP1
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
SIMATIC PCS 7 Library PAC3200 1)

Engineering license
3ZS2 781-1CC10-0YG0
1 unit
133
0.250
3ZS2 781-1CC10-6YH0
1 unit
133
0.250

an automation system (AS).
When using additional PCS 7 OS devices, you need an engineering license
for each PCS 7 OS.
Runtime license
For operation on an additional AS
1)
For currently-supported SIMATIC PCS 7 versions see

http:/support.automation.siemens.com
13/13
Siemens AG 2011
Software
Overview
Benefits
Full integration of SENTRON circuit breaker in the PCS 7 process control system through PROFIBUS DPV1 using a certified PCS 7 add-on module
Remote switching and monitoring
Reading out of maintenance information
Automatic information in case of overload, short-circuit and
faults
Limit monitoring through the driver block
Application
The 3WL/3VL block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 is used in all areas
in which PCS 7 is used. Full integration in PCS 7 means that there
is no need for a special system environment. Predefined modules and symbols give you the assurance of building on tested
and certified product components.
The 3WL/3VL PCS 7 block library for SENTRON circuit breaker
allows for the simple and quick integration of the SENTRON
circuit breaker into the PCS 7 process world.
faceplates. The blocks in the SIMATIC S7 supply current, power
and energy data to the faceplates in the user interface of the process control system, generate signals and guarantee connection to the maintenance system of PCS 7.
Faceplates
Faceplates serve as a user interface for operating and monitoring and enable the SENTRON circuit breaker to be displayed
and performed simply as a PCS 7 object.
The 3WL/3VL block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 provides for continual plant transparency. Critical plant states are recognized
quickly and costs owing to outages avoided. System availability
is permanently increased
This transforms the SENTRON circuit breaker into an integral
component of PCS 7.
13
The operating systems supported are the same as those for the
SIMATIC PCS 7.

SIMATIC PCS 7 V 6.1 SP1 and PCS 7 V 7.0 SP1
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg

Engineering license
3ZS2 782-1CC10-0YG0
1 unit
133
0.250
3ZS2 782-1CC10-6YH0
1 unit
133
0.250

When using additional PCS 7 OS devices, you need an engineering license
for each PCS 7 OS.
Runtime license
13/14
Siemens AG 2011
Software
System requirements
Overview
The SENTRON PAC3200 block library for SIMATIC WinCC is

released for
WinCC V 6.2 SP2
WinCC V 7.0
WinCC V 7.0 SP1
SENTRON PAC3200 block library for SIMATIC WinCC
WinCC options AS-OS Engineering and Basic Process Control

must be installed. The block library is available for both S7-300
and S7-400. At least one S7 CPU317-2DP is required for use in
the S7-300 area. At least one S7 CPU414-2 is required for use in
the S7-400 area.
Supported operating systems are the same as for
SIMATIC WinCC.
Benefits
The SENTRON PAC3200 block library for SIMATIC WinCC

enables the seamless integration of the SENTRON PAC3200
multifunction measuring instrument in WinCC.
faceplates. The blocks in the SIMATIC S7 supply energy data to
the faceplates in the user interface of WinCC, generate signals
and guarantee connection to the maintenance system of WinCC.
Full integration of the SENTRON PAC3200 in SIMATIC WinCC

through PROFIBUS DPV1 The block library is a certified
WinCC add-on module
Inputting limit values for monitoring through the driver block
Application
The SENTRON PAC3200 block library for SIMATIC WinCC is
used in all areas in which WinCC is used. Predefined blocks and
symbols give you the assurance of building on tested and certified product components. In future the PAC4200 can also be
used as a measuring instrument.
Faceplates
Faceplates serve as a user interface for operating and monitoring and enable technologically important values and functions of
the SENTRON PAC3200 to be displayed and performed in
WinCC.
The blocks work in a cyclic mode with fast updating of the important measured quantities and, in future, in an acyclic mode with
little space requirement in the process image.
Between the faceplates and the blocks as well as between the

blocks and the SENTRON PAC3200 there exist on the system
side bidirectional communication connections not only for displaying values in the faceplates but also for forwarding input
data to the device.
This makes the SENTRON PAC3200 power monitoring device an
integral component of WinCC.
13

SIMATIC WinCC V 7.0 and WinCC V 7.0 SP 1
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
SENTRON PAC3200 block library for SIMATIC WinCC1)

Engineering license
3ZS2 791-1CC10-0YG0
1 unit
133
0.250
3ZS2 791-1CC10-6YH0
1 unit
133
0.250

When using additional WinCC OS devices, you need an engineering license
for each WinCC OS.
Runtime license
1)
For currently-supported SIMATIC PCS 7 versions see

http:/support.automation.siemens.com
13/15
Siemens AG 2011
Software
Configuring, Visualizing and Controlling with SENTRON
Overview
The SENTRON-based power management system is comprised

of a PC with the related power management software and with
the related devices which are connected directly to the PC
through Ethernet.
General goals of a power management system:
to identify savings potential
to reduce power costs
to ensure power availability
through transparency of the momentary conditions and through
comprehensive power assignments and evaluations.
13
The SENTRON powermanager PC-based power management

software
is an independent power management software
can be operated with a PC and measuring instruments with
Ethernet connection
is expandable from the simple standard application to
a fully flexible customer solution
is fully scalable with regard to the number of devices and to
the software's functions
Ensures the optimum integration of measuring instruments
from the SENTRON PAC range, SENTRON 3WL/3VL circuit
breakers and other devices
SENTRON powermanager is designed for:

collecting
monitoring
evaluating
presenting
archiving
power data from SENTRON PAC3100, PAC3200 and PAC4200
multifunction measuring instruments, SENTRON 3WL/3VL circuit
breakers, and any modbus-capable detecting devices.
"Expert" and "Web" option packs
The SENTRON powermanager standard package already covers the usual requirements. With this package the user receives
an easy-to-engineer power management software which enables the data detected by the measuring instruments to be
read out, presented, archived and processed in basic evaluations. With the "Expert" option pack the user receives full flexibility for the presentation of graphic interfaces (e.g. single line presentations) in order to integrate his own images and devices.
The data/images are displayed as standard using a Windows client which must be installed on the PC. The "Web" pack is offered
to meet the market's demands for web presentation.
Benefits
Transparency of power flows

Exact knowledge of the consumption profile
Increase of power efficiency
Optimization of power supply contracts
Compliance with contractual terms
Assignment of power costs to cost centers
Optimization of plant maintenance
Identification of critical plant conditions
In the SENTRON product family the user will find not only a
power management software in the form of SENTRON powermanager but also the matching hardware in the form of
SENTRON PAC measuring instruments and SENTRON 3WL/3VL
circuit breakers for realizing a complete power management
system. The components are optimally coordinated with each
other, e.g. special drivers for the SENTRON devices are integrated in the SENTRON powermanager software so that on the
one hand the power data acquisition can take place without any
great configuration effort and on the other hand the most important measured values or states are indicated by predefined displays.
13/16
This reduces the engineering work for the customer and gives
the user the assurance of knowing that the device functions are
optimally supported in the software.
The SENTRON powermanager software comprises a server/client software for the acquisition, processing, presentation and archiving of power data. These power data are supplied primarily
by multifunction measuring instruments (PAC) or 3WL/3VL circuit
breakers which are connected to the system through Ethernet.
Siemens AG 2011
Software
Application
Applications
The product offers a standard power management solution
which provides the user with the following basic functionality:
Collection of measured quantities from the devices
Presentation of the measured quantities from the devices in table form in a predefined standard view for
SENTRON PAC3100, PAC3200 and PAC4200 measuring instruments and 3WL/3VL circuit breakers
Free presentation of measured quantities possible, including
from non-Siemens devices using generic Modbus drivers
Archiving of measured quantities

Monitoring of status and limits, with generation of corresponding signals
Reserve curve display for visualizing the achieved data and
online data
Cost center reports based on predefined rates and the archived consumption data
OPC server
Configuration of the system including user management
Operation & monitoring
Windows or web clients
Ethernet
Data processing
SENTRON powermanager server
Ethernet (Modbus)
Data detection
Measuring/protection devices
PAC3200
PAC4200
PAC3200
This standard solution is designed with cost-efficiency and simple system start-up in mind.
The "Expert" option pack is available for customers with broader
requirements particularly with regard to visualizing the status of
the entire power distribution. Using this option pack it is possible
to create any number of graphic images as single-line diagrams
and to add and interlink self-defined objects and have them respond to events, e.g. through object animation. In addition the
user can define his own devices using a device editor, which is
included in the delivery, and integrate them in the system. The
user even has the possibility of creating his own runtime scripts.
However, unlike the SENTRON powermanager software, the
"Expert" option pack requires a certain system know-how, which
can be acquired in special training courses.
The system is expandable of course to the extent that it allows
the customer to begin with the basic functionality of the
SENTRON powermanager and add the "Expert" option pack at a
later date. Existing data and configurations can still be used after upgrading.
Integration of measuring instruments by means of predefined
device templates for the SENTRON PAC family and the
SENTRON 3WL/3VL circuit breakers
Easy integration of existing modbus-capable detecting
devices
Communication through Standard Ethernet
Integration of devices with RS485 interface (ModbusRTU)
through Modbus gateway, e.g. the SENTRON PAC4200 can
be used as gateway
SENTRON
3WL
SENTRON
3VL
I202_01389
Modbus RS485
PAC3100
Industries
Interesting for all industries because power efficiency through
strict monitoring and the resultant optimization measures plays a
key role throughout the manufacturing industry, in non-residential buildings, in the services sector and on infrastructure projects. This has an impact on competitiveness, particularly in view
of rising energy prices.
System requirements
Hardware requirements
Processor: Intel Pentium IV 2.8 GHz (or better)
RAM: min. 2 GB
Hard disk: min. 1 GB free
Graphics: VGA with min. 1280 x 1024 pixels with 16-bit color
intensity
Supported operating systems
Windows Vista: Business, Ultimate; SP1
Windows XP: XP with SP2/SP3
Windows 2003: Server 2003 Server (32-bit)
Supported Excel versions (required for reporting)
Excel 2000, Excel XP, Excel 2003, Excel 2007
13/17
13
Siemens AG 2011
Software

Version
DT
Order No.
Trial lizense
10 devices, incl. "Expert" and "Web" option pack
product full license limited to 30 days
Product full license, Lean

10 devices
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
3ZS2 711-0CC20-0YA7
1 unit
133
0.230
3ZS2 711-0CC20-0YA0
1 unit
133
0.230
Product full license, Standard

50 devices
3ZS2 712-0CC20-0YA0
1 unit
133
0.230
Product full license, Advanced

100 devices
3ZS2 713-0CC20-0YA0
1 unit
133
0.230
Product full license, Maximum

200 devices
3ZS2 714-0CC20-0YA0
1 unit
133
0.230
Upgrade license
from Lean to Standard
3ZS2 712-0CC20-0YD0
1 unit
133
0.230
Upgrade license
from Standard to Advanced
3ZS2 713-0CC20-0YD0
1 unit
133
0.230
Upgrade license
from Advanced to Maximum
3ZS2 714-0CC20-0YD0
1 unit
133
0.230
Option pack "Up to 5 Clients"

Expansion up to 5 clients
3ZS2 710-3CC20-0YH0
1 unit
133
0.230
Option pack "From 5 to 10 Clients"

Expansion from 5 to 10 clients
(Requirement: Option pack "Up to 5 Clients")
3ZS2 710-4CC20-0YH0
1 unit
133
0.230
B
Option pack "Expert"
Option for creating and presenting any number of freely configured images
3ZS2 710-2CC20-0YH0
1 unit
133
0.230
B
Option pack "Web"
Option for access over the web (e.g. Internet Explorer) for up to 10 clients
3ZS2 710-1CC20-0YH0
1 unit
133
0.230
SENTRON powermanager V 2.0
Price advantages through system packages

SENTRON powermanager with SENTRON PAC3200 contains one
SENTRON powermanager product full license,
Lean (3ZS2711-0CC20-0YA0) and, depending on the package, three or five
or ten units of SENTRON PAC3200 (7KM2112-0BA00-3AA0)
13
SENTRON powermanager System3
3ZS2 813-2CC20-0YA0
1 unit
133
1.610
3ZS2 815-2CC20-0YA0
1 unit
133
2.530
3ZS2 817-2CC20-0YA0
1 unit
133
4.830
More information
You can find more information on the Internet at:
13/18
Siemens AG 2011
Software
Switch ES Power
Overview
Benefits
Parameterization, documentation, operation and monitoring in
one software
Documentation of measured values and settings
Clear representation of all available parameters
All the available status information and measured values are
clearly displayed in dialog boxes
Software for SENTRON 3WL and SENTRON 3VL
Easy connection build-up through acyclic PROFIBUS DPV1
data traffic
Identical storage format for parameters with the Breaker Data
Adapter (BDA)
Easy-to-operate Windows interface
No programming knowledge required for operation
Object manager of Switch ES Power
Uniform data management for circuit breaker parameters
Automatic parameterization if components are replaced
Adjustment of parameter set A with Switch ES Power
Switch ES Power is the shared software platform for communication-capable SENTRON circuit breakers. This has the advantage
that all device-specific setting options are identical in terms of
appearance and handling.
Switch ES Power can be used to configure, document, operate
and monitor the SENTRON 3WL and SENTRON 3VL circuit
breakers through PROFIBUS DP.
More information can be found on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/sentron

Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*/
P. unit
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Switch ES Power
Calibration, documentation, operation and monitoring of
A
SENTRON 3WL/3VL circuit breakers through PROFIBUS DP;
runs under Windows 95/98/NT/2000/XP Professional,
including online help, English or German selectable;
including Object Manager (OM) for Switch ES Power for integration in STEP7
3ZS2 311-0CC10-0YA0
1 unit
133
0.200
System requirements:
PROFIBUS card: CP5512, CP5611, CP5613 or CP5614
and MPI interface on PG7xx and its driver software,
see interactive Catalog CA01, CD-ROM drive
System requirements for OM Switch ES Power:
SIMATIC: S7, M7, C7, PCS 7
STEP 7: version 5.2 or higher
CD-ROM drive
13/19
13
Siemens AG 2011
Software
Notes
13
13/20
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
20/2
Catalog Notes
20/3
Ordering Notes
20/5
UL Notes
20/6
ATEX Explosion Protection
20/7
Further Documentation
20/8
Standards and Approvals
20/28
Siemens Contacts
20/29
Solution Partners
20/30
Online Services
20/31
Service & Support
20/33
Comprehensive Support
from A to Z
20/34
Software Licenses
20/35
Subject Index
20/41
Order Number Index

incl. Export Markings
20/52
Terms and Conditions of Sale and

Delivery
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Catalog notes
Overview
Trademarks
Symbols
All product designations may be registered trademarks or product names of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by
third parties for their own purposes may violate the rights of the
owner.
The symbols used in this catalog are listed below. These symbols are use in conjunction with an orange background to mark
special selection criteria (e.g. connections, types of coordination, etc.).
Amendments
All technical data, dimensions and weights are subject to
change without notice unless otherwise specified on the pages
of this catalog.
Dimensions
All dimensions are in mm.
Images
The illustrations are not binding.
Technical data
The technical data in the catalog are for general information. The
instruction manuals and the operating instructions on the products must be observed during assembly, operation and maintenance.
Further technical information is available at
under Product List:
under Entry List:
- Updates
- Download
- FAQ
- Manuals
- Certificates
Configurators can be found under
Assembly, operation and maintenance
The instruction manuals and the operating instructions on the
products must be observed during assembly, operation and
maintenance.
20
20/2
Connections
Screw terminals
Ring terminal lug connection
Switching capacity of 3WL circuit breakers

N
ECO switching capacity

(Icu up to 55/66 kA at 500 V)
Standard switching capacity

(Icu up to 66/80 kA at 500 V)

Very high switching capacity

(Icu up to 150 kA (3-pole)/130 kA (4-pole)
at 500 V)
DC
Switching capacity for DC current
Switching capacity of 3VL circuit breakers

N
Standard switching capacity


Very high switching capacity

Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Ordering notes
Logistics
General
Packaging, packing units
With regard to delivery service, communications and environmental protection, our logistics service ensures "quality from the
moment of ordering right through to delivery". By designing our
infrastructure according to customer requirements and implementing electronic order processing, we have successfully optimized our logistics processes.
The packaging in which our equipment is dispatched provides

protection against dust and mechanical damage during transport, thus ensuring that all our products arrive in perfect condition.
We are proud of our personal consulting service, on-time deliveries and 1-day transport within Germany.
To this end, we supply the preferred types marked with }
ex works.
We regard the DIN ISO 9001 certification and consistent quality
checks as an integral part of our services.
Electronic order processing is fast, cost-efficient and error-free.
Please contact us if you want to benefit from these advantages.
We select our packaging for maximum environmental compatibility and reusability (e.g. crumpled paper instead of polystyrene
chips for protection during transport in packages up to 32 kg)
and, in particular, with a view to reducing waste.
With our multi-unit packaging and reusable packaging, we offer
you specific types of packaging that are both kind to the environment and tailored to your requirements:
Your advantages at a glance:
Lower order costs.
Cost savings through uniform-type packaging: low/no disposal costs.
Reduced time and cost thanks to short unpacking times.
"Just-in-time" delivery directly to the production line helps reduce stock: cost savings through reduction of storage area.
Fast assembly thanks to supply in sets.
Standard Euro boxes - corresponding to the Euro pallet modular system - suitable for most conveyor systems.
Active contribution to environmental protection.
Unless stated otherwise in the "Selection and ordering data" of
this catalog, our products are supplied individually packed.
For small parts/accessories, we offer you economical packaging units as standard packs containing more than one
item, e.g. 5, 10, 50 or 100 units. It is essential that whole number multiples of these quantities be ordered to ensure satisfactory quality of the products and problem-free order processing.
The products are delivered in a neutral carton. The label includes warning notices, the CE mark, the open arrow recycling
symbol, and product description information in English and
German. In addition to the Order No. (MLFB) and the number of
items in the packaging, the Instr. Order No. is also specified for
the operating instructions. It can be obtained from your local
Siemens representative (you will find a list of your local Siemens
representatives at www.siemens.com/automation/partner).
The device Order No. of most devices can also be acquired
through the EAN barcode to simplify ordering and storage logistics.
The Order Nos. and EAN codes are assigned electronically in
the master data of the products for low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation.
20/3
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Ordering notes
Overview
Ordering special versions
Ordering very small quantities
When ordering products that differ from the standard versions

listed in the catalog, "Z" must be added to the Order No. indicated and the required features must be specified using alphanumeric order codes or plain text.
When small orders are placed, the costs associated with order
processing are greater than the order value. We therefore recommend that you combine several small orders. Where this is
not possible, we regret that we are obliged to make a small processing charge: for orders with a net goods value of less than
250 we charge an 20 supplement to cover our order processing and invoicing costs.
Explanations on the Selection and Ordering Data

Delivery time class (DT)
Preferred types are device types that can be delivered immediately ex works, i.e. they are dispatched
within 24 hours.
DT
Meaning
Preferred type
Two workdays
One week
Three weeks
Six weeks
On request
Normal quantities of the products are usually delivered within the specified time following receipt of your
order at our branch.
In exceptional cases, the actual delivery time may differ from that specified.
The delivery times apply up to the ramp at Siemens AG (products ready for dispatch).
The transport times depend on the destination and type of shipping. The standard shipping time for Germany is one day.
The delivery time classes specified here represent the state at 10/2010. They are permanently optimized.
Up-to-date information can be found at www.siemens.com/industrymall.
Price units (PU)

The price unit defines the number of units, sets or meters to which the specified price and weight apply.
PS/P. unit (packaging size/packaging unit)

The packaging size / packaging unit defines the number, e.g. of units, sets or meters, for outer packaging.
The first digit in the PS/P. unit column (packaging size/packaging unit) indicates the minimum order quantity. You can only order this
specified quantity or a multiple thereof.
The second digit in the PS/P. unit column (packaging size/packaging unit) specifies the number of units contained in larger packaging
(e.g. in a carton). You must order this quantity or a multiple thereof if you want the item to be delivered in a larger packaging quantity.
Examples:
PS/P. unit
Meaning
1 unit
You can order one item or a multiple thereof.
5 units
For example, five units are packed in a bag. Because the bags cannot be opened, you can only order a multiple of
the quantity contained in the bag: 5, 10, 15, 20 etc.
5/100 units
One carton contains (for example) 20 bags, each containing 5 units, i.e. a total of 100 units. If only cartons are available for delivery, you need to order a multiple of the carton quantity: 100, 200, 300, etc.
Ordering a quantity of 220 units, would produce the following delivery: two cartons, each containing 100 units
(= 200 units) and 4 bags, each containing 5 units (= 20 units).
Price groups (PG)

Each product is assigned to a price group.
Weight
The defined weight is the net weight in kg and refers to the price unit (PU).
Examples
DT Order No.
20
20/4
5SW3 300
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS/
P. unit
PG
DT Order No.
1 1/10 units
008
5SW3 313
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS/
P. unit
PG
1 set*
008
DT:
Preferred type
DT:
A = two workdays
PU:
One unit (on which price is based)
PU:
One set, i.e. 12 units (on which price is based)
PS/P. unit: 1 = minimum order quantity / 10 = quantity per

carton
PS/P. unit: The minimum order quantity is one set
PG:
* The selection and ordering data specifies that one set contains 12 units
008
PG:
008
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
UL notes
Low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation technology.

The secrets of UL. You have our support.
Our products for low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation are designed not only for the IEC market. Numerous
devices have both UL and IEC approval. This makes it easier for
manufacturers of switchgear and controlgear assemblies to enter the North American market.
Exports to North America require special approvals which differ
from the IEC directives. On the IEC market, directives define only
the essential functions of a system. The technical details are not
listed. By contrast, directives on the American market go into the
details of how to carry out the installation work etc.
For OEMs and machine manufacturers it is important to know the
main differences between the two technical worlds and to work
together respectively with manufacturers and suppliers who
have the right products and know-how.
Siemens is a strong partner in this case. Our know-how extends
from the production of UL-approved devices to the wiring of control cabinets according to UL directives.
These UL requirements are already taken into account when designing our devices for low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation. They are developed not only for the IEC market
but also for the UL market.
In addition to looking in this catalog you should also check out

our Catalog LV 16 "Controls and Components for Applications
according to UL" for UL-specific products:
SIRIUS 3RV17 and 3RV18 circuit breakers
Components for SENTRON 8US distribution systems
SENTRON 3WL5 and 3VL circuit breakers
ALPHA distribution boards and terminal blocks
BETA low-voltage circuit protection
We have been working with UL (Underwriters Laboratories

Inc.), the leading technical certification company in the USA,
since 1969. We are also glad to share our knowledge with you in
the form of training courses.
Take a look at our range of products and convince yourself. Or

simply click on
With our UL-certified products for low-voltage power distribution

and electrical installation you are on the safe side and can build
control cabinets according to UL standard easily and quickly.
Here you will find information on for example UL standards, UL

classification and a number of technical particularities of UL.
UL-certified products to be found in this catalog include for example:

SENTRON circuit breakers, motor starter protectors and switch
disconnectors
ALPHA FIX terminal blocks
SENTRON busbar systems
Miniature circuit breakers and fuses from the BETA low-voltage
circuit protection range
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/ul-europe
Under "UL Overview/Standards and Approvals" we provide a

summary of the available products and product groups. A table
lists the UL standards to which the products conform and contains links to the corresponding UL reports.
Under "Portfolio" we round off with a list of our most relevant
products for low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation as well as for low-voltage controls (including links to the respective Internet product pages).
Simply click on the navigation bar and go on a UL discovery
tour!
20/5
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
ATEX explosion protection
Overview
In many industries the production, processing, transport and
storage of combustible substances are accompanied by escaping gases, vapor or spray which find their way into the environment. Other processes result in combustible dust. Together with
the oxygen in the air, the result can be an explosive atmosphere
which will explode if ignited.
Serious injury to persons and damage to property can result particularly in the chemical and petrochemical industry, mineral oil
and natural gas production, mining, mills (e.g. grain, solid materials) and many other sectors.
To guarantee the maximum possible safety in these areas, the
legislators of most countries have drawn up requirements in the
form of laws, regulations and standards. In the course of globalization, great progress has been made with regard to uniform directives for explosion protection.
With Directive 94/9/EC, the European Union laid the foundations
for complete harmonization by requiring that all new devices as
from 1st July 2003 have to be approved in accordance with this
directive.
20
20/6
In this catalog, special attention is drawn to devices which comply with the ATEX Directive. However, it does not replace intensive study of the relevant fundamentals and directives when
planning and installing electrical systems.
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Further documentation
Overview
We regard product support as just as important as the products
and systems themselves.
Visit our site on the Internet for a comprehensive offering of support for low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation
products, such as
Operating instructions and manuals for direct download
Online registration for seminars and events
Up-to-date answers to your queries and problems
Software upgrades and updates for fast download
Telephone assistance in more than 190 countries
Photos and graphics for external use
and much, much more - all conveniently and easily accessible.
Address:
You will find regularly updated information material such as catalogs, customer magazines, brochures and trial versions of software for low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation
on the Internet at:
Here you can order your copy of the available documentation or
download it in common file formats (PDF, ZIP).
For your configuration systems we can provide technical and

graphic data in electronic form for the range of low-voltage
power distribution and electrical installation products:
CAx online generator
For the further processing of low-voltage power distribution and
electrical installation products in CAE/CAD systems the online
generator provides:
Technical product master data in CSV and Excel format
Graphic product data
- 2D dimensional drawings in DXF format (other formats optional)
- 3D models in STEP format
- Internal circuit diagrams
- EPLAN electric P 8 macros
Documentation in the form of PDF files
- Product data sheets
- Manuals
- Operating instructions
- Characteristics
- Certificates
Product photos
Texts for tenders in GAEB and Text format
www.siemens.com/cax
20/7
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Overview
Approvals, test certificates, characteristic curves
An overview of the certificates available for low-voltage power
distribution and electrical installation products along with more
technical documentation can be consulted daily on the Internet
at:
Product support: Approvals / Certificates
Product support: Characteristic curves
Product standards (excerpt)
20
IEC
EN
DIN VDE
Title
60947-1
60947-2
60947-3
60947-1
60947-2
60947-3
----
Low-voltage controlgear and switchgear General rules

Circuit breakers
Switches, disconnectors, switch disconnectors and fuse-combination units
60947-4-1
60947-4-2
60947-4-3
60947-4-1
60947-4-2
60947-4-3
----
Contactors and motor starters Electromechanical contactors and motor starters

Contactors and motor starters Semiconductor motor controllers and starters, soft starters
Contactors and motor starters AC semiconductor controllers and contactors for non-motor loads
60947-5-1
60947-5-2
60947-5-3
60947-5-1
60947-5-2
60947-5-3
----
60947-5-5
60947-5-5
--
60947-5-6
60947-5-6
--
60947-5-7
60947-5-7
--
60947-5-8
60947-5-9
60947-5-8
60947-5-9
---
Control circuit devices and switching elements Electromechanical control circuit devices
Control circuit devices and switching elements Proximity switches
Control circuit devices and switching elements Requirements for proximity devices with
defined behaviour under fault conditions
Control circuit devices and switching elements Electrical emergency stop device with mechanical latching function
Control circuit devices and switching elements DC interface for proximity sensors and
switching amplifiers (NAMUR)
Control circuit devices and switching elements Requirements for proximity switches with
analog output
Control circuit devices and switching elements Three-position enabling switches
Control circuit devices and switching elements Flow rate switches
60947-6-1
60947-6-2
60947-6-1
60947-6-2
---
Multiple function equipment Transfer switching equipment

Multiple function equipment Control and protective switching devices (or equipment) (CPS)
60947-7-1
60947-7-2
60947-7-3
60947-7-1
60947-7-2
60947-7-3
----
Ancillary equipment Terminal blocks for copper conductors

Ancillary equipment Protective conductor terminal blocks for copper conductors
Ancillary equipment Safety requirements for fuse terminal blocks
60947-8
60947-8
--
Control units for built-in thermal protection (PTC) for rotating electrical machines
62026-2
50295
--
Controller and device interface systems. Actuator-Sensor Interface (AS-i)
60269-1
60269-4
60269-1
60269-4
---
Low-voltage fuses General requirements

Low-voltage fuses Supplementary requirements for fuse-links for the protection of semiconductor
devices
60050-441
--
--
International Electrotechnical Vocabulary. Switchgear, controlgear and fuses
60439-1
61439-1
61439-2
60439-1
---
----
--
50274
--
61140
61140
--
Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Type-tested and partially type-tested assemblies
Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies General rules
Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Particular requirements for busbar trunking
systems (busways)
Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Protection against electric shock - Protection
against unintentional direct contact with hazardous live parts
Protection against electric shock - Common aspects for installation and equipment
60664-1
60664-1
--
20/8
Insulation coordination for electrical equipment within low-voltage systems

Principles, requirements and tests
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
IEC
EN
DIN VDE
Title
60204-1
-60079-14
60204-1
50178
60079-14
----
60079-2
60079-2
--
Safety of machinery Electrical equipment of machines General requirements

Electronic equipment for use in power installations
Explosive atmospheres Part 14: Electrical installations design, selection and erection
Installing electrical apparatus in potentially explosive gas atmospheres (except mining)
Explosive atmospheres Part 2: Equipment protection by pressurized enclosures "p"
61810-1
61812-1
60999-1
61810-1
61812-1
60999-1
----
Electromechanical elementary relays Part 1: General requirements

Specified time relays for industrial use Part 1: Requirements and tests
Connecting devices Electrical copper conductors Safety requirements for screw-type and screwlesstype clamping units Part 1: General requirements and particular requirements for clamping units for conductors from 0.2 mm2 to 35 mm2
61558-1
61558-1
0570-11)
Safety of power transformers, power supplies, reactors and similar products

- Part 1: General requirements and tests
61558-2-1
61558-2-1
0570-2-11)
61558-2-2
61558-2-2
0570-2-21)
61558-2-4
61558-2-4
0570-2-41)
61558-2-6
61558-2-6
0570-2-61)
61558-2-9
61558-2-9
0570-2-91)
61558-2-12
61558-2-13
61558-2-12
61558-2-13
0570-2-121)
0570-2-131)
61558-2-15
61558-2-20
61558-2-15
61558-2-20
0570-2-151)
0570-2-201)
- Part 2-1: Particular requirements and tests for separating transformers and power supplies
incorporating separating transformers for general applications
- Part 2-2: Particular requirements and tests for control transformers and power supplies
incorporating control transformers
- Part 2-4: Particular requirements and tests for isolating transformers and power supply units
incorporating isolating transformers
- Part 2-6: Particular requirements and tests for safety isolating transformers and power supply units
incorporating safety isolating transformers
- Part 2-9: Particular requirements and tests for transformers and power supply units for class III
handlamps for tungsten filament lamps
- Part 2-12: Particular requirements for constant voltage transformers
- Part 2-13: Particular requirements and tests for auto transformers and power supply units
incorporating auto transformers
- Part 2-15: Particular requirements for isolating transformers for the supply of medical locations
- Part 2-20: Particular requirements and tests for small reactors
62041
62041
0570-101)
Power transformers, power supply units, reactors and similar products EMC requirements
60076-11
--
60076-11
--
-0552
Power transformers Part 11: Dry-type transformers

Standards for variable-ratio transformers with moving contacts perpendicular to the coiling direction
61000-4-1
61000-4-1
--
61000-6-3
61000-6-3
--
61000-6-4
61000-6-4
--
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Part 4-1: Testing and measurement techniques Overview
of IEC 61000-4 series
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Part 6-3: Generic standards Emission standard for
residential, commercial and light-industrial environments
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Part 6-4: Generic standards Emission standard for
industrial environments
60044-1
60044-1
--
1)
Instrument transformers Part 1: Current transformers
VDE classification.
UL
CSA C22.2 ASME
JIS
Title
506
508
489
1012
-----
-----
-----
Specialty transformers
Industrial control equipment
Molded case circuit breakers, molded case switches and circuit breaker enclosures
Power units other than CLASS 2
1561
5085
60601-1
----
----
----
1604
-1059
-486A-486B --
----
----
Dry-type general purpose and power transformers

Low-voltage transformers
Medical electrical equipment, Part 1: General requirements for safety (IEC 60601, EN 60601,
VDE 0750-1)
Electrical equipment for use in CLASS I and II, Division 2 and CLASS III hazardous (Classified) locations
Terminal blocks
Wire connectors
486E
--
--
--
Equipment wiring terminals for use with aluminum and/or copper conductors
50
--
--
--
Enclosures for electrical equipment. Non-environmental considerations
-----
No. 66
No. 14
No. 5
No. 107-1
-----
-----
Specialty transformers
Industrial control equipment
Molded case circuit breakers, molded case switches and circuit breaker enclosures
General use power supplies
--
--
A17.5 / B 44.1 --
--
--
--
Elevator and escalator electrical equipment
C 8201-4-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear; Contactors and motor-starters
20/9
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Quality management
Certificates
The quality management system of our I BT LV Business Unit

complies with the international standard EN ISO 9001.
The products and systems listed in this catalog are marketed using a VDE-approved quality management system according to
ISO 9001.
VDE certificate
Siemens AG
Industry Sector
Building Technologies Division
Low Voltage Distribution (I BT LV)
Reg. No.: 40017/QM/03.06
Information on the certificates available (CE, UL, CSA, FM, shipping authorizations) for low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation products can be found on the Internet at:
In the Entry List you can use the certificate type (general product
approval, explosion protection, test certificates, shipbuilding,...)
as a filter criterion.
Approval requirements valid in different countries

Siemens low-voltage switchgear and controlgear are designed,
manufactured and tested according to the relevant German
standards (DIN and VDE), IEC publications and European standards (EN) as well as CSA and UL standards. The standards assigned to the single devices are stated in the relevant parts of
this catalog.
As far as is economically viable, the requirements of the various
regulations valid in other countries are also taken into account in
the design of the equipment.
In some countries (see table below), an approval is required for
certain low-voltage switchgear and controlgear components.
Depending on the market requirements, these components have
been submitted for approval to the authorized testing institutes.
In some cases, CSA for Canada and UL for the USA only approve special switchgear versions. Such special versions are
listed separately from the standard versions in the individual
parts of this catalog.
For this equipment, partial limitations of the maximum permissible voltages, currents and ratings can be imposed, or special
approval and, in some cases, special identification is required.
For use on board ship, the specifications of the marine classification societies must be observed (see table below). In some
cases, they require type tests of the components to be approved.
The present state of approval is shown in the "Overview of approved equipment" tables on 20/12 to 20/27.
Testing bodies, approval identification and approval requirements

Country
Canada 1)
USA 1)
China
Government-appointed or private, officially

recognized testing bodies
CSA UL
(USA)
UL
CQC
Approval symbol
Approval requirements
Remarks
UL and CSA are authorized to grant approvals according to Canadian CCC

or US regulations. Please note: these approvals are frequently not recognized and additional approval often has to be obtained from the
national testing authority.
c u cU
c UUS
c uUS
For more information about UL and CSA see 20/11.

1)
20
For guide numbers and file numbers for the approvals, visit our website at
20/10
U
c UUS
c uUS
+
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Marine classification societies

Country
Germany
United
Kingdom
France
Norway
CIS
Italy
Poland
USA
Name
Germanischer
Lloyd
Lloyds
Register of
Shipping
Bureau
Veritas
Det Norske
Veritas
Russian
Maritime
Register of
Shipping
Registro
Italiano
Navale
Polski
Rejestre
Statkw
American
Bureau of
Shipping
Codes
GL
LRS
BV
DNV
RMRS
RINA
PRS
ABS
CE mark of conformity
Manufacturers of products which fall within the subject area to
which EC directives apply must identify their products, operating
instructions or packaging with a CE mark.
The CE mark confirms that a product fulfills the appropriate basic requirements of all pertinent directives. The mark is a mandatory requirement for putting products into circulation throughout
the EC.
All the products in this catalog are in conformance with the EC

directives and bear the CE mark.
Low-voltage directive
EMC directive
Machinery directive
Ex protection directive
The CE mark of conformity: >.
Accident prevention
Test certificates and approvals from the BIA (German statutory
industrial accident insurance institution in Bonn) and from SUVA
(Swiss institute for accident prevention) are available for some
devices in safety control systems. For details, see the respective
product descriptions.
Special standards, for example the USA and Canada

In the USA and Canada, for machine tools and processing machines in particular, supply lines are laid using rubber insulated
cable enclosed in heavy-duty steel piping similar to that used for
gas or water pipe systems.
The tubing system must be completely watertight and electrically conductive (especially sleeving and elbows). Since the
tubing system can also be grounded, the cable entries of enclosed units equipped with heavy-gauge or metric threads must
be fitted with metal adapters between these threads and the
tube thread. The necessary adapters are specified for the
switchgear as accessories; they should be ordered separately
unless otherwise specified.
The abbreviations are harmonized with IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix

1 Table A.1 and correspond to the stated utilization categories.
For various switching devices detailed in the catalog, a note has
been included to the effect that, above a certain voltage, the
auxiliary switches/auxiliary contacts can only be used if they
have the same polarity. This means that the input terminals can
only be connected to the same pole of the actuating voltage,
e.g. "600 V AC above 300 V AC same polarity".
Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear for auxiliary circuits

(e.g. contactor relays, commanding and signaling devices and
auxiliary switches/auxiliary contacts in general) are generally
only approved by CSA and UL for "Heavy Duty" or "Standard
Duty" and are identified either with these specifications in addition to the maximum permissible voltage or by using an abbreviation.
Different features of UL approvals (for USA and Canada)
Recognized Component
Listed Product
Devices are identified on the rating plate

using the "UL recognition mark":
U, cUUS
USA:
Canada:
cU, cUUS
Devices are identified using the "UL listing mark" on the rating plate
Canada: cu LISTED 165 C
e.g. USA: u LISTED 165 C
IND. CONT. EQ.
IND. CONT. EQ.
(165 C stands for: Siemens, I IA CD Division, Amberg plant)
Devices are approved as modules for "factory wiring", i.e.:

as devices for installation in control systems, which are selected, installed,
wired and tested entirely by trained personnel in factories, workshops or
elsewhere, according to the operating conditions.
Devices are approved for "field wiring", i.e.:

As devices for installation in control systems, which are completely wired by
trained personnel in factories, workshops or elsewhere.
As single devices for sale in retail outlets in the USA/Canada.
If devices are u or cu approved as "listed products", they are also approved as U or cU "recognized components".
For more information about UL and CSA see 20/10.
20/11
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Special standards, for example Russia, Australia and China

CCC approval
GOST approval for Russia
Since August 1, 2003, CCC approval is required for many products that are marketed in China.
A GOST approval is required for all products that are to be sold
in Russia. The GOST mark has been obligatory on the packaging of all devices since mid-1998.
All devices delivered to any part of the Russian Federation must
have this customs certification.
C-Tick licensing for Australia
The C-Tick license is required for marketing Siemens components in Australia. Electronic devices must provide proof of EMC
clearance in Australia, similar to the CE mark of conformity laid
down by the EMC directive applicable in the EC and bear the "CTick" mark. These requirements have been in force since October 1st, 1999.
Type overview of approved devices

Chapter 1 Air Circuit Breakers
Approvals
Application in
Canada
1) 2)
Marine classifications
USA
1)
1)
China
s cUUS u cuUS U CCC

SENTRON WL circuit breakers up to 6300 A (ACB)
Certification
3WL1
Germany
United
Kingdom
France
Norway
CIS
Italy
Poland
USA
GL
LRS
BV
DNV
RMRS
RINA
PRS
ABS
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
+3)
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
UL/CSA version
3WL5
+ Standard version approved.

-- Not yet submitted for approval.
Further certifications and approvals available on request.
-1)
2)
cu and cU approvals are available in accordance with US approval.
3)
CSA attestation according to IEC 60947-2.
Chapter 2 Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Approvals
Canada
Germany
United
Kingdom
France
Norway
CIS
Italy
Poland
USA
s cUUS u cuUS U CCC

SENTRON VL circuit breakers up to 1600 A (MCCB)
GL
LRS
BV
DNV
RMRS
RINA
PRS
ABS
3VL1/2/3/4
3VL5/6/7/8
3VL9
Application in
1) 2)
USA
1)
1)
China
Certification
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-----
+
+
+
+
-----
+
+
+3)
+3)
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
UL/CSA version
3VL1
3VL2/3/4/4X
3VL6/7/8
3VL9

U approval not required because u approved.
20
20/12
1)
2)
3)
Not all versions are approved. Request required.
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Chapter 3 Miniature Circuit Breakers
Application in
Germany,
Europe
Belgium
France
Italy
Russia
USA, Canada
China
Approvals
VDE
CEBEC
LCIE (NF)
IMQ
GOST
Fire Safety
Protection
CCC
Miniature circuit breakers

5SL
5SY4
5SY7
+
+1)2)
+
+
---
----
-+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-+
+
----
-+
+
5SY8
5SY5, universal current
5SP4
5SP5
-+
+
+
-----
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-+
--
-----
-+
+
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
Miniature circuit breakers with plug-in terminal

5SJ6 . . .-.KS
Miniature circuit breakers 1+N

5SY6 0. .
Miniature circuit breakers according to UL 489 and IEC

5SJ4 . . .-.HG40
5SJ4 . . .-.HG41
5SJ4 . . .-.HG42
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
----
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
+
+
--
+
+
+
+
+
--
--+
+
+
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
5ST3 01.
5ST3 02.
5ST3 0. .-0HG
+
+
--
Main miniature circuit breakers

5SP3
Circuit breaker terminals

5SK9
--
1)
Characteristic A, VDE-tested.
2)
All types with rated current In 63 A.

Application in
Germany
France
United Kingdom
Italy
Norway
GL
BV
LRS
RINA
DNV
Miniature circuit breakers

Characteristic
5SY4
5SY7
5SP4
+
+
+
+
+
+
--+
+1)
+
--
+1)
+
--
+1)
+
--
+1)
+
+
+1)
+
+
--+
+1)
+
--
+1)
+
--
+1)
+
--
+1)
+
--
+1)
+
--
+1)
+
--


1)
All types with rated current In 63 A.
20/13
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Chapter 4 Residual Current Protective Devices
Application in
Germany,
Europe
Belgium
France
Italy
Austria
Spain
Russia
China
Approvals
VDE
CEBEC
LCIE (NF)
IMQ
VE
AENOR
GOST
Fire Safety
Protection
CCC
5SM3 . . .-6
5SM3 111-6
5SM3 311-6
5SM3 312-6
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
5SM3 314-6
5SM3 316-6
5SM3 317-6
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
5SM3 412-6
5SM3 414-6
5SM3 416-6
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
5SM3 417-6
5SM3 612-6
5SM3 614-6
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
5SM3 616-6
5SM3 617-6
5SM3 416-8
+
+
+
+
+
--
----
+
+
--
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
--
5SM3 417-8
5SM3 614-8
5SM3 616-8
5SM3 617-8
+
+
+
+
-+
---
-----
-----
-+
+
--
--+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-----
5SM3 . . .-6KK
5SM3 315-6KK
5SM3 318-6KK
5SM3 415-6KK
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SM3 418-6KK
5SM3 615-6KK
5SM3 618-6KK
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
+
---
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SM3 . . .-6KK01
5SM3 312-6KK01
5SM3 314-6KK01
5SM3 316-6KK01
+
+
+
----
----
+
+
--
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
--
5SM3 317-6KK01
5SM3 616-6KK01
5SM3 617-6KK01
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
-+
--
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SM3 . . .-6KK12
5SM3 312-6KK12
5SM3 314-6KK12
5SM3 316-6KK12
5SM3 317-6KK12
+
+
+
+
+
+
---
-----
+
+
+
+
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-+
+
5SM3 . . .-6KL
5SM3 111-6KL
5SM3 311-6KL
5SM3 312-6KL
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SM3 314-6KL
5SM3 316-6KL
5SM3 317-6KL
+
+
+
----
+
+
--
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SM3 412-6KL
5SM3 414-6KL
5SM3 416-6KL
5SM3 417-6KL
+
+
+
+
-----
-+
+
--
-----
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-----
5SM3 612-6KL
5SM3 614-6KL
5SM3 616-6KL
5SM3 617-6KL
+
+
+
+
-----
+
+
+
--
-----
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-----
5SM3 61.-8KL
5SM3 614-8KL
5SM3 616-8KL
+
+
---
---
---
+
+
---
+
+
+
+
---
RCCBs, type A, 2-pole

20
20/14
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Application in
Germany,
Europe
Belgium
France
Italy
Austria
Spain
Russia
China
Approvals
VDE
CEBEC
LCIE (NF)
IMQ
VE
AENOR
GOST
Fire Safety
Protection
CCC
5SM3 . . .-6
5SM3 342-6
5SM3 344-6
5SM3 345-6
+
+
--
+
+
--
----
+
+
--
+
+
--
+
+
--
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
--
5SM3 346-6
5SM3 347-6
5SM3 348-6
+
+
--
----
+
---
+
+
--
+
---
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
---
5SM3 444-6
5SM3 445-6
5SM3 446-6
+
-+
+
+
----
+
-+
+
-+
+
-+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-+
5SM3 448-6
5SM3 642-6
5SM3 644-6
-+
+
-+
+
----
-+
+
-+
+
-+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-+
+
5SM3 645-6
5SM3 646-6
5SM3 647-6
-+
+
-+
--
----
-+
--
-+
+
-+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-+
--
5SM3 648-6
5SM3 742-6
5SM3 744-6
-+
+
-+
+
----
-+
+
-+
+
-+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-+
+
5SM3 745-6
5SM3 746-6
5SM3 748-6
-+
--
+
--
----
-+
--
-+
--
+
+
--
+
+
+
+
+
+
-+
5SM3 . . .-8
5SM3 444-8
5SM3 446-8
5SM3 644-8
+
+
+
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SM3 645-8
5SM3 646-8
5SM3 647-8
-+
+
----
----
----
-+
--
+
+
--
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SM3 648-8
5SM3 745-8
5SM3 748-8
5SM3 846-8
---+
-----
-----
-----
-----
-+
---
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-----
5SM3 . . .-6KK. .
5SM3 342-6KK01
5SM3 344-6KK01
5SM3 346-6KK01
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
+
+
--
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SM3 446-6KK01
5SM3 644-6KK01
5SM3 646-6KK01
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SM3 647-6KK01
5SM3 342-6KK03
5SM3 344-6KK03
+
---
----
----
----
----
+
---
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SM3 342-6KK12
5SM3 344-6KK12
5SM3 346-6KK12
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
5SM3 347-6KK12
5SM3 644-6KK12
5SM3 646-6KK12
+
+
+
-+
+
----
-+
+
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
-+
+
5SM3 . . .-8KK. .
5SM3 646-8KK12
--
--
--
--
--
--
5SM3 . . .-6KL
5SM3 342-6KL
5SM3 344-6KL
5SM3 346-6KL
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SM3 347-6KL
5SM3 642-6KL
5SM3 644-6KL
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SM3 646-6KL
5SM3 647-6KL
5SM3 746-6KL
+
+
+
----
+
+
--
----
+
+
--
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
--
--
--
--
--
RCCBs, type A, 4-pole
5SM3 . . .-8KL
5SM3 646-8KL

20/15
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Application in
Germany,
Europe
Belgium
France
Italy
Austria
Spain
Russia
China
Approvals
VDE
CEBEC
LCIE (NF)
IMQ
VE
AENOR
GOST
Fire Safety
Protection
CCC
5SM3 352-6
5SM3 354-6
5SM3 356-6
----
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SM3 652-6
5SM3 654-6
5SM3 656-6
----
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
---
---
---
---
---
---
+
+
+
+
---
5SM3 . . .-4
5SM3 321-4
5SM3 322-4
5SM3 324-4
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SM3 326-4
5SM3 342-4
5SM3 344-4
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SM3 346-4
5SM3 347-4
5SM3 621-4
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SM3 622-4
5SM3 624-4
5SM3 626-4
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SM3 642-4
5SM3 644-4
5SM3 646-4
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SM3 647-4
5SM3 746-4
5SM3 747-4
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SM3 . . .-5
5SM3 646-5
5SM3 647-5
5SM3 746-5
5SM3 747-5
+
+
+
+
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-----
5SM3 . . .-4KK14
5SM3 321-4KK14
5SM3 322-4KK14
5SM3 324-4KK14
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SM3 326-4KK14
5SM3 342-4KK14
5SM3 344-4KK14
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SM3 346-4KK14
5SM3 347-4KK14
5SM3 621-4KK14
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SM3 622-4KK14
5SM3 624-4KK14
5SM3 626-4KK14
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SM3 642-4KK14
5SM3 644-4KK14
5SM3 646-4KK14
5SM3 647-4KK14
+
+
+
+
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-----
5SM3 . . .-5KK14
5SM3 646-5KK14
5SM3 647-5KK14
+
+
---
---
---
---
---
+
+
+
+
---
5SU1 . . .-. AK8.

5SU1 374-7AK81
5SU1 374-7AK82
5SU1 674-7AK81
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SU1 674-7AK82
5SU1 374-8AK81
5SU1 674-8AK81
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SU1 . . .-. BK8.

5SU1 674-7BK82
5SU1 874-7BK82
5SU1 674-8BK81
5SU1 874-8BK81
+
+
+
+
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-----
RCCBs, type A, 500 V
RCCBs, type A, 50 ... 400 Hz

5SM3 342-6KK03
5SM3 344-6KK03
RCCBs, type B
RCCBs, type B+
RCBOs, type B

20
20/16
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Application in
Germany,
Europe
Belgium
France
Italy
Austria
Spain
Russia
China
Approvals
VDE
CEBEC
LCIE (NF)
IMQ
VE
AENOR
GOST
Fire Safety
Protection
CCC
+
+
---
---
---
---
---
+
+
+
+
---
5SU1 . . .-. DK8.

5SU1 374-7DK81
5SU1 374-7DK82
5SU1 674-7DK81
----
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SU1 674-7DK82
5SU1 374-8DK81
5SU1 674-8DK81
----
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
5SU1 . . .-. EK8.

5SU1 674-8EK81
5SU1 674-7FK81
5SU1 674-7FK82
----
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
RCBOs, type B (continued)

5SU1 . . .-. CK8.
5SU1 674-7CK81
5SU1 674-7CK82
RCBOs, type B+
RCBOs, up to 40 A, type A
5SU1 324-6FA..
5SU1 324-7FA..
5SU1 .5.-6KK..
+
+
+
----
----
+
+
+
--+
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
--+
5SU1 .5.-7KK..
5SU1 353-7KL..
5SU1 354-7VK..
+
+
+
----
----
+
-+
+
+
--
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
---
5SU1 .24-6KK82
5SU1 .24-7KK82
5SU1 .44-6KK82
5SU1 .44-7KK82
+
+
---
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-----
5SU1 624-6WK82
5SU1 624-7WK82
5SU1 .44-6WK82
5SU1 .44-7WK82
+
+
---
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-----
RCBOs, 125 A, type A
RC units, up to 63 A, type A
5SM2 . . .-6
5SM2 121-6
5SM2 322-6
5SM2 325-6
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
5SM2 332-6
5SM2 335-6
5SM2 342-6
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
5SM2 345-6
5SM2 425-6
5SM2 435-6
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
5SM2 445-6
5SM2 622-6
5SM2 625-6
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
5SM2 632-6
5SM2 635-6
5SM2 642-6
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
5SM2 645-6
5SM2 725-6
5SM2 735-6
5SM2 745-6
+
+
+
+
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
5SM2 . . .-6KK01
5SM2 322-6KK01
5SM2 325-6KK01
5SM2 332-6KK01
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
5SM2 335-6KK01
5SM2 342-6KK01
5SM2 345-6KK01
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

20/17
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Application in
Germany,
Europe
Belgium
France
Italy
Austria
Spain
Russia
China
Approvals
VDE
CEBEC
LCIE (NF)
IMQ
VE
AENOR
GOST
Fire Safety
Protection
CCC
RC units, up to 63 A, type A (continued)

5SM2 . . .-8
5SM2 622-8
5SM2 625-8
5SM2 635-8
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
5SM2 645-8
5SM2 735-8
5SM2 745-8
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
5SM2 822-8
5SM2 825-8
5SM2 832-8
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
5SM2 835-8
5SM2 842-8
5SM2 845-8
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
RC units, up to 100 A, type A

5SM2 . . .-6
5SM2 327-6
5SM2 347-6
5SM2 627-6
5SM2 647-6
+
-+
--
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-----
5SM2 . . .-8
5SM2 627-8
5SM2 647-8
5SM2 827-8
5SM2 847-8
+
-+
--
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-----
------
------
------
------
------
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
------
5ST3 051
5SW3 300
5SW3 301
5SW3 302
5SW3 330
-+
+
+
+

Chapter 5 Fuse Systems

Application in
Germany,
Europe
Germany
Netherlands
Austria
Russia
Canada, USA
China
Approvals
VDE
GL
KEMA
VE
GOST
CCC
5SE2
5SE2 013-2A
5SE2 280
5SE2 300
+
+
+
----
----
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
5SE2 302
5SE2 304
5SE2 306
+
+
+
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
----
----
5SE2 31.
5SE2 32.
5SE2 332
+
+
+
----
----
+
+
--
+
+
+
----
----
----
5SE2 335
5SE2 340
5SE2 350
5SE2 363
+
+
+
+
-----
-----
+
-+
+
+
+
+
+
-----
-----
-----
5SG1
5SG1 .01
5SG1 .30
5SG1 . .2
+
+
--
----
----
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
5SG1 . .4
5SG1 . .5
5SG1 331
-+
--
----
----
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
5SG1 553
5SG1 590
5SG1 650
+
+
+
----
----
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
5SG1 653
5SG1 693
5SG1 731
5SG1 81.
+
+
+
--
-----
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
-----
-----
-----
NEOZED fuse systems

20
20/18
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Application in
Germany,
Europe
Germany
Netherlands
Austria
Russia
Canada, USA
China
Approvals
VDE
GL
KEMA
VE
GOST
CCC
NEOZED fuse systems (continued)

5SG5
5SG5 . .0
5SG5 .01
5SG5 . .3
+
+
+
----
----
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
5SG5 .30
5SG5 555
5SG1 655
5SG1 695
+
-+
+
-----
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
-----
-----
-----
5SG7
5SG7 1. .
5SG7 133-8BA. .
5SG7 6. .
+
+
+
+
---
----
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
5SH4
5SH4 1. .
5SH4 316
5SH4 317
5SH4 362
5SH4 363
+
+
--+
------
------
------
+
+
+
+
+
------
------
------
5SH5
5SH5 0. .
5SH5 1. .
5SH5 2. .
5SH5 4. .
-+
---
-----
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
-----
-----
-----
5SA1 . .
5SA2 . .
5SB1 . .
-+
--
----
----
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
5SB2 . .
5SB3 . .
5SB4 010
5SB4 .1
+
-+
+
+
--+
+
--+
+
--+
+
+
+
+
-----
-----
-----
5SC1
5SC2
5SD6
5SD8
..
..
..
...
--+
--
-+
---
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
-----
-----
-----
5SF1
5SF1 005
5SF1 01
5SF1 012
+
+
+
+
---
+
---
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
5SF1 024
5SF1 060
5SF1 205
5SF1 214
+
-+
--
+
-+
+
+
----
-----
+
+
+
+
-----
-----
-----
5SF1 215
5SF1 224
5SF1 260
5SF1 401
-+
---
+
+
-+
+
----
-----
+
+
+
+
-----
-----
-----
5SF4
5SF4 . . .
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
5SF5
5SF5 066
5SF5 067
5SF5 068
5SF5 2. .
+
+
---
-----
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
-----
-----
-----
5SF6
5SF6 . . .
--
--
--
--
--
--
5SH1
5SH1 11
5SH1 12
5SH1 13
-+
+
-+
+
----
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
5SH1 141
5SH1 161
5SH1 170
----
+
---
----
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
5SH1 22
5SH1 221
5SH1 23
5SH1 231
-----
-----
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
-----
-----
-----
5SH2
5SH2 . .
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
5SH3
5SH3 . .
5SH3 703
---
---
---
---
+
--
---
---
---
DIAZED fuse systems
20/19
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Application in
Germany,
Europe
Germany
Netherlands
Austria
Russia
Canada, USA
China
Approvals
VDE
GL
KEMA
VE
GOST
cUus
CCC
Cylindrical fuse systems

Cylindrical fuse links and cylindrical fuse holders
3NW6 . . .-1
3NW7 0. .
3NW7 1. .
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
----
-+
+
----
----
3NW7 2. .
3NW7 3. .
3NW8 . . .-1
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
Compact fuse holders for motor starter combinations

3NW7 03.-1
3NW7 53.-1HG
3NW7 903-1
----
----
----
----
----
+
---
-+
+
+
+
+
----
-----
-----
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-----
+
+
+
+
-----
3NA3
3NA3 0. .
3NA3 1. .
3NA3 1. .-6
+
+
--
+
+
--
+
+
--
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
-+
+
3NA3 2. .
3NA3 250
3NA3 254
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
---
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
+
+
+
3NA3 2. .-6
3NA3 34.
3NA3 350
-+
--
-+
+
-+
--
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
+
+
+
3NA3 352
3NA3 354
3NA3 360
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-+
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
+
+
+
3NA3 362
3NA3 365
3NA3 372
-+
+
----
-+
+
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
+
+
+
3NA3 4. .
3NA3 6. .
3NA3 8. .
+
+
+
--+
--+
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
+
+
+
3NA3 8. .-6
3NA3 8. .-7
3NA3 8. .-8
-+
--
-+
--
-+
--
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
+
---
3NA6 1
3NA6 10.
3NA6 110
3NA6 114
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
----
--+
----
3NA6 117
3NA6 12.
3NA6 13.
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
----
+
+
+
----
3NA6 14.
3NA6 1. .-4
3NA6 1. .-6
+
+
--
----
+
---
----
+
+
+
----
----
+
---
----
3NA6 2
3NA6 214
3NA6 220
3NA6 222
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
3NA6 224
3NA6 23.
3NA6 24.
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
----
+
+
+
----
3NA6 25.
3NA6 260
3NA6 22.-4
+
+
+
----
+
+
--
----
+
+
+
----
----
+
+
--
----
3NA6 23.-4
3NA6 24.-4
3NA6 250-4
+
+
--
----
----
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
3NA6 252-4
3NA6 254-4
3NA6 260-4
3NA6 2. .-6
+
-+
--
-----
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
-----
-----
-----
-----
Class CC fuse system

3NW1 . . .-0HG
3NW2 . . .-0HG
3NW3 . . .-0HG
3NW7 5.3-0HG
LV HRC Fuse Systems

LV HRC fuse links

20
20/20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Application in
Germany,
Europe
Germany
Netherlands
Austria
Russia
Canada, USA
China
Approvals
VDE
GL
KEMA
VE
GOST
CCC
LV HRC Fuse Systems

LV HRC fuse links (continued)
3NA6 8
3NA6 80.
3NA6 810
3NA6 812
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
--+
----
3NA6 814
3NA6 817
3NA6 82.
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
3NA6 830
3NA6 832
3NA6 836
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
+
+
--
----
3NA6 8. .-4
3NA6 8. .-4KK
3NA6 8. .-6
3NA6 8. .-7
+
+
-+
-----
---+
-----
+
+
+
+
-----
---+
-----
3NA7 1
3NA7 10.
3NA7 110
3NA7 114
3NA7 117
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-----
+
+
+
+
-----
--+
+
-----
3NA7 12.
3NA7 13.
3NA7 14.
3NA7 1. .-6
+
+
+
--
+
+
+
--
+
+
+
--
-----
+
+
+
+
-----
+
+
+
--
-----
3NA7 2
3NA7 214
3NA7 220
3NA7 222
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
3NA7 224
3NA7 23.
3NA7 24.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
3NA7 252
3NA7 260
3NA7 2. .-6
+
+
--
+
+
--
+
+
--
----
+
+
+
----
+
+
--
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-----
+
+
+
+
-----
--+
+
-----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
3NA7 832
3NA7 836
3NA7 8. .-6
3NA7 8. .-7
+
+
-+
+
+
-+
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
-----
+
----
-----
3ND1
3ND1-. . .
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
3ND2
3ND2-. . .
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
---
---
---
+
+
---
---
---
3NA7 8
3NA7 80.
3NA7 810
3NA7 812
3NA7 814
3NA7 817
3NA7 82.
3NA7 830

3NX1 0. .
5TT3 170
---

20/21
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Application in
Germany,
Europe
Germany
Netherlands
Austria
Russia
Canada, USA
China
Approvals
VDE
GL
KEMA
VE
GOST
CCC
LV HRC Fuse Systems

LV HRC fuse bases and accessories
3NH3
3NH3 030
3NH3 031
3NH3 032
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
+
---
----
----
3NH3 035
3NH3 036
3NH3 037
----
+
---
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
3NH3 038
3NH3 050
3NH3 051
----
-+
+
+
+
--
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
----
3NH3 052
3NH3 053
3NH3 1. .
----
+
+
+
--+
----
+
+
+
----
--+
----
----
3NH3 2. .
3NH3 3. .
3NH3 4. .
3NH3 5. .
-----
+
+
+
--
+
+
+
+
-----
+
+
+
+
-----
+
+
+
--
-----
-----
3NH4
3NH4 030
3NH4 031
3NH4 032
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
+
---
----
----
3NH4 035
3NH4 037
3NH4 045
3NH4 230
-----
+
--+
+
+
+
+
-----
+
+
+
+
-----
---+
-----
-----
3NH7
3NH7 . . .
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--

SITOR LV HRC design
3NC
3NC2 4. .
3NC3 2. .-1
3NC3 2. .-6
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
-+
+
----
----
----
3NC3 3. .-1
3NC3 3. .-6
3NC3 4. .-1
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
--
----
----
----
3NC3 4. .-6
3NC5 . . .
3NC7 . . .
3NC8 4. .
-----
-----
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
-----
-----
-----
-----
3NE1
3NE1 0. .-0
3NE1 0. .-2
3NE1 224-0
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
--
----
----
+
+
+
3NE1 225-0
3NE1 230-0
3NE1 2. .-2
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
----
+
+
+
3NE1 2. .-3
3NE1 3. .-0
3NE1 331-2
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
----
+
+
+
3NE1 332-2
3NE1 333-2
3NE1 334-2
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
-+
+
----
----
+
+
+
3NE1 331-3
3NE1 332-3
3NE1 333-3
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
-+
----
----
+
+
+
3NE1 334-3
3NE1 435-0
3NE1 436-0
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
----
+
---
3NE1 437-0
3NE1 438-0
3NE1 4. .-1
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
--+
----
----
--+
3NE1 4. .-2
3NE1 4. .-3
3NE1 8. .-0
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
----
+
+
+

20
20/22
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Application in
Germany,
Europe
Germany
Netherlands
Austria
Russia
Canada, USA
China
Approvals
VDE
GL
KEMA
VE
GOST
CCC

SITOR LV HRC design (continued)
3NE3
3NE3 2. .
3NE3 3. .
3NE3 4. .-0C
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
--
----
+
+
--
3NE3 6. .-0C
3NE3 6. .-1C
3NE3 6. .-6
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
3NE4
3NE4 1. .
3NE4 1. .-5
3NE4 337
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
---
----
+
---
3NE4 3. .-0B
3NE4 3. .-6
3NE4 3. .-6B
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
3NE5
3NE5 4. .-0C
3NE5 6. .-0C
---
---
---
---
+
+
---
---
---
3NE6
3NE6 . . .
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
3NE7
3NE7 4. .-0C
3NE7 6. .-0C
3NE7 6. .-1C
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
----
3NE8
3NE8 0. .
3NE8 7. .
---
---
---
---
+
+
-+
-+
+
--
3NE9
3NE9 . . .
--
--
--
--
--
--
--

3NC1
3NC1 003
3NC1 006
3NC1 008
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
-+
+
-+
+
----
3NC1 01.
3NC1 02.
3NC1 032
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
3NC1 038-.
3NC1 09.
3NC1 40.
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
-+
+
+
+
+
----
3NC1 41.
3NC1 42.
3NC1 43.
3NC1 440
-----
-----
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-----
3NC1 450
3NC1 49.
3NC1 451-1
3NC1 4. .-5
-----
-----
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
-+
-+
+
+
-+
-----
3NC2
3NC2 200
3NC2 22.
3NC2 232
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
3NC2 240
3NC2 250
3NC2 263
----
----
----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
3NC2 280
3NC2 29.
3NC2 258-1
3NC2 2. .-5
-----
-----
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
+
+
-+
+
+
---
-----
---
---
+
+
---
---
---

5SD4 . . .
5SE1 . . .
---
---

20/23
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Chapter 6 Overvoltage Protection Devices
Application in
Germany, Europe
Netherlands
Russia
Approvals
VDE
KEMA
GOST
--
--
--
--
-----
+
----
+
+
+
+
----
+
-+
+
+
+
5SD7 418-0
5SD7 418-1
5SD7 428-.
5SD7 437-., 5SD7 438-.
-----
+
-+
+
+
+
+
+
5SD7 448-1
5SD7 468-1
5SD7 488-.
5SD7 498-.
-----
+
-+
--
+
+
+
+
--
--

5SD7 41.-1

5SD7 44.-1

5SD7 42.-.
5SD7 46.-.
5SD7 47.-.
5SD7 48.-.

5SD7 432-1, 5SD7 432-2
5SD7 432-3, 5SD7 432-4
5SD7 434-1
Link rails
5SD7 490-.
Surge arresters for measuring and control technology

5SD7 5. .-.
--

Chapter 7 Switch Disconnectors

Approvals
Canada1)2)
USA1)
China
Germany
United Kingdom
Norway
Poland
s
u
cUus
U
3LD main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches up to 250 A
CCC
GL
LRS
DNV
PRS
3LD20
3LD21
3LD22
3LD25
+
+
+
+
-----
+
+
+
+
-----
+
+
+
+
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
3LD27
3LD28
3LD23
3LD24
+
+
+
+
-----
+
+
+
+
-----
+
+
+4)
+4)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
Application in
Approvals
2)
3)
4)
Available soon.
1)
Application in
Germany, Europe
France
Russia
USA, Canada
China
Approvals
VDE
LCIE (NF)
GOST
CCC
5TE1 switch disconnectors up to 200 A

5TE1 2.0
5TE1 310
5TE1 315
5TE1 320
-----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
---+
-----
5TE1 325
5TE1 330
5TE1 335
5TE1 340
-----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-+
-+
-----
5TE1 345
5TE1 410
5TE1 415
5TE1 420
-----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
---+
-----
5TE1 425
5TE1 430
5TE1 435
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
-+
--
----
5TE1 440
5TE1 445
5TE1 6.0
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
---
----

20
20/24
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Approvals
Application in
USA1)
Canada
China
Germany France
United
CIS
Kingdom
Norway
Poland
s
u
cUus
SENTRON 3KA, 3KE switch disconnectors up to 1000 A
CCC
GL
BV
LRS
RMRS
DNV
PRS
3KA50
3KA51
3KA52 30, 3KA53 30, 3KA55 30
--+2)3)
----
--+2)3)
----
----
+
---
+
+
+
+3)
---
+3)
---
----
+
+
+
3KA57
3KA57 30
3KA58
3KA58 30
-+2)3)
-+2)3)
-----
-+2)3)
-+2)3)
-----
+
+
+
+
+3)
+3)
---
+
+
+
+
-----
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
3KE42
3KE43
3KE44
3KE45
-----
-----
-----
-----
---+3)
-----
+
+
+
+
-----
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
Approvals
SENTRON 3KL switch disconnectors with fuses up to 800 A

3KL50
3KL52
3KL52 30
3KL52 40
-----
-----
-----
--+2)3)
--
+4)
-+4)
+4)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
+
+
+
+
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
-+3)
---
-----
+
+
+
+
3KL53 30
3KL53 40
3KL55
3KL55 30
-----
-----
-----
+2)3)
+2)3)
-+2)3)
+4)
+4)
-+4)
-----
+
+
+
+
--+3)
--
-----
-----
+
+
+
+
3KL55 40
3KL57
3KL57 30
----
----
----
--+2)3)
+4)
-+4)
----
+
+
+
-+3)
--
----
----
+
+
+
3KL57 40
3KL61 30
3KL62 30-1AB02
----
----
----
-+2)3)
+2)3)
+4)
+4)
+4)
----
+
+
+
----
----
----
+
+
+
3KM50
3KM52
3KM53
----
----
----
----
----
+3)
+3)
--
+
---
+3)
+3)
--
+3)
---
----
+
+
+
3KM55
3KM57
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
+3)
+3)
---
---
+
+

3NJ62
--
--
--
--
+4)
--
--
--
--
+4)
--
--
+4)
--
+4)
--
+4)
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
SENTRON 3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors up to 630 A

3NP1
--
--
SENTRON 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors up to 630 A

3NP5
--
--
--

3NJ41 03
3NJ41 21
3NJ41 23
3NJ41 31
-----
-----
-----
-----
+3)
+3)
+3)
+3)
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
3NJ41 33
3NJ41 41
3NJ41 43
----
----
----
----
+3)
+3)
+3)
----
----
----
----
----
----
3NJ50 13
--
--
--
--
+3)
--
--
--
--
--
--

1)
2)
Approved rated data on request.
3)
4)
Available soon.
20/25
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Chapter 8 Controls
Application in
Germany, Europe
Netherlands
Russia
USA, Canada
China
Approvals
VDE
KEMA
GOST
CCC
5TE8 101
5TE8 101-3
5TE8 102
+
-+
----
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
5TE8 103
5TE8 105
5TE8 108
+
-+
----
+
+
+
----
+
+
--
5TE8 14.
5TE8 15.
5TE8 16.
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
-+
--
--
--
Control switches
Pushbuttons
5TE4 8. .

Application in
Germany, Europe
France
Russia
USA, Canada
Approvals
VDE
LCIE (NF)
GOST
cUus
China
CCC
+
+
+
-+
------
+
+
+
+
+
------
------
------
5TE8 .11
5TE8 .12
5TE8 .13
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
----
----
+
+
+
5TE8 .14
5TE8 .15
5TE8 118
+
-+
----
+
+
+
----
----
+
+
--
5TE8 218
5TE8 52.
5TE8 533
5TE8 72.
-+
+
+
-----
+
+
+
+
-----
-----
-+
---
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
------
+
-+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
------
------
------
--
--
--
--
--
+
+
+
+
+
------
+
+
+
+
+
-+
+
+
--
+
-----
------
7LF5 300-1
7LF5 300-5
7LF5 300-6
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
----
7LF5 300-7
7LF5 301-.
7LF5 305-0
+
+
+
----
+
+
+
-+
+
----
----
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
Indicator light
5TE5 800
5TE5 801
5TE5 802
5TE5 803
5TE5 8004
ON/OFF switches

5TT4 1. .
Switching relays
5TT4 2. .
Insta contactors (DC technology)

5TT5 7. .
--
Insta contactors (AC technology)

5TT5 80.
5TT5 820-0
5TT5 83.
5TT5 84.
5TT5 85.
5TT3 4. .
Timers
7LF4 40.
7LF4 41.
7LF4 42.
7LF4 43.
7LF4 44.

7LF6 1. .

5TT3 18.
--

20
20/26
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Chapter 9 Transformers, Bells and Socket Outlets
Application in
Germany, Europe
Italy
Russia
USA, Canada
Approvals
VDE
IMQ
GOST
cUus
-+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-----
----
+
+
+
+
+
+
----
----
+
+
--
+
+
+
----
--
--
--
5TE6 800
5TE6 801
5TE6 802
+
+
--
----
+
+
+
----
5TE6 803
5TE6 804
5TE6 810
--+
----
+
+
+
-+
--
Bell transformers
4AC3 006
4AC3 008
4AC3 016
4AC3 1. .

4AC3 4. .
4AC3 5. .
4AC3 6. .
Power supply units

4AC2 400
4AC2 401
4AC2 402
Bells and buzzers

7LQ2 . . .
REG socket outlets

Chapter 10 Busbar Systems

Application in
Canada
Approvals
cUus
USA
--
--
40 mm busbar systems
8US
60 mm busbar systems
8US
More information
You can find more information about standards and approvals at
20/27
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Siemens contacts
Contact partner at Siemens Industry

At Siemens Industry, more than 85 000 people are resolutely
pursuing the same goal: long-term improvement of your competitive ability. We are committed to this goal. Thanks to our commitment, we continue to set new standards. In all industries worldwide.
At your service locally, around the globe for consulting, sales,
training, service, support, spare parts ... on the entire Industry
range.
Your personal contact can be found in our Contacts Database at:
www.siemens.com/automation/partner
You start by selecting a
Product group,
Country,
City,
Service.
20
20/28
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Solution partners
Solution partners - Automation, power distribution and PLM

Solution Partner Finder
The Siemens Solution Partner Program helps you to find the optimum partner for your specific requirements. Support is provided by the Solution Partner Finder, a comprehensive online database that showcases the profiles of all our solution partners.
You can convince yourself of the competence of the respective
Solution Partner by means of the references provided.
The following search criteria are possible:
Country
Technology
Sector
Company
Zip code
Once you have located a partner, you are only one small step
from contacting them.
You can locate the Solution Partner Finder as follows:
www.siemens.com/automation/partnerfinder
Additional information on the Siemens Solution Partner Program
is available online at:
The products and systems from Siemens Industry Automation
and Drive Technologies offer the ideal platform for all automation
applications.
www.siemens.com/automation/solutionpartner
Under the name Siemens Solution Partner, selected system integrators operate around the world as uniformly qualified solution
providers for the portfolio of Siemens automation, power distribution and product lifecycle management products. Day after
day, they utilize their qualified product and system know-how as
well as their excellent industry expertise to your advantage
for all requirements.
The Solution Partner emblem is a guarantee of quality.
The basis for this is to be found in four defined quality features:
Solution quality:
A good result in every case based on proven solution knowhow.
Expert quality:
Certified technical competence guarantees maximum efficiency.
Project quality:
Straight to the goal with proven project experience.
Product range quality:
Comprehensive portfolio for state-of-the-art solutions from a
single source.
20/29
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Online Services
Information and ordering options available
on the Internet and DVD
Siemens Building Technologies on the web

The Siemens Division Building Technologies offers the full range
of products and solutions for secure and energy-efficient buildings and infrastructures from building automation and heating,
ventilation and air-conditioning systems (HLK) to fire protection,
security, low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation
technology.
Extensive information about all products, systems and services
and support services is available in a compact and clear format
on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/buildingtechnologies
Product selection with the interactive catalog CA 01

Detailed information together with convenient interactive
functions:
The interactive catalog CA 01 covers more than 80 000 products
and thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Industry
product base.
Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the
fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives.
All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to
work with and intuitive.
After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the
press of a button, by fax or by online link.
Information on the interactive catalog CA 01 can be found in the
Internet under:
www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
or on DVD.
Easy Shopping with the Industry Mall

The Industry Mall is the virtual department store of Siemens AG
on the Internet. Here you have access to a huge range of products clearly and informatively presented in electronic catalogs.
Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure, from selection over ordering through to order tracking, to be carried out
online over the Internet.
A range of functions offer comprehensive support.
These include powerful search functions that make it easy to find
the required products, which can then be immediately checked
for availability. Customer-specific discounting and compilation of
tenders are possible online, as is checking the status of your order (Tracking & Tracing).
You can find the Industry Mall on the Internet at:
20
20/30
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Service & Support
The unmatched complete service
for the entire life cycle
For machine constructors, solution providers and plant operators: The service offering from Siemens Industry, Automation and
Drive Technologies includes comprehensive services for a wide
range of different users in all sectors of the manufacturing and
process industry
To accompany our products and systems, we offer integrated
and structured services that provide valuable support in every
phase of the life cycle of your machine or plant - from planning
and implementation through commissioning as far as maintenance and modernization.
Online Support
Our Service & Support accompanies you worldwide in all matters concerning automation and drives from Siemens. We provide direct on-site support in more than 100 countries through all
phases of the life cycle of your machines and plants.
You have an experienced team of specialists at your side to provide active support and bundled know-how. Regular training
courses and intensive contact among our employees - even
across continents - ensure reliable service in the most diverse
areas.
Technical Consulting
The comprehensive online information platform supports you in
all aspects of our Service & Support at any time and from any location in the world.
Support in planning and designing your project: From detailed

actual-state analysis, definition
of the goal and consulting on
product and system questions
right through to the creation of
the automation solution.
support
Technical Support
Training
Expert advice on technical
questions with a wide range of
demand-optimized services for
all our products and systems.
Extend your competitive edge through practical know-how

directly from the manufacturer.
www.siemens.com/sitrain
technical-support
Contact information is available in the Internet at:

20/31
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Service & Support
The unmatched complete service
for the entire life cycle
Engineering Support
Modernization
Support during project engineering and development with
services fine-tuned to your requirements, from configuration
through to implementation of an
automation project.
Field Service
You can also rely on our support

when it comes to modernization
- with comprehensive services
from the planning phase all the
way to commissioning.
Service programs
Our Field Service offers you services for commissioning and
maintenance - to ensure that
your machines and plants are
always available.
Our service programs are selected service packages for an

automation and drives system or
product group. The individual
services are coordinated with
each over to ensure smooth
coverage of the entire life cycle
and support optimum use of
your products and systems.
The services of a service program can be flexibly adapted at
any time and used separately.
Spare parts
In every sector worldwide,
plants and systems are required
to operate with constantly increasing reliability. We will provide you with the support you
need to prevent a standstill from
occurring in the first place: with
a worldwide network and optimum logistics chains.
Examples of service programs:

Service contracts
7 Plant IT Security Services
7 Life Cycle Services for Drive Engineering
7 SIMATIC PCS 7 Life Cycle Services
7 SINUMERIK Manufacturing Excellence
7 SIMATIC Remote Support Servicess
7
Advantages at a glance:
Reduced downtimes for increased productivity
7 Optimized maintenance costs due to a tailored scope of services
7 Costs that can be calculated and therefore planned
7 Service reliability due to guaranteed response times and
spare part delivery times
7 Customer service personnel will be supported and relieved of
additional tasks
7 Comprehensive service from a single source, fewer interfaces
and greater expertise
7
Repairs
Downtimes cause problems in
the plant as well as unnecessary
costs. We can help you to reduce both to a minimum - with
our worldwide repair facilities.
Optimization
During the service life of machines and plants, there is often
a great potential for increasing
productivity or reducing costs.
To help you achieve this potential, we are offering a complete
range of optimization services.
Contact information is available in the Internet at:

20
20/32
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Comprehensive support from A to Z
Overview
Product information
Website
Fast and targeted information about low-voltage

power distribution:
In all issues for more efficiency - comprehensive support and access at any time to tried and tested tools, quickly and easily via
the Internet.
Newsletter
Always up to date about our forward-looking products and systems:

www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/newsletter
Product information/product & system selection

Information and
download center
Current catalogs, customer magazines, brochures,

demo software and promotion packages:
Industry Mall
Comprehensive information and order platform for

the Siemens Industry Basket:
Product- & System-Engineering

SIMARIS
Software tools
Support in planning and configuration the electrical

power distribution:
www.siemens.com/simaris
Engineering software ALPHA

SELECT
Simple and fast configuration for distribution boards

and meter cabinets with products from the Siemens
Industry Basket:
www.siemens.com/alpha-select
Product documentation
Service & support
portal
Comprehensive technical information - from planning

to configuration and operation:
CAx Data
Collation of commercial and technical master product data:

www.siemens.com/cax
Image database
Collection of product photographs and graphics,

such as dimensional drawings and internal circuit
diagrams:
www.siemens.de/lowvoltage/bilddb
Product training
SITRAIN Portal
Comprehensive training program about our products, systems and engineering tools:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/training
Product hotline
Technical support
Support in all technical queries about our products:

E-mail: support.automation@siemens.com
20/33
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Software licenses
Overview
Software types
Software requiring a license is categorized into types.
The following software types have been defined:
Engineering software
Runtime software
Factory license
With the Factory License the user has the right to install and use
the software at one permanent establishment only. The permanent establishment is defined by one address only.The number
of hardware devices on which the software may be installed results from the order data or the Certificate of License (CoL).
Engineering software
This includes all software products for creating (engineering)
user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameterizing, testing, commissioning or servicing.
Data generated with engineering software and executable
programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by thirdparties free-of-charge.
Certificate of license
The Certificate of License (CoL) is the licensee's proof that the
use of the software has been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is
required for every type of use and must be kept in a safe place.
Runtime software
This includes all software products required for plant/machine
operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expansions, drivers, etc.
The duplication of the runtime software and executable programs created with the runtime software for your own use or for
use by third-parties is subject to a charge.
You can find information about license fees according to use in
the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of
use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance,
per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc.
Information about extended rights of use for parameterization/configuration tools supplied as integral components of the
scope of delivery can be found in the readme file supplied with
the relevant product(s).
License types
Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies offers various types of software license:
Floating license
Single license
Rental license
Trial license
Floating license
The software may be installed for internal use on any number of
devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed.
The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use begins when the software is started.
A license is required for each concurrent user.
Single license
Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one
installation of the software.
The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and
in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for
example per device, per axis, per channel, etc.
One single license is required for each type of use defined.
Rental license
A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering
software. Once the license key has been installed, the software
can be used for a specific number of hours (the operating hours
do not have to be consecutive).
One license is required for each installation of the software.
Trial license
A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a nonproductive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes.
It can be transferred to another license.
20
20/34
Downgrading
The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier version/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns
such a version/release and its use is technically feasible.
Delivery versions
Software is constantly being updated.
The following delivery versions
PowerPack
Upgrade
can be used to access updates.
Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version.
PowerPack
PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software.
The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL
(Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together
with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new software is licensed.
A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original
license of the software to be replaced.
Upgrade
An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on
the condition that a license for a previous version of the product
is already held.
The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with
the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous
product, proves that the new version is licensed.
A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license
of the software to be upgraded.
ServicePack
ServicePacks are used to debug existing products.
ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed according to the number of existing original licenses.
License key
Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies supplies
software products with and without license keys.
The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and
is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license,
rental license, etc.).
The complete installation of software products requiring license
keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the
license key (which represents the license).
Detailed explanations concerning license conditions can be found in the
Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG or under
(Industry Mall Online-Help System)
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Subject index
Overview
Numerics
For 3LD 7/22, 7/24, 7/25
Base load resistors

For electronic devices 12/35
Bases
For 8US 10/12
Basic element
For surge arresters 6/17
Basic switch version
For 3KA/3KE 7/34
Bell transformers 9/4
Bells 9/9
Bi-metal ammeters
For 3NJ62 7/83
For 3NJ62 7/83
Blanking covers
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/123
For 3NJ62 7/88
For 8US 10/13
Block library 3WL/3VL for SIMATIC PCS 7 13/14
Box terminal assembly kit
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/125
Box terminals
3NP1 version 7/92, 7/93, 7/97
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/125
Breaker blocking covers
For miniature circuit breakers 3/57
Busbar adapter systems 2/89
Busbar adapters
3NP5 7/117
For main miniature circuit breakers (SHU) 3/57
For MINIZED switch disconnectors 5/11
For 8US 10/12, 10/13, 10/24, 10/25
Busbar covers
For 3NJ62 7/88
Busbar device adapters
For 8US 10/16
Busbar supports 10/10
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/124
For 8US 10/13
Busbar terminals
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/124
Busbars 5/29 ... 5/32
Acc. to UL 489 3/53
Acc. to UL 508 3/45, 5/32
For residual current protective devices 4/24, 4/25
Standard 3/28, 3/39 ... 3/42
Bus-mounting bases
DIAZED 5/15
Buzzers 9/9
A
Accessories
For PAC3200 power monitoring devices 11/26, 11/27, 11/28
Adapter for screw fixing
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/124
Adapter sleeve fitters
For DIAZED fuse bases 5/16
For NEOZED 5/11
Adapter sleeves
For NEOZED fuse bases 5/11
Adapters with busbar terminal
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/124
Aerials
For GSM alarm modules 12/30
Air circuit breakers/non-automatic air circuit breakers 1/1 ... 1/54
ALPHA SELECT 13/7
Ammeter selector switches 11/40
Ammeters
Analog 11/32
Digital 11/34
For 3NJ62 7/73, 7/83, 7/85, 7/87
Analog ammeter 11/32
Analog voltmeters 11/32
Arc chute
For 3KA/3KE 7/41, 7/42
For 3NP5 7/114
Arcing contacts
For 3KA/3KE 7/41, 7/42
Assembly kits
For SR60 distribution board components 10/9
Assembly kits for flush mounting
For 3NP 7/117
Assembly tools
For 3LD 7/21, 7/22, 7/24
Auxiliary conductor connections
For 3NP1 7/98, 7/100, 7/102, 7/104, 7/105
Auxiliary releases
For circuit breakers 1/23, 1/40, 2/57, 2/59 ... 2/60
Auxiliary switch mounting kit 7/126
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/126
Auxiliary switches
For 3KA/3KE 7/40, 7/42
For 3KL 7/49, 7/50, 7/56
For 3LD 7/21, 7/22, 7/24, 7/25
For 3NJ62 7/73, 7/82, 7/84, 7/86
For 3NP1 7/99, 7/101, 7/103, 7/104, 7/105
For 3NP5 7/114
For Control Switches 8/7
For cylindrical fuse holders 5/21
For DC isolators 8/20
For Insta contactors 8/32, 8/35, 8/36
For miniature circuit breakers 3/31, 3/52
For MINIZED switch disconnectors 5/8
For ON/OFF switches 8/18
For remote control switches 8/27
For residual current protective devices 4/14
For switch disconnectors 7/28
C
For 3NP1 7/99, 7/101, 7/103, 7/104, 7/105
Cap sets
For light indicators 8/14
For pushbuttons 8/11
Caps
Centralized fault signaling unit 12/31
Changeover switches
For 3KA/3KE 7/41, 7/42
For 3KA/3KE 7/41
For 3KA/3KE 7/42
Circuit breaker terminals 3/59
20/35
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Subject index
Circuit breakers
Air 1/1 ... 1/54
Auxiliary releases for 1/23, 1/40, 2/57, 2/59 ... 2/60
Auxiliary switches 1/23, 1/40
Auxiliary switches for 2/57, 2/59 ... 2/61
Communication-capable 1/26, 1/43, 2/12 ... 2/29, 2/40 ... 2/51, 2/98
Connection methods for 1/27 ... 1/28, 1/45 ... 1/46
Conversion sets 1/47
Fixed mounting 1/7 ... 1/10, 1/15 ... 1/18, 1/50, 2/10 ... 2/54
Generator protection 2/46 ... 2/51
Guide frames for 1/30 ... 1/33, 1/53 ... 1/54
Interlocks for 2/83 ... 2/88
Molded-case 2/1 ... 2/98
Non-automatic molded case circuit breakers 2/30 ... 2/31, 2/52 ... 2/53
Operating mechanisms for 1/23, 1/25, 1/40, 2/55, 2/56, 2/62 ... 2/69
Plug-in version 2/70 ... 2/75
RCD modules 2/76
Shunt releases 1/23, 1/40
Shunt releases for 2/57, 2/59 ... 2/60
System protection 2/10 ... 2/25, 2/34 ... 2/51
Undervoltage releases 1/23, 1/40
Undervoltage releases for 2/57, 2/59 ... 2/60
With electronic release 1/7 ... 1/22, 1/34, 2/10 ... 2/29, 2/34 ... 2/51
Withdrawable bridging units 1/48
Withdrawable grounding units 1/48
Withdrawable short-circuits 1/48
Withdrawable version 1/11 ... 1/14, 1/19 ... 1/22, 1/51 ... 1/52, 2/70 ... 2/75
Clamp terminals
For 3NP5 7/117
Combination surge arresters 6/6
Communication modules for E-counters 11/12
Communication-capable circuit breakers 1/26, 1/43, 2/12 ... 2/29,
2/40 ... 2/51, 2/98
Compensator 8/27
Complete version
For 3KA/3KE 7/34
Completely compartmentalized
3NP5 version 7/108, 7/109, 7/110, 7/111, 7/112, 7/113
Configuration 13/7
Configuring, Visualizing and Controlling with SIMATIC 13/9 ... 13/15
Connecting terminal plates
For 8US 10/14
Connecting wedges
For 8US 10/25
Connection assembly kits
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/125
Connection holders
For 8US 10/25
Connection methods
For circuit breakers 1/27 ... 1/28, 1/45 ... 1/46
For fixed-mounted circuit breakers 2/77 ... 2/82
Connection modules 10/23
For 3NJ62 7/88
For 3NP1 7/100
Contact extensions
For 3NJ62 7/82, 7/84, 7/86
Control pushbuttons 8/10
Control switches 8/6
Group switches 8/6
Two-way switches 8/6
Conversion sets
Fixed-mounted circuit breakers to withdrawable circuit breakers 1/47
Coupling drivers
For door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms 7/62
Cover IP20
For 3KL 7/48, 7/49
Cover profiles
For 8US 10/11, 10/13
Cover rings 5/17
Cover support
For 3NP1 7/99, 7/101, 7/103, 7/104, 7/105
Covers 1/26, 1/35, 1/41, 3/35, 4/25
For DIAZED SR60 bus-mounting bases 10/31
For LV HRC fuse bases 5/48
For NEOZED SR60 bus-mounting bases 10/30
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/123
For time counters 11/38
Covers for cable lug connections
For 3NP5 7/117
Covers for terminals for circular conductors
For 8US 10/15
CubicleBUS modules 1/43
20
20/36
Current relays 12/16

Current transformer busbars 7/83
For 3NJ62 7/83, 7/85
Current transformers 2/91 ... 2/93, 7/82, 11/39, 12/27
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/127
For 3NJ62 7/73, 7/82, 7/84, 7/86
Cylindrical fuse bases
SITOR 5/60
Cylindrical fuse holders 5/20, 5/21
SITOR 5/60
Cylindrical fuse links 5/19, 5/20
SITOR 5/59, 5/60
D
Data keys
For digital time switches 8/41
DC isolators 8/20
Delay timers 8/51
Device adapters for 8US 10/16
Device holders
For 8US 10/16
DIAZED
Bus-mounting bases 5/15, 10/30, 10/31
Fuse bases 5/14
Fuse links 5/13, 5/14
Digital ammeters 11/34
Digital time switches 8/40, 8/41
Astro 8/40
Data keys 8/41
Expert 8/41
Mini 8/40
Profi 8/40
Software 8/41
Top 8/40
USB adapters 8/41
Digital voltmeters 11/34
Direct current
Non-automatic air circuit breakers 1/50 ... 1/54
For 3KA/3KE 7/41, 7/42
Direct voltage monitors 12/13
Distance compensation
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/126
For 3K switch disconnectors 7/57 ... 7/63
For 3KA/3KE 7/40, 7/41, 7/42
For 3KL 7/48, 7/49
For 3KM 7/55, 7/56
Double pushbuttons 8/10, 8/11
Dusk switches 12/37
Light sensor 12/37
E
ECG control switches 8/50
E-counters 11/8
Three-phase 11/8
EFM 10
For 3NP1 7/90
EFM 20
For 3NP1 7/90
EFM 25
For 3NP1 7/90
Electromechanical fuse monitoring
For 3NP1 7/90
Electronic fuse monitoring
For 3NP1 7/90
For 3NP5 7/112, 7/113
Electronic fuse monitoring with DC monitoring
For 3NP1 7/90
Electronic fuse monitors
For 3NP5 7/112, 7/113
Electronic releases 1/7 ... 1/22, 1/34, 1/35, 2/10 ... 2/29, 2/34 ... 2/51
EMERGENCY STOP modules 12/32
End and intermediate holders
For 8US 10/7, 10/10, 10/11
End caps
For busbars 4/25, 8/23
Acc. to UL 508 3/45, 5/32
Standard 3/28, 3/41, 3/42
End covers
For 8US 10/11
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Subject index
Energy counters 11/8
Three-phase 11/8
Energy management 11/2
Energy-saving timers 8/50
ETU electronic releases 1/7 ... 1/22, 1/34, 2/12 ... 2/29, 2/40 ... 2/51
Expansion fault signaling units 12/31
Expansion modules for E-counters 11/12
Expansion modules for power monitoring devices
PAC 4DI/2DO 11/31
PAC PROFIBUS DP 11/29
PAC RS 485 11/30
Extension terminals 10/12
F
Fault signaling units 12/31
Centralized fault signaling unit 12/31
Expansion fault signaling units 12/31
Feeder terminals 3/59
For 3NP1 7/98
Fixed mounting
Circuit breakers 1/7 ... 1/10, 1/15 ... 1/18, 1/50
Fixed-mounted circuit breakers 2/10 ... 2/54
Connection methods for 2/77 ... 2/82
Fixing clips
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/123
Fixing kits
For 3NP1 7/99, 7/101, 7/103
Fixing parts
Fixing screws
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/124
Flashing timers 8/51
Flat copper profile
For 8US 10/13
Flat copper profiles
For 8US 10/7
Flat terminals
3NP1 version 7/92, 7/93, 7/97
For 3N4/3NJ5 7/121
Front panel
For 3NJ62 7/83, 7/85, 7/87
Fuse bases
DIAZED 5/14
NEOZED 5/9, 5/10
Fuse carriers
For 3NP1 7/99, 7/101, 7/104, 7/105
For 3NP5 7/114
Fuse covers
For 3KL 7/48, 7/49
For 3KM 7/55, 7/56
Fuse links
Class CC fuse system 5/26
Cylindrical fuses 5/20
DIAZED 5/13, 5/14
NEOZED 5/7
For 3KL 7/48, 7/49
For 3KM 7/55, 7/56
Fuse monitoring
For 3NP5 7/110
Fuse monitors 5/43, 12/18
Fuse partitions
For 3KL 7/48, 7/49
For 3KM 7/55, 7/56
Fuse pullers
For LV HRC fuse links 5/49
Fuse switch disconnectors
MINIZED 5/8
Fuse systems 5/2 ... 5/64
Busbars 5/29 ... 5/32
Class CC 5/26
Class CC fuse system 5/26
Cylindrical fuse systems 5/19 ... 5/21
DIAZED 5/13 ... 5/17
DIAZED fuse systems 5/13 ... 5/17
LV HRC fuse bases 5/46 ... 5/49
LV HRC fuse links 5/35 ... 5/41
LV HRC signal detectors 5/43
NEOZED 5/7 ... 5/11
NEOZED fuse systems 5/7 ... 5/11
Photovoltaic fuses 5/64
Fuse tongs 5/60

Fuse-base covers
Fuses
For 3KL 7/50
For 3KM 7/50
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/126
For 3NP5 7/115
G
Generator protection 2/16 ... 2/29, 2/46 ... 2/51
Grounding brackets
For 3KA/3KE 7/41, 7/42
Grounding set
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/124
Group switches 8/6
GSM alarm modules 12/30
Guide frames
For circuit breakers 1/30 ... 1/33, 1/53 ... 1/54
Guide rails
For 3NJ62 7/88
H
Handle coupler
For control switches 8/7
Handle with masking plate
High speed closing
3NP5 version 7/108, 7/109, 7/110, 7/111, 7/112, 7/113
Holder
For front panel installation 3/35, 8/41, 8/48
For 3NJ62 7/83, 7/85, 7/87
I
Immersion electrodes
For level relays 12/34
Infeeds
For 8US 10/14
Inscription labels 3/34, 4/27
For 3LD 7/21, 7/22, 7/23, 7/24, 7/25
Insta contactors
AC technology 8/35, 8/36
DC technology 8/32
Instabus KNX 11/13
Insulation monitors 12/20, 12/26
Interlocks 1/26, 1/36
For circuit breakers 2/83 ... 2/88
Intermediate frames 3/35
Isolating links
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/126
20/37
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Subject index
K
Knob-operated mechanism
For 3LD 7/23
L
Labeling systems 3/34, 4/27
LAN couplers 11/22
Lateral modules
For 8US 10/22
Leakage current measurement devices 4/14
LEDs
For light indicators 8/14
For pushbuttons 8/11
Level relays 12/34
Light indicators 8/13
Light sensor
For dimmer switch 12/37
Lighting timers 8/50
Lightning arresters 6/4
Line circuit relays 12/35
Link rails 3/59
For 3NP1 7/98
For overvoltage protection devices 6/13
Lock
Locking caps 5/8
Locking devices 1/27, 1/35
For 3NP1 7/99, 7/101, 7/104, 7/105
Locking mechanisms 1/27, 1/36
LV HRC bus-mounting bases 5/47
LV HRC contact covers
LV HRC bus-mounting bases 5/48
LV HRC fuse bases 5/46 ... 5/49
LV HRC fuse links 5/35 ... 5/41
LV HRC signal detectors 5/43
For 3KL 7/48
M
Magnetic releases 2/30 ... 2/31, 2/52 ... 2/53
Main connections 1/28, 1/45 ... 1/46, 2/7
Main miniature circuit breakers (SHU) 3/56, 3/57
Male connectors
For lightning arresters 6/12
For surge arresters 6/12, 6/17
M-Bus 11/13
Measuring devices
Analog 11/32
Three-phase 11/3 ... 11/40
Measuring selector switches 11/40
Mechanical coupling of operating handles
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/126
Mechanical time switches 8/47, 8/48
MFM
For 3NP1 7/90
Miniature circuit breakers 3/2 ... 3/59
10 000 A, high current 3/15
10 000 A, universal current 3/16, 3/17
10 000 A 3/11 ... 3/14
15 000 A 3/18 ... 3/20
25 kA 3/21, 3/22
6000 A 3/6, 3/7
Acc. to UL 489 and IEC 3/48 ... 3/53
Additional components 3/31 ... 3/35
Busbars 3/28, 3/39 ... 3/42, 3/45, 3/53
Circuit breaker terminals 3/59
Compact range 1+N in 1 MW 3/28
High current, 10 000 A 3/15
Main miniature circuit breakers (SHU) 3/56, 3/57
RC units 3/32, 3/33
Universal current, 10 000 A 3/16, 3/17
With plug-in terminal 3/25
MINIZED
Fuse switch disconnectors 5/8
Switch disconnectors 5/8
Molded case circuit breakers 2/1 ... 2/98
Molded-plastic enclosures 3/35, 4/27
For 3NP5 7/114, 7/117
20
20/38
Monitoring devices 12/2 ... 12/41

Current relays 12/16
Dusk switches 12/37
EMERGENCY STOP modules 12/32
Fault signaling units 12/31
Fuse monitors 12/18
GSM alarm modules 12/30
Insulation monitors 12/20
Level relays 12/34
Line circuit relays 12/35
Monitoring of medical premises 12/26, 12/27
Network switchover control 12/8
p.f. controller 12/40
Phase monitors 12/19
Phase sequence monitors 12/19
Priority switches 12/17
Residual current monitors 12/10
Temperature controllers 12/39
Thermistor motor protection relays 12/41
Voltage relays 12/13
Monitoring of medical premises 12/26, 12/27
Motor protection 2/26 ... 2/29
Motor starter protectors/Circuit breakers
Generator protection 2/16 ... 2/29
Motor protection 2/26 ... 2/29
Starter protection 2/30 ... 2/31
System protection 2/10 ... 2/25
Mounting hook
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/126
Mounting plates 3/57
Moving-iron ammeters
For 3NJ62 7/83, 7/85, 7/87
Moving-iron measuring instruments 7/83
For 3NJ62 7/83, 7/85, 7/87
Multicounters 11/19
For 3NJ62 7/73, 7/83, 7/85, 7/87
Multifunction timers 8/51
Multimeters 11/16
N
N conductor monitors 12/14
N or PE terminals
For 3LD 7/21, 7/22, 7/25
N-conductor connectors 8/19
NEOZED
Adapter sleeve fitters 5/11
Adapter sleeves 5/11
Busbar adapters 5/11
Caps 5/10
Covers 5/10
Fuse bases 5/9, 5/10
Retaining springs 5/11
Screw caps 5/11
NEOZED bus-mounting bases 10/30
NEOZED fuse links 5/7
Network switchover control 12/8
Non-automatic air circuit breakers
Air 1/1 ... 1/54
Direct current 1/50 ... 1/54
Non-automatic molded case circuit breakers 2/30 ... 2/31, 2/52 ... 2/53
O
OFF switches 8/17 ... 8/19
Off-delay timers 8/51
ON-OFF switch 8/17 ... 8/19
For circuit breakers 1/23, 1/25, 1/40, 2/55, 2/56, 2/62 ... 2/69
For 3KA/3KE 7/40
Operating protective covers
Outgoing modules for PE/N
For 8US 10/14
Overvoltage protection devices 6/2 ... 6/18
Accessories for surge arresters 6/12
Combination surge arresters 6/6
Configuration 6/14
Lightning arresters 6/4
Link rails 6/13
Surge arresters 6/9, 6/10, 6/11, 6/17
Overvoltage relays 12/13
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Subject index
P
p.f. controller 12/40
PAC PROFIBUS DP 11/29
PAC RS 485 11/30
PAC1500 11/6
PAC1500 single-phase counters 11/9
PAC1500 three-phase counters 11/6
PAC3100 11/23, 11/26
PAC3100 power monitoring devices 11/23, 11/26
PAC3200 11/23, 11/27, 13/15
PAC3200 block library for SIMATIC WinCC 13/15
PAC4200 11/23, 11/28
Padlocks 3/34, 3/53, 4/14
Parallel switches
For 3KA/3KE 7/41, 7/42
Parking position
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/119
Partition
For 8US 10/13
Partitions
For LV HRC bus-mounting bases 5/48
For LV HRC fuse bases 5/48, 5/49
Phase connectors 8/19
Phase monitors 12/19
Phase sequence monitors 12/19
Photovoltaic
Cylindrical fuse holders 5/64
Cylindrical fuse links 5/64
DC isolators 8/20
Photovoltaic fuses 5/64
Planning 13/7
Planning the Power Distribution System with SIMARIS 13/4 ... 13/6
Plug-in version
Circuit breakers 2/70 ... 2/75
Power Management System 11/2
Power supply units 9/8, 12/30
Priority switches 12/17
Prism terminal
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/125
For 3NP1 7/100, 7/102
PROFIBUS 1/44
PROFIBUS DP 11/29
Protective devices with device holder 1/34
Pulse counters
Electronic 11/36
Mechanical 11/36
Pushbuttons 8/10, 8/11
Control pushbuttons 8/10
Double pushbuttons 8/10, 8/11
Q
Quartz-clock time switches 8/47
R
Rated current modules 1/24, 1/34
Rating Plug 1/24, 1/34
RC units
For residual current protective devices 4/16, 4/17
RCBO 4/19 ... 4/22
RCCB protective socket outlets 4/26
RCCB socket outlets (SRCDs) 4/26
RCCBs 4/5 ... 4/8
RCD modules
For circuit breakers 2/76
Reach-around protection
For 3NP1 7/99, 7/101, 7/103, 7/104, 7/105
Reducers 5/8
REG socket outlets 9/10, 9/11
Remote control switches 8/26
Residual current monitors 12/10
Residual current protective devices 4/2 ... 4/28

Accessories 4/27
Additional components 4/14
Busbars 4/24, 4/25
Leakage current measurement devices 4/14
RC units 4/16, 4/17
RCBO 4/19 ... 4/22
RCCB 4/5 ... 4/8
RCCB socket outlets (SRCDs) 4/26
Residual-current operated circuit breakers 4/28
SIGRES 4/7, 4/8
SIQUENCE RCCBs 4/10 ... 4/12
Residual-current operated circuit breakers 4/28
Retaining springs
For NEOZED 5/11
For 3LD 7/21, 7/22, 7/25
For switch disconnectors 7/28
RS 485 11/13
S
Saddle terminals
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/125
For 3NP1 7/100, 7/102, 7/105
Screw adapters
Screw caps
Screw holders
For 8US 10/25
Sealable covers
For 3NP1 7/98
Sealing lugs
For 3NP5 7/117
Selection and ordering data (paper) 7/82
Selector switches
For ammeters 11/40
For voltmeters 11/40
Series remote control switches 8/26
Shaft couplings
Short-time relays 12/14
Shunt releases
Shunt trips (ST)
Shutter/blind remote control switches 8/26
Signaling combination
For insulation monitors 12/27
Signaling panels 12/26
SIMARIS curves 13/6
SIMARIS design 13/4
SIMARIS project 13/5
SIMATIC PCS 7 Library PAC3200 13/13
SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate 13/9, 13/10
SIMATIC WinCC powerrate 13/11, 13/12
Single-phase measuring devices
Analog measuring devices 11/32
Digital measuring devices 11/34
Time and pulse counters 11/36
Time counters for front-panel mounting 11/38
SIQUENCE RCCBs 4/10 ... 4/12
SITOR fuses
For 3KL 7/50
For 3KM 7/50
For 3NP5 7/115
SITOR semiconductor fuses 5/50 ... 5/64
Cylindrical fuse design 5/59, 5/60
LV HRC design 5/51 ... 5/57
NEOZED and DIAZED, SILIZED design 5/62
Socket outlets
For modular installation devices 9/10, 9/11
SCHUKO 4/26
Soft-starting devices 8/37
Software
Spacers
For 8US 10/24, 10/25
For Insta contactors 8/32
For switching relays 8/29
20/39
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Subject index
Stairwell lighting timers 8/50
Starter protection 2/30 ... 2/31
Stud terminal
For 3NJ4/3N5 7/121
For residual current monitors 12/10
Support rails
For 8US 10/25
Supports for blanking covers
For 8US 10/11
Surge arresters
For measuring and control technology 6/17
Type 2 6/9, 6/10
Type 3 6/11
Switch disconnectors 7/27
MINIZED 5/8
Switch ES Power 1/43, 13/19
Switching devices 8/2 ... 8/52
Busbars 8/23
DC isolators 8/20
Insta contactors
AC technology 8/35, 8/36
DC technology 8/32
Light indicators 8/13
OFF switches 8/17 ... 8/19
ON-OFF switch 8/17 ... 8/19
Pushbuttons 8/10, 8/11
Remote control switches 8/26
Soft-starting devices 8/37
Switching relays 8/29
Timers
Digital time switches 8/40, 8/41
Mechanical time switches 8/47, 8/48
Timers for buildings 8/50
Timers for industrial applications 8/51
Switching relays 8/29
Switching shafts
For 3LD 7/22, 7/23, 7/24
Switchover device
For medical premises 12/26
Synchronous time switches 8/47
System covers
For 3NP1 7/99, 7/101, 7/103, 7/104, 7/105
System protection 2/10 ... 2/25, 2/34 ... 2/51
Time counters
Electronic 11/36
For front-panel mounting 11/38
Mechanical 11/36
Time switches
Digital 8/40, 8/41
Mechanical 8/47, 8/48
Quartz 8/47
Synchronous 8/47
Timers 8/38 ... 8/52
For buildings 8/50
For fans 8/50
For industry 8/51
Time switches
Digital 8/40, 8/41
Mechanical 8/47, 8/48
Touch protection
For RCCBs 4/27
Touch protection covers
For busbars 4/25
Acc. to UL 489 3/53
Acc. to UL 508 3/45, 5/32
Standard 3/40
Transformers
Bell transformers 9/4
For permanent load 9/6
Transformers, bells and socket outlets 9/2 ... 9/12
Triple terminals
For 3NP1 7/98, 7/100
Two-way switches 8/6
U
Under and overvoltage relays 12/14
Undervoltage relays 12/13
Undervoltage releases
Unequipped section covers
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/124
USB adapters
V
T
Temperature controllers 12/39
Temperature sensor 12/39
Terminal covers 3/34, 3/35, 3/57, 4/27, 7/82, 8/19, 11/38
For 3KA/3KE 7/40, 7/42
For 3KL 7/48, 7/49, 7/50
For 3KM 7/55, 7/56
For 3LD 7/21, 7/22, 7/23, 7/25
For 3NJ62 7/84, 7/86
Sealable 8/32, 8/35, 8/36
Terminal sets
For 8US 10/14, 10/15
Terminal strips
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/126
Terminals 7/84
Covers 7/28
For 3NJ62 7/82, 7/86
For 8US 10/15
For busbars 4/25
Acc. to UL 489 3/53
Acc. to UL 508 3/45, 5/32
Standard 3/28, 3/42
Terminals for circular conductors
For 8US 10/15
Test combination
For insulation monitors 12/27
Test panels 12/26
Thermal-magnetic releases 2/10 ... 2/13, 2/34 ... 2/39
Thermistor motor protection relays 12/41
Three-phase busbar
For 3NP1 7/98
Three-phase measuring devices 11/3 ... 11/40
Current transformers 11/39
E-counters 11/8
LAN couplers 11/22
Measuring selector switches 11/40
Multicounters 11/19
Multimeters 11/16
20
20/40
Voltage relays 12/13, 12/14, 12/27

Voltmeter selector switches 11/40
Voltmeters
Analog 11/32
Digital 11/34
W
Wall enclosures 3/35, 4/27
Wiper timers 8/51
Wiring 1/35
Withdrawable bridging units 1/48
Withdrawable grounding units 1/48
Withdrawable short-circuits 1/48
Circuit breakers 1/11 ... 1/14, 1/19 ... 1/22, 1/51 ... 1/52, 2/70 ... 2/75
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Order number index
incl. export markings
Overview
Order No.
Export markings
ECCN
Page
Order No.
AL
3K
Export markings
ECCN
AL
3LD22 17
Page
7/15
3KA
7/34
3LD22 2
7/8, 7/10
3KC90 00-8TL3
EAR99
12/8
3LD22 3
7/16 ... 17, 7/20
3KC90 00-8TL7
5D992
12/8
3LD22 4
7/13
3KE
7/36 ... 38
3LD22 5
7/7, 7/9
3KL
7/45 ... 46
3LD22 6
7/18 ... 20
3KM
7/54
3LD23 0
EAR99
7/6, 7/10
3KX22 1
7/36, 7/41 ... 42
3LD23 1
EAR99
7/11 ... 12, 7/14
3KX22 3
7/41 ... 42
3LD23 3
7/16 ... 17
3KX22 50
7/41 ... 42
3LD24 05-0
7/6
3KX22 52-0
7/42
3LD24 05-1
EAR99
7/6
3KX22 52-1
7/41 ... 42
3LD24 05-3
EAR99
7/10
3KX31
7/40, 7/49, 7/56
3LD24 05-7
EAR99
7/10
3KX35 0
7/48 ... 49, 7/55 ... 56
3LD24 1
EAR99
7/11 ... 12, 7/14
3KX35 1
7/35, 7/40, 7/47 ... 48, 7/55
3LD24 3
7/16 ... 17
3KX35 2
7/47 ... 48, 7/55
3LD25 04-0
7/6
3KX35 3
7/35, 7/40, 7/47 ... 49, 7/55
3LD25 04-1
7/6
3KX35 52-3D
7/40, 7/48, 7/55
3LD25 04-3
7/10
3KX35 52-3E
7/40, 7/49, 7/56
3LD25 14-0
7/11 ... 12
3KX35 53
7/40, 7/48, 7/55
3LD25 14-1
7/11 ... 12
3KX35 56
7/35, 7/47
3LD25 17
7/15
3KX35 57
7/40 ... 41, 7/49, 7/56
3LD25 2
7/10
3KX35 6
7/50
3LD25 3
7/16 ... 17
3KX36
7/50
3LD25 4
7/13
3KY22 0
7/41
3LD25 5
7/7
3KY22 32
7/42
3LD25 6
7/18 ... 19
3KY22 34
7/42
3LD27 04-0
7/6
3LD27 04-1
7/6
3LD
3LD20 03-0
7/6
3LD27 1
7/11 ... 12
3LD20 03-1TL
7/6
3LD27 2
7/10
3LD20 03-1TP
7/6
3LD27 3
7/16 ... 17
3LD20 03-2
7/6
3LD27 6
7/18 ... 19
3LD20 13
7/11 ... 12
3LD28
7/6, 7/11 ... 12, 7/16 ... 18
3LD20 17
7/15
3LD92 00-2
7/21
3LD20 2
7/8
3LD92 00-5B
7/6 ... 9, 7/21 ... 25
3LD20 3
7/16 ... 17
3LD92 00-5BF
7/21 ... 25
3LD20 4
7/13
3LD92 00-5C
3LD20 5
7/7, 7/9
7/12 ... 13, 7/17 ... 18,

7/21 ... 25
3LD20 6
7/18
3LD92 00-5CF
7/21 ... 25
3LD21 03-0
7/6
3LD92 00-6
7/21 ... 25
3LD21 03-1
7/6
3LD92 01
7/21
3LD21 03-2
7/6
3LD92 05
7/21 ... 22, 7/24 ... 25
3LD21 03-3
7/10
3LD92 20
7/8 ... 9, 7/16 ... 17, 7/22
3LD21 03-4
7/10
3LD92 21
7/22
3LD21 13-0
7/11 ... 12
3LD92 24
7/21 ... 22
3LD21 13-1
7/11 ... 12
3LD92 40-0
7/16 ... 17, 7/23
3LD21 13-3
7/14
3LD92 40-2
EAR99
7/23
3LD21 13-4
7/14
3LD92 41
EAR99
7/23
3LD21 2
7/8, 7/10
3LD92 42
7/23
3LD21 3
7/16 ... 17
3LD92 43
EAR99
7/23
3LD21 4
7/13
3LD92 45
EAR99
7/23
3LD92 50
7/6 ... 7, 7/13, 7/16 ... 17,

7/24
3LD92 51
7/24
3LD92 56
7/21 ... 22, 7/24
3LD92 80
7/6, 7/11 ... 12, 7/16 ... 18,

7/25
3LD92 81
7/25
3LD21 5
7/7, 7/9
3LD21 6
7/18 ... 19
3LD22 03-0
7/6
3LD22 03-1
7/6
3LD22 03-3
7/10
3LD22 13-0
7/11 ... 12
3LD22 13-1
7/11 ... 12
20/41
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Order number index
Order No.
Export markings
Page
Order No.
Page
ECCN
AL
ECCN
AL
3LD92 84
7/24 ... 25
3NJ49 11-3
7/124
3LD92 86
7/21 ... 25
3NJ49 11-4
7/125
3NJ49 11-5
7/125
3NA, 3NC
3NA
5/35 ... 40
3NJ49 11-6A
7/125
3NC10 00
EAR99H
5/60
3NJ49 11-6B
7/125
3NC10 03
5/59
3NJ49 11-6C
7/126
3NC10 06
5/59
3NJ49 12-1A
7/123
3NC10 08
5/59
3NJ49 12-1D
7/123
3NC10 1
5/59
3NJ49 12-1E
7/123
3NC10 2
5/59
3NJ49 12-1F
7/123
3NC10 32
5/59
3NJ49 12-2
7/123
3NC10 38
EAR99H
5/60
3NJ49 12-3
7/124
3NC10 38-1
5/60
3NJ49 13
7/126
3NC10 38-2
5/60
3NJ49 14-8A
7/126
3NC10 38-3
5/60
3NJ49 14-8B
EAR99
7/126
3NC10 9
5/60
3NJ49 15-1B
7/126
3NC14 0
5/59
3NJ49 15-1C
7/126
3NC14 1
5/59
3NJ49 15-1E
7/127
3NC14 2
5/59
3NJ49 15-1F
7/127
3NC14 3
5/59
3NJ49 15-2B
7/126
3NC14 4
5/59
3NJ49 15-2C
7/126
3NC14 50
5/59
3NJ49 15-2D
7/127
3NC14 51
EAR99H
5/60
3NJ49 15-2E
7/127
3NC14 51-1
5/60
3NJ49 15-2F
7/127
3NC14 9
5/60
3NJ49 15-2G
7/127
3NC2
5/51, 5/59 ... 60, 7/51,

7/116
3NJ49 15-2H
7/127
3NJ49 15-2J
7/127
3NJ49 15-2K
7/127
3NJ49 18-0A
7/123
3NJ49 18-0DA
7/124
3NJ49 18-0DB
7/124
3NJ49 18-0DC
7/124
3NJ49 18-0E
7/124
3NJ49 18-1
7/126
3NJ50
7/121 ... 122
5/55, 7/51, 7/115
3NJ56
7/121
7/124
3NC3
5/54 ... 56
3NC5
5/57
3NC73 2
5/57
3NC73 3
5/57
3NC8
5/51 ... 52, 7/51, 7/116
3ND, 3NE, 3NG, 3NH

3ND
5/41
3NE1
5/51 ... 53, 7/50 ... 51,

7/115
3NE32
3NE33
5/55, 7/51, 7/116
3NJ59
3NE34
5/55
3NJ62 02
7/69
5/57
3NJ62 03-1AA
7/69
7/69
3NE35
3NE36 2
5/55
3NJ62 03-1AB
3NE36 35-0
5/55
3NJ62 03-1AC
7/69
5/55
3NJ62 03-3AA
7/69
7/69
3NE36 35-6
3NE36 36
5/55
3NJ62 03-3AB
3NE36 37
5/55
3NJ62 03-3AC
7/69
3NE4
5/54, 5/57, 7/51,

7/115 ... 116
3NJ62 03-4
7/69
3NJ62 04
7/70
3NE5
5/56
3NJ62 12
7/69
3NE6
5/57
3NJ62 13-1AA
7/69
3NE7
5/56
3NJ62 13-1AB
7/69
3NE8
5/52, 5/54, 7/51, 7/115
3NJ62 13-1AC
7/69
3NE94
5/57
3NJ62 13-3AA
7/69
3NE96 2
5/57
3NJ62 13-3AB
7/69
3NE96 3
5/57
3NJ62 13-3AC
7/69
3NG
5/49
3NJ62 13-4
7/69
3NH
5/46 ... 48, 10/32
3NJ62 14
7/70
3NJ62 22
7/69
3NJ
20
Export markings
3NJ41
7/121 ... 122
3NJ62 23-1AA
7/69
3NJ49 10
7/124
3NJ62 23-1AB
7/69
3NJ49 11-1
7/125
3NJ62 23-1AC
7/69
3NJ49 11-2
7/125
3NJ62 23-3AA
7/69
20/42
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Order number index
Order No.
Export markings
Page
Order No.
Export markings
Page
ECCN
AL
ECCN
AL
3NJ62 23-3AB
7/69
3NP19 0
7/99, 7/101, 7/103 ... 105
3NJ62 23-3AC
7/69
3NP19 20
7/99
3NJ62 23-4
7/69
3NP19 23-1BD
7/98
3NJ62 24
7/70
3NP19 23-1BE
EAR99
7/98, 7/100
3NJ62 32
7/69
3NP19 23-1BF1
EAR99
7/98
3NJ62 33-1AA
7/69
3NP19 23-1BF2
EAR99
7/98
3NJ62 33-1AB
7/69
3NP19 23-1BF3
EAR99
7/98
3NJ62 33-1AC
7/69
3NP19 23-1BF4
EAR99
7/98
3NJ62 33-3AA
7/69
3NP19 23-1BF5
7/98
3NJ62 33-3AB
7/69
3NP19 23-1BG
7/98
3NJ62 33-3AC
7/69
3NP19 23-1C
7/99
3NJ62 33-4
7/69
3NP19 23-1D
7/99
3NJ62 34
7/70
3NP19 23-1E
7/99
3NJ62 4
7/71
3NP19 23-1G
7/99
3NJ62 5
7/71
3NP19 30
7/101
3NJ62 6
7/71 ... 72
3NP19 33-1BA
7/100
3NJ62 7
7/71 ... 72
3NP19 33-1BB
7/100
3NJ62 8
7/71 ... 72
3NP19 33-1BC
7/100, 10/23
3NJ62 9
7/71 ... 72
3NP19 33-1BE
EAR99
7/100
3NJ69 0
7/82 ... 88
3NP19 33-1BG
7/100
3NJ69 1
7/88
3NP19 33-1C
7/101
3NJ69 20-2
7/82
3NP19 33-1D
7/101
3NJ69 20-3B
7/82, 7/84
3NP19 33-1E
7/101
3NJ69 20-3D
7/83
3NP19 33-1G
7/101
3NJ69 20-3E
7/83, 7/85
3NP19 40
7/103 ... 105
3NJ69 20-3F
EAR99
7/82
3NP19 43-1BA
7/102
3NJ69 23-1B
7/82
3NP19 43-1BB
EAR99
7/102
3NJ69 23-1D
7/82
3NP19 43-1BG
7/102, 7/104 ... 105
3NJ69 23-1E
7/82
3NP19 43-1C
7/103 ... 105
3NJ69 23-4
7/83
3NP19 43-1D
7/103
3NJ69 24
7/82
3NP19 43-1E
7/103
3NJ69 30-2
7/84
3NP19 43-1G
7/103
3NJ69 30-3B
7/84
3NP19 53-1BA
7/104
3NJ69 30-3D
7/85
3NP19 53-1BB
EAR99
7/104
3NJ69 30-3FB
EAR99
7/84
3NP19 53-1BG
7/104 ... 105
3NJ69 30-3FC
EAR99
7/84
3NP19 53-1C
7/104
3NJ69 30-3FE
7/84
3NP19 53-1D
7/104
3NJ69 33-1B
7/84
3NP19 53-1G
7/104
3NJ69 33-1D
7/84
3NP19 63-1BA
7/105
3NJ69 33-1E
7/84
3NP19 63-1BB
EAR99
7/105
3NJ69 33-4
7/85
3NP19 63-1C
7/105
3NJ69 34
7/84
3NP19 63-1D
7/105
3NJ69 40-2
7/86
3NP19 63-1G
7/105
3NJ69 40-3B
7/86
3NP5
7/108 ... 113
3NJ69 40-3E
7/87
3NW
3NJ69 40-3FB
EAR99
7/86
3NW1
5/26
3NJ69 40-3FC
7/86
3NW20 1
5/26
3NJ69 40-3FE
7/86
3NW20 2
5/26
3NJ69 43-1C
7/86
3NW20 3
5/26
3NJ69 43-1D
7/86
3NW20 4
5/26
3NJ69 43-1E
7/86
3NW20 5
5/26
3NJ69 43-4
7/87
3NW20 6
5/26
3NJ69 44
7/86
3NW20 8
EAR99H
5/26
3NJ69 5
7/87
3NW21
5/26
3NW22
5/26
3NP
3NP11 2
7/92, 7/94 ... 97, 10/23
3NW3
5/26
3NP11 3
7/92, 7/94 ... 97, 10/23
3NW60 01-1
5/19
3NP11 4
7/93, 7/96 ... 97, 10/23
3NW60 01-4
5/64
3NP11 5
7/93, 7/96 ... 97, 10/23
3NW60 02
5/19
3NP11 6
7/93, 7/96 ... 97, 10/23
3NW60 03-1
5/19
20/43
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Order number index
Order No.
Export markings
Page
Order No.
Page
ECCN
AL
ECCN
AL
3NW60 03-4
5/64
3NY19 03
7/117
3NW60 04-1
5/19
3NY19 07
7/117
3NW60 04-4
5/64
3NY19 10
7/114
3NW60 05-1
5/19
3NY19 11
7/114
3NW60 05-4
5/64
3NY19 15
7/114
3NW60 06-1
5/19
3NY19 4
7/117
3NW60 06-4
5/64
3NY3
7/114
3NW60 07
5/19
3NY4
7/114
3NW60 08-1
5/19
3SB, 3TX, 3UF
3NW60 08-4
5/64
3SB
3NW60 1
5/19
2/61, 7/40, 7/48 ... 49,

7/55 ... 56
3NW61
5/19
3TX
2/59 ... 60, 7/117
3UF
2/98
3NW62
5/19
3NW63
5/19
3NW70 13
5/20
3NW70 13-4
5/64
3NW70 14
3NW70 23
3NW70 23-4
3NW70 24
3VL
3VL17 0
EAR99
2/10 ... 11, 2/34 ... 37
3VL17 1
EAR99
2/10 ... 11, 2/30 ... 31,

2/34 ... 37, 2/52 ... 53
5/20, 5/64
3VL17 2
EAR99
2/10 ... 11, 2/34 ... 37
5/20
3VL17 9
EAR99
2/10 ... 11, 2/34 ... 37
5/64
3VL27 05
EAR99
5/20, 5/64
2/12 ... 13, 2/34 ... 35,

2/38 ... 39
3NW70 33
5/21
3VL27 06
EAR99
3NW70 33-1
5/24
3NW70 34
5/20, 5/24
2/12 ... 13, 2/20 ... 21,

2/24 ... 25, 2/28 ... 31,
2/34 ... 35, 2/38 ... 39,
2/44 ... 47
3NW70 53
5/20
3VL27 08
EAR99
3NW70 54
5/20
2/12 ... 13, 2/34 ... 35,

2/38 ... 39
3NW70 63
5/21
3VL27 10-1C
EAR99
2/20, 2/24, 2/28, 2/44, 2/46
3NW70 64
5/20
3VL27 10-1D
EAR99
2/12, 2/30
EAR99
2/34, 2/38, 2/52
3NW71
5/20 ... 21
3VL27 10-1E
3NW72
5/20 ... 21
3VL27 10-2C
EAR99
2/21, 2/25, 2/29, 2/45, 2/47
3NW73 13
5/20
3VL27 10-2D
EAR99
2/13, 2/31
3NW73 14
5/20
3VL27 10-2E
EAR99
2/35, 2/39, 2/53
3NW73 23
5/20
3VL27 10-3C
EAR99
2/21, 2/25, 2/29, 2/45, 2/47
3NW73 24
5/20
3VL27 10-3D
EAR99
2/13, 2/31
3NW73 33
5/21
3VL27 10-3E
EAR99
2/35, 2/39, 2/53
3NW73 34
5/20
3VL27 12
EAR99
3NW73 53
5/20
2/12 ... 13, 2/34 ... 35,

2/38 ... 39
3NW73 54
5/20
3VL27 16
EAR99
3NW73 63
5/21
3NW73 64
5/20
2/12 ... 13, 2/20 ... 21,

2/24 ... 25, 2/28 ... 31,
2/34 ... 35, 2/38 ... 39,
2/44 ... 47, 2/52 ... 53
3NW74 30
10/31
3VL37 20-1C
EAR99
2/20, 2/24, 2/28, 2/44, 2/46
3NW74 31
10/31
3VL37 20-1D
EAR99
2/12
3NW74 32
10/31
3VL37 20-1E
EAR99
2/34, 2/38
3NW75 1
5/26
3VL37 20-2C
EAR99
2/21, 2/25, 2/29, 2/45, 2/47
3NW75 2
5/26
3VL37 20-2D
EAR99
2/13
3NW75 33-0
5/26
3VL37 20-2E
EAR99
2/35, 2/39
3NW75 33-1
5/24
3VL37 20-3C
EAR99
2/21, 2/25, 2/29, 2/45, 2/47
3NW75 34
5/24
3VL37 20-3D
EAR99
2/13
3NW79 01
5/21
3VL37 20-3E
EAR99
2/35, 2/39
3NW79 02
5/21
3VL37 25-1C
EAR99
2/20, 2/24, 2/28, 2/44, 2/46
3NW79 03
5/21
3VL37 25-1D
EAR99
2/12, 2/30
3NW79 03-1
5/24
3VL37 25-1E
EAR99
2/34, 2/38, 2/52
3NW8
5/19 ... 20
3VL37 25-2C
EAR99
2/21, 2/25, 2/29, 2/45, 2/47
3VL37 25-2D
EAR99
2/13, 2/31
3VL37 25-2E
EAR99
2/35, 2/39, 2/53
3VL37 25-3C
EAR99
2/21, 2/25, 2/29, 2/45, 2/47
3VL37 25-3D
EAR99
2/13, 2/31
3VL37 25-3E
EAR99
2/35, 2/39, 2/53
3VL47 2
EAR99
2/12 ... 13, 2/30 ... 31,

2/34 ... 35, 2/38 ... 39
3NX, 3NY
3NX
20
Export markings
5/43, 5/48 ... 49
3NY10
7/114
3NY11
7/114, 7/117
3NY12
7/117
3NY13
7/114
3NY14
7/114
3NY15
7/114
20/44
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Order number index
Order No.
3VL47 3
3VL47 4
3VL57 3
3VL57 4
Export markings
ECCN
AL
EAR99
EAR99
EAR99
EAR99
N
N
Page
Order No.
ECCN
AL
2/12 ... 13, 2/20 ... 21,

2/24 ... 25, 2/28 ... 31,
2/34 ... 35, 2/38 ... 39,
2/44 ... 47
3VL92 00-3
EAR99
2/77 ... 78
3VL92 00-4
EAR99
2/71, 2/78
3VL92 10
2/90
2/12 ... 13, 2/20 ... 21,

2/24 ... 25, 2/30 ... 31,
2/34 ... 35, 2/38 ... 39,
2/44 ... 47, 2/52 ... 53
3VL92 15
EAR99
2/78
3VL92 16-4
EAR99
2/77 ... 78
3VL92 16-5GC3
2/76
2/12 ... 13, 2/30 ... 31,

2/34 ... 35, 2/38 ... 39
3VL92 16-5GC4
EAR99H
2/76
3VL92 16-5GD
EAR99H
2/76
2/12 ... 13, 2/34 ... 35,

2/38 ... 39
3VL92 16-8
2/90
3VL92 8
2/90
3VL93 00-3A
EAR99
2/62
3VL93 00-3H
EAR99
2/62, 2/83 ... 85
3VL93 00-3MA
2/66
3VL93 00-3MC
2/66
3VL93 00-3MD
2/66
3VL93 00-3ME
2/66
3VL93 00-3MJ
EAR99
2/66
3VL93 00-3ML
EAR99
2/66
3VL93 00-3MN
EAR99
2/66
3VL93 00-3MQ
EAR99
2/66
3VL93 00-3MS
EAR99
2/66
3VL93 00-3T
EAR99
2/79
3VL93 00-4E
EAR99
2/79
3VL93 00-4P
EAR99
2/70 ... 71
3VL93 00-4R
EAR99
2/79
3VL93 00-4TA
2/79
3VL93 00-4TC
EAR99
2/79
3VL93 00-4TD
EAR99
2/79
3VL93 00-4W
EAR99
2/71
3VL93 00-8B
EAR99
2/83 ... 85, 2/94 ... 95
3VL93 00-8CA3
2/77 ... 79
3VL93 00-8CA4
EAR99
2/77 ... 79
2/21, 2/25, 2/31, 2/45, 2/47,

2/53
3VL93 00-8CB
EAR99
2/77 ... 79
3VL93 00-8CE
2/77 ... 79
2/21, 2/25, 2/31, 2/45, 2/47,

2/53
3VL93 00-8L
EAR99
2/83 ... 85
3VL93 00-8S
EAR99
2/83 ... 85
2/20 ... 21, 2/24 ... 25,

2/44 ... 47
3VL93 20
2/90
2/20 ... 21, 2/24 ... 25,

2/30 ... 31, 2/44 ... 47,
2/52 ... 53
3VL93 21
EAR99
2/83 ... 85
3VL93 24
EAR99
2/79
3VL93 25-5GE3
2/76
2/20, 2/24, 2/30, 2/44, 2/46,

2/52
3VL93 25-5GE4
EAR99H
2/76
3VL93 25-5GF
EAR99H
2/76
3VL93 25-8
2/90
3VL57 50-1C
EAR99
2/28
3VL57 50-1DC
EAR99
2/12
3VL57 50-1DK
2/30
3VL57 50-1E
EAR99
2/34, 2/38
3VL57 50-2C
EAR99
2/29
3VL57 50-2DC
EAR99
2/13
3VL57 50-2DK
2/31
3VL57 50-2E
EAR99
2/35, 2/39
3VL57 50-3C
EAR99
2/29
3VL57 50-3DC
EAR99
2/13
3VL57 50-3DK
2/31
3VL57 50-3E
EAR99
2/35, 2/39
3VL57 63-1C
EAR99
2/20, 2/24, 2/44, 2/46
3VL57 63-1D
EAR99
2/12, 2/30
3VL57 63-1E
EAR99
2/34, 2/38, 2/52
3VL57 63-2C
EAR99
2/21, 2/25, 2/45, 2/47
3VL57 63-2D
EAR99
2/13, 2/31
3VL57 63-2E
EAR99
2/35, 2/39, 2/53
3VL57 63-3C
EAR99
2/21, 2/25, 2/45, 2/47
3VL57 63-3D
EAR99
2/13, 2/31
3VL57 63-3E
EAR99
2/35, 2/39, 2/53
3VL67 80-1
EAR99
2/20, 2/24, 2/30, 2/44, 2/46,

2/52
3VL67 80-2
3VL67 80-3
3VL77 10
3VL77 12
3VL87 16-1
EAR99
EAR99
EAR99
EAR99
EAR99
N
N
N
N
Export markings
Page
3VL87 16-2
EAR99
2/21, 2/25, 2/31, 2/45, 2/47,

2/53
3VL87 16-3
EAR99
2/21, 2/25, 2/31, 2/45, 2/47,

2/53
3VL94 00-1
2/59
3VL94 00-2AB
EAR99
2/59
3VL90 00-4
EAR99
2/70 ... 75
3VL94 00-2AD
EAR99
2/59
3VL90 00-8AP
EAR99
2/84 ... 88
3VL94 00-2AH
EAR99
2/61
3VL90 00-8AQ
EAR99
2/98
3VL94 00-2AJ
EAR99
2/61
3VL90 00-8AU
2/98
3VL94 00-3A
EAR99
2/63
3VL90 00-8AV
EAR99
2/98
3VL94 00-3H
EAR99
2/63, 2/66, 2/85
3VL90 00-8L
EAR99
2/83 ... 88
3VL94 00-3MA
2/66
3VL91 00-3MA
2/66
3VL94 00-3MC
2/66
3VL91 00-3MC
EAR99
2/66
3VL94 00-3MD
2/66
3VL91 00-3MD
EAR99
2/66
3VL94 00-3ME
2/66
3VL91 00-3ME
2/66
3VL94 00-3MJ
2/66
3VL91 00-4
EAR99
2/70, 2/77
3VL94 00-3ML
EAR99
2/66
3VL91 12-5GA
EAR99H
2/76
3VL94 00-3MN
EAR99
2/66
3VL91 12-5GB
EAR99
2/76
3VL94 00-3MQ
EAR99
2/66
3VL91 15
EAR99
2/77
3VL94 00-3MS
EAR99
2/66
3VL91 16
EAR99
2/77
3VL94 00-3T
EAR99
2/79 ... 81
20/45
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Order number index
Order No.
Page
Order No.
ECCN
AL
3VL94 00-4
EAR99
2/72, 2/79
3WL
3VL94 00-8B
EAR99
2/85, 2/94
3VL94 00-8CA
EAR99
2/79
3VL94 00-8CB3
2/79
3VL94 00-8CB4
EAR99
2/79
3VL94 00-8L
EAR99
2/85
3VL94 40-5GG
2/76
3VL94 40-5GH
EAR99
3VL94 40-8
EAR99
Export markings
Page
ECCN
AL
3WL11
1/7 ... 8, 1/11 ... 12,

1/15 ... 16, 1/19 ... 20
3WL12
1/7 ... 9, 1/11 ... 13,

1/15 ... 17, 1/19 ... 21,
1/50 ... 52
3WL13
1/9 ... 10, 1/13 ... 14,

1/17 ... 18, 1/21 ... 22
2/76
3WL91 11-0AA1
1/34
2/90
3WL91 11-0AA2
1/34
1/34
3VL94 6
EAR99
2/79
3WL91 11-0AA3
3VL95 0
EAR99
2/63, 2/73, 2/80, 2/85 ... 86
3WL91 11-0AA5
1/34
3VL95 6
2/90
3WL91 11-0AA6
1/34
1/39
3VL96 00-3A
EAR99
2/63 ... 64
3WL91 11-0AB01
3VL96 00-3H
EAR99
2/63 ... 64, 2/66, 2/86 ... 87
3WL91 11-0AB02
1/39
3VL96 00-3MA
2/66
3WL91 11-0AB03
1/39
1/39
3VL96 00-3MC
2/66
3WL91 11-0AB04
3VL96 00-3MD
2/66
3WL91 11-0AB07
1/39
3VL96 00-3ME
2/66
3WL91 11-0AB08
1/39
1/39
3VL96 00-3MJ
EAR99
2/66
3WL91 11-0AB10
3VL96 00-3ML
EAR99
2/66
3WL91 11-0AB12
1/39
3VL96 00-3MN
EAR99
2/66
3WL91 11-0AB18
1/39
1/40
3VL96 00-3MQ
EAR99
2/66
3WL91 11-0AD
3VL96 00-3MS
EAR99
2/66
3WL91 11-0AE
1/40
3VL96 00-4
EAR99
2/73, 2/81
3WL91 11-0AF
1/40
1/40
3VL96 00-8B
EAR99
2/86, 2/95
3WL91 11-0AG
3VL96 00-8CA
EAR99
2/80 ... 81
3WL91 11-0AH
1/38
3VL96 00-8CB
EAR99
2/80 ... 81
3WL91 11-0AJ
1/38
1/34 ... 35
3VL96 00-8CE
2/79 ... 81
3WL91 11-0AK
3VL96 00-8L
EAR99
2/86 ... 87
3WL91 11-0AL
1/45
3VL96 00-8S
EAR99
2/87
3WL91 11-0AM0
1/45
1/47
3VL96 8
2/90
3WL91 11-0AM9
3VL97 0
EAR99
2/81, 2/84 ... 88
3WL91 11-0AN0
1/46
3VL97 1
EAR99
2/83 ... 88, 2/90
3WL91 11-0AN1
1/46
1/46
3VL98 00-1S
2/60
3WL91 11-0AN2
3VL98 00-1UD
2/60
3WL91 11-0AN3
1/46
3VL98 00-1UG
2/60
3WL91 11-0AN4
1/46
1/41
3VL98 00-1UH
2/60
3WL91 11-0AP
3VL98 00-1UJ
2/60
3WL91 11-0AR
1/41
3VL98 00-1UK
EAR99
2/60
3WL91 11-0AS
1/41
3WL91 11-0AT
1/34 ... 35, 1/37, 1/43 ... 44,

2/98
3WL91 11-0BA0
1/42
3WL91 11-0BA10
1/42
3WL91 11-0BA14
1/37, 2/59 ... 60
3WL91 11-0BA2
1/35
3WL91 11-0BA3
1/35
3WL91 11-0BA4
1/35
3WL91 11-0BA5
1/35
3WL91 11-0BA7
1/35, 1/38
3WL91 11-0BA8
1/35 ... 36
3WL91 11-0BB1
1/36
3WL91 11-0BB2
1/36
3WL91 11-0BB3
1/36
3WL91 11-0BB4
1/36
3WL91 11-0BB5
1/42
3WL91 11-0BB6
1/43
3WL91 11-0BC
1/43, 1/47, 2/98
3WL91 11-0BD
1/48
2/61
3WL91 12
1/36
2/90
3WL92
1/30 ... 33, 1/53 ... 54
3VL98 00-1UL
2/60
3VL98 00-1UM
2/60
3VL98 00-1UN
2/60
3VL98 00-1UP
2/60
3VL98 00-1UQ
2/60
3VL98 00-1UR
2/60
3VL98 00-1US
2/60
3VL98 00-1UU
2/60
3VL98 00-1UV
2/60
3VL98 00-2
EAR99
2/60
3VL98 00-3AS
2/65
3VL98 00-3AT
2/65
3VL98 00-3AU
EAR99
2/65
3VL98 00-3AW
EAR99
2/65
3VL98 00-3H
EAR99
2/65, 2/87 ... 88
3VL98 00-3M
2/66
3VL98 00-4
EAR99
2/74 ... 75, 2/81 ... 82
3VL98 00-8
EAR99
2/81 ... 82, 2/87 ... 88,

2/96 ... 97
3VL98 16-2
3VL98 16-8
20
Export markings
20/46
EAR99
N
N
N
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Order number index
Order No.
3WL93
Export markings
ECCN
AL
Page
Order No.
ECCN
AL
1/34
5SH2
5/16, 10/31
5SH30
5/16, 10/31
3ZS
Export markings
Page
3ZS23
1/43, 2/98, 13/19
5SH31
5/16
3ZS27 10
EAR99S
13/18
5SH32 0
5/16
3ZS27 11
EAR99S
13/18
5SH32 1
5/16
3ZS27 12-0CC20-0YA
5D992
13/18
5SH32 2
5/16
3ZS27 12-0CC20-0YD
EAR99S
13/18
5SH32 8
5/16
3ZS27 13
EAR99S
13/18
5SH33
5/16 ... 17
3ZS27 14
EAR99S
13/18
5SH34
5/17
3ZS27 81
On req.
13/13
5SH35
3ZS27 82
5D992
13/14
5/31, 10/10 ... 11,

10/13 ... 14
3ZS27 85
EAR99S
13/10
5SH37
5/16
3ZS27 91
On req.
13/15
5SH4
5/11
3ZS27 95
EAR99S
13/12
5SH50
5/11
13/18
5SH51
5/11
5SH52
5/10, 10/30
9/4, 9/6, 9/8, 12/30
5SH53
5/30 ... 31
5/11
3ZS28
5D992
N
N
4AC, 4AT, 4NC

4AC
4AT
12/27
5SH54
4NC
2/92 ... 93
5SH55 0
5/11
5SH55 1
5/30
5SA, 5SB, 5SC, 5SD

5SA
5/13
5SH55 25
10/32
5SB
5/13
5SH55 26
10/32
5SC
5/13
5SH55 27
5/8, 10/32
5SD4
5/62
5SH55 3
5/8
5SD5
5/62
5SJ, 5SK, 5SL, 5SM
5SD6
5/14
5SJ
3/25, 3/48 ... 52
3/59
5SD74 1
6/4, 6/12
5SK
5SD74 2
6/10, 6/12
5SL
3/6 ... 7
5SD74 3
6/11 ... 12
5SM1
4/14, 4/26
3/32 ... 33, 4/16 ... 17
5SD74 41
6/6
5SM2
5SD74 42
6/6
5SM31
4/6
5SD74 43
6/6
5SM33 1
4/5 ... 8
EAR99H
4/10
5SD74 44
6/6
5SM33 2
5SD74 48
6/12
5SM33 42-0
4/5
5SD74 6
6/9, 6/12
5SM33 42-4
EAR99H
4/10 ... 11
4/6 ... 8
5SD74 7
6/10
5SM33 42-6
5SD74 8
6/9 ... 10, 6/12
5SM33 44-0
4/5
5SD74 9
6/12 ... 13
5SM33 44-4
EAR99H
4/10 ... 11
5SD75
6/17
5SM33 44-6
4/6 ... 8
5SD8
5/13
5SM33 45
4/5 ... 6
5SM33 46-0
4/5
5SE, 5SF, 5SG, 5SH

5SE
5/7, 5/62
5SM33 46-4
EAR99H
4/10 ... 11
5SF
5/14 ... 15, 10/30 ... 31
5SM33 46-6
4/6 ... 8
5SG1
5/9
5SM33 47-4
EAR99H
4/10 ... 11
5SG5
5/9 ... 10
5SM33 47-6
4/6 ... 7
5SG6
10/30
5SM33 48
4/6
5SG71 1
5/8
5SM33 5
4/7
5SG71 2
5/8
5SM34
4/5 ... 6, 4/8
5SG71 3
5/8
5SM36 1
4/6, 4/8
5SG71 5
5/8
5SM36 2
EAR99H
4/10
5SG71 6
5/8
5SM36 42-0
4/5
5SG72
10/31
5SM36 42-4
EAR99H
4/10 ... 11
5SG76
5/8
5SM36 42-6
4/6 ... 7
5SH11 1
5/15
5SM36 44-0
4/5
5SH11 2
5/15
5SM36 44-4
EAR99H
4/10 ... 11
5SH11 3
5/15
5SM36 44-6
4/6 ... 8
5SH11 4
5/15
5SM36 44-8
4/8
5SH11 6
5/15
5SM36 45
4/5 ... 6, 4/8
5SH11 7
5/15
5SM36 46-0
4/5
5SH12
5/15
5SM36 46-4
EAR99H
4/10 ... 11
20/47
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Order number index
Order No.
Export markings
Page
Order No.
Page
ECCN
AL
ECCN
AL
5SM36 46-5
EAR99H
4/10
5ST37 50
3/41, 4/25, 5/30
5SM36 46-5K
4/11
5ST37 50-0
3/45, 5/32
5SM36 46-6
4/6 ... 8
5ST37 6
3/28, 3/42
5SM36 46-8
4/8
5ST37 7
3/41, 3/45, 4/25, 5/32
5SM36 47-4
EAR99H
4/10 ... 11
5ST38 00
3/34, 8/19
5SM36 47-5
EAR99H
4/10
5ST38 01
3/34, 3/53, 8/7, 8/19
5SM36 47-5K
4/11
5ST38 02
3/34, 3/53, 4/14
5SM36 47-6
4/6 ... 8
5ST38 03
3/34
5SM36 48
4/6, 4/8
5ST38 05
4/22
5SM36 5
4/7
5ST38 06
3/34
5SM37 42
4/6
5ST38 07
3/34
5SM37 44
4/6
5SU, 5SV, 5SW, 5SY, 5SZ
5SM37 45
4/5 ...6, 4/8
5SU
4/11 ... 12, 4/19 ... 22
5SM37 46-4
EAR99H
4/10
5SV
12/10
5SM37 46-5
EAR99H
4/10
5SW1
3/35, 4/27
5SM37 46-6
4/6 ... 7
5SW30
3/35, 4/14, 4/27
5SM37 47-4
EAR99H
4/10
5SW33 00
4/14
5SM37 47-5
EAR99H
4/10
5SW33 01
4/14
5SM37 48
4/6
5SW33 02
4/14
5SM38
4/8
5SW33 03
4/14
5SW33 1
4/14, 4/27
5SP, 5ST
5SP
3/15 ... 16, 3/56 ... 57
5SW33 3
4/14
5ST13
3/57
5SY4
3/11 ... 14
5ST18
3/59
5SY5
3/16 ... 17
5ST21 34
3/35, 4/27
5SY6
3/28
5ST21 35
3/35, 4/27
5SY7
3/18 ... 20
5ST21 36
3/35, 4/27
5SY8
3/21 ... 22
5ST21 4
4/25
5SZ
4/26
5ST21 56
4/25
5TE, 5TG, 5TT
5ST21 57
4/25, 5/31
5TE1
7/27
5ST21 7
3/34, 4/27
5TE2
8/20
5ST21 8
5/30
5TE4
8/10 ... 11
5ST21 90
5/30
5TE5
8/13
5ST21 91
5/30
5TE6
9/10 ... 11
5ST21 92
5/30
5TE8
8/6, 8/17 ... 18
5ST21 96
5/30
5TE9
7/28, 8/19, 8/23, 9/11
5ST21 97
5/30
5TG
5ST22
3/34, 4/27
3/34, 8/7, 8/11, 8/14, 8/19,

8/29, 8/32, 12/34 ... 35
5ST26
5/24
5TT1
8/50
5TT3
5/43, 8/37, 8/51,

12/13 ... 14, 12/18 ... 20,
12/27, 12/31, 12/34 ... 35,
12/37, 12/40 ... 41
5ST30 1
3/31, 3/52, 5/8, 8/7, 8/18,

8/20
5ST30 2
3/31, 3/52
5ST30 3
3/31, 3/52
5TT41
8/26
5ST30 4
3/31
5TT42 0
8/29
5ST30 5
3/31, 4/14
5TT42 1
8/29
5ST36
3/28, 3/39 ... 40, 3/45, 3/53,

4/24 ... 25, 5/31 ... 32
5TT49
8/27
5TT5
8/32, 8/35 ... 36, 12/32
3/41, 3/45, 4/24,

5/29 ... 30, 5/32
5TT6
12/16 ... 17
5TT7
12/30
5ST37 0
20
Export markings
5ST37 1
3/41, 3/45, 4/24 ... 25,

5/29 ... 30, 5/32
5ST37 3
3/40, 4/24
7KM2
5D992
11/27
5ST37 40
3/40
7KM3
EAR99APP N
11/26
5ST37 41
3/40
7KM4
5D992
11/28
5ST37 42
3/40
7KM92
EAR99H
11/31
5ST37 43
3/40
7KM93
11/29 ... 30
5ST37 44
3/40
7KM99
11/26 ... 28
5ST37 45
3/40
7KT
5ST37 46
3/40
7KT10 0
11/32
5ST37 48
3/41, 5/30
7KT10 10
11/32
5ST37 48-0
3/45, 5/32
7KT10 11
11/32
20/48
7KM
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Order number index
Order No.
Export markings
Page
Order No.
ECCN
AL
8UC6
2/67, 7/40 ... 42, 7/48 ... 50,

7/55 ... 56, 7/62
8UC7
2/67, 2/69, 7/34, 7/36, 7/38,

7/40 ... 42, 7/46,
7/48 ... 50, 7/54 ... 56,
7/61 ... 62
8UC9
7/36 ... 38, 7/41 ... 42, 7/46,

7/50, 7/62 ... 63
8US10
2/89
8US12 0
10/14
8US12 1
2/90, 7/117, 10/18 ... 21
8US12 50
10/16 ... 17, 10/20 ... 22
8US12 51-5DS10
5/24, 10/16, 10/21
8US12 51-5DS11
On req.
8US12 51-5DT
5/24, 10/16, 10/21
8US12 51-5N
10/17, 10/21
8US12 6
10/18, 10/22
8US12 9
7/117
8US19 0
10/7
8US19 21-1
10/14
8US19 21-2AA
10/15
8US19 21-2AB
10/15
8US19 21-2AC
10/15
8US19 21-2AD00
10/15
8US19 21-2AD01
10/15
8US19 21-2BA
10/15
8US19 21-2BB
10/15
8US19 21-2BC
10/15
8US19 21-2BD00
10/15
8US19 21-2BD01
10/15
8US19 21-2BE
10/12, 10/24 ... 25
8US19 21-2BF
10/12, 10/24 ... 25
8US19 22
10/7, 10/11 ... 13, 10/15
8US19 23
10/10 ... 11
8US19 27
2/90, 10/19
8US19 41-2AA01
10/15
8US19 41-2AA02
10/15
8US19 41-2AA03
10/14
8US19 41-2AA04
10/15
8US19 41-2AC
10/15
8US19 41-2B
10/13, 10/15
8US19 43
10/13
8US19 48
10/13
8US19 98-1AA0
10/18, 10/22, 10/25
8US19 98-1AA1
10/24
8US19 98-1BA0
10/25
8US19 98-1BA1
10/24
8US19 98-1CA0
10/25
8US19 98-1CA1
10/24
8US19 98-1D
10/25
8US19 98-2
10/22
8US19 98-4
10/25
8US19 98-7
5/24, 10/24 ... 25
8WC
10/7, 10/12
--N
7/88
ECCN
AL
7KT10 12
11/32
7KT10 2
11/32
7KT11 1
11/34
7KT11 2
11/34
7KT11 4
11/11
7KT12
11/39
7KT13 0
11/16
7KT13 1
11/19
7KT13 4
11/19
7KT13 9
11/22
7KT15
11/8, 11/11
7KT19
11/13
7KT55
11/38
7KT56
11/38
7KT58 0
11/36
7KT58 1
11/36
7KT58 2
11/36
7KT58 3
11/36
7KT90 0
9I999
11/38
7KT90 10
11/40
7KT90 11
11/40
7KT90 2
11/38
7LF, 7LQ
7LF4
8/40 ... 41
7LF5
8/47
7LF61 10
8/50
7LF61 11
8/50
7LF61 12
8/50
7LF61 13
8/50
7LF61 14
8/50
7LF61 15
8/50
7LF61 16
8/50
7LF9
3/35, 8/41, 8/48
7LQ20
12/39
7LQ21 00
12/37
7LQ21 01
12/37
7LQ21 02
12/37
7LQ21 03
12/37
7LQ22
9/9
7LQ29
12/37, 12/39
7LQ33 5
12/26 ... 27
7LQ33 60
12/27
7LQ33 61
12/26
7LQ33 62
12/26
8GB, 8GK
8GB
3/35
8GK4
10/9
8GK97 1
10/10
8GK97 3
10/12
8HP, 8JH, 8JK

8HP27 0
7/39
8HP27 1
7/39
8HP27 3
7/39
8HP27 4
7/39
8HP27 5
7/39
8HP27 6
7/39
8JH
5/31
8JK
10/12
7/37 ... 38
Export markings
Page
8US, 8WC
10/16, 10/21
XP
XPT
8UB, 8UC
8UB
20/49
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Notes
20
20/50
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Notes
20/51
20
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Terms and conditions of sale and delivery
Overview
By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software
products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the following terms. Please note! The scope, the quality and the conditions for supplies and services, including software products, by
any Siemens entity/regional having a registered office outside of
Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and
Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The following terms
apply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens AG.
For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany
The General Terms of Payment as well as the General Conditions
for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and
Electronics Industry shall apply.
For software products, the General License Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a
Seat or Registered Office in Germany shall apply.
For customers with a seat or registered office outside of
Germany
The General Terms of Payment as well as the General Conditions
for Supplies of Siemens Automation and Drives for Customers
with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany shall apply.
For software products, the General License Conditions for
Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers
with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany shall apply.
Export regulations
Our obligation to fulfill this agreement is subject to the proviso
that the fulfillment is not prevented by any impediments arising
out of national and international foreign trade and customs requirements or any embargos and/or other sanctions.
If you transfer goods (hardware and/ or software and/ or technology as well as corresponding documentation, regardless of the
mode of provision) delivered by us or works and services (including all kinds of technical support) performed by us to a third
party worldwide, you shall comply with all applicable national
and international (re-) export control regulations.
If required to conduct export control checks, you, upon request
by us, shall promptly provide us with all information pertaining to
particular end customer, destination and intended use of goods,
works and services provided by us, as well as any export control
restrictions existing.
The products listed in this catalog / price list may be subject to
European / German and/or US export regulations.
Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval
by the competent authorities.
According to current provisions, the following export regulations
must be observed with respect to the products featured in this
catalog / price list:
General
All dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the German
law on units in measuring technology, data in inches only apply
to devices for export.
AL
Products marked other than "N" require an export license.

In the case of software products, the export designations of the
relevant data medium must also be generally adhered to.
Illustrations are not binding.

Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages,
- especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given these are subject to change without prior notice.
The prices are in (Euro) ex works, excluding packaging.
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices.
It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to
the applicable legal regulations.
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit
the prices valid at the time of delivery.
Surcharges are added to the price of products that contain
silver, copper, aluminum, lead and/or gold if the respective basic
official prices for these metals are exceeded. These surcharges
will be determined based on the official price and the metal factor of the respective product.
The surcharge will be calculated on the basis of the official price
on the day prior to receipt of the order or prior to the release
order.
The metal factor determines the official price as of which the
metal surcharges are charged and the calculation method used.
The metal factor, provided it is relevant, is included with the price
information of the respective products.
An exact explanation of the metal factor and the text of the
Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery are
available free of charge from your local Siemens business office
under the following Order Nos.:
6ZB5310-0KR30-0BA1
(for customers based in Germany)
6ZB5310-0KS53-0BA1
(for customers based outside Germany)
or download them from the Internet:
(Germany: Industry Mall Online Help System)
20
20/52
Number of the German Export List
Goods labeled with an "AL" not equal to "N" are subject to a

European or German export authorization when being
exported out of the EU.
ECCN
Export Control Classification Number

Products marked other than "N" are subject to a re-export
license to specific countries.
In the case of software products, the export designations of the
relevant data medium must also be generally adhered to.
Goods labeled with "ECCN" not equal to "N" are subject to a US
re-export authorization.
Even without a label or with an "AL: N" or "ECCN: N", authorization may be required due to the final destination and purpose for
which the goods are to be used.
The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export authorization
indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices.
Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
Siemens AG 2011
Catalogs
Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and Low Voltage Distribution
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed
in the appendix or at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Interactive Catalog on DVD
for Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and
Low Voltage Distribution
Catalog
CA 01
Low-Voltage Power Distribution and

Electrical Installation Technology
Catalog
Protection, Switching, Measuring & Monitoring Devices LV 10.1
Drive Systems
Variable-Speed Drives
SINAMICS G110, SINAMICS G120
Standard Inverters
SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D
Distributed Inverters
D 11.1
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units

SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units
D 11
SINAMICS GM150, SINAMICS SM150

Medium-Voltage Converters
Switchboards and Distribution Systems
LV 10.2
GAMMA Building Management Systems
ET G1
PDF: DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets
ET D1
SICUBE System Cubicles and Cubicle Air-Conditioning LV 50

SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems
LV 70
NC 60
D 12
Motion Control
SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE
Automation Systems for Machine Tools
D 21.3
SINUMERIK & SINAMICS

Equipment for Machine Tools
NC 61
SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format Units and

Cabinet Modules
SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 and

Motors for Production Machines
PM 21
SINAMICS DCM Converter Units
D 23.1
D 84.1
SINAMICS S110
The Basic Positioning Drive
PM 22
Three-phase Induction Motors

H-compact
H-compact PLUS
Asynchronous Motors Standardline
D 86.1
Power Supply and System Cabling

Power supply SITOP
KT 10.1
Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet

Technology, HT-direct
D 86.2
System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect
KT 10.2
DC Motors
DA 12
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis

Converters
DA 21.1
Process Instrumentation and Analytics

Field Instruments for Process Automation
FI 01
SIREC Recorders and Accessories
MP 20
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters
DA 21.2
SIPART, Controllers and Software
MP 31
PDF: SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter

Cabinet Units
DA 22
Products for Weighing Technology
WT 10
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems
DA 45
SIEMOSYN Motors
DA 48
MICROMASTER 420/430/440 Inverters
DA 51.2
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411
DA 51.3
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control
DA 65.10
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
DA 65.11
Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for

SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES
DA 65.3
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO
DA 65.4
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 and

Motors for Production Machines
PM 21
SINAMICS S110
The Basic Positioning Drive
PM 22
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors
PDF: Process Analytical Instruments
PA 01
PDF: Process Analytics,

Components for the System Integration
PA 11
Safety Integrated
Safety Technology for Factory Automation
SI 10
SIMATIC HMI/PC-based Automation

Human Machine Interface Systems/
PC-based Automation
ST 80/
ST PC
SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems

Products for Totally Integrated Automation and
Micro Automation
ST 70
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System
ST PCS 7
Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7

Process Control System
ST PCS 7.1
ST PCS 7.2
IEC Squirrel-Cage Motors
D 81.1
MOTOX Geared Motors
D 87.1
Automation Systems for Machine Tools SIMODRIVE

Motors
Converter Systems SIMODRIVE 611/POSMO
NC 60
PDF: Migration solutions with the SIMATIC PCS 7

Process Control System
Automation Systems for Machine Tools SINAMICS

Motors
Drive System SINAMICS S120
NC 61
SIMATIC NET
Industrial Communication
IK PI
Drive and Control Components for Hoisting Equipment
HE 1
SIMATIC Sensors
Sensor Technology for Factory Automation
FS 10
Industrial Identification Systems
ID 10
Mechanical Driving Machines

Flender Standard Couplings
Industrial Controls
SIRIUS Industrial Controls
MD 10.1
IC 10
System Solutions
Applications and Products for Industry are part of the
interactive catalog CA 01
Download-Center
PDF: These catalogs are only available as pdf files.
PDF versions of the catalogs are available on the Internet at:

www.siemens.com/automation/infocenter
Siemens AG 2011
Siemens AG
Industry Sector
Building Technologies Division
Low Voltage Distribution
Postfach 10 09 53
93009 REGENSBURG
GERMANY
Subject to change without prior notice
Order No. E86060-K8250-A101-A1-7600
3P.8303.51.02 / Dispo 18301
KG 1210 10. ST 712 En
Printed in Germany
Siemens AG 2010
The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions or
characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not
always apply as described or which may change as a result of further
development of the products. An obligation to provide
the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the
terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are subject
to change without notice.
All product designations may be trademarks or product names
of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third
parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of
the owners.
Token fee: 10.00

Catalog MCCB Siemens PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Catalog MCCB Siemens PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Siemens AG 2011

Low-Voltage Power Distribution

Answers for infrastructure.

Switchboards and Distribution Systems

Switchboards SIVACON 8PS busbar trunking systems

GAMMA Building Management Systems ET G1

Display and control units Output devices Input devices

DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets

Air circuit breakers Molded case circuit breakers Miniature

i-system DELTA line DELTA vita DELTA miro DELTA profil

Busbar Trunking Systems, Overview CD-L System

All products of automation technology, drive technology,

All products of automation technology, drive technology,

All catalogs for low-voltage power distribution and electrical

All product designations may be registered trademarks or

Expert advice on technical

Further information about low-voltage power distribution and

Siemens LV 10.1 2011

Low-Voltage Power Distribution

Air Circuit Breakers

Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Miniature Circuit Breakers

Residual Current Protective Devices

Overvoltage Protection Devices

Transformers, Bells and Socket Outlets

The products and

Catalog LV 10.1 2011

Catalog LV 10.1 2011

Measuring Devices and E-counters

Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of

The products in this catalog can also be found

Power Distribution Boards

SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems

SIVACON 8MC, 8MF Cubicle Systems

SIVACON 8MR, 8ME Cubicle

Catalog LV 10.2 2011

Contact your local Siemens sales office

Innovation is the key to success

Energy-efficiency and environmental

Customer focus as USP

Siemens LV 10.1 2011

Answers for infrastructure

Siemens Industry meets the great challenges of our time

Gain a competitive edge with integrated building solutions

Low-voltage power distribution

Siemens LV 10.1 2011

The right product for every need

Siemens LV 10.1 2011

Consistent, safe and intelligent

Making efficient use of energy

Top quality standards world-wide

The consistent concept behind the

As a competent and reliable partner we

Opting for us puts you on the safe side:

Siemens LV 10.1 2011

Busbar system according to UL 508

Auxiliary switches for miniature circuit breakers according to UL 489

Selective main miniature circuit breaker, SHU

SIQUENCE residual current protective devices, Type B+

5SL miniature circuit breakers

Siemens LV 10.1 2011

Compact fuse holders for motor starter combinations

3NJ62 switch disconnectors with fuses - fuse monitoring,